From f3eaa030bad3fe97b204f4c3e63c0711cf7b6287 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Swierczek Date: Wed, 18 Mar 2020 08:03:36 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 01/16] Release 0.1.36 * Fixed build break in some environments * Store DB::Crypto::m_connection as unique_ptr * Move to -std=c++14 Change-Id: I8a1982b8f4f22f22ce5a460f4a85f2e7197a3637 --- packaging/key-manager.spec | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/packaging/key-manager.spec b/packaging/key-manager.spec index e849246..8010dd7 100644 --- a/packaging/key-manager.spec +++ b/packaging/key-manager.spec @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Name: key-manager Summary: Central Key Manager and utilities -Version: 0.1.35 +Version: 0.1.36 Release: 1 Group: Security/Secure Storage License: Apache-2.0 and BSD-3-Clause -- 2.7.4 From f813624c0f590599b106e24316edf3291c6090e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Mon, 16 Mar 2020 15:54:45 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 02/16] Categorize tests into positive and negative Wise men said: "Thou shalt not covet positive tests more than the negative ones" To easily distinguish between positive and negative tests their names will be prefixed with "POSITIVE_" and "NEGATIVE_" string respectively. Boost test macros wrappers included. Existing tests have been categorized. Change-Id: Ifb21077437ebf82d2a2f4b4c70c53ab61b320c49 --- tests/boost_macros_wrapper.h | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++ tests/test_async-observer.cpp | 12 ++++++++--- tests/test_base64.cpp | 10 +++++----- tests/test_binary-queue.cpp | 16 +++++++-------- tests/test_certificate.cpp | 12 +++++------ tests/test_comm-manager.cpp | 16 +++++++-------- tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++-------- tests/test_data-type.cpp | 17 ++++++++++------ tests/test_db_crypto.cpp | 34 +++++++++++++++---------------- tests/test_descriptor-set.cpp | 22 ++++++++++---------- tests/test_dpl-db.cpp | 8 ++++---- tests/test_dpl-exception.cpp | 6 +++--- tests/test_encryption-scheme.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++------------ tests/test_exception.cpp | 18 ++++++++--------- tests/test_for-each-file.cpp | 6 +++--- tests/test_generic-backend.cpp | 6 +++--- tests/test_key-provider.cpp | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------- tests/test_key.cpp | 21 ++++++++++++++------ tests/test_log-provider.cpp | 12 +++++------ tests/test_safe-buffer.cpp | 12 +++++------ tests/test_serialization.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++++++++++---- tests/test_sql.cpp | 18 ++++++++--------- tests/test_ss-crypto.cpp | 6 +++--- tests/test_stringify.cpp | 10 +++++----- tests/test_sw-backend.cpp | 13 +++++++----- tests/test_xml-parser.cpp | 26 ++++++++++++------------ 26 files changed, 267 insertions(+), 182 deletions(-) create mode 100644 tests/boost_macros_wrapper.h diff --git a/tests/boost_macros_wrapper.h b/tests/boost_macros_wrapper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a8c32a --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/boost_macros_wrapper.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License + */ + +#pragma once + +#include + +#define POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(name) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(POSITIVE_ ## name) + +#define NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(name) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(NEGATIVE_ ## name) diff --git a/tests/test_async-observer.cpp b/tests/test_async-observer.cpp index 7479605..37d4344 100644 --- a/tests/test_async-observer.cpp +++ b/tests/test_async-observer.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ * limitations under the License */ #include -#include #include +#include using namespace CKM; @@ -54,11 +54,17 @@ const std::string CERT_PEM = BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(ASYNC_OBSERVER_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(base) + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(base) { TestObserver o; BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(o.ReceivedError(0), std::invalid_argument); +} + +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(base) +{ + TestObserver o; BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(o.ReceivedSaveKey()); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(o.ReceivedSaveCertificate()); diff --git a/tests/test_base64.cpp b/tests/test_base64.cpp index cc6ce45..6a75d19 100644 --- a/tests/test_base64.cpp +++ b/tests/test_base64.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ const RawBuffer rawbuf(RAW_DATA_VEC.begin(), RAW_DATA_VEC.end()); BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(BASE64_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(ENCODE_DECODE_POSITIVE) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(ENCODE_DECODE) { /* try encode */ Base64Encoder encoder; @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(ENCODE_DECODE_POSITIVE) "Original data and encoded-decoded data is different!"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(THROW_SOMETHING) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(THROW_SOMETHING) { /* encode data */ Base64Encoder encoder; @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(THROW_SOMETHING) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(decdata = decoder.get()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(ILLEGAL_DATA) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(ILLEGAL_DATA) { Base64Decoder decoder; BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(decoder.append(rawbuf)); diff --git a/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp b/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp index 5180ded..28b1833 100644 --- a/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp +++ b/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and * limitations under the License */ -#include +#include #include #include @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ RawBuffer buf({0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07}); BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(BINARY_QUEUE_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(copy_assignment) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(copy_assignment) { BinaryQueue bq1; bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(copy_assignment) BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(append_copy_to) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(append_copy_to) { BinaryQueue bq1; bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(append_copy_to) BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(append_move_to) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(append_move_to) { BinaryQueue bq1; bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(append_move_to) BOOST_REQUIRE(buf == buf2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(read) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(read) { BinaryQueue bq1; bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(read) BOOST_REQUIRE(buf == buf2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(write) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(write) { BinaryQueue bq1; bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(write) BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(bucket_visitor) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(bucket_visitor) { static std::vector globalBuf; diff --git a/tests/test_certificate.cpp b/tests/test_certificate.cpp index 8c7695a..3e5f03e 100644 --- a/tests/test_certificate.cpp +++ b/tests/test_certificate.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include namespace { const std::string CERT_PEM = @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ using namespace CKM; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(CERTIFICATE_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) { RawBuffer certpem(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(CertificateImpl(certpem, DataFormat::FORM_PEM)); @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) BOOST_REQUIRE(!Certificate::create(dummy, DataFormat::FORM_PEM)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) { RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) BOOST_REQUIRE(cert1.getDER() == moveConstructed.getDER()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) { RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); RawBuffer pubkeybuf(CERT_PUBKEY_PEM.begin(), CERT_PUBKEY_PEM.end()); @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) BOOST_REQUIRE(pubkeyFromCert.getDER() == pubkey.getDER()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(get_ocsp_url) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_ocsp_url) { RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); CertificateImpl cert(certbuf, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); diff --git a/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp b/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp index 6817632..a6216a9 100644 --- a/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp +++ b/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2000-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ * @version 1.0 */ -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ struct Listener { BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(MESSAGE_MANAGER_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0010_NoListener) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0010_NoListener) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(0 == mgr.SendMessage(MessageA(22)), "There should be no listener."); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0020_Basic) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0020_Basic) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; int received = 0; @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0020_Basic) BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(received == 4, "Wrong message received i=" << received); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0030_MultipleMessages) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0030_MultipleMessages) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; int reci = 0; @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0030_MultipleMessages) BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(recc == 'c', "Previous message overwritten c=" << recc); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0040_Listener) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0040_Listener) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; Listener l; @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0040_Listener) "Previous message overwritten str=" << l.str); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0050_2Listeners) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0050_2Listeners) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; bool called[2]; @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0050_2Listeners) BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(called[1], "Second listener not called"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(TMM_0060_Stress) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0060_Stress) { CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; diff --git a/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp b/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp index d13f6af..142489a 100644 --- a/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp +++ b/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2018 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include #include #include -#include +#include #include "test_common.h" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Password createRandomPass(size_t size) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(CRYPTO_LOGIC_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) { CryptoLogic logic; @@ -63,7 +63,21 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) BOOST_REQUIRE(moveAssigned.haveKey(client)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(push_key) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(push_key) +{ + CryptoLogic logic; + + const ClientId client = "test_client"; + + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, createRandom(10))); + + ClientId increasingOwner = "a"; + for (size_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i, increasingOwner.push_back('a')) { + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(increasingOwner, createRandom(10))); + } +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(push_key) { CryptoLogic logic; @@ -85,7 +99,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(push_key) } } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) { Policy policy(Password(), true); Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), createRandom(10)); @@ -99,15 +113,13 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) CryptoLogic logic; - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row), Exc::InternalError); - auto key = createRandom(32); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(owner, key)); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row)); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.decryptRow(policy.password, row)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(row_encryption_negatives) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) { Policy policy(Password(), true); Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), createRandom(10)); @@ -121,6 +133,8 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(row_encryption_negatives) CryptoLogic logic; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row), Exc::InternalError); + auto key = createRandom(32); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(owner, key)); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row)); diff --git a/tests/test_data-type.cpp b/tests/test_data-type.cpp index c147541..410489b 100644 --- a/tests/test_data-type.cpp +++ b/tests/test_data-type.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ using CKM::AlgoType; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(DATA_TYPE_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(CONSTRUCTOR) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(CONSTRUCTOR) { BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(DataType(static_cast(999)), CKM::Exc::InputParam); @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(CONSTRUCTOR) CKM::Exc::InputParam); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KEY_TYPE_CASTING) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KEY_TYPE_CASTING) { std::vector> pairs; @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KEY_TYPE_CASTING) BOOST_REQUIRE(p.second == DataType(static_cast(p.first))); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(UNARY_OPERATIONS) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(UNARY_OPERATIONS) { BOOST_REQUIRE(DataType(DataType::KEY_AES).isSKey()); BOOST_REQUIRE(!DataType(DataType::KEY_RSA_PUBLIC).isSKey()); @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(UNARY_OPERATIONS) BOOST_REQUIRE(!DataType().isKey()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(GET_CHAIN_TYPE) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(GET_CHAIN_TYPE) { DataType type; @@ -119,6 +119,11 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(GET_CHAIN_TYPE) BOOST_REQUIRE(type.getChainDatatype(8) == DataType(DataType::CHAIN_CERT_8)); BOOST_REQUIRE(type.getChainDatatype(13) == DataType(DataType::CHAIN_CERT_13)); BOOST_REQUIRE(type.getChainDatatype(15) == DataType(DataType::DB_CHAIN_LAST)); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(GET_CHAIN_TYPE) +{ + DataType type; BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(type.getChainDatatype(16), CKM::Exc::InputParam); } diff --git a/tests/test_db_crypto.cpp b/tests/test_db_crypto.cpp index 7d6c698..68b01b4 100644 --- a/tests/test_db_crypto.cpp +++ b/tests/test_db_crypto.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Contact: Kyungwook Tak * @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * @version * @brief */ -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ const unsigned int c_names_per_owner = 15; } // namespace anonymous BOOST_FIXTURE_TEST_SUITE(DBCRYPTO_TEST, DBFixture) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestSimple) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBtestSimple) { DB::Row rowPattern = create_default_row(); rowPattern.data = RawBuffer(32, 1); @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestSimple) check_DB_integrity(rowPattern); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestBIG) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBtestBIG) { DB::Row rowPattern = create_default_row(); rowPattern.data = createBigBlob(4096); @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestBIG) check_DB_integrity(rowPattern); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestGlobal) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBtestGlobal) { DB::Row rowPattern = create_default_row(); rowPattern.data = RawBuffer(1024, 2); @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestGlobal) DB::Row name_duplicate = rowPattern; rowPattern.owner = rowPattern.owner + "1"; } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestTransaction) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBtestTransaction) { DB::Row rowPattern = create_default_row(); rowPattern.data = RawBuffer(100, 20); @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestTransaction) BOOST_CHECK_MESSAGE(!row_optional, "Row still present after rollback"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBtestBackend) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBtestBackend) { DB::Row rowPattern = create_default_row(); rowPattern.data = RawBuffer(32, 1); @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() BOOST_FIXTURE_TEST_SUITE(DBCRYPTO_PERF_TEST, DBFixture) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddNames) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddNames) { // actual test performance_start("saveRow"); @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddNames) performance_stop(c_num_names_add_test); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasByOwner) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasByOwner) { // prepare data generate_perf_DB(c_num_names, c_names_per_owner); @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasByOwner) } // TODO this test makes no sense. Rewrite it. -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasRandomOwnershipNoPermissions) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasRandomOwnershipNoPermissions) { // prepare data generate_perf_DB(c_num_names, c_names_per_owner); @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfLookupAliasRandomOwnershipNoPermissions) performance_stop(c_test_retries * c_num_names); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddPermissions) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddPermissions) { // prepare data generate_perf_DB(c_num_names, c_names_per_owner); @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAddPermissions) performance_stop(iterations); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAliasRemoval) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfAliasRemoval) { // prepare data generate_perf_DB(c_num_names, c_names_per_owner); @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfAliasRemoval) } } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBperfGetAliasList) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBperfGetAliasList) { // prepare data generate_perf_DB(c_num_names, c_names_per_owner); @@ -318,25 +318,25 @@ struct DBVer3Migration : public DBFixture { }; } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer1) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer1) { DBVer1Migration DBver1; verifyDBisValid(DBver1); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer2) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer2) { DBVer2Migration DBver2; verifyDBisValid(DBver2); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer3) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBVer3) { DBVer3Migration DBver3; verifyDBisValid(DBver3); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBCurrent) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(DBMigrationDBCurrent) { DBFixture currentDB; diff --git a/tests/test_descriptor-set.cpp b/tests/test_descriptor-set.cpp index 4d345a8..1215639 100644 --- a/tests/test_descriptor-set.cpp +++ b/tests/test_descriptor-set.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(DESCRIPTOR_SET_TEST) /* * Wait on empty descriptor set. Function should return immediately. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T010_Empty) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T010_Empty) { DescriptorSet descriptors; @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T010_Empty) * Add and remove (twice) descriptor. Wait on empty set. No callback should be called. wait() should * return immediately. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T020_AddRemove) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T020_AddRemove) { DescriptorSet descriptors; descriptors.add(10, POLLALL, unexpectedCallback); @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T020_AddRemove) * Add 2 descriptors and purge all. Wait on empty set. No callback should be called. wait() should * return immediately. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T030_AddPurge) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T030_AddPurge) { DescriptorSet descriptors; descriptors.add(10, POLLALL, unexpectedCallback); @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T030_AddPurge) * Add pipe[1] descriptor and wait for write possibility. Provided callback should be called * immediately. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T040_Callback) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T040_Callback) { DescriptorSet descriptors; bool callback = false; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T040_Callback) * Add pipe[1] descriptor twice with different callbacks. The first one should be overwritten and * shouldn't be called. The second one should be called instead. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T050_DoubleAdd) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T050_DoubleAdd) { DescriptorSet descriptors; bool callback = false; @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T050_DoubleAdd) * Add pipe[0] descriptor and wait. Callback should not be called. Instead the 8s timeout should * occur and a proper exception should be thrown. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T060_Timeout) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(T060_Timeout) { DescriptorSet descriptors; @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T060_Timeout) /* * Create pipe and try to write it. Start thread that will read it. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T070_Write) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T070_Write) { DescriptorSet descriptors; bool callback = false; @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T070_Write) /* * Create pipe and try to read it. Start thread that will write it. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T080_Read) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T080_Read) { DescriptorSet descriptors; bool callback = false; @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T080_Read) * the pipe, remove it from the descriptor set and try to write the second pipe. The thread will * read it. In second pipe callback remove the second pipe descriptor from the set. */ -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T090_WriteAfterRead) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T090_WriteAfterRead) { DescriptorSet descriptors; bool callback1 = false; diff --git a/tests/test_dpl-db.cpp b/tests/test_dpl-db.cpp index 610c9ad..e439487 100644 --- a/tests/test_dpl-db.cpp +++ b/tests/test_dpl-db.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and * limitations under the License */ -#include +#include #include @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(DPL_DB_TEST) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(NAIVE_SYNCHRONIZATION_OBJECT) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(base) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(base) { NaiveSynchronizationObject obj; @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SQL_CONNECTION) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(connection_broken) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(connection_broken) { BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW( SqlConnection("test-db", static_cast(999999)), diff --git a/tests/test_dpl-exception.cpp b/tests/test_dpl-exception.cpp index 35214e5..f4d2aa8 100644 --- a/tests/test_dpl-exception.cpp +++ b/tests/test_dpl-exception.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and * limitations under the License */ -#include +#include #include @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ using namespace CKM; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(DPL_EXCEPTION_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(dpl_exception) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(dpl_exception) { try { throw Exception(__FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, "message"); diff --git a/tests/test_encryption-scheme.cpp b/tests/test_encryption-scheme.cpp index e77c38b..b16bc5b 100644 --- a/tests/test_encryption-scheme.cpp +++ b/tests/test_encryption-scheme.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2015 -2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2015 -2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ private: BOOST_FIXTURE_TEST_SUITE(ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_TEST, OnlycapFixture) // Test database should have the old scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T010_Check_old_scheme) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T010_Check_old_scheme) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T010_Check_old_scheme) test.CheckSchemeVersion(filter, OLD_ENC_SCHEME); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T1111_Alias_Info_old_scheme) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T1111_Alias_Info_old_scheme) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T1111_Alias_Info_old_scheme) } // Newly written data should use the new scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T020_Check_new_scheme) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T020_Check_new_scheme) { SchemeTest test; test.RemoveUserData(); @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T020_Check_new_scheme) test.CheckSchemeVersion(filter, NEW_ENC_SCHEME); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T030_Remove_old_scheme) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T030_Remove_old_scheme) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T030_Remove_old_scheme) BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(aliases == 0, "All aliases should be removed"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T040_Remove_new_scheme) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T040_Remove_new_scheme) { SchemeTest test; test.RemoveUserData(); @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T040_Remove_new_scheme) } // Reading old db should reencrypt objects with new scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T100_Read) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T100_Read) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T100_Read) test.CheckSchemeVersion(filter, NEW_ENC_SCHEME); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T110_Count_objects_after_read) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T110_Count_objects_after_read) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T110_Count_objects_after_read) } // Reading old db with incorrect passwords should leave the scheme unchanged -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T120_Read_wrong_pass) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(T120_Read_wrong_pass) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T120_Read_wrong_pass) } // Signing/verification should reencrypt objects with new scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T200_SignVerify) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T200_SignVerify) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T200_SignVerify) } // Encryption/decryption should reencrypt objects with new scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T210_EncryptDecrypt) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T210_EncryptDecrypt) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T210_EncryptDecrypt) } // Chain creation should reencrypt objects with new scheme -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T220_CreateChain) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T220_CreateChain) { SchemeTest test; test.RestoreDb(); diff --git a/tests/test_exception.cpp b/tests/test_exception.cpp index 009b2d2..cac3ec2 100644 --- a/tests/test_exception.cpp +++ b/tests/test_exception.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include using namespace CKM; @@ -50,37 +50,37 @@ void checkExceptionInternal(const Exc::Exception &e, int ec, const std::string & BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(EXCEPTION_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(internal_error) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(internal_error) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::InternalError, CKM_API_ERROR_SERVER_ERROR, false); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(database_locked) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(database_locked) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::DatabaseLocked, CKM_API_ERROR_DB_LOCKED, false); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(database_failed) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(database_failed) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::DatabaseFailed, CKM_API_ERROR_DB_ERROR, false); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(filesystem_failed) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(filesystem_failed) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::FileSystemFailed, CKM_API_ERROR_FILE_SYSTEM, false); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(inputparam) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(inputparam) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::InputParam, CKM_API_ERROR_INPUT_PARAM, true); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(authentication_failed) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(authentication_failed) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::AuthenticationFailed, CKM_API_ERROR_AUTHENTICATION_FAILED, true); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(transaction_failed) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(transaction_failed) { CHECK_EXCEPTION(Exc::TransactionFailed, CKM_API_ERROR_DB_ERROR, false); } diff --git a/tests/test_for-each-file.cpp b/tests/test_for-each-file.cpp index 543910b..6a7954f 100644 --- a/tests/test_for-each-file.cpp +++ b/tests/test_for-each-file.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ using namespace CKM; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(TRAVERSE_DIR_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(T010_check_prefix) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(T010_check_prefix) { std::vector files; diff --git a/tests/test_generic-backend.cpp b/tests/test_generic-backend.cpp index c71e5dd..6bac2c1 100644 --- a/tests/test_generic-backend.cpp +++ b/tests/test_generic-backend.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2017-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include using namespace CKM; @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public: BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(GENERIC_BACKEND_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(gobj) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(gobj) { GObjTest obj; diff --git a/tests/test_key-provider.cpp b/tests/test_key-provider.cpp index 81d381d..ea369d1 100644 --- a/tests/test_key-provider.cpp +++ b/tests/test_key-provider.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Contact: Kyungwook Tak * @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ * @brief */ #define BOOST_TEST_MODULE KEY_MANAGER_TEST -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ const std::string CLIENT_ID_2 = "SAMPLE_CLIENT_ID_2"; extern bool isLibInitialized; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(KEY_PROVIDER_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKEK) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKEK) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKEK) "KeyProvider created, but uninitialized"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKekInvalidPassword) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKekInvalidPassword) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyDomainKekInvalidPassword) "KeyProvider not created, but initialized"); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeygetPureDomainKEK) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeygetPureDomainKEK) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeygetPureDomainKEK) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(rb_test = keyProvider.getPureDomainKEK()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetWrappedDomainKEK) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyGetWrappedDomainKEK) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetWrappedDomainKEK) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(rb_test = keyProvider.getWrappedDomainKEK(PASSWORD)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGenerateDEK) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyGenerateDEK) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGenerateDEK) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(rb_DEK1 = keyProvider.generateDEK(CLIENT_ID_1)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(rb_pureDEK1 = keyProvider.getPureDEK(rb_DEK1)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt) NEW_PASSWORD)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt_incorrect_password) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt_incorrect_password) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyReencrypt_incorrect_password) NEW_PASSWORD)), CKM::Exc::AuthenticationFailed); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK_after_reencrypt) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK_after_reencrypt) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(isLibInitialized, "Library is not initialized!"); @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(KeyGetPureDEK_after_reencrypt) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(keyProvider.getPureDEK(rb_DEK1)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) { CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfoContainer wrappedContainer; @@ -171,9 +171,6 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(wrappedContainer.setKeyInfoSalt(salt.data(), salt.size())); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(wrappedContainer.setKeyInfoClient("key_info_client")); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(wrappedContainer.setKeyInfoClient("key_info_client_waaaaay_too_long"), - CKM::Exc::InternalError); - CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfoContainer wrappedContainer2; BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW( wrappedContainer2.setKeyInfo(&wrappedContainer.getWrappedKeyAndInfo().keyInfo)); @@ -194,8 +191,18 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) wrapped3.keyInfo.keyLength = MAX_WRAPPED_KEY_SIZE; BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfoContainer wrappedContainer3( reinterpret_cast(&wrapped3))); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) +{ + CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfoContainer wrappedContainer; + + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(wrappedContainer.setKeyInfoClient("key_info_client_waaaaay_too_long"), + CKM::Exc::InternalError); + + CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfo wrapped3; - wrapped3.keyInfo.keyLength++; + wrapped3.keyInfo.keyLength = MAX_WRAPPED_KEY_SIZE + 1; BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(CKM::WrappedKeyAndInfoContainer wrappedContainer3( reinterpret_cast(&wrapped3)), CKM::Exc::InternalError); @@ -208,7 +215,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(wrapped_container) CKM::Exc::InternalError); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(container) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(container) { CKM::KeyAndInfoContainer container; BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(container.setKeyInfoKeyLength(10)); @@ -221,7 +228,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(container) container2.getKeyAndInfo().keyInfo.keyLength); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(moves) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(moves) { CKM::KeyProvider provider; diff --git a/tests/test_key.cpp b/tests/test_key.cpp index fa80504..20c3d7b 100644 --- a/tests/test_key.cpp +++ b/tests/test_key.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include namespace { @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ using namespace CKM; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(KEY_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) { RawBuffer keybuf(PUBKEY_PEM.begin(), PUBKEY_PEM.end()); @@ -45,6 +45,14 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) // valid key type case BOOST_REQUIRE(!KeyImpl(key.getEvpShPtr(), KeyType::KEY_RSA_PUBLIC).empty()); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) +{ + RawBuffer keybuf(PUBKEY_PEM.begin(), PUBKEY_PEM.end()); + + KeyImpl key(keybuf); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!key.empty()); // invalid key type cases BOOST_REQUIRE(KeyImpl(key.getEvpShPtr(), KeyType::KEY_DSA_PUBLIC).empty()); @@ -55,14 +63,15 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) BOOST_REQUIRE(KeyImpl(key.getEvpShPtr(), static_cast(999999)).empty()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(get_size) + +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_size) { RawBuffer keybuf(PUBKEY_PEM.begin(), PUBKEY_PEM.end()); KeyImpl key(keybuf); BOOST_REQUIRE(!key.empty()); - // not ipmlemented yet but test for coverage. It'll just return 0 + // not implemented yet but test for coverage. It'll just return 0 BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(key.getSize()); } @@ -70,7 +79,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(AES_KEY_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructors) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) { // invalid key size RawBuffer keybuf({0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04}); diff --git a/tests/test_log-provider.cpp b/tests/test_log-provider.cpp index 5d13104..5354d81 100644 --- a/tests/test_log-provider.cpp +++ b/tests/test_log-provider.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and * limitations under the License */ -#include +#include #include #include @@ -47,28 +47,28 @@ void testProvider(AbstractLogProvider &provider) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(LOG_PROVIDER_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(oldstyle_backend) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(oldstyle_backend) { OldStyleLogProvider provider; testProvider(provider); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(journal_backend) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(journal_backend) { JournalLogProvider provider; testProvider(provider); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(dlog_backend) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(dlog_backend) { DLOGLogProvider provider; testProvider(provider); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(log_system) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(log_system) { LogSystem system; diff --git a/tests/test_safe-buffer.cpp b/tests/test_safe-buffer.cpp index 47ecbef..ff9dccd 100644 --- a/tests/test_safe-buffer.cpp +++ b/tests/test_safe-buffer.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Contact: Kyungwook Tak * @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SAFE_BUFFER_TEST) // Tests for SafeBuffer. Checks if memory occupied by the buffer is wiped after it's deleted. -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc_control_group) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc_control_group) { size_t cnt = buffer_erase_test>(); @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc_control_group) "Less than 1/2 of data matches the original."); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_item_control_group) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_item_control_group) { size_t cnt = buffer_erase_test>(); @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_item_control_group) "Less than 1/2 of data matches the original."); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc) { size_t cnt = buffer_erase_test(); @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_uc) "More than 1/10 of data matches the original."); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_item) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(SafeBufferTest_item) { size_t cnt = buffer_erase_test::Type>(); diff --git a/tests/test_serialization.cpp b/tests/test_serialization.cpp index 5fff3af..8b7152e 100644 --- a/tests/test_serialization.cpp +++ b/tests/test_serialization.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2015 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2015 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void setParam(CryptoAlgorithm &algo, ParamName name, const T &value, BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SERIALIZATION_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm) { CryptoAlgorithm ca; setParam(ca, ParamName::ALGO_TYPE, static_cast(AlgoType::AES_GCM), @@ -109,6 +109,24 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm) checkBufferParam(output, ParamName::ED_IV, IV); checkIntParam(output, ParamName::ED_TAG_LEN, 128); checkBufferParam(output, ParamName::ED_AAD, AAD); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm) +{ + CryptoAlgorithm ca; + setParam(ca, ParamName::ALGO_TYPE, static_cast(AlgoType::AES_GCM), + true); + setParam(ca, ParamName::ED_IV, IV, true); + setParam(ca, ParamName::ED_TAG_LEN, 128, true); + setParam(ca, ParamName::ED_AAD, AAD, true); + + CryptoAlgorithmSerializable input(ca); + CryptoAlgorithmSerializable output; + auto msg = MessageBuffer::Serialize(input); + RawBuffer buffer = msg.Pop(); + MessageBuffer resp; + resp.Push(buffer); + resp.Deserialize(output); // wrong type checkBufferParamNegative(output, ParamName::ALGO_TYPE); @@ -125,7 +143,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm) checkIntParamNegative(output, static_cast(666)); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm_wrong_name) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(Serialization_CryptoAlgorithm_wrong_name) { CryptoAlgorithm ca; // param name out of range diff --git a/tests/test_sql.cpp b/tests/test_sql.cpp index 8fac9c1..a63455a 100644 --- a/tests/test_sql.cpp +++ b/tests/test_sql.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Contact: Kyungwook Tak * @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ * @brief */ #include -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ const char *select_table = "SELECT * FROM t1"; CKM::RawBuffer raw_password = createDefaultPass(); BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SQL_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversion) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversion) { BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(raw_password.size() == RAW_PASS_SIZE, "Password should have 32 characters, got: " << raw_password.size()); @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversion) BOOST_CHECK(pass_check == pattern); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversionBig) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversionBig) { /* 192 ~ 208 in hex */ const std::string tmppattern = "c0c1c2c3c4c5c6c7c8c9cacbcccdcecfd0"; @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConversionBig) BOOST_CHECK(pass_hex == tmppattern); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooShort) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooShort) { using namespace CKM::DB; BOOST_CHECK(unlink(encrypt_me_not) == 0 || errno == ENOENT); @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooShort) SqlConnection::Exception::InvalidArguments); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooLong) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooLong) { using namespace CKM::DB; BOOST_CHECK(unlink(encrypt_me_not) == 0 || errno == ENOENT); @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestSetKeyTooLong) SqlConnection::Exception::InvalidArguments); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionUnencrypted) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionUnencrypted) { using namespace CKM::DB; BOOST_CHECK(unlink(encrypt_me_not) == 0 || errno == ENOENT); @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionUnencrypted) } } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionEncrypted) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionEncrypted) { using namespace CKM::DB; BOOST_CHECK(unlink(encrypt_me) == 0 || errno == ENOENT); @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionEncrypted) } } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionEncryptedNegative) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(sqlTestConnectionEncryptedNegative) { using namespace CKM::DB; BOOST_CHECK(unlink(encrypt_me) == 0 || errno == ENOENT); diff --git a/tests/test_ss-crypto.cpp b/tests/test_ss-crypto.cpp index c009207..fa2b848 100644 --- a/tests/test_ss-crypto.cpp +++ b/tests/test_ss-crypto.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include #include @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ RawBuffer readFile(const std::string &path) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SS_CRYPTO_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(decrypt) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(decrypt) { const std::string seed = "secure-storage::test1"; const std::string path = std::string(SS_TEST_DIR) + "/" + seed + "/test-data-1"; diff --git a/tests/test_stringify.cpp b/tests/test_stringify.cpp index f4c5c7a..0fd3727 100644 --- a/tests/test_stringify.cpp +++ b/tests/test_stringify.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -15,26 +15,26 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(STRINGIFY_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(stringify_default) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(stringify_default) { BOOST_REQUIRE(Stringify("a", "b", "c") == "abc"); BOOST_REQUIRE(Stringify(std::string("a"), "b", "c") == "abc"); BOOST_REQUIRE(Stringify().empty()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(stringify_avoid) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(stringify_avoid) { BOOST_REQUIRE(StringifyAvoid("a", "b", "c").empty()); BOOST_REQUIRE(StringifyAvoid(std::string("a"), "b", "c").empty()); BOOST_REQUIRE(StringifyAvoid().empty()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(stringify_error) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(stringify_error) { BOOST_REQUIRE(StringifyError("a", "b", "c") == "abc"); BOOST_REQUIRE(StringifyError(std::string("a"), "b", "c") == "abc"); diff --git a/tests/test_sw-backend.cpp b/tests/test_sw-backend.cpp index 603a1bf..2de262c 100644 --- a/tests/test_sw-backend.cpp +++ b/tests/test_sw-backend.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2017 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2017 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ */ #include -#include +#include #include "test_common.h" @@ -26,17 +26,20 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(SW_BACKEND_TEST) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(CRYPTO) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(constructs) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(constructs) { BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(AesCbcEncryption128(createRandom(16), createRandom(16))); +} +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(constructs) +{ BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(AesCbcEncryption128(createRandom(16), createRandom(5)), Exc::Crypto::InternalError); BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(AesCbcEncryption128(createRandom(17), createRandom(16)), Exc::Crypto::InternalError); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(encryption_cbc) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(encryption_cbc) { AesCbcEncryption128 cipher(createRandom(16), createRandom(16)); @@ -44,7 +47,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(encryption_cbc) BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(cipher.Finalize()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(encryption_gcm) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(encryption_gcm) { AesGcmEncryption128 cipher(createRandom(16), createRandom(16)); diff --git a/tests/test_xml-parser.cpp b/tests/test_xml-parser.cpp index 5029306..e601550 100644 --- a/tests/test_xml-parser.cpp +++ b/tests/test_xml-parser.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + /* + * Copyright (c) 2015-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include -#include +#include #include using namespace CKM; @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ void dummyEndCallback(const XML::Parser::ElementHandlerPtr &) BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(XML_PARSER_TEST) -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_wrong_argument) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_wrong_argument) { std::string emptyPath; XML::Parser parser(emptyPath); @@ -75,34 +75,34 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_wrong_argument) BOOST_REQUIRE(Parser::ErrorCode::ERROR_XML_PARSE_FAILED == parser.Parse()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_no_XML_file) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_no_XML_file) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path("i-am-not-here").c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(Parser::ErrorCode::ERROR_XML_VALIDATION_FAILED == parser.Validate( format_test_path(XSD_1_okay).c_str())); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_verify) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_verify) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_1_okay).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Validate(format_test_path(XSD_1_okay).c_str())); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_wrong_verify) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_wrong_verify) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_1_wrong).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(Parser::ErrorCode::ERROR_XML_VALIDATION_FAILED == parser.Validate( format_test_path(XSD_1_okay).c_str())); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_wrong_schema) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_wrong_schema) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_1_okay).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(Parser::ErrorCode::ERROR_XSD_PARSE_FAILED == parser.Validate( format_test_path(XSD_1_wrong).c_str())); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_parse_incorrect_callbacks) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_parse_incorrect_callbacks) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_1_okay).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Validate(format_test_path(XSD_1_okay).c_str())); @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_parse_incorrect_callbacks) BOOST_REQUIRE(Parser::ErrorCode::PARSE_SUCCESS == parser.Parse()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_parse) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML1_correct_parse) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_1_okay).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Validate(format_test_path(XSD_1_okay).c_str())); @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ private: int m_expectedSum; }; -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML2_structure) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML2_structure) { StructureTest parser(format_test_path(XML_2_structure).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Parse()); @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML2_structure) parser.getExpectedSum()); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML3_encrypted_correct_parse) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML3_encrypted_correct_parse) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_3_encrypted).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Validate(format_test_path(XSD_3_encrypted).c_str())); @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML3_encrypted_correct_parse) BOOST_REQUIRE(endCallbackFlag == true); } -BOOST_AUTO_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML4_device_key_correct_parse) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(XmlParserTest_XML4_device_key_correct_parse) { XML::Parser parser(format_test_path(XML_4_device_key).c_str()); BOOST_REQUIRE(0 == parser.Validate(format_test_path(XSD_4_device_key).c_str())); -- 2.7.4 From 18351c6c9322d9b36e9a9aecfa587c5ec5cc2794 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Mon, 23 Mar 2020 20:44:41 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 03/16] Implement negative cert tests - 50% negative tests for CertificateImpl - Positive OCSP test updated - Minor changes in CertificateImpl Change-Id: I6bdb9e6140694357cba93b8efe26f622744ce927 --- src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp | 5 +- src/manager/common/certificate-impl.h | 4 +- tests/test_certificate.cpp | 132 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 3 files changed, 137 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp index ea652ba..6a5f5e8 100644 --- a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp +++ b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* Copyright (c) 2000 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved +/* Copyright (c) 2000 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -68,6 +69,8 @@ CertificateImpl::CertificateImpl(const RawBuffer &der, DataFormat format) CertificateImpl::CertificateImpl(X509 *x509, bool duplicate) { + Assert(x509); + if (duplicate) m_x509 = X509_dup(x509); else diff --git a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.h b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.h index f9d544a..9c0faf0 100644 --- a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.h +++ b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* Copyright (c) 2000 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved +/* Copyright (c) 2000 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace CKM { class COMMON_API CertificateImpl : public Certificate { public: - CertificateImpl() : m_x509(nullptr) {} + CertificateImpl() = delete; explicit CertificateImpl(X509 *x509, bool duplicate = true); CertificateImpl(const RawBuffer &data, DataFormat format); diff --git a/tests/test_certificate.cpp b/tests/test_certificate.cpp index 3e5f03e..0fec3ce 100644 --- a/tests/test_certificate.cpp +++ b/tests/test_certificate.cpp @@ -76,6 +76,85 @@ const std::string CERT_PUBKEY_PEM = "-----END PUBLIC KEY-----\n"; } +const std::string CERT_OCSP_PEM = + "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n" + "MIIN+jCCC+KgAwIBAgITIAAGDxuOsc5CY0aDQgAAAAYPGzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsF\n" + "ADCBizELMAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxEzARBgNVBAgTCldhc2hpbmd0b24xEDAOBgNVBAcT\n" + "B1JlZG1vbmQxHjAcBgNVBAoTFU1pY3Jvc29mdCBDb3Jwb3JhdGlvbjEVMBMGA1UE\n" + "CxMMTWljcm9zb2Z0IElUMR4wHAYDVQQDExVNaWNyb3NvZnQgSVQgVExTIENBIDIw\n" + "HhcNMTkwNDMwMjA0ODAwWhcNMjEwNDMwMjA0ODAwWjAXMRUwEwYDVQQDEwx3d3cu\n" + "YmluZy5jb20wggEiMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEKAoIBAQDhIlPb0iP7\n" + "xRmUScK43QI7Ci/lvfMumWhRFAHcFzjIDHs74sq0B+ze8HW5PR6LWRe/d3yR5dC8\n" + "7gQs0qXGitzsP9vWJcpwKV273tlnWiEfgZx5tvNCFdHOqoYoHL3a8zed/JkGTEeX\n" + "ukGEX0TeBgCjcVTj5qRxJhjlWxs3AcB/q4f4vi3QG80TbSU2UO0lkvhvfs73C1jq\n" + "i7Zspia/YsMqcQ6X+APAZ+4guKjQr5q32tzj2FGtJO6ZmZuNV9Wwb32891UhwZ3D\n" + "2PrIcnCNlIQ1/Fah6im7Vc67qO2x/++r7gO7PtR8byCFnFuNUVQxhSIkCkj6FvPx\n" + "cYefok0wJ0VRAgMBAAGjggnIMIIJxDCCAfQGCisGAQQB1nkCBAIEggHkBIIB4AHe\n" + "AHUA7ku9t3XOYLrhQmkfq+GeZqMPfl+wctiDAMR7iXqo/csAAAFqcApGzAAABAMA\n" + "RjBEAiAiASIs5j19VcTLbxcOGHQlIl62d3iy1FY8dnNq+6lebQIgchbSq2Qh78zs\n" + "mmucyslucBycij/FYUe3F1lNpJiB9KsAdgBVgdTCFpA2AUrqC5tXPFPwwOQ4eHAl\n" + "CBcvo6odBxPTDAAAAWpwCkgDAAAEAwBHMEUCIQDx6RqcvDdfIY9qdAuaRFBVvSHN\n" + "ttpAzie3KP9AAiGvBwIgSMvjse/hJusDoRFnSTtX96ierTaqzQH4oDLLnW/Gwc0A\n" + "dQBc3EOS/uarRUSxXprUVuYQN/vV+kfcoXOUsl7m9scOygAAAWpwCkbmAAAEAwBG\n" + "MEQCICbYF6Lv93BFrwLguzmas/5gQ87fzRHkTaMxDSD7PlhRAiA/DXOeTcHaiUPQ\n" + "WsKbJ/7x9EWKvVisqtQMnYk6cBxbBwB2AESUZS6w7s6vxEAH2Kj+KMDa5oK+2Msx\n" + "tT/TM5a1toGoAAABanAKRtoAAAQDAEcwRQIgardRfR7bxwSGF212a603dXYz6O5z\n" + "YHpPks8/RR/AMzQCIQD4VYDD+2zVDHEjz8elkKEzhgzTdOMtc1yYhCU+eHAGkjAn\n" + "BgkrBgEEAYI3FQoEGjAYMAoGCCsGAQUFBwMCMAoGCCsGAQUFBwMBMD4GCSsGAQQB\n" + "gjcVBwQxMC8GJysGAQQBgjcVCIfahnWD7tkBgsmFG4G1nmGF9OtggV2E0t9CgueT\n" + "egIBZAIBHTCBhQYIKwYBBQUHAQEEeTB3MFEGCCsGAQUFBzAChkVodHRwOi8vd3d3\n" + "Lm1pY3Jvc29mdC5jb20vcGtpL21zY29ycC9NaWNyb3NvZnQlMjBJVCUyMFRMUyUy\n" + "MENBJTIwMi5jcnQwIgYIKwYBBQUHMAGGFmh0dHA6Ly9vY3NwLm1zb2NzcC5jb20w\n" + "HQYDVR0OBBYEFDcHtZt8HkKSRO8ETiTkCLixB9PaMAsGA1UdDwQEAwIEsDCCBW0G\n" + "A1UdEQSCBWQwggVgggx3d3cuYmluZy5jb22CEGRpY3QuYmluZy5jb20uY26CEyou\n" + "cGxhdGZvcm0uYmluZy5jb22CCiouYmluZy5jb22CCGJpbmcuY29tghZpZW9ubGlu\n" + "ZS5taWNyb3NvZnQuY29tghMqLndpbmRvd3NzZWFyY2guY29tghljbi5pZW9ubGlu\n" + "ZS5taWNyb3NvZnQuY29tghEqLm9yaWdpbi5iaW5nLmNvbYINKi5tbS5iaW5nLm5l\n" + "dIIOKi5hcGkuYmluZy5jb22CGGVjbi5kZXYudmlydHVhbGVhcnRoLm5ldIINKi5j\n" + "bi5iaW5nLm5ldIINKi5jbi5iaW5nLmNvbYIQc3NsLWFwaS5iaW5nLmNvbYIQc3Ns\n" + "LWFwaS5iaW5nLm5ldIIOKi5hcGkuYmluZy5uZXSCDiouYmluZ2FwaXMuY29tgg9i\n" + "aW5nc2FuZGJveC5jb22CFmZlZWRiYWNrLm1pY3Jvc29mdC5jb22CG2luc2VydG1l\n" + "ZGlhLmJpbmcub2ZmaWNlLm5ldIIOci5iYXQuYmluZy5jb22CECouci5iYXQuYmlu\n" + "Zy5jb22CEiouZGljdC5iaW5nLmNvbS5jboIPKi5kaWN0LmJpbmcuY29tgg4qLnNz\n" + "bC5iaW5nLmNvbYIQKi5hcHBleC5iaW5nLmNvbYIWKi5wbGF0Zm9ybS5jbi5iaW5n\n" + "LmNvbYINd3AubS5iaW5nLmNvbYIMKi5tLmJpbmcuY29tgg9nbG9iYWwuYmluZy5j\n" + "b22CEXdpbmRvd3NzZWFyY2guY29tgg5zZWFyY2gubXNuLmNvbYIRKi5iaW5nc2Fu\n" + "ZGJveC5jb22CGSouYXBpLnRpbGVzLmRpdHUubGl2ZS5jb22CDyouZGl0dS5saXZl\n" + "LmNvbYIYKi50MC50aWxlcy5kaXR1LmxpdmUuY29tghgqLnQxLnRpbGVzLmRpdHUu\n" + "bGl2ZS5jb22CGCoudDIudGlsZXMuZGl0dS5saXZlLmNvbYIYKi50My50aWxlcy5k\n" + "aXR1LmxpdmUuY29tghUqLnRpbGVzLmRpdHUubGl2ZS5jb22CCzNkLmxpdmUuY29t\n" + "ghNhcGkuc2VhcmNoLmxpdmUuY29tghRiZXRhLnNlYXJjaC5saXZlLmNvbYIVY253\n" + "ZWIuc2VhcmNoLmxpdmUuY29tggxkZXYubGl2ZS5jb22CDWRpdHUubGl2ZS5jb22C\n" + "EWZhcmVjYXN0LmxpdmUuY29tgg5pbWFnZS5saXZlLmNvbYIPaW1hZ2VzLmxpdmUu\n" + "Y29tghFsb2NhbC5saXZlLmNvbS5hdYIUbG9jYWxzZWFyY2gubGl2ZS5jb22CFGxz\n" + "NGQuc2VhcmNoLmxpdmUuY29tgg1tYWlsLmxpdmUuY29tghFtYXBpbmRpYS5saXZl\n" + "LmNvbYIObG9jYWwubGl2ZS5jb22CDW1hcHMubGl2ZS5jb22CEG1hcHMubGl2ZS5j\n" + "b20uYXWCD21pbmRpYS5saXZlLmNvbYINbmV3cy5saXZlLmNvbYIcb3JpZ2luLmNu\n" + "d2ViLnNlYXJjaC5saXZlLmNvbYIWcHJldmlldy5sb2NhbC5saXZlLmNvbYIPc2Vh\n" + "cmNoLmxpdmUuY29tghJ0ZXN0Lm1hcHMubGl2ZS5jb22CDnZpZGVvLmxpdmUuY29t\n" + "gg92aWRlb3MubGl2ZS5jb22CFXZpcnR1YWxlYXJ0aC5saXZlLmNvbYIMd2FwLmxp\n" + "dmUuY29tghJ3ZWJtYXN0ZXIubGl2ZS5jb22CE3dlYm1hc3RlcnMubGl2ZS5jb22C\n" + "FXd3dy5sb2NhbC5saXZlLmNvbS5hdYIUd3d3Lm1hcHMubGl2ZS5jb20uYXUwgawG\n" + "A1UdHwSBpDCBoTCBnqCBm6CBmIZLaHR0cDovL21zY3JsLm1pY3Jvc29mdC5jb20v\n" + "cGtpL21zY29ycC9jcmwvTWljcm9zb2Z0JTIwSVQlMjBUTFMlMjBDQSUyMDIuY3Js\n" + "hklodHRwOi8vY3JsLm1pY3Jvc29mdC5jb20vcGtpL21zY29ycC9jcmwvTWljcm9z\n" + "b2Z0JTIwSVQlMjBUTFMlMjBDQSUyMDIuY3JsME0GA1UdIARGMEQwQgYJKwYBBAGC\n" + "NyoBMDUwMwYIKwYBBQUHAgEWJ2h0dHA6Ly93d3cubWljcm9zb2Z0LmNvbS9wa2kv\n" + "bXNjb3JwL2NwczAfBgNVHSMEGDAWgBSRnjtEbD1XnEJ3KjTXT9HMSpcs2jAdBgNV\n" + "HSUEFjAUBggrBgEFBQcDAgYIKwYBBQUHAwEwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQADggIBAA1g\n" + "NJF5ks5Qrg0/qeOXQbcO3SCs+HKTKxVL8QdaTL3s5gsmWQzcYNS671DmN4lEob2g\n" + "WWZKyKAzQbjDOcf9ndxX4+i+PaCw5K3uONbMOwnuOCwRvDy8YEoCb3OzKFX4sjzh\n" + "1HVL/ljKHUPT+9ap/SpYserNxixibqF2LZYx+9hwr1bcx9GWrg3CoFUFgSZqRQ14\n" + "eiK94iM5kzJLKynKPhez+UOwS5VRev1mxh5nD9hBPzXHHqI9mNWu/lyr7KPUMigi\n" + "QfKKZuqV6W3i1H3BoJi1uDkL3SJo1F39XN3AyGSAZWS9RNn5JzEQQGiJRjrz/PE1\n" + "vTg1BlbsPdKa4gGZGdGBWcj2eXZc+GbLpTy3qWlmJrEn2KGLeomyndlftRPFrBUH\n" + "/5Mio5OeSawjlacBV25fKaoZ1BPc3i+HGKd5ctddCy6kJsgdMD221zGvf/0uW25Z\n" + "ImzDeH7KkOcGbzyWJwBzDgra0RP+qRgK3aYPSWI81OLlnHJ2VOix/UU63NCK2fO/\n" + "URzE8KxoHrgRGXCE52viHv6ksL7QXWelbERU7GEpcZU1suPhDohn4CrfrCYCjpa5\n" + "Ys6ci7Rren82SsXJBfNrgm2U4lxWfzWj+2Ay6yATbdoOPntue8cbbMoTzoNMHQXD\n" + "2DpjtFPs8/RVOFQb0IFVluCrTAnHmI8tTtsmzg6z\n" + "-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n"; + using namespace CKM; BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(CERTIFICATE_TEST) @@ -87,9 +166,15 @@ POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) RawBuffer certbase64(CERT_BASE64.begin(), CERT_BASE64.end()); BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(CertificateImpl(certbase64, DataFormat::FORM_DER_BASE64)); +} +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(constructors) +{ RawBuffer dummy({0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d}); BOOST_REQUIRE(!Certificate::create(dummy, DataFormat::FORM_PEM)); + + RawBuffer certpem(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!Certificate::create(certpem, DataFormat::FORM_DER)); } POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) @@ -107,6 +192,16 @@ POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) BOOST_REQUIRE(cert1.getDER() == moveConstructed.getDER()); } +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(get_x509) +{ + RawBuffer empty; + + CertificateImpl cert(empty, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.empty()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.getX509() == nullptr); +} + POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) { RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); @@ -120,12 +215,47 @@ POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) BOOST_REQUIRE(pubkeyFromCert.getDER() == pubkey.getDER()); } +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(get_evp_sh_ptr) +{ + RawBuffer empty; + + CertificateImpl cert(empty, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.empty()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!cert.getEvpShPtr()); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(get_der) +{ + RawBuffer empty; + + CertificateImpl cert(empty, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.empty()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.getDER().empty()); +} + POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(get_ocsp_url) { - RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); + RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_OCSP_PEM.begin(), CERT_OCSP_PEM.end()); CertificateImpl cert(certbuf, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!cert.getOCSPURL().empty()); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(get_ocsp_url) +{ + RawBuffer empty; + CertificateImpl cert(empty, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.empty()); BOOST_REQUIRE(cert.getOCSPURL().empty()); + + RawBuffer certbuf(CERT_PEM.begin(), CERT_PEM.end()); + CertificateImpl cert2(certbuf, DataFormat::FORM_PEM); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(!cert2.empty()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(cert2.getOCSPURL().empty()); } BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() -- 2.7.4 From 22d7ce9b325028cc6d54450753157029a7cd40a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Tue, 24 Mar 2020 17:32:26 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 04/16] Replace dpl asserts with libc ones - Libc asserts were already used in few places. Now it's unified. - Libc asserts are disabled in release builds unlike dpl ones. - Code coverage is improved. Change-Id: Ie241b997433b2286d1b6c3f5e24571af5bf5809f --- CMakeLists.txt | 2 + src/CMakeLists.txt | 1 - src/manager/CMakeLists.txt | 1 - src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp | 5 +- src/manager/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp | 3 +- src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/assert.h | 53 --------------------- src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/noreturn.h | 27 ----------- src/manager/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp | 54 ---------------------- src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp | 10 ++-- src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h | 3 +- .../dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp | 7 ++- src/manager/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp | 17 ++++--- src/manager/dpl/log/src/log.cpp | 4 +- src/manager/main/socket-manager.cpp | 6 +-- src/manager/service/glib-service.cpp | 3 +- tests/CMakeLists.txt | 2 - tests/test_sql.cpp | 1 - tools/ckm_db_tool/CMakeLists.txt | 1 - 18 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 171 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/assert.h delete mode 100644 src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/noreturn.h delete mode 100644 src/manager/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index cfa5cc2..9787428 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ ENDIF (DEFINED WATCHDOG_ENABLED) IF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE MATCHES "DEBUG") ADD_DEFINITIONS("-DTIZEN_DEBUG_ENABLE") ADD_DEFINITIONS("-DBUILD_TYPE_DEBUG") +ELSE (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE MATCHES "DEBUG") + ADD_DEFINITIONS("-DNDEBUG=1") ENDIF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE MATCHES "DEBUG") SET(TARGET_KEY_MANAGER "key-manager") diff --git a/src/CMakeLists.txt b/src/CMakeLists.txt index d6fed0d..f69ab36 100644 --- a/src/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/src/CMakeLists.txt @@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ SET(KEY_MANAGER_SOURCES ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/initial-values/NoCharactersHandler.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/initial-values/xml-utils.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/initial-values/initial-value-loader.cpp - ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c diff --git a/src/manager/CMakeLists.txt b/src/manager/CMakeLists.txt index c22c6ca..ee0ce5e 100644 --- a/src/manager/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/src/manager/CMakeLists.txt @@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ SET(COMMON_SOURCES ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/log/src/log.cpp ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/log/src/old_style_log_provider.cpp ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/log/src/journal_log_provider.cpp - ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/core/src/colors.cpp ${COMMON_PATH}/dpl/core/src/exception.cpp diff --git a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp index 6a5f5e8..f81d44a 100644 --- a/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp +++ b/src/manager/common/certificate-impl.cpp @@ -18,12 +18,13 @@ * @version 1.0 * @brief Certificate implementation. */ +#include + #include #include #include #include -#include #include #include @@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ CertificateImpl::CertificateImpl(const RawBuffer &der, DataFormat format) CertificateImpl::CertificateImpl(X509 *x509, bool duplicate) { - Assert(x509); + assert(x509); if (duplicate) m_x509 = X509_dup(x509); diff --git a/src/manager/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp b/src/manager/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp index a0f0239..a2d1ee8 100644 --- a/src/manager/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp +++ b/src/manager/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2015 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ #include #include -#include #include #include diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/assert.h b/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/assert.h deleted file mode 100644 index ee865d1..0000000 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/assert.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ -/* - * @file assert.h - * @author Przemyslaw Dobrowolski (p.dobrowolsk@samsung.com) - * @version 1.0 - * @brief This file is the implementation file of assert - */ -#ifndef CENT_KEY_ASSERT_H -#define CENT_KEY_ASSERT_H - -#include -#include - -namespace CKM { -// Assertion handler procedure -// Do not call directly -// Always use Assert macro -CENT_KEY_NORETURN void AssertProc(const char *condition, - const char *file, - int line, - const char *function); -} // namespace CKM - -#define Assert(Condition) do { if (!(Condition)) { CKM::AssertProc(#Condition, \ - __FILE__, \ - __LINE__, \ - __FUNCTION__); \ - } } while (0) - -#define AssertMsg(Condition, Msg) \ - do { \ - if (!(Condition)) { \ - CKM::AssertProc( \ - (std::string(std::string(#Condition)+" ") + Msg).c_str(), \ - __FILE__, __LINE__, __FUNCTION__); \ - } \ - } while (0) - -#endif // CENT_KEY_ASSERT_H diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/noreturn.h b/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/noreturn.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9b85e0..0000000 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/noreturn.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ -/* - * @file noreturn.h - * @author Przemyslaw Dobrowolski (p.dobrowolsk@samsung.com) - * @version 1.0 - * @brief This file is the implementation file of noreturn - */ -#ifndef CENT_KEY_NORETURN_H -#define CENT_KEY_NORETURN_H - -#define CENT_KEY_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) - -#endif // CENT_KEY_NORETURN_H diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9fb4fa6..0000000 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ -/* - * @file assert.cpp - * @author Przemyslaw Dobrowolski (p.dobrowolsk@samsung.com) - * @version 1.0 - * @brief This file is the implementation file of assert - */ -#include "dpl/assert.h" - -#include -#include -#include - -namespace CKM { -void AssertProc(const char *condition, - const char *file, - int line, - const char *function) -{ - try { - LogError( - "################################################################################" - << std::endl << - "### CKM assertion failed! ###" - << std::endl << - "################################################################################" - << std::endl << - "### Condition: " << condition << std::endl << - "### File: " << file << std::endl << - "### Line: " << line << std::endl << - "### Function: " << function << - "################################################################################"); - } catch (...) { - // Just ignore possible double errors - } - - // Fail with c-library abort - abort(); -} -} // namespace CKM diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp index d30e18b..97f19e1 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp +++ b/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include #include -#include +#include #include #include #include @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ void BinaryQueue::Flatten(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) const size_t bytesLeft = bufferSize; void *ptr = buffer; BucketList::const_iterator bucketIterator = m_buckets.begin(); - Assert(m_buckets.end() != bucketIterator); + assert(m_buckets.end() != bucketIterator); // Flatten data while (bytesLeft > 0) { @@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ BinaryQueue::Bucket::Bucket(const void *data, deleter(dataDeleter), param(userParam) { - Assert(data != NULL); - Assert(deleter != NULL); + assert(data != NULL); + assert(deleter != NULL); } BinaryQueue::Bucket::~Bucket() @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ void BinaryQueue::BucketVisitorCall::operator()(Bucket *bucket) const void BinaryQueue::VisitBuckets(BucketVisitor *visitor) const { - Assert(visitor != NULL); + assert(visitor != NULL); // Visit all buckets std::for_each(m_buckets.begin(), m_buckets.end(), BucketVisitorCall(visitor)); diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h b/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h index 466ffa0..b0825bc 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h +++ b/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp index 809b9e4..1c92e0b 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp +++ b/src/manager/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ */ #include #include -#include #include +#include namespace { unsigned int seed = time(NULL); @@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ void NanoSleep(uint64_t nanoseconds) if (nanosleep(&requestedTime, &remainingTime) == 0) break; - int error = errno; - Assert(error == EINTR); + assert(errno == EINTR); requestedTime = remainingTime; } diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp index 15e3cc8..a9ee1b5 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp +++ b/src/manager/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ SqlConnection::DataCommand::DataCommand(SqlConnection *connection, m_masterConnection(connection), m_stmt(NULL) { - Assert(connection != NULL); + assert(connection != NULL); // Notify all after potentially synchronized database connection access ScopedNotifyAll notifyAll(connection->m_synchronizationObject.get()); @@ -735,9 +735,10 @@ void SqlConnection::ResetKey(const RawBuffer &rawPassOld, return; } - AssertMsg(rawPassOld.size() == SQLCIPHER_RAW_DATA_SIZE && - rawPassNew.size() == SQLCIPHER_RAW_DATA_SIZE, - "Binary data for raw password should be 32 bytes long."); + // Binary data for raw password should be 32 bytes long. + assert(rawPassOld.size() == SQLCIPHER_RAW_DATA_SIZE && + rawPassNew.size() == SQLCIPHER_RAW_DATA_SIZE); + // sqlcipher3_rekey requires for key to be already set if (!m_isKeySet) @@ -767,9 +768,7 @@ void SqlConnection::Disconnect() LogPedantic("Disconnecting from DB..."); // All stored data commands must be deleted before disconnect - AssertMsg(m_dataCommandsCount == 0, - "All stored procedures must be deleted" - " before disconnecting SqlConnection"); + assert(m_dataCommandsCount == 0); int result; diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/log/src/log.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/log/src/log.cpp index 37baa3a..8d86312 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/log/src/log.cpp +++ b/src/manager/dpl/log/src/log.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2011 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ #include -#include - #include #include #include diff --git a/src/manager/main/socket-manager.cpp b/src/manager/main/socket-manager.cpp index 07ce31c..55150fe 100644 --- a/src/manager/main/socket-manager.cpp +++ b/src/manager/main/socket-manager.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include -#include #include #include @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ void SocketManager::MainLoop() int ret = select(m_maxDesc + 1, &readSet, &writeSet, NULL, ptrTimeout); if (0 == ret) { // timeout - Assert(!m_timeoutQueue.empty()); + assert(!m_timeoutQueue.empty()); Timeout pqTimeout = m_timeoutQueue.top(); m_timeoutQueue.pop(); diff --git a/src/manager/service/glib-service.cpp b/src/manager/service/glib-service.cpp index 3568384..d24833c 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/glib-service.cpp +++ b/src/manager/service/glib-service.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2016 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2016 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ */ #include +#include #include diff --git a/tests/CMakeLists.txt b/tests/CMakeLists.txt index b8ee380..40cd751 100644 --- a/tests/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tests/CMakeLists.txt @@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ SET(ENCRYPTION_SCHEME_SOURCES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/encryption-scheme/smack-access.cpp ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/encryption-scheme/scheme-test.cpp - ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/service/db-crypto.cpp @@ -134,7 +133,6 @@ SET(TEST_MERGED_SOURCES ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/obj.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/store.cpp - ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/colors.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/errno_string.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp diff --git a/tests/test_sql.cpp b/tests/test_sql.cpp index a63455a..d408711 100644 --- a/tests/test_sql.cpp +++ b/tests/test_sql.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include diff --git a/tools/ckm_db_tool/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/ckm_db_tool/CMakeLists.txt index 1068aa0..7833c67 100644 --- a/tools/ckm_db_tool/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/tools/ckm_db_tool/CMakeLists.txt @@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ SET(CKM_DB_TOOLS_SOURCES ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/internals.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/obj.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/crypto/sw-backend/store.cpp - ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/core/src/assert.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/naive_synchronization_object.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/dpl/db/src/sql_connection.cpp ${KEY_MANAGER_PATH}/initial-values/BufferHandler.cpp -- 2.7.4 From 5d910c593a7787cbde88c818c5a3ac8fc753ff0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Tue, 17 Mar 2020 13:56:58 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 05/16] Refactor BinaryQueue and tests - Increase code coverage by removing code - Check NULL/0 argument values - Simplify buckets - Adjust tests - 50% negative tests Change-Id: I39bc58b0809798313a26cf13a35668028bbf3be4 --- src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/binary_queue.h | 223 +------------------ src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp | 276 +++--------------------- tests/test_binary-queue.cpp | 124 ++++------- 3 files changed, 72 insertions(+), 551 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/binary_queue.h b/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/binary_queue.h index 7dd928e..404a80c 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/binary_queue.h +++ b/src/manager/dpl/core/include/dpl/binary_queue.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2011 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -22,27 +22,17 @@ #ifndef CENT_KEY_BINARY_QUEUE_H #define CENT_KEY_BINARY_QUEUE_H -//#include #include -#include #include +#include #include -#include namespace CKM { -/** - * Binary queue auto pointer - */ -class BinaryQueue; -using BinaryQueueUniquePtr = std::unique_ptr; /** * Binary stream implemented as constant size bucket list - * - * @todo Add optimized implementation for FlattenConsume */ -class COMMON_API BinaryQueue { - // : public AbstractInputOutput +class COMMON_API BinaryQueue final { public: class Exception { public: @@ -50,78 +40,20 @@ public: DECLARE_EXCEPTION_TYPE(Base, OutOfData) }; - typedef void (*BufferDeleter)(const void *buffer, size_t bufferSize, - void *userParam); - static void BufferDeleterFree(const void *buffer, - size_t bufferSize, - void *userParam); - - class BucketVisitor { - public: - /** - * Destructor - */ - virtual ~BucketVisitor(); - - /** - * Visit bucket - * - * @return none - * @param[in] buffer Constant pointer to bucket data buffer - * @param[in] bufferSize Number of bytes in bucket - */ - virtual void OnVisitBucket(const void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) = 0; - }; - private: - struct Bucket { - NONCOPYABLE(Bucket); - - const void *buffer; - const void *ptr; - size_t size; - size_t left; - - BufferDeleter deleter; - void *param; + typedef std::vector Bucket; - Bucket(const void *buffer, - size_t bufferSize, - BufferDeleter deleter, - void *userParam); - virtual ~Bucket(); - }; - - typedef std::list BucketList; + typedef std::list BucketList; BucketList m_buckets; size_t m_size; - static void DeleteBucket(Bucket *bucket); - - class BucketVisitorCall { - private: - BucketVisitor *m_visitor; - - public: - BucketVisitorCall(BucketVisitor *visitor); - virtual ~BucketVisitorCall(); - - void operator()(Bucket *bucket) const; - }; - public: /** * Construct empty binary queue */ BinaryQueue(); - /** - * Construct binary queue via bare copy of other binary queue - * - * @param[in] other Other binary queue to copy from - * @warning One cannot assume that bucket structure is preserved during copy - */ - BinaryQueue(const BinaryQueue &other); + BinaryQueue(const BinaryQueue &other) = delete; /** * Construct binary queue by moving data from other binary queue @@ -131,26 +63,6 @@ public: BinaryQueue(BinaryQueue &&) = default; /** - * Destructor - */ - virtual ~BinaryQueue(); - - /** - * Construct binary queue via bare copy of other binary queue - * - * @param[in] other Other binary queue to copy from - * @warning One cannot assume that bucket structure is preserved during copy - */ - const BinaryQueue &operator=(const BinaryQueue &other); - - /** - * Assign data from other binary queue using move semantics - * - * @param[in] other Other binary queue to move from - */ - BinaryQueue &operator=(BinaryQueue &&) = default; - - /** * Append copy of @a bufferSize bytes from memory pointed by @a buffer * to the end of binary queue. Uses default deleter based on free. * @@ -158,78 +70,10 @@ public: * @param[in] buffer Pointer to buffer to copy data from * @param[in] bufferSize Number of bytes to copy * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - * @see BinaryQueue::BufferDeleterFree */ void AppendCopy(const void *buffer, size_t bufferSize); /** - * Append @a bufferSize bytes from memory pointed by @a buffer - * to the end of binary queue. Uses custom provided deleter. - * Responsibility for deleting provided buffer is transfered to BinaryQueue. - * - * @return none - * @param[in] buffer Pointer to data buffer - * @param[in] bufferSize Number of bytes available in buffer - * @param[in] deleter Pointer to deleter procedure used to free provided - * buffer - * @param[in] userParam User parameter passed to deleter routine - * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - */ - void AppendUnmanaged( - const void *buffer, - size_t bufferSize, - BufferDeleter deleter = - &BinaryQueue::BufferDeleterFree, - void *userParam = NULL); - - /** - * Append copy of other binary queue to the end of this binary queue - * - * @return none - * @param[in] other Constant reference to other binary queue to copy data - * from - * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - * @warning One cannot assume that bucket structure is preserved during copy - */ - void AppendCopyFrom(const BinaryQueue &other); - - /** - * Move bytes from other binary queue to the end of this binary queue. - * This also removes all bytes from other binary queue. - * This method is designed to be as fast as possible (only pointer swaps) - * and is suggested over making copies of binary queues. - * Bucket structure is preserved after operation. - * - * @return none - * @param[in] other Reference to other binary queue to move data from - * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - */ - void AppendMoveFrom(BinaryQueue &other); - - /** - * Append copy of binary queue to the end of other binary queue - * - * @return none - * @param[in] other Constant reference to other binary queue to copy data to - * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - * @warning One cannot assume that bucket structure is preserved during copy - */ - void AppendCopyTo(BinaryQueue &other) const; - - /** - * Move bytes from binary queue to the end of other binary queue. - * This also removes all bytes from binary queue. - * This method is designed to be as fast as possible (only pointer swaps) - * and is suggested over making copies of binary queues. - * Bucket structure is preserved after operation. - * - * @return none - * @param[in] other Reference to other binary queue to move data to - * @exception std::bad_alloc Cannot allocate memory to hold additional data - */ - void AppendMoveTo(BinaryQueue &other); - - /** * Retrieve total size of all data contained in binary queue * * @return Number of bytes in binary queue @@ -237,42 +81,6 @@ public: size_t Size() const; /** - * Remove all data from binary queue - * - * @return none - */ - void Clear(); - - /** - * Check if binary queue is empty - * - * @return true if binary queue is empty, false otherwise - */ - bool Empty() const; - - /** - * Remove @a size bytes from beginning of binary queue - * - * @return none - * @param[in] size Number of bytes to remove - * @exception BinaryQueue::Exception::OutOfData Number of bytes is larger - * than available bytes in binary queue - */ - void Consume(size_t size); - - /** - * Retrieve @a bufferSize bytes from beginning of binary queue and copy them - * to user supplied buffer - * - * @return none - * @param[in] buffer Pointer to user buffer to receive bytes - * @param[in] bufferSize Size of user buffer pointed by @a buffer - * @exception BinaryQueue::Exception::OutOfData Number of bytes to flatten - * is larger than available bytes in binary queue - */ - void Flatten(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) const; - - /** * Retrieve @a bufferSize bytes from beginning of binary queue, copy them * to user supplied buffer, and remove from binary queue * @@ -283,25 +91,6 @@ public: * is larger than available bytes in binary queue */ void FlattenConsume(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize); - - /** - * Visit each buffer with data using visitor object - * - * @return none - * @param[in] visitor Pointer to bucket visitor - * @see BinaryQueue::BucketVisitor - */ - void VisitBuckets(BucketVisitor *visitor) const; - - /** - * IAbstractInput interface - */ - virtual BinaryQueueUniquePtr Read(size_t size); - - /** - * IAbstractOutput interface - */ - virtual size_t Write(const BinaryQueue &buffer, size_t bufferSize); }; } // namespace CKM diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp b/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp index 97f19e1..ac8db27 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp +++ b/src/manager/dpl/core/src/binary_queue.cpp @@ -19,133 +19,25 @@ * @version 1.0 * @brief This file is the implementation file of binary queue */ -#include #include #include #include -#include -#include #include -#include namespace CKM { BinaryQueue::BinaryQueue() : m_size(0) {} -BinaryQueue::BinaryQueue(const BinaryQueue &other) : - m_size(0) -{ - AppendCopyFrom(other); -} - -BinaryQueue::~BinaryQueue() -{ - // Remove all remainig buckets - Clear(); -} - -const BinaryQueue &BinaryQueue::operator=(const BinaryQueue &other) -{ - if (this != &other) { - Clear(); - AppendCopyFrom(other); - } - - return *this; -} - -void BinaryQueue::AppendCopyFrom(const BinaryQueue &other) -{ - // To speed things up, always copy as one bucket - void *bufferCopy = malloc(other.m_size); - - if (bufferCopy == NULL) - throw std::bad_alloc(); - - try { - other.Flatten(bufferCopy, other.m_size); - AppendUnmanaged(bufferCopy, other.m_size, &BufferDeleterFree, NULL); - } catch (const std::bad_alloc &) { - // Free allocated memory - free(bufferCopy); - throw; - } -} - -void BinaryQueue::AppendMoveFrom(BinaryQueue &other) -{ - // Copy all buckets - std::copy(other.m_buckets.begin(), - other.m_buckets.end(), std::back_inserter(m_buckets)); - m_size += other.m_size; - - // Clear other, but do not free memory - other.m_buckets.clear(); - other.m_size = 0; -} - -void BinaryQueue::AppendCopyTo(BinaryQueue &other) const -{ - other.AppendCopyFrom(*this); -} - -void BinaryQueue::AppendMoveTo(BinaryQueue &other) -{ - other.AppendMoveFrom(*this); -} - -void BinaryQueue::Clear() -{ - std::for_each(m_buckets.begin(), m_buckets.end(), &DeleteBucket); - m_buckets.clear(); - m_size = 0; -} - void BinaryQueue::AppendCopy(const void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) { - // Create data copy with malloc/free - void *bufferCopy = malloc(bufferSize); - - // Check if allocation succeded - if (bufferCopy == NULL) - throw std::bad_alloc(); - - // Copy user data - memcpy(bufferCopy, buffer, bufferSize); - - try { - // Try to append new bucket - AppendUnmanaged(bufferCopy, bufferSize, &BufferDeleterFree, NULL); - } catch (const std::bad_alloc &) { - // Free allocated memory - free(bufferCopy); - throw; - } -} - -void BinaryQueue::AppendUnmanaged(const void *buffer, - size_t bufferSize, - BufferDeleter deleter, - void *userParam) -{ - // Do not attach empty buckets - if (bufferSize == 0) { - deleter(buffer, bufferSize, userParam); + if (bufferSize == 0) return; - } - // Just add new bucket with selected deleter - Bucket *bucket = new Bucket(buffer, bufferSize, deleter, userParam); + assert(buffer != NULL); - try { - m_buckets.push_back(bucket); - } catch (const std::bad_alloc &) { - delete bucket; - throw; - } - - // Increase total queue size + m_buckets.emplace_back(bufferSize); + memcpy(m_buckets.back().data(), buffer, bufferSize); m_size += bufferSize; } @@ -154,163 +46,45 @@ size_t BinaryQueue::Size() const return m_size; } -bool BinaryQueue::Empty() const -{ - return m_size == 0; -} - -void BinaryQueue::Consume(size_t size) -{ - // Check parameters - if (size > m_size) - Throw(Exception::OutOfData); - - size_t bytesLeft = size; - - // Consume data and/or remove buckets - while (bytesLeft > 0) { - // Get consume size - size_t count = std::min(bytesLeft, m_buckets.front()->left); - - m_buckets.front()->ptr = - static_cast(m_buckets.front()->ptr) + count; - m_buckets.front()->left -= count; - bytesLeft -= count; - m_size -= count; - - if (m_buckets.front()->left == 0) { - DeleteBucket(m_buckets.front()); - m_buckets.pop_front(); - } - } -} - -void BinaryQueue::Flatten(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) const +void BinaryQueue::FlattenConsume(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) { // Check parameters if (bufferSize == 0) return; + assert(buffer != NULL); + if (bufferSize > m_size) Throw(Exception::OutOfData); size_t bytesLeft = bufferSize; void *ptr = buffer; - BucketList::const_iterator bucketIterator = m_buckets.begin(); - assert(m_buckets.end() != bucketIterator); + assert(!m_buckets.empty()); // Flatten data - while (bytesLeft > 0) { + do { + auto& bucket = m_buckets.front(); + // Get consume size - size_t count = std::min(bytesLeft, (*bucketIterator)->left); + size_t bucketSize = bucket.size(); + size_t count = std::min(bytesLeft, bucketSize); // Copy data to user pointer - memcpy(ptr, (*bucketIterator)->ptr, count); + memcpy(ptr, bucket.data(), count); + + // consume + if (count == bucketSize) { + m_buckets.pop_front(); + } else { + bucket.erase(bucket.begin(), bucket.begin() + count); + assert(count == bytesLeft); + break; + } - // Update flattened bytes count bytesLeft -= count; ptr = static_cast(ptr) + count; - - // Take next bucket - ++bucketIterator; - } -} - -void BinaryQueue::FlattenConsume(void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) -{ - // FIXME: Optimize - Flatten(buffer, bufferSize); - Consume(bufferSize); -} - -void BinaryQueue::DeleteBucket(BinaryQueue::Bucket *bucket) -{ - delete bucket; + } while (bytesLeft); + m_size -= bufferSize; } -void BinaryQueue::BufferDeleterFree(const void *data, - size_t dataSize, - void *userParam) -{ - (void)dataSize; - (void)userParam; - - // Default free deleter - free(const_cast(data)); -} - -BinaryQueue::Bucket::Bucket(const void *data, - size_t dataSize, - BufferDeleter dataDeleter, - void *userParam) : - buffer(data), - ptr(data), - size(dataSize), - left(dataSize), - deleter(dataDeleter), - param(userParam) -{ - assert(data != NULL); - assert(deleter != NULL); -} - -BinaryQueue::Bucket::~Bucket() -{ - // Invoke deleter on bucket data - deleter(buffer, size, param); -} - -BinaryQueue::BucketVisitor::~BucketVisitor() -{ -} - -BinaryQueue::BucketVisitorCall::BucketVisitorCall(BucketVisitor *visitor) : - m_visitor(visitor) -{ -} - -BinaryQueue::BucketVisitorCall::~BucketVisitorCall() -{ -} - -void BinaryQueue::BucketVisitorCall::operator()(Bucket *bucket) const -{ - m_visitor->OnVisitBucket(bucket->ptr, bucket->left); -} - -void BinaryQueue::VisitBuckets(BucketVisitor *visitor) const -{ - assert(visitor != NULL); - - // Visit all buckets - std::for_each(m_buckets.begin(), m_buckets.end(), BucketVisitorCall(visitor)); -} - -BinaryQueueUniquePtr BinaryQueue::Read(size_t size) -{ - // Simulate input stream - size_t available = std::min(size, m_size); - - std::unique_ptr> - bufferCopy(malloc(available), free); - - if (!bufferCopy.get()) - throw std::bad_alloc(); - - BinaryQueueUniquePtr result(new BinaryQueue()); - - Flatten(bufferCopy.get(), available); - result->AppendUnmanaged( - bufferCopy.release(), available, &BufferDeleterFree, NULL); - Consume(available); - - return result; -} - -size_t BinaryQueue::Write(const BinaryQueue &buffer, size_t bufferSize) -{ - // Simulate output stream - AppendCopyFrom(buffer); - return bufferSize; -} } // namespace CKM diff --git a/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp b/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp index 28b1833..779eab4 100644 --- a/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp +++ b/tests/test_binary-queue.cpp @@ -22,121 +22,79 @@ using namespace CKM; namespace { -RawBuffer buf({0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07}); +constexpr unsigned char buf[] = {0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07}; +constexpr size_t bufSize = sizeof(buf); } // namespace anonymous BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE(BINARY_QUEUE_TEST) -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(copy_assignment) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(append_copy) { - BinaryQueue bq1; - bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); - - BinaryQueue bq2; - bq2 = bq1; - - BOOST_REQUIRE(bq1.Size() == bq2.Size() && bq1.Size() == buf.size()); - - RawBuffer buf1(bq1.Size(), 0x00); - RawBuffer buf2(bq2.Size(), 0x00); - - bq1.Flatten(buf1.data(), buf1.size()); - bq2.Flatten(buf2.data(), buf2.size()); - - BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); -} - -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(append_copy_to) -{ - BinaryQueue bq1; - bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); - - BinaryQueue bq2; - bq1.AppendCopyTo(bq2); + BinaryQueue bq; + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == 0); - BOOST_REQUIRE(bq1.Size() == bq2.Size() && bq1.Size() == buf.size()); + bq.AppendCopy(buf, bufSize); - RawBuffer buf1(bq1.Size(), 0x00); - RawBuffer buf2(bq2.Size(), 0x00); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == bufSize); - bq1.Flatten(buf1.data(), buf1.size()); - bq2.Flatten(buf2.data(), buf2.size()); + bq.AppendCopy(buf, bufSize); - BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == 2 * bufSize); } -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(append_move_to) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(append_copy) { - BinaryQueue bq1; - bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); - - BinaryQueue bq2; - bq1.AppendMoveTo(bq2); + BinaryQueue bq; - BOOST_REQUIRE(bq2.Size() == buf.size() && bq1.Empty()); + bq.AppendCopy(buf, 0); - RawBuffer buf2(bq2.Size(), 0x00); - bq2.Flatten(buf2.data(), buf2.size()); - BOOST_REQUIRE(buf == buf2); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == 0); } -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(read) +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(flatten_consume) { - BinaryQueue bq1; - bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); + BinaryQueue bq; - auto bq2 = bq1.Read(buf.size()); - BOOST_REQUIRE(bq1.Empty()); + constexpr size_t part1Size = bufSize / 2; - RawBuffer buf2(bq2->Size(), 0x00); - bq2->Flatten(buf2.data(), buf2.size()); - BOOST_REQUIRE(buf == buf2); -} + bq.AppendCopy(buf, part1Size); + bq.AppendCopy(buf + part1Size, bufSize - part1Size); -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(write) -{ - BinaryQueue bq1; - bq1.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); + char out[3 * bufSize / 4]; + bq.FlattenConsume(out, sizeof(out)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(memcmp(buf, out, sizeof(out)) == 0); - BinaryQueue bq2; - bq2.Write(bq1, bq1.Size()); + constexpr size_t remainingSize = bufSize - sizeof(out); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == remainingSize); - RawBuffer buf1(bq1.Size(), 0x00); - RawBuffer buf2(bq2.Size(), 0x00); + bq.FlattenConsume(out, remainingSize); - bq1.Flatten(buf1.data(), buf1.size()); - bq2.Flatten(buf2.data(), buf2.size()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(memcmp(buf + sizeof(out), out, remainingSize) == 0); + BOOST_REQUIRE(memcmp(buf + remainingSize, + out + remainingSize, + sizeof(out) - remainingSize) == 0); - BOOST_REQUIRE(buf1 == buf2); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == 0); } -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(bucket_visitor) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(flatten_consume) { - static std::vector globalBuf; - - class BucketVisitorTest : public BinaryQueue::BucketVisitor { - public: - virtual void OnVisitBucket(const void *buffer, size_t bufferSize) override - { - for (size_t i = 0; i < bufferSize; ++i) - globalBuf.push_back(static_cast(buffer)[i]); - } - }; + BinaryQueue bq; - BucketVisitorTest visitor; + char out; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(bq.FlattenConsume(&out, sizeof(out)), + BinaryQueue::Exception::OutOfData); - constexpr size_t BucketNum = 3; - BinaryQueue bq; - for (size_t i = 0; i < BucketNum; ++i) - bq.AppendCopy(buf.data(), buf.size()); + bq.AppendCopy(buf, bufSize); - bq.VisitBuckets(&visitor); + bq.FlattenConsume(&out, 0); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == bufSize); - BOOST_REQUIRE(globalBuf.size() == buf.size() * BucketNum); - for (size_t i = 0; i < BucketNum; ++i) - for (size_t j = 0; j < buf.size(); ++j) - BOOST_REQUIRE(globalBuf[i * buf.size() + j] == buf[j]); + char out2[bufSize + 1]; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(bq.FlattenConsume(out2, sizeof(out2)), + BinaryQueue::Exception::OutOfData); + BOOST_REQUIRE(bq.Size() == bufSize); } BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() -- 2.7.4 From 0aef0dd9a2687ff9943a033e83e0656c71217f9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Wed, 25 Mar 2020 16:31:51 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 06/16] Add negative CommunicationManager test Invalid usage simply won't compile. Not much that can be done to reach the 50% ratio except for merging all positive tests into one. Change-Id: I99b8b97397a7d4ccdf762fc96dbf7d8648ad9a17 --- tests/test_comm-manager.cpp | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp b/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp index a6216a9..961451c 100644 --- a/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp +++ b/tests/test_comm-manager.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2015-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include namespace { struct MessageA { @@ -206,6 +207,28 @@ POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0060_Stress) BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(c == 0, "Unexpected number of MessageC: " << c); } +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(TMM_0070_ThrowingListener) +{ + CKM::CommunicationManager mgr; + + bool called[3] = {}; + mgr.Register([&](const char&) { + called[0] = true; + }); + mgr.Register([&](const char&) { + called[1] = true; + throw std::runtime_error("Everything is awesome!"); + }); + mgr.Register([&](const char&) { + called[2] = true; + }); + + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(mgr.SendMessage('|'), std::runtime_error); + BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(called[0], "1st listener not called"); + BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(called[1], "2nd listener not called"); + BOOST_REQUIRE_MESSAGE(!called[2], "3rd listener called"); +} + BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() -- 2.7.4 From 2f7119215301ef8109c8e43426486cafbcb33ab0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2020 11:51:53 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 07/16] Properly report unaught exceptions in latest boost test Change-Id: Ib9a517bf88f56aa7fddb3d0260282d62f0af7888 --- tests/colour_log_formatter.cpp | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tests/colour_log_formatter.cpp b/tests/colour_log_formatter.cpp index 38d7e7c..9c31a2c 100644 --- a/tests/colour_log_formatter.cpp +++ b/tests/colour_log_formatter.cpp @@ -301,9 +301,7 @@ colour_log_formatter::log_entry_finish( #if BOOST_VERSION >= 106501 void colour_log_formatter::log_exception_start(std::ostream& os, boost::unit_test::log_checkpoint_data const& lcd, boost::execution_exception const& ex) { - (void)os; - (void)lcd; - (void)ex; + log_exception(os, lcd, ex); } void colour_log_formatter::log_exception_finish(std::ostream& os) -- 2.7.4 From c5e93e3dce0d367a58cb827d93557bd06b149880 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Konrad Lipinski Date: Fri, 27 Mar 2020 11:47:39 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 08/16] Relax FileSystem::removeUserData and check its return value Said function no longer returns errors on ENOENT. Change-Id: I10051ab71028d02b5c6708e20f1f91b45ff67457 --- src/manager/service/ckm-logic.cpp | 9 ++++---- src/manager/service/file-system.cpp | 46 ++++++++++++------------------------- src/manager/service/file-system.h | 34 +++++++++++++-------------- 3 files changed, 36 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/manager/service/ckm-logic.cpp b/src/manager/service/ckm-logic.cpp index c557e8c..18e9e69 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/ckm-logic.cpp +++ b/src/manager/service/ckm-logic.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -237,15 +237,14 @@ RawBuffer CKMLogic::lockUserKey(uid_t user) RawBuffer CKMLogic::removeUserData(uid_t user) { - int retCode = CKM_API_SUCCESS; - if (m_accessControl.isSystemService(user)) user = SYSTEM_DB_UID; m_userDataMap.erase(user); - FileSystem fs(user); - fs.removeUserData(); + const int retCode = FileSystem(user).removeUserData() + ? CKM_API_ERROR_FILE_SYSTEM + : CKM_API_SUCCESS; return MessageBuffer::Serialize(retCode).Pop(); } diff --git a/src/manager/service/file-system.cpp b/src/manager/service/file-system.cpp index 5ab97b2..0b50d37 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/file-system.cpp +++ b/src/manager/service/file-system.cpp @@ -233,37 +233,21 @@ UidVector FileSystem::getUIDsFromDBFile() int FileSystem::removeUserData() const { - int err, retCode = 0; - - if (unlink(getDBPath().c_str())) { - retCode = -1; - err = errno; - LogDebug("Error in unlink user database: " << getDBPath() - << "Errno: " << errno << " " << GetErrnoString(err)); - } - - if (unlink(getDKEKPath().c_str())) { - retCode = -1; - err = errno; - LogDebug("Error in unlink user DKEK: " << getDKEKPath() - << "Errno: " << errno << " " << GetErrnoString(err)); - } - - if (unlink(getDBDEKPath().c_str())) { - retCode = -1; - err = errno; - LogDebug("Error in unlink user DBDEK: " << getDBDEKPath() - << "Errno: " << errno << " " << GetErrnoString(err)); - } - - if (unlink(getRemovedAppsPath().c_str())) { - retCode = -1; - err = errno; - LogDebug("Error in unlink user's Removed Apps File: " << getRemovedAppsPath() - << "Errno: " << errno << " " << GetErrnoString(err)); - } - - return retCode; + const auto unlinkUserPath = [](const std::string &path, const char *logDesc) { + if (!unlink(path.c_str())) + return 0; + const auto err = errno; + if (ENOENT == err) + return 0; + LogDebug("Error in unlink user" << logDesc << ": " << path + << "Errno: " << err << " " << GetErrnoString(err)); + return -1; + }; + + return unlinkUserPath(getDBPath(), " database") + | unlinkUserPath(getDKEKPath(), " DKEK") + | unlinkUserPath(getDBDEKPath(), " DBDEK") + | unlinkUserPath(getRemovedAppsPath(), "'s Removed Apps File"); } FileLock FileSystem::lock() diff --git a/src/manager/service/file-system.h b/src/manager/service/file-system.h index 8c77755..31f57ed 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/file-system.h +++ b/src/manager/service/file-system.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2019 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved + * Copyright (c) 2000-2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -25,43 +25,43 @@ #include #include +#define wur __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) + namespace CKM { typedef std::vector ClientIdVector; typedef std::vector UidVector; -class FileSystem { +class FileSystem final { public: explicit FileSystem(uid_t uid); - std::string getDBPath() const; + wur std::string getDBPath() const; // Domain Key Encryption Key - RawBuffer getDKEK() const; + wur RawBuffer getDKEK() const; void saveDKEK(const RawBuffer &buffer) const; // Database Data Encryption Key - RawBuffer getDBDEK() const; + wur RawBuffer getDBDEK() const; void saveDBDEK(const RawBuffer &buffer) const; // Remove all ckm data related to user - int removeUserData() const; + wur int removeUserData() const; void addRemovedApp(const ClientId &app) const; - ClientIdVector clearRemovedsApps() const; - - static int init(); - static UidVector getUIDsFromDBFile(); - static FileLock lock(); + wur ClientIdVector clearRemovedsApps() const; - virtual ~FileSystem() {} + wur static int init(); + wur static UidVector getUIDsFromDBFile(); + wur static FileLock lock(); -protected: - std::string getDKEKPath() const; - std::string getDBDEKPath() const; - RawBuffer loadFile(const std::string &path) const; +private: + wur std::string getDKEKPath() const; + wur std::string getDBDEKPath() const; + wur RawBuffer loadFile(const std::string &path) const; void saveFile(const std::string &path, const RawBuffer &buffer) const; - std::string getRemovedAppsPath() const; + wur std::string getRemovedAppsPath() const; uid_t m_uid; }; -- 2.7.4 From 071f6d35947803c7c8fc1b57f5af82b2f38e53d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Krzysztof Jackiewicz Date: Thu, 26 Mar 2020 21:10:05 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 09/16] Improve CryptoLogic tests code coverage Change-Id: I14d50f0269166931e7d4b9a7591c8186eff7d16a --- src/manager/service/crypto-logic.cpp | 16 +-- src/manager/service/crypto-logic.h | 6 +- tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp | 218 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------- 3 files changed, 162 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.cpp b/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.cpp index d15a37c..6de54dc 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.cpp +++ b/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -53,20 +53,6 @@ const static int AES_GCM_TAG_SIZE = 16; CryptoLogic::CryptoLogic() {} -CryptoLogic::CryptoLogic(CryptoLogic &&second) -{ - m_keyMap = std::move(second.m_keyMap); -} - -CryptoLogic &CryptoLogic::operator=(CryptoLogic &&second) -{ - if (this == &second) - return *this; - - m_keyMap = std::move(second.m_keyMap); - return *this; -} - bool CryptoLogic::haveKey(const ClientId &client) { return (m_keyMap.count(client) > 0); diff --git a/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.h b/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.h index 154b1b2..75cad96 100644 --- a/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.h +++ b/src/manager/service/crypto-logic.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved + * Copyright (c) 2014 - 2020 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd All Rights Reserved * * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ class CryptoLogic { public: CryptoLogic(); CryptoLogic(const CryptoLogic &second) = delete; - CryptoLogic(CryptoLogic &&second); - CryptoLogic &operator=(CryptoLogic &&second); + CryptoLogic(CryptoLogic &&second) = default; + CryptoLogic &operator=(CryptoLogic &&second) = default; CryptoLogic &operator=(const CryptoLogic &second) = delete; virtual ~CryptoLogic() {} diff --git a/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp b/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp index 142489a..84bed8b 100644 --- a/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp +++ b/tests/test_crypto-logic.cpp @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -29,15 +30,25 @@ using namespace CKM; namespace { -Password createRandomPass(size_t size) +constexpr char TEST_CLIENT[] = "test_client"; +constexpr char TEST_NAME[] = "test_name"; +const auto TEST_KEY = createRandom(32); +const auto TEST_DATA = createRandom(10); + +void changeBase64(RawBuffer& data) { - static unsigned int seed = ::time(nullptr); + auto b64 = [](auto&& coder, RawBuffer& data){ + coder.append(data); + coder.finalize(); + data = coder.get(); + + BOOST_REQUIRE(!data.empty()); + }; + b64(Base64Decoder(), data); - Password buf(size, 0x00); - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) - buf[i] = static_cast(::rand_r(&seed) % 256); + ++data[0]; - return buf; + b64(Base64Encoder(), data); } } // namespace anonymous @@ -48,108 +59,195 @@ POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(move_semantics) { CryptoLogic logic; - const ClientId client = "test_client"; - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, createRandom(10))); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, TEST_KEY)); CryptoLogic moved(std::move(logic)); - BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(client)); - BOOST_REQUIRE(moved.haveKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(moved.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); CryptoLogic moveAssigned = std::move(moved); - BOOST_REQUIRE(!moved.haveKey(client)); - BOOST_REQUIRE(moveAssigned.haveKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!moved.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(moveAssigned.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); +} - moveAssigned = std::move(moveAssigned); - BOOST_REQUIRE(moveAssigned.haveKey(client)); +POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(push_have_remove_key) +{ + CryptoLogic logic; + + char client[] = "duck"; + for (size_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i) { + ++client[0]; + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, TEST_KEY)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(logic.haveKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(client)); + } } -POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(push_key) +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(have_remove_nonexistent_key) { CryptoLogic logic; - const ClientId client = "test_client"; + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(TEST_CLIENT)); +} - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, createRandom(10))); +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(have_remove_empty) +{ + CryptoLogic logic; - ClientId increasingOwner = "a"; - for (size_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i, increasingOwner.push_back('a')) { - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(increasingOwner, createRandom(10))); - } + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey("")); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey("")); +} + +NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(double_remove_key) +{ + CryptoLogic logic; + + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, TEST_KEY)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(logic.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(TEST_CLIENT)); } NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(push_key) { CryptoLogic logic; - const ClientId client = "test_client"; - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(std::string(), createRandom(10)), - Exc::InternalError); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, RawBuffer()), - Exc::InternalError); - - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, createRandom(10))); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, createRandom(10)), - Exc::InternalError); - - ClientId increasingOwner = "a"; - for (size_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i, increasingOwner.push_back('a')) { - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(increasingOwner, createRandom(10))); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(increasingOwner, createRandom(10)), - Exc::InternalError); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey("", TEST_KEY), Exc::InternalError); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, RawBuffer()), Exc::InternalError); + + char client[] = "duck"; + for (size_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i) { + ++client[0]; + BOOST_REQUIRE(!logic.haveKey(client)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, TEST_KEY)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.pushKey(client, TEST_KEY), Exc::InternalError); + BOOST_REQUIRE(logic.haveKey(client)); } } POSITIVE_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) { - Policy policy(Password(), true); - Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), createRandom(10)); + Policy policy("", true); + Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), TEST_DATA); Crypto::Decider decider; Crypto::GStore &store = decider.getStore(data.type, policy); Token token = store.import(data, policy.password, Crypto::EncryptionParams()); - Name name = "test_data"; - ClientId owner = "test_owner"; - DB::Row row(token, name, owner, static_cast(policy.extractable)); + DB::Row row(token, TEST_NAME, TEST_CLIENT, static_cast(policy.extractable)); CryptoLogic logic; - auto key = createRandom(32); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(owner, key)); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row)); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.decryptRow(policy.password, row)); + DB::Row rowCopy = row; + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, TEST_KEY)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(rowCopy)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(rowCopy.algorithmType == DBCMAlgType::AES_GCM_256); + BOOST_REQUIRE(rowCopy.dataSize == static_cast(row.data.size())); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!rowCopy.iv.empty()); + BOOST_REQUIRE(!rowCopy.tag.empty()); + auto scheme = CryptoLogic::getSchemeVersion(rowCopy.encryptionScheme); + BOOST_REQUIRE(scheme == CryptoLogic::ENCRYPTION_V2); + + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.decryptRow(policy.password, rowCopy)); + BOOST_REQUIRE(row.data == rowCopy.data); } NEGATIVE_TEST_CASE(row_encryption) { - Policy policy(Password(), true); - Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), createRandom(10)); + const Policy policy("", true); + Crypto::Data data(DataType(DataType::Type::BINARY_DATA), TEST_DATA); Crypto::Decider decider; Crypto::GStore &store = decider.getStore(data.type, policy); Token token = store.import(data, policy.password, Crypto::EncryptionParams()); - Name name = "test_data"; - ClientId owner = "test_owner"; - DB::Row row(token, name, owner, static_cast(policy.extractable)); + DB::Row row(token, TEST_NAME, TEST_CLIENT, static_cast(policy.extractable)); CryptoLogic logic; + // empty row + DB::Row emptyRow; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(emptyRow), Exc::InternalError); + + // no key BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row), Exc::InternalError); - auto key = createRandom(32); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(owner, key)); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row)); + // short key + const auto shortKey = RawBuffer(4); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, shortKey)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row), Exc::InternalError); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, TEST_KEY)); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow(createRandomPass(10), row), - Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + // short IV + row.iv = RawBuffer(4); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row), Exc::InternalError); + row.iv.clear(); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(owner)); - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow(Password(), row), - Exc::AuthenticationFailed); - BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(owner, key)); + // correct encryption + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.encryptRow(row)); + // wrong algorithm row.algorithmType = DBCMAlgType::NONE; - BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow(Password(), row), + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", row), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + row.algorithmType = DBCMAlgType::AES_GCM_256; + + // unnecessary password + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("unnecessary password", row), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + + // no key + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.removeKey(TEST_CLIENT)); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", row), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + BOOST_REQUIRE_NO_THROW(logic.pushKey(TEST_CLIENT, TEST_KEY)); + + // wrong owner + ++row.owner[0]; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", row), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + --row.owner[0]; + + // no iv + auto rowCopy = row; + rowCopy.iv.clear(); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::InternalError); + + // wrong iv (not base64) + rowCopy = row; + rowCopy.iv[0] = 64; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::InternalError); + + // wrong iv + rowCopy = row; + changeBase64(rowCopy.iv); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + + // no ciphertext + rowCopy = row; + rowCopy.data.clear(); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy),Exc::InternalError); + + // wrong ciphertext (not base64) + rowCopy = row; + rowCopy.data[0] = 64; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::InternalError); + + // wrong ciphertext + rowCopy = row; + changeBase64(rowCopy.data); + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + + // wrong tag + rowCopy = row; + ++rowCopy.tag[0]; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); + + // wrong dataSize + rowCopy = row; + ++rowCopy.dataSize; + BOOST_REQUIRE_THROW(logic.decryptRow("", rowCopy), Exc::AuthenticationFailed); } BOOST_AUTO_TEST_SUITE_END() // CRYPTO_LOGIC_TEST -- 2.7.4 From e5c83b4e4784d5b9e109581b97cd1b2617524a8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Konrad Lipinski Date: Tue, 17 Mar 2020 12:10:54 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 10/16] [NOT COMPILING] Replace sqlcipher with upstream 4.3.0 Change-Id: I4340f95a11afdcd06263c7eb73a5530c4210171f --- src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h | 1 - src/manager/sqlcipher/config.h | 108 - src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c | 320242 ++++++++++++------ src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.h | 6867 - tests/test_sql.cpp | 1 - 5 files changed, 208233 insertions(+), 118986 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/manager/sqlcipher/config.h delete mode 100644 src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.h diff --git a/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h b/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h index b0825bc..35db946 100644 --- a/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h +++ b/src/manager/dpl/db/include/dpl/db/sql_connection.h @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include diff --git a/src/manager/sqlcipher/config.h b/src/manager/sqlcipher/config.h deleted file mode 100644 index 595f155..0000000 --- a/src/manager/sqlcipher/config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/* config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */ -/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdatasync' function. */ -#define HAVE_FDATASYNC 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `gmtime_r' function. */ -#define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16_t'. */ -#define HAVE_INT16_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32_t'. */ -#define HAVE_INT32_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int64_t'. */ -#define HAVE_INT64_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8_t'. */ -#define HAVE_INT8_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `intptr_t'. */ -#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_r' function. */ -#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_s' function. */ -/* #undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */ -#define HAVE_UINT16_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */ -#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint64_t'. */ -#define HAVE_UINT64_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint8_t'. */ -#define HAVE_UINT8_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */ -#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ -#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */ -#define HAVE_USLEEP 1 - -/* Define to 1 if you have the utime() library function. */ -#define HAVE_UTIME 1 - -/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. - */ -#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/" - -/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ -#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "" - -/* Define to the full name of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_NAME "sqlite" - -/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_STRING "sqlite 3.7.9" - -/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "sqlite" - -/* Define to the version of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_VERSION "3.7.9" - -/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ -#define STDC_HEADERS 1 - -/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */ -#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 - -/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */ -/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */ diff --git a/src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c b/src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c index cad24d8..e54bc3d 100644 --- a/src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c +++ b/src/manager/sqlcipher/sqlcipher.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Zetetic LLC + * Copyright (c) 2008-2019 Zetetic LLC * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ */ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.7.9. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.30.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -34,34 +34,23 @@ ** translation unit. ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other -** programs, you need this file and the "sqlcipher3.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have -** the "sqlcipher3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within -** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlcipher3.h" to find the start -** of the embedded sqlcipher3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed ** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming -** language. The code for the "sqlcipher3" command-line shell is also in a +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a ** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. */ -#pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wunused-but-set-variable" -#pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wunused-parameter" -#pragma GCC diagnostic warning "-Wsign-compare" -#if __GNUC__ >= 6 -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-const-variable" +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE +# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static #endif - -#define SQLCIPHER_CORE 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_AMALGAMATION 1 -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE -# define SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE static -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_API -# define SQLCIPHER_API -#endif -/************** Begin file sqlcipherInt.h ***************************************/ +/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2010 February 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -71,1383 +60,2264 @@ ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** +** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options +** SQLite was built with. */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHERINT_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHERINT_H_ -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. -** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLCIPHER_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* IMP: R-16824-07538 */ /* ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the ** autoconf-based build */ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_H +#if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) #include "config.h" +#define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 #endif -/************** Include sqlcipherLimit.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqlcipherLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -*/ +/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define +** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif +/* Like CTIMEOPT_VAL, but especially for SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE. This +** option requires a separate macro because legal values contain a single +** comma. e.g. (-DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE="100,100") */ +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt1,opt2) #opt1 "," #opt2 +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt) /* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** be sorted A-Z. ** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses +** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually +** rather short and uses little memory space. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif +static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { /* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. +** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID + "32BIT_ROWID", #endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLCIPHER_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC + "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", #endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#if SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + "64BIT_STATS", #endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#if SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN + "ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN", #endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#if SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY + "ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY", #endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 +#ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE + "BITMASK_TYPE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE), #endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 +#if SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 + "BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819", #endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#if SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", #endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + "CHECK_PAGES", #endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#if defined(__clang__) && defined(__clang_major__) + "COMPILER=clang-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_major__) "." + CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_minor__) "." + CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_patchlevel__), +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + "COMPILER=msvc-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(_MSC_VER), +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__VERSION__) + "COMPILER=gcc-" __VERSION__, #endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#if SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST + "COVERAGE_TEST", #endif -#define SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + "DEBUG", #endif -#if SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", #endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + "DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM", #endif -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLCIPHER_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE + "DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE), #endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC + "DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC", #endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT + "DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT), #endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS + "DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS), #endif - -/************** End of sqlcipherLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + "DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS", #endif - -/* Needed for various definitions... */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + "DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT), #endif - -/* -** Include standard header files as necessary -*/ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), #endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE + "DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL2(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE), #endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. -*/ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS + "DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS", #endif - -/* -** The SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE) -#if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -#else -# define SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE + "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), #endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE + "DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE), #endif - -/* -** The SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlcipher3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ + "DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ), #endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLCIPHER_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API -** SQLCIPHER_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** On Windows, if the SQLCIPHER_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the -** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem -** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an -** assertion will be triggered. -** -** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've -** pared it down to just these three.) -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLCIPHER_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLCIPHER_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ - is allows: SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLCIPHER_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLCIPHER_MEMDEBUG" +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS + "DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS), #endif -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLCIPHER_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLCIPHER_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLCIPHER_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + "DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS", #endif - -/* -** If SQLCIPHER_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLCIPHER_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST + "DEFAULT_ROWEST=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST), #endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. -** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, -** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. -** -** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly -** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all -** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are -** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. -** -** See also ticket #2741. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE + "DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE), #endif - -/* -** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. -*/ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) -# include +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS + "DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS), #endif - -/* -** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following -** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLCIPHER_DEBUG=1 -** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT + "DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT), #endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlcipher3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS + "DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS), #endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLCIPHER_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS + "DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS), #endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#if SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + "DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ", #endif - -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will -** not be counted as untested code. -*/ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", #endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large -** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() -** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. -*/ -#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to -** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. -*/ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 -# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) -# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) -#else -# define likely(X) !!(X) -# define unlikely(X) !!(X) +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + "DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE", #endif - -/************** Include sqlcipher3.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file sqlcipher3.h *****************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library -** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, -** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is -** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without -** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. -** -** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as -** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new -** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes -** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes -** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. -** -** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived -** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source -** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. -** -** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlcipher.h.in". -** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting -** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlcipher3.h" as -** part of the build process. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER3_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER3_H_ -#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ - -/* -** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. -*/ -#if 0 -extern "C" { +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + "DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED", #endif - - -/* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_EXTERN -# define SQLCIPHER_EXTERN extern +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC + "DISABLE_INTRINSIC", #endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_API -# define SQLCIPHER_API +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS + "DISABLE_LFS", #endif - - -/* -** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those -** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications -** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards -** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that -** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. -** -** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that -** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that -** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports -** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple -** noop macros. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED -#define SQLCIPHER_EXPERIMENTAL - -/* -** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_VERSION -# undef SQLCIPHER_VERSION +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS + "DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS", #endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER -# undef SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT + "DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT", #endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** ^(The [SQLCIPHER_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlcipher3.h header -** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the -** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for -** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ -** ^(The [SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer -** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same -** numbers used in [SQLCIPHER_VERSION].)^ -** The SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also -** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will -** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented -** and Z will be reset to zero. -** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the -** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to -** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite -** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID -** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 -** hash of the entire source tree. -** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_libversion()], -** [sqlcipher3_libversion_number()], [sqlcipher3_sourceid()], -** [sqlcipher_version()] and [sqlcipher_source_id()]. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_VERSION "3.7.9" -#define SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER 3007009 -#define SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID "2011-11-01 00:52:41 c7c6050ef060877ebe77b41d959e9df13f8c9b5e" - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher3_version, sqlcipher3_sourceid -** -** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLCIPHER_VERSION], -** [SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros -** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious -** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to -** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in -** the header, and thus insure that the application is -** compiled with matching library and header files. -** -** 
-** assert( sqlcipher3_libversion_number()==SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlcipher3_sourceid(),SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlcipher3_libversion(),SQLCIPHER_VERSION)==0 );
-**
)^ -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLCIPHER_VERSION] -** macro. ^The sqlcipher3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the -** to the sqlcipher3_version[] string constant. The sqlcipher3_libversion() -** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have -** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The -** sqlcipher3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLCIPHER_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlcipher3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** [SQLCIPHER_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. -** -** See also: [sqlcipher_version()] and [sqlcipher_source_id()]. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const char sqlcipher3_version[] = SQLCIPHER_VERSION; -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_libversion(void); -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_sourceid(void); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_libversion_number(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLCIPHER_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlcipher3_compileoption_used(). -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating -** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by -** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlcipher3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLCIPHER_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by -** sqlcipher3_compileoption_get(). -** -** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlcipher3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlcipher3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the -** [SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. -** -** See also: SQL functions [sqlcipher_compileoption_used()] and -** [sqlcipher_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_compileoption_get(int N); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES + "ENABLE_8_3_NAMES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES), #endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if -** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the -** [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. -** -** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes -** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, -** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe -** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. -** -** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. -** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable -** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. -** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. -** -** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the -** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with -** the desired setting of the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE] macro. -** -** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting -** of the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with -** SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but -** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlcipher3_config()] -** with the verbs [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], -** or [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the -** sqlcipher3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of -** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by -** sqlcipher3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlcipher3_threadsafe() -** is unchanged by calls to sqlcipher3_config().)^ -** -** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_threadsafe(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle -** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} -** -** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of -** the opaque structure named "sqlcipher3". It is useful to think of an sqlcipher3 -** pointer as an object. The [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open16()], and -** [sqlcipher3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlcipher3_close()] -** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()], [sqlcipher3_create_function()], and -** [sqlcipher3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an -** sqlcipher3 object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlcipher3 sqlcipher3; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher_int64 sqlcipher_uint64 -** -** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types -** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. -** -** The sqlcipher3_int64 and sqlcipher3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. -** The sqlcipher_int64 and sqlcipher_uint64 types are supported for backwards -** compatibility only. -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_int64 and sqlcipher_int64 types can store integer values -** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlcipher3_uint64 and sqlcipher_uint64 types can store integer values -** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_INT64_TYPE - typedef SQLCIPHER_INT64_TYPE sqlcipher_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLCIPHER_INT64_TYPE sqlcipher_uint64; -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) - typedef __int64 sqlcipher_int64; - typedef unsigned __int64 sqlcipher_uint64; -#else - typedef long long int sqlcipher_int64; - typedef unsigned long long int sqlcipher_uint64; +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + "ENABLE_API_ARMOR", #endif -typedef sqlcipher_int64 sqlcipher3_int64; -typedef sqlcipher_uint64 sqlcipher3_uint64; - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlcipher3_int64 +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", #endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlcipher3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlcipher3_close() return SQLCIPHER_OK if the [sqlcipher3] object is -** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated. -** -** Applications must [sqlcipher3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] -** and [sqlcipher3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with -** the [sqlcipher3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlcipher3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns -** SQLCIPHER_BUSY. -** -** ^If [sqlcipher3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, -** the transaction is automatically rolled back. -** -** The C parameter to [sqlcipher3_close(C)] must be either a NULL -** pointer or an [sqlcipher3] object pointer obtained -** from [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open16()], or -** [sqlcipher3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlcipher3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a -** harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_close(sqlcipher3 *); - -/* -** The type for a callback function. -** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical -** compatibility and is not documented. -*/ -typedef int (*sqlcipher3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface -** -** The sqlcipher3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()], [sqlcipher3_step()], and [sqlcipher3_finalize()], -** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, -** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, -** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st -** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to -** sqlcipher3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row -** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** sqlcipher3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each -** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlcipher3_exec() -** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are -** ignored. -** -** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into -** sqlcipher3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and -** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlcipher3_exec() -** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained -** from [sqlcipher3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. -** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlcipher3_free()] -** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of -** of sqlcipher3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. -** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlcipher3_exec() is not NULL and no errors -** occur, then sqlcipher3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to -** NULL before returning. -** -** ^If an sqlcipher3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlcipher3_exec() -** routine returns SQLCIPHER_ABORT without invoking the callback again and -** without running any subsequent SQL statements. -** -** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlcipher3_exec() callback function is the -** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlcipher3_exec() -** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from -** [sqlcipher3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a -** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the -** sqlcipher3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the -** sqlcipher3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each -** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained -** from [sqlcipher3_column_name()]. -** -** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlcipher3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or -** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database -** is not changed. -** -** Restrictions: -** -**
    -**
  • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlcipher3_exec() -** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
  • The application must not close [database connection] specified by -** the 1st parameter to sqlcipher3_exec() while sqlcipher3_exec() is running. -**
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into -** the 2nd parameter of sqlcipher3_exec() while sqlcipher3_exec() is running. -**
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE + "ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + "ENABLE_CEROD=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + "ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + "ENABLE_COSTMULT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + "ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB + "ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + "ENABLE_FTS1", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + "ENABLE_FTS2", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + "ENABLE_FTS3", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS + "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER + "ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 + "ENABLE_FTS4", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 + "ENABLE_FTS5", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY + "ENABLE_GEOPOLY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS + "ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + "ENABLE_ICU", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE + "ENABLE_IOTRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 + "ENABLE_JSON1", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX + "ENABLE_MULTIPLEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE + "ENABLE_NORMALIZE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM + "ENABLE_NULL_TRIM", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK + "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + "ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_QPSG + "ENABLE_QPSG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU + "ENABLE_RBU", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + "ENABLE_RTREE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE + "ENABLE_SELECTTRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION + "ENABLE_SESSION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + "ENABLE_SNAPSHOT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + "ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + "ENABLE_SQLLOG", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + "ENABLE_STAT4", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB + "ENABLE_STMTVTAB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + "ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION + "ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR + "ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE + "ENABLE_VFSTRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE + "ENABLE_WHERETRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS + "ENABLE_ZIPVFS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS + "EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_EXTRA_IFNULLROW + "EXTRA_IFNULLROW", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + "EXTRA_INIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN + "EXTRA_SHUTDOWN=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + "FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH), +#endif +#if SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI + "FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI", +#endif +#if SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID + "FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID", +#endif +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + "HAS_CODEC", +#endif +#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN + "HAVE_ISNAN", +#endif +#if SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY + "INLINE_MEMCPY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + "INT64_TYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX + "INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX), +#endif +#if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + "LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE + "LOCK_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL + "LOG_CACHE_SPILL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT + "MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED + "MAX_ATTACHED=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + "MAX_COLUMN=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT + "MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE + "MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + "MAX_EXPR_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG + "MAX_FUNCTION_ARG=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH + "MAX_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH + "MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY + "MAX_MEMORY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE + "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_ + "MAX_MMAP_SIZE_=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT + "MAX_PAGE_COUNT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + "MAX_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH + "MAX_SQL_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH + "MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER + "MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP + "MAX_VDBE_OP=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS + "MAX_WORKER_THREADS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS), +#endif +#if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + "MEMDEBUG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT + "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE + "MMAP_READWRITE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP + "MUTEX_NOOP", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + "MUTEX_NREF", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + "MUTEX_OMIT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS + "MUTEX_PTHREADS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 + "MUTEX_W32", +#endif +#if SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME + "NEED_ERR_NAME", +#endif +#if SQLITE_NOINLINE + "NOINLINE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_NO_SYNC + "NO_SYNC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + "OMIT_ANALYZE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH + "OMIT_ATTACH", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + "OMIT_AUTOINIT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + "OMIT_AUTORESET", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + "OMIT_CAST", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + "OMIT_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + "OMIT_COMPLETE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CONFLICT_CLAUSE + "OMIT_CONFLICT_CLAUSE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + "OMIT_CTE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + "OMIT_DECLTYPE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + "OMIT_DEPRECATED", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + "OMIT_DISKIO", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + "OMIT_EXPLAIN", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + "OMIT_GET_TABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + "OMIT_HEX_INTEGER", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + "OMIT_INCRBLOB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + "OMIT_LOCALTIME", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + "OMIT_MEMORYDB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER_TRACE + "OMIT_PARSER_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN + "OMIT_POPEN", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA + "OMIT_PRAGMA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX + "OMIT_REINDEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES + "OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + "OMIT_SUBQUERY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + "OMIT_TEMPDB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TEST_CONTROL + "OMIT_TEST_CONTROL", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + "OMIT_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "OMIT_TRIGGER", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + "OMIT_UTF16", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM + "OMIT_VACUUM", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + "OMIT_VIEW", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + "OMIT_WAL", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + "OMIT_WSD", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + "OMIT_XFER_OPT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + "PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE + "POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING + "PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + "PROXY_DEBUG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS + "REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + "RTREE_INT_ONLY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + "SECURE_DELETE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SMALL_STACK + "SMALL_STACK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ + "SORTER_PMASZ=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_SOUNDEX + "SOUNDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES + "STAT4_SAMPLES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL + "STMTJRNL_SPILL=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL), +#endif +#if SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY + "SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC + "SYSTEM_MALLOC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_TCL + "TCL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE + "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEST + "TEST", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) + "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), +#elif defined(THREADSAFE) + "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(THREADSAFE), +#else + "THREADSAFE=1", +#endif +#if SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE + "UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE + "UNTESTABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + "USER_AUTHENTICATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA + "USE_ALLOCA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE + "USE_FCNTL_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_USE_URI + "USE_URI", +#endif +#if SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + "VDBE_COVERAGE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + "WIN32_MALLOC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + "ZERO_MALLOC", +#endif +/* +** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_exec( - sqlcipher3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ - void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); +}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){ + *pnOpt = sizeof(sqlite3azCompileOpt) / sizeof(sqlite3azCompileOpt[0]); + return (const char**)sqlite3azCompileOpt; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ /* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLCIPHER_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicates success or failure. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** -** See also: [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], -** [sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLCIPHER_ROLLBACK | result codes]. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OK 0 /* Successful result */ -/* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ -#define SQLCIPHER_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ -#define SQLCIPHER_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ -#define SQLCIPHER_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ -#define SQLCIPHER_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ -#define SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlcipher3_interrupt()*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlcipher3_file_control() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLCIPHER_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ -#define SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ -#define SQLCIPHER_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ -#define SQLCIPHER_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlcipher3_bind out of range */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ROW 100 /* sqlcipher3_step() has another row ready */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DONE 101 /* sqlcipher3_step() has finished executing */ -/* end-of-error-codes */ +#ifndef SQLITEINT_H +#define SQLITEINT_H -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +/* Special Comments: ** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLCIPHER_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of -** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as -** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include -** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled -** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLCIPHER_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_READ (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_WRITE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_DELETE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (12<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (13<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (14<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_LOCK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (15<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (16<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (18<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (19<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (20<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (21<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SEEK (SQLCIPHER_IOERR | (22<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLCIPHER_LOCKED | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLCIPHER_BUSY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLCIPHER_READONLY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLCIPHER_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLCIPHER_READONLY | (2<<8)) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test +** coverage: ** -** These bit values are intended for use in the -** 3rd parameter to the [sqlcipher3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] method. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlcipher3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ - -/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** NO_TEST - The branches on this line are not +** measured by branch coverage. This is +** used on lines of code that actually +** implement parts of coverage testing. ** -** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlcipher3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these -** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage -** device that holds the file that the [sqlcipher3_io_methods] -** refers to. +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE - This branch is allowed to alway be false +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. ** -** The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE - This branch is allowed to alway be true +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread +** that would be harmless and undetectable +** if it did occur. +** +** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** asterisks and the comment text. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 -#define SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 /* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels -** -** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second -** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object. +** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined. This macro is +** only used by test code and Tcl integration code. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI +# define SQLITE_TCLAPI +#endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. +** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious +** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files +** that are included by this file. +*/ +/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2015 January 12 ** -** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an -** [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of -** these integer values as the second argument. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** When the SQLCIPHER_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the -** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag -** equal SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. -** If the lower four bits equal SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL, that means -** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** Do not confuse the SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL flags -** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL -** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the -** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. -** The SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL flags determine how -** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and -** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. -** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction -** between SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL, but among the -** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX -** cares about the difference.) +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 -#define SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 -#define SQLCIPHER_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 +#ifndef SQLITE_MSVC_H +#define SQLITE_MSVC_H + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(disable : 4054) +#pragma warning(disable : 4055) +#pragma warning(disable : 4100) +#pragma warning(disable : 4127) +#pragma warning(disable : 4130) +#pragma warning(disable : 4152) +#pragma warning(disable : 4189) +#pragma warning(disable : 4206) +#pragma warning(disable : 4210) +#pragma warning(disable : 4232) +#pragma warning(disable : 4244) +#pragma warning(disable : 4305) +#pragma warning(disable : 4306) +#pragma warning(disable : 4702) +#pragma warning(disable : 4706) +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) +#undef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +#define SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_WIN64) */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_MSVC_H */ + +/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle -** -** An [sqlcipher3_file] object represents an open file in the -** [sqlcipher3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface -** implementations will -** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields -** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an -** [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing -** I/O operations on the open file. +** Special setup for VxWorks */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_file sqlcipher3_file; -struct sqlcipher3_file { - const struct sqlcipher3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ -}; - +/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ /* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** 2015-03-02 ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an -** [sqlcipher3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the -** [sqlcipher3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. -** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations -** against the open file represented by the [sqlcipher3_file] object. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If the [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlcipher3_file.pMethods element -** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlcipher3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] -** is for the [sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlcipher3_file.pMethods element -** to NULL. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL] or -** [SQLCIPHER_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLCIPHER_SYNC_DATAONLY] -** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file -** and not its inode needs to be synced. +****************************************************************************** ** -** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of -**
    -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_NONE], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_SHARED], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_RESERVED], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_PENDING], or -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. -**
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, -** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, -** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks +*/ +#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +/* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS +*/ +#include +#include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 1 +#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 +#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 +#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +#define HAVE_UTIME 1 +#else +/* This is not VxWorks. */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 0 +#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1 +#define HAVE_READLINK 1 +#define HAVE_LSTAT 1 +#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ + +/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. ** -** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom -** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlcipher3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an -** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to -** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to -** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be -** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the -** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire -** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should -** return [SQLCIPHER_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not -** recognize. +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. ** -** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the -** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the -** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing -** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() -** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the -** underlying device: +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. ** -**
    -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] -**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. ** -** The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to +** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers. A +** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used. The +** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific +** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0 ** -** If xRead() returns SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill -** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that -** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, -** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to -** database corruption. +** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro. However, we learn that the +** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent +** and unreliable. Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the +** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers, +** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even +** when compiling with clang. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_io_methods sqlcipher3_io_methods; -struct sqlcipher3_io_methods { - int iVersion; - int (*xClose)(sqlcipher3_file*); - int (*xRead)(sqlcipher3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlcipher3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xWrite)(sqlcipher3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlcipher3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xTruncate)(sqlcipher3_file*, sqlcipher3_int64 size); - int (*xSync)(sqlcipher3_file*, int flags); - int (*xFileSize)(sqlcipher3_file*, sqlcipher3_int64 *pSize); - int (*xLock)(sqlcipher3_file*, int); - int (*xUnlock)(sqlcipher3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlcipher3_file*, int *pResOut); - int (*xFileControl)(sqlcipher3_file*, int op, void *pArg); - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlcipher3_file*); - int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlcipher3_file*); - /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ - int (*xShmMap)(sqlcipher3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); - int (*xShmLock)(sqlcipher3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); - void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlcipher3_file*); - int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlcipher3_file*, int deleteFlag); - /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ - /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ -}; +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER +#else +# define MSVC_VERSION 0 +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) +# define _BSD_SOURCE +#endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. +*/ +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" +#endif + +/* +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). +*/ +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +#endif + +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. +*/ +/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2001-09-15 ** -** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlcipher3_file_control()] -** interface. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of -** the lock (one of [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_NONE], [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_SHARED], -** [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLCIPHER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLCIPHER_TEST -** is defined. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS -** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the -** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it -** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database -** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database -** file run faster. +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. ** -** The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS -** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlcipher3_file_control()] should -** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use -** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3_H +#define SQLITE3_H +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL +# define SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK +# define SQLITE_CALLBACK +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI +# define SQLITE_SYSAPI +#endif + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Fossil configuration management +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1 +** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree. If the source code has +** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last +** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.30.1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3030001 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2019-10-10 20:19:45 18db032d058f1436ce3dea84081f4ee5a0f2259ad97301d43c426bc7f3dfalt1" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,80)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built +** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters +** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#else +# define sqlite3_compileoption_used(X) 0 +# define sqlite3_compileoption_get(X) ((void*)0) +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; +# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# else + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# endif +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +**
    +**
  • The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +**
  • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
  • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [extended result code definitions] +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* Generic error */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Internal use only */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Not used */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8] +** and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_ERROR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_DIRTYWAL (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (5<<8)) /* Not Used */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC property means that the underlying +** filesystem supports doing multiple write operations atomically when those +** write operations are bracketed by [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] and +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC 0x00004000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +**
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +**
    +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE] +**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC] +**
+** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +**
    +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST +** compile-time option is used. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] opcode is used by in-memory VFS that +** implements [sqlite3_deserialize()] to set an upper bound on the size +** of the in-memory database. The argument is a pointer to a [sqlite3_int64]. +** If the integer pointed to is negative, then it is filled in with the +** current limit. Otherwise the limit is set to the larger of the value +** of the integer pointed to and the current database size. The integer +** pointed to is set to the new limit. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** -** The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer -** to the [sqlcipher3_file] object associated with a particular database -** connection. See the [sqlcipher3_file_control()] documentation for -** additional information. -** -** ^(The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by -** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method -** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^ -** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly -** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most -** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode. -** Applications should not call [sqlcipher3_file_control()] with this -** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes -** that do require it. -** -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either +** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic ** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the -** windows [VFS] in order to work to provide robustness against +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of ** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, ** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay ** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing ** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This -** opcode allows those to values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) ** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections ** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two -** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integers where the first integer is the new retry count and the second ** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting ** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written ** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be ** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. ** -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent [WAL | Write AHead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary -** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log ([WAL file]) and shared memory +** files used for transaction control ** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database ** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after ** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not ** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want ** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist ** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlcipher3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent ** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** WAL persistence setting. ** -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level +** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in +** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be +** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X +** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ +** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the +** upper-most shim only. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy +** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. +** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the +** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle. This file +** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and +** writes the resulting value there. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might +** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately +** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare +** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. +** Applications should not use this file-control. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other +** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by +** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for +** this opcode. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then +** the file descriptor is placed in "batch write mode", which +** means all subsequent write operations will be deferred and done +** atomically at the next [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. Systems +** that do not support batch atomic writes will return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. +** ^Following a successful SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE and prior to +** the closing [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] or +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE], SQLite will make +** no VFS interface calls on the same [sqlite3_file] file descriptor +** except for calls to the xWrite method and the xFileControl method +** with [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. +** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were +** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. +** ^Regardless of whether or not it is successful, this file control takes +** the file descriptor out of batch write mode so that all subsequent +** write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. +** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode +** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain +** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait +** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single +** unsigned integer parameter. +** +**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to +** a database file. The argument is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer. +** The "data version" for the pager is written into the pointer. The +** "data version" changes whenever any change occurs to the corresponding +** database file, either through SQL statements on the same database +** connection or through transactions committed by separate database +** connections possibly in other processes. The [sqlite3_total_changes()] +** interface can be used to find if any database on the connection has changed, +** but that interface responds to changes on TEMP as well as MAIN and does +** not provide a mechanism to detect changes to MAIN only. Also, the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface responds to internal changes only and +** omits changes made by other database connections. The +** [PRAGMA data_version] command provide a mechanism to detect changes to +** a single attached database that occur due to other database connections, +** but omits changes implemented by the database connection on which it is +** called. This file control is the only mechanism to detect changes that +** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with +** a particular attached database. +**
*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE 29 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB 30 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE 31 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE 32 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE 33 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT 34 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 + +/* deprecated names */ +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO + /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle ** -** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlcipher3_mutex] to be an +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an ** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks -** at the internal representation of an [sqlcipher3_mutex]. It only -** deals with pointers to the [sqlcipher3_mutex] object. +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. ** -** Mutexes are created using [sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc()]. +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_mutex sqlcipher3_mutex; +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk +** +** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as +** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions]. This +** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings +** on some platforms. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object ** -** An instance of the sqlcipher3_vfs object defines the interface between +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See ** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** -** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in -** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure -** of the sqlcipher3_vfs object changes in the transaction between -** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not -** modified. -** -** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlcipher3_file] +** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto +** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field +** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in +** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2 +** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased +** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields +** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value +** may increase again in future versions of SQLite. +** Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transition from +** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0] +** and yet the iVersion field was not modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of ** a pathname in this VFS. ** -** Registered sqlcipher3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by -** the pNext pointer. The [sqlcipher3_vfs_register()] -** and [sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list -** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlcipher3_vfs_find()] interface +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface ** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS ** implementation should use the pNext pointer. ** -** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlcipher3_vfs +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs ** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. -** The application should never modify anything within the sqlcipher3_vfs +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs ** object once the object has been registered. ** ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** -** [[sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen]] +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, -** the [sqlcipher3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the -** flags parameter will include [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in -** the flags argument to [sqlcipher3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlcipher3_open()] -** or [sqlcipher3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE]. +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** ** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** **
    -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_DB] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_DB] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_WAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] **
)^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to @@ -1455,52 +2325,58 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_mutex sqlcipher3_mutex; ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make ** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would ** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return -** SQLCIPHER_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database ** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. ** ** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: ** **
    -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] **
** -** The [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient ** databases, and subjournals. ** -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction -** with the [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the -** SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlcipher3_file] structure passed as the third +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that -** the xOpen method must set the sqlcipher3_file.pMethods to either -** a valid [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do -** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlcipher3_file.pMethods +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** -** [[sqlcipher3_vfs.xAccess]] -** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READWRITE] to -** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READ] -** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ +** flag is never actually used and is not implemented in the built-in +** VFSes of SQLite. The file is named by the second argument and can be a +** directory. The xAccess method returns [SQLITE_OK] on success or some +** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of +** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK +** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate +** whether or not the file is accessible. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer -** is not large enough, [SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** @@ -1515,16 +2391,16 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_mutex sqlcipher3_mutex; ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden @@ -1534,44 +2410,44 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_mutex sqlcipher3_mutex; ** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access ** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_vfs sqlcipher3_vfs; -typedef void (*sqlcipher3_syscall_ptr)(void); -struct sqlcipher3_vfs { +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ - int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlcipher3_file */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ - sqlcipher3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlcipher3_file*, + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); - int (*xDelete)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); - int (*xFullPathname)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); - void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); - void (*xDlError)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlcipher3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); - void (*xDlClose)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, void*); - int (*xRandomness)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); - int (*xSleep)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, int microseconds); - int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, double*); - int (*xGetLastError)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, int, char *); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); /* - ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlcipher_vfs object + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later */ - int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, sqlcipher3_int64*); + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlcipher_vfs object. + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ - int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlcipher3_syscall_ptr); - sqlcipher3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName); - const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlcipher3_vfs*, const char *zName); + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlcipher_vfs object. - ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; @@ -1579,192 +2455,195 @@ struct sqlcipher3_vfs { ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method ** ** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to -** the xAccess method of an [sqlcipher3_vfs] object. They determine +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine ** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. -** With SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. -** With SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method ** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable ** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within ** the directory). -** The SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the ** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future ** release of SQLite. -** With SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READ constant is +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is ** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of ** SQLite. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method ** ** These integer constants define the various locking operations -** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlcipher3_io_methods]. The +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The ** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the ** xShmLock method: ** **
    -**
  • SQLCIPHER_SHM_LOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_SHARED -**
  • SQLCIPHER_SHM_LOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
  • SQLCIPHER_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_SHARED -**
  • SQLCIPHER_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE **
** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given no the corresponding lock. +** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED ** and EXCLUSIVE. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SHM_UNLOCK 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_SHM_LOCK 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_SHM_SHARED 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index ** -** The xShmLock method on [sqlcipher3_io_methods] may use values +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values ** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. ** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a ** lock outside of this range */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SHM_NLOCK 8 +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_initialize() routine initializes the -** SQLite library. ^The sqlcipher3_shutdown() routine -** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlcipher3_initialize(). +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). ** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and ** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using ** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. ** -** A call to sqlcipher3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is -** the first time sqlcipher3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of -** the process, or if it is the first time sqlcipher3_initialize() is invoked -** following a call to sqlcipher3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call -** of sqlcipher3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls ** are harmless no-ops.)^ ** -** A call to sqlcipher3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first -** call to sqlcipher3_shutdown() since the last sqlcipher3_initialize(). ^(Only -** an effective call to sqlcipher3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. -** All other valid calls to sqlcipher3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ ** -** The sqlcipher3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlcipher3_shutdown() -** is not. The sqlcipher3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a ** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all ** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking -** sqlcipher3_shutdown(). +** sqlite3_shutdown(). ** -** Among other things, ^sqlcipher3_initialize() will invoke -** sqlcipher3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlcipher3_shutdown() -** will invoke sqlcipher3_os_end(). +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_initialize() routine returns [SQLCIPHER_OK] on success. -** ^If for some reason, sqlcipher3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize ** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such -** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLCIPHER_OK]. +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other ** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to -** invoke sqlcipher3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlcipher3_open()] -** calls sqlcipher3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically -** initialized when [sqlcipher3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized -** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINIT] -** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlcipher3_initialize() -** are omitted and the application must call sqlcipher3_initialize() directly +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly ** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, -** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlcipher3_initialize() +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() ** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases ** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited -** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the ** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. ** -** The sqlcipher3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific -** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlcipher3_os_end() -** routine undoes the effect of sqlcipher3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks ** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation ** of static resources, initialization of global variables, -** setting up a default [sqlcipher3_vfs] module, or setting up -** a default configuration using [sqlcipher3_config()]. -** -** The application should never invoke either sqlcipher3_os_init() -** or sqlcipher3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke -** sqlcipher3_initialize() and sqlcipher3_shutdown(). The sqlcipher3_os_init() -** interface is called automatically by sqlcipher3_initialize() and -** sqlcipher3_os_end() is called by sqlcipher3_shutdown(). Appropriate -** implementations for sqlcipher3_os_init() and sqlcipher3_os_end() +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() ** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. ** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] -** (using the [SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time ** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for -** sqlcipher3_os_init() and sqlcipher3_os_end(). An application-supplied -** implementation of sqlcipher3_os_init() or sqlcipher3_os_end() -** must return [SQLCIPHER_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon ** failure. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_initialize(void); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_shutdown(void); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_os_init(void); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_os_end(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library ** -** The sqlcipher3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration ** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of ** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. ** -** The sqlcipher3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application -** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other -** threads while sqlcipher3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlcipher3_config() +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface ** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using -** [sqlcipher3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlcipher3_shutdown()]. -** ^If sqlcipher3_config() is called after [sqlcipher3_initialize()] and before -** [sqlcipher3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE. -** Note, however, that ^sqlcipher3_config() can be called as part of the -** implementation of an application-defined [sqlcipher3_os_init()]. +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** -** The first argument to sqlcipher3_config() is an integer +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer ** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments ** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** -** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlcipher3_config() returns [SQLCIPHER_OK]. +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_config(int, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** The sqlcipher3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** -** The second argument to sqlcipher3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** -** ^Calls to sqlcipher3_db_config() return SQLCIPHER_OK if and only if +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_db_config(sqlcipher3*, int op, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines @@ -1774,10 +2653,10 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_db_config(sqlcipher3*, int op, ...); ** ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object -** and passing it to [sqlcipher3_config]([SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative ** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its ** dynamic memory needs. @@ -1804,33 +2683,33 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_db_config(sqlcipher3*, int op, ...); ** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. -** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlcipher3_malloc()] -** or [sqlcipher3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by -** [sqlcipher3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** -** SQLite holds the [SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlcipher3_shutdown()] so it does +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite -** holds the [SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which ** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. -** However, if [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other ** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for ** serialization. ** ** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods sqlcipher3_mem_methods; -struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods { +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ @@ -1846,28 +2725,28 @@ struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods { ** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlcipher3_config()] interface. +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlcipher3_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. The [sqlcipher3_config()] interface will return a +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** **
-** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE | SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlcipher3_config()] will return -** [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] if called with the SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. @@ -1876,246 +2755,392 @@ struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods { ** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded ** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same ** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE | SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and -** [sqlcipher3_config()] will return [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive ** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with -** [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access ** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the ** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the ** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. ** ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE | SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and -** [sqlcipher3_config()] will return [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlcipher3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes -** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlcipher3_mem_methods] structure -** before the [sqlcipher3_config()] call returns.
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlcipher3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlcipher3_mem_methods] +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
-**
^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the -** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC
+**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC option takes single argument of +** type int, interpreted as a boolean, which if true provides a hint to +** SQLite that it should avoid large memory allocations if possible. +** SQLite will run faster if it is free to make large memory allocations, +** but some application might prefer to run slower in exchange for +** guarantees about memory fragmentation that are possible if large +** allocations are avoided. This hint is normally off. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
+**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, +** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of +** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are +** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: **
    -**
  • [sqlcipher3_memory_used()] -**
  • [sqlcipher3_memory_highwater()] -**
  • [sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64()] -**
  • [sqlcipher3_status()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +**
  • [sqlite3_status64()] **
)^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is -** compiled with [SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH
-**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be -** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), -** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. -** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer -** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So -** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. -** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 -** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional -** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then -** [sqlcipher3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
-** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
-**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. -** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE option. -** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned -** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
+**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option is no longer used. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool +** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page +** cache implementation. +** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to +** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), +** and the number of cache lines (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page -** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each -** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on -** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, -** to make sz a little too large. The first -** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its -** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional -** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then -** SQLite goes to [sqlcipher3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** The pointer in the first argument must -** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite -** will be undefined.
-** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_HEAP
-**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use -** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided -** for by [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each +** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header +** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. +** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem +** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte +** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise +** subsequent behavior is undefined. +** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided +** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if +** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer +** is exhausted. +** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection +** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or +** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial +** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each +** additional cache line.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
+**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs +** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled +** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: +** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), -** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the -** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or -** [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. ** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlcipher3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place -** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** content of the [sqlcipher3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE | SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a +** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used +** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of +** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] with the SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLCIPHER_ERROR].
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR]. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlcipher3_mutex_methods] structure. The -** [sqlcipher3_mutex_methods] +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation ** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance ** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE | SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] with the SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLCIPHER_ERROR].
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR]. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
-**
^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default -** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each -** [database connection]. The first argument is the +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine +** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. +** The first argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of -** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the -** default lookaside size. The [SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] -** verb to [sqlcipher3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE +** sets the default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlcipher3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface -** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
-** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
-**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlcipher3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current -** page cache implementation into that object.)^
-** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG
-**
^The SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies +** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ +** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
+**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of +** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
+**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is -** invoked by [sqlcipher3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the -** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlcipher3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. -** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is ** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger ** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to ** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding -** [sqlcipher3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an ** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is -** log message after formatting via [sqlcipher3_snprintf()]. +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. ** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function ** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe.
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_URI -**
This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then -** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling -** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames -** passed to [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open_v2()], [sqlcipher3_open16()] or +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. +** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, +** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally +** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], +** [sqlite3_open16()] or ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless -** of whether or not the [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database -** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are -** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLCIPHER_OPEN_URI flag is set when the -** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** [SQLCIPHER_USE_URI] symbol defined. +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer +** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable +** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. +** ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the +** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is +** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro +** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which +** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra +** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, +** target platform, and SQLite version. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ +**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which +** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded +** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the +** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched +** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting +** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content +** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the +** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL +**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) +** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. +** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held +** exclusively in memory. +** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill +** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of +** I/O required to support statement rollback. +** The default value for this setting is controlled by the +** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE +**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option accepts a single parameter +** of type (int) - the new value of the sorter-reference size threshold. +** Usually, when SQLite uses an external sort to order records according +** to an ORDER BY clause, all fields required by the caller are present in the +** sorted records. However, if SQLite determines based on the declared type +** of a table column that its values are likely to be very large - larger +** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference +** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded +** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. +** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE +**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE option accepts a single parameter +** [sqlite3_int64] parameter which is the default maximum size for an in-memory +** database created using [sqlite3_deserialize()]. This default maximum +** size can be adjusted up or down for individual databases using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] [sqlite3_file_control|file-control]. If this +** configuration setting is never used, then the default maximum is determined +** by the [SQLITE_MEMDB_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE] compile-time option. If that +** compile-time option is not set, then the default maximum is 1073741824. **
*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlcipher3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlcipher3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlcipher3_mutex_methods* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlcipher3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlcipher3_pcache_methods* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlcipher3_pcache_methods* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC 27 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE 28 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE 29 /* sqlite3_int64 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlcipher3_db_config()] interface. +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlcipher3_db_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. ^The [sqlcipher3_db_config()] interface will return a +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** **
-**
SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
-**
^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. -** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlcipher3_db_config()] is a +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. -** ^The first argument after the SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the -** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlcipher3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of ** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to -** SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally ** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory ** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that ** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words ** when the "current value" returned by -** [sqlcipher3_db_status](D,[SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns -** [SQLCIPHER_BUSY].)^
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^ ** -**
SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
+** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
**
^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of ** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, @@ -2125,7 +3150,8 @@ struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods { ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
** -**
SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
+** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
**
^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, @@ -2135,45 +3161,238 @@ struct sqlcipher3_mem_methods { ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE VIEW | views]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable views, +** positive to enable views or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether views are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the view setting is not reported back.
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable the +** [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the +** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or +** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the new setting is not reported back.
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] +** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. +** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the +** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is +** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argument to +** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. +** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the +** C-API or the SQL function. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface +** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may +** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME
+**
^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database +** schema. ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string +** which will become the new schema name in place of "main". ^SQLite +** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application +** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged +** until after the database connection closes. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE
+**
Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to +** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation +** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the +** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer +** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close +** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG
+**
^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates +** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active, +** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless +** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations +** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries +** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With +** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as +** was used during testing in the lab. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled +** following this call. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP
+**
By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This +** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this +** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - +** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, +** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE
+**
Set the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE flag and then run +** [VACUUM] in order to reset a database back to an empty database +** with no schema and no content. The following process works even for +** a badly corrupted database file: +**
    +**
  1. If the database connection is newly opened, make sure it has read the +** database schema by preparing then discarding some query against the +** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any +** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep +** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before +** the reset. +**
  2. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); +**
  3. [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); +**
  4. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); +**
+** Because resetting a database is destructive and irreversible, the +** process requires the use of this obscure API and multiple steps to help +** ensure that it does not happen by accident. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE
+**
The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the +** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled +** features include but are not limited to the following: +**
    +**
  • The [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] statement. +**
  • The [PRAGMA journal_mode=OFF] statement. +**
  • Writes to the [sqlite_dbpage] virtual table. +**
  • Direct writes to [shadow tables]. +**
+**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA]]
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA
+**
The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the +** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent +** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to +** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an +** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema +** is enabled or disabled following this call. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE
+**
The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE option activates or deactivates +** the legacy behavior of the [ALTER TABLE RENAME] command such it +** behaves as it did prior to [version 3.24.0] (2018-06-04). See the +** "Compatibility Notice" on the [ALTER TABLE RENAME documentation] for +** additional information. This feature can also be turned on and off +** using the [PRAGMA legacy_alter_table] statement. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML +**
The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DML statement +** only, that is DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, and UPDATE statements. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL]] +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL +**
The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DDL statements, +** such as CREATE TABLE and CREATE INDEX. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +**
**
*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ - +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE 1009 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE 1010 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA 1011 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE 1012 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML 1013 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL 1014 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW 1015 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1015 /* Largest DBCONFIG */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result ** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes(sqlcipher3*, int onoff); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** -** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent -** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] -** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines -** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables]. -** ^If no successful [INSERT]s -** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of +** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** zero. +** +** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database +** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by +** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] +** +** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as +** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory +** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** control to the user. ** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] -** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted -** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. -** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual -** table method began.)^ +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this @@ -2192,96 +3411,122 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes(sqlcipher3*, int onoff); ** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same -** database connection while the [sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid()] +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] ** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], -** then the value returned by [sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is ** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new ** last insert [rowid]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** without inserting a row into the database. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or +** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. +** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value +** returned by this function. +** +** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** tables are counted. +** +** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is +** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the +** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback +** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: +** +**
    +**
  • ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ +** +**
  • ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ +**
** -** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed -** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement -** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. -** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], -** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the -** [sqlcipher3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes -** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. -** -** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] -** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. -** -** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table -** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that -** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, -** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other -** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ -** -** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. -** Most SQL statements are -** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" -** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a -** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one -** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. -** -** ^Calling [sqlcipher3_exec()] or [sqlcipher3_step()] recursively does -** not create a new trigger context. -** -** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the -** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same -** trigger context. -** -** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the -** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, -** the sqlcipher3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of -** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** statement within the body of the same trigger. -** However, the number returned does not include changes -** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ -** -** See also the [sqlcipher3_total_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlcipher3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned ** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +**
    +**
  • the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface +**
  • the [count_changes pragma] +**
  • the [changes() SQL function] +**
  • the [data_version pragma] +**
*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_changes(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified -** -** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], -** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. -** ^(The count returned by sqlcipher3_total_changes() includes all changes -** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by -** [foreign key actions]. However, -** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, -** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The -** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes -** are counted.)^ -** ^The sqlcipher3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as -** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle -** is passed to [sqlcipher3_reset()] or [sqlcipher3_finalize()]). -** -** See also the [sqlcipher3_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or +** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed +** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as +** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement +** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). +** +** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the +** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** are not counted. +** +** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number +** of rows that changed due to SQL statement run against database +** connection D. Any changes by other database connections are ignored. +** To detect changes against a database file from other database +** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlcipher3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +**
    +**
  • the [sqlite3_changes()] interface +**
  • the [count_changes pragma] +**
  • the [changes() SQL function] +**
  • the [data_version pragma] +**
  • the [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control] +**
*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_total_changes(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically @@ -2292,32 +3537,29 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_total_changes(sqlcipher3*); ** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the ** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it ** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that -** is closed or might close before sqlcipher3_interrupt() returns. +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. ** ** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when -** sqlcipher3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity ** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. ** -** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT]. +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. ** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction ** will be rolled back automatically. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlcipher3_interrupt() call and before the +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been -** running prior to the sqlcipher3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are -** not effected by the sqlcipher3_interrupt(). -** ^A call to sqlcipher3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running ** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlcipher3_interrupt() call returns. -** -** If the database connection closes while [sqlcipher3_interrupt()] -** is running then bad things will likely happen. +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_interrupt(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete @@ -2335,50 +3577,58 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_interrupt(sqlcipher3*); ** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. ** ** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a -** memory allocation fails, then SQLCIPHER_NOMEM is returned. +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. ** ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlcipher3_initialize()] prior -** to invoking sqlcipher3_complete16() then sqlcipher3_initialize() is invoked -** automatically by sqlcipher3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, -** then the return value from sqlcipher3_complete16() will be non-zero +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero ** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ ** -** The input to [sqlcipher3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-8 string. ** -** The input to [sqlcipher3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string in native byte order. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_complete(const char *sql); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_complete16(const void *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLCIPHER_BUSY Errors +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. ** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] or [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which -** is the third argument to sqlcipher3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] or [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy -** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] -** or [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying @@ -2386,69 +3636,60 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_complete16(const void *sql); ** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot ** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes ** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, -** SQLite returns [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this ** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow ** the second process to proceed. ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any -** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlcipher3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. -** +** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_busy_handler(sqlcipher3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This routine sets a [sqlcipher3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, -** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlcipher3_step()] to return -** [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] or [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular -** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler -** was defined (using [sqlcipher3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_busy_timeout(sqlcipher3*, int ms); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. ** Use of this interface is not recommended. ** ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the -** [sqlcipher3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. ** ** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But @@ -2461,11 +3702,11 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_busy_timeout(sqlcipher3*, int ms); ** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. ** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result ** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated -** string representation as returned by [sqlcipher3_column_text()]. +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. ** ** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. -** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlcipher3_free()]. -** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlcipher3_free_table()]. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** ** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: @@ -2493,134 +3734,80 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_busy_timeout(sqlcipher3*, int ms); ** azResult[7] = "21"; ** )^ ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 ** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** -** After the application has finished with the result from sqlcipher3_get_table(), -** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlcipher3_free_table() in order to +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the -** [sqlcipher3_malloc()] happens within sqlcipher3_get_table(), the calling -** function must not try to call [sqlcipher3_free()] directly. Only -** [sqlcipher3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** -** The sqlcipher3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around -** [sqlcipher3_exec()]. The sqlcipher3_get_table() routine does not have access +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the -** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlcipher3_exec()] call are not -** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlcipher3_errcode()] or -** [sqlcipher3_errmsg()]. +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_get_table( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* An open database */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_free_table(char **result); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); /* ** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions ** ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. +** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from +** the standard library printf() +** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). +** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_mprintf() and sqlcipher3_vmprintf() routines write their -** results into memory obtained from [sqlcipher3_malloc()]. +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]. ** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlcipher3_free()]. ^Both routines return a -** NULL pointer if [sqlcipher3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** -** ^(The sqlcipher3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the ** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an ** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking -** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlcipher3_snprintf() +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() ** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of ** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that ** the number of characters written would be a more useful return -** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlcipher3_snprintf() +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() ** now without breaking compatibility. ** -** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlcipher3_snprintf() +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() ** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first ** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlcipher3_snprintf(). -** -** These routines all implement some additional formatting -** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there -** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. -** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated -** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. -** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' -** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into -** the string. -** -** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-**
-** -** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlcipher3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlcipher3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlcipher3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText -** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-**
-** -** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL -** would have looked like this: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). ** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should -** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. -** -** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the -** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without -** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlcipher3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlcipher3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlcipher3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL -** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the -** addition that after the string has been read and copied into -** the result, [sqlcipher3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +** See also: [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function] */ -SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_mprintf(const char*,...); -SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); -SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); -SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem @@ -2630,97 +3817,118 @@ SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The ** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. -** ^If sqlcipher3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free ** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to -** sqlcipher3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlcipher3_malloc() returns +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns ** a NULL pointer. ** -** ^Calling sqlcipher3_free() with a pointer previously returned -** by sqlcipher3_malloc() or sqlcipher3_realloc() releases that memory so -** that it might be reused. ^The sqlcipher3_free() routine is +** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like +** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead +** of a signed 32-bit integer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is ** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer -** to sqlcipher3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory ** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error -** might result if sqlcipher3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that -** was not obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc() or sqlcipher3_realloc(). +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). ** -** ^(The sqlcipher3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a -** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the -** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first -** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlcipher3_realloc() +** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. +** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling -** sqlcipher3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlcipher3_realloc(). -** ^If the second parameter to sqlcipher3_realloc() is zero or +** sqlite3_malloc(N). +** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling -** sqlcipher3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlcipher3_realloc(). -** ^sqlcipher3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation -** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. +** sqlite3_free(X). +** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned -** by sqlcipher3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. -** ^If sqlcipher3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation -** is not freed. -** -** ^The memory returned by sqlcipher3_malloc() and sqlcipher3_realloc() +** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the +** prior allocation is not freed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as +** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead +** of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes. +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number +** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not +** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly +** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior +** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a -** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLCIPHER_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time ** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define -** the SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** -** The Windows OS interface layer calls +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors are detected, but -** they are reported back as [SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN] or -** [SQLCIPHER_IOERR] rather than [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM]. +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** -** The pointer arguments to [sqlcipher3_free()] and [sqlcipher3_realloc()] +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior -** invocation of [sqlcipher3_malloc()] or [sqlcipher3_realloc()] that have +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have ** not yet been released. ** ** The application must not read or write any part of ** a block of memory after it has been released using -** [sqlcipher3_free()] or [sqlcipher3_realloc()]. +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_malloc(int); -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_realloc(void*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_free(void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics ** ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status -** of the [sqlcipher3_malloc()], [sqlcipher3_free()], and [sqlcipher3_realloc()] +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes ** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). -** ^The [sqlcipher3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum -** value of [sqlcipher3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark -** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlcipher3_memory_used()] and -** [sqlcipher3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead -** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlcipher3_malloc()], +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], ** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library -** routines that [sqlcipher3_malloc()] may call. +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. ** ** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of -** [sqlcipher3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to -** [sqlcipher3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned -** by [sqlcipher3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark ** prior to the reset. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_memory_used(void); -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator @@ -2732,60 +3940,72 @@ SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. -** -** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by -** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained -** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlcipher3_vfs] object. -** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated -** internally and without recourse to the [sqlcipher3_vfs] xRandomness +** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is +** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of +** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a +** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_randomness(int N, void *P); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {authorizer callback} ** ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled -** by [sqlcipher3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()], -** [sqlcipher3_prepare16()] and [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ^At various ** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created ** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to ** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should -** return [SQLCIPHER_OK] to allow the action, [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE] to disallow the +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be -** compiled, or [SQLCIPHER_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be ** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns -** any value other than [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE], [SQLCIPHER_OK], or [SQLCIPHER_DENY] -** then the [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered ** the authorizer will fail with an error message. ** -** When the callback returns [SQLCIPHER_OK], that means the operation -** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLCIPHER_DENY], the -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. +** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third -** parameter to the sqlcipher3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter -** to the callback is an integer [SQLCIPHER_COPY | action code] that specifies +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies ** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters -** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional -** details about the action to be authorized. +** to the callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings +** that contain additional details about the action to be authorized. +** Applications must always be prepared to encounter a NULL pointer in any +** of the third through the sixth parameters of the authorization callback. ** -** ^If the action code is [SQLCIPHER_READ] -** and the callback returns [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE] then the +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have -** been read if [SQLCIPHER_OK] had been returned. The [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE] +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual ** columns of a table. -** ^If the action code is [SQLCIPHER_DELETE] and the callback returns -** [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** ^When a table is referenced by a [SELECT] but no column values are +** extracted from that table (for example in a query like +** "SELECT count(*) FROM tab") then the [SQLITE_READ] authorizer callback +** is invoked once for that table with a column name that is an empty string. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the ** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. ** -** An authorizer is used when [sqlcipher3_prepare | preparing] +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] ** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements ** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not ** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For @@ -2793,37 +4013,37 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_randomness(int N, void *P); ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the ** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the -** user-entered SQL is being [sqlcipher3_prepare | prepared] that +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that ** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. ** ** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources -** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlcipher3_limit()] +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] ** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] ** in addition to using an authorizer. ** ** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection -** at a time. Each call to sqlcipher3_set_authorizer overrides the +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the ** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. ** The authorizer is disabled by default. ** ** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. -** Note that [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlcipher3_step()] both modify their +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** -** ^When [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlcipher3_step()] due to a +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the -** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlcipher3_step()]. +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** ** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during -** [sqlcipher3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not -** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlcipher3_step()], unless -** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlcipher3_step() invokes -** sqlcipher3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_set_authorizer( - sqlcipher3*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pUserData ); @@ -2831,22 +4051,22 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_set_authorizer( /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes ** -** The [sqlcipher3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must -** return either [SQLCIPHER_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the -** [sqlcipher3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. ** -** Note that SQLCIPHER_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLCIPHER_ROLLBACK | return code] -** from the [sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes ** -** The [sqlcipher3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function ** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies ** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that @@ -2863,82 +4083,186 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_set_authorizer( ** top-level SQL code. */ /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ -#define SQLCIPHER_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface +** instead of the routines described here. ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. ** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlcipher3_trace() is invoked at -** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlcipher3_step()]. -** ^The sqlcipher3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the ** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. -** ^(Additional sqlcipher3_trace() callbacks might occur +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlcipher3_profile() is invoked +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time ** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback ** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation ** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant ** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite -** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The -** sqlcipher3_profile() function is considered experimental and is -** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. Invoking +** either [sqlite3_trace()] or [sqlite3_trace_v2()] will cancel the +** profile callback. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, + void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE +** +** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored +** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The M argument +** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of +** the following constants. ^The first argument to the trace callback +** is one of the following constants. +** +** New tracing constants may be added in future releases. +** +** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the +** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()]. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]]
SQLITE_TRACE_STMT
+**
^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement +** first begins running and possibly at other times during the +** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each +** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the +** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute +** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] +** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking +** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]]
SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE
+**
^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same +** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of +** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run. +** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]]
SQLITE_TRACE_ROW
+**
^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared +** statement generates a single row of result. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument is unused. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]]
SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE
+**
^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database +** connection closes. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object +** and the X argument is unused. +**
*/ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_trace(sqlcipher3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlcipher3_profile(sqlcipher3*, - void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlcipher3_uint64), void*); +#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW 0x04 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE 0x08 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback +** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M +** and context pointer P. ^If the X callback is +** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled. The +** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of +** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. +** +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). +** +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently +** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback +** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. +** +** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE] +** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which +** are deprecated. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( + sqlite3*, + unsigned uMask, + int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), + void *pCtx +); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to -** [sqlcipher3_exec()], [sqlcipher3_step()] and [sqlcipher3_get_table()] for +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive -** invocations of the callback X. +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the @@ -2952,81 +4276,82 @@ SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlcipher3_profile(sqlcipher3*, ** ** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. -** Note that [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlcipher3_step()] both modify their +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_progress_handler(sqlcipher3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for -** sqlcipher3_open() and sqlcipher3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte -** order for sqlcipher3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually ** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that -** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlcipher3] object, -** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlcipher3] +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] ** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then -** [SQLCIPHER_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The -** [sqlcipher3_errmsg()] or [sqlcipher3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any -** of the sqlcipher3_open() routines. +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. ** -** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if -** sqlcipher3_open() or sqlcipher3_open_v2() is called and -** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlcipher3_open16() is used. +** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases +** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order. ** ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by -** passing it to [sqlcipher3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. ** -** The sqlcipher3_open_v2() interface works like sqlcipher3_open() +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to -** sqlcipher3_open_v2() can take one of -** the following three values, optionally combined with the -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
-** ^(
[SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY]
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
**
The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not ** already exist, an error is returned.
)^ ** -** ^(
[SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE]
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
**
The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading ** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
)^ ** -** ^(
[SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE]
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
**
The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for -** sqlcipher3_open() and sqlcipher3_open16().
)^ +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().)^ **
** -** If the 3rd parameter to sqlcipher3_open_v2() is not one of the +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the ** combinations shown above optionally combined with other -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY | SQLCIPHER_OPEN_* bits] +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** -** ^If the [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection ** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread ** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens ** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was ** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be ** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared -** cache is enabled using [sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The -** [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlcipher3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlcipher3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that ** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlcipher3_vfs] object is used. +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. ** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when @@ -3040,68 +4365,93 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_progress_handler(sqlcipher3*, int, int(*)(void*), ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** -** [[URI filenames in sqlcipher3_open()]]

URI Filenames

+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

URI Filenames

** ** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument ** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI -** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_URI] flag is -** set in the fourth argument to sqlcipher3_open_v2(), or if it has -** been enabled globally using the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_URI] option with the -** [sqlcipher3_config()] method or by the [SQLCIPHER_USE_URI] compile-time option. -** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** URI filename interpretation is turned off ** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename ** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path -** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. -** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the +** following query parameters: ** **
    **
  • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of ** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should ** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to ** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown -** VFS is an error. ^If sqlcipher3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is ** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over -** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlcipher3_open_v2(). -** -**
  • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or -** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlcipher3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both -** SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlcipher3_open_v2() is -** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is -** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third -** parameter. +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
  • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). ** **
  • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the -** SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlcipher3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is -** equivalent to setting the SQLCIPHER_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. -** ^If sqlcipher3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in -** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting -** SQLCIPHER_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +**
  • psow: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. +** +**
  • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +**
  • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** **
** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an @@ -3113,56 +4463,63 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_progress_handler(sqlcipher3*, int, int(*)(void*), ** ** **
URI filenames Results -**
file:data.db +**
file:data.db ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. **
file:/home/fred/data.db
-** file:///home/fred/data.db
-** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
+** file:///home/fred/data.db
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -**
+**
** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. -**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. -**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock -** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock". -**
file:data.db?mode=readonly +**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +**
file:data.db?mode=readonly ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. **
** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument -** of sqlcipher3_open() and sqlcipher3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into -** sqlcipher3_open() or sqlcipher3_open_v2(). +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_open( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlcipher3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_open16( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ - sqlcipher3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_open_v2( +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlcipher3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ int flags, /* Flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ); @@ -3170,89 +4527,136 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_open_v2( /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** -** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query -** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. ** -** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() -** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the -** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam -** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine -** returns a NULL pointer. +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. ** -** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite -** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine -** is undefined and probably undesirable. +** See the [URI filename] documentation for additional information. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or -** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlcipher3_* API call -** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed -** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from -** sqlcipher3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlcipher3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface +** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that +** API call. +** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_errmsg() and sqlcipher3_errmsg16() return English-language +** The values returned by sqlite3_errcode() and/or +** sqlite3_extended_errcode() might change with each API call. +** Except, there are some interfaces that are guaranteed to never +** change the value of the error code. The error-code preserving +** interfaces are: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_errcode() +**
  • sqlite3_extended_errcode() +**
  • sqlite3_errmsg() +**
  • sqlite3_errmsg16() +**
+** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language ** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. ** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. ** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these ** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid ** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D -** by invoking [sqlcipher3_mutex_enter]([sqlcipher3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning -** to use D and invoking [sqlcipher3_mutex_leave]([sqlcipher3_db_mutex](D)) after +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after ** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. ** -** If an interface fails with SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, that means the interface +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface ** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the ** error code and message may or may not be set. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_errcode(sqlcipher3 *db); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_extended_errcode(sqlcipher3 *db); -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_errmsg(sqlcipher3*); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_errmsg16(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); /* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} ** -** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. -** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a -** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that +** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. +** +** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a +** prepared statement before it can be run. ** -** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this: ** **
    -**
  1. Create the object using [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or a related -** function. -**
  2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlcipher3_bind_*() +**
  3. Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. +**
  4. Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() ** interfaces. -**
  5. Run the SQL by calling [sqlcipher3_step()] one or more times. -**
  6. Reset the statement using [sqlcipher3_reset()] then go back +**
  7. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
  8. Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back ** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. -**
  9. Destroy the object using [sqlcipher3_finalize()]. +**
  10. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. **
-** -** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional -** information. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_stmt sqlcipher3_stmt; +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited ** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the @@ -3262,16 +4666,16 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_stmt sqlcipher3_stmt; ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_NAME there is a +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called -** [limits | SQLCIPHER_MAX_NAME]. +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the -** [sqlcipher3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. ** @@ -3283,105 +4687,161 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_stmt sqlcipher3_stmt; ** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the ** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service -** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlcipher3_set_authorizer()] +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] ** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. ** ** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_limit(sqlcipher3*, int id, int newVal); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} ** ** These constants define various performance limits -** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlcipher3_limit()]. +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. ** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
-** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently -** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of -** SQLite.
)^ +** used to implement an SQL statement. If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes +** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_ATTACHED
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] -** ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] -** ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS
+**
The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single +** [prepared statement] may start.
)^ +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepare Flags +** +** These constants define various flags that can be passed into +** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces. +** +** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(
SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT
+**
The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner +** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and +** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using +** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts +** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to +** deplete the limited store of lookaside memory. Future versions of +** SQLite may act on this hint differently. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE]]
SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE
+**
The SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE flag is a no-op. This flag used +** to be required for any prepared statement that wanted to use the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface. However, the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface is now available to all +** prepared statements, regardless of whether or not they use this +** flag. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB]]
SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB
+**
The SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB flag causes the SQL compiler +** to return an error (error code SQLITE_ERROR) if the statement uses +** any virtual tables. **
*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 -#define SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB 0x04 /* ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** To execute an SQL statement, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. Or, in other words, these routines +** are constructors for the [prepared statement] object. ** -** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code -** program using one of these routines. +** The preferred routine to use is [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. The +** [sqlite3_prepare()] interface is legacy and should be avoided. +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] has an extra "prepFlags" option that is used +** for special purposes. +** +** The use of the UTF-8 interfaces is preferred, as SQLite currently +** does all parsing using UTF-8. The UTF-16 interfaces are provided +** as a convenience. The UTF-16 interfaces work by converting the +** input text into UTF-8, then invoking the corresponding UTF-8 interface. ** ** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a -** prior successful call to [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open_v2()] or -** [sqlcipher3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. ** ** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded -** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlcipher3_prepare() and sqlcipher3_prepare_v2() -** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlcipher3_prepare16() and sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2() -** use UTF-16. -** -** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the -** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum -** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the -** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or -** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows -** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small -** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that -** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including -** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to -** make a copy of the input string. +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare(), sqlite3_prepare_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare_v3() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared +** statement is generated. +** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then +** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that +** is the number of bytes in the input string including +** the nul-terminator. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only @@ -3389,103 +4849,160 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_limit(sqlcipher3*, int id, int newVal); ** what remains uncompiled. ** ** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be -** executed using [sqlcipher3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set ** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty ** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. ** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled -** SQL statement using [sqlcipher3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. ** ppStmt may not be NULL. ** -** ^On success, the sqlcipher3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLCIPHER_OK]; +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; ** otherwise an [error code] is returned. ** -** The sqlcipher3_prepare_v2() and sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are -** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained -** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. -** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement -** that is returned (the [sqlcipher3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the -** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlcipher3_step()] interface to +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2(), sqlite3_prepare_v3(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() interfaces are recommended for all new programs. +** The older interfaces (sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16()) +** are retained for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "vX" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to ** behave differently in three ways: ** **
    **
  1. -** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA] as it -** always used to do, [sqlcipher3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. **
    2. ** **
  2. -** ^When an error occurs, [sqlcipher3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed ** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that -** [sqlcipher3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] result code -** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlcipher3_reset()] +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] ** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare ** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. **
    3. ** **
  3. -** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been -** a schema change, on the first [sqlcipher3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlcipher3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. -** the +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. **
    4. **
+** +**

^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having +** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or +** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags. ^The +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as +** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare16( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL -** -** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original -** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was -** compiled using either [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()]. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_sql(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8 +** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was +** created by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with +** [bound parameters] expanded. +** ^The sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the normalized SQL text of prepared statement P. The +** semantics used to normalize a SQL statement are unspecified and subject +** to change. At a minimum, literal values will be replaced with suitable +** placeholders. +** +** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL +** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345 +** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return +** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql() +** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory +** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the +** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of +** bound parameter expansions. ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time +** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL. +** +** ^The strings returned by sqlite3_sql(P) and sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) +** are managed by SQLite and are automatically freed when the prepared +** statement is finalized. +** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand, +** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application +** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that -** calls [sqlcipher3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** ** 

@@ -3493,78 +5010,119 @@ SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_sql(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
** ** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file -** directly, sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ ** ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], -** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause -** sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since +** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and +** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query The EXPLAIN Setting For A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 1 if the +** prepared statement S is an EXPLAIN statement, or 2 if the +** statement S is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 0 if S is +** an ordinary statement or a NULL pointer. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned +** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object -** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlcipher3_value} {unprotected sqlcipher3_value} +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** -** SQLite uses the sqlcipher3_value object to represent all values +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values ** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing -** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlcipher3_value objects +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects ** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. ** -** An sqlcipher3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". -** Some interfaces require a protected sqlcipher3_value. Other interfaces -** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlcipher3_value. -** Every interface that accepts sqlcipher3_value arguments specifies -** whether or not it requires a protected sqlcipher3_value. +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not ** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected -** sqlcipher3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected -** sqlcipher3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded -** (with [SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlcipher3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlcipher3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications ** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlcipher3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the ** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. -** ^The sqlcipher3_value object returned by -** [sqlcipher3_column_value()] is unprotected. -** Unprotected sqlcipher3_value objects may only be used with -** [sqlcipher3_result_value()] and [sqlcipher3_bind_value()]. -** The [sqlcipher3_value_blob | sqlcipher3_value_type()] family of -** interfaces require protected sqlcipher3_value objects. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used as arguments +** to [sqlite3_result_value()], [sqlite3_bind_value()], and +** [sqlite3_value_dup()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. */ -typedef struct Mem sqlcipher3_value; +typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value; /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object ** ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an -** sqlcipher3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlcipher3_context object +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object ** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. ** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this -** pointer through into calls to [sqlcipher3_result_int | sqlcipher3_result()], -** [sqlcipher3_aggregate_context()], [sqlcipher3_user_data()], -** [sqlcipher3_context_db_handle()], [sqlcipher3_get_auxdata()], -** and/or [sqlcipher3_set_auxdata()]. +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_context sqlcipher3_context; +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; /* ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following ** templates: ** @@ -3579,92 +5137,127 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_context sqlcipher3_context; ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, ** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") -** can be set using the sqlcipher3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** -** ^The first argument to the sqlcipher3_bind_*() routines is always -** a pointer to the [sqlcipher3_stmt] object returned from -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. ** ** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. ** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named ** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent ** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. ** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. -** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlcipher3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ -** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. -** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlcipher3_bind_text() -** or sqlcipher3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then +** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** -** ^The fifth argument to sqlcipher3_bind_blob(), sqlcipher3_bind_text(), and -** sqlcipher3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces +** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or ** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called -** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlcipher3_bind_blob(), -** sqlcipher3_bind_text(), or sqlcipher3_bind_text16() fails. +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to the bind API fails, +** except the destructor is not called if the third parameter is a NULL +** pointer or the fourth parameter is negative. ** ^If the fifth argument is -** the special value [SQLCIPHER_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. -** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT], then +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then ** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before -** the sqlcipher3_bind_*() routine returns. +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of +** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] +** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If +** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the +** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different +** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior +** is undefined. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that ** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory ** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. ** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose ** content is later written using -** [sqlcipher3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. ** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. ** -** ^If any of the sqlcipher3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** ^The sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,T,D) routine causes the I-th parameter in +** [prepared statement] S to have an SQL value of NULL, but to also be +** associated with the pointer P of type T. ^D is either a NULL pointer or +** a pointer to a destructor function for P. ^SQLite will invoke the +** destructor D with a single argument of P when it is finished using +** P. The T parameter should be a static string, preferably a string +** literal. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() routine is part of the +** [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer ** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which -** [sqlcipher3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlcipher3_reset()], -** then the call will return [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE]. If any sqlcipher3_bind_() +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() ** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the ** result is undefined and probably harmful. ** -** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlcipher3_reset()] routine. +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. ** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_bind_* routines return [SQLCIPHER_OK] on success or an +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an ** [error code] if anything goes wrong. -** ^[SQLCIPHER_RANGE] is returned if the parameter -** index is out of range. ^[SQLCIPHER_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB +** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count()], -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_blob(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_double(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, double); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_int(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, int); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_int64(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, sqlcipher3_int64); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_null(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_text(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_text16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_value(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, const sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer(sqlite3_stmt*, int, void*, const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] ** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the ** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as -** placeholders for values that are [sqlcipher3_bind_blob | bound] +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] ** to the parameters at a later time. ** ** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) @@ -3672,16 +5265,17 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int, int n); ** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, ** there may be gaps in the list.)^ ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_bind_blob|sqlcipher3_bind()], -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name()], and -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count(sqlcipher3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. ** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" @@ -3696,69 +5290,78 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count(sqlcipher3_stmt*); ** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is ** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is ** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was -** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlcipher3_prepare16()] or -** [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()]. +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_bind_blob|sqlcipher3_bind()], -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second -** parameter to [sqlcipher3_bind_blob|sqlcipher3_bind()]. ^A zero +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero ** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter ** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement -** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()]. +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_bind_blob|sqlcipher3_bind()], -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index(sqlcipher3_stmt*, const char *zName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlcipher3_reset()] does not reset -** the [sqlcipher3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. ** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_clear_bindings(sqlcipher3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL -** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not +** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement +** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the +** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_data_count()] +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column -** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlcipher3_column_name() +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() ** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string -** and sqlcipher3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] ** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlcipher3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlcipher3_step()] for a particular run +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the next call to -** sqlcipher3_column_name() or sqlcipher3_column_name16() on the same column. +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** -** ^If sqlcipher3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a ** NULL pointer is returned. ** @@ -3767,11 +5370,12 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from ** one release of SQLite to the next. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_name(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int N); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in @@ -3781,8 +5385,8 @@ SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int N); ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlcipher3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlcipher3_step()] for a particular run +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** @@ -3804,26 +5408,27 @@ SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int N); ** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. ** ** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are ** undefined. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more -** [sqlcipher3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] ** for the same [prepared statement] and result column ** at the same time then the results are undefined. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_database_name(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_database_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_table_name(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_table_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_origin_name(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the @@ -3851,111 +5456,117 @@ SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers ** used to hold those values. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_decltype(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_decltype16(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy -** interfaces [sqlcipher3_prepare()] or [sqlcipher3_prepare16()], this function +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using any of +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function ** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. ** -** The details of the behavior of the sqlcipher3_step() interface depend -** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface -** [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy -** interface [sqlcipher3_prepare()] and [sqlcipher3_prepare16()]. The use of the -** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "vX" interfaces +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "vX" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy ** interface will continue to be supported. ** -** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLCIPHER_BUSY], -** [SQLCIPHER_DONE], [SQLCIPHER_ROW], [SQLCIPHER_ERROR], or [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE]. +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. ** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or ** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. ** -** ^[SQLCIPHER_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the ** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** -** ^[SQLCIPHER_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing -** successfully. sqlcipher3_step() should not be called again on this virtual -** machine without first calling [sqlcipher3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual ** machine back to its initial state. ** -** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLCIPHER_ROW] +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] ** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the ** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. -** sqlcipher3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. ** -** ^[SQLCIPHER_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint -** violation) has occurred. sqlcipher3_step() should not be called again on -** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlcipher3_errmsg()]. +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, -** [SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT], [SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA], [SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT], and so forth) -** can be obtained by calling [sqlcipher3_reset()] on the +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the ** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, -** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlcipher3_step(). +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). ** -** [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has -** already been [sqlcipher3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had -** previously returned [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] or [SQLCIPHER_DONE]. Or it could +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to -** [sqlcipher3_reset()] was required after sqlcipher3_step() returned anything -** other than [SQLCIPHER_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlcipher3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using -** [sqlcipher3_reset()] would result in an [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE] return from -** sqlcipher3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlcipher3_step() began -** calling [sqlcipher3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather -** than returning [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility -** break because any application that ever receives an SQLCIPHER_MISUSE error -** is broken by definition. The [SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], +** sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option ** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. ** -** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlcipher3_step() -** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLCIPHER_ERROR], following any -** error other than [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] and [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE]. You must call -** [sqlcipher3_reset()] or [sqlcipher3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the ** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. ** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed ** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements -** using either [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2()] instead -** of the legacy [sqlcipher3_prepare()] and [sqlcipher3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, ** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly -** by sqlcipher3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "vX" interfaces is recommended. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_step(sqlcipher3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. ** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return -** (via calls to the [sqlcipher3_column_int | sqlcipher3_column_*()] of -** interfaces) then sqlcipher3_data_count(P) returns 0. -** ^The sqlcipher3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. -** ^The sqlcipher3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to -** [sqlcipher3_step](P) returned [SQLCIPHER_DONE]. ^The sqlcipher3_data_count(P) -** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlcipher3_step](P) returned -** [SQLCIPHER_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] ** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step ** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_column_count()] +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_data_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes -** KEYWORDS: SQLCIPHER_TEXT +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT ** ** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: ** @@ -3969,98 +5580,137 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_data_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** These constants are codes for each of those types. ** -** Note that the SQLCIPHER_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 ** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both -** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLCIPHER3_TEXT, not -** SQLCIPHER_TEXT. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_INTEGER 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_FLOAT 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_BLOB 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_NULL 5 -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEXT -# undef SQLCIPHER_TEXT +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT #else -# define SQLCIPHER_TEXT 3 +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 #endif -#define SQLCIPHER3_TEXT 3 +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} -** -** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** Summary: +**
+**
sqlite3_column_blob→BLOB result +**
sqlite3_column_double→REAL result +**
sqlite3_column_int→32-bit INTEGER result +**
sqlite3_column_int64→64-bit INTEGER result +**
sqlite3_column_text→UTF-8 TEXT result +**
sqlite3_column_text16→UTF-16 TEXT result +**
sqlite3_column_value→The result as an +** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. +**
    +**
sqlite3_column_bytes→Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT result in bytes +**
sqlite3_column_bytes16   +** →  Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +**
sqlite3_column_type→Default +** datatype of the result +**
+** +** Details: ** ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current ** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer -** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlcipher3_stmt*] -** that was returned from [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) ** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information ** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. ** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using -** [sqlcipher3_column_count()]. +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. ** ** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the ** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to -** [sqlcipher3_step()] has returned [SQLCIPHER_ROW] and neither -** [sqlcipher3_reset()] nor [sqlcipher3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. -** If any of these routines are called after [sqlcipher3_reset()] or -** [sqlcipher3_finalize()] or after [sqlcipher3_step()] has returned -** something other than [SQLCIPHER_ROW], the results are undefined. -** If [sqlcipher3_step()] or [sqlcipher3_reset()] or [sqlcipher3_finalize()] +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines ** are pending, then the results are undefined. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_column_type() routine returns the -** [SQLCIPHER_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type -** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLCIPHER_INTEGER], -** [SQLCIPHER_FLOAT], [SQLCIPHER_TEXT], [SQLCIPHER_BLOB], or [SQLCIPHER_NULL]. The value -** returned by sqlcipher3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type -** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, -** the value returned by sqlcipher3_column_type() is undefined. Future -** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlcipher3_column_type() +** The first six interfaces (_blob, _double, _int, _int64, _text, and _text16) +** each return the value of a result column in a specific data format. If +** the result column is not initially in the requested format (for example, +** if the query returns an integer but the sqlite3_column_text() interface +** is used to extract the value) then an automatic type conversion is performed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. +** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which +** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. +** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() +** is undefined, though harmless. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() ** following a type conversion. ** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlcipher3_column_bytes() +** If the result is a BLOB or a TEXT string, then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** or sqlite3_column_bytes16() interfaces can be used to determine the size +** of that BLOB or string. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlcipher3_column_bytes() converts +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlcipher3_column_bytes() uses -** [sqlcipher3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlcipher3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. ** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() converts +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts ** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() uses -** [sqlcipher3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** -** ^The values returned by [sqlcipher3_column_bytes()] and -** [sqlcipher3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by -** [sqlcipher3_column_bytes()] and [sqlcipher3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** -** ^Strings returned by sqlcipher3_column_text() and sqlcipher3_column_text16(), -** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return -** value from sqlcipher3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The object returned by [sqlcipher3_column_value()] is an -** [unprotected sqlcipher3_value] object. An unprotected sqlcipher3_value object -** may only be used with [sqlcipher3_bind_value()] and [sqlcipher3_result_value()]. -** If the [unprotected sqlcipher3_value] object returned by -** [sqlcipher3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls -** to routines like [sqlcipher3_value_int()], [sqlcipher3_value_text()], -** or [sqlcipher3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. -** -** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For -** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result -** is requested, [sqlcipher3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** Warning: ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, +** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with +** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. +** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface +** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within +** top-level application code. +** +** The these routines may attempt to convert the datatype of the result. +** ^For example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the ** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions ** that are applied: ** @@ -4070,44 +5720,38 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_data_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** ** NULL INTEGER Result is 0 ** NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -** NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer -** NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +** NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +** NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer ** INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float ** INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer ** INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -** FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +** FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER ** FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -** FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT -** TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() -** TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +** FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +** TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL ** TEXT BLOB No change -** BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() -** BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() +** BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +** BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL ** BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed ** ** )^ ** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior -** calls to sqlcipher3_column_blob(), sqlcipher3_column_text(), and/or -** sqlcipher3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** **
    -**
  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlcipher3_column_text() or -** sqlcipher3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +**
  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might ** need to be added to the string.
    • -**
  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() or -** sqlcipher3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +**
  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-16.
    • -**
  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlcipher3_column_bytes() or -** sqlcipher3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +**
  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.
    • **
** @@ -4117,65 +5761,80 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_data_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
    -**
  • sqlcipher3_column_text() followed by sqlcipher3_column_bytes()
    • -**
  • sqlcipher3_column_blob() followed by sqlcipher3_column_bytes()
    • -**
  • sqlcipher3_column_text16() followed by sqlcipher3_column_bytes16()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
    • **
** -** In other words, you should call sqlcipher3_column_text(), -** sqlcipher3_column_blob(), or sqlcipher3_column_text16() first to force the result -** into the desired format, then invoke sqlcipher3_column_bytes() or -** sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls -** to sqlcipher3_column_text() or sqlcipher3_column_blob() with calls to -** sqlcipher3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlcipher3_column_text16() -** with calls to sqlcipher3_column_bytes(). +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). ** ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as -** described above, or until [sqlcipher3_step()] or [sqlcipher3_reset()] or -** [sqlcipher3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings -** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** [sqlcipher3_column_blob()], [sqlcipher3_column_text()], etc. into -** [sqlcipher3_free()]. -** -** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any -** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value -** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL -** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlcipher3_errcode()] will return -** [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM].)^ -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_blob(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_bytes(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_bytes16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API double sqlcipher3_column_double(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_int(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_column_int64(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API const unsigned char *sqlcipher3_column_text(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_text16(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_type(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3_column_value(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iCol); +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** As long as the input parameters are correct, these routines will only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() +**
  • sqlite3_column_text() +**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() +**
  • sqlite3_column_bytes() +**
  • sqlite3_column_bytes16() +**
+** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors -** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlcipher3_finalize() returns -** SQLCIPHER_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then -** sqlcipher3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or ** [extended error code]. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during ** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: ** before statement S is ever evaluated, after -** one or more calls to [sqlcipher3_reset()], or after any call -** to [sqlcipher3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has ** completed execution. ** -** ^Invoking sqlcipher3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. ** ** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid ** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use @@ -4183,47 +5842,51 @@ SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3_column_value(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int iC ** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and ** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_finalize(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** The sqlcipher3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. ** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using -** the [sqlcipher3_bind_blob | sqlcipher3_bind_*() API] retain their values. -** Use [sqlcipher3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S ** back to the beginning of its program. ** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlcipher3_step(S)] for the -** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLCIPHER_ROW] or [SQLCIPHER_DONE], -** or if [sqlcipher3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, -** then [sqlcipher3_reset(S)] returns [SQLCIPHER_OK]. +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlcipher3_step(S)] for the +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then -** [sqlcipher3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values -** of any [sqlcipher3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) -** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for -** the application data pointer. +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() +** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions +** needed by [aggregate window functions]. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database @@ -4233,34 +5896,50 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in [SQLCIPHER_MISUSE] being returned. +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or ** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or ** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit -** set by [sqlcipher3_limit]([SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what -** [SQLCIPHER_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work -** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be -** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may -** invoke sqlcipher3_create_function() or sqlcipher3_create_function16() multiple -** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text -** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLCIPHER_ANY]. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may also optionally include the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] +** flag, which if present prevents the function from being invoked from +** within VIEWs or TRIGGERs. For security reasons, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] +** flag is recommended for any application-defined SQL function that has +** side-effects. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the -** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlcipher3_user_data()].)^ +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** -** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters passed to the three +** "sqlite3_create_function*" functions, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal @@ -4269,15 +5948,24 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** -** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlcipher3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, -** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. -** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being -** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ -** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to -** sqlcipher3_create_function_v2() fails. -** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it -** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data -** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlcipher3_create_function_v2(). +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to +** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal +** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate +** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation +** of aggregate window functions are +** [user-defined window functions|available here]. +** +** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or +** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is +** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application +** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of @@ -4287,7 +5975,7 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. @@ -4299,35 +5987,47 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); ** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared ** statement in which the function is running. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_function( - sqlcipher3 *db, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*) + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_function16( - sqlcipher3 *db, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*) + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_function_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*), + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); @@ -4337,294 +6037,468 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_function_v2( ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_UTF8 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ANY 5 /* sqlcipher3_create_function only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlcipher3_create_collation only */ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* -** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions -** DEPRECATED +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** -** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue -** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +** +** The SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC flag means that the new function will always +** maps the same inputs into the same output. The abs() function is +** deterministic, for example, but randomblob() is not. +** +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs. This is +** a security feature which is recommended for all +** [application-defined SQL functions] that have side-effects. This flag +** prevents an attacker from adding triggers and views to a schema then +** tricking a high-privilege application into causing unintended side-effects +** while performing ordinary queries. +** +** The SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag indicates to SQLite that a function may call +** [sqlite3_value_subtype()] to inspect the sub-types of its arguments. +** Specifying this flag makes no difference for scalar or aggregate user +** functions. However, if it is not specified for a user-defined window +** function, then any sub-types belonging to arguments passed to the window +** function may be discarded before the window function is called (i.e. +** sqlite3_value_subtype() will always return 0). */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED int sqlcipher3_aggregate_count(sqlcipher3_context*); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED int sqlcipher3_expired(sqlcipher3_stmt*); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED int sqlcipher3_transfer_bindings(sqlcipher3_stmt*, sqlcipher3_stmt*); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED int sqlcipher3_global_recover(void); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED void sqlcipher3_thread_cleanup(void); -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED int sqlcipher3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlcipher3_int64,int),void*,sqlcipher3_int64); -#endif +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x000000800 +#define SQLITE_DIRECTONLY 0x000080000 +#define SQLITE_SUBTYPE 0x000100000 /* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values -** -** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses -** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. -** -** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters -** to [sqlcipher3_create_function()] and [sqlcipher3_create_function16()] -** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to -** [protected sqlcipher3_value] objects. There is one [sqlcipher3_value] object for -** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to -** extract values from the [sqlcipher3_value] objects. +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED ** -** These routines work only with [protected sqlcipher3_value] objects. -** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlcipher3_value] -** object results in undefined behavior. +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** Summary: +**
+**
sqlite3_value_blob→BLOB value +**
sqlite3_value_double→REAL value +**
sqlite3_value_int→32-bit INTEGER value +**
sqlite3_value_int64→64-bit INTEGER value +**
sqlite3_value_pointer→Pointer value +**
sqlite3_value_text→UTF-8 TEXT value +**
sqlite3_value_text16→UTF-16 TEXT value in +** the native byteorder +**
sqlite3_value_text16be→UTF-16be TEXT value +**
sqlite3_value_text16le→UTF-16le TEXT value +**
    +**
sqlite3_value_bytes→Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT in bytes +**
sqlite3_value_bytes16   +** →  Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +**
sqlite3_value_type→Default +** datatype of the value +**
sqlite3_value_numeric_type   +** →  Best numeric datatype of the value +**
sqlite3_value_nochange   +** →  True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE +** against a virtual table. +**
sqlite3_value_frombind   +** →  True if value originated from a [bound parameter] +**
+** +** Details: +** +** These routines extract type, size, and content information from +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. Protected sqlite3_value objects +** are used to pass parameter information into implementation of +** [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables]. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** is not threadsafe. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] -** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlcipher3_value] object -** pointer instead of a [sqlcipher3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string ** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The -** sqlcipher3_value_text16be() and sqlcipher3_value_text16le() interfaces +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** -** ^(The sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] +** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), +** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the +** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^ +** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object. +** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and +** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that +** integer, then subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_type(V) might return +** SQLITE_TEXT. Whether or not a persistent internal datatype conversion +** occurs is undefined and may change from one release of SQLite to the next. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply ** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other ** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) ** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. -** The [SQLCIPHER_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if +** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation +** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if +** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted +** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably +** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column +** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear +** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other +** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then +** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_frombind(X) interface returns non-zero if the +** value X originated from one of the [sqlite3_bind_int|sqlite3_bind()] +** interfaces. ^If X comes from an SQL literal value, or a table column, +** and expression, then sqlite3_value_frombind(X) returns zero. ** ** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned -** from [sqlcipher3_value_blob()], [sqlcipher3_value_text()], or -** [sqlcipher3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to -** [sqlcipher3_value_bytes()], [sqlcipher3_value_bytes16()], [sqlcipher3_value_text()], -** or [sqlcipher3_value_text16()]. +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread as -** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlcipher3_value*] parameters. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_blob(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_bytes(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_bytes16(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API double sqlcipher3_value_double(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_int(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_value_int64(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API const unsigned char *sqlcipher3_value_text(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16le(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16be(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_type(sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type(sqlcipher3_value*); +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +** +** As long as the input parameter is correct, these routines can only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_value_blob() +**
  • sqlite3_value_text() +**
  • sqlite3_value_text16() +**
  • sqlite3_value_text16le() +**
  • sqlite3_value_text16be() +**
  • sqlite3_value_bytes() +**
  • sqlite3_value_bytes16() +**
+** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value*, const char*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_frombind(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** -** ^The first time the sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to -** sqlcipher3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, ** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally ** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one ** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match ** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function ** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. -** In those cases, sqlcipher3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is -** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs. +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. ** -** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in subsequent call to sqlcipher3_aggregate_context() within +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory -** allocation.)^ +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. ** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by -** sqlcipher3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the -** [sqlcipher3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter ** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate ** function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the aggregate SQL function is running. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(sqlcipher3_context*, int nBytes); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) -** of the [sqlcipher3_create_function()] -** and [sqlcipher3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the application-defined function is running. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_user_data(sqlcipher3_context*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) -** of the [sqlcipher3_create_function()] -** and [sqlcipher3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(sqlcipher3_context*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** -** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may -** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as -** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression -** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string -** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata -** associated by the sqlcipher3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever -** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding -** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set, -** then sqlcipher3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata -** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th -** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent -** calls to sqlcipher3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has -** not been destroyed. -** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor -** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlcipher3_set_auxdata() on -** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes -** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first. -** -** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any -** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that -** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped. +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^N is zero for the left-most +** function argument. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, the sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
    +**
  • ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or +**
  • ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement)^, or +**
  • ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same +** parameter)^, or +**
  • ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.)^
+** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for -** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal -** values and [parameters].)^ +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** The value of the N parameter to these interfaces should be non-negative. +** Future enhancements may make use of negative N values to define new +** kinds of function caching behavior. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_get_auxdata(sqlcipher3_context*, int N); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_set_auxdata(sqlcipher3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior ** ** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the -** final argument to routines like [sqlcipher3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor -** argument is SQLCIPHER_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant ** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The -** SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +** C++ compilers. */ -typedef void (*sqlcipher3_destructor_type)(void*); -#define SQLCIPHER_STATIC ((sqlcipher3_destructor_type)0) -#define SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT ((sqlcipher3_destructor_type)-1) +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See -** [sqlcipher3_create_function()] and [sqlcipher3_create_function16()] +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** for additional information. ** ** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of ** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. ** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of -** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero -** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified ** by its 2nd argument. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_error() and sqlcipher3_result_error16() functions +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions ** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. ** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the -** 2nd parameter of sqlcipher3_result_error() or sqlcipher3_result_error16() +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error -** message string from sqlcipher3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlcipher3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlcipher3_result_error() -** or sqlcipher3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. -** ^If the third parameter to sqlcipher3_result_error() or -** sqlcipher3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_error() and sqlcipher3_result_error16() +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() ** routines make a private copy of the error message text before ** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or ** modify the text after they return without harm. -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code ** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, -** the error code is SQLCIPHER_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlcipher3_result_error() -** or sqlcipher3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error -** indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be NULL. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_text(), sqlcipher3_result_text16(), -** sqlcipher3_result_text16le(), and sqlcipher3_result_text16be() interfaces +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from -** the 2nd parameter of the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter ** through the first zero character. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined ** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it @@ -4633,76 +6507,109 @@ typedef void (*sqlcipher3_destructor_type)(void*); ** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd ** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the ** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlcipher3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has ** finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces or to -** sqlcipher3_result_blob is the special constant SQLCIPHER_STATIC, then SQLite +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite ** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not ** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content ** when it has finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlcipher3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlcipher3_result_blob is the special constant SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT -** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from -** from [sqlcipher3_malloc()] before it returns. -** -** ^The sqlcipher3_result_value() interface sets the result of -** the application-defined function to be a copy the -** [unprotected sqlcipher3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The -** sqlcipher3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlcipher3_value] -** so that the [sqlcipher3_value] specified in the parameter may change or -** be deallocated after sqlcipher3_result_value() returns without harm. -** ^A [protected sqlcipher3_value] object may always be used where an -** [unprotected sqlcipher3_value] object is required, so either -** kind of [sqlcipher3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an +** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an +** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. +** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor +** for the P parameter. ^SQLite invokes D with P as its only argument +** when SQLite is finished with P. The T parameter should be a static +** string and preferably a string literal. The sqlite3_result_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** If these routines are called from within the different thread ** than the one containing the application-defined function that received -** the [sqlcipher3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_blob(sqlcipher3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_double(sqlcipher3_context*, double); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error(sqlcipher3_context*, const char*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error16(sqlcipher3_context*, const void*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(sqlcipher3_context*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(sqlcipher3_context*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_code(sqlcipher3_context*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_int(sqlcipher3_context*, int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_int64(sqlcipher3_context*, sqlcipher3_int64); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_null(sqlcipher3_context*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text(sqlcipher3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16(sqlcipher3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16le(sqlcipher3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16be(sqlcipher3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_value(sqlcipher3_context*, sqlcipher3_value*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_context*, int n); +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer(sqlite3_context*, void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** ** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string -** for sqlcipher3_create_collation() and sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlcipher3_create_collation16(). -** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlcipher3_strnicmp()] are +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are ** considered to be the same name. ** ** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: **
    -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_UTF8], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE], -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_UTF16], or -**
  • [SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
  • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. **
)^ ** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed ** to the collating function callback, xCallback. -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_UTF16] and [SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep ** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. -** ^The [SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** ** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed @@ -4716,7 +6623,7 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_context*, int n); ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive @@ -4739,94 +6646,100 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_context*, int n); ** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite ** is undefined. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlcipher3_create_collation() +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() ** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when ** the collating function is deleted. ** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the -** [database connection] is closed using [sqlcipher3_close()]. +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** -** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the -** sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_collation_needed()] and [sqlcipher3_collation_needed16()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_collation( - sqlcipher3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2( - sqlcipher3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_collation16( - sqlcipher3*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, const void *zName, - int eTextRep, + int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the ** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation ** sequence is required. ** -** ^If the function is registered using the sqlcipher3_collation_needed() API, +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings -** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlcipher3_collation_needed16() is used, +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, ** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. ** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. ** ** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy -** of the second argument to sqlcipher3_collation_needed() or -** sqlcipher3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database -** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLCIPHER_UTF8], [SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE], -** or [SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation ** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the ** required collation sequence.)^ ** ** The callback function should register the desired collation using -** [sqlcipher3_create_collation()], [sqlcipher3_create_collation16()], or -** [sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2()]. +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_collation_needed( - sqlcipher3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlcipher3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_collation_needed16( - sqlcipher3*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlcipher3*,int eTextRep,const void*) + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlcipher3_open(). +** called right after sqlite3_open(). ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_key( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); @@ -4838,26 +6751,47 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_key( ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_rekey( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER + SQLCipher usage note: + + If the current database is plaintext SQLCipher will NOT encrypt it. + If the current database is encrypted and pNew==0 or nNew==0, SQLCipher + will NOT decrypt it. + + This routine will ONLY work on an already encrypted database in order + to change the key. + + Conversion from plaintext-to-encrypted or encrypted-to-plaintext should + use an ATTACHed database and the sqlcipher_export() convenience function + as per the SQLCipher Documentation. + + END SQLCIPHER +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); /* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_activate_see( +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_CEROD +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_activate_cerod( +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif @@ -4865,7 +6799,7 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_activate_cerod( /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** -** The sqlcipher3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** ** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with @@ -4874,23 +6808,30 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_activate_cerod( ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlcipher3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method ** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at -** all, then the behavior of sqlcipher3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description ** in the previous paragraphs. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_sleep(int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files ** ** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is ** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files -** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlcipher3_vfs | VFS] +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] ** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate @@ -4901,30 +6842,123 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_sleep(int); ** thereafter. ** ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlcipher3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlcipher3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlcipher3_free]. +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlcipher3_malloc] +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** 
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+**       NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+**
*/ -SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_temp_directory; +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Specific Interface +** +** These interfaces are available only on Windows. The +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface is used to set the value associated +** with the [sqlite3_temp_directory] or [sqlite3_data_directory] variable, to +** zValue, depending on the value of the type parameter. The zValue parameter +** should be NULL to cause the previous value to be freed via [sqlite3_free]; +** a non-NULL value will be copied into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** prior to being used. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] to indicate success, [SQLITE_ERROR] if the type is unsupported, +** or [SQLITE_NOMEM] if memory could not be allocated. The value of the +** [sqlite3_data_directory] variable is intended to act as a replacement for +** the current directory on the sub-platforms of Win32 where that concept is +** not present, e.g. WinRT and UWP. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory8] and +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory16] interfaces behave exactly the same as the +** sqlite3_win32_set_directory interface except the string parameter must be +** UTF-8 or UTF-16, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( + unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ + void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(unsigned long type, const char *zValue); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(unsigned long type, const void *zValue); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Directory Types +** +** These macros are only available on Windows. They define the allowed values +** for the type argument to the [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE 1 +#define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE 2 /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, ** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. ** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. ** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. ** ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement -** transaction (errors including [SQLCIPHER_FULL], [SQLCIPHER_IOERR], -** [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM], [SQLCIPHER_BUSY], and [SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the ** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to ** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after ** an error is to use this function. @@ -4933,22 +6967,51 @@ SQLCIPHER_API char *sqlcipher3_temp_directory; ** connection while this routine is running, then the return value ** is undefined. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_get_autocommit(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] -** returned by sqlcipher3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] ** that was the first argument -** to the [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to ** create the statement in the first place. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3_db_handle(sqlcipher3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** this function will return either a NULL pointer or an empty string. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL @@ -4957,38 +7020,41 @@ SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3_db_handle(sqlcipher3_stmt*); ** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. ** ** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to -** [sqlcipher3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database ** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_stmt *sqlcipher3_next_stmt(sqlcipher3 *pDb, sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlcipher3_commit_hook() +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. -** ^The sqlcipher3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlcipher3_rollback_hook() +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. ** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, ** then the commit is converted into a rollback. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlcipher3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions ** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlcipher3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. -** Note that [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlcipher3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** @@ -5004,26 +7070,28 @@ SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_stmt *sqlcipher3_next_stmt(sqlcipher3 *pDb, sqlcipher3_ ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. ** -** See also the [sqlcipher3_update_hook()] interface. +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_commit_hook(sqlcipher3*, int(*)(void*), void*); -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_rollback_hook(sqlcipher3*, void(*)(void *), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument -** to sqlcipher3_update_hook(). -** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLCIPHER_INSERT], [SQLCIPHER_DELETE], -** or [SQLCIPHER_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback ** to be invoked. ** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the ** database and table name containing the affected row. @@ -5031,10 +7099,11 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_rollback_hook(sqlcipher3*, void(*)(void *), void* ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlcipher_master and sqlcipher_sequence).)^ +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook -** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an ** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook ** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. ** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future @@ -5043,27 +7112,26 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_rollback_hook(sqlcipher3*, void(*)(void *), void* ** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlcipher3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. -** Note that [sqlcipher3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlcipher3_step()] both modify their +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function ** returns the P argument from the previous call ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** -** See also the [sqlcipher3_commit_hook()] and [sqlcipher3_rollback_hook()] -** interfaces. +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_update_hook( - sqlcipher3*, - void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlcipher3_int64), +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] @@ -5071,57 +7139,83 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_update_hook( ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent -** calls to [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open_v2()], and [sqlcipher3_open16()]. +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ ** -** ^(This routine returns [SQLCIPHER_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled ** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ ** ** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache(int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes ** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations ** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. -** ^sqlcipher3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. -** ^The sqlcipher3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero -** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_release_memory(int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the ** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. ** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap ** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** -** ^The return value from sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking -** sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. ** ** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. ** @@ -5131,59 +7225,70 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_release_memory(int); **
    **
  • The soft heap limit is set to zero. **
  • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the -** [sqlcipher3_config]([SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and -** the [SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. **
  • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using -** [sqlcipher3_config]([SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE],...). +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). **
  • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied -** by [sqlcipher3_config]([SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. **
)^ ** -** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced -** regardless of whether or not the [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] -** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]), +** the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], ** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without -** [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced ** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because ** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most ** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without -** the use of [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may ** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlcipher3_int64 N); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface ** DEPRECATED ** -** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility ** only. All new applications should use the -** [sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. */ -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED void sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit(int N); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table -** -** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific -** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle -** passed as the first function argument. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. If the table name parameter T in a call to +** sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,...) is NULL then the result is +** undefined behavior. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. +** name of the desired column, respectively. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be @@ -5202,16 +7307,17 @@ SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED void sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit(int N); ** )^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no -** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output -** parameters are set as follows: +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: ** ** 
 **     data type: "INTEGER"
@@ -5221,16 +7327,12 @@ SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_DEPRECATED void sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
 **     auto increment: 0
 **
)^ ** -** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left -** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlcipher3_errmsg()).)^ -** -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_table_column_metadata( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Connection handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ @@ -5243,31 +7345,50 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_table_column_metadata( /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an -** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile. +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. -** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point -** defaults to "sqlcipher3_extension_init". -** ^The sqlcipher3_load_extension() interface returns -** [SQLCIPHER_OK] on success and [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the -** [sqlcipher3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to ** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory -** obtained from [sqlcipher3_malloc()]. The calling function -** should free this memory by calling [sqlcipher3_free()]. +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using -** [sqlcipher3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** +** Security warning: It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_load_extension( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ @@ -5275,63 +7396,88 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_load_extension( /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling -** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API -** is provided to turn the [sqlcipher3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** -** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863. -** ^Call the sqlcipher3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ +** +** Security warning: It is recommended that extension loading +** be disabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_enable_load_extension(sqlcipher3 *db, int onoff); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that -** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three -** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** 
 **    int xEntryPoint(
-**      sqlcipher3 *db,
+**      sqlite3 *db,
 **      const char **pzErrMsg,
-**      const struct sqlcipher3_api_routines *pThunk
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
 **    );
 **
)^ ** ** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg -** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlcipher3_mprintf()]) +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) ** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg ** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke -** [sqlcipher3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any -** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlcipher3_open()], [sqlcipher3_open16()], -** or [sqlcipher3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. ** -** ^Calling sqlcipher3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_reset_auto_extension()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously -** registered using [sqlcipher3_auto_extension()]. +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_reset_auto_extension(void); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered @@ -5345,67 +7491,70 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* ** Structures used by the virtual table interface */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_vtab sqlcipher3_vtab; -typedef struct sqlcipher3_index_info sqlcipher3_index_info; -typedef struct sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor; -typedef struct sqlcipher3_module sqlcipher3_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher3_module {virtual table module} +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent ** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance -** to [sqlcipher3_create_module()] or [sqlcipher3_create_module_v2()]. +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. ** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different ** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content ** of this structure must not change while it is registered with ** any database connection. */ -struct sqlcipher3_module { +struct sqlite3_module { int iVersion; - int (*xCreate)(sqlcipher3*, void *pAux, + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlcipher3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xConnect)(sqlcipher3*, void *pAux, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlcipher3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xBestIndex)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab, sqlcipher3_index_info*); - int (*xDisconnect)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xDestroy)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xOpen)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab, sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); - int (*xClose)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xFilter)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv); - int (*xNext)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xEof)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xColumn)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*, sqlcipher3_context*, int); - int (*xRowid)(sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor*, sqlcipher3_int64 *pRowid); - int (*xUpdate)(sqlcipher3_vtab *, int, sqlcipher3_value **, sqlcipher3_int64 *); - int (*xBegin)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xSync)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xCommit)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xRollback)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xFindFunction)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, - void (**pxFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); - int (*xRename)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlcipher_module object. Those + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ - int (*xSavepoint)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRelease)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlcipher3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + /* The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_module object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ + int (*xShadowName)(const char*); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher3_index_info +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info ** -** The sqlcipher3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part ** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the @@ -5418,7 +7567,7 @@ struct sqlcipher3_module { ** ** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is ** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the -** [SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ ** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint @@ -5433,6 +7582,17 @@ struct sqlcipher3_module { ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. ** +** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be +** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from +** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement +** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62), +** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be +** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column +** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also +** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** non-zero. +** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated @@ -5442,61 +7602,118 @@ struct sqlcipher3_module { ** ** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the ** [xFilter] method. -** ^[sqlcipher3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if ** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. ** ** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** -** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the -** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have -** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a -** cost of approximately log(N). -*/ -struct sqlcipher3_index_info { +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - +** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** +** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then +** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as +** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the +** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback +** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were +** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not +** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by +** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** It may therefore only be used if +** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to +** 3009000. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint { - int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column constrained. -1 for ROWID */ unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - struct sqlcipher3_index_orderby { + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { int iColumn; /* Column number */ unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ /* Outputs */ - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage { + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ } *aConstraintUsage; int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ - char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc */ - int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlcipher3_free() if true */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */ + int idxFlags; /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_uint64 colUsed; /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */ }; /* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags +** +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of +** these bits. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE 1 /* Scan visits at most 1 row */ + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes ** ** These macros defined the allowed values for the -** [sqlcipher3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents ** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of ** a query that uses a [virtual table]. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 -#define SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE 65 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB 66 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE 68 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT 69 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL 70 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL 71 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS 72 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION 150 /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before @@ -5504,39 +7721,62 @@ struct sqlcipher3_index_info { ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through ** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module ** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite ** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also -** be invoked if the call to sqlcipher3_create_module_v2() fails. -** ^The sqlcipher3_create_module() -** interface is equivalent to sqlcipher3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. +** +** ^If the third parameter (the pointer to the sqlite3_module object) is +** NULL then no new module is create and any existing modules with the +** same name are dropped. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_drop_modules()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_module( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlcipher3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_module_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlcipher3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ ); /* +** CAPI3REF: Remove Unnecessary Virtual Table Implementations +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_drop_modules(D,L) interface removes all virtual +** table modules from database connection D except those named on list L. +** The L parameter must be either NULL or a pointer to an array of pointers +** to strings where the array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. +** ^If the L parameter is NULL, then all virtual table modules are removed. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_create_module()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_drop_modules( + sqlite3 *db, /* Remove modules from this connection */ + const char **azKeep /* Except, do not remove the ones named here */ +); + +/* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher3_vtab +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance @@ -5546,29 +7786,29 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_module_v2( ** common to all module implementations. ** ** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a -** string obtained from [sqlcipher3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should -** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlcipher3_free()] +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically -** freed by sqlcipher3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. */ -struct sqlcipher3_vtab { - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ - int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlcipher3_mprintf() */ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the ** [virtual table] and are used ** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the -** [sqlcipher3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed -** by the [sqlcipher3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used ** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods ** of the module. Each module implementation will define ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. @@ -5576,8 +7816,8 @@ struct sqlcipher3_vtab { ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that ** are common to all implementations. */ -struct sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; @@ -5589,13 +7829,14 @@ struct sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor { ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_declare_vtab(sqlcipher3*, const char *zSQL); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** @@ -5607,7 +7848,7 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_declare_vtab(sqlcipher3*, const char *zSQL); ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_overload_function(sqlcipher3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up @@ -5624,17 +7865,19 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_overload_function(sqlcipher3*, const char *zFuncNam ** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} ** ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which -** [sqlcipher3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. -** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] -** and destroyed by [sqlcipher3_blob_close()]. -** ^The [sqlcipher3_blob_read()] and [sqlcipher3_blob_write()] interfaces +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces ** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. -** ^The [sqlcipher3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_blob sqlcipher3_blob; +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; /* ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; @@ -5644,207 +7887,238 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_blob sqlcipher3_blob; ** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; ** )^ ** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read -** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is -** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. -** -** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains -** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that -** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. -** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". -** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". -** -** ^(On success, [SQLCIPHER_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written -** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set -** to be a null pointer.)^ -** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message -** accessible via [sqlcipher3_errcode()] and [sqlcipher3_errmsg()] and related -** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a -** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlcipher3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob -** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. +** +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +**
    +**
  • ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +**
  • ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +**
  • ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +**
  • ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +**
  • ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +**
  • ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +**
  • ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +**
  • ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +**
+** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the +** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using +** [sqlite3_blob_write()]. The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a +** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] +** interface. However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle] +** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects ** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ -** ^Calls to [sqlcipher3_blob_read()] and [sqlcipher3_blob_write()] for -** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLCIPHER_ABORT]. +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ ** -** ^Use the [sqlcipher3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of ** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, -** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using -** this interface. +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually -** be released by a call to [sqlcipher3_blob_close()]. +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()], +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()], +** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_open( - sqlcipher3*, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, const char *zDb, const char *zTable, const char *zColumn, - sqlcipher3_int64 iRow, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, int flags, - sqlcipher3_blob **ppBlob + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified ** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be ** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open -** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is ** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. ** -** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] - +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - ** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in ** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if ** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an ** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. -** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlcipher3_blob_read()], [sqlcipher3_blob_write()] or -** [sqlcipher3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return -** SQLCIPHER_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlcipher3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle ** always returns zero. ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ -SQLCIPHER_API SQLCIPHER_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlcipher3_blob_reopen(sqlcipher3_blob *, sqlcipher3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. -** -** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit -** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the -** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. -** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache -** until the close operation if they will fit. -** -** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes -** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur -** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during -** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ ** -** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns -** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** -** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned -** by a failed call to [sqlcipher3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_close(sqlcipher3_blob *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlcipher3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_bytes(sqlcipher3_blob *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z ** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ ** ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is -** less than zero, [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlcipher3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLCIPHER_ABORT]. +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** -** ^(On success, sqlcipher3_blob_read() returns SQLCIPHER_OK. +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlcipher3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_blob_write()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_read(sqlcipher3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** -** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a -** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z -** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for -** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] was zero), -** this function returns [SQLCIPHER_READONLY]. +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** -** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is -** less than zero [SQLCIPHER_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlcipher3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLCIPHER_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred ** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the ** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** -** ^(On success, sqlcipher3_blob_write() returns SQLCIPHER_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlcipher3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlcipher3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_blob_read()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_write(sqlcipher3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects ** -** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlcipher3_vfs] object +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object ** that SQLite uses to interact ** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a ** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. ** The following interfaces are provided. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. ** ^Names are case sensitive. ** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. ** -** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlcipher3_vfs_register(). +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). ** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. ** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. ** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again @@ -5853,13 +8127,13 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_write(sqlcipher3_blob *, const void *z, int n, ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, ** then the behavior is undefined. ** -** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. ** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as ** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_vfs *sqlcipher3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vfs_register(sqlcipher3_vfs*, int makeDflt); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister(sqlcipher3_vfs*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutexes @@ -5871,115 +8145,115 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister(sqlcipher3_vfs*); ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
    -**
  • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OS2 -**
  • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_PTHREAD -**
  • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_W32 -**
  • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_NOOP -**
)^ +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +** ** -** ^The SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OS2, -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_W32 implementations -** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows. +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. ** -** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor -** macro defined (with "-DSQLCIPHER_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlcipher3_config() function -** before calling sqlcipher3_initialize() or any other public sqlcipher3_ -** function that calls sqlcipher3_initialize().)^ +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument -** to sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: ** **
      -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
    • SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 -**
    )^ +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** ** -** ^The first two constants (SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST and SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) -** cause sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST. +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** -** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc() (anything other -** than SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST and SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** -** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_enter() and sqlcipher3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlcipher3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlcipher3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLCIPHER_BUSY. ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLCIPHER_OK] +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases the, +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases, the ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other -** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation -** implemented by sqlcipher3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlcipher3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLCIPHER_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlcipher3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either.)^ +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. ** -** ^If the argument to sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(), sqlcipher3_mutex_try(), or -** sqlcipher3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines ** behave as no-ops. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_mutex_held()] and [sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_mutex *sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc(int); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_mutex_free(sqlcipher3_mutex*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(sqlcipher3_mutex*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_mutex_try(sqlcipher3_mutex*); -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(sqlcipher3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object @@ -5988,42 +8262,42 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(sqlcipher3_mutex*); ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass -** to sqlcipher3_config() along with the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an ** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex -** implementation, using the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system initialization by the sqlcipher3_initialize() function. +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. ** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each -** effective call to [sqlcipher3_initialize()]. +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system shutdown by the sqlcipher3_shutdown() function. The +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The ** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding ** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially ** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() -** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlcipher3_shutdown()]. +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, ** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and ** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): ** **
      -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_free()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_enter()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_try()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_leave()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_held()]
      • -**
    • [sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
      • **
    )^ ** -** The only difference is that the public sqlcipher3_XXX functions enumerated +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated ** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead ** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined ** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results @@ -6031,105 +8305,114 @@ SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(sqlcipher3_mutex*); ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** -** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlcipher3_malloc()] -** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** -** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlcipher3_shutdown()] is -** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLCIPHER_OK. +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. ** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself ** prior to returning. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_mutex_methods sqlcipher3_mutex_methods; -struct sqlcipher3_mutex_methods { +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { int (*xMutexInit)(void); int (*xMutexEnd)(void); - sqlcipher3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); - void (*xMutexFree)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexTry)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlcipher3_mutex *); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** -** The sqlcipher3_mutex_held() and sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLCIPHER_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations -** are only required to provide these routines if SQLCIPHER_DEBUG is +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** -** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** -** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** -** ^If the argument to sqlcipher3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the -** call to sqlcipher3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld() +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_mutex_held(sqlcipher3_mutex*); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld(sqlcipher3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types ** -** The [sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument ** which is one of these integer constants. ** ** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the ** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be ** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlcipher3_malloc() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlcipher3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlcipher3_random() */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlcipher3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlcipher3_mutex] object that +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this ** routine returns a NULL pointer. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_mutex *sqlcipher3_db_mutex(sqlcipher3*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {file control} ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the -** xFileControl method for the [sqlcipher3_io_methods] object associated +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The ** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for @@ -6141,28 +8424,35 @@ SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_mutex *sqlcipher3_db_mutex(sqlcipher3*); ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** -** ^The SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes -** a pointer to the underlying [sqlcipher3_file] object to be written into -** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER -** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the -** underlying sqlcipher3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. The +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] works similarly except that it returns +** the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file instead of +** the main database. The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode returns +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_vfs] object for the file. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] returns the data version counter +** from the pager. ** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any -** open database file, then SQLCIPHER_ERROR is returned. ^This error -** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlcipher3_errcode()] -** or [sqlcipher3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might -** also return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between -** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLCIPHER_ERROR return from the underlying +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying ** xFileControl method. ** -** See also: [SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +** See also: [file control opcodes] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_file_control(sqlcipher3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing ** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. @@ -6176,45 +8466,240 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_file_control(sqlcipher3*, const char *zDbName, int ** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to ** operate consistently from one release to the next. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_test_control(int op, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes ** ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used -** as the first argument to [sqlcipher3_test_control()]. +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. ** ** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change ** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the -** [sqlcipher3_test_control()] interface. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19 -#define SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_LAST 19 +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 29 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking +** +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine +** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, +** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_count() interface returns the number of distinct +** keywords understood by SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) interface finds the N-th keyword and +** makes *Z point to that keyword expressed as UTF8 and writes the number +** of bytes in the keyword into *L. The string that *Z points to is not +** zero-terminated. The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) routine returns +** SQLITE_OK if N is within bounds and SQLITE_ERROR if not. If either Z +** or L are NULL or invalid pointers then calls to +** sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) result in undefined behavior. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_check(Z,L) interface checks to see whether or not +** the L-byte UTF8 identifier that Z points to is a keyword, returning non-zero +** if it is and zero if not. +** +** The parser used by SQLite is forgiving. It is often possible to use +** a keyword as an identifier as long as such use does not result in a +** parsing ambiguity. For example, the statement +** "CREATE TABLE BEGIN(REPLACE,PRAGMA,END);" is accepted by SQLite, and +** creates a new table named "BEGIN" with three columns named +** "REPLACE", "PRAGMA", and "END". Nevertheless, best practice is to avoid +** using keywords as identifiers. Common techniques used to avoid keyword +** name collisions include: +**
      +**
    • Put all identifier names inside double-quotes. This is the official +** SQL way to escape identifier names. +**
    • Put identifier names inside [...]. This is not standard SQL, +** but it is what SQL Server does and so lots of programmers use this +** technique. +**
    • Begin every identifier with the letter "Z" as no SQL keywords start +** with "Z". +**
    • Include a digit somewhere in every identifier name. +**
    +** +** Note that the number of keywords understood by SQLite can depend on +** compile-time options. For example, "VACUUM" is not a keyword if +** SQLite is compiled with the [-DSQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM] option. Also, +** new keywords may be added to future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_name(int,const char**,int*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamic String Object +** KEYWORDS: {dynamic string} +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_str object contains a dynamically-sized +** string under construction. +** +** The lifecycle of an sqlite3_str object is as follows: +**
      +**
    1. ^The sqlite3_str object is created using [sqlite3_str_new()]. +**
    2. ^Text is appended to the sqlite3_str object using various +** methods, such as [sqlite3_str_appendf()]. +**
    3. ^The sqlite3_str object is destroyed and the string it created +** is returned using the [sqlite3_str_finish()] interface. +**
    +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Dynamic String Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes +** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a +** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory +** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter +** to any of the other [sqlite3_str] methods. +** +** The D parameter to [sqlite3_str_new(D)] may be NULL. If the +** D parameter in [sqlite3_str_new(D)] is not NULL, then the maximum +** length of the string contained in the [sqlite3_str] object will be +** the value set for [sqlite3_limit](D,[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) instead +** of [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Dynamic String +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface destroys the sqlite3_str object X +** and returns a pointer to a memory buffer obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** that contains the constructed string. The calling application should +** pass the returned value to [sqlite3_free()] to avoid a memory leak. +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface may return a NULL pointer if any +** errors were encountered during construction of the string. ^The +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface will also return a NULL pointer if the +** string in [sqlite3_str] object X is zero bytes long. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add Content To A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained +** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S +** onto the end of the [sqlite3_str] object X. N must be non-negative. +** S must contain at least N non-zero bytes of content. To append a +** zero-terminated string in its entirety, use the [sqlite3_str_appendall()] +** method instead. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendall(X,S)] method appends the complete content of +** zero-terminated string S onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendchar(X,N,C)] method appends N copies of the +** single-byte character C onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** +** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact +** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a +** subsequent call to [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Of A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces return the current status of an [sqlite3_str] object. +** +** ^If any prior errors have occurred while constructing the dynamic string +** in sqlite3_str X, then the [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method will return +** an appropriate error code. ^The [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method returns +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] following any out-of-memory error, or +** [SQLITE_TOOBIG] if the size of the dynamic string exceeds +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH], or [SQLITE_OK] if there have been no errors. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_length(X)] method returns the current length, in bytes, +** of the dynamic string under construction in [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^The length returned by [sqlite3_str_length(X)] does not include the +** zero-termination byte. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_value(X)] method returns a pointer to the current +** content of the dynamic string under construction in X. The value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] is managed by the sqlite3_str object X +** and might be freed or altered by any subsequent method on the same +** [sqlite3_str] object. Applications must not used the pointer returned +** [sqlite3_str_value(X)] after any subsequent method call on the same +** object. ^Applications may change the content of the string returned +** by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] as long as they do not write into any bytes +** outside the range of 0 to [sqlite3_str_length(X)] and do not read or +** write any byte after any subsequent sqlite3_str method call. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [status parameters | SQLCIPHER_STATUS_...].)^ +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after @@ -6224,19 +8709,22 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_test_control(int op, ...); ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_status() routine returns SQLCIPHER_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. ** -** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be -** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite -** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and -** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time -** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter -** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_db_status()] +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); /* @@ -6244,104 +8732,90 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int ** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters -** that can be returned by [sqlcipher3_status()]. +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
    -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out -** using [sqlcipher3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The -** figure includes calls made to [sqlcipher3_malloc()] by the application -** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory -** controlled by [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache -** memory controlled by [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation -** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlcipher3_mem_methods].
    )^ +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [sqlcipher3_malloc()] or [sqlcipher3_realloc()] (or their +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlcipher3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    **
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] -** ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlcipher3_malloc()]. The +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlcipher3_status()] is of interest. +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the -** [scratch memory allocator] configured using -** [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not -** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation -** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads -** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlcipher3_malloc()]. The values -** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too -** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the -** "sz" parameter to [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer -** slots were available. -**
    )^ -** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlcipher3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +**
    No longer used.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    +**
    No longer used.
    ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    -**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +**
    No longer used.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    +**
    The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    ** ** New status parameters may be added from time to time. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of -** [SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of -** [SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur @@ -6349,213 +8823,303 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** -** ^The sqlcipher3_db_status() routine returns SQLCIPHER_OK on success and a +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_status()] and [sqlcipher3_stmt_status()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_db_status(sqlcipher3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** KEYWORDS: {SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS options} +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as -** the second argument to the [sqlcipher3_db_status()] interface. +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. ** ** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs ** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from -** [sqlcipher3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. -** The [sqlcipher3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
    -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
    )^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] -** ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] -** ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED
    +**
    This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a +** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap +** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached +** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated +** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same +** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are +** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned +** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. **
    ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. **
    ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. **
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page +** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written +** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces +** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify +** inefficiencies that can be resolve by increasing the cache size. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    +**
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
    **
    */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 -#define SQLCIPHER_DBSTATUS_MAX 8 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL 12 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 12 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. +** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS counter] +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this ** interface call returns. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_status()] and [sqlcipher3_db_status()]. +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_stmt_status(sqlcipher3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements -** KEYWORDS: {SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS counters} +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter -** values associated with the [sqlcipher3_stmt_status()] interface. +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
    -** [[SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    **
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    ** -** [[SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    **
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    +**
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE
    +**
    ^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or change to +** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN
    +**
    ^This is the number of times that the prepared statement has +** been run. A single "run" for the purposes of this counter is one +** or more calls to [sqlite3_step()] followed by a call to [sqlite3_reset()]. +** The counter is incremented on the first [sqlite3_step()] call of each +** cycle. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED
    +**
    ^This is the approximate number of bytes of heap memory +** used to store the prepared statement. ^This value is not actually +** a counter, and so the resetFlg parameter to sqlite3_stmt_status() +** is ignored when the opcode is SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED. +**
    **
    */ -#define SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 -#define SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE 5 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN 6 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED 99 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** -** The sqlcipher3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of ** its size or internal structure and never deals with the -** sqlcipher3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** -** See [sqlcipher3_pcache_methods] for additional information. +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** -** ^(The [sqlcipher3_config]([SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlcipher3_pcache_methods structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a +** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** -** ^(The contents of the sqlcipher3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an -** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlcipher3_config]. Hence +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to -** [sqlcipher3_config()] returns.)^ +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective -** call to [sqlcipher3_initialize()])^ +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlcipher3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] -** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlcipher3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** ** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, ** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlcipher3_shutdown()] so it does +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. ** @@ -6567,23 +9131,21 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage -** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an -** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value of R depends +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two -** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary -** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to -** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will -** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** @@ -6598,14 +9160,19 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** +** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** the page, or a NULL pointer. -** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an -** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The -** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page -** is considered to be "pinned". +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content @@ -6614,7 +9181,7 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** -**
    createFlag Behaviour when page is not already in cache +**
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache **
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. **
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. @@ -6637,8 +9204,8 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] @@ -6657,43 +9224,73 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache sqlcipher3_pcache; ** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After -** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlcipher3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlcipher3_pcache_methods +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_pcache_methods sqlcipher3_pcache_methods; -struct sqlcipher3_pcache_methods { +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlcipher3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlcipher3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlcipher3_pcache*); - void *(*xFetch)(sqlcipher3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlcipher3_pcache*, void*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlcipher3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlcipher3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlcipher3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; + /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** -** The sqlcipher3_backup object records state information about an ongoing -** online backup operation. ^The sqlcipher3_backup object is created by -** a call to [sqlcipher3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to -** [sqlcipher3_backup_finish()]. +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3_backup sqlcipher3_backup; +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** @@ -6704,62 +9301,66 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_backup sqlcipher3_backup; ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: **
      -**
    1. sqlcipher3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlcipher3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +**
    3. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the +** backup, +**
    4. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    5. sqlcipher3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. +**
    6. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. **
    )^ -** There should be exactly one call to sqlcipher3_backup_finish() for each -** successful call to sqlcipher3_backup_init(). +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** [[sqlcipher3_backup_init()]] sqlcipher3_backup_init() +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlcipher3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to -** sqlcipher3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) -** must be different or else sqlcipher3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** -** ^If an error occurs within sqlcipher3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. -** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlcipher3_backup_init() -** can be retrieved using the [sqlcipher3_errcode()], [sqlcipher3_errmsg()], and/or -** [sqlcipher3_errmsg16()] functions. -** ^A successful call to sqlcipher3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an -** [sqlcipher3_backup] object. -** ^The [sqlcipher3_backup] object may be used with the sqlcipher3_backup_step() and -** sqlcipher3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** -** [[sqlcipher3_backup_step()]] sqlcipher3_backup_step() -** -** ^Function sqlcipher3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between -** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlcipher3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. -** ^If sqlcipher3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there -** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLCIPHER_OK]. -** ^If sqlcipher3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages -** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLCIPHER_DONE]. -** ^If an error occurs while running sqlcipher3_backup_step(B,N), -** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLCIPHER_OK] and -** [SQLCIPHER_DONE], a call to sqlcipher3_backup_step() may return [SQLCIPHER_READONLY], -** [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM], [SQLCIPHER_BUSY], [SQLCIPHER_LOCKED], or an -** [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLCIPHER_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. -** -** ^(The sqlcipher3_backup_step() might return [SQLCIPHER_READONLY] if +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if **
      **
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or **
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling @@ -6768,76 +9369,76 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_backup sqlcipher3_backup; ** destination and source page sizes differ. **
    )^ ** -** ^If sqlcipher3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then -** the [sqlcipher3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then -** [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to -** sqlcipher3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] -** is being used to write to the source database when sqlcipher3_backup_step() -** is called, then [SQLCIPHER_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this -** case the call to sqlcipher3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If -** [SQLCIPHER_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLCIPHER_IOERR_XXX], [SQLCIPHER_NOMEM], or -** [SQLCIPHER_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlcipher3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle -** to the sqlcipher3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. -** -** ^The first call to sqlcipher3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlcipher3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete -** and sqlcipher3_backup_step() returns [SQLCIPHER_DONE]. ^Every call to -** sqlcipher3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that -** lasts for the duration of the sqlcipher3_backup_step() call. +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. ** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to -** sqlcipher3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlcipher3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** -** [[sqlcipher3_backup_finish()]] sqlcipher3_backup_finish() +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** -** When sqlcipher3_backup_step() has returned [SQLCIPHER_DONE], or when the +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application -** should destroy the [sqlcipher3_backup] by passing it to sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). -** ^The sqlcipher3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlcipher3_backup] object. -** ^If sqlcipher3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLCIPHER_DONE], then any +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. -** The [sqlcipher3_backup] object is invalid -** and may not be used following a call to sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** -** ^The value returned by sqlcipher3_backup_finish is [SQLCIPHER_OK] if no -** sqlcipher3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not -** sqlcipher3_backup_step() completed. +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. ** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior -** sqlcipher3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlcipher3_backup] object, then -** sqlcipher3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. ** -** ^A return of [SQLCIPHER_BUSY] or [SQLCIPHER_LOCKED] from sqlcipher3_backup_step() +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of -** sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). -** -** [[sqlcipher3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount()]] -** sqlcipher3_backup_remaining() and sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount() -** -** ^Each call to sqlcipher3_backup_step() sets two values inside -** the [sqlcipher3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. -** The sqlcipher3_backup_remaining() and sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount() interfaces -** retrieve these two values, respectively. -** -** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by -** sqlcipher3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup -** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra -** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file -** changing. +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ ** ** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles ** @@ -6847,10 +9448,10 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_backup sqlcipher3_backup; ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after -** sqlcipher3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to -** sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] ** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction ** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a @@ -6859,86 +9460,87 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_backup sqlcipher3_backup; ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, -** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlcipher3_backup_init(). +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** -** The [sqlcipher3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple -** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlcipher3_backup_step(). -** However, the sqlcipher3_backup_remaining() and sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount() +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the -** same time as another thread is invoking sqlcipher3_backup_step() it is +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is ** possible that they return invalid values. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_backup *sqlcipher3_backup_init( - sqlcipher3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ - sqlcipher3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ ); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_step(sqlcipher3_backup *p, int nPage); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_finish(sqlcipher3_backup *p); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_remaining(sqlcipher3_backup *p); -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount(sqlcipher3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with -** an [SQLCIPHER_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a -** shared-cache lock and SQLCIPHER_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an -** application receives an SQLCIPHER_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The -** callback is invoked from within the [sqlcipher3_step] or [sqlcipher3_close] +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] ** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. ** -** ^(If sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, ** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already -** concluded its transaction by the time sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. ** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, -** from within the call to sqlcipher3_unlock_notify().)^ +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a -** blocked connection. If sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, -** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() is +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked -** connection using [sqlcipher3_close()]. +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes -** any sqlcipher3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a ** crash or deadlock may be the result. ** -** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() always -** returns SQLCIPHER_OK. +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** Callback Invocation Details ** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to @@ -6951,12 +9553,12 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount(sqlcipher3_backup *p); ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** Deadlock Detection ** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for @@ -6964,9 +9566,9 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount(sqlcipher3_backup *p); ** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection ** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. ** -** To avoid this scenario, the sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock -** detection. ^If a given call to sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() would put the -** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLCIPHER_LOCKED is returned and no +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no ** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in ** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection @@ -6979,24 +9581,24 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount(sqlcipher3_backup *p); ** ** The "DROP TABLE" Exception ** -** When a call to [sqlcipher3_step()] returns SQLCIPHER_LOCKED, it is almost -** always appropriate to call sqlcipher3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements -** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLCIPHER_LOCKED is +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is ** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking -** sqlcipher3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being ** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" ** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. ** ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned -** by an sqlcipher3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the -** extended error code is set to SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just -** SQLCIPHER_LOCKED.)^ +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_unlock_notify( - sqlcipher3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ ); @@ -7005,211 +9607,283 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_unlock_notify( /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to -** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence -** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log -** established by the [SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlcipher3_config()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** used with [sqlcipher3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** -** The sqlcipher3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is -** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlcipher3_log(), doing so +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so ** is considered bad form. ** ** The zFormat string must not be NULL. ** -** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlcipher3_log() routine +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine ** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in ** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than ** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the ** buffer. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that -** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a -** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in -** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** -** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked -** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlcipher3_wal_hook() when +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when ** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. ** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - ** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter ** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, ** including those that were just committed. ** -** The callback function should normally return [SQLCIPHER_OK]. ^If an error +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error ** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the ** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback ** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the -** callback returns [SQLCIPHER_ROW] or [SQLCIPHER_DONE], or if it returns a value +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback -** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the -** [sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] and will -** those overwrite any prior [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] settings. +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_wal_hook( - sqlcipher3*, - int(*)(void *,sqlcipher3*,const char*,int), +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around -** [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** ** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback -** registered using [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback -** using [sqlcipher3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. ** ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint -** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface ** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal ** for a particular application. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlcipher3 *db, int N); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** ^The [sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X -** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an -** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of -** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in -** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** -** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. ^The [sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be -** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. ** -** See also: [sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zDb); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 ** -** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database -** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the -** eMode parameter: +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ ** **
    -**
    SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    -** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log -** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling -** sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. -** -**
    SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    -** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database -** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the -** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. -** -**
    SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    -** This mode works the same way as SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after -** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures -** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file -** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
    +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. **
    ** -** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in -** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to -** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already -** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be -** populated even if sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLCIPHER_OK. -** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 -** before returning to communicate this to the caller. -** -** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLCIPHER_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. +** +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** -** The SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive -** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained -** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer -** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is -** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for -** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible -** without blocking any further. SQLCIPHER_BUSY is returned in this case. -** -** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If -** an SQLCIPHER_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLCIPHER_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error -** (SQLCIPHER_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached -** databases, SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. -** -** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL -** mode, SQLCIPHER_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any -** attached database, SQLCIPHER_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ - int eMode, /* SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ); /* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} ** -** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of -** each of these values. +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 -#define SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 -#define SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration @@ -7222,96 +9896,692 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint_v2( ** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. ** ** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using -** this function. (See [SQLCIPHER_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options ** may be added in the future. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vtab_config(sqlcipher3*, int op, ...); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options ** ** These macros define the various options to the -** [sqlcipher3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations ** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. ** **
    -**
    SQLCIPHER_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT]] +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT **
    Calls of the form -** [sqlcipher3_vtab_config](db,SQLCIPHER_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, ** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose -** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlcipher3_vtab_config()] does not +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not ** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if -** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire ** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been ** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual ** ON CONFLICT mode specified. ** ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees -** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns -** [SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and -** return SQLCIPHER_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. **
    */ -#define SQLCIPHER_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The -** value returned is one of [SQLCIPHER_ROLLBACK], [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE], [SQLCIPHER_FAIL], -** [SQLCIPHER_ABORT], or [SQLCIPHER_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the ** [virtual table]. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlcipher3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE +** +** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] +** method of a [virtual table], then it returns true if and only if the +** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the +** column value will not change. Applications might use this to substitute +** a return value that is less expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. +** +** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that +** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, then the xColumn +** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling +** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. +** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the +** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table]. +** +** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the +** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be +** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding +** constraint. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} ** -** These constants are returned by [sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. ** -** Note that the [SQLCIPHER_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential -** return value from the [sqlcipher3_set_authorizer()] callback and that -** [SQLCIPHER_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT
    +**
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST
    +**
    ^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN
    +**
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT
    +**
    ^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or +** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. +** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column +** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. +** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by +** the "pOut" parameter. +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. +** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than +** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement +** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut +** points to is unchanged. +** +** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases +** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves +** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable +** that pOut points to unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a database table. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the +** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to +** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** +** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the +** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted +** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback +** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for +** INSERT operations on rowid tables. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { + unsigned char hidden[48]; +} sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** +** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of +** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is +** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined +** in this case. +** +**
      +**
    • The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. +** +**
    • Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. +** +**
    • There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database +** connection D. +** +**
    • One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal +** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction +** must be written to it first. +**
    +** +** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there +** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle +** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or +** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. +** +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same +** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT +** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an +** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. +** +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** If a [WAL file] remains on disk after all database connections close +** (either through the use of the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] [file control] +** or because the last process to have the database opened exited without +** calling [sqlite3_close()]) and a new connection is subsequently opened +** on that database and [WAL file], the [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface +** will only be able to open the last transaction added to the WAL file +** even though the WAL file contains other valid transactions. +** +** This function attempts to scan the WAL file associated with database zDb +** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to +** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read +** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a WAL mode +** database. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory +** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D. +** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes +** is written into *P. +** +** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a +** copy of the disk file. For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database, +** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written +** to disk if that database where backed up to disk. +** +** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of +** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns +** a pointer to that memory. The caller is responsible for freeing the +** returned value to avoid a memory leak. However, if the F argument +** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations +** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer +** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite +** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous +** memory representation of the database exists. A contiguous memory +** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has +** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same +** values of D and S. +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy +** of the database exists. +** +** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory +** allocation error occurs. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */ + sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */ + unsigned int mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize +** +** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for +** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)]. +** +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return +** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using, +** without making a copy of the database. If SQLite is not currently using +** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes +** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer. SQLite will only be +** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a +** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()]. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ROLLBACK 1 -/* #define SQLCIPHER_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlcipher3_authorizer() callback */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FAIL 3 -/* #define SQLCIPHER_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ -#define SQLCIPHER_REPLACE 5 +#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001 /* Do no memory allocations */ +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then +** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained +** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of +** the buffer P, which might be larger than N. If M is larger than N, and +** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is +** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total +** size does not exceed M bytes. +** +** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will +** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database +** connection closes. If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then +** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64() +** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes. +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the +** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup +** operation. +** +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then +** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ + unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ + sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ + sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ + unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ +); +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize() +** +** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to +** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization +** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically +** free it when it has finished using it. Without this flag, the caller +** is responsible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to +** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()]. This +** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used. +** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond +** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database +** should be treated as read-only. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE 2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY 4 /* Database is read-only */ /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # undef double #endif #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE3_H */ +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ /* ** 2010 August 30 ** @@ -7325,15 +10595,25 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlcipher3 *); ************************************************************************* */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER3RTREE_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER3RTREE_H_ +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif -typedef struct sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an @@ -7341,10 +10621,10 @@ typedef struct sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry; ** ** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry_callback( - sqlcipher3 *db, +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes), + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); @@ -7353,890 +10633,2329 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry_callback( ** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first ** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). */ -struct sqlcipher3_rtree_geometry { +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visibility */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif -#endif /* ifndef _SQLCIPHER3RTREE_H_ */ +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 -/************** End of sqlcipher3.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle ** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. +** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to +** record changes to a database. */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER_HASH_H_ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +** +** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating +** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. -** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** -** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in -** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the -** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. ** -** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the -** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements -** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage -** the hash table. -*/ -struct Hash { - unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + /* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3HashInit(Hash*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3HashClear(Hash*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); /* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqlcipherHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqlcipherHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqlcipherHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define sqlcipherHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqlcipherHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqlcipherHashData(E) ((E)->data) -/* #define sqlcipherHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ -/* #define sqlcipherHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +**
      +**
    • The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +**
    • The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +**
    +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +**

    Special sqlite_stat1 Handling

    +** +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: +** 
    +**        CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)
+**
    +** +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such +** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or +** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be +** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** concat() and similar. +** +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 +** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a +** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application +** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. +** +** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture +** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the +** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); /* -** Number of entries in a hash table +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ -/* #define sqlcipherHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); -#endif /* _SQLCIPHER_HASH_H_ */ +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +**

    Changeset Generation

    +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +**
    • For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +**
    +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); -/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_COMMA 25 -#define TK_ID 26 -#define TK_INDEXED 27 -#define TK_ABORT 28 -#define TK_ACTION 29 -#define TK_AFTER 30 -#define TK_ANALYZE 31 -#define TK_ASC 32 -#define TK_ATTACH 33 -#define TK_BEFORE 34 -#define TK_BY 35 -#define TK_CASCADE 36 -#define TK_CAST 37 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 38 -#define TK_CONFLICT 39 -#define TK_DATABASE 40 -#define TK_DESC 41 -#define TK_DETACH 42 -#define TK_EACH 43 -#define TK_FAIL 44 -#define TK_FOR 45 -#define TK_IGNORE 46 -#define TK_INITIALLY 47 -#define TK_INSTEAD 48 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 49 -#define TK_MATCH 50 -#define TK_NO 51 -#define TK_KEY 52 -#define TK_OF 53 -#define TK_OFFSET 54 -#define TK_PRAGMA 55 -#define TK_RAISE 56 -#define TK_REPLACE 57 -#define TK_RESTRICT 58 -#define TK_ROW 59 -#define TK_TRIGGER 60 -#define TK_VACUUM 61 -#define TK_VIEW 62 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 63 -#define TK_REINDEX 64 -#define TK_RENAME 65 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 66 -#define TK_ANY 67 -#define TK_OR 68 -#define TK_AND 69 -#define TK_IS 70 -#define TK_BETWEEN 71 -#define TK_IN 72 -#define TK_ISNULL 73 -#define TK_NOTNULL 74 -#define TK_NE 75 -#define TK_EQ 76 -#define TK_GT 77 -#define TK_LE 78 -#define TK_LT 79 -#define TK_GE 80 -#define TK_ESCAPE 81 -#define TK_BITAND 82 -#define TK_BITOR 83 -#define TK_LSHIFT 84 -#define TK_RSHIFT 85 -#define TK_PLUS 86 -#define TK_MINUS 87 -#define TK_STAR 88 -#define TK_SLASH 89 -#define TK_REM 90 -#define TK_CONCAT 91 -#define TK_COLLATE 92 -#define TK_BITNOT 93 -#define TK_STRING 94 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 -#define TK_DEFAULT 97 -#define TK_NULL 98 -#define TK_PRIMARY 99 -#define TK_UNIQUE 100 -#define TK_CHECK 101 -#define TK_REFERENCES 102 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 -#define TK_ON 104 -#define TK_INSERT 105 -#define TK_DELETE 106 -#define TK_UPDATE 107 -#define TK_SET 108 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 -#define TK_FOREIGN 110 -#define TK_DROP 111 -#define TK_UNION 112 -#define TK_ALL 113 -#define TK_EXCEPT 114 -#define TK_INTERSECT 115 -#define TK_SELECT 116 -#define TK_DISTINCT 117 -#define TK_DOT 118 -#define TK_FROM 119 -#define TK_JOIN 120 -#define TK_USING 121 -#define TK_ORDER 122 -#define TK_GROUP 123 -#define TK_HAVING 124 -#define TK_LIMIT 125 -#define TK_WHERE 126 -#define TK_INTO 127 -#define TK_VALUES 128 -#define TK_INTEGER 129 -#define TK_FLOAT 130 -#define TK_BLOB 131 -#define TK_REGISTER 132 -#define TK_VARIABLE 133 -#define TK_CASE 134 -#define TK_WHEN 135 -#define TK_THEN 136 -#define TK_ELSE 137 -#define TK_INDEX 138 -#define TK_ALTER 139 -#define TK_ADD 140 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 -#define TK_TO_INT 144 -#define TK_TO_REAL 145 -#define TK_ISNOT 146 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 147 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 148 -#define TK_SPACE 149 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 -#define TK_FUNCTION 151 -#define TK_COLUMN 152 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 155 -#define TK_UMINUS 156 -#define TK_UPLUS 157 +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +**
      +**
    • Has the same name, +**
    • Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +**
    • Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +**
    +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +**
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the +** session. +**
    +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); -/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include /* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlcipher_int64 -# define float sqlcipher_int64 -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlcipher_int64 -# ifndef SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL -# define SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL (((sqlcipher3_int64)1)<<50) -# endif -# define SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 -# define SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE 1 -# undef SQLCIPHER_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -# undef SQLCIPHER_HAVE_ISNAN -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL -# define SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL (1e99) -#endif +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +**
      +**
    • DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +**
    • The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +**
    +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppPatchset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing patchset */ +); /* -** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler -** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TEMPDB -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 -#else -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1 -#endif +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_next()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_op()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_new()] +**
    • [sqlite3changeset_old()] +**
    +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT | supported flags] as the 4th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_start_v2() API is still experimental +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETSTART_* flags */ +); /* -** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be -** changed at run-time using a pragma. +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_start_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 4th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_start_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm]: +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT
    +** Invert the changeset while iterating through it. This is equivalent to +** inverting a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. +** It is an error to specify this flag with a patchset. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 -#endif +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT 0x0002 -/* -** Provide a default value for SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified -** on the command-line -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE -# define SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE 1 -#endif /* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); /* -** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or -** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table +** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If +** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** type of change that the iterator currently points to. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. */ -#if 'A' == '\301' -# define SQLCIPHER_EBCDIC 1 -#else -# define SQLCIPHER_ASCII 1 -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); /* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +**
      +**
    • The number of columns in the table, and +**
    • Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +**
    +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. */ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T -# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t -# else -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T -# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t -# else -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T -# define INT16_TYPE int16_t -# else -# define INT16_TYPE short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T -# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t -# else -# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T -# define INT8_TYPE int8_t -# else -# define INT8_TYPE signed char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double -#endif -typedef sqlcipher_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ -typedef sqlcipher_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); /* -** SQLCIPHER_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value -** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value -** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we -** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); /* -** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a -** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of -** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer -** can be used at compile-time if desired. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_64BIT_STATS - typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ -#else - typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ -#endif +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); /* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_AMALGAMATION -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const int sqlcipher3one = 1; -#else -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const int sqlcipher3one; -#endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ - || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) -# define SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_LITTLEENDIAN 1 -# define SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE -#else -# define SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlcipher3one)==0) -# define SQLCIPHER_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlcipher3one)==1) -# define SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE (SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN?SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE:SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE) -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); /* -** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. -** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit -** compilers. +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. */ -#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) -#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); -/* -** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** 
    +**   sqlite3changeset_start();
+**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
+**     // Do something with change.
+**   }
+**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
+**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+**     // An error has occurred
+**   }
+**
    */ -#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); /* -** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +**
      +**
    • Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +**
    • Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +**
    • For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +**
    +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. */ -#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); /* -** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This -** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets -** all alignment restrictions correct. +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** -** Except, if SQLCIPHER_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the -** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned -** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** 
    +**   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
+**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
+**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
+**   }else{
+**     *ppOut = 0;
+**     *pnOut = 0;
+**   }
+**
    +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) -#else -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) -#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); /* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlcipher handle. +** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** -** The sqlcipher.busyHandler member of the sqlcipher struct contains the busy -** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlcipher -** handle is passed a pointer to sqlcipher.busyHandler. The busy-handler -** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ -typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; -struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ -}; +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; /* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. -*/ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlcipher_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlcipher_temp_master" +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +**
      +**
    • It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +**
    • Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +**
    • The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +**
    • The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +**
    +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** +** +** +**
    Existing Change New Change Output Change +**
    INSERT INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    INSERT UPDATE +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +**
    INSERT DELETE +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +**
    UPDATE INSERT +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    UPDATE UPDATE +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +**
    UPDATE DELETE +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +**
    DELETE INSERT +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +**
    DELETE UPDATE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    DELETE DELETE +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +**
    +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the +** final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); /* -** The root-page of the master database table. +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup */ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 +SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); /* -** The name of the schema table. -*/ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to +** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback" +** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table. +** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to +** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +**
    • The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +**
    +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +**
    +**
    DELETE Changes
    +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the +** database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset, +** only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against +** the current database contents - any trailing database table columns +** are ignored. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    INSERT Changes
    +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the +** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default +** values. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +**
    UPDATE Changes
    +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values +** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an +** original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function +** is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +**
    +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +** +** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and +** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) +** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer +** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered +** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser +** APIs for further details. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT | supported flags] as the 9th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() API is still experimental +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, /* OUT: Rebase data */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETAPPLY_* flags */ +); /* -** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in -** an array. +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 9th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm]: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT
    +** Usually, the sessions module encloses all operations performed by +** a single call to apply_v2() or apply_v2_strm() in a [SAVEPOINT]. The +** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully +** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag +** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT
    +** Invert the changeset before applying it. This is equivalent to inverting +** a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. It is +** an error to specify this flag with a patchset. */ -#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 /* -** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlcipher3DbFree(). -** This is an internal extension to SQLCIPHER_STATIC and SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT. +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
    +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
    +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY
    +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
    +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +**
    */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC ((sqlcipher3_destructor_type)sqlcipher3DbFree) +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 /* -** When SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does -** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. -** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from -** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered -** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLCIPHER_WSD -** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable -** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated -** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer -** for the run-time allocated buffer. +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** -** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLCIPHER_WSD and GLOBAL -** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT
    +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE
    +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT
    +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +**
    */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD - #define SQLCIPHER_WSD const - #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlcipher3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) - #define sqlcipher3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlcipher3Config) -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_wsd_init(int N, int J); -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); -#else - #define SQLCIPHER_WSD - #define GLOBAL(t,v) v - #define sqlcipher3GlobalConfig sqlcipher3Config -#endif +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 /* -** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately -** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the -** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the -** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, -** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. +** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets +** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, -** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. -** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to -** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. -** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these -** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. +** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that +** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a +** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict +** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** +** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an +** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": +** +** local: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1'); +** remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2'); +** +** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is +** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the +** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified +** to instead contain: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1; +** +** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows: +** +**
    +**
    Local INSERT
    +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased +** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add +** nothing to the rebased changeset. +** +**
    Local DELETE
    +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the +** only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a +** DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote +** operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated +** to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE. +** +**
    Local UPDATE
    +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts +** with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update +** is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record +** from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from +** the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, +** the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset. +** +** If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then +** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote +** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied +** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** be updated, the change is omitted. +**
    +** +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset +** is rebased: +** +**
      +**
    • If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a +** key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE. +** +**
    • If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then +** the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent +** of the OMIT resolutions. +**
    +** +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** OMIT. +** +** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first +** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and +** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: +** +**
      +**
    1. An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_create(). +**
    2. The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). +** If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote +** changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called +** multiple times, in the same order that the multiple +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made. +**
    3. Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase(). +**
    4. The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_delete(). +**
    */ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) +typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; /* -** Forward references to structures +** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to +** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. */ -typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; -typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; -typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; -typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; -typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; -typedef struct Column Column; -typedef struct Db Db; -typedef struct Schema Schema; -typedef struct Expr Expr; -typedef struct ExprList ExprList; -typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; -typedef struct FKey FKey; -typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; -typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; -typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; -typedef struct IdList IdList; -typedef struct Index Index; -typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; -typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; -typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; -typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; -typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; -typedef struct Module Module; -typedef struct NameContext NameContext; -typedef struct Parse Parse; -typedef struct RowSet RowSet; -typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; -typedef struct Select Select; -typedef struct SrcList SrcList; -typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; -typedef struct Table Table; -typedef struct TableLock TableLock; -typedef struct Token Token; -typedef struct Trigger Trigger; -typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; -typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; -typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; -typedef struct VTable VTable; -typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; -typedef struct Walker Walker; -typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; -typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; -typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); /* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and -** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque -** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. +** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according +** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase +** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ -/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nRebase, const void *pRebase +); + /* -** 2001 September 15 +** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset +** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes +** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy +** of the changeset rebased rebased according to the configuration of the +** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) +** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There +** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation +** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlcipher B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** +** +**
    Streaming functionNon-streaming equivalent
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm[sqlite3changeset_apply] +**
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +**
    sqlite3changeset_concat_strm[sqlite3changeset_concat] +**
    sqlite3changeset_invert_strm[sqlite3changeset_invert] +**
    sqlite3changeset_start_strm[sqlite3changeset_start] +**
    sqlite3session_changeset_strm[sqlite3session_changeset] +**
    sqlite3session_patchset_strm[sqlite3session_patchset] +**
    +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** 
    +**        int nChangeset,
+**        void *pChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
+**        void *pIn,
+**
    +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** 
    +**        int *pnChangeset,
+**        void **ppChangeset,
+**
    +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** 
    +**        int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
+**        void *pOut
+**
    +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( + sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** of the application. +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked +** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the +** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and +** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first +** parameter. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE
    +** By default, the sessions module streaming interfaces attempt to input +** and output data in approximately 1 KiB chunks. This operand may be used +** to set and query the value of this configuration setting. The pointer +** passed as the second argument must point to a value of type (int). +** If this value is greater than 0, it is used as the new streaming data +** chunk size for both input and output. Before returning, the (int) value +** pointed to by pArg is set to the final value of the streaming interface +** chunk size. +**
    +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. */ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. +/* +** CAPI3REF: Values for sqlite3session_config(). */ -#define SQLCIPHER_N_BTREE_META 10 +#define SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE 1 /* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#if 0 +} #endif -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ /* -** Forward declarations of structure +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. */ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeOpen( - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H -/* The flags parameter to sqlcipher3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ -#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */ -#define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ -#define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeClose(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeRollback(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the flags shown below. + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS ** -** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. -** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data -** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With -** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored -** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL -** indices.) +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. */ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; /* -** The second parameter to sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta or sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned -** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an -** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. ** -** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. ** -** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of -** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at -** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). -*/ -#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 -#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 -#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 -#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 -#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 -#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 -#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 -#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error +** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ -); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorSize(void); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor*, - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - i64 intKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const void *sqlcipher3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const void *sqlcipher3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlcipher3_int64); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char *sqlcipher3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlcipher3BtreePager(Btree*); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); -#endif + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); -#endif + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -#endif + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); -#endif + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; /* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(sqlcipher3*); -#else -# define sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(X) -#endif +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSharable(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlcipher3*); -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlcipher3*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlcipher3*,int,Schema*); -#endif -#else +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +**
    • (FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX) - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +**
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +**
    +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +**
    1. By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the +** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +**
    2. By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term +** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH 'first place' +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place' +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +**
    3. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +**
    +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a tflags argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +** +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is substituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** +** ... MATCH '1s*' +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 -# define sqlcipher3BtreeSharable(X) 0 -# define sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlcipher3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(X) +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ -# define sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -# define sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ + +/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) +/* #include "config.h" */ +#define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -8246,1058 +12965,563 @@ SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlcipher3*,int,Schema*); ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) ** -** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine -** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a -** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER_VDBE_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER_VDBE_H_ -/* #include */ /* -** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines -** in the source file sqlcipherVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides -** of this structure. +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. */ -typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif /* -** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required -** for the VdbeOp definition. +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. */ -typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc; -typedef struct Mem Mem; -typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif /* -** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode -** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded -** as an instance of the following structure: +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. */ -struct VdbeOp { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ - u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ - u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ - int p1; /* First operand */ - int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - int p3; /* The third parameter */ - union { /* fourth parameter */ - int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ - void *p; /* Generic pointer */ - char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ - i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ - double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ - VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ - int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ - int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); - } p4; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ - u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 #endif -}; -typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; - /* -** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. */ -struct SubProgram { - VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ - int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ - int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ - void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ - SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif /* -** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because -** it takes up less space. +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. */ -struct VdbeOpList { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p1; /* First operand */ - signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif /* -** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type -*/ -#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ -#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqlcipherMalloc() */ -#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ -#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ -#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ -#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */ -#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ -#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlcipher3_vtab structure */ -#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlcipher3_mprintf() */ -#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ -#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ -#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ -#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ - -/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure -** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the -** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still -** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained -** from a single sqlcipherMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling -** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo. -*/ -#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16) -#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17) - -/* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the -** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. */ -#define COLNAME_NAME 0 -#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 -#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 -#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 -#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ -#else -# ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DECLTYPE -# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ -# else -# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ -# endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 250000000 #endif /* -** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field -** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that -** sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling -** the macro again restores the address. +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. */ -#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif /* -** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" -** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for +** the main database table and for temporary tables. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000, +** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be +** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. */ -/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_Goto 1 -#define OP_Gosub 2 -#define OP_Return 3 -#define OP_Yield 4 -#define OP_HaltIfNull 5 -#define OP_Halt 6 -#define OP_Integer 7 -#define OP_Int64 8 -#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_String 9 -#define OP_Null 10 -#define OP_Blob 11 -#define OP_Variable 12 -#define OP_Move 13 -#define OP_Copy 14 -#define OP_SCopy 15 -#define OP_ResultRow 16 -#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_CollSeq 17 -#define OP_Function 18 -#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_AddImm 20 -#define OP_MustBeInt 21 -#define OP_RealAffinity 22 -#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_Permutation 23 -#define OP_Compare 24 -#define OP_Jump 25 -#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_Once 26 -#define OP_If 27 -#define OP_IfNot 28 -#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_Column 29 -#define OP_Affinity 30 -#define OP_MakeRecord 31 -#define OP_Count 32 -#define OP_Savepoint 33 -#define OP_AutoCommit 34 -#define OP_Transaction 35 -#define OP_ReadCookie 36 -#define OP_SetCookie 37 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 38 -#define OP_OpenRead 39 -#define OP_OpenWrite 40 -#define OP_OpenAutoindex 41 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 42 -#define OP_SorterOpen 43 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 44 -#define OP_Close 45 -#define OP_SeekLt 46 -#define OP_SeekLe 47 -#define OP_SeekGe 48 -#define OP_SeekGt 49 -#define OP_Seek 50 -#define OP_NotFound 51 -#define OP_Found 52 -#define OP_IsUnique 53 -#define OP_NotExists 54 -#define OP_Sequence 55 -#define OP_NewRowid 56 -#define OP_Insert 57 -#define OP_InsertInt 58 -#define OP_Delete 59 -#define OP_ResetCount 60 -#define OP_SorterCompare 61 -#define OP_SorterData 62 -#define OP_RowKey 63 -#define OP_RowData 64 -#define OP_Rowid 65 -#define OP_NullRow 66 -#define OP_Last 67 -#define OP_SorterSort 70 -#define OP_Sort 71 -#define OP_Rewind 72 -#define OP_SorterNext 81 -#define OP_Prev 92 -#define OP_Next 95 -#define OP_SorterInsert 96 -#define OP_IdxInsert 97 -#define OP_IdxDelete 98 -#define OP_IdxRowid 99 -#define OP_IdxLT 100 -#define OP_IdxGE 101 -#define OP_Destroy 102 -#define OP_Clear 103 -#define OP_CreateIndex 104 -#define OP_CreateTable 105 -#define OP_ParseSchema 106 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 107 -#define OP_DropTable 108 -#define OP_DropIndex 109 -#define OP_DropTrigger 110 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 111 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 112 -#define OP_RowSetRead 113 -#define OP_RowSetTest 114 -#define OP_Program 115 -#define OP_Param 116 -#define OP_FkCounter 117 -#define OP_FkIfZero 118 -#define OP_MemMax 119 -#define OP_IfPos 120 -#define OP_IfNeg 121 -#define OP_IfZero 122 -#define OP_AggStep 123 -#define OP_AggFinal 124 -#define OP_Checkpoint 125 -#define OP_JournalMode 126 -#define OP_Vacuum 127 -#define OP_IncrVacuum 128 -#define OP_Expire 129 -#define OP_TableLock 131 -#define OP_VBegin 132 -#define OP_VCreate 133 -#define OP_VDestroy 134 -#define OP_VOpen 135 -#define OP_VFilter 136 -#define OP_VColumn 137 -#define OP_VNext 138 -#define OP_VRename 139 -#define OP_VUpdate 140 -#define OP_Pagecount 146 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 147 -#define OP_Trace 148 -#define OP_Noop 149 -#define OP_Explain 150 - +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -2000 +#endif -/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in -** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c -** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. */ -#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ -#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\ -/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\ -/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 32 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11,\ -/* 48 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\ -/* 56 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 72 */ 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\ -/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\ -/* 96 */ 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 104 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 112 */ 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ -/* 120 */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} - -/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif /* -** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation -** for a description of what each of these routines does. +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 125. The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are +** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127 +** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlcipher3VdbeCreate(sqlcipher3*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlcipher3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlcipher3*,Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*); -#endif -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlcipher3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char *sqlcipher3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); -#endif - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlcipher3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 #endif -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeComment(X) sqlcipher3VdbeComment X -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlcipher3VdbeNoopComment X -#else -# define VdbeComment(X) -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 #endif +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + -/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlcipher page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +** The default size of a database page. */ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif /* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlcipher3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif + /* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. */ -typedef u32 Pgno; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif /* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. */ -typedef struct Pager Pager; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif /* -** Handle type for pages. +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. */ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif /* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. +** Include standard header files as necessary */ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif /* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlcipher3PagerOpen(). +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. ** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. */ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif /* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlcipher3PagerLockingMode(). +** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be +** inlined. */ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE +#endif /* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when +** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by +** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# include +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64) +# pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) +# else +# include +# endif +# endif +#endif /* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +** +** To ensure that the correct value of "THREADSAFE" is reported when querying +** for compile-time options at runtime (e.g. "PRAGMA compile_options"), this +** logic is partially replicated in ctime.c. If it is updated here, it should +** also be updated there. */ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerOpen( - sqlcipher3_vfs*, - Pager **ppPager, - const char*, - int, - int, - int, - void(*)(DbPage*) -); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE i64 sqlcipher3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_backup **sqlcipher3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlcipher3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlcipher3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlcipher3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerRef(DbPage*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerUnref(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerRollback(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u8 sqlcipher3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3PagerFilename(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const sqlcipher3_vfs *sqlcipher3PagerVfs(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_file *sqlcipher3PagerFile(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerNosync(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerClearCache(Pager *); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif #endif -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Pgno sqlcipher3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int *sqlcipher3PagerStats(Pager*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 #endif -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ +/* +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by +** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in +** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif -/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ /* -** 2008 August 05 +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. ** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlcipher page cache -** subsystem. +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. */ - -#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; -typedef struct PCache PCache; +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif /* -** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following -** structure. +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. */ -struct PgHdr { - void *pData; /* Content of this page */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ - Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 #endif - u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ - - /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c - ** and should not be accessed by other modules. - */ - i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ - - PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ - PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ -}; - -/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ - -/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheInitialize(void); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheShutdown(void); - -/* Page cache buffer management: -** These routines implement SQLCIPHER_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); - -/* Create a new pager cache. -** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. -** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -); - -/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); - -/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate -** storage space. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheSize(void); - -/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ - -/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); - -/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); - -/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlcipher3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); - -/* Reset and close the cache object */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheClose(PCache*); - -/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); - -/* Discard the contents of the cache */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheClear(PCache*); -/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); - -/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); - -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); - -/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcachePagecount(PCache*); - -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLCIPHER_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the -** library is built. +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 #endif -/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. ** -** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit -** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum -** of the suggested cache-sizes. +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 #endif - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG #endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 #endif -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PCacheSetDefault(void); - -#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ - -/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ - -/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. ** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqlcipherInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER_OS_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER_OS_H_ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif /* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX, SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN, SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2, and SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other -** three will be 0. +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN 0 -# undef SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 0 -# else -# undef SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 0 -# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 1 -# else -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX 1 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 0 -# endif -# else -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 0 -# endif +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X #else -# ifndef SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN 0 -# endif +# define TESTONLY(X) #endif /* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. */ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WINCE 1 +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X #else -# define SQLCIPHER_OS_WINCE 0 +# define VVA_ONLY(X) #endif - /* -** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. */ -#if SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN -# include -# define SQLCIPHER_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) -#elif SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 -# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) -# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ -# endif -# define INCL_DOSDATETIME -# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR -# define INCL_DOSERRORS -# define INCL_DOSMISC -# define INCL_DOSPROCESS -# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR -# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES -# include -# include -# define SQLCIPHER_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) #else -# define SQLCIPHER_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) #endif -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op +/* +** Some conditionals are optimizations only. In other words, if the +** conditionals are replaced with a constant 1 (true) or 0 (false) then +** the correct answer is still obtained, though perhaps not as quickly. +** +** The following macros mark these optimizations conditionals. */ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#if defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (1) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (0) +#else +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (X) +# define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (X) #endif /* -** The default size of a disk sector +** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is +** defined. We need to defend against those failures when testing with +** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches +** during a normal build. The following macro can be used to disable tests +** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (X) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (0) #endif /* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlcipher is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLCIPHER_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlcipher_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlcipher" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlcipher", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlcipher" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. +** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLCIPHER_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) + extern int sqlite3OSTrace; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE #endif /* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlcipher3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlcipher3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlcipher3OsLock(). +** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, +** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when +** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are +** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). */ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 +#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) +# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#else +# undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#endif /* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** +** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD -# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) -#else -# define PENDING_BYTE sqlcipher3PendingByte +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS #endif -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 /* -** Wrapper around OS specific sqlcipher3_os_init() function. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsInit(void); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlcipher3_file methods -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsClose(sqlcipher3_file*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsRead(sqlcipher3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsWrite(sqlcipher3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsTruncate(sqlcipher3_file*, i64 size); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsSync(sqlcipher3_file*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsFileSize(sqlcipher3_file*, i64 *pSize); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsLock(sqlcipher3_file*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsUnlock(sqlcipher3_file*, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlcipher3_file *id, int *pResOut); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsFileControl(sqlcipher3_file*,int,void*); -#define SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsSectorSize(sqlcipher3_file *id); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlcipher3_file *id); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsShmMap(sqlcipher3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsShmLock(sqlcipher3_file *id, int, int, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3OsShmBarrier(sqlcipher3_file *id); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsShmUnmap(sqlcipher3_file *id, int); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlcipher3_vfs methods -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsOpen(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *, sqlcipher3_file*, int, int *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsDelete(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsAccess(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsFullPathname(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3OsDlOpen(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3OsDlError(sqlcipher3_vfs *, int, char *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void (*sqlcipher3OsDlSym(sqlcipher3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3OsDlClose(sqlcipher3_vfs *, void *); -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsRandomness(sqlcipher3_vfs *, int, char *); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsSleep(sqlcipher3_vfs *, int); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlcipher3_vfs *, sqlcipher3_int64*); - -/* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using -** sqlcipher3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsOpenMalloc(sqlcipher3_vfs *, const char *, sqlcipher3_file **, int,int*); -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(sqlcipher3_file *); - -#endif /* _SQLCIPHER_OS_H_ */ +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) -/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqlcipherInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ /* -** 2007 August 28 +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -9307,2726 +13531,2373 @@ SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(sqlcipher3_file *); ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqlcipherInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqlcipherInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_HASH_H +#define SQLITE_HASH_H +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. ** -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden -** at start-time. +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. ** -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No -** mutual exclusion is provided. But this -** implementation can be overridden at -** start-time. +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: ** -** SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } */ -#if !SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE -# define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OMIT -#endif -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_NOOP) -# if SQLCIPHER_OS_UNIX -# define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_PTHREADS -# elif SQLCIPHER_OS_WIN -# define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_W32 -# elif SQLCIPHER_OS_OS2 -# define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OS2 -# else -# define SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_NOOP -# endif -#endif +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OMIT /* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. +** Number of entries in a hash table */ -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlcipher3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_try(X) SQLCIPHER_OK -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlcipher3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlcipher3MutexInit() SQLCIPHER_OK -#define sqlcipher3MutexEnd() -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) -#else -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OMIT) */ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ -/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlcipherInt.h ******************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_HASH_H */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_ABORT 27 +#define TK_ACTION 28 +#define TK_AFTER 29 +#define TK_ANALYZE 30 +#define TK_ASC 31 +#define TK_ATTACH 32 +#define TK_BEFORE 33 +#define TK_BY 34 +#define TK_CASCADE 35 +#define TK_CAST 36 +#define TK_CONFLICT 37 +#define TK_DATABASE 38 +#define TK_DESC 39 +#define TK_DETACH 40 +#define TK_EACH 41 +#define TK_FAIL 42 +#define TK_OR 43 +#define TK_AND 44 +#define TK_IS 45 +#define TK_MATCH 46 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 47 +#define TK_BETWEEN 48 +#define TK_IN 49 +#define TK_ISNULL 50 +#define TK_NOTNULL 51 +#define TK_NE 52 +#define TK_EQ 53 +#define TK_GT 54 +#define TK_LE 55 +#define TK_LT 56 +#define TK_GE 57 +#define TK_ESCAPE 58 +#define TK_ID 59 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 60 +#define TK_DO 61 +#define TK_FOR 62 +#define TK_IGNORE 63 +#define TK_INITIALLY 64 +#define TK_INSTEAD 65 +#define TK_NO 66 +#define TK_KEY 67 +#define TK_OF 68 +#define TK_OFFSET 69 +#define TK_PRAGMA 70 +#define TK_RAISE 71 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 72 +#define TK_REPLACE 73 +#define TK_RESTRICT 74 +#define TK_ROW 75 +#define TK_ROWS 76 +#define TK_TRIGGER 77 +#define TK_VACUUM 78 +#define TK_VIEW 79 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 80 +#define TK_WITH 81 +#define TK_NULLS 82 +#define TK_FIRST 83 +#define TK_LAST 84 +#define TK_CURRENT 85 +#define TK_FOLLOWING 86 +#define TK_PARTITION 87 +#define TK_PRECEDING 88 +#define TK_RANGE 89 +#define TK_UNBOUNDED 90 +#define TK_EXCLUDE 91 +#define TK_GROUPS 92 +#define TK_OTHERS 93 +#define TK_TIES 94 +#define TK_REINDEX 95 +#define TK_RENAME 96 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 97 +#define TK_ANY 98 +#define TK_BITAND 99 +#define TK_BITOR 100 +#define TK_LSHIFT 101 +#define TK_RSHIFT 102 +#define TK_PLUS 103 +#define TK_MINUS 104 +#define TK_STAR 105 +#define TK_SLASH 106 +#define TK_REM 107 +#define TK_CONCAT 108 +#define TK_COLLATE 109 +#define TK_BITNOT 110 +#define TK_ON 111 +#define TK_INDEXED 112 +#define TK_STRING 113 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 114 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 115 +#define TK_DEFAULT 116 +#define TK_NULL 117 +#define TK_PRIMARY 118 +#define TK_UNIQUE 119 +#define TK_CHECK 120 +#define TK_REFERENCES 121 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 122 +#define TK_INSERT 123 +#define TK_DELETE 124 +#define TK_UPDATE 125 +#define TK_SET 126 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 127 +#define TK_FOREIGN 128 +#define TK_DROP 129 +#define TK_UNION 130 +#define TK_ALL 131 +#define TK_EXCEPT 132 +#define TK_INTERSECT 133 +#define TK_SELECT 134 +#define TK_VALUES 135 +#define TK_DISTINCT 136 +#define TK_DOT 137 +#define TK_FROM 138 +#define TK_JOIN 139 +#define TK_USING 140 +#define TK_ORDER 141 +#define TK_GROUP 142 +#define TK_HAVING 143 +#define TK_LIMIT 144 +#define TK_WHERE 145 +#define TK_INTO 146 +#define TK_NOTHING 147 +#define TK_FLOAT 148 +#define TK_BLOB 149 +#define TK_INTEGER 150 +#define TK_VARIABLE 151 +#define TK_CASE 152 +#define TK_WHEN 153 +#define TK_THEN 154 +#define TK_ELSE 155 +#define TK_INDEX 156 +#define TK_ALTER 157 +#define TK_ADD 158 +#define TK_WINDOW 159 +#define TK_OVER 160 +#define TK_FILTER 161 +#define TK_COLUMN 162 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 163 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 164 +#define TK_TRUEFALSE 165 +#define TK_ISNOT 166 +#define TK_FUNCTION 167 +#define TK_UMINUS 168 +#define TK_UPLUS 169 +#define TK_TRUTH 170 +#define TK_REGISTER 171 +#define TK_VECTOR 172 +#define TK_SELECT_COLUMN 173 +#define TK_IF_NULL_ROW 174 +#define TK_ASTERISK 175 +#define TK_SPAN 176 +#define TK_SPACE 177 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 178 +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include /* -** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance -** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures -** in the sqlcipher.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and -** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional -** databases may be attached. +** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY. +** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running +** cachegrind. But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it +** should not be used in production. This is a performance measurement +** hack only. */ -struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ - Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ - u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ - u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ -}; +#ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY +# define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\ + int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);} +#endif /* -** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. -** -** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is -** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlcipher3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. -** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple -** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. -** -** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that -** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by -** sqlcipher3_close(). -* -** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order -** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be -** holding a mutex on the sqlcipher3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. -** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point */ -struct Schema { - int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ - int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ - Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ - Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ - Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ - Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ - Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlcipher_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ - u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ - int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ -}; +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif /* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Db.pSchema->flags field. +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif /* -** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. -** -** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been -** read into internal hash tables. -** -** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that -** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might -** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. */ -#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ -#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif /* -** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited -** using the sqlcipher3_limit() interface. +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_N_LIMIT (SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif /* -** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used -** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects -** associated with a particular database connection. The use of -** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement -** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing -** SQL statements. -** -** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the -** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in -** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot -** objects. -** -** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated -** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot -** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information -** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing -** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that -** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line */ -struct Lookaside { - u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ - u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ - u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc() */ - int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ - int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ - int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ - LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ - void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ - void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ -}; -struct LookasideSlot { - LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +#endif /* -** A hash table for function definitions. -** -** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. -** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it +** to zero. */ -struct FuncDefHash { - FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ -}; - -/* -** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. -** -** The sqlcipher.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an -** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each -** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside -** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger -** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no -** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. -** -** The sqlcipher.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no -** context. It is reset at start of sqlcipher3_exec. -** The sqlcipher.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last -** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the -** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a -** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes -** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not -** affect the value of lsChange. -** The sqlcipher.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since -** the last statement) and is used to update sqlcipher_lsChange. -** -** The member variables sqlcipher.errCode, sqlcipher.zErrMsg and sqlcipher.zErrMsg16 -** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The -** internal function sqlcipher3Error() is used to set these variables -** consistently. -*/ -struct sqlcipher3 { - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ - int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ - Db *aDb; /* All backends */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ - unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLCIPHER_*) */ - int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ - u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ - u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ - u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ - u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ - signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ - u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ - u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ - int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ - int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlcipher3_changes() */ - int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlcipher3_total_changes() */ - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ - int aLimit[SQLCIPHER_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ - struct sqlcipher3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ - u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ - u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ - } init; - int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ - void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ - int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ - int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ - void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ - void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ - int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ - void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pUpdateArg; - void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlcipher_int64); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlcipher3 *, const char *, int); - void *pWalArg; -#endif - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlcipher3*,int eTextRep,const char*); - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlcipher3*,int eTextRep,const void*); - void *pCollNeededArg; - sqlcipher3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ - union { - volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlcipher3_interrupt has been called */ - double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ - } u1; - Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ - void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 #endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ - void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ - int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 #endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlcipher3_create_module() */ - VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ - VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ - VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlcipher3_prepare() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 #endif - FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ - Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ - BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ - Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ - Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ - int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ - u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ - i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ - int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlcipher3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. - ** - ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to - ** unlock so that it can proceed. - ** - ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried - ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLCIPHER_LOCKED error due to locks - ** held by Y. - */ - sqlcipher3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLCIPHER_LOCKED */ - sqlcipher3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ - void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ - sqlcipher3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS #endif -}; /* -** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate +** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the +** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer +** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. +** +** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the +** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare */ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20 +#endif /* -** Possible values for the sqlcipher3.flags. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLCIPHER_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ - /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ - /* the count using a callback. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ - /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLCIPHER_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLCIPHER_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLCIPHER_MASTER */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when - ** accessing read-only databases */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLCIPHER_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLCIPHER_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ -#define SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ -#define SQLCIPHER_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ -#define SQLCIPHER_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ -#define SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ -#define SQLCIPHER_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */ -#define SQLCIPHER_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */ - -/* -** Bits of the sqlcipher3.flags field that are used by the -** sqlcipher3_test_control(SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface. -** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field. -*/ -#define SQLCIPHER_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */ -#define SQLCIPHER_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */ -#define SQLCIPHER_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */ -#define SQLCIPHER_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */ -#define SQLCIPHER_DistinctOpt 0x80 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ -#define SQLCIPHER_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */ - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlcipher.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. +** Default value for the SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLCIPHER_MISUSE error occurred */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE 0x7fffffff +#endif /* -** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlcipher.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. +** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and +** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. +** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. */ -struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLCIPHER_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLCIPHER_FUNC_* */ - void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ - FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlcipher3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ - char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ - FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ -}; +#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) +#error Cannot use both SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE +#endif /* -** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as -** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When -** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, -** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to -** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether -** or not the specified encoding is SQLCIPHER_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor -** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated -** FuncDestructor. -** -** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference -** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor -** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. */ -struct FuncDestructor { - int nRef; - void (*xDestroy)(void *); - void *pUserData; -}; +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif /* -** Possible values for FuncDef.flags +** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLCIPHER_FUNC_COALESCE 0x40 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */ +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif /* -** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are -** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. -** -** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The -** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlcipher3_user_data()) for the function. If -** argument bNC is true, then the SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. -** -** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) -** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by -** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters -** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to -** FUNCTION(). -** -** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C -** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made -** available as the function user-data (sqlcipher3_user_data()). The -** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags -** parameter. +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. */ -#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, bNC*SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, bNC*SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, nc*SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \ - SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} /* -** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at -** sqlcipher3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently -** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe -** OP_Savepoint instruction. +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) */ -struct Savepoint { - char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ - i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ - Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ -}; +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif /* -** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlcipher3Savepoint(), -** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... */ -#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 -#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 -#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 - +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T +# define INT8_TYPE int8_t +# else +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ /* -** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an -** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlcipher3.aModule -** hash table. +** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value +** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value +** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we +** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: */ -struct Module { - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ - const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ - void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ -}; +#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) /* -** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance -** of this structure. +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. */ -struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ - char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ - u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ - char affinity; /* One of the SQLCIPHER_AFF_... values */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ #endif -}; /* -** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and -** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. ** -** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one -** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that -** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine -** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects -** the version that will require the least expensive encoding -** translations, if any. +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". ** -** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in -** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. -** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, -** xCmp16. +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 ** -** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the -** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined -** collating sequence may not be read or written. +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 */ -struct CollSeq { - char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - u8 type; /* One of the SQLCIPHER_COLL_... values below */ - void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); - void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ -}; +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; /* -** Allowed values of CollSeq.type: +** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer */ -#define SQLCIPHER_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */ -#define SQLCIPHER_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */ -#define SQLCIPHER_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */ -#define SQLCIPHER_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */ +#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE +# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ +# elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) || \ + (defined(__TOS_AIX__) && !defined(__64BIT__)) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 +# else +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 +# endif +#endif -/* -** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ -#define SQLCIPHER_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) + typedef uintptr_t uptr; +#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 + typedef u32 uptr; +#else + typedef u64 uptr; +#endif /* -** Column affinity types. +** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to +** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). ** -** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER and -** 't' for SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. -** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, -** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and -** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. -** -** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after +** the end of buffer S. This macro returns true if P points to something +** contained within the buffer S. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL 'e' +#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) + -#define sqlcipher3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC) +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER +# if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__ARMEL__) || defined(__AARCH64EL__) || defined(_M_ARM64) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 +# elif defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__) || \ + defined(__ARMEB__) || defined(__AARCH64EB__) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# else +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 +# endif +#endif +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const int sqlite3one = 1; +# else + extern const int sqlite3one; +# endif +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif /* -** The SQLCIPHER_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_AFF_MASK 0x67 +#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) /* -** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without -** changing the affinity. +** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. */ -#define SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ -#define SQLCIPHER_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ -#define SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) /* -** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in -** the database schema. -** -** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this -** structure for each database connection (sqlcipher3*) that uses the shared -** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique -** instance of the sqlcipher3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table -** implementation. sqlcipher3_vtab* handles can not be shared between -** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database -** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database -** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method -** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables -** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers -** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database -** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. -** -** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared -** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by -** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. -** When an sqlcipher3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual -** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the -** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct -** sqlcipher3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. -** -** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the -** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not -** deleted and the sqlcipher3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed -** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to -** another linked list headed by the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect member of the -** corresponding sqlcipher3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected -** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlcipher3*. This is done -** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlcipher3.mutex mutexes. -** Refer to comments above function sqlcipher3VtabUnlockList() for an -** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlcipher3.pDisconnect -** list without holding the corresponding sqlcipher3.mutex mutex. -** -** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by -** sqlcipher3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as -** the first argument. +** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 */ -struct VTable { - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ - Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ - int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ - VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ -}; +#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) /* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. +** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This +** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets +** all alignment restrictions correct. ** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlcipher.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set -** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. +** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the +** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned +** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. */ -struct Table { - char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ - int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ - Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - tRowcnt nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlcipher_stat1 table */ - Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ - u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ - int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +#else +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) #endif - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ - Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ -}; /* -** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. +** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work */ -#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ -#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ -#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ -#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ -#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ -#define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */ +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif +/* +** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS +*/ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +# include +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# if defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(_WIN32) \ + || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ + || defined(__sun) \ + || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ + || defined(__DragonFly__) +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ +# else +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +#endif +/* +** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger +** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does +** not exceed the maximum mmap size. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +#endif /* -** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is -** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual -** table support is omitted from the build. +** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not +** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1 #else -# define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 #endif /* -** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. -** -** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is -** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign -** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. -** Consider this example: -** -** CREATE TABLE ex1( -** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, -** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) -** ); -** -** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** -** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure -** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when -** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. */ -struct FKey { - Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ - char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */ - FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ - /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ - Trigger *apTrigger[2]; /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pBusyArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ + u8 bExtraFileArg; /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */ }; /* -** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint -** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation -** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction -** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process -** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, -** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that -** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior -** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback -** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint -** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error -** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused -** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or -** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. -** -** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. -** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the -** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign -** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the -** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the -** foreign key. -** -** The following symbolic values are used to record which type -** of action to take. +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. */ -#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ -#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ -#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ -#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ -#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ -#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ - -#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ -#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ -#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ -#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ - -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ - +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" /* -** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlcipher3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the -** comparison of the two index keys. +** The root-page of the master database table. */ -struct KeyInfo { - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLCIPHER_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */ - CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ -}; +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 /* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. -** -** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. -** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store -** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by -** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the -** OP_Column opcode. -** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. +** The name of the schema table. */ -struct UnpackedRecord { - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - u16 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ - i64 rowid; /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */ - Mem *aMem; /* Values */ -}; +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) /* -** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. */ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE 0x0001 /* Memory is from sqlcipher3Malloc() */ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY 0x0002 /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */ -#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID 0x0004 /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */ -#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x0008 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x0010 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x0020 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ +#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) /* -** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an -** instance of the following structure. -** -** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described -** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose -** we have the following table and index: -** -** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); -** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); -** -** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are -** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing -** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the -** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. -** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in -** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. -** -** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns -** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, -** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution -** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique -** element. +** Determine if the argument is a power of two */ -struct Index { - char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ - Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ - int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ - u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ - u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ - Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ - tRowcnt avgEq; /* Average nEq value for key values not in aSample */ - IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ -#endif -}; +#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) /* -** Each sample stored in the sqlcipher_stat3 table is represented in memory -** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the -** analyze.c source file for additional information. +** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ -struct IndexSample { - union { - char *z; /* Value if eType is SQLCIPHER_TEXT or SQLCIPHER_BLOB */ - double r; /* Value if eType is SQLCIPHER_FLOAT */ - i64 i; /* Value if eType is SQLCIPHER_INTEGER */ - } u; - u8 eType; /* SQLCIPHER_NULL, SQLCIPHER_INTEGER ... etc. */ - int nByte; /* Size in byte of text or blob. */ - tRowcnt nEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ - tRowcnt nLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ - tRowcnt nDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ -}; +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) /* -** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of -** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does +** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. +** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from +** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered +** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD +** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable +** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated +** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer +** for the run-time allocated buffer. ** -** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and -** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn -** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL +** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. */ -struct Token { - const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ - unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ -}; +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD const + #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +#else + #define SQLITE_WSD + #define GLOBAL(t,v) v + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config +#endif /* -** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate -** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. -** -** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in -** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate -** code for that node. +** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the +** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, +** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. ** -** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the -** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These -** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, +** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. +** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to +** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. +** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these +** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. */ -struct AggInfo { - u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly - ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ - u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather - ** than the source table */ - int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ - int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ - struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ - Table *pTab; /* Source table */ - int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ - } *aCol; - int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ - int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ - int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. - ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to - ** aggregate functions */ - struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ - } *aFunc; - int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ - int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ -}; +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) /* -** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. -** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLCIPHER_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater -** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because -** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user -** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications -** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want -** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them -** the option is available (at compile-time). +** Forward references to structures */ -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 -typedef i16 ynVar; -#else -typedef int ynVar; -#endif +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; +typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; +typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; +typedef struct RenameToken RenameToken; +typedef struct RowSet RowSet; +typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; +typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct sqlite3_str StrAccum; /* Internal alias for sqlite3_str */ +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct TreeView TreeView; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct Upsert Upsert; +typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; +typedef struct Walker Walker; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct Window Window; +typedef struct With With; + /* -** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance -** of this structure. -** -** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused -** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer -** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused -** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression -** tree. -** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, -** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the -** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), -** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. -** -** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a -** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. -** -** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, -** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". -** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of -** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is -** valid. -** -** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. -** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is -** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and -** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the -** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the -** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that -** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. -** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index -** number for that variable. -** -** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer -** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the -** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery -** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing -** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. -** -** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from -** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the -** corresponding table definition. -** -** ALLOCATION NOTES: -** -** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To -** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be -** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes -** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, -** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. ** -** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when -** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all -** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees -** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that -** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately -** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. +** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of +** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size +** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. */ -struct Expr { - u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ - char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ - union { - char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ - int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ - } u; - - /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no - ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. - *********************************************************************/ - - Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ - Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ - union { - ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN ( +** +** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then +** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then +** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an +** existing table. +** +** The inFlags parameter must contain, at a minimum, one of the bits +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP but not both. If inFlags contains +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a fast +** membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the IN index will +** be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the IN operator. +** +** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate +** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates. +** An epheremal table will be created unless the selected columns are guaranteed +** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to +** a UNIQUE constraint or index. +** +** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must +** be used unless is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an +** index can be found with the specified as its left-most. +** +** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and +** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this +** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership +** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP. In that case, the +** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence +** of Eq or Ne comparison operations. +** +** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function +** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator +** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and +** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at +** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written +** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a +** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged. +** +** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then +** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more +** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no +** NULL values. +** +** If the aiMap parameter is not NULL, it must point to an array containing +** one element for each column returned by the SELECT statement on the RHS +** of the IN(...) operator. The i'th entry of the array is populated with the +** offset of the index column that matches the i'th column returned by the +** SELECT. For example, if the expression and selected index are: +** +** (?,?,?) IN (SELECT a, b, c FROM t1) +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b, c, a); +** +** then aiMap[] is populated with {2, 0, 1}. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pX, /* The IN expression */ + u32 inFlags, /* IN_INDEX_LOOP, _MEMBERSHIP, and/or _NOOP_OK */ + int *prRhsHasNull, /* Register holding NULL status. See notes */ + int *aiMap, /* Mapping from Index fields to RHS fields */ + int *piTab /* OUT: index to use */ +){ + Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ + int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ + int mustBeUnique; /* True if RHS must be unique */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; + + /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters + ** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether + ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due + ** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible, + ** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */ + if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ + int i; + ExprList *pEList = pX->x.pSelect->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pEList->a[i].pExpr) ) break; + } + if( i==pEList->nExpr ){ + prRhsHasNull = 0; + } + } + + /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** ephemeral table. */ + if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Table *pTab; /* Table
    . */ + i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; + int nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + + /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for
    . */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + assert(v); /* sqlite3GetVdbe() has always been previously called */ + if( nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + /* The "x IN (SELECT rowid FROM table)" case */ + int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, + "USING ROWID SEARCH ON TABLE %s FOR IN-OPERATOR",pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + }else{ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + int affinity_ok = 1; + int i; + + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each + ** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table + ** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to + ** use any index of the RHS table. */ + for(i=0; ipLeft, i); + int iCol = pEList->a[i].pExpr->iColumn; + char idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pTab,iCol); /* RHS table */ + char cmpaff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pLhs, idxaff); + testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + switch( cmpaff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: + break; + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: + /* sqlite3CompareAffinity() only returns TEXT if one side or the + ** other has no affinity and the other side is TEXT. Hence, + ** the only way for cmpaff to be TEXT is for idxaff to be TEXT + ** and for the term on the LHS of the IN to have no affinity. */ + assert( idxaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + break; + default: + affinity_ok = sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idxaff); + } + } + + if( affinity_ok ){ + /* Search for an existing index that will work for this IN operator */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + Bitmask colUsed; /* Columns of the index used */ + Bitmask mCol; /* Mask for the current column */ + if( pIdx->nColumnpPartIdxWhere!=0 ) continue; + /* Maximum nColumn is BMS-2, not BMS-1, so that we can compute + ** BITMASK(nExpr) without overflowing */ + testcase( pIdx->nColumn==BMS-2 ); + testcase( pIdx->nColumn==BMS-1 ); + if( pIdx->nColumn>=BMS-1 ) continue; + if( mustBeUnique ){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol>nExpr + ||(pIdx->nColumn>nExpr && !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)) + ){ + continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */ + } + } + + colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */ + for(i=0; ipLeft, i); + Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); + int j; + + assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr ); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue; + assert( pIdx->azColl[j] ); + if( pReq!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(pReq->zName, pIdx->azColl[j])!=0 ){ + continue; + } + break; + } + if( j==nExpr ) break; + mCol = MASKBIT(j); + if( mCol & colUsed ) break; /* Each column used only once */ + colUsed |= mCol; + if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j; + } + + assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ); + if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){ + /* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */ + int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, + "USING INDEX %s FOR IN-OPERATOR",pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); + eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; + + if( prRhsHasNull ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + i64 mask = (1<nMem; + if( nExpr==1 ){ + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + } + } /* End loop over indexes */ + } /* End if( affinity_ok ) */ + } /* End if not an rowid index */ + } /* End attempt to optimize using an index */ + + /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause + ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply + ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery + ** and the RHS is not constant or has two or fewer terms, + ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate + ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP. + */ + if( eType==0 + && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK) + && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) + && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2) + ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; + } + + if( eType==0 ){ + /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. + ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. + */ + u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + int rMayHaveNull = 0; + eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; + if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; + }else if( prRhsHasNull ){ + *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; + } + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN(pParse, pX, iTab); + if( rMayHaveNull ){ + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, rMayHaveNull); + } + pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; + } + + if( aiMap && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ + int i, n; + n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pX->pLeft); + for(i=0; ipLeft; + int nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft); + Select *pSelect = (pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ? pExpr->x.pSelect : 0; + char *zRet; + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); + zRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nVal+1); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].pExpr, a); + }else{ + zRet[i] = a; + } + } + zRet[nVal] = '\0'; + } + return zRet; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error +** message of the form: +** +** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M" +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){ + const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d"; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zFmt, nActual, nExpect); +} +#endif + +/* +** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where +** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine +** loads the Parse object with a message of the form: +** +** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1" +** +** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector: +** +** "row value misused" +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ + sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, 1); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate code that will construct an ephemeral table containing all terms +** in the RHS of an IN operator. The IN operator can be in either of two +** forms: +** +** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side +** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right +** +** The pExpr parameter is the IN operator. The cursor number for the +** constructed ephermeral table is returned. The first time the ephemeral +** table is computed, the cursor number is also stored in pExpr->iTable, +** however the cursor number returned might not be the same, as it might +** have been duplicated using OP_OpenDup. +** +** If the LHS expression ("x" in the examples) is a column value, or +** the SELECT statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that +** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the +** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used +** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither +** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity +** is used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN operator */ + int iTab /* Use this cursor number */ +){ + int addrOnce = 0; /* Address of the OP_Once instruction at top */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + Expr *pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ + int nVal; /* Size of vector pLeft */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + + /* The evaluation of the IN must be repeated every time it + ** is encountered if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can compute the RHS just once + ** and reuse it many names. + */ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && pParse->iSelfTab==0 ){ + /* Reuse of the RHS is allowed */ + /* If this routine has already been coded, but the previous code + ** might not have been invoked yet, so invoke it now as a subroutine. + */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn) ){ + addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "REUSE LIST SUBQUERY %d", + pExpr->x.pSelect->selId)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn, + pExpr->y.sub.iAddr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, iTab, pExpr->iTable); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + return; + } + + /* Begin coding the subroutine */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn); + pExpr->y.sub.regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + pExpr->y.sub.iAddr = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn) + 1; + VdbeComment((v, "return address")); + + addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Check to see if this is a vector IN operator */ + pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft); + + /* Construct the ephemeral table that will contain the content of + ** RHS of the IN operator. + */ + pExpr->iTable = iTab; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, nVal); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Result of SELECT %u", pExpr->x.pSelect->selId)); + }else{ + VdbeComment((v, "RHS of IN operator")); + } +#endif + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nVal, 1); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) + ** + ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary + ** table allocated and opened above. + */ + Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect; + ExprList *pEList = pSelect->pEList; + + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sLIST SUBQUERY %d", + addrOnce?"":"CORRELATED ", pSelect->selId + )); + /* If the LHS and RHS of the IN operator do not match, that + ** error will have been caught long before we reach this point. */ + if( ALWAYS(pEList->nExpr==nVal) ){ + SelectDest dest; + int i; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, iTab); + dest.zAffSdst = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr); + pSelect->iLimit = 0; + testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ); + testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst); + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + return; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst); + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + for(i=0; iaColl[i] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( + pParse, p, pEList->a[i].pExpr + ); + } + } + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ + /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) + ** + ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and + ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use + ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not + ** a column, use numeric affinity. + */ + char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ + int i; + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int r1, r2; + affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); + if( affinity<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + + /* Loop through each expression in . */ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; + + /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to + ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure + ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant + ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. + */ + if( addrOnce && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOnce); + ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn); + addrOnce = 0; + } + + /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r1, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r2, r1, 1); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + if( addrOnce ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + /* Subroutine return */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, pExpr->y.sub.iAddr-1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression +** or EXISTS operator: +** +** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery +** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery +** +** The pExpr parameter is the SELECT or EXISTS operator to be coded. +** +** Return the register that holds the result. For a multi-column SELECT, +** the result is stored in a contiguous array of registers and the +** return value is the register of the left-most result column. +** Return 0 if an error occurs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + int addrOnce = 0; /* Address of OP_Once at top of subroutine */ + int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ + Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ + SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECT result */ + int nReg; /* Registers to allocate */ + Expr *pLimit; /* New limit expression */ + + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; + + /* The evaluation of the EXISTS/SELECT must be repeated every time it + ** is encountered if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once + ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + */ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ + /* If this routine has already been coded, then invoke it as a + ** subroutine. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn) ){ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "REUSE SUBQUERY %d", pSel->selId)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn, + pExpr->y.sub.iAddr); + return pExpr->iTable; + } + + /* Begin coding the subroutine */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Subrtn); + pExpr->y.sub.regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + pExpr->y.sub.iAddr = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn) + 1; + VdbeComment((v, "return address")); + + addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of + ** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of + ** the first register. + ** + ** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) + ** into a register and return that register number. + ** + ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any + ** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1. + */ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sSCALAR SUBQUERY %d", + addrOnce?"":"CORRELATED ", pSel->selId)); + nReg = pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ? pSel->pEList->nExpr : 1; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, pParse->nMem+1); + pParse->nMem += nReg; + if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ + dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; + dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm; + dest.nSdst = nReg; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm, dest.iSDParm+nReg-1); + VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); + }else{ + dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); + } + if( pSel->pLimit ){ + /* The subquery already has a limit. If the pre-existing limit is X + ** then make the new limit X<>0 so that the new limit is either 1 or 0 */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pLimit = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "0"); + if( pLimit ){ + pLimit->affExpr = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSel->pLimit->pLeft, 0), pLimit); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSel->pLimit->pLeft); + pSel->pLimit->pLeft = pLimit; + }else{ + /* If there is no pre-existing limit add a limit of 1 */ + pLimit = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, "1"); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LIMIT, pLimit, 0); + } + pSel->iLimit = 0; + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ + return 0; + } + pExpr->iTable = rReg = dest.iSDParm; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + if( addrOnce ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + + /* Subroutine return */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pExpr->y.sub.regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, pExpr->y.sub.iAddr-1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + } + + return rReg; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the +** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of +** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not +** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ + int nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pIn->pLeft); + if( (pIn->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( nVector!=pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, nVector); + return 1; + } + }else if( nVector!=1 ){ + sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pParse, pIn->pLeft); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate code for an IN expression. +** +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** x IN (value, value, ...) +** +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The +** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a +** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must +** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is +** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. +** +** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS. +** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The +** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be +** determined due to NULLs. +** +** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS +** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained +** within the RHS then fall through. +** +** See the separate in-operator.md documentation file in the canonical +** SQLite source tree for additional information. +*/ +static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ + int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ + int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ +){ + int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ + int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ + int rLhs; /* Register(s) holding the LHS values */ + int rLhsOrig; /* LHS values prior to reordering by aiMap[] */ + Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ + int *aiMap = 0; /* Map from vector field to index column */ + char *zAff = 0; /* Affinity string for comparisons */ + int nVector; /* Size of vectors for this IN operator */ + int iDummy; /* Dummy parameter to exprCodeVector() */ + Expr *pLeft; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + int i; /* loop counter */ + int destStep2; /* Where to jump when NULLs seen in step 2 */ + int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */ + int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */ + int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ + int iTab = 0; /* Index to use */ + + pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return; + zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr); + nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft); + aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero( + pParse->db, nVector*(sizeof(int) + sizeof(char)) + 1 + ); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error; + + /* Attempt to compute the RHS. After this step, if anything other than + ** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened with cursor iTab + ** contains the values that make up the RHS. If IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, + ** the RHS has not yet been coded. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, + IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK, + destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull, + aiMap, &iTab); + + assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH + || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC + ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and + ** nVector-1. */ + for(i=0; i from " IN (...)". If the LHS is a + ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting + ** at r1. + ** + ** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector + ** so that the fields are in the same order as an existing index. The + ** aiMap[] array contains a mapping from the original LHS field order to + ** the field order that matches the RHS index. + */ + rLhsOrig = exprCodeVector(pParse, pLeft, &iDummy); + for(i=0; ix.pList; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int r2, regToFree; + int regCkNull = 0; + int ii; + int bLhsReal; /* True if the LHS of the IN has REAL affinity */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, rLhs, rLhs, regCkNull); + } + bLhsReal = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft)==SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + if( bLhsReal ){ + r2 = regToFree = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r2, 1, 0, "E", P4_STATIC); + }else{ + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); + } + if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull); + } + if( iinExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, rLhs, labelOk, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, iinExpr-1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0]); + }else{ + assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, rLhs, destIfFalse, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0] | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree); + } + if( regCkNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull); + goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished; + } + + /* Step 2: Check to see if the LHS contains any NULL columns. If the + ** LHS does contain NULLs then the result must be either FALSE or NULL. + ** We will then skip the binary search of the RHS. + */ + if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ + destStep2 = destIfFalse; + }else{ + destStep2 = destStep6 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + } + for(i=0; ipLeft, i); + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(p) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rLhs+i, destStep2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + + /* Step 3. The LHS is now known to be non-NULL. Do the binary search + ** of the RHS using the LHS as a probe. If found, the result is + ** true. + */ + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree and so we also + ** know that the RHS is non-NULL. Hence, we combine steps 3 and 4 + ** into a single opcode. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iTab, destIfFalse, rLhs); + VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Return True */ + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, rLhs, nVector, 0, zAff, nVector); + if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ + /* Combine Step 3 and Step 5 into a single opcode */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iTab, destIfFalse, + rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v); + goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished; + } + /* Ordinary Step 3, for the case where FALSE and NULL are distinct */ + addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, 0, + rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Step 4. If the RHS is known to be non-NULL and we did not find + ** an match on the search above, then the result must be FALSE. + */ + if( rRhsHasNull && nVector==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and + ** FALSE, then just return false. + */ + if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); + + /* Step 6: Loop through rows of the RHS. Compare each row to the LHS. + ** If any comparison is NULL, then the result is NULL. If all + ** comparisons are FALSE then the final result is FALSE. + ** + ** For a scalar LHS, it is sufficient to check just the first row + ** of the RHS. + */ + if( destStep6 ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destStep6); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, destIfFalse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + if( nVector>1 ){ + destNotNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + }else{ + /* For nVector==1, combine steps 6 and 7 by immediately returning + ** FALSE if the first comparison is not NULL */ + destNotNull = destIfFalse; + } + for(i=0; i1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destNotNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addrTop+1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Step 7: If we reach this point, we know that the result must + ** be false. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); + } + + /* Jumps here in order to return true. */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTruthOp); + +sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished: + if( rLhs!=rLhsOrig ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rLhs); + VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); +sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error: + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zAff); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point +** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look +** like the continuation of the number. +*/ +static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ + if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ + double value; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ + if( negateFlag ) value = -value; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_REAL); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by +** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. +*/ +static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + int i = pExpr->u.iValue; + assert( i>=0 ); + if( negFlag ) i = -i; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); + }else{ + int c; + i64 value; + const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value); + if( (c==3 && !negFlag) || (c==2) || (negFlag && value==SMALLEST_INT64)){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s%s", negFlag?"-":"",z); + }else +#endif + { + codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); + } +#endif + }else{ + if( negFlag ){ value = c==3 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_INT64); + } + } +} + + +/* Generate code that will load into register regOut a value that is +** appropriate for the iIdxCol-th column of index pIdx. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index whose column is to be loaded */ + int iTabCur, /* Cursor pointing to a table row */ + int iIdxCol, /* The column of the index to be loaded */ + int regOut /* Store the index column value in this register */ +){ + i16 iTabCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol]; + if( iTabCol==XN_EXPR ){ + assert( pIdx->aColExpr ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>iIdxCol ); + pParse->iSelfTab = iTabCur + 1; + sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr, regOut); + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(pParse->pVdbe, pIdx->pTable, iTabCur, + iTabCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ + Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ + int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ + int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ +){ + if( pTab==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); + return; + } + if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + int x = iCol; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from +** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. +** +** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine +** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ + int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ + int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ + int iReg, /* Store results here */ + u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column + FLAGS */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + if( p5 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + } + return iReg; +} + +/* +** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 +** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ + assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); +} + +/* +** Convert a scalar expression node to a TK_REGISTER referencing +** register iReg. The caller must ensure that iReg already contains +** the correct value for the expression. +*/ +static void exprToRegister(Expr *pExpr, int iReg){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); + p->op2 = p->op; + p->op = TK_REGISTER; + p->iTable = iReg; + ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); +} + +/* +** Evaluate an expression (either a vector or a scalar expression) and store +** the result in continguous temporary registers. Return the index of +** the first register used to store the result. +** +** If the returned result register is a temporary scalar, then also write +** that register number into *piFreeable. If the returned result register +** is not a temporary or if the expression is a vector set *piFreeable +** to 0. +*/ +static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piFreeable){ + int iResult; + int nResult = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(p); + if( nResult==1 ){ + iResult = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, p, piFreeable); + }else{ + *piFreeable = 0; + if( p->op==TK_SELECT ){ +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + iResult = 0; +#else + iResult = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p); +#endif + }else{ + int i; + iResult = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResult; + for(i=0; ix.pList->a[i].pExpr, i+iResult); + } + } + } + return iResult; +} + + +/* +** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given +** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". +** Return the register where results are stored. +** +** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will +** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other +** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function +** must check the return code and move the results to the desired +** register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int r1, r2; /* Various register numbers */ + Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ + int p5 = 0; + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( v==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return 0; + } + +expr_code_doover: + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; + } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ + assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); + return pCol->iMem; + }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, + pCol->iSorterColumn, target); + return target; + } + /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + int iTab = pExpr->iTable; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) ){ + /* This COLUMN expression is really a constant due to WHERE clause + ** constraints, and that constant is coded by the pExpr->pLeft + ** expresssion. However, make sure the constant has the correct + ** datatype by applying the Affinity of the table column to the + ** constant. + */ + int iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,target); + int aff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pExpr->y.pTab, pExpr->iColumn); + if( aff>SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + static const char zAff[] = "B\000C\000D\000E"; + assert( SQLITE_AFF_BLOB=='A' ); + assert( SQLITE_AFF_TEXT=='B' ); + if( iReg!=target ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target); + iReg = target; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, 1, 0, + &zAff[(aff-'B')*2], P4_STATIC); + } + return iReg; + } + if( iTab<0 ){ + if( pParse->iSelfTab<0 ){ + /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ + assert( pExpr->y.pTab!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=XN_ROWID ); + assert( pExpr->iColumny.pTab->nCol ); + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + && pExpr->y.pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, pExpr->iColumn - pParse->iSelfTab, + target); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + return target; + }else{ + return pExpr->iColumn - pParse->iSelfTab; + } + }else{ + /* Coding an expression that is part of an index where column names + ** in the index refer to the table to which the index belongs */ + iTab = pParse->iSelfTab - 1; + } + } + return sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->y.pTab, + pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, + pExpr->op2); + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); + return target; + } + case TK_TRUEFALSE: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr), target); + return target; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); + return target; + } +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, pExpr->u.zToken); + return target; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + return target; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + int n; + const char *z; + char *zBlob; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; + assert( z[n]=='\'' ); + zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); + return target; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); + if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ + const char *z = sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, pExpr->iColumn); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, z)==0 ); + pParse->pVList[0] = 0; /* Indicate VList may no longer be enlarged */ + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)z, P4_STATIC); + } + return target; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + return pExpr->iTable; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + if( inReg!=target ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + inReg = target; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target, + sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0)); + return inReg; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + p5 = SQLITE_NULLEQ; + /* fall-through */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pLeft) ){ + codeVectorCompare(pParse, pExpr, target, op, p5); + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | p5); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + } + break; + } + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_STAR: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_SLASH: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: { + assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); + assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); + assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); + assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); + assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); + assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); + assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); + assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); + assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); + assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); + assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); + return target; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); + return target; +#endif + }else{ + tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; + tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; + tempX.u.iValue = 0; + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + } + break; + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); + assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); + break; + } + case TK_TRUTH: { + int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ + int bNormal; /* IS TRUE or IS FALSE */ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); + bNormal = pExpr->op2==TK_IS; + testcase( isTrue && bNormal); + testcase( !isTrue && bNormal); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IsTrue, r1, inReg, !isTrue, isTrue ^ bNormal); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + int addr; + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + if( pInfo==0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + return pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; + } + break; + } + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ + const char *zId; /* The function name */ + u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + return pExpr->y.pWin->regResult; + } +#endif + + if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ + /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions + ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */ + return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nFarg, enc, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION + if( pDef==0 && pParse->explain ){ + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, "unknown", nFarg, enc, 0); + } +#endif + if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFinalize!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %s()", zId); + break; + } + + /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and + ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evaluation of + ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ + int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + assert( nFarg>=2 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); + break; + } + + /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value + ** of the first argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + assert( nFarg>=1 ); + return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The AFFINITY() function evaluates to a string that describes + ** the type affinity of the argument. This is used for testing of + ** the SQLite type logic. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY ){ + const char *azAff[] = { "blob", "text", "numeric", "integer", "real" }; + char aff; + assert( nFarg==1 ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, + (aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ? "none" : azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]); + return target; + } +#endif + + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + testcase( i==31 ); + constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); + } + if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + if( pFarg ){ + if( constMask ){ + r1 = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nFarg; + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); + } + + /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, + ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG + ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data + ** loading. + */ + if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ + u8 exprOp; + assert( nFarg==1 ); + assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); + exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; + if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); + testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + } + } + + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 0, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); + }else{ + r1 = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is + ** a virtual table column. + ** + ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the + ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to + ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because + ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to + ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test + ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". + */ + if( nFarg>=2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_InfixFunc) ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); + }else if( nFarg>0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); + } +#endif + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET ){ + Expr *pArg = pFarg->a[0].pExpr; + if( pArg->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Offset, pArg->iTable, pArg->iColumn, target); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + } + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, pParse->iSelfTab ? OP_PureFunc0 : OP_Function0, + constMask, r1, target, (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); + } + if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); + } + return target; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + int nCol; + testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); + if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){ + sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, nCol, 1); + }else{ + return sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); + } + break; + } + case TK_SELECT_COLUMN: { + int n; + if( pExpr->pLeft->iTable==0 ){ + pExpr->pLeft->iTable = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_SELECT ); + if( pExpr->iTable!=0 + && pExpr->iTable!=(n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft)) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values", + pExpr->iTable, n); + } + return pExpr->pLeft->iTable + pExpr->iColumn; + } + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + return target; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, target, 0, 0); + return target; + } + case TK_SPAN: + case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_UPLUS: { + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + goto expr_code_doover; /* 2018-04-28: Prevent deep recursion. OSSFuzz. */ + } + + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + ** + ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 + ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is + ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. + ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 + ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For + ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is + ** declared as: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); + ** + ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: + ** + ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid + ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + */ + Table *pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; + + assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); + assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); + VdbeComment((v, "r[%d]=%s.%s", target, + (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), + (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->y.pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName) + )); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an + ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to + ** floating point when extracting it from the record. */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + } +#endif + break; + } + + case TK_VECTOR: { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); + break; + } + + /* TK_IF_NULL_ROW Expr nodes are inserted ahead of expressions + ** that derive from the right-hand table of a LEFT JOIN. The + ** Expr.iTable value is the table number for the right-hand table. + ** The expression is only evaluated if that table is not currently + ** on a LEFT JOIN NULL row. + */ + case TK_IF_NULL_ROW: { + int addrINR; + u8 okConstFactor = pParse->okConstFactor; + addrINR = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNullRow, pExpr->iTable); + /* Temporarily disable factoring of constant expressions, since + ** even though expressions may appear to be constant, they are not + ** really constant because they originate from the right-hand side + ** of a LEFT JOIN. */ + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + pParse->okConstFactor = okConstFactor; + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrINR); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addrINR, inReg); + break; + } + + /* + ** Form A: + ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form B: + ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: + ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... + ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is + ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList + ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. + ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. + ** + ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, + ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is + ** no ELSE term, NULL. + */ + default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { + int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ + int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ + int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ + struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ + Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ + Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ + Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ + Expr *pDel = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); + assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); + pEList = pExpr->x.pList; + aListelem = pEList->a; + nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + pDel = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pX, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDel); + break; + } + testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + exprToRegister(pDel, exprCodeVector(pParse, pDel, ®Free1)); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + memset(&opCompare, 0, sizeof(opCompare)); + opCompare.op = TK_EQ; + opCompare.pLeft = pDel; + pTest = &opCompare; + /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: + ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. + ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other + ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ + regFree1 = 0; + } + for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endLabel); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); + } + if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDel); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + assert( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Rollback + || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Abort + || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Fail + || pExpr->affExpr==OE_Ignore + ); + if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); + return 0; + } + if( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + if( pExpr->affExpr==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, + pExpr->affExpr, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); + } + + break; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + return inReg; +} + +/* +** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. +** +** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the +** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to +** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression +** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions will +** code to the same register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ + int regDest /* Store the value in this register */ +){ + ExprList *p; + assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); + p = pParse->pConstExpr; + if( regDest<0 && p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ + if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ + return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; + } + } + } + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); + p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; + pItem->reusable = regDest<0; + if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem; + pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + } + pParse->pConstExpr = p; + return regDest; +} + +/* +** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results +** into a register. Return the register number where the results +** are stored. +** +** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, +** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not +** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** +** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this +** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the +** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ + int r2; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); + if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) + && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER + && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) + ){ + *pReg = 0; + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); + if( r2==r1 ){ + *pReg = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + *pReg = 0; + } + } + return r2; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + int inReg; + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + }else{ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + } + } +} + +/* +** Make a transient copy of expression pExpr and then code it using +** sqlite3ExprCode(). This routine works just like sqlite3ExprCode() +** except that the input expression is guaranteed to be unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ) sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine +** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result +** in register target. +** +** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register +** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, +** the result is a copy of the cache register. +** +** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple +** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression +** are reused. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iMem; + + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); + exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); +} + +/* +** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given +** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +** +** Return the number of elements evaluated. The number returned will +** usually be pList->nExpr but might be reduced if SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF +** is defined. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being +** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be +** factored out into initialization code. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_REF flag means that expressions in the list with +** ExprList.a[].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 have already been evaluated and stored +** in registers at srcReg, and so the value can be copied from there. +** If SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF is also set, then the values with u.x.iOrderByCol>0 +** are simply omitted rather than being copied from srcReg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ + int target, /* Where to write results */ + int srcReg, /* Source registers if SQLITE_ECEL_REF */ + u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ +){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i, j, n; + u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ + n = pList->nExpr; + if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + if( pItem->bSorterRef ){ + i--; + n--; + }else +#endif + if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_REF)!=0 && (j = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){ + if( flags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF ){ + i--; + n--; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i); + } + }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 + && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) + ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + }else{ + int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + if( inReg!=target+i ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( copyOp==OP_Copy + && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy + && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg + && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i + ){ + pOp->p3++; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); + } + } + } + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. +** +** x BETWEEN y AND z +** +** The above is equivalent to +** +** x>=y AND x<=z +** +** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression +** elimination of x. +** +** The xJumpIf parameter determines details: +** +** NULL: Store the boolean result in reg[dest] +** sqlite3ExprIfTrue: Jump to dest if true +** sqlite3ExprIfFalse: Jump to dest if false +** +** The jumpIfNull parameter is ignored if xJumpIf is NULL. +*/ +static void exprCodeBetween( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ + int dest, /* Jump destination or storage location */ + void (*xJump)(Parse*,Expr*,int,int), /* Action to take */ + int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ +){ + Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ + Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ + Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ + Expr *pDel = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + memset(&compLeft, 0, sizeof(Expr)); + memset(&compRight, 0, sizeof(Expr)); + memset(&exprAnd, 0, sizeof(Expr)); + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pDel = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + exprAnd.op = TK_AND; + exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; + exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; + compLeft.op = TK_GE; + compLeft.pLeft = pDel; + compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + compRight.op = TK_LE; + compRight.pLeft = pDel; + compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + exprToRegister(pDel, exprCodeVector(pParse, pDel, ®Free1)); + if( xJump ){ + xJump(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else{ + /* Mark the expression is being from the ON or USING clause of a join + ** so that the sqlite3ExprCodeTarget() routine will not attempt to move + ** it into the Parse.pConstExpr list. We should use a new bit for this, + ** for clarity, but we are out of bits in the Expr.flags field so we + ** have to reuse the EP_FromJoin bit. Bummer. */ + pDel->flags |= EP_FromJoin; + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &exprAnd, dest); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDel); + + /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( xJump==0 ); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is false. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then +** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: { + Expr *pAlt = sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(pExpr); + if( pAlt!=pExpr ){ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pAlt, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else if( op==TK_AND ){ + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, + jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + }else{ + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + } + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_TRUTH: { + int isNot; /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */ + int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT; + isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); + testcase( isTrue && isNot ); + testcase( !isTrue && isNot ); + if( isTrue ^ isNot ){ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, + isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, + isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0); + } + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; + /* Fall thru */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr; + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfTrue, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + break; + } +#endif + default: { + default_expr: + if( ExprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + }else if( ExprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + /* No-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then +** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull +** is 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + + /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: + ** + ** pExpr->op op + ** --------- ---------- + ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull + ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull + ** TK_NE OP_Eq + ** TK_EQ OP_Ne + ** TK_GT OP_Le + ** TK_LE OP_Gt + ** TK_GE OP_Lt + ** TK_LT OP_Ge + ** + ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. + ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we + ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. + ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + */ + op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); + + /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants + */ + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: { + Expr *pAlt = sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(pExpr); + if( pAlt!=pExpr ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pAlt, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_AND ){ + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else{ + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, + jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + } + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_TRUTH: { + int isNot; /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */ + int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT; + isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); + testcase( isTrue && isNot ); + testcase( !isTrue && isNot ); + if( isTrue ^ isNot ){ + /* IS TRUE and IS NOT FALSE */ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, + isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + + }else{ + /* IS FALSE and IS NOT TRUE */ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, + isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; + jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; + /* Fall thru */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr; + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfFalse, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + if( jumpIfNull ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); + }else{ + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + } + break; + } +#endif + default: { + default_expr: + if( ExprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + }else if( ExprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + /* no-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before +** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This +** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest,int jumpIfNull){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy); +} + +/* +** Expression pVar is guaranteed to be an SQL variable. pExpr may be any +** type of expression. +** +** If pExpr is a simple SQL value - an integer, real, string, blob +** or NULL value - then the VDBE currently being prepared is configured +** to re-prepare each time a new value is bound to variable pVar. +** +** Additionally, if pExpr is a simple SQL value and the value is the +** same as that currently bound to variable pVar, non-zero is returned. +** Otherwise, if the values are not the same or if pExpr is not a simple +** SQL value, zero is returned. +*/ +static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ + int res = 0; + int iVar; + sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0; + + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR); + if( pR ){ + iVar = pVar->iColumn; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); + pL = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); + if( pL ){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(pL)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + sqlite3_value_text(pL); /* Make sure the encoding is UTF-8 */ + } + res = 0==sqlite3MemCompare(pL, pR, 0); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pR); + sqlite3ValueFree(pL); + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two +** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only +** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences +** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is +** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. +** +** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions +** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are +** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine +** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two +** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you +** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where +** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that +** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning +** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. +** +** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in +** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The +** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced. +** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in +** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or +** pB causes a return value of 2. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ + u32 combinedFlags; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ + return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; + } + if( pParse && pA->op==TK_VARIABLE && exprCompareVariable(pParse, pA, pB) ){ + return 0; + } + combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; + if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ + if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ + return 0; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=pB->op || pA->op==TK_RAISE ){ + if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft,pB,iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA,pB->pLeft,iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ + if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION || pA->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + assert( pA->op==pB->op ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pA,EP_WinFunc)!=ExprHasProperty(pB,EP_WinFunc) ){ + return 2; + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pA,EP_WinFunc) ){ + if( sqlite3WindowCompare(pParse, pA->y.pWin, pB->y.pWin, 1)!=0 ){ + return 2; + } + } +#endif + }else if( pA->op==TK_NULL ){ + return 0; + }else if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2; + }else if( ALWAYS(pB->u.zToken!=0) && strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ + return 2; + } + } + if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; + if( (combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 ){ + if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; + if( (combinedFlags & EP_FixedCol)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; + if( pA->op!=TK_STRING + && pA->op!=TK_TRUEFALSE + && (combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0 + ){ + if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; + if( pA->op2!=pB->op2 ) return 2; + if( pA->op!=TK_IN + && pA->iTable!=pB->iTable + && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and +** non-zero if they differ in any way. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The +** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine +** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or +** a malfunction will result. +** +** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer +** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ + int i; + if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; + if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; + if( pA->a[i].sortFlags!=pB->a[i].sortFlags ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Like sqlite3ExprCompare() except COLLATE operators at the top-level +** are ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ + return sqlite3ExprCompare(0, + sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pA), + sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pB), + iTab); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if Expr p can only be true if pNN is not NULL. +** +** Or if seenNot is true, return non-zero if Expr p can only be +** non-NULL if pNN is not NULL +*/ +static int exprImpliesNotNull( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *p, /* The expression to be checked */ + Expr *pNN, /* The expression that is NOT NULL */ + int iTab, /* Table being evaluated */ + int seenNot /* Return true only if p can be any non-NULL value */ +){ + assert( p ); + assert( pNN ); + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p, pNN, iTab)==0 ){ + return pNN->op!=TK_NULL; + } + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_IN: { + if( seenNot && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ) return 0; + assert( ExprHasProperty(p,EP_xIsSelect) + || (p->x.pList!=0 && p->x.pList->nExpr>0) ); + return exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pLeft, pNN, iTab, 1); + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + ExprList *pList = p->x.pList; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + if( seenNot ) return 0; + if( exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, pList->a[0].pExpr, pNN, iTab, 1) + || exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, pList->a[1].pExpr, pNN, iTab, 1) + ){ + return 1; + } + return exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pLeft, pNN, iTab, 1); + } + case TK_EQ: + case TK_NE: + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: + seenNot = 1; + /* Fall thru */ + case TK_STAR: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_SLASH: { + if( exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pRight, pNN, iTab, seenNot) ) return 1; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case TK_SPAN: + case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_UPLUS: + case TK_UMINUS: { + return exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pLeft, pNN, iTab, seenNot); + } + case TK_TRUTH: { + if( seenNot ) return 0; + if( p->op2!=TK_IS ) return 0; + return exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pLeft, pNN, iTab, 1); + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + return exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, p->pLeft, pNN, iTab, 1); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is +** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might +** be false. Examples: +** +** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true +** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false +** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true +** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false +** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false +** +** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has +** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. +** +** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are +** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is +** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse +** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables. +** +** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance +** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but +** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_OR + && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) + || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) + ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL + && exprImpliesNotNull(pParse, pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab, 0) + ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This is the Expr node callback for sqlite3ExprImpliesNotNullRow(). +** If the expression node requires that the table at pWalker->iCur +** have one or more non-NULL column, then set pWalker->eCode to 1 and abort. +** +** This routine controls an optimization. False positives (setting +** pWalker->eCode to 1 when it should not be) are deadly, but false-negatives +** (never setting pWalker->eCode) is a harmless missed optimization. +*/ +static int impliesNotNullRow(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return WRC_Prune; + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_ISNOT: + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: + case TK_IS: + case TK_OR: + case TK_CASE: + case TK_IN: + case TK_FUNCTION: + case TK_TRUTH: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CASE ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_TRUTH ); + return WRC_Prune; + case TK_COLUMN: + if( pWalker->u.iCur==pExpr->iTable ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + return WRC_Abort; + } + return WRC_Prune; + + case TK_AND: + if( sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(pExpr->pLeft, pWalker->u.iCur) + && sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(pExpr->pRight, pWalker->u.iCur) + ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + } + return WRC_Prune; + + case TK_BETWEEN: + sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft); + return WRC_Prune; + + /* Virtual tables are allowed to use constraints like x=NULL. So + ** a term of the form x=y does not prove that y is not null if x + ** is the column of a virtual table */ + case TK_EQ: + case TK_NE: + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE ); + if( (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pLeft->y.pTab)) + || (pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pRight->y.pTab)) + ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + + default: + return WRC_Continue; + } +} + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if expression p can only be true if at least +** one column of table iTab is non-null. In other words, return true +** if expression p will always be NULL or false if every column of iTab +** is NULL. +** +** False negatives are acceptable. In other words, it is ok to return +** zero even if expression p will never be true of every column of iTab +** is NULL. A false negative is merely a missed optimization opportunity. +** +** False positives are not allowed, however. A false positive may result +** in an incorrect answer. +** +** Terms of p that are marked with EP_FromJoin (and hence that come from +** the ON or USING clauses of LEFT JOINS) are excluded from the analysis. +** +** This routine is used to check if a LEFT JOIN can be converted into +** an ordinary JOIN. The p argument is the WHERE clause. If the WHERE +** clause requires that some column of the right table of the LEFT JOIN +** be non-NULL, then the LEFT JOIN can be safely converted into an +** ordinary join. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr *p, int iTab){ + Walker w; + p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(p); + while( p ){ + if( p->op==TK_NOTNULL ){ + p = p->pLeft; + }else if( p->op==TK_AND ){ + if( sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(p->pLeft, iTab) ) return 1; + p = p->pRight; + }else{ + break; + } + } + w.xExprCallback = impliesNotNullRow; + w.xSelectCallback = 0; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + w.eCode = 0; + w.u.iCur = iTab; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.eCode; +} + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker +** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the +** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding +** table entry. The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index. IdxCover.iCur +** is the cursor for the table. +*/ +struct IdxCover { + Index *pIdx; /* The index to be tested for coverage */ + int iCur; /* Cursor number for the table corresponding to the index */ +}; + +/* +** Check to see if there are references to columns in table +** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index +** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx. +*/ +static int exprIdxCover(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur + && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0 + ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + return WRC_Abort; + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Determine if an index pIdx on table with cursor iCur contains will +** the expression pExpr. Return true if the index does cover the +** expression and false if the pExpr expression references table columns +** that are not found in the index pIdx. +** +** An index covering an expression means that the expression can be +** evaluated using only the index and without having to lookup the +** corresponding table entry. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex( + Expr *pExpr, /* The index to be tested */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number for the corresponding table */ + Index *pIdx /* The index that might be used for coverage */ +){ + Walker w; + struct IdxCover xcov; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + xcov.iCur = iCur; + xcov.pIdx = pIdx; + w.xExprCallback = exprIdxCover; + w.u.pIdxCover = &xcov; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); + return !w.eCode; +} + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** aggregate function, in order to implement the +** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. +*/ +struct SrcCount { + SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ + int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ + int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ +}; + +/* +** Count the number of references to columns. +*/ +static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() + ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the + ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the + ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ + int i; + struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + int nSrc = pSrc ? pSrc->nSrc : 0; + for(i=0; iiTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; + } + if( inThis++; + }else if( nSrc==0 || pExpr->iTablea[0].iCursor ){ + /* In a well-formed parse tree (no name resolution errors), + ** TK_COLUMN nodes with smaller Expr.iTable values are in an + ** outer context. Those are the only ones to count as "other" */ + p->nOther++; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference +** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function +** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr +** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ + Walker w; + struct SrcCount cnt; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; + cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; + cnt.nThis = 0; + cnt.nOther = 0; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); + return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aCol, + sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), + &pInfo->nColumn, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aFunc, + sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), + &pInfo->nFunc, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to +** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates +** for additional information. +*/ +static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->uNC.pAggInfo; + + assert( pNC->ncFlags & NC_UAggInfo ); + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM + ** clause of the aggregate query */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ + /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** + ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there + ** is not an entry there already. + */ + int k; + pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; + for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ + if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + ){ + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; + pCol->pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; + pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; + pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ + int j, n; + ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; + struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; + n = pGB->nExpr; + for(j=0; jpExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; + } + } + /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either + ** because it was there before or because we just created it). + ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that + ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. + */ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; + break; + } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ + } /* end loop over pSrcList */ + } + return WRC_Prune; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 + && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 + ){ + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure + */ + struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; + for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ + /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] + */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); + if( i>=0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, + pExpr->u.zToken, + pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ + pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pItem->iDistinct = -1; + } + } + } + /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry + */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + return WRC_Prune; + }else{ + return WRC_Continue; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} +static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + pWalker->walkerDepth++; + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + pWalker->walkerDepth--; +} + +/* +** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and +** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo +** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as +** necessary. +** +** This routine should only be called after the expression has been +** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ + Walker w; + w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; + w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; + w.xSelectCallback2 = analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd; + w.walkerDepth = 0; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + w.pParse = 0; + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an +** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** +** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( pList ){ + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); + } + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ + return ++pParse->nMem; + } + return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other +** purpose. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ + int i, n; + if( nReg==1 ) return sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + i = pParse->iRangeReg; + n = pParse->nRangeReg; + if( nReg<=n ){ + pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; + pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; + }else{ + i = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nReg; + } + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReg); + return; + } + if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ + pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; + pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. +** +** Always invoke this procedure after coding a subroutine or co-routine +** that might be invoked from other parts of the code, to ensure that +** the sub/co-routine does not use registers in common with the code that +** invokes the sub/co-routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->nTempReg = 0; + pParse->nRangeReg = 0; +} + +/* +** Validate that no temporary register falls within the range of +** iFirst..iLast, inclusive. This routine is only call from within assert() +** statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){ + int i; + if( pParse->nRangeReg>0 + && pParse->iRangeReg+pParse->nRangeReg > iFirst + && pParse->iRangeReg <= iLast + ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; inTempReg; i++){ + if( pParse->aTempReg[i]>=iFirst && pParse->aTempReg[i]<=iLast ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2005 February 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code +** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the +** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + +/* +** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered +** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). +** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message +** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. +** +** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. +*/ +static int isAlterableTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Shadow) + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_Defensive) + && pParse->db->nVdbeExec==0 + ) +#endif + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate code to verify that the schemas of database zDb and, if +** bTemp is not true, database "temp", can still be parsed. This is +** called at the end of the generation of an ALTER TABLE ... RENAME ... +** statement to ensure that the operation has not rendered any schema +** objects unusable. +*/ +static void renameTestSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb, int bTemp){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "SELECT 1 " + "FROM \"%w\".%s " + "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" + " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" + " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, %d)=NULL ", + zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, bTemp + ); + + if( bTemp==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "SELECT 1 " + "FROM temp.%s " + "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" + " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" + " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1)=NULL ", + MASTER_NAME, zDb + ); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to reload the schema for database iDb. And, if iDb!=1, for +** the temp database as well. +*/ +static void renameReloadSchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( v ){ + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(pParse->pVdbe, iDb, 0); + if( iDb!=1 ) sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(pParse->pVdbe, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ + Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ + const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ + Vdbe *v; + VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ + u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ + + savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; + if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; + assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; + + /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; + + /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist + ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } + + /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name + ** that the table is being renamed to. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse,zName,"table",zName) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ + pVTab = 0; + } + } +#endif + + /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. Then modify the schema cookie + ** (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the schema). Call sqlite3MayAbort(), + ** as the scalar functions (e.g. sqlite_rename_table()) invoked by the + ** nested SQL may raise an exception. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + + /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); + + /* Rewrite all CREATE TABLE, INDEX, TRIGGER or VIEW statements in + ** the schema to use the new table name. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, %d) " + "WHERE (type!='index' OR tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase)" + "AND name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X'" + , zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName + ); + + /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_master table + ** as required. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " + "tbl_name = %Q, " + "name = CASE " + "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " + "WHEN name LIKE 'sqliteX_autoindex%%' ESCAPE 'X' " + " AND type='index' THEN " + "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " + "ELSE name END " + "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zName, zName, zName, + nTabName, zTabName + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + ** it with the new table name. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", + zDb, zName, pTab->zName); + } +#endif + + /* If the table being renamed is not itself part of the temp database, + ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database + ** as required. */ + if( iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, 1), " + "tbl_name = " + "CASE WHEN tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " + " sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1) " + "THEN %Q ELSE tbl_name END " + "WHERE type IN ('view', 'trigger')" + , zDb, zTabName, zName, zTabName, zDb, zName); + } + + /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if + ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names + ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other + ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pVTab ){ + int i = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, i, zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); + } +#endif + + renameReloadSchema(pParse, iDb); + renameTestSchema(pParse, zDb, iDb==1); + +exit_rename_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + db->mDbFlags = savedDbFlags; +} + +/* +** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement +** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new +** column definition. +** +** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include +** the new column during parsing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ + Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + const char *zDb; /* Database name */ + const char *zTab; /* Table name */ + char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ + Column *pCol; /* The new column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + int r1; /* Temporary registers */ + + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pNew = pParse->pNewTable; + assert( pNew ); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ + pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; + pDflt = pCol->pDflt; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); + assert( pTab ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking + ** for an SQL NULL default below. + */ + assert( pDflt==0 || pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + if( pDflt && pDflt->pLeft->op==TK_NULL ){ + pDflt = 0; + } + + /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. + ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the + ** column must not be NULL. + */ + if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); + return; + } + if( pNew->pIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + return; + } + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); + return; + } + if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); + return; + } + + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() + ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) + */ + if( pDflt ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int rc; + rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pVal); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed == 1 ); + return; + } + if( !pVal ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); + return; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } + + /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ + zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); + if( zCol ){ + char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + u32 savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; + while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ + *zEnd-- = '\0'; + } + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + zTab + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); + db->mDbFlags = savedDbFlags; + } + + /* Make sure the schema version is at least 3. But do not upgrade + ** from less than 3 to 4, as that will corrupt any preexisting DESC + ** index. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, r1, -2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, r1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, 3); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + + /* Reload the table definition */ + renameReloadSchema(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in +** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. +** +** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure +** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point +** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** after parsing is finished. +** +** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete +** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pNew; + Table *pTab; + int iDb; + int i; + int nAlloc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Look up the table being altered. */ + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the + ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify + ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this + ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing + ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" + ** prefix on their name. + */ + pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pParse->pNewTable = pNew; + pNew->nTabRef = 1; + pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; + assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); + nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; + assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); + pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); + pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); + if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); + pCol->zColl = 0; + pCol->pDflt = 0; + } + pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; + pNew->nTabRef = 1; + +exit_begin_add_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + return; +} + +/* +** Parameter pTab is the subject of an ALTER TABLE ... RENAME COLUMN +** command. This function checks if the table is a view or virtual +** table (columns of views or virtual tables may not be renamed). If so, +** it loads an error message into pParse and returns non-zero. +** +** Or, if pTab is not a view or virtual table, zero is returned. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +static int isRealTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + const char *zType = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + zType = "view"; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + zType = "virtual table"; + } +#endif + if( zType ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg( + pParse, "cannot rename columns of %s \"%s\"", zType, pTab->zName + ); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} +#else /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ +# define isRealTable(x,y) (0) +#endif + +/* +** Handles the following parser reduction: +** +** cmd ::= ALTER TABLE pSrc RENAME COLUMN pOld TO pNew +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* Table being altered. pSrc->nSrc==1 */ + Token *pOld, /* Name of column being changed */ + Token *pNew /* New column name */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being updated */ + int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ + char *zOld = 0; /* Old column name */ + char *zNew = 0; /* New column name */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of schema containing the table */ + int iSchema; /* Index of the schema */ + int bQuote; /* True to quote the new name */ + + /* Locate the table to be altered */ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_column; + + /* Cannot alter a system table */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=isAlterableTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; + if( SQLITE_OK!=isRealTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; + + /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ + iSchema = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iSchema>=0 ); + zDb = db->aDb[iSchema].zDbSName; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the old name really is a column name in the table to be + ** altered. Set iCol to be the index of the column being renamed */ + zOld = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pOld); + if( !zOld ) goto exit_rename_column; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zOld) ) break; + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: \"%s\"", zOld); + goto exit_rename_column; + } + + /* Do the rename operation using a recursive UPDATE statement that + ** uses the sqlite_rename_column() SQL function to compute the new + ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_master table. + */ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + zNew = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pNew); + if( !zNew ) goto exit_rename_column; + assert( pNew->n>0 ); + bQuote = sqlite3Isquote(pNew->z[0]); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, %d) " + "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqliteX_%%' ESCAPE 'X' " + " AND (type != 'index' OR tbl_name = %Q)" + " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'", + zDb, MASTER_NAME, + zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote, iSchema==1, + pTab->zName + ); + + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE temp.%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, 1) " + "WHERE type IN ('trigger', 'view')", + MASTER_NAME, + zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote + ); + + /* Drop and reload the database schema. */ + renameReloadSchema(pParse, iSchema); + renameTestSchema(pParse, zDb, iSchema==1); + + exit_rename_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zNew); + return; +} + +/* +** Each RenameToken object maps an element of the parse tree into +** the token that generated that element. The parse tree element +** might be one of: +** +** * A pointer to an Expr that represents an ID +** * The name of a table column in Column.zName +** +** A list of RenameToken objects can be constructed during parsing. +** Each new object is created by sqlite3RenameTokenMap(). +** As the parse tree is transformed, the sqlite3RenameTokenRemap() +** routine is used to keep the mapping current. +** +** After the parse finishes, renameTokenFind() routine can be used +** to look up the actual token value that created some element in +** the parse tree. +*/ +struct RenameToken { + void *p; /* Parse tree element created by token t */ + Token t; /* The token that created parse tree element p */ + RenameToken *pNext; /* Next is a list of all RenameToken objects */ +}; + +/* +** The context of an ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN operation that gets passed +** down into the Walker. +*/ +typedef struct RenameCtx RenameCtx; +struct RenameCtx { + RenameToken *pList; /* List of tokens to overwrite */ + int nList; /* Number of tokens in pList */ + int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ + const char *zOld; /* Old column name */ +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This function is only for debugging. It performs two tasks: +** +** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the +** rename-token list. +** +** 2. Dereferences each pointer in the rename-token list. +** +** The second is most effective when debugging under valgrind or +** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer +** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking +** tool. +** +** The point of this is to prevent comparisons of invalid pointer values. +** Even though this always seems to work, it is undefined according to the +** C standard. Example of undefined comparison: +** +** sqlite3_free(x); +** if( x==y ) ... +** +** Technically, as x no longer points into a valid object or to the byte +** following a valid object, it may not be used in comparison operations. +*/ +static void renameTokenCheckAll(Parse *pParse, void *pPtr){ + if( pParse->nErr==0 && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + RenameToken *p; + u8 i = 0; + for(p=pParse->pRename; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->p ){ + assert( p->p!=pPtr ); + i += *(u8*)(p->p); + } + } + } +} +#else +# define renameTokenCheckAll(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** Remember that the parser tree element pPtr was created using +** the token pToken. +** +** In other words, construct a new RenameToken object and add it +** to the list of RenameToken objects currently being built up +** in pParse->pRename. +** +** The pPtr argument is returned so that this routine can be used +** with tail recursion in tokenExpr() routine, for a small performance +** improvement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse *pParse, void *pPtr, Token *pToken){ + RenameToken *pNew; + assert( pPtr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pPtr); + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(RenameToken)); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->p = pPtr; + pNew->t = *pToken; + pNew->pNext = pParse->pRename; + pParse->pRename = pNew; + } + + return pPtr; +} + +/* +** It is assumed that there is already a RenameToken object associated +** with parse tree element pFrom. This function remaps the associated token +** to parse tree element pTo. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(Parse *pParse, void *pTo, void *pFrom){ + RenameToken *p; + renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pTo); + for(p=pParse->pRename; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->p==pFrom ){ + p->p = pTo; + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(). +*/ +static int renameUnmapExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pExpr); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(). +*/ +static int renameUnmapSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i; + if( ALWAYS(p->pEList) ){ + ExprList *pList = p->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].zName ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pList->a[i].zName); + } + } + } + if( ALWAYS(p->pSrc) ){ /* Every Select as a SrcList, even if it is empty */ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pSrc->a[i].zName); + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Remove all nodes that are part of expression pExpr from the rename list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + Walker sWalker; + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = renameUnmapExprCb; + sWalker.xSelectCallback = renameUnmapSelectCb; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the +** rename list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList){ + if( pEList ){ + int i; + Walker sWalker; + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = renameUnmapExprCb; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pEList); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pEList->a[i].zName); + } + } +} + +/* +** Free the list of RenameToken objects given in the second argument +*/ +static void renameTokenFree(sqlite3 *db, RenameToken *pToken){ + RenameToken *pNext; + RenameToken *p; + for(p=pToken; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Search the Parse object passed as the first argument for a RenameToken +** object associated with parse tree element pPtr. If found, remove it +** from the Parse object and add it to the list maintained by the +** RenameCtx object passed as the second argument. +*/ +static void renameTokenFind(Parse *pParse, struct RenameCtx *pCtx, void *pPtr){ + RenameToken **pp; + assert( pPtr!=0 ); + for(pp=&pParse->pRename; (*pp); pp=&(*pp)->pNext){ + if( (*pp)->p==pPtr ){ + RenameToken *pToken = *pp; + *pp = pToken->pNext; + pToken->pNext = pCtx->pList; + pCtx->pList = pToken; + pCtx->nList++; + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Iterate through the Select objects that are part of WITH clauses attached +** to select statement pSelect. +*/ +static void renameWalkWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + if( pSelect->pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipWith->nCte; i++){ + Select *p = pSelect->pWith->a[i].pSelect; + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3SelectPrep(sNC.pParse, p, &sNC); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, p); + } + } +} + +/* +** This is a Walker select callback. It does nothing. It is only required +** because without a dummy callback, sqlite3WalkExpr() and similar do not +** descend into sub-select statements. +*/ +static int renameColumnSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + renameWalkWith(pWalker, p); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** This is a Walker expression callback. +** +** For every TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree, search to see +** if the column being references is the column being renamed by an +** ALTER TABLE statement. If it is, then attach its associated +** RenameToken object to the list of RenameToken objects being +** constructed in RenameCtx object at pWalker->u.pRename. +*/ +static int renameColumnExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + && pWalker->pParse->pTriggerTab==p->pTab + ){ + renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol + && p->pTab==pExpr->y.pTab + ){ + renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** The RenameCtx contains a list of tokens that reference a column that +** is being renamed by an ALTER TABLE statement. Return the "last" +** RenameToken in the RenameCtx and remove that RenameToken from the +** RenameContext. "Last" means the last RenameToken encountered when +** the input SQL is parsed from left to right. Repeated calls to this routine +** return all column name tokens in the order that they are encountered +** in the SQL statement. +*/ +static RenameToken *renameColumnTokenNext(RenameCtx *pCtx){ + RenameToken *pBest = pCtx->pList; + RenameToken *pToken; + RenameToken **pp; + + for(pToken=pBest->pNext; pToken; pToken=pToken->pNext){ + if( pToken->t.z>pBest->t.z ) pBest = pToken; + } + for(pp=&pCtx->pList; *pp!=pBest; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); + *pp = pBest->pNext; + + return pBest; +} + +/* +** An error occured while parsing or otherwise processing a database +** object (either pParse->pNewTable, pNewIndex or pNewTrigger) as part of an +** ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN program. The error message emitted by the +** sub-routine is currently stored in pParse->zErrMsg. This function +** adds context to the error message and then stores it in pCtx. +*/ +static void renameColumnParseError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int bPost, + sqlite3_value *pType, + sqlite3_value *pObject, + Parse *pParse +){ + const char *zT = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pType); + const char *zN = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pObject); + char *zErr; + + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", + zT, zN, (bPost ? " after rename" : ""), + pParse->zErrMsg + ); + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); +} + +/* +** For each name in the the expression-list pEList (i.e. each +** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the +** corresponding rename-token from Parse object pParse and add it +** to the RenameCtx pCtx. +*/ +static void renameColumnElistNames( + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + ExprList *pEList, + const char *zOld +){ + if( pEList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zOld) ){ + renameTokenFind(pParse, pCtx, (void*)zName); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) +** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token +** from Parse object pParse and add it to the RenameCtx pCtx. +*/ +static void renameColumnIdlistNames( + Parse *pParse, + RenameCtx *pCtx, + IdList *pIdList, + const char *zOld +){ + if( pIdList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + char *zName = pIdList->a[i].zName; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zOld) ){ + renameTokenFind(pParse, pCtx, (void*)zName); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Parse the SQL statement zSql using Parse object (*p). The Parse object +** is initialized by this function before it is used. +*/ +static int renameParseSql( + Parse *p, /* Memory to use for Parse object */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of schema SQL belongs to */ + int bTable, /* 1 -> RENAME TABLE, 0 -> RENAME COLUMN */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to parse */ + int bTemp /* True if SQL is from temp schema */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErr = 0; + + db->init.iDb = bTemp ? 1 : sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + + /* Parse the SQL statement passed as the first argument. If no error + ** occurs and the parse does not result in a new table, index or + ** trigger object, the database must be corrupt. */ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(Parse)); + p->eParseMode = (bTable ? PARSE_MODE_RENAME_TABLE : PARSE_MODE_RENAME_COLUMN); + p->db = db; + p->nQueryLoop = 1; + rc = sqlite3RunParser(p, zSql, &zErr); + assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + p->zErrMsg = zErr; + if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Ensure that all mappings in the Parse.pRename list really do map to + ** a part of the input string. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nSql = sqlite3Strlen30(zSql); + RenameToken *pToken; + for(pToken=p->pRename; pToken; pToken=pToken->pNext){ + assert( pToken->t.z>=zSql && &pToken->t.z[pToken->t.n]<=&zSql[nSql] ); + } + } +#endif + + db->init.iDb = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function edits SQL statement zSql, replacing each token identified +** by the linked list pRename with the text of zNew. If argument bQuote is +** true, then zNew is always quoted first. If no error occurs, the result +** is loaded into context object pCtx as the result. +** +** Or, if an error occurs (i.e. an OOM condition), an error is left in +** pCtx and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +static int renameEditSql( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return result here */ + RenameCtx *pRename, /* Rename context */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement to edit */ + const char *zNew, /* New token text */ + int bQuote /* True to always quote token */ +){ + int nNew = sqlite3Strlen30(zNew); + int nSql = sqlite3Strlen30(zSql); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zQuot; + char *zOut; + int nQuot; + + /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the + ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original + ** ALTER TABLE statement was quoted (bQuote==1), then set zNew to + ** point to zQuot so that all substitutions are made using the + ** quoted version of the new column name. */ + zQuot = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "\"%w\"", zNew); + if( zQuot==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + nQuot = sqlite3Strlen30(zQuot); + } + if( bQuote ){ + zNew = zQuot; + nNew = nQuot; + } + + /* At this point pRename->pList contains a list of RenameToken objects + ** corresponding to all tokens in the input SQL that must be replaced + ** with the new column name. All that remains is to construct and + ** return the edited SQL string. */ + assert( nQuot>=nNew ); + zOut = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nSql + pRename->nList*nQuot + 1); + if( zOut ){ + int nOut = nSql; + memcpy(zOut, zSql, nSql); + while( pRename->pList ){ + int iOff; /* Offset of token to replace in zOut */ + RenameToken *pBest = renameColumnTokenNext(pRename); + + u32 nReplace; + const char *zReplace; + if( sqlite3IsIdChar(*pBest->t.z) ){ + nReplace = nNew; + zReplace = zNew; + }else{ + nReplace = nQuot; + zReplace = zQuot; + } + + iOff = pBest->t.z - zSql; + if( pBest->t.n!=nReplace ){ + memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], + nOut - (iOff + pBest->t.n) + ); + nOut += nReplace - pBest->t.n; + zOut[nOut] = '\0'; + } + memcpy(&zOut[iOff], zReplace, nReplace); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest); + } + + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + sqlite3_free(zQuot); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Resolve all symbols in the trigger at pParse->pNewTrigger, assuming +** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if +** successful. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and leave an error +** message in the Parse object. +*/ +static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Trigger *pNew = pParse->pNewTrigger; + TriggerStep *pStep; + NameContext sNC; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + assert( pNew->pTabSchema ); + pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, + db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pTabSchema)].zDbSName + ); + pParse->eTriggerOp = pNew->op; + /* ALWAYS() because if the table of the trigger does not exist, the + ** error would have been hit before this point */ + if( ALWAYS(pParse->pTriggerTab) ){ + rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pParse->pTriggerTab); + } + + /* Resolve symbols in WHEN clause */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->pWhen ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pNew->pWhen); + } + + for(pStep=pNew->step_list; rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + if( pStep->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pStep->pSelect, &sNC); + if( pParse->nErr ) rc = pParse->rc; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->zTarget ){ + Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); + if( pTarget==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTarget)) ){ + SrcList sSrc; + memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); + sSrc.nSrc = 1; + sSrc.a[0].zName = pStep->zTarget; + sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTarget; + sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; + if( pStep->pWhere ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pStep->pWhere); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pStep->pExprList); + } + assert( !pStep->pUpsert || (!pStep->pWhere && !pStep->pExprList) ); + if( pStep->pUpsert ){ + Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = &sSrc; + sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert; + sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + ExprList *pUpsertSet = pUpsert->pUpsertSet; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsertSet); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); + } + sNC.ncFlags = 0; + } + sNC.pSrcList = 0; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke sqlite3WalkExpr() or sqlite3WalkSelect() on all Select or Expr +** objects that are part of the trigger passed as the second argument. +*/ +static void renameWalkTrigger(Walker *pWalker, Trigger *pTrigger){ + TriggerStep *pStep; + + /* Find tokens to edit in WHEN clause */ + sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pTrigger->pWhen); + + /* Find tokens to edit in trigger steps */ + for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pStep->pExprList); + if( pStep->pUpsert ){ + Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert; + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertSet); + sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere); + sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); + } + } +} + +/* +** Free the contents of Parse object (*pParse). Do not free the memory +** occupied by the Parse object itself. +*/ +static void renameParseCleanup(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Index *pIdx; + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + while( (pIdx = pParse->pNewIndex)!=0 ){ + pParse->pNewIndex = pIdx->pNext; + sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIdx); + } + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); + renameTokenFree(db, pParse->pRename); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); +} + +/* +** SQL function: +** +** sqlite_rename_column(zSql, iCol, bQuote, zNew, zTable, zOld) +** +** 0. zSql: SQL statement to rewrite +** 1. type: Type of object ("table", "view" etc.) +** 2. object: Name of object +** 3. Database: Database name (e.g. "main") +** 4. Table: Table name +** 5. iCol: Index of column to rename +** 6. zNew: New column name +** 7. bQuote: Non-zero if the new column name should be quoted. +** 8. bTemp: True if zSql comes from temp schema +** +** Do a column rename operation on the CREATE statement given in zSql. +** The iCol-th column (left-most is 0) of table zTable is renamed from zCol +** into zNew. The name should be quoted if bQuote is true. +** +** This function is used internally by the ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN command. +** It is only accessible to SQL created using sqlite3NestedParse(). It is +** not reachable from ordinary SQL passed into sqlite3_prepare(). +*/ +static void renameColumnFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + RenameCtx sCtx; + const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); + const char *zTable = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[4]); + int iCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[5]); + const char *zNew = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[6]); + int bQuote = sqlite3_value_int(argv[7]); + int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[8]); + const char *zOld; + int rc; + Parse sParse; + Walker sWalker; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + Table *pTab; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; +#endif + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( zSql==0 ) return; + if( zTable==0 ) return; + if( zNew==0 ) return; + if( iCol<0 ) return; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTable, zDb); + if( pTab==0 || iCol>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + return; + } + zOld = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); + sCtx.iCol = ((iCol==pTab->iPKey) ? -1 : iCol); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 0, db, zSql, bTemp); + + /* Find tokens that need to be replaced. */ + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); + sWalker.pParse = &sParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = renameColumnExprCb; + sWalker.xSelectCallback = renameColumnSelectCb; + sWalker.u.pRename = &sCtx; + + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; + if( sParse.pNewTable ){ + Select *pSelect = sParse.pNewTable->pSelect; + if( pSelect ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, sParse.pNewTable->pSelect, 0); + rc = (db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : sParse.rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3WalkSelect(&sWalker, pSelect); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; + }else{ + /* A regular table */ + int bFKOnly = sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, sParse.pNewTable->zName); + FKey *pFKey; + assert( sParse.pNewTable->pSelect==0 ); + sCtx.pTab = sParse.pNewTable; + if( bFKOnly==0 ){ + renameTokenFind( + &sParse, &sCtx, (void*)sParse.pNewTable->aCol[iCol].zName + ); + if( sCtx.iCol<0 ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)&sParse.pNewTable->iPKey); + } + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, sParse.pNewTable->pCheck); + for(pIdx=sParse.pNewTable->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pIdx->aColExpr); + } + for(pIdx=sParse.pNewIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pIdx->aColExpr); + } + } + + for(pFKey=sParse.pNewTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( bFKOnly==0 && pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom==iCol ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)&pFKey->aCol[i]); + } + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->zTo, zTable) + && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->aCol[i].zCol, zOld) + ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)pFKey->aCol[i].zCol); + } + } + } + } + }else if( sParse.pNewIndex ){ + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->aColExpr); + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->pPartIdxWhere); + }else{ + /* A trigger */ + TriggerStep *pStep; + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, (bTemp ? 0 : zDb)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; + + for(pStep=sParse.pNewTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + if( pStep->zTarget ){ + Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); + if( pTarget==pTab ){ + if( pStep->pUpsert ){ + ExprList *pUpsertSet = pStep->pUpsert->pUpsertSet; + renameColumnElistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pUpsertSet, zOld); + } + renameColumnIdlistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->pIdList, zOld); + renameColumnElistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->pExprList, zOld); + } + } + } + + + /* Find tokens to edit in UPDATE OF clause */ + if( sParse.pTriggerTab==pTab ){ + renameColumnIdlistNames(&sParse, &sCtx,sParse.pNewTrigger->pColumns,zOld); + } + + /* Find tokens to edit in various expressions and selects */ + renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, sParse.pNewTrigger); + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = renameEditSql(context, &sCtx, zSql, zNew, bQuote); + +renameColumnFunc_done: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ + renameColumnParseError(context, 0, argv[1], argv[2], &sParse); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); + } + } + + renameParseCleanup(&sParse); + renameTokenFree(db, sCtx.pList); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +} + +/* +** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +*/ +static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && p->pTab==pExpr->y.pTab ){ + renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)&pExpr->y.pTab); + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". +*/ +static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + int i; + RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; + SrcList *pSrc = pSelect->pSrc; + if( pSrc==0 ){ + assert( pWalker->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return WRC_Abort; + } + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->pTab==p->pTab ){ + renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, pItem->zName); + } + } + renameWalkWith(pWalker, pSelect); + + return WRC_Continue; +} + + +/* +** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code +** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** parent table. It is passed three arguments: +** +** 0: The database containing the table being renamed. +** 1. type: Type of object ("table", "view" etc.) +** 2. object: Name of object +** 3: The complete text of the schema statement being modified, +** 4: The old name of the table being renamed, and +** 5: The new name of the table being renamed. +** 6: True if the schema statement comes from the temp db. +** +** It returns the new schema statement. For example: +** +** sqlite_rename_table('main', 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)','t2','t3',0) +** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' +*/ +static void renameTableFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zInput = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); + const char *zOld = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[4]); + const char *zNew = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[5]); + int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[6]); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + if( zInput && zOld && zNew ){ + Parse sParse; + int rc; + int bQuote = 1; + RenameCtx sCtx; + Walker sWalker; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(RenameCtx)); + sCtx.pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zOld, zDb); + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); + sWalker.pParse = &sParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = renameTableExprCb; + sWalker.xSelectCallback = renameTableSelectCb; + sWalker.u.pRename = &sCtx; + + rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 1, db, zInput, bTemp); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int isLegacy = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyAlter); + if( sParse.pNewTable ){ + Table *pTab = sParse.pNewTable; + + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + if( isLegacy==0 ){ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = &sParse; + + sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, pTab->pSelect, &sNC); + if( sParse.nErr ) rc = sParse.rc; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&sWalker, pTab->pSelect); + } + }else{ + /* Modify any FK definitions to point to the new table. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( isLegacy==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys) ){ + FKey *pFKey; + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->zTo, zOld)==0 ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)pFKey->zTo); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* If this is the table being altered, fix any table refs in CHECK + ** expressions. Also update the name that appears right after the + ** "CREATE [VIRTUAL] TABLE" bit. */ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zOld, pTab->zName)==0 ){ + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + if( isLegacy==0 ){ + sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pTab->pCheck); + } + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, pTab->zName); + } + } + } + + else if( sParse.pNewIndex ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewIndex->zName); + if( isLegacy==0 ){ + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->pPartIdxWhere); + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + else{ + Trigger *pTrigger = sParse.pNewTrigger; + TriggerStep *pStep; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) + && sCtx.pTab->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema + ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewTrigger->table); + } + + if( isLegacy==0 ){ + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, pTrigger); + for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + if( pStep->zTarget && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pStep->zTarget, zOld) ){ + renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->zTarget); + } + } + } + } + } +#endif + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = renameEditSql(context, &sCtx, zInput, zNew, bQuote); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ + renameColumnParseError(context, 0, argv[1], argv[2], &sParse); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); + } + } + + renameParseCleanup(&sParse); + renameTokenFree(db, sCtx.pList); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#endif + } + + return; +} + +/* +** An SQL user function that checks that there are no parse or symbol +** resolution problems in a CREATE TRIGGER|TABLE|VIEW|INDEX statement. +** After an ALTER TABLE .. RENAME operation is performed and the schema +** reloaded, this function is called on each SQL statement in the schema +** to ensure that it is still usable. +** +** 0: Database name ("main", "temp" etc.). +** 1: SQL statement. +** 2: Object type ("view", "table", "trigger" or "index"). +** 3: Object name. +** 4: True if object is from temp schema. +** +** Unless it finds an error, this function normally returns NULL. However, it +** returns integer value 1 if: +** +** * the SQL argument creates a trigger, and +** * the table that the trigger is attached to is in database zDb. +*/ +static void renameTableTest( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char const *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char const *zInput = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[4]); + int isLegacy = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyAlter); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( zDb && zInput ){ + int rc; + Parse sParse; + rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 1, db, zInput, bTemp); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isLegacy==0 && sParse.pNewTable && sParse.pNewTable->pSelect ){ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = &sParse; + sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, sParse.pNewTable->pSelect, &sNC); + if( sParse.nErr ) rc = sParse.rc; + } + + else if( sParse.pNewTrigger ){ + if( isLegacy==0 ){ + rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i1 = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, sParse.pNewTrigger->pTabSchema); + int i2 = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( i1==i2 ) sqlite3_result_int(context, 1); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + renameColumnParseError(context, 1, argv[2], argv[3], &sParse); + } + renameParseCleanup(&sParse); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#endif +} + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ + static FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { + INTERNAL_FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_column, 9, renameColumnFunc), + INTERNAL_FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 7, renameTableFunc), + INTERNAL_FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_test, 5, renameTableTest), + }; + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAlterTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs)); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ + +/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2005-07-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. +** +** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables +** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner +** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. +** +** The following system tables are or have been supported: +** +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** +** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version +** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only +** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 through 3.29.0 when +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 +** is a superset of sqlite_stat2 and is also now deprecated. The +** sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced version of sqlite_stat3 and is only +** available when compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite +** versions 3.8.1 and later. STAT4 is the only variant that is still +** supported. +** +** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required +** for the query planner to make good choices. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat1: +** +** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the +** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to +** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be +** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this +** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the +** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second +** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same +** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average +** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For +** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If +** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. +** +** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed +** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, +** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the +** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that +** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat +** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of +** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat2: +** +** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between +** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information +** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by +** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which +** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 +** table for each index. +** +** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 +** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at +** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S +** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. +** Then the sampled rows are given by: +** +** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) +** +** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into +** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. +** +** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This +** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor +** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports +** sqlite_stat3. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the +** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information +** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat4: +** +** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data +** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values +** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of +** queries. +** +** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. +** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the +** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is +** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the +** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a +** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number +** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches +** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq +** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the +** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. +** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate +** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first +** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the +** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the +** sample. +** +** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. +** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables +** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across +** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with +** large nEq values. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only +** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample +** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead +** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in +** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 +** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first +** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) +# define IsStat4 1 +#else +# define IsStat4 0 +# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES +# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. +** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now +** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when +** appropriate compile-time options are provided. +** +** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. +** +** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, +** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in +** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. +** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. +*/ +static void openStatTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ + int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ + const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ + const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ +){ + static const struct { + const char *zName; + const char *zCols; + } aTable[] = { + { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, +#else + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#endif + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, + }; + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; + u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; + + if( v==0 ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them + ** if they do already exist. + */ + for(i=0; izDbSName))==0 ){ + if( aTable[i].zCols ){ + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols + ); + aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; + aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; + } + }else{ + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the + ** entire contents of the table. */ + aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; + aCreateTbl[i] = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); + if( zWhere ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + pDb->zDbSName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere + ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + }else if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s", pDb->zDbSName, zTab); +#endif + }else{ + /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); + } + } + } + + /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ + for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ + assert( inRowid ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); + if( p->u.aRowid ){ + p->nRowid = n; + memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); + }else{ + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + p->u.iRowid = iRowid; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ + pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; + pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; + pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; + memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + if( pFrom->nRowid ){ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); + }else{ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. +*/ +static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); + for(i=0; imxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); + sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters +** are: +** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) +** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. +** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2) +** +** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a +** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the +** total number of columns in the table. +** +** Note 2: C is only used for STAT4. +** +** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on +** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the +** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the +** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. +** +** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return +** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the +** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum +** object. +*/ +static void statInit( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p; + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */ + int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ + int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; +#endif + + /* Decode the three function arguments */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + assert( nCol>0 ); + nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; + nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( nKeyCol<=nCol ); + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + + /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ + n = sizeof(*p) + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ + + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) +#endif + ; + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + p->db = db; + p->nRow = 0; + p->nCol = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol; + p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; + p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ + + p->iGet = -1; + p->mxSample = mxSample; + p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); + p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; + p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + + /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ + p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; + p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; + pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); + for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ + p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + } + assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); + + for(i=0; iaBest[i].iCol = i; + } + } +#endif + + /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller. Note that + ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object + ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive + ** value. */ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor); +} +static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat4, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statInit, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ + "stat_init", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this +** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected +** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetterPost( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + int nCol = pAccum->nCol; + int i; + assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); + for(i=pNew->iCol+1; ianEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; + if( pNew->anEq[i]anEq[i] ) return 0; + } + if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetter( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; + tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; + + assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); + assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); + + if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; + if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ + if( pNew->iColiCol ) return 1; + return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, +** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. +*/ +static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ + Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; + int i; + + assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); + + /* Stat4Accum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0 + ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in Stat4Accum.a[]. In + ** other words, if nMaxEqZero is n, then it is guaranteed that there + ** are no samples with Stat4Sample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */ + if( nEqZero>p->nMaxEqZero ){ + p->nMaxEqZero = nEqZero; + } + if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ + Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; + assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); + + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already + ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add + ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority + ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; + if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ + if( pOld->isPSample ) return; + assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); + assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); + if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ + pUpgrade = pOld; + } + } + } + if( pUpgrade ){ + pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; + pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; + goto find_new_min; + } + } + + /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; + tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; + tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; + tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; + sampleClear(p->db, pMin); + memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; + pSample->nRowid = 0; + pSample->anEq = anEq; + pSample->anDLt = anDLt; + pSample->anLt = anLt; + p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; + } + + /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that + ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would + ** be out of order. */ + assert( p->nSample==0 + || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); + + /* Insert the new sample */ + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; + sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); + p->nSample++; + + /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ + memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); + +find_new_min: + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + int iMin = -1; + for(i=0; imxSample; i++){ + if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; + if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ + iMin = i; + } + } + assert( iMin>=0 ); + p->iMin = iMin; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point +** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the +** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are +** correct at this point. +*/ +static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int i; + + /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed + ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ + for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; + pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; + if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ + sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); + } + } + + /* Check that no sample contains an anEq[] entry with an index of + ** p->nMaxEqZero or greater set to zero. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=p->nMaxEqZero; jnCol; j++) assert( p->a[i].anEq[j]>0 ); + } + + /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ + if( iChngnMaxEqZero ){ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=iChng; jnCol; j++){ + if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; + } + } + p->nMaxEqZero = iChng; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) +** Arguments: +** +** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() +** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row +** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for +** WITHOUT ROWID tables. +** +** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate +** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the +** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to +** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables. +** +** The R parameter is only used for STAT4 +*/ +static void statPush( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + + /* The three function arguments */ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); + assert( p->nCol>0 ); + assert( iChngnCol ); + + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + }else{ + /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ + samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); + + /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply + ** to the current row of the index. */ + for(i=0; icurrent.anEq[i]++; + } + for(i=iChng; inCol; i++){ + p->current.anDLt[i]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; +#endif + p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + } + } + p->nRow++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); + }else{ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), + sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); + } + p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; + + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + p->current.iCol = 0; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + } + + /* Update the aBest[] array. */ + for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ + p->current.iCol = i; + if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ + sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); + } + } + } +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat4, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statPush, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ + "stat_push", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ +#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is +** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into +** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter +** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. +** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J +** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. +** +** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL. It is +** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program. (See +** the callStatGet() routine below.) It is guaranteed that the P +** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a +** NULL. +** +** If STAT4 is not enabled, then J is always +** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes +** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the +** stat1 table entry information. +*/ +static void statGet( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + /* STAT4 has a parameter on this routine. */ + int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( argc==2 ); + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + ); + if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) +#else + assert( argc==1 ); +#endif + { + /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 + ** table for this index. + ** + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of + ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using + ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: + ** + ** * the index contains 100 rows, + ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and + ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. + ** + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: + ** + ** I = (K+D-1)/D + */ + char *z; + int i; + + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 ); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); + z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; + u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ + if( p->iGet<0 ){ + samplePushPrevious(p, 0); + p->iGet = 0; + } + if( p->iGetnSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; + if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } + }else{ + tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; + + assert( p->iGetnSample ); + switch( eCall ){ + case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; + case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; + default: { + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + p->iGet++; + break; + } + } + + { + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + z[-1] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { + 1+IsStat4, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statGet, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ + "stat_get", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ + assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); +#elif SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4, regOut, + (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat4); +} + +/* +** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with +** a single table. +*/ +static void analyzeOneTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ + int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ + int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ + int iTab /* Next available cursor */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ + int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ + int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ + int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ + int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ +#endif + int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ + int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ + int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ + int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ + int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + Table *pStat1 = 0; +#endif + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ + return; + } + if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ + return; + } + if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite\\_%", pTab->zName, '\\')==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ + return; + } + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ + pStat1 = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) + 13); + if( pStat1==0 ) return; + pStat1->zName = (char*)&pStat1[1]; + memcpy(pStat1->zName, "sqlite_stat1", 13); + pStat1->nCol = 3; + pStat1->iPKey = -1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0,(char*)pStat1,P4_DYNBLOB); + } +#endif + + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number + ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at + ** this time though. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + iTabCur = iTab++; + iIdxCur = iTab++; + pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */ + int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ + int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ + const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ + int nColTest; /* Number of columns to test for changes */ + + if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + zIdxName = pTab->zName; + nColTest = nCol - 1; + }else{ + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + zIdxName = pIdx->zName; + nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1; + } + + /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regIdxname, zIdxName); + VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName)); + + /* + ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto chng_addr_0; + ** + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto chng_addr_N + ** + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + ** + ** endDistinctTest: + ** regRowid = idx(rowid) + ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) + ** Next csr + ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; + ** + ** end_of_scan: + */ + + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); + + /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ + assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + + /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: + ** + ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid + ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), + ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk + ** (3) the number of rows in the index, + ** + ** + ** The third argument is only used for STAT4 + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4, + (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat4); + + /* Implementation of the following: + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto next_push_0; + ** + */ + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + if( nColTest>0 ){ + int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ + aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest); + if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; + + /* + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto endDistinctTest + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL + ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip + ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; iazColl[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); + aGotoChng[i] = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest); + + + /* + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1); + for(i=0; ipTable); + int j, k, regKey; + regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + assert( k>=0 && knColumn ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); + } +#endif + assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 1, regStat4, regTemp, + (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); + assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + + /* Add the entries to the stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + int regEq = regStat1; + int regLt = regStat1+1; + int regDLt = regStat1+2; + int regSample = regStat1+3; + int regCol = regStat1+4; + int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; + int addrNext; + int addrIsNull; + u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol); + + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); + addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + for(i=0; izName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); + assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to +** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. +*/ +static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database +*/ +static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ + HashElem *k; + int iStatCur; + int iMem; + int iTab; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); + iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + iTab = pParse->nTab; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); + } + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in +** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index +** in pTab that should be analyzed. +*/ +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ + int iDb; + int iStatCur; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + if( pOnlyIdx ){ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + }else{ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); + } + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine +** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. +** +** ANALYZE -- 1 +** ANALYZE -- 2 +** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. +** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. +** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int i; + char *z, *zDb; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + Token *pTableName; + Vdbe *v; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); + if( pName1==0 ){ + /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); + } + }else if( pName2->n==0 && (iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1))>=0 ){ + /* Analyze the schema named as the argument */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + }else{ + /* Form 3: Analyze the table or index named as an argument */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + zDb = pName2->n ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : 0; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + } + if( db->nSqlExec==0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); + } +} + +/* +** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the +** callback routine. +*/ +typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; +struct analysisInfo { + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zDatabase; +}; + +/* +** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a +** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into +** the array aOut[]. +*/ +static void decodeIntArray( + char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ + int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ + tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ + LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ + Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ +){ + char *z = zIntArray; + int c; + int i; + tRowcnt v; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( z==0 ) z = ""; +#else + assert( z!=0 ); +#endif + for(i=0; *z && i='0' && c<='9' ){ + v = v*10 + c - '0'; + z++; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v; + if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); +#else + assert( aOut==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); + assert( aLog!=0 ); + aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); +#endif + if( *z==' ' ) z++; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + assert( pIndex!=0 ); { +#else + if( pIndex ){ +#endif + pIndex->bUnordered = 0; + pIndex->noSkipScan = 0; + while( z[0] ){ + if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 1; + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ + int sz = sqlite3Atoi(z+3); + if( sz<2 ) sz = 2; + pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sz); + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->noSkipScan = 1; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){ + pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9)); + } +#endif + while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++; + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; + } + } +} + +/* +** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the +** sqlite_stat1 table. +** +** argv[0] = name of the table +** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) +** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** +** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in +** the table. +*/ +static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; + Index *pIndex; + Table *pTable; + const char *z; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pTable==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + pIndex = 0; + }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ + pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); + }else{ + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + } + z = argv[2]; + + if( pIndex ){ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0; + int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate + ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber + ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */ + if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){ + pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol); + if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ) sqlite3OomFault(pInfo->db); + } + aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst; +#endif + pIndex->bUnordered = 0; + decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); + pIndex->hasStat1 = 1; + if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ + pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1; + } + }else{ + Index fakeIdx; + fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + fakeIdx.pTable = pTable; +#endif + decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); + pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array +** and its contents. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( pIdx->aSample ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ + IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); + } + if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + pIdx->nSample = 0; + pIdx->aSample = 0; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. +*/ +static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ + if( pIdx ){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; + int iCol; + int nCol = 1; + if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){ + /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all + ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as + ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are + ** unique. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1; + } + for(iCol=0; iColnSample; + int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */ + tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */ + tRowcnt avgEq = 0; + tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in index */ + i64 nSum100 = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */ + i64 nDist100; /* Number of distinct values in index */ + + if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){ + nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol]; + nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol]; + nSample--; + }else{ + nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0]; + nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]; + } + pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow; + + /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of + ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value + ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */ + for(i=0; inSample-1) + || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] + ){ + sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + nSum100 += 100; + } + } + + if( nDist100>nSum100 && sumEqaAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; + } + } +} + +/* +** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table +** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. +*/ +static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const char *zDb +){ + Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ){ + Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + return pIdx; +} + +/* +** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 +** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return +** data equivalent to the following: +** +** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx +** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 +** +** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. +*/ +static int loadStatTbl( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ + const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ + const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ +){ + int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ + Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ + IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ + + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nSample; /* Number of samples */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ + int i; /* Bytes of space required */ + tRowcnt *pSpace; + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); + if( pIdx==0 ) continue; + assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 ); + if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + }else{ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn; + } + pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; + nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; + nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; + nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ + + pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; + pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + for(i=0; iaSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + } + assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc ) return rc; + + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ) continue; + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; + if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ + initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + pPrevIdx = pIdx; + } + pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); + + /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. + ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the + ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the + ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with + ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing + ** a buffer overread. */ + pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); + if( pSample->p==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pSample->n ){ + memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); + } + pIdx->nSample++; + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 table into +** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. +*/ +static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", + zDb + ); + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat4 tables. The +** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] +** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat4 are used to populate the +** Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat4 table is present, no data is +** read from it. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 was defined during compilation and the +** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is +** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 +** table (if it is present) before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. +** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return +** code may be ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + analysisInfo sInfo; + HashElem *i; + char *zSql; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + + /* Clear any prior statistics */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + pTab->tabFlags &= ~TF_HasStat1; + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + pIdx->hasStat1 = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); + pIdx->aSample = 0; +#endif + } + + /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ + sInfo.db = db; + sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){ + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + } + } + + /* Set appropriate defaults on all indexes not in the sqlite_stat1 table */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ) sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); + } + + /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst); + pIdx->aiRowEst = 0; + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return rc; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ + +/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH +/* +** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This +** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple +** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. +** +** i.e. if the parser sees: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def +** +** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of +** looking for columns of the same name. +** +** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' +** +** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. +*/ +static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); + }else{ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z +** +** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) +** +** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the +** third argument. +** +** If the db->init.reopenMemdb flags is set, then instead of attaching a +** new database, close the database on db->init.iDb and reopen it as an +** empty MemDB. +*/ +static void attachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int rc = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + const char *zName; + const char *zFile; + char *zPath = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + unsigned int flags; + Db *aNew; /* New array of Db pointers */ + Db *pNew; /* Db object for the newly attached database */ + char *zErrDyn = 0; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE +# define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) (db->init.reopenMemdb) +#else +# define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) (0) +#endif + + if( REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ + /* This is not a real ATTACH. Instead, this routine is being called + ** from sqlite3_deserialize() to close database db->init.iDb and + ** reopen it as a MemDB */ + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find("memdb"); + if( pVfs==0 ) return; + pNew = &db->aDb[db->init.iDb]; + if( pNew->pBt ) sqlite3BtreeClose(pNew->pBt); + pNew->pBt = 0; + pNew->pSchema = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, "x\0", db, &pNew->pBt, 0, SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + }else{ + /* This is a real ATTACH + ** + ** Check for the following errors: + ** + ** * Too many attached databases, + ** * Transaction currently open + ** * Specified database name already being used. + */ + if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] + ); + goto attach_error; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName; + assert( z && zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); + goto attach_error; + } + } + + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema + ** hash tables. + */ + if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ + aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + }else{ + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + } + db->aDb = aNew; + pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use + ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may + ** or may not be initialized. + */ + flags = db->openFlags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + assert( pVfs ); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &pNew->pBt, 0, flags); + db->nDb++; + pNew->zDbSName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + } + db->noSharedCache = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Pager *pPager; + pNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, pNew->pBt); + if( !pNew->pSchema ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pNew->pBt); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pNew->pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pNew->pBt, + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pNew->pBt, + PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); +#endif + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pNew->pBt); + } + pNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); + switch( t ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + + case SQLITE_TEXT: + case SQLITE_BLOB: + nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; + + case SQLITE_NULL: + /* No key specified. Use the key from URI filename, or if none, + ** use the key from the main database. */ + if( sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, zName, zPath)==0 ){ + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + } + } + break; + } + } +#endif + sqlite3_free( zPath ); + + /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the + ** way we found it. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + db->init.iDb = 0; + db->mDbFlags &= ~(DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk); + if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + assert( zErrDyn==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ + u8 newAuth = 0; + rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth); + if( newAuthauth.authLevel ){ + rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; + } + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ + int iDb = db->nDb - 1; + assert( iDb>=2 ); + if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); + db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; + } + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->nDb = iDb; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); + }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); + } + } + goto attach_error; + } + + return; + +attach_error: + /* Return an error if we get here */ + if( zErrDyn ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + } + if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** +** DETACH DATABASE x +** +** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +*/ +static void detachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int i; + Db *pDb = 0; + HashElem *pEntry; + char zErr[128]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName)==0 ) break; + } + + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( i<2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + + /* If any TEMP triggers reference the schema being detached, move those + ** triggers to reference the TEMP schema itself. */ + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + pEntry = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[1].pSchema->trigHash); + while( pEntry ){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pEntry); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pDb->pSchema ){ + pTrig->pTabSchema = pTrig->pSchema; + } + pEntry = sqliteHashNext(pEntry); + } + + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + return; + +detach_error: + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); +} + +/* +** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the +** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. +*/ +static void codeAttach( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ + FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ + Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ + Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ + Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ + Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +){ + int rc; + NameContext sName; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3* db = pParse->db; + int regArgs; + + if( pParse->nErr ) goto attach_end; + memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sName.pParse = pParse; + + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) + ){ + goto attach_end; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pAuthArg ){ + char *zAuthArg; + if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ + zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; + }else{ + zAuthArg = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); + if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto attach_end; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); + + assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3, + (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); + + /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this + ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing + ** statements). + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); + } + +attach_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. +** +** DETACH pDbname +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ + static const FuncDef detach_func = { + 1, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + detachFunc, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ + "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ + {0} + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. +** +** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ + static const FuncDef attach_func = { + 3, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + attachFunc, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ + "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ + {0} + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/* +** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior +** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( + DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ + Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ + int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ + const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ + const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + + db = pParse->db; + assert( db->nDb>iDb ); + pFix->pParse = pParse; + pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pFix->zType = zType; + pFix->pName = pName; + pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); +} + +/* +** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign +** a specific database to all table references where the database name +** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure +** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). +** +** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or +** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. +** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are +** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made +** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to +** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything +** checks out, these routines return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDb; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; + zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ + if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, + "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", + pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); + return 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); + pItem->zDatabase = 0; + pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; +#endif + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc && sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pSelect ){ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ + return 1; + } + if( pSelect->pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipWith->nCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pSelect->pWith->a[i].pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pExpr ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Indirect); + if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); + return 1; + } + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ) break; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; + }else{ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ + return 1; + } + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pStep ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ + return 1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT + if( pStep->pUpsert ){ + Upsert *pUp = pStep->pUpsert; + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pUp->pUpsertTarget) + || sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pUp->pUpsertTargetWhere) + || sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pUp->pUpsertSet) + || sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pUp->pUpsertWhere) + ){ + return 1; + } + } +#endif + pStep = pStep->pNext; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 January 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() +** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded +** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling +** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single +** macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + +/* +** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** +** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation +** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on +** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function +** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument +** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** +** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW +** SQLITE_DELETE +** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW +** SQLITE_INSERT +** SQLITE_PRAGMA +** SQLITE_READ +** SQLITE_SELECT +** SQLITE_TRANSACTION +** SQLITE_UPDATE +** +** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of +** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function +** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If +** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY +** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call +** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement +** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL +** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** +** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default +** setting of the auth function is NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth; + db->pAuthArg = pArg; + if( db->xAuth ) sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the +** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +*/ +static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from +** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization +** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). +** +** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed +** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE +** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + const char *zCol, /* Column name */ + int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; /* Schema name of attached database */ + int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ + + if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + ,db->auth.zAuthUser +#endif + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + char *z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zTab, zCol); + if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ) z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%z", zDb, z); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %z is prohibited", z); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. +** +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, +** then generate an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ + Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ + SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ + int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ + int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ + int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); + assert( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT || db->xAuth==0 ); + if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); + if( iDb<0 ){ + /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other + ** temporary table. */ + return; + } + + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + assert( pTabList ); + for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; + break; + } + } + } + iCol = pExpr->iColumn; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; + + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iColnCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; + }else{ + zCol = "ROWID"; + } + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return +** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY +** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are +** modified appropriately. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( + Parse *pParse, + int code, + const char *zArg1, + const char *zArg2, + const char *zArg3 +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising + ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. + */ + assert( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT || db->xAuth==0 ); + if( db->init.busy || IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( db->xAuth==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43249-19882 The third through sixth parameters to the + ** callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings that + ** contain additional details about the action to be authorized. + ** + ** The following testcase() macros show that any of the 3rd through 6th + ** parameters can be either NULL or a string. */ + testcase( zArg1==0 ); + testcase( zArg2==0 ); + testcase( zArg3==0 ); + testcase( pParse->zAuthContext==0 ); + + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + ,db->auth.zAuthUser +#endif + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + rc = SQLITE_DENY; + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the +** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until +** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( + Parse *pParse, + AuthContext *pContext, + const char *zContext +){ + assert( pParse ); + pContext->pParse = pParse; + pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; +} + +/* +** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed +** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ + if( pContext->pParse ){ + pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; + pContext->pParse = 0; + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + +/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser +** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the +** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** +** CREATE TABLE +** DROP TABLE +** CREATE INDEX +** DROP INDEX +** creating ID lists +** BEGIN TRANSACTION +** COMMIT +** ROLLBACK +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and +** codeTableLocks() functions. +*/ +struct TableLock { + int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ + int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ + const char *zLockName; /* Name of the table */ +}; + +/* +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** +** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. +** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** +** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The +** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to +** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ + int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ + const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i; + int nBytes; + TableLock *p; + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + if( iDb==1 ) return; + if( !sqlite3BtreeSharable(pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ) return; + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; + if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ + p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); + return; + } + } + + nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); + pToplevel->aTableLock = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); + if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; + p->iDb = iDb; + p->iTab = iTab; + p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; + p->zLockName = zName; + }else{ + pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; + sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the +** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). +*/ +static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + + pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + int p1 = p->iDb; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, + p->zLockName, P4_STATIC); + } +} +#else + #define codeTableLocks(x) +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no +** 1 bits. This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero() +** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipToplevel==0 ); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nested ) return; + if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return; + } + + /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the + ** vdbe program + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3UserAuthInit(db); + if( db->auth.authLevelrc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; + return; + } + } +#endif + + /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. + ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are + ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a + ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie + ** on each used database. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed==0 + && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) + ){ + int iDb, i; + assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + Schema *pSchema; + if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, + OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ + iDb, /* P1 */ + DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */ + pSchema->schema_cookie, /* P3 */ + pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ + ); + if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + VdbeComment((v, + "usesStmtJournal=%d", pParse->mayAbort && pParse->isMultiWrite)); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); + } + pParse->nVtabLock = 0; +#endif + + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + ** shared-cache feature is enabled. + */ + codeTableLocks(pParse); + + /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. + */ + sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); + + /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ + if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ + ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); + } + } + + /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1); + } + } + + + /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution + */ + if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ + /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used + * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ + assert( pParse->pAinc==0 || pParse->nTab>0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +} + +/* +** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate +** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context +** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively +** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization +** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the +** outermost parser. +** +** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + char saveBuf[PARSE_TAIL_SZ]; + + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + /* This can result either from an OOM or because the formatted string + ** exceeds SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH. In the latter case, we need to set + ** an error */ + if( !db->mallocFailed ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + pParse->nErr++; + return; + } + pParse->nested++; + memcpy(saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL(pParse), PARSE_TAIL_SZ); + memset(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), 0, PARSE_TAIL_SZ); + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + memcpy(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL_SZ); + pParse->nested--; +} + +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION +/* +** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the +** list of users and their access credentials. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){ + return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the +** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table +** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any +** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. +** +** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ + Table *p = 0; + int i; + + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table + ** exists */ + if( db->auth.authLevelnDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDatabase==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zDbSName)==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p ) return p; + } + } + /* Not found. If the name we were looking for was temp.sqlite_master + ** then change the name to sqlite_temp_master and try again. */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)!=0 ) break; + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[1].zDbSName)!=0 ) break; + zName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an +** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this +** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where +** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( + Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ + u32 flags, /* LOCATE_VIEW or LOCATE_NOERR */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ + const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ +){ + Table *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 + && SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) + ){ + return 0; + } + + p = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDbase); + if( p==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* If zName is the not the name of a table in the schema created using + ** CREATE, then check to see if it is the name of an virtual table that + ** can be an eponymous virtual table. */ + if( pParse->disableVtab==0 ){ + Module *pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName); + if( pMod==0 && sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 ){ + pMod = sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(db, zName); + } + if( pMod && sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(pParse, pMod) ){ + return pMod->pEpoTab; + } + } +#endif + if( flags & LOCATE_NOERR ) return 0; + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + }else if( IsVirtual(p) && pParse->disableVtab ){ + p = 0; + } + + if( p==0 ){ + const char *zMsg = flags & LOCATE_VIEW ? "no such view" : "no such table"; + if( zDbase ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); + } + } + + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the table identified by *p. +** +** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between +** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts +** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be +** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See +** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( + Parse *pParse, + u32 flags, + struct SrcList_item *p +){ + const char *zDb; + assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); + if( p->pSchema ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); + zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + }else{ + zDb = p->zDatabase; + } + return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, flags, p->zName, zDb); +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** a particular index given the name of that index +** and the name of the database that contains the index. +** Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the +** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking +** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is +** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added +** using the ATTACH command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ + Index *p = 0; + int i; + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; + assert( pSchema ); + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zDbSName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Reclaim the memory used by an index +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FreeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); +#endif + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->aColExpr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); + if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (void *)p->azColl); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, +** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from +** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated +** with the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ + Index *pIndex; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ + if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ + pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; + }else{ + Index *p; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of + ** indices. */ + p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; + while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } + if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ + p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; + } + } + sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; +} + +/* +** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if +** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the +** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. +** +** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) +** are never candidates for being collapsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zDbSName); + pDb->zDbSName = 0; + continue; + } + if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + } + j++; + } + db->nDb = j; + if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ + memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + } +} + +/* +** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the +** TEMP schema. The reset is deferred if db->nSchemaLock is not zero. +** Deferred resets may be run by calling with iDb<0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + int i; + assert( iDbnDb ); + + if( iDb>=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_ResetWanted); + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_ResetWanted); + db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk; + } + + if( db->nSchemaLock==0 ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_ResetWanted) ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[i].pSchema); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including +** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pSchema ){ + if( db->nSchemaLock==0 ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, i, DB_ResetWanted); + } + } + } + db->mDbFlags &= ~(DBFLAG_SchemaChange|DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk); + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + if( db->nSchemaLock==0 ){ + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ + db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_SchemaChange; +} + +/* +** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the +** Table.aCol[] array). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + int i; + Column *pCol; + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); + } +} + +/* +** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given +** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. +** +** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink +** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** the table. +** +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use +** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the +** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory +** used by the Table object. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + Index *pIndex, *pNext; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables + ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use + ** lookaside, this number should not change. + ** + ** If malloc has already failed, it may be that it failed while allocating + ** a Table object that was going to be marked ephemeral. So do not check + ** that no lookaside memory is used in this case either. */ + int nLookaside = 0; + if( db && !db->mallocFailed && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){ + nLookaside = sqlite3LookasideUsed(db, 0); + } +#endif + + /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ + for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ + pNext = pIndex->pNext; + assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema + || (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) ); + if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){ + char *zName = pIndex->zName; + TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( + &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0 + ); + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + } + sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + + /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ + sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); + + /* Delete the Table structure itself. + */ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); + + /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ + assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0) ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ + if( !pTable ) return; + if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nTabRef)>0) ) return; + deleteTable(db, pTable); +} + + +/* +** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the +** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ + Table *p; + Db *pDb; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( zTabName ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; +} + +/* +** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that +** token. Space to hold the returned string +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling +** function. +** +** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that +** surround the body of the token are removed. +** +** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so +** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string +** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + char *zName; + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + }else{ + zName = 0; + } + return zName; +} + +/* +** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); + if( p->nTab==0 ){ + p->nTab = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name +** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This +** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or +** -1 if the named db cannot be found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; /* Database number */ + if( zName ){ + Db *pDb; + for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName) ) break; + /* "main" is always an acceptable alias for the primary database + ** even if it has been renamed using SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME. */ + if( i==0 && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("main", zName) ) break; + } + } + return i; +} + +/* +** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or +** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** does not exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + int i; /* Database number */ + char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return i; +} + +/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens +** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if +** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** +** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** +** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or +** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the +** database "xxx" is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ + Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ + Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( pName2!=0 ); + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + if( db->init.busy ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); + return -1; + } + *pUnqual = pName2; + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); + return -1; + } + }else{ + assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy || IN_RENAME_OBJECT + || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0); + iDb = db->init.iDb; + *pUnqual = pName1; + } + return iDb; +} + +/* +** True if PRAGMA writable_schema is ON +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WritableSchema(sqlite3 *db){ + testcase( (db->flags&(SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive))==0 ); + testcase( (db->flags&(SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive))== + SQLITE_WriteSchema ); + testcase( (db->flags&(SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive))== + SQLITE_Defensive ); + testcase( (db->flags&(SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive))== + (SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive) ); + return (db->flags&(SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_Defensive))==SQLITE_WriteSchema; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal +** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or +** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string +** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace +** is reserved for internal use. +** +** When parsing the sqlite_master table, this routine also checks to +** make sure the "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns are consistent +** with the SQL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the object to check */ + const char *zType, /* Type of this object */ + const char *zTblName /* Parent table name for triggers and indexes */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( sqlite3WritableSchema(db) || db->init.imposterTable ){ + /* Skip these error checks for writable_schema=ON */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( db->init.busy ){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zType, db->init.azInit[0]) + || sqlite3_stricmp(zName, db->init.azInit[1]) + || sqlite3_stricmp(zTblName, db->init.azInit[2]) + ){ + if( sqlite3Config.bExtraSchemaChecks ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); /* corruptSchema() will supply the error */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + }else{ + if( pParse->nested==0 + && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", + zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ + Index *p; + for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table +** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is +** the first of several action routines that get called in response +** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called +** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp +** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database +** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case +** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between +** CREATE and TABLE. +** +** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. +** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action +** routines will be called to add more information to this record. +** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine +** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ + int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ + int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ + int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ + int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; + char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ + Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + + if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){ + /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */ + iDb = db->init.iDb; + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + pName = pName1; + }else{ + /* The common case */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); + return; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)zName, pName); + } + } + pParse->sNameToken = *pName; + if( zName==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName, isView?"view":"table", zName) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( isTemp==0 || isTemp==1 ); + assert( isView==0 || isView==1 ); + { + static const u8 aCode[] = { + SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, + SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE, + SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW, + SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW + }; + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, (int)aCode[isTemp+2*isView], + zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing + ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if + ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed + ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names + ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace + ** collisions. + */ + if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTable ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy || CORRUPT_DB ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); + goto begin_table_error; + } + } + + pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTable==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pParse->nErr++; + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable->zName = zName; + pTable->iPKey = -1; + pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTable->nTabRef = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST + pTable->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST); +#else + pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); +#endif + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + pParse->pNewTable = pTable; + + /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, + ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure + ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; + } +#endif + + /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into + ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any + ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated + ** now. + */ + if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int addr1; + int fileFormat; + int reg1, reg2, reg3; + /* nullRow[] is an OP_Record encoding of a row containing 5 NULLs */ + static const char nullRow[] = { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + ** set them now. + */ + reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; + reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); + fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? + 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, fileFormat); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced + ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + ** + ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. + ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. + ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that + ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( isView || isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); + }else +#endif + { + pParse->addrCrTab = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, reg2, BTREE_INTKEY); + } + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } + + /* Normal (non-error) return. */ + return; + + /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ +begin_table_error: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return; +} + +/* Set properties of a table column based on the (magical) +** name of the column. +*/ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table *pTab, Column *pCol){ + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pCol->zName, "__hidden__", 10)==0 ){ + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + }else if( pTab && pCol!=pTab->aCol && (pCol[-1].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN) ){ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_OOOHidden; + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. +** +** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called +** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each +** column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *z; + char *zType; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); + return; + } + z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pName->n + pType->n + 2); + if( z==0 ) return; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)z, pName); + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + z[pName->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + } + if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ + Column *aNew; + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + if( aNew==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + p->aCol = aNew; + } + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; + memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + pCol->zName = z; + sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol); + + if( pType->n==0 ){ + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity + ** 'BLOB' with a default size of 4 bytes. */ + pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + pCol->szEst = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + if( 4>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef ){ + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_SORTERREF; + } +#endif + }else{ + zType = z + sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; + memcpy(zType, pType->z, pType->n); + zType[pType->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(zType); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, pCol); + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; + } + p->nCol++; + pParse->constraintName.n = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has +** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on +** the column currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; + pCol->notNull = (u8)onError; + p->tabFlags |= TF_HasNotNull; + + /* Set the uniqNotNull flag on any UNIQUE or PK indexes already created + ** on this column. */ + if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_UNIQUE ){ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==p->nCol-1 ){ + pIdx->uniqNotNull = 1; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the +** associated affinity type. +** +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is +** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** +** Substring | Affinity +** -------------------------------- +** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER +** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_BLOB +** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** +** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, Column *pCol){ + u32 h = 0; + char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + const char *zChar = 0; + + assert( zIn!=0 ); + while( zIn[0] ){ + h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; + zIn++; + if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + zChar = zIn; + }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; +#endif + }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } + } + + /* If pCol is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The + ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ + if( pCol ){ + int v = 0; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ + if( aff r=(k/4+1) */ + sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); + break; + } + zChar++; + } + }else{ + v = 16; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + if( v>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef ){ + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_SORTERREF; + } +#endif + v = v/4 + 1; + if( v>255 ) v = 255; + pCol->szEst = v; + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column +** of the table currently under construction. +** +** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this +** is not the case. +** +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The parsed expression of the default value */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of the default value text */ + const char *zEnd /* First character past end of defaut value text */ +){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p!=0 ){ + pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); + if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr, db->init.busy) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", + pCol->zName); + }else{ + /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains + ** tokens that point to volatile memory. + */ + Expr x; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x)); + x.op = TK_SPAN; + x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); + x.pLeft = pExpr; + x.flags = EP_Skip; + pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, &x, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3DbFree(db, x.u.zToken); + } + } + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(pParse, pExpr); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Backwards Compatibility Hack: +** +** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in +** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim) +** CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC); +** +** This is goofy. But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to +** accept it. This routine does the necessary conversion. It converts +** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID +** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause. +** If the expression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is +** unchanged. +*/ +static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){ + if( p->op==TK_STRING ){ + p->op = TK_ID; + }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){ + p->pLeft->op = TK_ID; + } +} + +/* +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the +** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. +** +** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has +** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an +** error. +** +** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, +** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey +** field of the table under construction to be the index of the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is +** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** +** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique +** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ + int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ + int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ + int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol = -1, i; + int nTerm; + if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit; + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); + goto primary_key_exit; + } + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; + if( pList==0 ){ + iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + nTerm = 1; + }else{ + nTerm = pList->nExpr; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + assert( pCExpr!=0 ); + sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr); + if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + if( nTerm==1 + && pCol + && sqlite3StrICmp(sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), "INTEGER")==0 + && sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_DESC + ){ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pList ){ + Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, &pTab->iPKey, pCExpr); + } + pTab->iPKey = iCol; + pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; + assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); + pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; + if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortFlags; + }else if( autoInc ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " + "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); +#endif + }else{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, + 0, sortOrder, 0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY); + pList = 0; + } + +primary_key_exit: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + return; +} + +/* +** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB + && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) + ){ + pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); + if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); + } + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column +** to the CollSeq given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + db = pParse->db; + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + if( !zColl ) return; + + if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); + p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; + + /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", + ** then an index may have been created on this column before the + ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. + */ + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ + pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text +** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** +** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available +** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to +** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, +** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is +** returned instead. +** +** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or +** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into +** pParse. +** +** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine +** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found +** and generates an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u8 enc = ENC(db); + u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; + CollSeq *pColl; + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); + if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); + } + + return pColl; +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. +** +** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the +** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value +** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the +** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, +** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed +** since it was last read. +** +** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for +** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be +** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent +** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only +** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34230-56049 SQLite automatically increments +** the schema-version whenever the schema changes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, + (int)(1+(unsigned)db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie)); +} + +/* +** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given +** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used +** but does not include the null terminator. +** +** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is +** really needed. +*/ +static int identLength(const char *z){ + int n; + for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ + if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } + } + return n + 2; +} + +/* +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at +** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the +** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, +** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer +** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. +** +** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric +** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, +** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, +** it is quoted using double-quotes. +*/ +static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ + unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; + int i, j, needQuote; + i = *pIdx; + + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + } + needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) + || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID + || zIdent[j]!=0 + || j==0; + + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + z[i++] = zIdent[j]; + if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + } + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + z[i] = 0; + *pIdx = i; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given +** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + int i, k, n; + char *zStmt; + char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; + Column *pCol; + n = 0; + for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; + } + n += identLength(p->zName); + if( n<50 ){ + zSep = ""; + zSep2 = ","; + zEnd = ")"; + }else{ + zSep = "\n "; + zSep2 = ",\n "; + zEnd = "\n)"; + } + n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; + zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); + if( zStmt==0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); + k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); + identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); + zStmt[k++] = '('; + for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + static const char * const azType[] = { + /* SQLITE_AFF_BLOB */ "", + /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", + /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" + }; + int len; + const char *zType; + + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); + zSep = zSep2; + identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB >= 0 ); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB < ArraySize(azType) ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB + || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); + memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); + k += len; + assert( k<=n ); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); + return zStmt; +} + +/* +** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. +*/ +static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ + char *zExtra; + int nByte; + if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); + nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; + zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->azColl = (const char**)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; + pIdx->nColumn = N; + pIdx->isResized = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Estimate the total row width for a table. +*/ +static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ + unsigned wTable = 0; + const Column *pTabCol; + int i; + for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ + wTable += pTabCol->szEst; + } + if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); +} + +/* +** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. +*/ +static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ + unsigned wIndex = 0; + int i; + const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( xpTable->nCol ); + wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; + } + pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); +} + +/* Return true if column number x is any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[]. +** This is used to determine if the column number x appears in any of the +** first nCol entries of an index. +*/ +static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ + while( nCol-- > 0 ){ + assert( aiCol[0]>=0 ); + if( x==*(aiCol++) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if any of the first nKey entries of index pIdx exactly +** match the iCol-th entry of pPk. pPk is always a WITHOUT ROWID +** PRIMARY KEY index. pIdx is an index on the same table. pIdx may +** or may not be the same index as pPk. +** +** The first nKey entries of pIdx are guaranteed to be ordinary columns, +** not a rowid or expression. +** +** This routine differs from hasColumn() in that both the column and the +** collating sequence must match for this routine, but for hasColumn() only +** the column name must match. +*/ +static int isDupColumn(Index *pIdx, int nKey, Index *pPk, int iCol){ + int i, j; + assert( nKey<=pIdx->nColumn ); + assert( iColnColumn,pPk->nKeyCol) ); + assert( pPk->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ); + assert( pPk->pTable->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid ); + assert( pPk->pTable==pIdx->pTable ); + testcase( pPk==pIdx ); + j = pPk->aiColumn[iCol]; + assert( j!=XN_ROWID && j!=XN_EXPR ); + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 || j>=0 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==j + && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], pPk->azColl[iCol])==0 + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Recompute the colNotIdxed field of the Index. +** +** colNotIdxed is a bitmask that has a 0 bit representing each indexed +** columns that are within the first 63 columns of the table. The +** high-order bit of colNotIdxed is always 1. All unindexed columns +** of the table have a 1. +** +** The colNotIdxed mask is AND-ed with the SrcList.a[].colUsed mask +** to determine if the index is covering index. +*/ +static void recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(Index *pIdx){ + Bitmask m = 0; + int j; + for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ + int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( x>=0 ){ + testcase( x==BMS-1 ); + testcase( x==BMS-2 ); + if( xcolNotIdxed = ~m; + assert( (pIdx->colNotIdxed>>63)==1 ); +} + +/* +** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that +** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both +** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they +** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. +** Changes include: +** +** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. +** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY +** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. +** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry +** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now +** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. +** (4) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the +** schema to the rootpage from the main table. +** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object +** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus +** columns are part of KeyInfo.nAllField and are not used for +** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. +** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE +** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** For virtual tables, only (1) is performed. +*/ +static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIdx; + Index *pPk; + int nPk; + int nExtra; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + + /* Mark every PRIMARY KEY column as NOT NULL (except for imposter tables) + */ + if( !db->init.imposterTable ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ + pTab->aCol[i].notNull = OE_Abort; + } + } + } + + /* Convert the P3 operand of the OP_CreateBtree opcode from BTREE_INTKEY + ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. + */ + if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, pParse->addrCrTab, BTREE_BLOBKEY); + } + + /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + ExprList *pList; + Token ipkToken; + sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0)); + if( pList==0 ) return; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, pList->a[0].pExpr, &pTab->iPKey); + } + pList->a[0].sortFlags = pParse->iPkSortOrder; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0, + SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY); + if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) return; + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + + /* + ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY. For example, change + ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)". Later + ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns. + */ + for(i=j=1; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( isDupColumn(pPk, j, pPk, i) ){ + pPk->nColumn--; + }else{ + testcase( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ); + pPk->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; + pPk->aSortOrder[j] = pPk->aSortOrder[i]; + pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + } + } + pPk->nKeyCol = j; + } + assert( pPk!=0 ); + pPk->isCovering = 1; + if( !db->init.imposterTable ) pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; + nPk = pPk->nColumn = pPk->nKeyCol; + + /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master + ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE + ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading + ** a database schema). */ + if( v && pPk->tnum>0 ){ + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto); + } + + /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ + pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; + + /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting + ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int n; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=n=0; inKeyCol, pPk, i) ){ + testcase( hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ); + n++; + } + } + if( n==0 ){ + /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ + pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; + continue; + } + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; + for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; inKeyCol, pPk, i) ){ + testcase( hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ); + pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; + if( pPk->aSortOrder[i] ){ + /* See ticket https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/bba7b69f9849b5bf */ + pIdx->bAscKeyBug = 1; + } + j++; + } + } + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); + } + + /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index + */ + nExtra = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, nPk, i) ) nExtra++; + } + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, nPk+nExtra) ) return; + for(i=0, j=nPk; inCol; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ + assert( jnColumn ); + pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; + pPk->azColl[j] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + j++; + } + } + assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); + assert( pTab->nCol<=j ); + recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pPk); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Return true if zName is a shadow table name in the current database +** connection. +** +** zName is temporarily modified while this routine is running, but is +** restored to its original value prior to this routine returning. +*/ +static int isShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, char *zName){ + char *zTail; /* Pointer to the last "_" in zName */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that zName is a shadow of */ + Module *pMod; /* Module for the virtual table */ + + zTail = strrchr(zName, '_'); + if( zTail==0 ) return 0; + *zTail = 0; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0); + *zTail = '_'; + if( pTab==0 ) return 0; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, pTab->azModuleArg[0]); + if( pMod==0 ) return 0; + if( pMod->pModule->iVersion<3 ) return 0; + if( pMod->pModule->xShadowName==0 ) return 0; + return pMod->pModule->xShadowName(zTail+1); +} +#else +# define isShadowTableName(x,y) 0 +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates +** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The table structure that other action routines have been building +** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have +** occurred. +** +** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 +** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in +** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** +** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine +** was called to create a table generated from a +** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of +** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ + Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ + u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ + Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +){ + Table *p; /* The new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ + Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ + + if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){ + return; + } + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 ) return; + + if( pSelect==0 && isShadowTableName(db, p->zName) ){ + p->tabFlags |= TF_Shadow; + } + + /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the + ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number + ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number + ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) + ** + ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master + ** table itself. So mark it read-only. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); + return; + } + p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + } + + assert( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 + || p->iPKey>=0 || sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(p)!=0 ); + assert( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)!=0 + || (p->iPKey<0 && sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(p)==0) ); + + /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ + if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); + return; + } + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); + }else{ + p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); + } + } + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. + */ + if( p->pCheck ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ + estimateTableWidth(p); + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); + } + + /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table + ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. + ** + ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary + ** file instead of into the main database file. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + int n; + Vdbe *v; + char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ + char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ + char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); + + /* + ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. + */ + if( p->pSelect==0 ){ + /* A regular table */ + zType = "table"; + zType2 = "TABLE"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + }else{ + /* A view */ + zType = "view"; + zType2 = "VIEW"; +#endif + } + + /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT + ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the + ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. + ** + ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a + ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used + ** by the new table. + ** + ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, + ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since + ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would + ** be redundant. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + SelectDest dest; /* Where the SELECT should store results */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int regRec; /* A record to be insert into the new table */ + int regRowid; /* Rowid of the next row to insert */ + int addrInsLoop; /* Top of the loop for inserting rows */ + Table *pSelTab; /* A table that describes the SELECT results */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + assert(pParse->nTab==1); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); + pParse->nTab = 2; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); + if( pSelTab==0 ) return; + assert( p->aCol==0 ); + p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); + addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec); + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, p, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 1, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 1, regRec, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrInsLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsLoop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); + } + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ + if( pSelect ){ + zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); + }else{ + Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; + n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); + if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z + ); + } + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + zType, + p->zName, + p->zName, + pParse->regRoot, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for + ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. + */ + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0 ){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", + pDb->zDbSName + ); + } + } +#endif + + /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); + } + + + /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p); + if( pOld ){ + assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( !p->pSelect ){ + const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; + int nName; + assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); + if( pCons->z==0 ){ + pCons = pEnd; + } + nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); + p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + ExprList *pCNames, /* Optional list of view column names */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ + int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ + int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ +){ + Table *p; + int n; + const char *z; + Token sEnd; + DbFixer sFix; + Token *pName = 0; + int iDb; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); + goto create_view_fail; + } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto create_view_fail; + sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ) goto create_view_fail; + + /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. + ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically + ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that + ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + */ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + p->pSelect = pSelect; + pSelect = 0; + }else{ + p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + p->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pCNames, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto create_view_fail; + + /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to + ** the end. + */ + sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; + assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 || sEnd.n==0 ); + if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ + sEnd.z += sEnd.n; + } + sEnd.n = 0; + n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); + assert( n>0 ); + z = pBegin->z; + while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } + sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; + sEnd.n = 1; + + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); + +create_view_fail: + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(pParse, pCNames); + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCNames); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* +** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of +** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number +** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ + Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ + Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int rc; +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Saved xAuth pointer */ +#endif + + assert( pTable ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + db->nSchemaLock++; + rc = sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable); + db->nSchemaLock--; + if( rc ){ + return 1; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are + ** already known. + */ + if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + + /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently + ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with + ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: + ** + ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; + ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; + ** + ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. + ** But the following test is still important as it does come up + ** in the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); + ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; + ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; + */ + if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); + return 1; + } + assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + + /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. + ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any + ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors + ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes + ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT + ** statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->pSelect ); + pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); + if( pSel ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + u8 eParseMode = pParse->eParseMode; + pParse->eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL; +#endif + n = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); + pTable->nCol = -1; + db->lookaside.bDisable++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#else + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); +#endif + pParse->nTab = n; + if( pTable->pCheck ){ + /* CREATE VIEW name(arglist) AS ... + ** The names of the columns in the table are taken from + ** arglist which is stored in pTable->pCheck. The pCheck field + ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for + ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names. + */ + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, + &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 + && pParse->nErr==0 + && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr + ){ + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTable, pSel, + SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + } + }else if( pSelTab ){ + /* CREATE VIEW name AS... without an argument list. Construct + ** the column names from the SELECT statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); + pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); + }else{ + pTable->nCol = 0; + nErr++; + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); + db->lookaside.bDisable--; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + pParse->eParseMode = eParseMode; +#endif + } else { + nErr++; + } + pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); + pTable->aCol = 0; + pTable->nCol = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + return nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. +*/ +static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ + HashElem *i; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); + if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + pTab->aCol = 0; + pTab->nCol = 0; + } + } + DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); +} +#else +# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema +** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The +** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom +** to iTo. +** +** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information +** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. +** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might +** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices +** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. +** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with +** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo +** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ + HashElem *pElem; + Hash *pHash; + Db *pDb; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ + pTab->tnum = iTo; + } + } + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ + pIdx->tnum = iTo; + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst +** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( iTable<2 ) sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt schema"); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer + ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** reflect this. + ** + ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value + ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER + ** token for additional information. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1); +#endif + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. +** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer +** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages + ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the + ** following were coded: + ** + ** OP_Destroy 4 0 + ** ... + ** OP_Destroy 5 0 + ** + ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit + ** a free-list page. + */ + int iTab = pTab->tnum; + int iDestroyed = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + Index *pIdx; + int iLargest = 0; + + if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ + iLargest = iIdx; + } + } + if( iLargest==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); + destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); + iDestroyed = iLargest; + } + } +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) +** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. +*/ +static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database number */ + const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ + const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ + char zTab[24]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); + if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + zDbName, zTab, zType, zName + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Trigger *pTrigger; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or + ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + */ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + while( pTrigger ){ + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with + ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped + ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to + ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). + */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", + pDb->zDbSName, pTab->zName + ); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being + ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be + ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another + ** database. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName); + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + destroyTable(pParse, pTab); + } + + /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify + ** the schema cookie. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. +** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_drop_table; + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; + assert( isView==0 || isView==LOCATE_VIEW ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; + + if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + + /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure + ** it is initialized. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + const char *zArg2 = 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; + zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; +#endif + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + } + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + } +#endif + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName+7, "stat", 4)!=0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName+7, "parameters", 10)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used + ** on a table. + */ + if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + ** on disk. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); + sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); + } + sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); + } + +exit_drop_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table +** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns +** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then +** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of +** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list +** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all +** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified +** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** +** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently +** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** +** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call +** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ + Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ + ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ + int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FKey *pFKey = 0; + FKey *pNextTo; + Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; + int nByte; + int i; + int nCol; + char *z; + + assert( pTo!=0 ); + if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + int iCol = p->nCol-1; + if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; + if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" + " should reference only one column of table %T", + p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); + goto fk_end; + } + nCol = 1; + }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " + "columns in the referenced table"); + goto fk_end; + }else{ + nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + } + nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + } + } + pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); + if( pFKey==0 ){ + goto fk_end; + } + pFKey->pFrom = p; + pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; + z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; + pFKey->zTo = z; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)z, pTo); + } + memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); + z[pTo->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + z += pTo->n+1; + pFKey->nCol = nCol; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; + }else{ + for(i=0; inCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; + break; + } + } + if( j>=p->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + pFromCol->a[i].zName); + goto fk_end; + } + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, &pFKey->aCol[i], pFromCol->a[i].zName); + } + } + } + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName); + pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, z, pToCol->a[i].zName); + } + memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); + z[n] = 0; + z += n+1; + } + } + pFKey->isDeferred = 0; + pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ + pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey + ); + if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + goto fk_end; + } + if( pNextTo ){ + assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); + pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; + pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; + } + + /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. + */ + p->pFKey = pFKey; + pFKey = 0; + +fk_end: + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED +** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred +** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. +** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted +** accordingly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + Table *pTab; + FKey *pFKey; + if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; + assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is +** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the +** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** +** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly +** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the +** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then +** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and +** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +*/ +static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ + int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ + int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ + int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding assembled index record */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + if( memRootPage>=0 ){ + tnum = memRootPage; + }else{ + tnum = pIndex->tnum; + } + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); + assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); + + /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ + iSorter = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*) + sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index + ** records into the sorter. */ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); + + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ){ + int j2 = sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, + pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + }else{ + /* Most CREATE INDEX and REINDEX statements that are not UNIQUE can not + ** abort. The exception is if one of the indexed expressions contains a + ** user function that throws an exception when it is evaluated. But the + ** overhead of adding a statement journal to a CREATE INDEX statement is + ** very small (since most of the pages written do not contain content that + ** needs to be restored if the statement aborts), so we call + ** sqlite3MayAbort() for all CREATE INDEX statements. */ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx); + if( !pIndex->bAscKeyBug ){ + /* This OP_SeekEnd opcode makes index insert for a REINDEX go much + ** faster by avoiding unnecessary seeks. But the optimization does + ** not work for UNIQUE constraint indexes on WITHOUT ROWID tables + ** with DESC primary keys, since those indexes have there keys in + ** a different order from the main table. + ** See ticket: https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/bba7b69f9849b5bf + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iIdx); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); +} + +/* +** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. +** +** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes +** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a +** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ + int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ + char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ +){ + Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ + + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ + ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ + ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ + sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ + sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); + if( p ){ + char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); + p->azColl = (const char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); + p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); + p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; + *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** If expression list pList contains an expression that was parsed with +** an explicit "NULLS FIRST" or "NULLS LAST" clause, leave an error in +** pParse and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ + if( pList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].bNulls ){ + u8 sf = pList->a[i].sortFlags; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported use of NULLS %s", + (sf==0 || sf==3) ? "FIRST" : "LAST" + ); + return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a +** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable +** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is +** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this +** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added +** to the table currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ + SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ + ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ + int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ + Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ + int ifNotExist, /* Omit error if index already exists */ + u8 idxType /* The index type */ +){ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ + Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ + int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ + int i, j; + DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ + int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ + int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ + Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ + struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ + int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ + char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + + if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB && idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(pParse, pList) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* + ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. + */ + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db + ** before looking up the table. + */ + assert( pName1 && pName2 ); + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName && pName->z ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table + ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this + ** if initialising a database schema. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); + if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ + /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, + ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ + assert(0); + } + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); + if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", + pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + }else{ + assert( pName==0 ); + assert( pStart==0 ); + pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + } + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && db->init.busy==0 + && pTblName!=0 +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_SQLITE_MASTER_INDEX + && sqlite3StrICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"master")!=0 +#endif + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another + ** index or table with the same name. + ** + ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the + ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or + ** index, then we will continue to process this index. + ** + ** If pName==0 it means that we are + ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our + ** own name. + */ + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName->z!=0 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName,"index",pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zDbSName)!=0 ){ + if( !ifNotExist ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + }else{ + int n; + Index *pLoop; + for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); + if( zName==0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* Automatic index names generated from within sqlite3_declare_vtab() + ** must have names that are distinct from normal automatic index names. + ** The following statement converts "sqlite3_autoindex..." into + ** "sqlite3_butoindex..." in order to make the names distinct. + ** The "vtab_err.test" test demonstrates the need of this statement. */ + if( IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ) zName[7]++; + } + + /* Check for authorization to create an index. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + const char *zDb = pDb->zDbSName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary + ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. + ** So create a fake list to simulate this. + */ + if( pList==0 ){ + Token prevCol; + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1]; + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_UNIQUE; + sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pCol->zName); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0)); + if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pList->nExpr==1 ); + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder, SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index"); + if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly + ** specified collation sequence names. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + assert( pExpr!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); + } + } + + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; + assert( pList->nExpr + nExtraCol <= 32767 /* Fits in i16 */ ); + pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, + nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); + pIndex->zName = zExtra; + zExtra += nName + 1; + memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); + pIndex->pTable = pTab; + pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; + pIndex->idxType = idxType; + pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; + if( pPIWhere ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); + pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; + pPIWhere = 0; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + + /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns + */ + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ + sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + }else{ + sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ + } + + /* Analyze the list of expressions that form the terms of the index and + ** report any errors. In the common case where the expression is exactly + ** a table column, store that column in aiColumn[]. For general expressions, + ** populate pIndex->aColExpr and store XN_EXPR (-2) in aiColumn[]. + ** + ** TODO: Issue a warning if two or more columns of the index are identical. + ** TODO: Issue a warning if the table primary key is used as part of the + ** index key. + */ + pListItem = pList->a; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pIndex->aColExpr = pList; + pList = 0; + } + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++, pListItem++){ + Expr *pCExpr; /* The i-th index expression */ + int requestedSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC on the i-th expression */ + const char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ + + sqlite3StringToId(pListItem->pExpr); + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_IdxExpr, pListItem->pExpr, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; + pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pListItem->pExpr); + if( pCExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expressions prohibited in PRIMARY KEY and " + "UNIQUE constraints"); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( pIndex->aColExpr==0 ){ + pIndex->aColExpr = pList; + pList = 0; + } + j = XN_EXPR; + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_EXPR; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + }else{ + j = pCExpr->iColumn; + assert( j<=0x7fff ); + if( j<0 ){ + j = pTab->iPKey; + }else if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ){ + pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + } + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; + } + zColl = 0; + if( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + int nColl; + zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; + nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; + assert( nExtra>=nColl ); + memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); + zColl = zExtra; + zExtra += nColl; + nExtra -= nColl; + }else if( j>=0 ){ + zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + } + if( !zColl ) zColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; + if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; + requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortFlags & sortOrderMask; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; + } + + /* Append the table key to the end of the index. For WITHOUT ROWID + ** tables (when pPk!=0) this will be the declared PRIMARY KEY. For + ** normal tables (when pPk==0) this will be the rowid. + */ + if( pPk ){ + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; + assert( x>=0 ); + if( isDupColumn(pIndex, pIndex->nKeyCol, pPk, j) ){ + pIndex->nColumn--; + }else{ + testcase( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn,pIndex->nKeyCol,x) ); + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; + pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; + i++; + } + } + assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_ROWID; + pIndex->azColl[i] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + } + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); + + /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark + ** it as a covering index */ + assert( HasRowid(pTab) + || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 ); + recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pIndex); + if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){ + pIndex->isCovering = 1; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; + if( sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex,j)>=0 ) continue; + pIndex->isCovering = 0; + break; + } + } + + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a + ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or + ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. + ** i.e. one of: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); + ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); + ** + ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If + ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to + ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with + ** explicit indices. + ** + ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent + ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different + ** sort orders. + ** + ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of + ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are + ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. + */ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int k; + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ); + assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ); + + if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; + for(k=0; knKeyCol; k++){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[k]>=0 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; + z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; + z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + } + if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ + /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous + ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit + ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the + ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. + */ + if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); + } + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ + pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; + } + } + if( idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ) pIdx->idxType = idxType; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pIndex->pNext = pParse->pNewIndex; + pParse->pNewIndex = pIndex; + pIndex = 0; + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + } + + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + + /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other + ** in-memory database structures. + */ + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( db->init.busy ){ + Index *p; + assert( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + if( sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(pIndex) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "invalid rootpage"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + pIndex->zName, pIndex); + if( p ){ + assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + goto exit_create_index; + } + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; + } + + /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the + ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then + ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for + ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with + ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master + ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. + ** + ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY + ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table + ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization + ** step can be skipped. + */ + else if( HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0 ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zStmt; + int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before + ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in + ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a + ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In + ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace + ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */ + pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, iMem, BTREE_BLOBKEY); + + /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into + ** the zStmt variable + */ + assert( pName!=0 || pStart==0 ); + if( pStart ){ + int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; + /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", + onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); + }else{ + /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ + /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ + zStmt = 0; + } + + /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + pIndex->zName, + pTab->zName, + iMem, + zStmt + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + + /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire + ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. + */ + if( pTblName ){ + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 1); + } + + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum); + } + } + + /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make + ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled + ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check + ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of + ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. + */ + if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ + if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 + || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ + pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; + pTab->pIndex = pIndex; + }else{ + Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; + while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ + pOther = pOther->pNext; + } + pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pIndex; + } + pIndex = 0; + } + else if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + assert( pParse->pNewIndex==0 ); + pParse->pNewIndex = pIndex; + pIndex = 0; + } + + /* Clean up before exiting */ +exit_create_index: + if( pIndex ) sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); +} + +/* +** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information +** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** +** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index. +** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the +** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the +** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number +** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns +** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that +* +** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] +** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** +** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to +** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here +** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ + /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ + LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; + LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; + int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); + int i; + + /* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */ + assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 ); + + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + ** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table + ** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */ + a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) a[0] -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); + + /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is + ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ + memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); + for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); + } + + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() +** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. +** +** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of +** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes +** in total). +** +** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the +** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to +** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation +** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains +** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + sqlite3_int64 n = *pIdx = *pnEntry; + if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; + void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse *pParse, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + &pList->nId, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pList->a[i].zName ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pList->a[i].zName, pToken); + } + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Maximum size of a SrcList object. +** The SrcList object is used to represent the FROM clause of a +** SELECT statement, and the query planner cannot deal with more +** than 64 tables in a join. So any value larger than 64 here +** is sufficient for most uses. Smaller values, like say 10, are +** appropriate for small and memory-limited applications. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST +# define SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST 200 +#endif + +/* +** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by +** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. +** New slots are zeroed. +** +** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. +** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** +** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. +** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result +** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, +** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would +** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** +** If a memory allocation fails or the SrcList becomes too large, leave +** the original SrcList unchanged, return NULL, and leave an error message +** in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context into which errors are reported */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ + int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ + int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ +){ + int i; + + /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ + assert( iStart>=0 ); + assert( nExtra>=1 ); + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + + /* Allocate additional space if needed */ + if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + sqlite3_int64 nAlloc = 2*(sqlite3_int64)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>=SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many FROM clause terms, max: %d", + SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST); + return 0; + } + if( nAlloc>SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST ) nAlloc = SQLITE_MAX_SRCLIST; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, + sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return 0; + } + pSrc = pNew; + pSrc->nAlloc = nAlloc; + } + + /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots + ** out of the way */ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ + pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + } + pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; + + /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ + memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); + for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + } + + /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ + return pSrc; +} + + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. +** +** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error or if the +** SrcList grows to large. The returned +** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be +** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList +** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined +** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** +** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted +** before being added to the SrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context, in which errors are reported */ + SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ + Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ + Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db; + assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + pList->nSrc = 1; + memset(&pList->a[0], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0])); + pList->a[0].iCursor = -1; + }else{ + SrcList *pNew = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(pParse, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + }else{ + pList = pNew; + } + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase ){ + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + }else{ + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = 0; + } + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy); + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + } + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") + ); + goto append_from_error; + } + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 ){ + goto append_from_error; + } + assert( p->nSrc>0 ); + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( (pTable==0)==(pDatabase==0) ); + assert( pItem->zName==0 || pDatabase!=0 ); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pItem->zName ){ + Token *pToken = (ALWAYS(pDatabase) && pDatabase->z) ? pDatabase : pTable; + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pItem->zName, pToken); + } + assert( pAlias!=0 ); + if( pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; + + append_from_error: + assert( p==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ + assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); + if( p && pIndexedBy->n>0 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( p->nSrc>0 ); + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ + pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1; + }else{ + pItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); + pItem->fg.isIndexedBy = 1; + } + } +} + +/* +** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a +** table-valued-function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, ExprList *pList){ + if( p ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + pItem->u1.pFuncArg = pList; + pItem->fg.isTabFunc = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].fg.jointype = p->a[i-1].fg.jointype; + } + p->a[0].fg.jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for a BEGIN statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_AutoCommit); +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for a COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement. +** Code for ROLLBACK is generated if eType==TK_ROLLBACK. Otherwise +** code is generated for a COMMIT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ + Vdbe *v; + int isRollback; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK ); + isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, + isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, isRollback); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ + char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; + assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); +#endif + if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc; + Btree *pBt; + static const int flags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified +** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie +** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated +** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); + assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDbdb, iDb, 0) ); + if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){ + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb); + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); + } + } +} + +/* +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zDbSName)) ){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. +** +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write +** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, +** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) +** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will +** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; +} + +/* +** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make +** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. +** +** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the +** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency +** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes +** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm +** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective +** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen +** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement +** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int errCode, /* extended error code */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + char *p4, /* Error message */ + i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ + u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + if( onError==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ +){ + char *zErr; + int j; + StrAccum errMsg; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, + pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + if( pIdx->aColExpr ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName); + }else{ + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + char *zCol; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + if( j ) sqlite3_str_append(&errMsg, ", ", 2); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&errMsg, pTab->zName); + sqlite3_str_append(&errMsg, ".", 1); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&errMsg, zCol); + } + } + zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, + onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ +){ + char *zMsg; + int rc; + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; + } + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, + P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + +/* +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ + int i; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); + if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX -- 2 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ + char *zColl; + assert( pName1->z ); + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); + if( !zColl ) return; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + if( pColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + return; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. +** +** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object +** when it has finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; + KeyInfo *pKey; + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); + }else{ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); + } + if( pKey ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]; + pKey->aColl[i] = zColl==sqlite3StrBINARY ? 0 : + sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + pKey->aSortFlags[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + assert( 0==(pKey->aSortFlags[i] & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) ); + } + if( pParse->nErr ){ + assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ ); + if( pIdx->bNoQuery==0 ){ + /* Deactivate the index because it contains an unknown collating + ** sequence. The only way to reactive the index is to reload the + ** schema. Adding the missing collating sequence later does not + ** reactive the index. The application had the chance to register + ** the missing index using the collation-needed callback. For + ** simplicity, SQLite will not give the application a second chance. + */ + pIdx->bNoQuery = 1; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY; + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); + pKey = 0; + } + } + return pKey; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ + Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ + ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ + Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + With *pNew; + char *zName; + + /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If + ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName && pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); + } + } + } + + if( pWith ){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); + } + assert( (pNew!=0 && zName!=0) || db->mallocFailed ); + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + pNew = pWith; + }else{ + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zCteErr = 0; + pNew->nCte++; + } + + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ + if( pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ + +/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. +*/ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; + int i; + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ + CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ + const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +){ + CollSeq *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; + } + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp==0 ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( p==pColl ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. +*/ +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ + int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) + 1; + pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); + if( pDel!=0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pColl = 0; + } + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; +} + +/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure +** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument +** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system +** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the +** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** +** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg +** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that +** takes a variable number of arguments. +** +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive +** match score for any +** +** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** +** 0: Not a match. +** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. +** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. +** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments +** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. +** +** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xSFunc is +** a perfect match and any function with xSFunc NULL is +** a non-match. +*/ +#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ +static int matchQuality( + FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ + int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ + u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ +){ + int match; + + /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ + if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xSFunc==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; + + /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ + if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; + + /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments + ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ + if( p->nArg==nArg ){ + match = 4; + }else{ + match = 1; + } + + /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ + if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ + match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ + }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ + match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ + } + + return match; +} + +/* +** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return +** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FunctionSearch( + int h, /* Hash of the name */ + const char *zFunc /* Name of function */ +){ + FuncDef *p; + for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; p; p=p->u.pHash){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, zFunc)==0 ){ + return p; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs( + FuncDef *aDef, /* List of global functions to be inserted */ + int nDef /* Length of the apDef[] list */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; i='a' && zName[0]<='z' ); + pOther = sqlite3FunctionSearch(h, zName); + if( pOther ){ + assert( pOther!=&aDef[i] && pOther->pNext!=&aDef[i] ); + aDef[i].pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = &aDef[i]; + }else{ + aDef[i].pNext = 0; + aDef[i].u.pHash = sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; + sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h] = &aDef[i]; + } + } +} + + + +/* +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. +** +** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A +** function is valid if xSFunc is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) +** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number +** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. zero-terminated */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ + int h; /* Hash value */ + int nName; /* Length of the name */ + + assert( nArg>=(-2) ); + assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + + /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. + */ + p = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + + /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. + ** + ** If the DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in + ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give + ** priority to built-in functions. + ** + ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to + ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will + ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the + ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. + ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. + */ + if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ + bestScore = 0; + h = SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]], nName); + p = sqlite3FunctionSearch(h, zName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && bestScorezName = (const char*)&pBest[1]; + pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; + pBest->funcFlags = enc; + memcpy((char*)&pBest[1], zName, nName+1); + for(z=(u8*)pBest->zName; *z; z++) *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + pOther = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, pBest); + if( pOther==pBest ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest); + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + }else{ + pBest->pNext = pOther; + } + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xSFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). +** +** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; + + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ + pSchema->iGeneration++; + } + pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~(DB_SchemaLoaded|DB_ResetWanted); +} + +/* +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( !p ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; +} + +/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries +** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains +** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, +** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +** +** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** +** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object +** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + Table *pTab; + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nTabRef++; + } + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ + pTab = 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* Return true if table pTab is read-only. +** +** A table is read-only if any of the following are true: +** +** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method +** has been provided +** +** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not +** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not +** been specified +** +** 3) The table is a shadow table, the database connection is in +** defensive mode, and the current sqlite3_prepare() +** is for a top-level SQL statement. +*/ +static int tabIsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + return sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0; + } + if( (pTab->tabFlags & (TF_Readonly|TF_Shadow))==0 ) return 0; + db = pParse->db; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 ){ + return sqlite3WritableSchema(db)==0 && pParse->nested==0; + } + assert( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Shadow ); + return (db->flags & SQLITE_Defensive)!=0 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + && db->pVtabCtx==0 +#endif + && db->nVdbeExec==0; +} + +/* +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + if( tabIsReadOnly(pParse, pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The +** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the +** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pView, /* View definition */ + Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* Optional ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit, /* Optional LIMIT clause */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */ +){ + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSel; + SrcList *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + if( pFrom ){ + assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); + pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); + pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + } + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, + SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, +** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; +** \__________________________/ +** pLimitWhere (pInClause) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ + char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pLhs = NULL; /* LHS of IN(SELECT...) operator */ + Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ + ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ + SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ + Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ + Table *pTab; + + /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. + */ + if( pOrderBy && pLimit==0 ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + return 0; + } + + /* We only need to generate a select expression if there + ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. + */ + if( pLimit == 0 ) { + return pWhere; + } + + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** becomes: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** ); + */ + + pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0); + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend( + pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0) + ); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + if( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ){ + const char *zName = pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[0]].zName; + pLhs = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName)); + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName); + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, p); + } + pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0); + if( pLhs ){ + pLhs->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); + } + } + } + + /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree + ** and the SELECT subtree. */ + pSrc->a[0].pTab = 0; + pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); + pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab; + pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0; + + /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, + pOrderBy,0,pLimit + ); + + /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ + pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pLhs, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pInClause, pSelect); + return pInClause; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ + /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + +/* +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* Cursor number of the first index */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ + int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ + int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ + int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ + i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ + int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ + int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ + int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ + int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */ + int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or + ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ +#endif + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif + bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + if( !isView ){ + pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "DELETE" + ); + pOrderBy = 0; + pLimit = 0; + } +#endif + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); + if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert(!isView || pTrigger); + + /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, bComplex, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** an ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur + ); + iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; + pOrderBy = 0; + pLimit = 0; + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 + && !pParse->nested + && !pParse->pTriggerTab + ){ + memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. + ** + ** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-17228-37124 If the action code is SQLITE_DELETE and + ** the callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE then the DELETE operation proceeds but + ** the truncate optimization is disabled and all rows are deleted + ** individually. + */ + if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK + && pWhere==0 + && !bComplex + && !IsVirtual(pTab) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + && db->xPreUpdateCallback==0 +#endif + ){ + assert( !isView ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt ? memCnt : -1, + pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ + { + u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK|WHERE_SEEK_TABLE; + if( sNC.ncFlags & NC_VarSelect ) bComplex = 1; + wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ + pPk = 0; + nPk = 1; + iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); + }else{ + /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to + ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; + addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row + ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass + ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete: + ** + ** ONEPASS_OFF: Two-pass approach - use a FIFO for rowids/PK values. + ** ONEPASS_SINGLE: One-pass approach - at most one row deleted. + ** ONEPASS_MULTI: One-pass approach - any number of rows may be deleted. + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, wcf, iTabCur+1); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ); + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ); + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ) sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ + if( memCnt ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + } + + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, + pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i); + } + iKey = iPk; + }else{ + iKey = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, -1, iKey); + } + + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only + ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the + ** delete code. */ + nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nIdx+2); + if( aToOpen==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); + }else{ + if( pPk ){ + /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */ + iKey = ++pParse->nMem; + nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey, iPk, nPk); + }else{ + /* Add the rowid of the row to be deleted to the RowSet */ + nKey = 1; /* OP_DeferredSeek always uses a single rowid */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); + } + } + + /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the + ** end of the WHERE loop */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** triggers. + */ + if( !isView ){ + int iAddrOnce = 0; + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + iAddrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, OPFLAG_FORDELETE, + iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur ); + assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce); + } + + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the + ** where-clause loop above. + */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( pPk ){ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEphCur, 0, iKey); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEphCur, iKey); + } + assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ + }else{ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( nKey==1 ); + } + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTabCur); + if( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){ + pParse->isMultiWrite = 0; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); + }else +#endif + { + int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]); + } + + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + } + } /* End non-truncate path */ + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( memCnt ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and +** all indices are removed. +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data +** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, +** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case +** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a +** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means +** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the +** single memory location iPk. +** +** eMode: +** Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or +** ONEPASS_MULTI. If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor +** iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF +** then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk +** and nPk before reading from it. +** +** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part +** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if +** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as +** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete +** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the +** position of iDataCur should be preserved instead. +** +** iIdxNoSeek: +** If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) not equal to iDataCur, +** then it identifies an index cursor (from within array of cursors +** starting at iIdxCur) that already points to the index entry to be deleted. +** Except, this optimization is disabled if there are BEFORE triggers since +** the trigger body might have moved the cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ + i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ + u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ + u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ + u8 eMode, /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI. See above */ + int iIdxNoSeek /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ + int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ + int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ + + /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ + assert( v ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); + + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do + ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ + iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); + } + + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to + ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ + if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ + int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ + + /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to + ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ + mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf + ); + mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); + iOld = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); + + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); + if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); + } + } + + /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved + ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was + ** pointing to. + ** + ** Also disable the iIdxNoSeek optimization since the BEFORE trigger + ** may have moved that cursor. + */ + if( addrStart=0 ); + iIdxNoSeek = -1; + } + + /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that + ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) + ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0); + } + + /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really + ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to + ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). + ** + ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should + ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should + ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that + ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the + ** pre-update-hook is. + */ + if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + u8 p5 = 0; + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + if( pParse->nested==0 || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat1") ){ + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE); + } + if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_AUXDELETE); + } + if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 && iIdxNoSeek!=iDataCur ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek); + } + if( eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI ) p5 |= OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + } + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just deleted. */ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); + + /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage +** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself +** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID +** tables.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex +** index is the 0-th index.) +** +** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row +** that is to be deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ + int iIdxNoSeek /* Do not delete from this cursor */ +){ + int i; /* Index loop counter */ + int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ + Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ + Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); + if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; + if( iIdxCur+i==iIdxNoSeek ) continue; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, + &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, + pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + pPrior = pIdx; + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register +** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then +** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. +** +** Return a register number which is the first in a block of +** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The +** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time +** this routine returns. +** +** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump +** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. +** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates +** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel +** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by +** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** +** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to +** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is +** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been +** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating +** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share +** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already +** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or +** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ + int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ + int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ + int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ + Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ + int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int j; + int regBase; + int nCol; + + if( piPartIdxLabel ){ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + }else{ + *piPartIdxLabel = 0; + } + } + nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] + && pPrior->aiColumn[j]!=XN_EXPR + ){ + /* This column was already computed by the previous index */ + continue; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j); + /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it + ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact + ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. + ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where + ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity + ** opcode if it is present */ + sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); + } + if( regOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); + if( pIdx->pTable->pSelect ){ + const char *zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + return regBase; +} + +/* +** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label +** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to +** resolve that label. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ + if( iLabel ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); + } +} + +/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2002 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL +** functions of SQLite. (Some function, and in particular the date and +** time functions, are implemented separately.) +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + assert( context->pVdbe!=0 ); + pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1]; + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + return pOp->p4.pColl; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this +** iteration of the aggregate loop. +*/ +static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ + assert( context->isError<=0 ); + context->isError = -1; + context->skipFlag = 1; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +*/ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( argc>1 ); + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i=0 ){ + testcase( mask==0 ); + iBest = i; + } + } + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); +} + +/* +** Return the type of the argument. +*/ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + static const char *azType[] = { "integer", "real", "text", "blob", "null" }; + int i = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) - 1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( i>=0 && i=0xc0 ){ + while( (*z & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ z++; z0++; } + } + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, (int)(z-z0)); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the abs() function. +** +** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of +** the numeric argument X. +*/ +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 + ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no + ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not + ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: + ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob + ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value. + */ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the instr() function. +** +** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle +** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, +** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. +** +** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than +** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, +** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. +*/ +static void instrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zHaystack; + const unsigned char *zNeedle; + int nHaystack; + int nNeedle; + int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; + int N = 1; + int isText; + unsigned char firstChar; + sqlite3_value *pC1 = 0; + sqlite3_value *pC2 = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( nNeedle>0 ){ + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + isText = 0; + }else if( typeHaystack!=SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + isText = 1; + }else{ + pC1 = sqlite3_value_dup(argv[0]); + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(pC1); + if( zHaystack==0 ) goto endInstrOOM; + nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(pC1); + pC2 = sqlite3_value_dup(argv[1]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(pC2); + if( zNeedle==0 ) goto endInstrOOM; + nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(pC2); + isText = 1; + } + if( zNeedle==0 || (nHaystack && zHaystack==0) ) goto endInstrOOM; + firstChar = zNeedle[0]; + while( nNeedle<=nHaystack + && (zHaystack[0]!=firstChar || memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0) + ){ + N++; + do{ + nHaystack--; + zHaystack++; + }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); + } + if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, N); +endInstr: + sqlite3_value_free(pC1); + sqlite3_value_free(pC2); + return; +endInstrOOM: + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto endInstr; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the printf() function. +*/ +static void printfFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + PrintfArguments x; + StrAccum str; + const char *zFormat; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + x.nArg = argc-1; + x.nUsed = 0; + x.apArg = argv+1; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, 0, 0, db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + str.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC; + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, zFormat, &x); + n = str.nChar; + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, + SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** +** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. +*/ +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + int negP2 = 0; + + assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) + ){ + return; + } + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + if( p1<0 ){ + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY + /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as + ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X. This + ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8] + ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the + ** old buggy behavior. */ + if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* */ +#endif + if( argc==3 ){ + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p2<0 ){ + p2 = -p2; + negP2 = 1; + } + }else{ + p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + }else if( p2>0 ){ + p2--; + } + if( negP2 ){ + p1 -= p2; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + } + assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, + SQLITE_UTF8); + }else{ + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the round() function +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char *zBuf; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, + ** handle the rounding directly, + ** otherwise use printf. + */ + if( r<-4503599627370496.0 || r>+4503599627370496.0 ){ + /* The value has no fractional part so there is nothing to round */ + }else if( n==0 ){ + r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+(r<0?-0.5:+0.5))); + }else{ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r); + if( zBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + } + sqlite3_result_double(context, r); +} +#endif + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3Malloc(). If the +** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify +** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. +** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then +** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. +*/ +static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ + char *z; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( nByte>0 ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + z = 0; + }else{ + z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + } + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +*/ +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + for(i=0; imatchOne; /* "?" or "_" */ + u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */ + const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */ + + while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */ + /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there + ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a + ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */ + while( (c=Utf8Read(zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MATCH; /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */ + }else if( c==matchOther ){ + if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; + }else{ + /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*". We have to do a slow + ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */ + assert( matchOther<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString ){ + int bMatch = patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,matchOther); + if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; + } + } + + /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the + ** pattern string past the "*". Search in the input string for the + ** first matching character and recursively continue the match from + ** that point. + ** + ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as + ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either + ** c or cx. + */ + if( c<=0x80 ){ + char zStop[3]; + int bMatch; + if( noCase ){ + zStop[0] = sqlite3Toupper(c); + zStop[1] = sqlite3Tolower(c); + zStop[2] = 0; + }else{ + zStop[0] = c; + zStop[1] = 0; + } + while(1){ + zString += strcspn((const char*)zString, zStop); + if( zString[0]==0 ) break; + zString++; + bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther); + if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; + } + }else{ + int bMatch; + while( (c2 = Utf8Read(zString))!=0 ){ + if( c2!=c ) continue; + bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther); + if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; + } + } + return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; + } + if( c==matchOther ){ + if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH; + zEscaped = zPattern; + }else{ + u32 prior_c = 0; + int seen = 0; + int invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMATCH; + } + continue; + } + } + c2 = Utf8Read(zString); + if( c==c2 ) continue; + if( noCase && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 ){ + continue; + } + if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue; + return SQLITE_NOMATCH; + } + return *zString==0 ? SQLITE_MATCH : SQLITE_NOMATCH; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. Return 0 on a match (like strcmp()) and +** non-zero if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, '['); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strlike() interface. Return 0 on a match and non-zero for +** a miss - like strcmp(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zPattern, const char *zStr, unsigned int esc){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zPattern, (u8*)zStr, &likeInfoNorm, esc); +} + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B,A). +** +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. +*/ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA, *zB; + u32 escape; + int nPat; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); + +#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB + ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + sqlite3_result_int(context, 0); + return; + } +#endif + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); + }else{ + escape = pInfo->matchSet; + } + zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zA && zB ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + sqlite3_result_int(context, + patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)==SQLITE_MATCH); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string +** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build +** SQLite. +*/ +static void sourceidFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around +** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for +** its side-effects. +*/ +static void errlogFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); + sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. +** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option +** was used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptionusedFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zOptName; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL + ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ + ** function. + */ + if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptiongetFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function + ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + */ + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + double r1, r2; + char zBuf[50]; + r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + if( zText ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); + if( z ){ + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value +** for the first character of the input string. +*/ +static void unicodeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + (void)argc; + if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); +} + +/* +** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is +** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string +** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. +*/ +static void charFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char *z, *zOut; + int i; + zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc64( argc*4+1 ); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + for(i=0; i0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; + c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); + if( c<0x00080 ){ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); + }else if( c<0x00800 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else if( c<0x10000 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else{ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + } \ + } + sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); +} + +/* +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +*/ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); + if( zHex ){ + for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +*/ +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + int rc; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + rc = sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(context, n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); + } +} + +/* +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +*/ +static void replaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + unsigned cntExpand; /* Number zOut expansions */ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + return; + } + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOutnPattern ){ + nOut += nRep - nPattern; + testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + cntExpand++; + if( (cntExpand&(cntExpand-1))==0 ){ + /* Grow the size of the output buffer only on substitutions + ** whose index is a power of two: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ... */ + u8 *zOld; + zOld = zOut; + zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1)); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + sqlite3_free(zOld); + return; + } + } + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } + } + assert( j+nStr-i+1<=nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +*/ +static void trimFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); + } + } + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); + } + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION +/* +** The "unknown" function is automatically substituted in place of +** any unrecognized function name when doing an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** when the SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION compile-time option is used. +** When the "sqlite3" command-line shell is built using this functionality, +** that allows an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN for complex queries +** involving application-defined functions to be examined in a generic +** sqlite3 shell. +*/ +static void unknownFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + /* no-op */ +} +#endif /*SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION*/ + + +/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It +** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used +** when SQLite is built. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +/* +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** +** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the +** soundex encoding of the string X. +*/ +static void soundexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; + } + } + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; + } + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument + ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +*/ +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + /* Disallow the load_extension() SQL function unless the SQLITE_LoadExtFunc + ** flag is set. See the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() API. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtFunc)==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "not authorized", -1); + return; + } + + if( argc==2 ){ + zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + }else{ + zProc = 0; + } + if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a +** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +*/ +typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; +struct SumCtx { + double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ + u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ + u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ +}; + +/* +** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** +** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means +** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns +** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where +** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point +** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if +** it overflows an integer. +*/ +static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + p->cnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ + p->approx = p->overflow = 1; + } + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; + } + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +static void sumInverse(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value**argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + /* p is always non-NULL because sumStep() will have been called first + ** to initialize it */ + if( ALWAYS(p) && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( p->cnt>0 ); + p->cnt--; + assert( type==SQLITE_INTEGER || p->approx ); + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER && p->approx==0 ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum -= v; + p->iSum -= v; + }else{ + p->rSum -= sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + } + } +} +#else +# define sumInverse 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int bInverse; /* True if xInverse() ever called */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be + ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ + assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->bInverse + || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); +#endif +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*p)); + /* p is always non-NULL since countStep() will have been called first */ + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && ALWAYS(p) ){ + p->n--; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->bInverse = 1; +#endif + } +} +#else +# define countInverse 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pArg)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + }else if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + }else{ + sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + } + }else{ + pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxValueFinalize(sqlite3_context *context, int bValue){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( pRes->flags ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + if( bValue==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +static void minMaxValue(sqlite3_context *context){ + minMaxValueFinalize(context, 1); +} +#else +# define minMaxValue 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + minMaxValueFinalize(context, 0); +} + +/* +** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +*/ +static void groupConcatStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zVal; + StrAccum *pAccum; + const char *zSep; + int nVal, nSep; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + + if( pAccum ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int firstTerm = pAccum->mxAlloc==0; + pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + if( !firstTerm ){ + if( argc==2 ){ + zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + zSep = ","; + nSep = 1; + } + if( zSep ) sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, zSep, nSep); + } + zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( zVal ) sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, zVal, nVal); + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +static void groupConcatInverse( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + StrAccum *pAccum; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + /* pAccum is always non-NULL since groupConcatStep() will have always + ** run frist to initialize it */ + if( ALWAYS(pAccum) ){ + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( argc==2 ){ + n += sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + n++; + } + if( n>=(int)pAccum->nChar ){ + pAccum->nChar = 0; + }else{ + pAccum->nChar -= n; + memmove(pAccum->zText, &pAccum->zText[n], pAccum->nChar); + } + if( pAccum->nChar==0 ) pAccum->mxAlloc = 0; + } +} +#else +# define groupConcatInverse 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ +static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + StrAccum *pAccum; + pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + sqlite3_free); + } + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +static void groupConcatValue(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_str *pAccum; + pAccum = (sqlite3_str*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + const char *zText = sqlite3_str_value(pAccum); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } +} +#else +# define groupConcatValue 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ + +/* +** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most +** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. +** This routine only deals with those that are not global. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +#ifndef OMIT_EXPORT + { + extern void sqlcipher_exportFunc(sqlite3_context *, int, sqlite3_value **); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlcipher_export", -1, SQLITE_TEXT, 0, sqlcipher_exportFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLCIPHER_EXT +#include "sqlcipher_funcs_init.h" +#endif +#endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ +} + +/* +** Re-register the built-in LIKE functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + int flags; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + flags = SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + flags = SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3FindFunction(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)->funcFlags |= flags; + sqlite3FindFunction(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)->funcFlags |= flags; +} + +/* +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the +** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a +** LIKE-style function then return FALSE. +** +** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE +** operator if c is a string literal that is exactly one byte in length. +** That one byte is stored in aWc[3]. aWc[3] is set to zero if there is +** no ESCAPE clause. +** +** *pIsNocase is set to true if uppercase and lowercase are equivalent for +** the function (default for LIKE). If the function makes the distinction +** between uppercase and lowercase (as does GLOB) then *pIsNocase is set to +** false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + int nExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->x.pList ){ + return 0; + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + nExpr = pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, nExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( nExpr<3 ){ + aWc[3] = 0; + }else{ + Expr *pEscape = pExpr->x.pList->a[2].pExpr; + char *zEscape; + if( pEscape->op!=TK_STRING ) return 0; + zEscape = pEscape->u.zToken; + if( zEscape[0]==0 || zEscape[1]!=0 ) return 0; + aWc[3] = zEscape[0]; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above +** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as +** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** +** After this routine runs +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ + /* + ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions + ** defined in this file. + ** + ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the + ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array + ** are read-only after initialization is complete. + ** + ** For peak efficiency, put the most frequently used function last. + */ + static FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + VFUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), + VFUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt, 2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + FUNCTION2(affinity, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC + FUNCTION2(sqlite_offset, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET| + SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), +#endif + FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), + WAGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, minMaxValue, 0, + SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), + FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), + WAGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, minMaxValue, 0, + SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), + FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), + FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), + FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), + FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), + FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), + FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), + FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), + FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), + FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), + FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), + FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), + VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), + FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), + FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), + VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), + VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), + VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), + FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), + FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + WAGGREGATE(sum, 1,0,0, sumStep, sumFinalize, sumFinalize, sumInverse, 0), + WAGGREGATE(total, 1,0,0, sumStep,totalFinalize,totalFinalize,sumInverse, 0), + WAGGREGATE(avg, 1,0,0, sumStep, avgFinalize, avgFinalize, sumInverse, 0), + WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, + countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ), + WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, + countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, 0 ), + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), + WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, + groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), + + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), +#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), +#else + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION + FUNCTION(unknown, -1, 0, 0, unknownFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + sqlite3AlterFunctions(); +#endif + sqlite3WindowFunctions(); + sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aBuiltinFunc, ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc)); + +#if 0 /* Enable to print out how the built-in functions are hashed */ + { + int i; + FuncDef *p; + for(i=0; iu.pHash){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName); + int h = p->zName[0] + n; + printf(" %s(%d)", p->zName, h); + } + printf("\n"); + } + } +#endif +} + +/************** End of func.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ +/* +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key +** support to compiled SQL statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + +/* +** Deferred and Immediate FKs +** -------------------------- +** +** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. +** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current +** statement transaction rolled back. If a +** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken +** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the +** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. +** +** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated +** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a +** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed +** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each +** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from +** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is +** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is +** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: +** +** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, +** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, +** or which row it is not satisfied for. +** +** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the +** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. +** +** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler +** than the alternatives. +** +** INSERT operations: +** +** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search +** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the +** constraint counter. +** +** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, +** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new +** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row +** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). +** +** DELETE operations: +** +** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, +** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the +** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, +** decrement the counter. +** +** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search +** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row +** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. +** +** UPDATE operations: +** +** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only +** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually +** modified (values must be compared at runtime). +** +** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. +** This simplifies the implementation a bit. +** +** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict +** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. +** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception +** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new +** row is inserted. +** +** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference +** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement +** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate +** constraint counter is greater than zero, +** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY +** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT +** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, +** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the +** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such +** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. +** +** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a +** table be handled? +** +** +** Query API Notes +** --------------- +** +** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator +** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation +** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original +** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were +** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be +** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before +** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE +** generation code to query for this information are: +** +** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. +** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. +** +** +** Externally accessible module functions +** -------------------------------------- +** +** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. +** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. +** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. +*/ + +/* +** VDBE Calling Convention +** ----------------------- +** +** Example: +** +** For the following INSERT statement: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); +** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); +** +** Register (x): 2 (type integer) +** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) +** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) +** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) +*/ + +/* +** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent +** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. +** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, +** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. +** +** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY +** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx +** is set to point to the unique index. +** +** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint +** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. +** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where +** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the +** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK +** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column +** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the +** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of +** *ppIdx, and so on. +** +** If the required index cannot be found, either because: +** +** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or +** +** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a +** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or +** +** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a +** PRIMARY KEY, or +** +** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table +** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in +** the child table. +** +** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded +** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the +** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ + Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ + Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ + int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ +){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ + char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + + /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ + assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); + assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); + assert( pParse ); + + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + ** + ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate + ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). + ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + */ + if( nCol==1 ){ + /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: + ** + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or + ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY. + */ + if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ + if( !zKey ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + } + }else if( paiCol ){ + assert( nCol>1 ); + aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); + if( !aiCol ) return 1; + *paiCol = aiCol; + } + + for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ + /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number + ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key + ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ + + if( zKey==0 ){ + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + ** identified by the test. */ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( aiCol ){ + int i; + for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to + ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this + ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses + ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ + int i, j; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ + const char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ + char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ + + if( iCol<0 ) break; /* No foreign keys against expression indexes */ + + /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from + ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is + ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ + zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; + if( !zDfltColl ) zDfltColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + + zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; + for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ + if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; + break; + } + } + if( j==nCol ) break; + } + if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ + } + } + } + + if( !pIdx ){ + if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", + pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); + return 1; + } + + *ppIdx = pIdx; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row +** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the +** new row. +** +** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be +** found in the parent table: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +*/ +static void fkLookupParent( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ + Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ + int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ + int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ + int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ + int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ + int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); /* jump here if parent key found */ + + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, + (!pFKey->isDeferred + && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite) ? OE_Abort : OE_Ignore); + + /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any + ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need + ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. + ** + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ + if( nIncr<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + if( isIgnore==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY + ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ + int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there + ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of + ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column + ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); + iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + } + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); + }else{ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ + iParent = regData; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + } + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly + ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of + ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being + ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ + assert( nIncr==1 ); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + }else{ + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + } + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); +} + + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding +** to column iCol of table pTab. +** +** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data +** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first +** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableRegister( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ + int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ + i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ +){ + Expr *pExpr; + Column *pCol; + const char *zColl; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; + pExpr->affExpr = pCol->affinity; + zColl = pCol->zColl; + if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); + }else{ + pExpr->iTable = regBase; + pExpr->affExpr = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which +** has cursor iCur. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableColumn( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ + int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ + i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ +){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pExpr->y.pTab = pTab; + pExpr->iTable = iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = iCol; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating +** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - +** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** +** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease +** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this +** may increase the number of FK constraint problems). +** +** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child +** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. +** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +*/ +static void fkScanChildren( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ + Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ + FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ + int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ + int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ + NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ + int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); + + if( nIncr<0 ){ + iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: + ** + ** = AND = ... + ** + ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of + ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should + ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + + iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pEq); + } + + /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms + ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. + ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: + ** + ** $current_rowid!=rowid + ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) + ** + ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used + ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the *parent* key is + ** (a,b,...). Either the parent or primary key could be used to + ** uniquely identify the current row, but the parent key is more convenient + ** as the required values have already been loaded into registers + ** by the caller. + */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ + Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight); + }else{ + Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, pLeft, pRight); + pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pAll, pEq); + } + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0); + } + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pNe); + } + + /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ + memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; + sNameContext.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + + /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE + ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate + ** foreign key constraint counter. */ + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + if( pWInfo ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + } + + /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + if( iFkIfZero ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by +** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, +** given the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** +** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer +** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table +** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a +** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent +** table). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ + return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName); +} + +/* +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure +** and all of its sub-components. +** +** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from +** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +*/ +static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ + if( p ){ + TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); + sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is +** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument +** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to +** table pTab. +** +** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** +** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or +** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** constraint violations in the database, +** +** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping +** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this +** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + int iSkip = 0; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* Not a view */ + if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ + /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over + ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints + ** when this statement is run. */ + FKey *p; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; + } + if( !p ) return; + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + pParse->disableTriggers = 1; + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0); + pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before + ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as + ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK + ** constraints are violated. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + } + + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); + } + } +} + + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkChildIsModified( + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ + FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; + if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkParentIsModified( + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, + int bChngRowid +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; + int iKey; + for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ + if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; + if( zKey ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; + }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being +** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging +** to trigger pFKey. +*/ +static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){ + Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger; + if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull) + || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull) + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** processing for the operation. +** +** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the +** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the +** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values +** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed +** zero in this case. +** +** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the +** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new +** row data. +** +** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before +** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention +** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ + int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ + int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; + + /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ + assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + + /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the + ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ + int *aiFree = 0; + int *aiCol; + int iCol; + int i; + int bIgnore = 0; + + if( aChange + && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + ** early. */ + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + }else{ + pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + } + if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ + assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pTo==0 ){ + /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this + ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped + ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. + ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is + ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant + ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. + */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); + } + continue; + } + assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + + if( aiFree ){ + aiCol = aiFree; + }else{ + iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + aiCol = &iCol; + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + aiCol[i] = -1; + } + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any + ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ + if( db->xAuth ){ + int rcauth; + char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); + bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); + } +#endif + } + + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + ** in the parent table. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); + pParse->nTab++; + + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore); + } + if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){ + /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. + ** + ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program + ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very + ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key + ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding + ** this row to cause an FK violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); + } + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. + ** (the "child" constraints) */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ + SrcList *pSrc; + int *aiCol = 0; + + if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); + /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix) + ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ + continue; + } + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + continue; + } + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the + ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; + pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + pItem->pTab->nTabRef++; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + + if( regNew!=0 ){ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); + } + if( regOld!=0 ){ + int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0]; + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL + ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by + ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger. + ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case. + ** + ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the + ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway + ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE + ** within the action trigger). + ** + ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit + ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL + ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action + ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the + ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters + ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are + ** omitted. */ + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + } + pItem->zName = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + } +} + +#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +){ + u32 mask = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + int i; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + } + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; + sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); + if( pIdx ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + } + } + } + } + return mask; +} + + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then +** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points +** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, +** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the +** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** +** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns +** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** returns zero. +** +** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if: +** +** * There are any FKs for which pTab is the child and the parent table, or +** * the UPDATE modifies one or more parent keys for which the action is +** not "NO ACTION" (i.e. is CASCADE, SET DEFAULT or SET NULL). +** +** Or, assuming some other foreign key processing is required, 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ + int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ + int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ +){ + int eRet = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + if( !aChange ){ + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + ** foreign key constraint. */ + eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); + }else{ + /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the + ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ + FKey *p; + + /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, p->zTo) ) return 2; + if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ){ + eRet = 1; + } + } + + /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ){ + if( p->aAction[1]!=OE_None ) return 2; + eRet = 1; + } + } + } + } + return eRet; +} + +/* +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. +** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is +** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a +** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. +** +** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger +** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. +** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is +** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers +** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). +** +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** +** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** +** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN +** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; +** END; +** +** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** sqlite3FkDelete(). +*/ +static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ + ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ + int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + + action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; + if( action==OE_Restrict && (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ){ + return 0; + } + pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + + if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ + char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ + int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ + TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ + Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ + Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ + int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + + iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iFromCol>=0 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKeynCol) ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3TokenInit(&tToCol, + pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName); + sqlite3TokenInit(&tFromCol, pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName); + + /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important + ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so + ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the + ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0) + ); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pEq); + + /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. + ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: + ** + ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) + */ + if( pChanges ){ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)) + ); + pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhen, pEq); + } + + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ + Expr *pNew; + if( action==OE_Cascade ){ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)); + }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ + Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; + if( pDflt ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + + zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); + + if( action==OE_Restrict ){ + Token tFrom; + Expr *pRaise; + + tFrom.z = zFrom; + tFrom.n = nFrom; + pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + if( pRaise ){ + pRaise->affExpr = OE_Abort; + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, &tFrom, 0), + pWhere, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + pWhere = 0; + } + + /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ + sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ + nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */ + ); + if( pTrigger ){ + pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; + pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1]; + memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom); + + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0); + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + } + + /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ + fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); + return 0; + } + assert( pStep!=0 ); + assert( pTrigger!=0 ); + + switch( action ){ + case OE_Restrict: + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; + } + default: + pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } + pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; + pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; + pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); + } + + return pTrigger; +} + +/* +** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement +** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ + int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + ** trigger sub-program. */ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ + Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); + if( pAct ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + } + } + } + } +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to +** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash +** hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ + + assert( db==0 || IsVirtual(pTab) + || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + + /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ + pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + }else{ + void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; + const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p); + } + if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ + pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + } + } + + /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is + ** classified as either immediate or deferred. + */ + assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + + /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); +#endif + + pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); + } +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Generate code that will +** +** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then +** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. +** +** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index +** for that table that is actually opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->tnum==pTab->tnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** the table, according to the affinity of the column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'A' BLOB +** 'B' TEXT +** 'C' NUMERIC +** 'D' INTEGER +** 'F' REAL +** +** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the +** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. +** +** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string +** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be +** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + } + for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; + char aff; + if( x>=0 ){ + aff = pTab->aCol[x].affinity; + }else if( x==XN_ROWID ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else{ + assert( x==XN_EXPR ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pIdx->aColExpr->a[n].pExpr); + } + if( affSQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + pIdx->zColAff[n] = aff; + } + pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; + } + + return pIdx->zColAff; +} + +/* +** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been +** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities. +** +** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_BLOB values) and +** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities +** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, +** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be +** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. +** +** A column affinity string has one character per column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'A' BLOB +** 'B' TEXT +** 'C' NUMERIC +** 'D' INTEGER +** 'E' REAL +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ + int i; + char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; + if( zColAff==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return; + } + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + assert( pTab->aCol[i].affinity!=0 ); + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + } + do{ + zColAff[i--] = 0; + }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]<=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + } + assert( zColAff!=0 ); + i = sqlite3Strlen30NN(zColAff); + if( i ){ + if( iReg ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +*/ +static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + int i; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; +#endif + + for(i=1; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ + Index *pIndex; + int tnum = pOp->p2; + if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ + assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + return 1; + } +#endif + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* +** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab +** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register +** that holds the maximum rowid. Return zero if pTab is not an AUTOINCREMENT +** table. (Also return zero when doing a VACUUM since we do not want to +** update the AUTOINCREMENT counters during a VACUUM.) +** +** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the +** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within +** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the +** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original +** AutoincInfo structure is used. +** +** Four consecutive registers are allocated: +** +** (1) The name of the pTab table. +** (2) The maximum ROWID of pTab. +** (3) The rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** (4) The original value of the max ROWID in pTab, or NULL if none +** +** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the +** insert routine needs to know about. +*/ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +){ + int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ + assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=0 ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0 + && (pParse->db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 + ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + AutoincInfo *pInfo; + Table *pSeqTab = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab; + + /* Verify that the sqlite_sequence table exists and is an ordinary + ** rowid table with exactly two columns. + ** Ticket d8dc2b3a58cd5dc2918a1d4acb 2018-05-23 */ + if( pSeqTab==0 + || !HasRowid(pSeqTab) + || IsVirtual(pSeqTab) + || pSeqTab->nCol!=2 + ){ + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE; + return 0; + } + + pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; + while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } + if( pInfo==0 ){ + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); + if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; + pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; + pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; + pInfo->pTab = pTab; + pInfo->iDb = iDb; + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ + pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ + pToplevel->nMem +=2; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence + orig max val */ + } + memId = pInfo->regCtr; + } + return memId; +} + +/* +** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ + int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ + + /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is + ** only called from the top-level */ + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); + assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ); + + assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = { + /* 0 */ {OP_Null, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 1 */ {OP_Rewind, 0, 10, 0}, + /* 2 */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 3 */ {OP_Ne, 0, 9, 0}, + /* 4 */ {OP_Rowid, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 5 */ {OP_Column, 0, 1, 0}, + /* 6 */ {OP_AddImm, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 7 */ {OP_Copy, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 11, 0}, + /* 9 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + memId = p->regCtr; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn); + if( aOp==0 ) break; + aOp[0].p2 = memId; + aOp[0].p3 = memId+2; + aOp[2].p3 = memId; + aOp[3].p1 = memId-1; + aOp[3].p3 = memId; + aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL; + aOp[4].p2 = memId+1; + aOp[5].p3 = memId; + aOp[6].p1 = memId; + aOp[7].p2 = memId+2; + aOp[7].p1 = memId; + aOp[10].p2 = memId; + if( pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** +** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. +*/ +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement +** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. +** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement +** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this +** routine just before the "exit" code. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void autoIncrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( v ); + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList autoIncEnd[] = { + /* 0 */ {OP_NotNull, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 1 */ {OP_NewRowid, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 2 */ {OP_MakeRecord, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 3 */ {OP_Insert, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 4 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + int iRec; + int memId = p->regCtr; + + iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Le, memId+2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7, memId); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn); + if( aOp==0 ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = memId+1; + aOp[1].p2 = memId+1; + aOp[2].p1 = memId-1; + aOp[2].p3 = iRec; + aOp[3].p2 = iRec; + aOp[3].p3 = memId+1; + aOp[3].p5 = OPFLAG_APPEND; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->pAinc ) autoIncrementEnd(pParse); +} +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); + +/* +** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: +** +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST),(EXPRLIST),... +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) default values +** +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all (non-hidden) columns for the table is substituted. +** The IDLIST appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST +** is omitted. +** +** For the pSelect parameter holds the values to be inserted for the +** first two forms shown above. A VALUES clause is really just short-hand +** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else +** that follows. If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the +** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this +** the "1st template"): +** +** open write cursor to
    and its indices +** put VALUES clause expressions into registers +** write the resulting record into
    +** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if and are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the 2nd template. +** +** open a write cursor to
    +** open read cursor on +** transfer all records in over to
    +** close cursors +** foreach index on
    +** open a write cursor on the
    index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** load values into registers R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end-coroutine X +** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** C: yield X, at EOF goto D +** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n +** goto C +** D: cleanup +** +** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** load value into register R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end co-routine R +** B: open temp table +** L: yield X, at EOF goto M +** insert row from R..R+n into temp table +** goto L +** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** rewind temp table +** C: loop over rows of intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into
    +** end loop +** D: cleanup +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses for upsert, or NULL */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ + int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ + int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ + SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ + int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ + u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ + u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 bIdListInOrder; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ + + /* Register allocations */ + int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ + int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ + int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ + int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + dest.iSDParm = 0; /* Suppress a harmless compiler warning */ + + /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a + ** single row (the common case) then keep that one row of values + ** and discard the other (unused) parts of the pSelect object + */ + if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ + pList = pSelect->pEList; + pSelect->pEList = 0; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + pSelect = 0; + } + + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define tmask 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** + ** This is the 2nd template. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !pTrigger ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_end; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. + */ + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + + /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, + ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record. + */ + regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowid++; + pParse->nMem++; + } + regData = regRowid+1; + + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + bIdListInOrder = (pTab->tabFlags & TF_OOOHidden)==0; + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; + } + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ + ipkColumn = i; + bIdListInOrder = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that + ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The + ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT or from a multi-row VALUES clause. + ** Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT. */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; + dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) goto insert_cleanup; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to + ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into + ** the destination table (template 3). + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ + useTempTable = 1; + } + + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT + ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated + ** here is from the 4th template: + ** + ** B: open temp table + ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF + ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table + ** goto L + ** M: ... + */ + int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ + int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ + int addrL; /* Label "L" */ + + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); + addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrL); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a + ** single-row VALUES clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + assert( useTempTable==0 ); + if( pList ){ + nColumn = pList->nExpr; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + }else{ + nColumn = 0; + } + } + + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** column index in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 + && !pParse->nested + && !pParse->pTriggerTab + ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ + if( !isView ){ + int nIdx; + nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, -1, 0, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+2)); + if( aRegIdx==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; ipNext, i++){ + assert( pIdx ); + aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; + } + aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register to store the table record */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT + if( pUpsert ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "UPSERT not implemented for virtual table \"%s\"", + pTab->zName); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(pParse, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; + pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = pTabList; + pUpsert->regData = regData; + pUpsert->iDataCur = iDataCur; + pUpsert->iIdxCur = iIdxCur; + if( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget ){ + sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget(pParse, pTabList, pUpsert); + } + } +#endif + + + /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ + if( useTempTable ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 4): + ** + ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D + ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table + ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    + ** end loop + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 3): + ** + ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D + ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n + ** goto C + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); + + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( ipkColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + }else{ + int addr1; + assert( !withoutRowid ); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); + } + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=j=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pColumn ){ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) + || (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); + } + if( pColumn==0 && !IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ) j++; + } + + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); + } + + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + } + + /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of + ** registers beginning at regIns. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + } + if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else{ + Expr *pIpk = pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr; + if( pIpk->op==TK_NULL && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + int addr1; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, addr1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; + } + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + + /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted + ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. + ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); + }else if( pSelect ){ + if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); + } + } + + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ + int bUseSeek; /* True to use OPFLAG_SEEKRESULT */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace, 0, pUpsert + ); + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); + + /* Set the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag if either (a) there are no REPLACE + ** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a + ** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the + ** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an + ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each + ** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the + ** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT + ** functionality. */ + bUseSeek = (isReplace==0 || (pTrigger==0 && + ((db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 || sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0) + )); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, bUseSeek + ); + } + } + + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( regRowCount ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + if( pTrigger ){ + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); + } + + /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source + ** is a SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + } + +insert_end: + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( regRowCount ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pUpsert); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); +} + +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifdef tmask + #undef tmask +#endif + +/* +** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for +** sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn() +*/ +#define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */ +#define CKCNSTRNT_ROWID 0x02 /* CHECK constraint references the ROWID */ + +/* This is the Walker callback from sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(). +* Set bit 0x01 of pWalker->eCode if pWalker->eCode to 0 and if this +** expression node references any of the +** columns that are being modifed by an UPDATE statement. +*/ +static int checkConstraintExprNode(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 || pExpr->iColumn==-1 ); + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + if( pWalker->u.aiCol[pExpr->iColumn]>=0 ){ + pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN; + } + }else{ + pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** pExpr is a CHECK constraint on a row that is being UPDATE-ed. The +** only columns that are modified by the UPDATE are those for which +** aiChng[i]>=0, and also the ROWID is modified if chngRowid is true. +** +** Return true if CHECK constraint pExpr uses any of the +** changing columns (or the rowid if it is changing). In other words, +** return true if this CHECK constraint must be validated for +** the new row in the UPDATE statement. +** +** 2018-09-15: pExpr might also be an expression for an index-on-expressions. +** The operation of this routine is the same - return true if an only if +** the expression uses one or more of columns identified by the second and +** third arguments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn( + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to be checked */ + int *aiChng, /* aiChng[x]>=0 if column x changed by the UPDATE */ + int chngRowid /* True if UPDATE changes the rowid */ +){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.eCode = 0; + w.xExprCallback = checkConstraintExprNode; + w.u.aiCol = aiChng; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); + if( !chngRowid ){ + testcase( (w.eCode & CKCNSTRNT_ROWID)!=0 ); + w.eCode &= ~CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; + } + testcase( w.eCode==0 ); + testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN ); + testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_ROWID ); + testcase( w.eCode==(CKCNSTRNT_ROWID|CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN) ); + return w.eCode!=0; +} + +/* +** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE +** on table pTab. +** +** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains +** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be +** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one +** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the +** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will +** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will +** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. +** +** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains +** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero +** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by +** checking regOldData for zero. +** +** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the +** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) +** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of +** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. +** +** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid +** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng +** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or +** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, +** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer +** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. +** +** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into +** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for +** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is +** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices +** at pTab->pIndex. +** +** (2019-05-07) The generated code also creates a new record for the +** main table, if pTab is a rowid table, and stores that record in the +** register identified by aRegIdx[nIdx] - in other words in the first +** entry of aRegIdx[] past the last index. It is important that the +** record be generated during constraint checks to avoid affinity changes +** to the register content that occur after constraint checks but before +** the new record is inserted. +** +** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main +** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which +** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when +** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY +** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor +** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices +** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** changes to prior rows are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current +** row is skipped, without throwing an error. +** Processing continues with the next row. +** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ + int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ + int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ + u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ + u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ + int *pbMayReplace, /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ + int *aiChng, /* column i is unchanged if aiChng[i]<0 */ + Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses, if any. NULL otherwise */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i; /* loop counter */ + int ix; /* Index loop counter */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ + int addr1; /* Address of jump instruction */ + int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ + int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ + Index *pUpIdx = 0; /* Index to which to apply the upsert */ + u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ + int upsertBypass = 0; /* Address of Goto to bypass upsert subroutine */ + int upsertJump = 0; /* Address of Goto that jumps into upsert subroutine */ + int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the IPK uniqueness check */ + int ipkBottom = 0; /* OP_Goto at the end of the IPK uniqueness check */ + + isUpdate = regOldData!=0; + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the + ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pPk = 0; + nPkField = 1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; + } + + /* Record that this module has started */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; iiPKey ){ + continue; /* ROWID is never NULL */ + } + if( aiChng && aiChng[i]<0 ){ + /* Don't bother checking for NOT NULL on columns that do not change */ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* This column is allowed to be NULL */ + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + addr1 = 0; + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Replace: { + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i, addr1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i, addr1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall through into the OE_Abort case to generate code that runs + ** if both the input and the default value are NULL */ + } + case OE_Abort: + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + /* Fall through */ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[i].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, + regNewData+1+i); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + if( addr1 ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr1); + break; + } + default: { + assert( onError==OE_Ignore ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; + pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + int allOk; + Expr *pExpr = pCheck->a[i].pExpr; + if( aiChng + && !sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(pExpr, aiChng, pkChng) + ){ + /* The check constraints do not reference any of the columns being + ** updated so there is no point it verifying the check constraint */ + continue; + } + allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + }else{ + char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; + if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; + if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-26383-51744 */ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, + onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, + P5_ConstraintCheck); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + } + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* UNIQUE and PRIMARY KEY constraints should be handled in the following + ** order: + ** + ** (1) OE_Update + ** (2) OE_Abort, OE_Fail, OE_Rollback, OE_Ignore + ** (3) OE_Replace + ** + ** OE_Fail and OE_Ignore must happen before any changes are made. + ** OE_Update guarantees that only a single row will change, so it + ** must happen before OE_Replace. Technically, OE_Abort and OE_Rollback + ** could happen in any order, but they are grouped up front for + ** convenience. + ** + ** 2018-08-14: Ticket https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/908f001483982c43 + ** The order of constraints used to have OE_Update as (2) and OE_Abort + ** and so forth as (1). But apparently PostgreSQL checks the OE_Update + ** constraint before any others, so it had to be moved. + ** + ** Constraint checking code is generated in this order: + ** (A) The rowid constraint + ** (B) Unique index constraints that do not have OE_Replace as their + ** default conflict resolution strategy + ** (C) Unique index that do use OE_Replace by default. + ** + ** The ordering of (2) and (3) is accomplished by making sure the linked + ** list of indexes attached to a table puts all OE_Replace indexes last + ** in the list. See sqlite3CreateIndex() for where that happens. + */ + + if( pUpsert ){ + if( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget==0 ){ + /* An ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING clause, without a constraint-target. + ** Make all unique constraint resolution be OE_Ignore */ + assert( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ); + overrideError = OE_Ignore; + pUpsert = 0; + }else if( (pUpIdx = pUpsert->pUpsertIdx)!=0 ){ + /* If the constraint-target uniqueness check must be run first. + ** Jump to that uniqueness check now */ + upsertJump = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + VdbeComment((v, "UPSERT constraint goes first")); + } + } + + /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously + ** exist in the table. + */ + if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ + int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + + /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* figure out whether or not upsert applies in this case */ + if( pUpsert && pUpsert->pUpsertIdx==0 ){ + if( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ){ + onError = OE_Ignore; /* DO NOTHING is the same as INSERT OR IGNORE */ + }else{ + onError = OE_Update; /* DO UPDATE */ + } + } + + /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response + ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need + ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after + ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace /* IPK rule is REPLACE */ + && onError!=overrideError /* Rules for other contraints are different */ + && pTab->pIndex /* There exist other constraints */ + ){ + ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto)+1; + VdbeComment((v, "defer IPK REPLACE until last")); + } + + if( isUpdate ){ + /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has changed, only that + ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid + ** is unchanged. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip + ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for ROWID")); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + testcase( onError==OE_Rollback ); + testcase( onError==OE_Abort ); + testcase( onError==OE_Fail ); + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the + ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to + ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire + ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. + ** + ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. + ** + ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, + ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require + ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete + ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, + ** but being more selective here allows statements like: + ** + ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) + ** + ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the + ** table. + */ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1, -1); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + assert( HasRowid(pTab) ); + /* This OP_Delete opcode fires the pre-update-hook only. It does + ** not modify the b-tree. It is more efficient to let the coming + ** OP_Insert replace the existing entry than it is to delete the + ** existing entry and then insert a new one. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + if( pTab->pIndex ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,-1); + } + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT + case OE_Update: { + sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, 0, iDataCur); + /* Fall through */ + } +#endif + case OE_Ignore: { + testcase( onError==OE_Ignore ); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); + if( ipkTop ){ + ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop-1); + } + } + + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. + ** + ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. + */ + for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ + int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ + int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ + int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ + int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ + + if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ + if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ + addrUniqueOk = upsertJump+1; + upsertBypass = sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "Skip upsert subroutine")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, upsertJump); + }else{ + addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + } + if( bAffinityDone==0 && (pUpIdx==0 || pUpIdx==pIdx) ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); + bAffinityDone = 1; + } + VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for %s", pIdx->zName)); + iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; + + + /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); + pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + } + + /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after + ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register + */ + regIdx = aRegIdx[ix]+1; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + int x; + if( iField==XN_EXPR ){ + pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); + sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, regIdx+i); + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + VdbeComment((v, "%s column %d", pIdx->zName, i)); + }else{ + if( iField==XN_ROWID || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ + x = regNewData; + }else{ + x = iField + regNewData + 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, iField<0 ? OP_IntCopy : OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM + if( pIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ + sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pIdx->pTable); + } +#endif + + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the + ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection + ** logic below can all be skipped. */ + if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; + } + + /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + } + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* Figure out if the upsert clause applies to this index */ + if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ + if( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ){ + onError = OE_Ignore; /* DO NOTHING is the same as INSERT OR IGNORE */ + }else{ + onError = OE_Update; /* DO UPDATE */ + } + } + + /* Collision detection may be omitted if all of the following are true: + ** (1) The conflict resolution algorithm is REPLACE + ** (2) The table is a WITHOUT ROWID table + ** (3) There are no secondary indexes on the table + ** (4) No delete triggers need to be fired if there is a conflict + ** (5) No FK constraint counters need to be updated if a conflict occurs. + ** + ** This is not possible for ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK builds, as the row + ** must be explicitly deleted in order to ensure any pre-update hook + ** is invoked. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */ + && pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */ + && onError==OE_Replace /* Condition 1 */ + && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers) || /* Condition 4 */ + 0==sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0)) + && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) || /* Condition 5 */ + (0==pTab->pFKey && 0==sqlite3FkReferences(pTab))) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; + } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, + regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code to handle collisions */ + regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); + if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); + /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry + ** is different from old-rowid */ + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else{ + int x; + /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and + ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ + if( pIdx!=pPk ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); + } + } + if( isUpdate ){ + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually + ** different from the old. + ** + ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values + ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY + ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ + int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; + int op = OP_Ne; + int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); + + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); + x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + assert( x>=0 ); + if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ + addrJump = addrUniqueOk; + op = OP_Eq; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ + ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); + } + } + } + } + + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace || onError==OE_Update ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + testcase( onError==OE_Rollback ); + testcase( onError==OE_Abort ); + testcase( onError==OE_Fail ); + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT + case OE_Update: { + sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, pIdx, iIdxCur+ix); + /* Fall through */ + } +#endif + case OE_Ignore: { + testcase( onError==OE_Ignore ); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, + (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), iThisCur); + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + } + if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, upsertJump+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, upsertBypass); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + } + if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); + } + + /* If the IPK constraint is a REPLACE, run it last */ + if( ipkTop ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop); + VdbeComment((v, "Do IPK REPLACE")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); + } + + /* Generate the table record */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + int regRec = aRegIdx[ix]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regNewData+1, pTab->nCol, regRec); + sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pTab); + if( !bAffinityDone ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); + } + } + + *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM +/* +** Change the P5 operand on the last opcode (which should be an OP_MakeRecord) +** to be the number of columns in table pTab that must not be NULL-trimmed. +** +** Or if no columns of pTab may be NULL-trimmed, leave P5 at zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ + u16 i; + + /* Records with omitted columns are only allowed for schema format + ** version 2 and later (SQLite version 3.1.4, 2005-02-20). */ + if( pTab->pSchema->file_format<2 ) return; + + for(i=pTab->nCol-1; i>0; i--){ + if( pTab->aCol[i].pDflt!=0 ) break; + if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ) break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i+1); +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the +** rowid and the content to be inserted. +** +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* Range of content */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int update_flags, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ + int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ + u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( update_flags==0 + || update_flags==OPFLAG_ISUPDATE + || update_flags==(OPFLAG_ISUPDATE|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION) + ); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + pik_flags = (useSeekResult ? OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT : 0); + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + assert( pParse->nested==0 ); + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (update_flags & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + if( update_flags==0 ){ + int r = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, + iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], r, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE + ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r); + } +#endif + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], + aRegIdx[i]+1, + pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol: pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (update_flags?update_flags:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + if( useSeekResult ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, aRegIdx[i], regNewData); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); +} + +/* +** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate +** code to open and initialized those cursors. +** +** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally +** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT +** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is +** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. +** +** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables +** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. +** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. +** +** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. +** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range +** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the +** pTab->pIndex list. +** +** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the +** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ + u8 p5, /* P5 value for OP_Open* opcodes (except on WITHOUT ROWID) */ + int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ + u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ + int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ + int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + int iDataCur; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); + assert( op==OP_OpenWrite || p5==0 ); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output + ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind + ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */ + return 0; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; + iDataCur = iBase++; + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; + if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); + } + if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + int iIdxCur = iBase++; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iIdxCur; + p5 = 0; + } + if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + } + } + if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; + return i; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is supposed to. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column +** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause +*/ +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]==XN_EXPR ){ + assert( pSrc->aColExpr!=0 && pDest->aColExpr!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pSrc->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, + pDest->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, -1)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Different expressions in the index */ + } + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i])!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ + return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ + } + + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} + +/* +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form +** +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; +** +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves +** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. +** +** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. +** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments +** embedded in the code for details. +** +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. +** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table +** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that +** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also +** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the +** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine +** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate +** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there +** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. +** +** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. +*/ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ + /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses + ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" + ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; + if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ASTERISK ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + } + + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. + */ + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc->tnum==pDest->tnum && pSrc->pSchema==pDest->pSchema ){ + testcase( pSrc!=pDest ); /* Possible due to bad sqlite_master.rootpage */ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } + if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pSrc) ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + } + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; + Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 + && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN + ){ + return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */ + } +#endif + if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ + if( i>0 ){ + assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) + || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken, + pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0) + ){ + return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ + } + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + if( pSrcIdx->tnum==pDestIdx->tnum && pSrc->pSchema==pDest->pSchema + && sqlite3FaultSim(411)==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* The sqlite3FaultSim() call allows this corruption test to be + ** bypassed during testing, in order to exercise other corruption tests + ** further downstream. */ + return 0; /* Corrupt schema - two indexes on the same btree */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains + ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So + ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably + ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at + ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination + ** table (tab1) is initially empty. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); + if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 && ( + (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ + || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ + || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ + )){ + /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization + ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the + ** DBFLAG_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make + ** that determination. If DBFLAG_Vacuum is set, then the destination + ** table is always empty. + ** + ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty: + ** + ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. + ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields + ** of index entries might need to change.) + ** + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** is unable to test uniqueness.) + ** + ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + u8 insFlags; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 && !(db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_VacuumInto) ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); + if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); + insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID| + OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + }else{ + insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid, + (char*)pDest, P4_TABLE); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, insFlags); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + u8 idxInsFlags = 0; + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); + if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ + /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees + ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use + ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the + ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted + ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part + ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the + ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key + ** should be inserted. This is faster. + ** + ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than + ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user + ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run + ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly + ** sorted order. */ + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i]; + if( sqlite3_stricmp(sqlite3StrBINARY, zColl) ) break; + } + if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){ + idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); + } + } + if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ + idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags|OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + } + if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + +/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ + char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ + int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol = 0; + char **azVals = 0; + + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; + } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; + } + callbackIsInit = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit + && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( !callbackIsInit ){ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + azCols = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (2*nCol+1)*sizeof(const char*)); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; + } + for(i=0; ierrMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#endif +/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H +#define SQLITE3EXT_H +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*xsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*xvsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*),unsigned char); + int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**); + void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64); + sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*); + void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64); + void (*reset_auto_extension)(void); + void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char); + int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*); + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*); + void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64); + int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*); + void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int); + int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int); + int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ + int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*); + char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ + void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ + int (*prepare_v3)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v3)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*); + int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*); + const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ + int (*keyword_count)(void); + int (*keyword_name)(int,const char**,int*); + int (*keyword_check)(const char*,int); + sqlite3_str *(*str_new)(sqlite3*); + char *(*str_finish)(sqlite3_str*); + void (*str_appendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); + void (*str_vappendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); + void (*str_append)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); + void (*str_appendall)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); + void (*str_appendchar)(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); + void (*str_reset)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_errcode)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_length)(sqlite3_str*); + char *(*str_value)(sqlite3_str*); + /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ + int (*create_window_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInv)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + /* Version 3.26.0 and later */ + const char *(*normalized_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.28.0 and later */ + int (*stmt_isexplain)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*value_frombind)(sqlite3_value*); + /* Version 3.30.0 and later */ + int (*drop_modules)(sqlite3*,const char**); +}; + +/* +** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points. It +** is also defined in the file "loadext.c". +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle to the database. */ + char **pzErrMsg, /* Used to set error string on failure. */ + const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */ +); + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->xsnprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +/* Version 3.8.7 and later */ +#define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension +#define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64 +#define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize +#define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64 +#define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob +/* Version 3.8.11 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_dup sqlite3_api->value_dup +#define sqlite3_value_free sqlite3_api->value_free +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64 +/* Version 3.9.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_subtype sqlite3_api->value_subtype +#define sqlite3_result_subtype sqlite3_api->result_subtype +/* Version 3.10.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_status64 sqlite3_api->status64 +#define sqlite3_strlike sqlite3_api->strlike +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush +/* Version 3.12.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_system_errno sqlite3_api->system_errno +/* Version 3.14.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_trace_v2 sqlite3_api->trace_v2 +#define sqlite3_expanded_sql sqlite3_api->expanded_sql +/* Version 3.18.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid +/* Version 3.20.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare_v3 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3 +#define sqlite3_bind_pointer sqlite3_api->bind_pointer +#define sqlite3_result_pointer sqlite3_api->result_pointer +#define sqlite3_value_pointer sqlite3_api->value_pointer +/* Version 3.22.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange +#define sqlite3_value_nochange sqlite3_api->value_nochange +#define sqlite3_vtab_collation sqlite3_api->vtab_collation +/* Version 3.24.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_keyword_count sqlite3_api->keyword_count +#define sqlite3_keyword_name sqlite3_api->keyword_name +#define sqlite3_keyword_check sqlite3_api->keyword_check +#define sqlite3_str_new sqlite3_api->str_new +#define sqlite3_str_finish sqlite3_api->str_finish +#define sqlite3_str_appendf sqlite3_api->str_appendf +#define sqlite3_str_vappendf sqlite3_api->str_vappendf +#define sqlite3_str_append sqlite3_api->str_append +#define sqlite3_str_appendall sqlite3_api->str_appendall +#define sqlite3_str_appendchar sqlite3_api->str_appendchar +#define sqlite3_str_reset sqlite3_api->str_reset +#define sqlite3_str_errcode sqlite3_api->str_errcode +#define sqlite3_str_length sqlite3_api->str_length +#define sqlite3_str_value sqlite3_api->str_value +/* Version 3.25.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_window_function sqlite3_api->create_window_function +/* Version 3.26.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_normalized_sql sqlite3_api->normalized_sql +/* Version 3.28.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain sqlite3_api->isexplain +#define sqlite3_value_frombind sqlite3_api->frombind +/* Version 3.30.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_drop_modules sqlite3_api->drop_modules +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */ + +/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_collation 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) +# define sqlite3_trace_v2 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_aggregate_count, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_expired, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* + */ + sqlite3_overload_function, + + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 + */ + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, + + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.0 + */ + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, + sqlite3_blob_bytes, + sqlite3_blob_close, + sqlite3_blob_open, + sqlite3_blob_read, + sqlite3_blob_write, + sqlite3_create_collation_v2, + sqlite3_file_control, + sqlite3_memory_highwater, + sqlite3_memory_used, +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, +#else + sqlite3_mutex_alloc, + sqlite3_mutex_enter, + sqlite3_mutex_free, + sqlite3_mutex_leave, + sqlite3_mutex_try, +#endif + sqlite3_open_v2, + sqlite3_release_memory, + sqlite3_result_error_nomem, + sqlite3_result_error_toobig, + sqlite3_sleep, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, + sqlite3_vfs_find, + sqlite3_vfs_register, + sqlite3_vfs_unregister, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.8 + */ + sqlite3_threadsafe, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob, + sqlite3_result_error_code, + sqlite3_test_control, + sqlite3_randomness, + sqlite3_context_db_handle, + + /* + ** Added for 3.6.0 + */ + sqlite3_extended_result_codes, + sqlite3_limit, + sqlite3_next_stmt, + sqlite3_sql, + sqlite3_status, + + /* + ** Added for 3.7.4 + */ + sqlite3_backup_finish, + sqlite3_backup_init, + sqlite3_backup_pagecount, + sqlite3_backup_remaining, + sqlite3_backup_step, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + sqlite3_compileoption_get, + sqlite3_compileoption_used, +#else + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_create_function_v2, + sqlite3_db_config, + sqlite3_db_mutex, + sqlite3_db_status, + sqlite3_extended_errcode, + sqlite3_log, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, + sqlite3_sourceid, + sqlite3_stmt_status, + sqlite3_strnicmp, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + sqlite3_unlock_notify, +#else + 0, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, + sqlite3_wal_hook, +#else + 0, + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_blob_reopen, + sqlite3_vtab_config, + sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, + sqlite3_close_v2, + sqlite3_db_filename, + sqlite3_db_readonly, + sqlite3_db_release_memory, + sqlite3_errstr, + sqlite3_stmt_busy, + sqlite3_stmt_readonly, + sqlite3_stricmp, + sqlite3_uri_boolean, + sqlite3_uri_int64, + sqlite3_uri_parameter, + sqlite3_vsnprintf, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2, + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + sqlite3_auto_extension, + sqlite3_bind_blob64, + sqlite3_bind_text64, + sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension, + sqlite3_load_extension, + sqlite3_malloc64, + sqlite3_msize, + sqlite3_realloc64, + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension, + sqlite3_result_blob64, + sqlite3_result_text64, + sqlite3_strglob, + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + (sqlite3_value*(*)(const sqlite3_value*))sqlite3_value_dup, + sqlite3_value_free, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob64, + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64, + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + sqlite3_value_subtype, + sqlite3_result_subtype, + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_status64, + sqlite3_strlike, + sqlite3_db_cacheflush, + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + sqlite3_system_errno, + /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ + sqlite3_trace_v2, + sqlite3_expanded_sql, + /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ + sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid, + /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ + sqlite3_prepare_v3, + sqlite3_prepare16_v3, + sqlite3_bind_pointer, + sqlite3_result_pointer, + sqlite3_value_pointer, + /* Version 3.22.0 and later */ + sqlite3_vtab_nochange, + sqlite3_value_nochange, + sqlite3_vtab_collation, + /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ + sqlite3_keyword_count, + sqlite3_keyword_name, + sqlite3_keyword_check, + sqlite3_str_new, + sqlite3_str_finish, + sqlite3_str_appendf, + sqlite3_str_vappendf, + sqlite3_str_append, + sqlite3_str_appendall, + sqlite3_str_appendchar, + sqlite3_str_reset, + sqlite3_str_errcode, + sqlite3_str_length, + sqlite3_str_value, + /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ + sqlite3_create_window_function, + /* Version 3.26.0 and later */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE + sqlite3_normalized_sql, +#else + 0, +#endif + /* Version 3.28.0 and later */ + sqlite3_stmt_isexplain, + sqlite3_value_frombind, + /* Version 3.30.0 and later */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_drop_modules, +#else + 0, +#endif +}; + +/* +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +*/ +static int sqlite3LoadExtension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + void *handle; + sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit; + char *zErrmsg = 0; + const char *zEntry; + char *zAltEntry = 0; + void **aHandle; + u64 nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + int ii; + int rc; + + /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ + static const char *azEndings[] = { +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + "dll" +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + "dylib" +#else + "so" +#endif + }; + + + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call either sqlite3_enable_load_extension(db) or + ** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, 1, 0) + ** to turn on extension loading. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; + + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN + for(ii=0; ii sqlite3_example_init + ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init + */ + if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ + int iFile, iEntry, c; + int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc64(ncFile+30); + if( zAltEntry==0 ){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); + for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} + iFile++; + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; + for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ + if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ + zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; + } + } + memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); + zEntry = zAltEntry; + xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); + } + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + } + } + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; + + db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~(u64)(SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ + +/* +** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded +** extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { + u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ +} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdAutoextInit \ + sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) +# define wsdAutoext x[0] +#else +# define wsdAutoextInit +# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext +#endif + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension( + void (*xInit)(void) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + }else +#endif + { + u32 i; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; i=0; i--){ + if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ + wsdAutoext.nExt--; + wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; + n++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return n; +} + +/* +** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) +#endif + { +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); + wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; + wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + } +} + +/* +** Load all automatic extensions. +** +** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 i; + int go = 1; + int rc; + sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit; + + wsdAutoextInit; + if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ + /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ + return; + } + for(i=0; go; i++){ + char *zErrmsg; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = 0; +#else + const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = &sqlite3Apis; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + zErrmsg = 0; + if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, pThunk))!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + } +} + +/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/*************************************************************************** +** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that +** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[] +** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in +** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name. +** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at +** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */ +/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/ +/* DO NOT EDIT! +** This file is automatically generated by the script at +** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. To update the set of pragmas, edit +** that script and rerun it. +*/ + +/* The various pragma types */ +#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 +#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 +#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 +#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 5 +#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 6 +#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 7 +#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 8 +#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 9 +#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 10 +#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 11 +#define PragTyp_ENCODING 12 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 13 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 14 +#define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 15 +#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 16 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 17 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 18 +#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 19 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 20 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 21 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 22 +#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 23 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 24 +#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 25 +#define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 26 +#define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 27 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 28 +#define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 29 +#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 30 +#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 31 +#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 32 +#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 33 +#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 34 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 35 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 36 +#define PragTyp_THREADS 37 +#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 38 +#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 39 +#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 40 +#define PragTyp_KEY 41 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 42 +#define PragTyp_STATS 43 + +/* Property flags associated with various pragma. */ +#define PragFlg_NeedSchema 0x01 /* Force schema load before running */ +#define PragFlg_NoColumns 0x02 /* OP_ResultRow called with zero columns */ +#define PragFlg_NoColumns1 0x04 /* zero columns if RHS argument is present */ +#define PragFlg_ReadOnly 0x08 /* Read-only HEADER_VALUE */ +#define PragFlg_Result0 0x10 /* Acts as query when no argument */ +#define PragFlg_Result1 0x20 /* Acts as query when has one argument */ +#define PragFlg_SchemaOpt 0x40 /* Schema restricts name search if present */ +#define PragFlg_SchemaReq 0x80 /* Schema required - "main" is default */ + +/* Names of columns for pragmas that return multi-column result +** or that return single-column results where the name of the +** result column is different from the name of the pragma +*/ +static const char *const pragCName[] = { + /* 0 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */ + /* 1 */ "seq", + /* 2 */ "table", + /* 3 */ "from", + /* 4 */ "to", + /* 5 */ "on_update", + /* 6 */ "on_delete", + /* 7 */ "match", + /* 8 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_xinfo */ + /* 9 */ "name", + /* 10 */ "type", + /* 11 */ "notnull", + /* 12 */ "dflt_value", + /* 13 */ "pk", + /* 14 */ "hidden", + /* table_info reuses 8 */ + /* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */ + /* 16 */ "cid", + /* 17 */ "name", + /* 18 */ "desc", + /* 19 */ "coll", + /* 20 */ "key", + /* 21 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */ + /* 22 */ "idx", + /* 23 */ "wdth", + /* 24 */ "hght", + /* 25 */ "flgs", + /* 26 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */ + /* 27 */ "name", + /* 28 */ "unique", + /* 29 */ "origin", + /* 30 */ "partial", + /* 31 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */ + /* 32 */ "rowid", + /* 33 */ "parent", + /* 34 */ "fkid", + /* index_info reuses 15 */ + /* 35 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */ + /* 36 */ "name", + /* 37 */ "file", + /* 38 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */ + /* 39 */ "log", + /* 40 */ "checkpointed", + /* 41 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */ + /* 42 */ "builtin", + /* collation_list reuses 26 */ + /* 43 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */ + /* 44 */ "status", + /* 45 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */ + /* module_list pragma_list reuses 9 */ + /* 46 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */ +}; + +/* Definitions of all built-in pragmas */ +typedef struct PragmaName { + const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ + u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ + u8 mPragFlg; /* Zero or more PragFlg_XXX values */ + u8 iPragCName; /* Start of column names in pragCName[] */ + u8 nPragCName; /* Num of col names. 0 means use pragma name */ + u64 iArg; /* Extra argument */ +} PragmaName; +static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + {/* zName: */ "activate_extensions", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "application_id", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + {/* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) + {/* zName: */ "automatic_index", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, +#endif +#endif + {/* zName: */ "busy_timeout", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 46, 1, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "cache_spill", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE_PRAGMA) + {/* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif + {/* zName: */ "cell_size_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CellSizeCk }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "collation_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 26, 2, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) + {/* zName: */ "compile_options", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "count_changes", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN + {/* zName: */ "data_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "data_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_DATA_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "database_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 35, 3, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + {/* zName: */ "default_cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 45, 1, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + {/* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) + {/* zName: */ "encoding", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + {/* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 31, 4, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) + {/* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 8, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + {/* zName: */ "foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "freelist_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "full_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, + {/* zName: */ "fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "function_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 41, 2, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + {/* zName: */ "hexkey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 2 }, + {/* zName: */ "hexrekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 3 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) + {/* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + {/* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_NoColumns, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "index_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 15, 3, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "index_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 26, 5, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "index_xinfo", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 15, 6, + /* iArg: */ 1 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + {/* zName: */ "integrity_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "journal_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + {/* zName: */ "key", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "legacy_alter_table", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyAlter }, + {/* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + {/* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + {/* zName: */ "lock_status", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 43, 2, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "locking_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "max_page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "mmap_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "module_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MODULE_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 9, 1, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#endif +#endif + {/* zName: */ "optimize", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_OPTIMIZE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_NeedSchema, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "page_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + {/* zName: */ "parser_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ParserTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "pragma_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 9, 1, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "query_only", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + {/* zName: */ "quick_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommit }, + {/* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + {/* zName: */ "rekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 1 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "schema_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "secure_delete", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "short_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, +#endif + {/* zName: */ "shrink_memory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + {/* zName: */ "sql_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + {/* zName: */ "stats", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, + /* ColNames: */ 21, 5, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "synchronous", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "table_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 8, 6, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "table_xinfo", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, + /* ColNames: */ 8, 7, + /* iArg: */ 1 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "temp_store", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + {/* zName: */ "textkey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 4 }, + {/* zName: */ "textrekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 5 }, +#endif + {/* zName: */ "threads", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "user_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_USER_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + {/* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, + {/* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, + {/* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, + {/* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + {/* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + {/* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlg: */ 0, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + {/* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema, + /* ColNames: */ 38, 3, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + {/* zName: */ "writable_schema", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, + /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_NoSchemaError }, +#endif +}; +/* Number of pragmas: 65 on by default, 81 total. */ + +/************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/ + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed +** if the omitFull parameter it 1. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){ + /* 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruextrafull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 15, 20}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 2}; + /* on no off false yes true extra full */ + int i, n; + if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = (u8)ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Set result column names for a pragma. +*/ +static void setPragmaResultColumnNames( + Vdbe *v, /* The query under construction */ + const PragmaName *pPragma /* The pragma */ +){ + u8 n = pPragma->nPragCName; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, n==0 ? 1 : n); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, pPragma->zName, SQLITE_STATIC); + }else{ + int i, j; + for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; iautoCommit ){ + Db *pDb = db->aDb; + int n = db->nDb; + assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); + assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) + == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); + assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); + while( (n--) > 0 ){ + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, + pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); + } + pDb++; + } + } +} +#else +# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ +#endif + + +/* +** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static const char *actionName(u8 action){ + const char *zName; + switch( action ){ + case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; + case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; + case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; + case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + assert( action==OE_None ); break; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants +** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase +** journal-mode name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ + static char * const azModeName[] = { + "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + , "wal" +#endif + }; + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); + assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); + + if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; + return azModeName[eMode]; +} + +/* +** Locate a pragma in the aPragmaName[] array. +*/ +static const PragmaName *pragmaLocate(const char *zName){ + int upr, lwr, mid = 0, rc; + lwr = 0; + upr = ArraySize(aPragmaName)-1; + while( lwr<=upr ){ + mid = (lwr+upr)/2; + rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zName, aPragmaName[mid].zName); + if( rc==0 ) break; + if( rc<0 ){ + upr = mid - 1; + }else{ + lwr = mid + 1; + } + } + return lwr>upr ? 0 : &aPragmaName[mid]; +} + +/* +** Helper subroutine for PRAGMA integrity_check: +** +** Generate code to output a single-column result row with a value of the +** string held in register 3. Decrement the result count in register 1 +** and halt if the maximum number of result rows have been issued. +*/ +static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, 1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + return addr; +} + +/* +** Process a pragma statement. +** +** Pragmas are of this form: +** +** PRAGMA [schema.]id [= value] +** +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +){ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ + char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + int iDb; /* Database index for */ + int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ + const PragmaName *pPragma; /* The pragma */ +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + extern int sqlcipher_codec_pragma(sqlite3*, int, Parse *, const char *, const char *); +#endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ + + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); + pParse->nMem = 2; + + /* Interpret the [schema.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. + */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); + } + + assert( pId2 ); + zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zDbSName : 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS + ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS + ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-12238-55120 Whenever a PRAGMA statement is parsed, + ** an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file control is sent to the open sqlite3_file + ** object corresponding to the database file to which the pragma + ** statement refers. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA + ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the + ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third + ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no + ** argument. + */ + aFcntl[0] = 0; + aFcntl[1] = zLeft; + aFcntl[2] = zRight; + aFcntl[3] = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, aFcntl[0], SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + returnSingleText(v, aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + goto pragma_out; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + + goto pragma_out; + } + +/* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if(sqlcipher_codec_pragma(db, iDb, pParse, zLeft, zRight)) { + /* sqlcipher_codec_pragma executes internal */ + goto pragma_out; + } +#endif +/* END SQLCIPHER */ + + /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ + pPragma = pragmaLocate(zLeft); + if( pPragma==0 ) goto pragma_out; + + /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ + if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */ + if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 + && ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0) + ){ + setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); + } + + /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ + switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a + ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous + ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache + ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache + ** size of historical compatibility. + */ + case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( !zRight ){ + pParse->nMem += 2; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize, iLn); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[6].p1 = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, size); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(v, size); + }else{ + /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal + ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). + */ + db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete + ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete=ON/OFF/FAST + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete + ** flag setting and reports the new value. + */ + case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int b = -1; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zRight, "fast")==0 ){ + b = 2; + }else{ + b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); + } + } + if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + } + } + b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); + returnSingleInt(v, b); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + ** + ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might + ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test + ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_count + ** + ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { + int iReg; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, + sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + returnSingleText(v, zRet); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode = + ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { + int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + if( zRight==0 ){ + /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the + ** current mode */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + }else{ + const char *zMode; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); + for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; + } + if( !zMode ){ + /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, + ** then do a query */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF && (db->flags & SQLITE_Defensive)!=0 ){ + /* Do not allow journal-mode "OFF" in defensive since the database + ** can become corrupted using ordinary SQL when the journal is off */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ + /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ + iDb = 0; + pId2->n = 1; + } + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit=N + ** + ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + i64 iLimit = -2; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit); + if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + } + iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); + returnSingleInt(v, iLimit); + break; + } + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); + db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, + { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 0}, /* 4 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setMeta6)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[2].p2 = iAddr+4; + aOp[4].p1 = iDb; + aOp[4].p3 = eAuto - 1; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } + } + break; + } +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { + int iLimit, addr; + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill + ** PRAGMA cache_spill=BOOLEAN + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache spill size. The second form turns cache spill on + ** or off. When turnning cache spill on, the size is set to the + ** current cache_size. The third form sets a spill size that + ** may be different form the cache size. + ** If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + ** + ** If the number of cache_spill pages is less then the number of + ** cache_size pages, no spilling occurs until the page count exceeds + ** the number of cache_size pages. + ** + ** The cache_spill=BOOLEAN setting applies to all attached schemas, + ** not just the schema specified. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, + (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : + sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0)); + }else{ + int size = 1; + if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &size) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt, size); + } + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, size!=0) ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_CacheSpill; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~(u64)SQLITE_CacheSpill; + } + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]mmap_size(N) + ** + ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is + ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the + ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping + ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map + ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. + ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. + ** + ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map + ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the + ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. + */ + case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 sz; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( zRight ){ + int ii; + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz); + if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); + } + } + } + sz = -1; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); +#else + sz = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + returnSingleInt(v, sz); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_temp_directory); + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + /* + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that + ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts + ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with + ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the + ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted + ** by this setting, regardless of its value. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_data_directory); + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file + ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" + ** + ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { + if( !zRight ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + char *proxy_file_path = NULL; + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + &proxy_file_path); + returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path); + }else{ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + int res; + if( zRight[0] ){ + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + zRight); + } else { + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + NULL); + } + if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else if( iDb!=1 ){ + int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; + if( iLevel==0 ) iLevel = 1; + pDb->safety_level = iLevel; + pDb->bSyncSet = 1; + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + case PragTyp_FLAG: { + if( zRight==0 ){ + setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); + returnSingleInt(v, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 ); + }else{ + u64 mask = pPragma->iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not + ** in auto-commit mode. */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); + } +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){ + /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema); + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + db->flags |= mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~mask; + if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + } + + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all + ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + ** pk: Non-zero for PK fields. + */ + case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + int i, k; + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + pParse->nMem = 7; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + int isHidden = IsHiddenColumn(pCol); + if( isHidden && pPragma->iArg==0 ){ + nHidden++; + continue; + } + if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ + k = 0; + }else if( pPk==0 ){ + k = 1; + }else{ + for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} + } + assert( pCol->pDflt==0 || pCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, pPragma->iArg ? "issisii" : "issisi", + i-nHidden, + pCol->zName, + sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), + pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0, + pCol->pDflt ? pCol->pDflt->u.zToken : 0, + k, + isHidden); + } + } + } + break; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + case PragTyp_STATS: { + Index *pIdx; + HashElem *i; + pParse->nMem = 5; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ssiii", + pTab->zName, + 0, + pTab->szTabRow, + pTab->nRowLogEst, + pTab->tabFlags); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 2, "siiiX", + pIdx->zName, + pIdx->szIdxRow, + pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0], + pIdx->hasStat1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5); + } + } + } + break; +#endif + + case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If there is no index named zRight, check to see if there is a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table named zRight, and if there is, show the + ** structure of the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. */ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + } + if( pIdx ){ + int iIdxDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema); + int i; + int mx; + if( pPragma->iArg ){ + /* PRAGMA index_xinfo (newer version with more rows and columns) */ + mx = pIdx->nColumn; + pParse->nMem = 6; + }else{ + /* PRAGMA index_info (legacy version) */ + mx = pIdx->nKeyCol; + pParse->nMem = 3; + } + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iIdxDb); + assert( pParse->nMem<=pPragma->nPragCName ); + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iisX", i, cnum, + cnum<0 ? 0 : pTab->aCol[cnum].zName); + if( pPragma->iArg ){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 4, "isiX", + pIdx->aSortOrder[i], + pIdx->azColl[i], + inKeyCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, pParse->nMem); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + int i; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pParse->nMem = 5; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" }; + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "isisi", + i, + pIdx->zName, + IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), + azOrigin[pIdx->idxType], + pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { + int i; + pParse->nMem = 3; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zDbSName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iss", + i, + db->aDb[i].zDbSName, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt)); + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + pParse->nMem = 2; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "is", i++, pColl->zName); + } + } + break; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS + case PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST: { + int i; + HashElem *j; + FuncDef *p; + pParse->nMem = 2; + for(i=0; iu.pHash ){ + if( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "si", p->zName, 1); + } + } + for(j=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); j; j=sqliteHashNext(j)){ + p = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(j); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "si", p->zName, 0); + } + } + break; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case PragTyp_MODULE_LIST: { + HashElem *j; + pParse->nMem = 1; + for(j=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); j; j=sqliteHashNext(j)){ + Module *pMod = (Module*)sqliteHashData(j); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "s", pMod->zName); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + case PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST: { + int i; + for(i=0; ipFKey; + if( pFK ){ + int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + int i = 0; + pParse->nMem = 8; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iissssss", + i, + j, + pFK->zTo, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, + pFK->aCol[j].zCol, + actionName(pFK->aAction[1]), /* ON UPDATE */ + actionName(pFK->aAction[0]), /* ON DELETE */ + "NONE"); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { + FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ + Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ + Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ + Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ + int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ + int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ + HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ + int x; /* result variable */ + int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ + int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ + int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ + int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ + int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ + int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ + + regResult = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 4; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + regRow = ++pParse->nMem; + k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); + while( k ){ + int iTabDb; + if( zRight ){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); + k = 0; + }else{ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + k = sqliteHashNext(k); + } + if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; + iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iTabDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iTabDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + if( pParent==0 ) continue; + pIdx = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iTabDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); + if( x==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iTabDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iTabDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + } + }else{ + k = 0; + break; + } + } + assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); + if( pFK ) break; + if( pParse->nTabnTab = i; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + pIdx = 0; + aiCols = 0; + if( pParent ){ + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); + assert( x==0 ); + } + addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + + /* Generate code to read the child key values into registers + ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this + ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in + ** this case. */ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, iCol, regRow+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Generate code to query the parent index for a matching parent + ** key. If a match is found, jump to addrOk. */ + if( pIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db,pIdx), pFK->nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else if( pParent ){ + int jmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, i, jmp, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk); + assert( pFK->nCol==1 ); + } + + /* Generate code to report an FK violation to the caller. */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regResult+1); + } + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, regResult+2, "siX", pFK->zTo, i-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE_PRAGMA + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE_PRAGMA */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + /* PRAGMA integrity_check + ** PRAGMA integrity_check(N) + ** PRAGMA quick_check + ** PRAGMA quick_check(N) + ** + ** Verify the integrity of the database. + ** + ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption + ** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check + ** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN). + */ + case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { + int i, j, addr, mxErr; + + int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); + + /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA .integrity_check", + ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by . + ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by + ** the VDBE created below. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or + ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb + ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity + ** of all attached databases. */ + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); + if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; + + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + pParse->nMem = 6; + + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr-1, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ + + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; /* For looping over tables in the schema */ + Hash *pTbls; /* Set of all tables in the schema */ + int *aRoot; /* Array of root page numbers of all btrees */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxIdx = 0; /* Maximum number of indexes for any table */ + + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + ** + ** Begin by finding the root pages numbers + ** for all tables and indices in the database. + */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); /* Current table */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index on pTab */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indexes on pTab */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; } + if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx; + } + aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1)); + if( aRoot==0 ) break; + for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[++cnt] = pTab->tnum; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + aRoot[++cnt] = pIdx->tnum; + } + } + aRoot[0] = cnt; + + /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ + pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, 8+mxIdx ); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + + /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1, (char*)aRoot,P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zDbSName), + P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 2, 3, 3); + integrityCheckResultRow(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx, *pPk; + Index *pPrior = 0; + int loopTop; + int iDataCur, iIdxCur; + int r1 = -1; + + if( pTab->tnum<1 ) continue; /* Skip VIEWs or VIRTUAL TABLEs */ + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0, + 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + /* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table. + ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ + } + assert( pParse->nMem>=8+j ); + assert( sqlite3NoTempsInRange(pParse,1,7+j) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); + if( !isQuick ){ + /* Sanity check on record header decoding */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iDataCur, pTab->nCol-1, 3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + } + /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zErr; + int jmp2; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; + if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[j].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); + integrityCheckResultRow(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + } + /* Verify CHECK constraints */ + if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + ExprList *pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTab->pCheck, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + int addrCkFault = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int addrCkOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + char *zErr; + int k; + pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; + for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0); + } + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault); + pParse->iSelfTab = 0; + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CHECK constraint failed in %s", + pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); + integrityCheckResultRow(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkOk); + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCheck); + } + if( !isQuick ){ /* Omit the remaining tests for quick_check */ + /* Validate index entries for the current row */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5; + int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, + pPrior, r1); + pPrior = pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);/* increment entry count */ + /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */ + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1, + pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "row "); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, " missing from index "); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + jmp4 = integrityCheckResultRow(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the + ** current key. The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL + ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int jmp6; + int kk; + for(kk=0; kknKeyCol; kk++){ + int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk]; + assert( iCol!=XN_ROWID && iColnCol ); + if( iCol>=0 && pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, uniqOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1, + pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "non-unique entry in index "); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, jmp5); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + if( !isQuick ){ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index "); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, 0, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 2, 3); + integrityCheckResultRow(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + } + } + { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_IfNotZero, 1, 4, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 5 */ + { OP_Goto, 0, 3, 0}, /* 6 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); + if( aOp ){ + aOp[0].p2 = 1-mxErr; + aOp[2].p4type = P4_STATIC; + aOp[2].p4.z = "ok"; + aOp[5].p4type = P4_STATIC; + aOp[5].p4.z = (char*)sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_CORRUPT); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i + */ + case PragTyp_ENCODING: { + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + returnSingleText(v, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) = + pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]freelist_count + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]data_version + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id + ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id = + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { + int iCookie = pPragma->iArg; /* Which cookie to read or write */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_ReadOnly)==0 ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setCookie)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p2 = iCookie; + aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(readCookie)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie),readCookie,0); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p3 = iCookie; + sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ -/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least -** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit -** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. -** -** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL -** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit -** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting -** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. -*/ -#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + /* + ** PRAGMA compile_options + ** + ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, + ** one option per row. + */ + case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { + int i = 0; + const char *zOpt; + pParse->nMem = 1; + while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, zOpt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ -/* -** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, -** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned -** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. -*/ -#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ - WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ -) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate + ** + ** Checkpoint the database. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { + int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); + int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "truncate")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE; + } + } + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + break; -/* -** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the -** following object. -*/ -struct Wal { - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ - sqlcipher3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ - sqlcipher3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ - u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ - i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ - int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ - volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ - u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ - i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ - u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ - u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ - u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ - WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ - const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ - u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ + /* + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N + ** + ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database + ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value + ** of N. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); + } + break; #endif -}; - -/* -** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. -*/ -#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 -#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 -#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 - -/* -** Possible values for WAL.readOnly -*/ -#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ -#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ -#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ -/* -** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of -** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. -*/ -typedef u16 ht_slot; + /* + ** PRAGMA shrink_memory + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-23445-46109 This pragma causes the database + ** connection on which it is invoked to free up as much memory as it + ** can, by calling sqlite3_db_release_memory(). + */ + case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { + sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); + break; + } -/* -** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through -** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames -** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the -** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with -** the largest index). -** -** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: -** -** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, -** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, -** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. -** -** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). -*/ -struct WalIterator { - int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ - int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ - struct WalSegment { - int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ - ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ - u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ - int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ - int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ - } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ -}; + /* + ** PRAGMA optimize + ** PRAGMA optimize(MASK) + ** PRAGMA schema.optimize + ** PRAGMA schema.optimize(MASK) + ** + ** Attempt to optimize the database. All schemas are optimized in the first + ** two forms, and only the specified schema is optimized in the latter two. + ** + ** The details of optimizations performed by this pragma are expected + ** to change and improve over time. Applications should anticipate that + ** this pragma will perform new optimizations in future releases. + ** + ** The optional argument is a bitmask of optimizations to perform: + ** + ** 0x0001 Debugging mode. Do not actually perform any optimizations + ** but instead return one line of text for each optimization + ** that would have been done. Off by default. + ** + ** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default. + ** See below for additional information. + ** + ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance + ** information from the current session in the + ** database file so that it will be available to "optimize" + ** pragmas run by future database connections. + ** + ** 0x0008 (Not yet implemented) Create indexes that might have + ** been helpful to recent queries + ** + ** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all + ** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new + ** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are + ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default + ** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger. + ** + ** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE + ** + ** In the current implementation, a table is analyzed if only if all of + ** the following are true: + ** + ** (1) MASK bit 0x02 is set. + ** + ** (2) The query planner used sqlite_stat1-style statistics for one or + ** more indexes of the table at some point during the lifetime of + ** the current connection. + ** + ** (3) One or more indexes of the table are currently unanalyzed OR + ** the number of rows in the table has increased by 25 times or more + ** since the last time ANALYZE was run. + ** + ** The rules for when tables are analyzed are likely to change in + ** future releases. + */ + case PragTyp_OPTIMIZE: { + int iDbLast; /* Loop termination point for the schema loop */ + int iTabCur; /* Cursor for a table whose size needs checking */ + HashElem *k; /* Loop over tables of a schema */ + Schema *pSchema; /* The current schema */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the schema */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index of the table */ + LogEst szThreshold; /* Size threshold above which reanalysis is needd */ + char *zSubSql; /* SQL statement for the OP_SqlExec opcode */ + u32 opMask; /* Mask of operations to perform */ -/* -** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There -** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the -** wal-index. -** -** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and -** create incompatibilities. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ -#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ -#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ + if( zRight ){ + opMask = (u32)sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( (opMask & 0x02)==0 ) break; + }else{ + opMask = 0xfffe; + } + iTabCur = pParse->nTab++; + for(iDbLast = zDb?iDb:db->nDb-1; iDb<=iDbLast; iDb++){ + if( iDb==1 ) continue; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + + /* If table pTab has not been used in a way that would benefit from + ** having analysis statistics during the current session, then skip it. + ** This also has the effect of skipping virtual tables and views */ + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_StatsUsed)==0 ) continue; + + /* Reanalyze if the table is 25 times larger than the last analysis */ + szThreshold = pTab->nRowLogEst + 46; assert( sqlite3LogEst(25)==46 ); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ){ + szThreshold = 0; /* Always analyze if any index lacks statistics */ + break; + } + } + if( szThreshold ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + zSubSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "ANALYZE \"%w\".\"%w\"", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTab->zName); + if( opMask & 0x01 ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, r1, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, r1, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SqlExec, 0, 0, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC); + } + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); + break; + } -/* -** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a -** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete -** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) + /* + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value + ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set + ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative + ** disables the timeout. + */ + /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { + assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, db->busyTimeout); + break; + } -/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ -#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ - sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ -) + /* + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26343-45930 This pragma invokes the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface with the argument N, if N is + ** specified and is a non-negative integer. + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-64451-07163 The soft_heap_limit pragma always + ** returns the same integer that would be returned by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) C-language function. + */ + case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); + } + returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); + break; + } -/* -** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index -** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are -** numbered from zero. -** -** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index -** page and SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, -** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. -*/ -static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; + /* + ** PRAGMA threads + ** PRAGMA threads = N + ** + ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads. Return the new + ** maximum, which might be less than requested. + */ + case PragTyp_THREADS: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight + && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK + && N>=0 + ){ + sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1)); + break; + } - /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ - if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ - int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); - volatile u32 **apNew; - apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlcipher3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); - if( !apNew ){ - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + int i; + pParse->nMem = 2; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + const char *zState = "unknown"; + int j; + if( db->aDb[i].zDbSName==0 ) continue; + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ + zState = "closed"; + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, + SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ + zState = azLockName[j]; + } + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ss", db->aDb[i].zDbSName, zState); } - memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, - sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); - pWal->apWiData = apNew; - pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; + break; } +#endif - /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ - if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlcipher3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); - if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, - pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] - ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_READONLY ){ - pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Pragma iArg + ** ---------- ------ + ** key 0 + ** rekey 1 + ** hexkey 2 + ** hexrekey 3 + ** textkey 4 + ** textrekey 5 + */ + case PragTyp_KEY: { + if( zRight ){ + char zBuf[40]; + const char *zKey = zRight; + int n; + if( pPragma->iArg==2 || pPragma->iArg==3 ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + for(i=0, iByte=0; iiArg<4 ? sqlite3Strlen30(zRight) : -1; } + if( (pPragma->iArg & 1)==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, n); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "ok", SQLITE_STATIC); + returnSingleText(v, "ok"); + } + } + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); } +#endif } + break; +#endif - *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; - assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - return rc; -} + } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */ -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); -} + /* The following block is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. Its only + ** purpose is to execute assert() statements to verify that if the + ** PragFlg_NoColumns1 flag is set and the caller specified an argument + ** to the PRAGMA, the implementation has not added any OP_ResultRow + ** instructions to the VM. */ + if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){ + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v); + } -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; +pragma_out: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); } - -/* -** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian -** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting -** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it -** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes -** of the input value as a little-endian integer. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/***************************************************************************** +** Implementation of an eponymous virtual table that runs a pragma. +** */ -#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ - (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ - + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ -) +typedef struct PragmaVtab PragmaVtab; +typedef struct PragmaVtabCursor PragmaVtabCursor; +struct PragmaVtab { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection to which it belongs */ + const PragmaName *pName; /* Name of the pragma */ + u8 nHidden; /* Number of hidden columns */ + u8 iHidden; /* Index of the first hidden column */ +}; +struct PragmaVtabCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + sqlite3_stmt *pPragma; /* The pragma statement to run */ + sqlite_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */ +}; /* -** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in -** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or -** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). -** -** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. -** -** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. +** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method. */ -static void walChecksumBytes( - int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ - u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ - int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ - const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ - u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ +static int pragmaVtabConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr ){ - u32 s1, s2; - u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; - u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; + const PragmaName *pPragma = (const PragmaName*)pAux; + PragmaVtab *pTab = 0; + int rc; + int i, j; + char cSep = '('; + StrAccum acc; + char zBuf[200]; - if( aIn ){ - s1 = aIn[0]; - s2 = aIn[1]; - }else{ - s1 = s2 = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, "CREATE TABLE x"); + for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; inPragCName; i++, j++){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%c\"%s\"", cSep, pragCName[j]); + cSep = ','; } - - assert( nByte>=8 ); - assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); - - if( nativeCksum ){ - do { - s1 += *aData++ + s2; - s2 += *aData++ + s1; - }while( aDatazName); + i++; + } + j = 0; + if( pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, ",arg HIDDEN"); + j++; + } + if( pPragma->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_SchemaOpt|PragFlg_SchemaReq) ){ + sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, ",schema HIDDEN"); + j++; + } + sqlite3_str_append(&acc, ")", 1); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + assert( strlen(zBuf) < sizeof(zBuf)-1 ); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zBuf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (PragmaVtab*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PragmaVtab)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtab)); + pTab->pName = pPragma; + pTab->db = db; + pTab->iHidden = i; + pTab->nHidden = j; + } }else{ - do { - s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2; - s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1; - aData += 2; - }while( aDataexclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - sqlcipher3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); - } + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab; + return rc; } /* -** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. -** -** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. +** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ -static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ - volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; - pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); - memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); +static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)pVtab; + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer -** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of -** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: +/* Figure out the best index to use to search a pragma virtual table. ** -** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages -** after the commit. For all other records, zero. -** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) -** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) -** 16: Checksum-1. -** 20: Checksum-2. +** There are not really any index choices. But we want to encourage the +** query planner to give == constraints on as many hidden parameters as +** possible, and especially on the first hidden parameter. So return a +** high cost if hidden parameters are unconstrained. */ -static void walEncodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ - u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ -){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); - memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); +static int pragmaVtabBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)tab; + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; + int i, j; + int seen[2]; + + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)1; + if( pTab->nHidden==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } + pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + seen[0] = 0; + seen[1] = 0; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){ + if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue; + if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue; + if( pConstraint->iColumn < pTab->iHidden ) continue; + j = pConstraint->iColumn - pTab->iHidden; + assert( j < 2 ); + seen[j] = i+1; + } + if( seen[0]==0 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)2147483647; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 2147483647; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + j = seen[0]-1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1; + if( seen[1]==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)20; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 20; + j = seen[1]-1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 2; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Create a new cursor for the pragma virtual table */ +static int pragmaVtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr; + pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pCsr)); + if( pCsr==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtabCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = pVtab; + *ppCursor = &pCsr->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Clear all content from pragma virtual table cursor. */ +static void pragmaVtabCursorClear(PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr){ + int i; + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma); + pCsr->pPragma = 0; + for(i=0; iazArg); i++){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr->azArg[i]); + pCsr->azArg[i] = 0; + } +} - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); +/* Close a pragma virtual table cursor */ +static int pragmaVtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)cur; + pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); +/* Advance the pragma virtual table cursor to the next row */ +static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Increment the xRowid value */ + pCsr->iRowid++; + assert( pCsr->pPragma ); + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pPragma) ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma); + pCsr->pPragma = 0; + pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); + } + return rc; } /* -** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content -** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and -** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. +** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method. */ -static int walDecodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ - u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ - u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ +static int pragmaVtabFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; + PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); + int rc; + int i, j; + StrAccum acc; + char *zSql; - /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header - ** match the salt values in the wal-header. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ - return 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); + j = (pTab->pName->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1)!=0 ? 0 : 1; + for(i=0; iazArg) ); + assert( pCsr->azArg[j]==0 ); + if( zText ){ + pCsr->azArg[j] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zText); + if( pCsr->azArg[j]==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } } - - /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. - */ - pgno = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return 0; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, 0, 0, pTab->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, "PRAGMA "); + if( pCsr->azArg[1] ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%Q.", pCsr->azArg[1]); } - - /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, - ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, - ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 - ** bytes of this frame-header. - */ - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) - || aCksum[1]!=sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) - ){ - /* Checksum failed. */ - return 0; + sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, pTab->pName->zName); + if( pCsr->azArg[0] ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "=%Q", pCsr->azArg[0]); } - - /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number - ** and the new database size. - */ - *piPage = pgno; - *pnTruncate = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); - return 1; -} - - -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) && defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -/* -** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not -** a part of an ordinary build. -*/ -static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ - if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ - return "WRITE-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ - return "CKPT-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ - return "RECOVER-LOCK"; - }else{ - static char zName[15]; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", - lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return zName; + zSql = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pPragma, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pTab->db)); + return rc; } -} -#endif /*defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) */ - - -/* -** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. -** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go -** through the unlocked state first. -** -** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. -*/ -static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; - rc = sqlcipher3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLCIPHER_SHM_LOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlcipher3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLCIPHER_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); -} -static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; - rc = sqlcipher3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLCIPHER_SHM_LOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlcipher3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLCIPHER_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLCIPHER_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n)); + return pragmaVtabNext(pVtabCursor); } /* -** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land -** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances -** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. +** Pragma virtual table module xEof method. */ -static int walHash(u32 iPage){ - assert( iPage>0 ); - assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); - return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); -} -static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ - return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); +static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; + return (pCsr->pPragma==0); } -/* -** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on -** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages -** numbered starting from 0. -** -** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table -** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame -** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a -** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number -** (*piZero+N) in the log. -** -** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the -** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). -*/ -static int walHashGet( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ - volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ - volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ - u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; - - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || iHash>0 ); - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - u32 iZero; - volatile ht_slot *aHash; - - aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; - if( iHash==0 ){ - aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; - iZero = 0; - }else{ - iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - } - - *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; - *paHash = aHash; - *piZero = iZero; +/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from +** the PRAGMA. +*/ +static int pragmaVtabColumn( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int i +){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; + PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); + if( iiHidden ){ + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pPragma, i)); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->azArg[i-pTab->iHidden],-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } - return rc; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table -** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame -** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages -** are numbered starting from 0. +** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method. */ -static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) - && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - ); - return iHash; +static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){ + PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; + *p = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; } +/* The pragma virtual table object */ +static const sqlite3_module pragmaVtabModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* xCreate - create a table */ + pragmaVtabConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ + pragmaVtabBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ + pragmaVtabDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ + 0, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ + pragmaVtabOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + pragmaVtabClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + pragmaVtabFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + pragmaVtabNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + pragmaVtabEof, /* xEof */ + pragmaVtabColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + pragmaVtabRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate - write data */ + 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ + 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ + 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ + 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ + 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ + 0, /* xRename - rename the table */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + 0 /* xShadowName */ +}; + /* -** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. +** Check to see if zTabName is really the name of a pragma. If it is, +** then register an eponymous virtual table for that pragma and return +** a pointer to the Module object for the new virtual table. */ -static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); - if( iHash==0 ){ - return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; - } - return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ + const PragmaName *pName; + assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 ); + pName = pragmaLocate(zName+7); + if( pName==0 ) return 0; + if( (pName->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1))==0 ) return 0; + assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName)==0 ); + return sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, &pragmaVtabModule, (void*)pName, 0); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + +/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* -** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater -** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. +** 2005 May 25 ** -** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due -** to a rollback or savepoint. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be -** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when -** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are -** actually needed. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() +** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema +** from disk. */ -static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ - int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); - - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; - - /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing - ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed - ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. - */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); - assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); - walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater - ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; - assert( iLimit>0 ); - for(i=0; iiLimit ){ - aHash[i] = 0; - } +/* +** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates +** that the database is corrupt. +*/ +static void corruptSchema( + InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ + const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ + const char *zExtra /* Error information */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pData->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else if( pData->pzErrMsg[0]!=0 ){ + /* A error message has already been generated. Do not overwrite it */ + }else if( pData->mInitFlags & INITFLAG_AlterTable ){ + *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zExtra); + pData->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema ){ + pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + char *z; + if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; + z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); + if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra); + *pData->pzErrMsg = z; + pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } - - /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with - ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); - memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); +} -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable - ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. - */ - if( iLimit ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iKey; /* Hash key */ - for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){ - for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; - } - assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); - } +/* +** Check to see if any sibling index (another index on the same table) +** of pIndex has the same root page number, and if it does, return true. +** This would indicate a corrupt schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(Index *pIndex){ + Index *p; + for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->tnum==pIndex->tnum && p!=pIndex ) return 1; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ + return 0; } - /* -** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number -** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = type of object: "table", "index", "trigger", or "view". +** argv[1] = name of thing being created +** argv[2] = associated table if an index or trigger +** argv[3] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[4] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** */ -static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ - - rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - - /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the - ** page number array and hash table entry. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int iKey; /* Hash table key */ - int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ - - idx = iFrame - iZero; - assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); - - /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the - ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. - */ - if( idx==1 ){ - int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); - memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); - } - - /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer - ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after - ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). - ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from - ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. - */ - if( aPgno[idx] ){ - walCleanupHash(pWal); - assert( !aPgno[idx] ); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; - /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ - nCollide = idx; - for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - aPgno[idx] = iPage; - aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; + assert( argc==5 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + pData->nInitRow++; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], 0); + return 1; + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals - ** the number of entries in the mapping region. + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[3]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], 0); + }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[4],"create ",7)==0 ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. */ - { - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ - for(i=0; iinit.iDb; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ - /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable - ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive - ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every - ** iteration. - */ - if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){ - for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[3]); + db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; + db->init.azInit = argv; + TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[4], -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = db->errCode; + assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); + db->init.iDb = saved_iDb; + /* assert( saved_iDb==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0 ); */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + }else{ + if( rc > pData->rc ) pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } - assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); } } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( argv[1]==0 || (argv[4]!=0 && argv[4][0]!=0) ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], 0); + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[1], db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + if( pIndex==0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(argv[3],&pIndex->tnum)==0 + || pIndex->tnum<2 + || sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(pIndex) + ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[1], pIndex?"invalid rootpage":"orphan index"); + } } - - - return rc; + return 0; } - /* -** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. -** -** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the -** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything -** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The -** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know -** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish -** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLCIPHER_BUSY. +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. */ -static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */ - u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0}; - int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */ - int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFlags){ + int rc; + int i; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + int size; +#endif + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[6]; + int meta[5]; + InitData initData; + const char *zMasterName; + int openedTransaction = 0; - /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already - ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the - ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte. - ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before - ** this function returns. - */ - assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); - assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; - nLock = SQLCIPHER_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); + assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + db->init.busy = 1; - rc = sqlcipher3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; + /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or + ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate + ** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just + ** use the abbreviation "x" here. The parser will also automatically tag + ** the schema table as read-only. */ + azArg[0] = "table"; + azArg[1] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + azArg[2] = azArg[1]; + azArg[3] = "1"; + azArg[4] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text," + "rootpage int,sql text)"; + azArg[5] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + initData.mInitFlags = mFlags; + initData.nInitRow = 0; + sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 5, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( initData.rc ){ + rc = initData.rc; + goto error_out; } - if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ - u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ - u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ - int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ - int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ - int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ - u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - - /* Read in the WAL header. */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; - } + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto error_out; + } - /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than - ** SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid - ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole - ** WAL file. - */ - magic = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); - szPage = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); - if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC - || szPage&(szPage-1) - || szPage>SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || szPage<512 - ){ - goto finished; + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed before this function returns. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto initone_error_out; } - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->nCkpt = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); - memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); + openedTransaction = 1; + } - /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ - walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN, - aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum - ); - if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) - || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) - ){ - goto finished; - } + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] User version + ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode + ** meta[7] unused + ** meta[8] unused + ** meta[9] unused + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. + */ + for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase)!=0 ){ + memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; - /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that - ** are able to understand */ - version = sqlcipher3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); - if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - goto finished; + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. + */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 encoding; + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; + if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; + ENC(db) = encoding; +#else + ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ - szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - aFrame = (u8 *)sqlcipher3_malloc(szFrame); - if( !aFrame ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto recovery_error; - } - aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; + if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; +#else + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } - /* Read all frames from the log file. */ - iFrame = 0; - for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ - u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ - int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ + /* + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } - /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) break; - isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); - if( !isValid ) break; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, ++iFrame, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) break; + /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, + ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will + ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending + ** indices that the user might have created. + */ + if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ + db->flags &= ~(u64)SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; + } - /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ - if( nTruncate ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - } + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables + */ + assert( db->init.busy ); + { + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT*FROM\"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; } - - sqlcipher3_free(aFrame); +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } +#endif } - -finished: - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; - int i; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - - /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is - ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and - ** checkpointers. + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_NoSchemaError)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_NoSchemaError flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when its contents have been corrupted. */ - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } - /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an - ** event via sqlcipher3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance - ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without - ** checkpointing the log file. - */ - if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ - sqlcipher3_log(SQLCIPHER_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", - pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName - ); - } + /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating + ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs + ** before that point, jump to error_out. + */ +initone_error_out: + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); -recovery_error: - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); +error_out: + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); + } + db->init.busy = 0; return rc; } /* -** Close an open wal-index. +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. */ -static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ - sqlcipher3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); - pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) ); + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); + assert( db->nDb>0 ); + /* Do the main schema first */ + if( !DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 0, pzErrMsg, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + /* All other schemas after the main schema. The "temp" schema must be last */ + for(i=db->nDb-1; i>0; i--){ + assert( i==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[i].pBt) ); + if( !DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; } - }else{ - sqlcipher3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); } + if( commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must -** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points -** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. -** -** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function -** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other -** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process -** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the -** system would be badly broken. -** -** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLCIPHER_OK is returned and -** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, -** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. +/* +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalOpen( - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ - sqlcipher3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ - const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ - int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ - i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ - Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ - int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ - - assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); - assert( pDbFd ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; + }else if( db->noSharedCache ){ + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk; + } + } + return rc; +} - /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before - ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets - ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. - */ -#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE - assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif -#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE - assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif +/* +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies +** make no changes to pParse->rc. +*/ +static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int rc; + int cookie; - /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ - *ppWal = 0; - pRet = (Wal*)sqlcipher3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pRet ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } + assert( pParse->checkSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ + if( pBt==0 ) continue; - pRet->pVfs = pVfs; - pRet->pWalFd = (sqlcipher3_file *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; - pRet->readLock = -1; - pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; - pRet->zWalName = zWalName; - pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + openedTransaction = 1; + } - /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ - flags = (SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE|SQLCIPHER_OPEN_WAL); - rc = sqlcipher3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && flags&SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READONLY ){ - pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; - } + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, + ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - walIndexClose(pRet, 0); - sqlcipher3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); - sqlcipher3_free(pRet); - }else{ - *ppWal = pRet; - WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); + /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ - if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; } /* -** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that -** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the -** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where -** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page -** number. +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. ** -** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page -** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. */ -static int walIteratorNext( - WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ - u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ -){ - u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ - u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ - int i; /* For looping through segments */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ + int i = -1000000; - iMin = p->iPrior; - assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); - for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ - struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; - while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ - u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; - if( iPg>iMin ){ - if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; - } + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** function should never be used. + ** + ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; 1; i++){ + assert( inDb ); + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ break; } - pSegment->iNext++; } + assert( i>=0 && inDb ); } - - *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; - return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); + return i; } /* -** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. -** -** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is -** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following -** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); - while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); - assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); + if( db ){ + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable >= pParse->disableLookaside ); + db->lookaside.bDisable -= pParse->disableLookaside; } - - *paRight = aLeft; - *pnRight = iOut; - memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); + pParse->disableLookaside = 0; } /* -** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. -** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the -** larger aList[] values. -** -** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in -** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all JmallocFailed ); // not true with SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub)); - assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 ); - assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); + /* For a long-term use prepared statement avoid the use of + ** lookaside memory. + */ + if( prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT ){ + sParse.disableLookaside++; + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + } + sParse.disableVtab = (prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB)!=0; - for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all + ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that + ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in + ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes + ** to the schema. + ** + ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted + ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled + ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this + ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect + ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. + ** + ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because + ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it + ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** holding them. + ** + ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, + ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still + ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + if( rc ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zDbSName; + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit ); + goto end_prepare; + } } - aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; - aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; } - for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + sParse.db = db; + if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); + testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); + if( nBytes>mxLen ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); + goto end_prepare; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); + }else{ + sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; } + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); } - assert( aMerge==aList ); - *pnList = nMerge; + assert( 0==sParse.nQueryLoop ); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { - int i; - for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ - assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); + if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( sParse.checkSchema ){ + schemaIsValid(&sParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = sParse.zTail; + } + rc = sParse.rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* Justification for the ALWAYS(): The only way for rc to be SQLITE_OK and + ** sParse.pVdbe to be NULL is if the input SQL is an empty string, but in + ** that case, sParse.explain will be false. */ + if( sParse.explain && rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sParse.pVdbe) ){ + static const char * const azColName[] = { + "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", + "id", "parent", "notused", "detail" + }; + int iFirst, mx; + if( sParse.explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 4); + iFirst = 8; + mx = 12; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8); + iFirst = 0; + mx = 8; + } + for(i=iFirst; i0). - */ - assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); - iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ - nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; - nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) - + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) - + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); - p = (WalIterator *)sqlcipher3ScratchMalloc(nByte); - if( !p ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail-zSql), prepFlags); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){ + if( sParse.pVdbe ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; } - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->nSegment = nSegment; - /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block - ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. - */ - aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlcipher3ScratchMalloc( - sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) - ); - if( !aTmp ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc); } - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && ipNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); + } - rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int j; /* Counter variable */ - int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */ - ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */ +end_prepare: - aPgno++; - if( (i+1)==nSegment ){ - nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero); - }else{ - nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno); - } - aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; - iZero++; - - for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = iZero; - p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; - p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; - p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; - } - } - sqlcipher3ScratchFree(aTmp); + sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); + return rc; +} +static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ + Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + int cnt = 0; - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - walIteratorFree(p); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - *pp = p; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + do{ + /* Make multiple attempts to compile the SQL, until it either succeeds + ** or encounters a permanent error. A schema problem after one schema + ** reset is considered a permanent error. */ + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, prepFlags, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); + }while( rc==SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY + || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db,-1), cnt++)==0) ); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } + /* -** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and -** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a -** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the -** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. +** +** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, +** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has +** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ -static int walBusyLock( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ - int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ -){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ int rc; - do { - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); - }while( xBusy && rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); - return rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; + u8 prepFlags; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); + assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + prepFlags = sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(p); + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, prepFlags, p, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + assert( pNew==0 ); + return rc; + }else{ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); + return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. -** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. */ -static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37923-12173 The sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works + ** exactly the same as sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags + ** parameter. + ** + ** Proof in that the 5th parameter to sqlite3LockAndPrepare is 0 */ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL,0, + ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-56861-42673 sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from + ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having the extra prepFlags parameter, + ** which is a bit array consisting of zero or more of the + ** SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags. + ** + ** Proof by comparison to the implementation of sqlite3_prepare_v2() + ** directly above. */ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes, + SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL|(prepFlags&SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK), + 0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); + return rc; } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file -** in response to an sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. -** -** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited -** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page -** that a concurrent reader might be using. -** -** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when -** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if -** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background -** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. -** -** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and -** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent -** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. -** -** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire -** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes -** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the -** database file. -** -** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. -** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill. -** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase -** its value.) -** -** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other -** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same -** time. +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ -static int walCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ - int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ - u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int szPage; /* Database page-size */ - WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ - u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ - u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ - u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ - u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ - int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */ - - szPage = walPagesize(pWal); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* Allocate the iterator */ - rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - assert( pIter ); - - if( eMode!=SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall; - - /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is - ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might - ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus - ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. - */ - mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ - assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - }else if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - mxSafeFrame = y; - xBusy = 0; - }else{ - goto walcheckpoint_out; - } - } + if( nBytes>=0 ){ + int sz; + const char *z = (const char*)zSql; + for(sz=0; szmutex); + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, prepFlags, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); } - if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill; - - /* Sync the WAL to disk */ - if( sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); - } - - /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint - ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); - rc = sqlcipher3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); - } - } - - /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */ - while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ - i64 iOffset; - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); - if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue; - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) break; - iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) break; - } - - /* If work was actually accomplished... */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ - i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); - rc = sqlcipher3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); - } - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; - } - } - - /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure - ** just because there are active readers. */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - } +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes, + SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL|(prepFlags&SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK), + ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} - /* If this is an SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal - ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all - ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next - ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && eMode!=SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else if( eMode==SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ - assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - } - } - } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED +/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0; +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \ + if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ + sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) +#endif - walcheckpoint_out: - walIteratorFree(pIter); - return rc; -} /* -** Close a connection to a log file. +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information +** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalClose( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ - int nBuf, - u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( pWal ){ - int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ +typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; +struct DistinctCtx { + u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ + int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ + int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ +}; - /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the - ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the - ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to - ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both - ** the wal and wal-index files. - ** - ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLCIPHER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int bPersistWal = -1; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; - } - rc = sqlcipher3WalCheckpoint( - pWal, SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 - ); - sqlcipher3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersistWal); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && bPersistWal!=1 ){ - isDelete = 1; - } - } +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. +** +** The aDefer[] array is used by the sorter-references optimization. For +** example, assuming there is no index that can be used for the ORDER BY, +** for the query: +** +** SELECT a, bigblob FROM t1 ORDER BY a LIMIT 10; +** +** it may be more efficient to add just the "a" values to the sorter, and +** retrieve the associated "bigblob" values directly from table t1 as the +** 10 smallest "a" values are extracted from the sorter. +** +** When the sorter-reference optimization is used, there is one entry in the +** aDefer[] array for each database table that may be read as values are +** extracted from the sorter. +*/ +typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; +struct SortCtx { + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ + int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ + int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ + int labelDone; /* Jump here when done, ex: LIMIT reached */ + int labelOBLopt; /* Jump here when sorter is full */ + u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + u8 nDefer; /* Number of valid entries in aDefer[] */ + struct DeferredCsr { + Table *pTab; /* Table definition */ + int iCsr; /* Cursor number for table */ + int nKey; /* Number of PK columns for table pTab (>=1) */ + } aDefer[4]; +#endif + struct RowLoadInfo *pDeferredRowLoad; /* Deferred row loading info or NULL */ +}; +#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ - walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); - sqlcipher3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); - if( isDelete ){ - sqlcipher3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure. Deallocate the structure +** itself only if bFree is true. +*/ +static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){ + while( p ){ + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWinDefn) ){ + sqlite3WindowListDelete(db, p->pWinDefn); } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); - sqlcipher3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); - sqlcipher3_free(pWal); + assert( p->pWin==0 ); +#endif + if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWith) ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); + if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); + p = pPrior; + bFree = 1; } - return rc; } /* -** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if -** there is a problem. -** -** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might -** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to -** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected -** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by -** a checksum on the header. -** -** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from -** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header -** and *pChanged is set to 1. -** -** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header -** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. +** Initialize a SelectDest structure. */ -static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ - WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ - WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ - - /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ + pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; + pDest->iSDParm = iParm; + pDest->zAffSdst = 0; + pDest->iSdst = 0; + pDest->nSdst = 0; +} - /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the - ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, - ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read - ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. - ** - ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. - ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. - ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from - ** reordering the reads and writes. - */ - aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); - if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ - return 1; /* Dirty read */ - } - if( h1.isInit==0 ){ - return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ + Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + pNew = &standin; } - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ - return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ + if( pEList==0 ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3Expr(pParse->db,TK_ASTERISK,0)); } - - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - *pChanged = 1; - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); + pNew->pEList = pEList; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + pNew->selFlags = selFlags; + pNew->iLimit = 0; + pNew->iOffset = 0; + pNew->selId = ++pParse->nSelect; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->nSelectRow = 0; + if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pSrc)); + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->pPrior = 0; + pNew->pNext = 0; + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pWith = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + pNew->pWin = 0; + pNew->pWinDefn = 0; +#endif + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) { + clearSelect(pParse->db, pNew, pNew!=&standin); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); } + assert( pNew!=&standin ); + return pNew; +} - /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ - return 0; + +/* +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p) ) clearSelect(db, p, 1); } /* -** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. -** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the -** wal-index from the WAL before returning. +** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. +*/ +static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ + while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; + return p; +} + +/* +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: ** -** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is -** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged -** to 0. +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT ** -** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLCIPHER_OK. -** Otherwise an SQLite error code. +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. */ -static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ - volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ - - /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the - ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. - */ - assert( pChanged ); - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; + static const struct { + u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ + u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ + u8 code; /* Join type mask */ + } aKeyword[] = { + /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, + /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, + /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, + /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, }; - assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the - ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually - ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently - ** being modified by another thread or process. - */ - badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); - - /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race - ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. - */ - assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - if( badHdr ){ - if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY_RECOVERY; - } - }else if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ - badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( badHdr ){ - /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding - ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and - ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. - */ - rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); - *pChanged = 1; - } + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; + break; } - pWal->writeLock = 0; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + } + testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); + if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; } } - - /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make - ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that - ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. - */ - if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp = " "; + assert( pB!=0 ); + if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; } - - return rc; + return jointype; } /* -** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to -** be retried. +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. */ -#define WAL_RETRY (-1) +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} /* -** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or -** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to -** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. -** -** On success return SQLCIPHER_OK. On a permanent failure (such an -** I/O error or an SQLCIPHER_BUSY because another process is running -** recovery) return a positive error code. -** -** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable -** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely -** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() -** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the -** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication -** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be -** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already -** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. -** -** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to -** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. -** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the -** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive -** number of errors will ultimately return SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL. The -** SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue -** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small -** chance that SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really -** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that -** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. +** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a +** table that has a column named zCol. ** -** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on -** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is -** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) -** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not -** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and -** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will -** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 -** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL -** completely and get all content directly from the database file. -** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and -** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. -** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the -** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. +** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index +** of the matching column and return TRUE. ** -** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header -** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the -** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might -** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does -** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding -** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. +** If not found, return FALSE. */ -static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ - u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ - int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ - - /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. - ** - ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest - ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the - ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But - ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get - ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, - ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, - ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. - ** - ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlcipher3OsSleep(). The first few - ** calls to sqlcipher3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this - ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th - ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, - ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds. - ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second. - */ - if( cnt>5 ){ - int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ - if( cnt>100 ){ - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) - return SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL; - } - if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */ - sqlcipher3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); - } +static int tableAndColumnIndex( + SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ + int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ + int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ + int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +){ + int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ + int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ - if( !useWal ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process - ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to - ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here - ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY - ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with - ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be - ** right on the second iteration. - */ - if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ - /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLCIPHER_BUSY. - ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The - ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS - ** modules may return SQLCIPHER_BUSY due to a race condition in the - ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region - ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. - */ - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY_RECOVERY; + assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( piTab ){ + *piTab = i; + *piCol = iCol; } - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + return 1; } } + return 0; +} - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). - ** and can be safely ignored. - */ - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames - ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. - ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, - ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy - ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from - ** happening, this is usually correct. - ** - ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log - ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) - ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may - ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before - ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. - */ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return WAL_RETRY; - } - pWal->readLock = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } +/* +** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the +** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which +** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** +** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is +** column iColRight of tab2. +*/ +static void addWhereTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ + int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ + int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ + int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ + int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ + int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ + Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE1; + Expr *pE2; + Expr *pEq; - /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use - ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is - ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to - ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. - */ - mxReadMark = 0; - mxI = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); - mxReadMark = thisMark; - mxI = i; - } - } - /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ - { - if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 - && (mxReadMarkhdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) - ){ - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxI = i; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - break; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - if( mxI==0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); - return rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLCIPHER_READONLY_CANTLOCK; - } + assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); + assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); + assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - if( rc ){ - return rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; - } - /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the - ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index - ** header have changed. - ** - ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change - ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained - ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility - ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames - ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been - ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things - ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of - ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry - ** instead. - ** - ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to - ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow - ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or - ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on - ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid. - */ - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark - || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) - ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - return WAL_RETRY; - }else{ - assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; - } + pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); + pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2); + if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); + pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; } - return rc; + *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, *ppWhere, pEq); } /* -** Begin a read transaction on the database. +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. ** -** This routine used to be called sqlcipher3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: -** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current -** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. -** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but -** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. ** -** If the database contents have changes since the previous read -** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The -** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and -** needs to be flushed. +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ - - do{ - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLCIPHER_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - return rc; +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); + p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; + if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ + setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable); + } + } + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } } -/* -** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the -** read-lock. +/* Undo the work of setJoinExpr(). In the expression tree p, convert every +** term that is marked with EP_FromJoin and iRightJoinTable==iTable into +** an ordinary term that omits the EP_FromJoin mark. +** +** This happens when a LEFT JOIN is simplified into an ordinary JOIN. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - sqlcipher3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->readLock = -1; +static void unsetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) + && (iTable<0 || p->iRightJoinTable==iTable) ){ + ExprClearProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + } + if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ + unsetJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable); + } + } + unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; } } /* -** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the -** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL. +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. ** -** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and -** has been loaded. Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in -** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database. +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalRead( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ - int *pInWal, /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */ - int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ - u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ -){ - u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ - u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ - int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ - - /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then - ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early - ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, - ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the - ** WAL were empty. - */ - if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ - *pInWal = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + int isOuter; - /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number - ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one - ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). - ** - ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() - ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash - ** table). This means the value just read from the hash - ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the - ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the - ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume - ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was - ** opened remain unmodified. - ** - ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner - ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required - ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: - ** - ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): - ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. - ** - ** (iFrame<=iLast): - ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash - ** table after the current read-transaction had started. - */ - for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ - u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ - int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ - int rc; /* Error code */ + if( NEVER(pLeft->pTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; + isOuter = (pRight->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; - for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; - if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ - assert( iFrame>iRead ); - iRead = iFrame; - } - if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; } - } - } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ + int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ + int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search - ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the - ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ - { - u32 iRead2 = 0; - u32 iTest; - for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){ - if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ - iRead2 = iTest; - break; + zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } } } - assert( iRead==iRead2 ); - } -#endif - /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the - ** required page. Read and return data from the log file. - */ - if( iRead ){ - int sz; - i64 iOffset; - sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; - sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( sz<=32768 ); - testcase( sz>=65536 ); - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - *pInWal = 1; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ - return sqlcipher3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, nOut, iOffset); - } + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); + return 1; + } - *pInWal = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; + } + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ + int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ + int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ + int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ -/* -** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Pgno sqlcipher3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ - return pWal->hdr.nPage; + zName = pList->a[j].zName; + iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); + if( iRightCol<0 + || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; + } + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } } return 0; } - -/* -** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. -** -** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call -** to sqlcipher3WalBeginReadTransaction(). -** -** If another thread or process has written into the database since -** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this -** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine -** returns SQLCIPHER_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. -** -** There can only be a single writer active at a time. +/* +** An instance of this object holds information (beyond pParse and pSelect) +** needed to load the next result row that is to be added to the sorter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - int rc; - - /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read - ** transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ){ - return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - } - - /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return - ** SQLCIPHER_BUSY if unable. - */ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - pWal->writeLock = 1; - - /* If another connection has written to the database file since the - ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then - ** the write is disallowed. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - } - - return rc; -} +typedef struct RowLoadInfo RowLoadInfo; +struct RowLoadInfo { + int regResult; /* Store results in array of registers here */ + u8 ecelFlags; /* Flag argument to ExprCodeExprList() */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + ExprList *pExtra; /* Extra columns needed by sorter refs */ + int regExtraResult; /* Where to load the extra columns */ +#endif +}; /* -** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This -** routine merely releases the lock. +** This routine does the work of loading query data into an array of +** registers so that it can be added to the sorter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal->writeLock ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; +static void innerLoopLoadRow( + Parse *pParse, /* Statement under construction */ + Select *pSelect, /* The query being coded */ + RowLoadInfo *pInfo /* Info needed to complete the row load */ +){ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pInfo->regResult, + 0, pInfo->ecelFlags); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + if( pInfo->pExtra ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pInfo->pExtra, pInfo->regExtraResult, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pInfo->pExtra); } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +#endif } /* -** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this -** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. -** -** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written -** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns -** other than SQLCIPHER_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is -** returned to the caller. +** Code the OP_MakeRecord instruction that generates the entry to be +** added into the sorter. ** -** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this -** function returns SQLCIPHER_OK. +** Return the register in which the result is stored. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ - Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - Pgno iFrame; - - /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it - ** was in before the client began writing to the database. - */ - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - - for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; - ALWAYS(rc==SQLCIPHER_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; - iFrame++ - ){ - /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number - ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and - ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op - ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) - ** is false). - ** - ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there - ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And - ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is - ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. - */ - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); - rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); - } - walCleanupHash(pWal); +static int makeSorterRecord( + Parse *pParse, + SortCtx *pSort, + Select *pSelect, + int regBase, + int nBase +){ + int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int regOut = ++pParse->nMem; + if( pSort->pDeferredRowLoad ){ + innerLoopLoadRow(pParse, pSelect, pSort->pDeferredRowLoad); } - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 -** values. This function populates the array with values required to -** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current -** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regOut); + return regOut; } -/* -** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by -** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array -** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated -** by a call to WalSavepoint(). +/* +** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData +** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - - if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ - /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction - ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around - ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ + int regData, /* First register holding data to be sorted */ + int regOrigData, /* First register holding data before packing */ + int nData, /* Number of elements in the regData data array */ + int nPrefixReg /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Stmt under construction */ + int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0); + int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; /* No. of ORDER BY terms */ + int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData; /* Fields in sorter record */ + int regBase; /* Regs for sorter record */ + int regRecord = 0; /* Assembled sorter record */ + int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; /* ORDER BY terms to skip */ + int op; /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */ + int iLimit; /* LIMIT counter */ + int iSkip = 0; /* End of the sorter insert loop */ + + assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 ); + + /* Three cases: + ** (1) The data to be sorted has already been packed into a Record + ** by a prior OP_MakeRecord. In this case nData==1 and regData + ** will be completely unrelated to regOrigData. + ** (2) All output columns are included in the sort record. In that + ** case regData==regOrigData. + ** (3) Some output columns are omitted from the sort record due to + ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCE optimization, or due to the + ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the + ** SortCtx.pDeferredRowLoad optimiation. In any of these cases + ** regOrigData is 0 to prevent this routine from trying to copy + ** values that might not yet exist. + */ + assert( nData==1 || regData==regOrigData || regOrigData==0 ); + + if( nPrefixReg ){ + assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq ); + regBase = regData - nPrefixReg; + }else{ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += nBase; + } + assert( pSelect->iOffset==0 || pSelect->iLimit!=0 ); + iLimit = pSelect->iOffset ? pSelect->iOffset+1 : pSelect->iLimit; + pSort->labelDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, regOrigData, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP | (regOrigData? SQLITE_ECEL_REF : 0)); + if( bSeq ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); + } + if( nPrefixReg==0 && nData>0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData); + } + if( nOBSat>0 ){ + int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ + int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ + int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ + int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ + KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ + + regRecord = makeSorterRecord(pParse, pSort, pSelect, regBase, nBase); + regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; + nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq; + if( bSeq ){ + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); + }else{ + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor); + } + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + pOp->p2 = nKey + nData; + pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + memset(pKI->aSortFlags, 0, pKI->nKeyField); /* Makes OP_Jump testable */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); + testcase( pKI->nAllField > pKI->nKeyField+2 ); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pSort->pOrderBy,nOBSat, + pKI->nAllField-pKI->nKeyField-1); + addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); + if( iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, pSort->labelDone); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); + } + if( iLimit ){ + /* At this point the values for the new sorter entry are stored + ** in an array of registers. They need to be composed into a record + ** and inserted into the sorter if either (a) there are currently + ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than + ** the largest record currently in the sorter. If (b) is true and there + ** are already LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter, delete the largest + ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more + ** than LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter. + ** + ** If the new record does not need to be inserted into the sorter, + ** jump to the next iteration of the loop. If the pSort->labelOBLopt + ** value is not zero, then it is a label of where to jump. Otherwise, + ** just bypass the row insert logic. See the header comment on the + ** sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel() function for additional info. */ - aWalData[0] = 0; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; + int iCsr = pSort->iECursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotZero, iLimit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+4); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Last, iCsr, 0); + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxLE, + iCsr, 0, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr-nOBSat); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iCsr); + } + if( regRecord==0 ){ + regRecord = makeSorterRecord(pParse, pSort, pSelect, regBase, nBase); + } + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + op = OP_SorterInsert; + }else{ + op = OP_IdxInsert; } - - if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; - walCleanupHash(pWal); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord, + regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat); + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iSkip, + pSort->labelOBLopt ? pSort->labelOBLopt : sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); } +} - return rc; +/* +** Add code to implement the OFFSET +*/ +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ + int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +){ + if( iOffset>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset, iContinue, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET")); + } } /* -** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log -** file (see sqlcipher3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending -** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the -** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, -** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left -** unchanged. +** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem +** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. ** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether -** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned -** if an error occurs. +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. */ -static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - int cnt; +static void codeDistinct( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N, /* Number of elements */ + int iMem /* First element */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + int r1; - if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ - u32 salt1; - sqlcipher3_randomness(4, &salt1); - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no - ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions - ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the - ** wal-index header to reflect this. - ** - ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only - ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also - ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlcipher3WalUndo() - ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. - */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ - - /* Limit the size of WAL file if the journal_size_limit PRAGMA is - ** set to a non-negative value. Log errors encountered - ** during the truncation attempt. */ - if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ - i64 sz; - int rx; - sqlcipher3BeginBenignMalloc(); - rx = sqlcipher3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); - if( rx==SQLCIPHER_OK && (sz > pWal->mxWalSize) ){ - rx = sqlcipher3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, pWal->mxWalSize); - } - sqlcipher3EndBenignMalloc(); - if( rx ){ - sqlcipher3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); + v = pParse->pVdbe; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1, iMem, N); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES +/* +** This function is called as part of inner-loop generation for a SELECT +** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It +** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference +** optimization should be used for. The sorter-reference optimization +** is used for SELECT queries like: +** +** SELECT a, bigblob FROM t1 ORDER BY a LIMIT 10 +** +** If the optimization is used for expression "bigblob", then instead of +** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of +** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from +** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is +** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this +** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records. +** +** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList +** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. +** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries +** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally. +** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing +** expressions for all extra PK values that should be stored in the +** sorter records. +*/ +static void selectExprDefer( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave any error here */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Sorter context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expressions destined for sorter */ + ExprList **ppExtra /* Expressions to append to sorter record */ +){ + int i; + int nDefer = 0; + ExprList *pExtra = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pEList->a[i]; + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ){ + Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr; + Table *pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pTab && !IsVirtual(pTab) + && (pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].colFlags & COLFLAG_SORTERREF) + ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jaDefer[j].iCsr==pExpr->iTable ) break; + } + if( j==nDefer ){ + if( nDefer==ArraySize(pSort->aDefer) ){ + continue; + }else{ + int nKey = 1; + int k; + Index *pPk = 0; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + nKey = pPk->nKeyCol; + } + for(k=0; kiTable = pExpr->iTable; + pNew->y.pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + pNew->iColumn = pPk ? pPk->aiColumn[k] : -1; + pExtra = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pExtra, pNew); + } + } + pSort->aDefer[nDefer].pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + pSort->aDefer[nDefer].iCsr = pExpr->iTable; + pSort->aDefer[nDefer].nKey = nKey; + nDefer++; } } - - pWal->nCkpt++; - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; - sqlcipher3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlcipher3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); - aSalt[1] = salt1; - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - return rc; + pItem->bSorterRef = 1; } } - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - pWal->readLock = -1; - cnt = 0; - do{ - int notUsed; - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLCIPHER_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLCIPHER_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); } - return rc; + pSort->nDefer = (u8)nDefer; + *ppExtra = pExtra; } +#endif -/* -** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock -** on the log file (obtained using sqlcipher3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only +** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalFrames( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ - int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ - PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ - Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ - int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ - int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ +static void selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table if non-negative */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ + DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ ){ - int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ - u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ - u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ - PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ - PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ - int nLast = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ + int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ + int nPrefixReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers before regResult */ + RowLoadInfo sRowLoadInfo; /* Info for deferred row loading */ - assert( pList ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); + /* Usually, regResult is the first cell in an array of memory cells + ** containing the current result row. In this case regOrig is set to the + ** same value. However, if the results are being sent to the sorter, the + ** values for any expressions that are also part of the sort-key are omitted + ** from this array. In this case regOrig is set to zero. */ + int regResult; /* Start of memory holding current results */ + int regOrig; /* Start of memory holding full result (or 0) */ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) && defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) - { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", - pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); + assert( v ); + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); + hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; + if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + assert( iContinue!=0 ); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); } -#endif - /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the - ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + /* Pull the requested columns. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ - return rc; + nResultCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + if( pSort ){ + nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++; + pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg; + } + pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ + /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT + ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than + ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught + ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated + ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + } + pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; + regOrig = regResult = pDest->iSdst; + if( srcTab>=0 ){ + for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].zName)); + } + }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + ExprList *pExtra = 0; +#endif + /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual + ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. + */ + u8 ecelFlags; /* "ecel" is an abbreviation of "ExprCodeExprList" */ + ExprList *pEList; + if( eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + ecelFlags = SQLITE_ECEL_DUP; + }else{ + ecelFlags = 0; + } + if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){ + /* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in + ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated + ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY + ** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate. + ** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record, + ** saving space and CPU cycles. */ + ecelFlags |= (SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF|SQLITE_ECEL_REF); + + for(i=pSort->nOBSat; ipOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ + int j; + if( (j = pSort->pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){ + p->pEList->a[j-1].u.x.iOrderByCol = i+1-pSort->nOBSat; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + selectExprDefer(pParse, pSort, p->pEList, &pExtra); + if( pExtra && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + /* If there are any extra PK columns to add to the sorter records, + ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral + ** instruction to account for the larger records. This is only + ** required if there are one or more WITHOUT ROWID tables with + ** composite primary keys in the SortCtx.aDefer[] array. */ + VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); + pOp->p2 += (pExtra->nExpr - pSort->nDefer); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo->nAllField += (pExtra->nExpr - pSort->nDefer); + pParse->nMem += pExtra->nExpr; + } +#endif + + /* Adjust nResultCol to account for columns that are omitted + ** from the sorter by the optimizations in this branch */ + pEList = p->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pEList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + || pEList->a[i].bSorterRef +#endif + ){ + nResultCol--; + regOrig = 0; + } + } + + testcase( regOrig ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Set ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Mem ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem + || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output ); + } + sRowLoadInfo.regResult = regResult; + sRowLoadInfo.ecelFlags = ecelFlags; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + sRowLoadInfo.pExtra = pExtra; + sRowLoadInfo.regExtraResult = regResult + nResultCol; + if( pExtra ) nResultCol += pExtra->nExpr; +#endif + if( p->iLimit + && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 + && nPrefixReg>0 + ){ + assert( pSort!=0 ); + assert( hasDistinct==0 ); + pSort->pDeferredRowLoad = &sRowLoadInfo; + regOrig = 0; + }else{ + innerLoopLoadRow(pParse, p, &sRowLoadInfo); + } } - /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL - ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of - ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( iFrame==0 ){ - u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ + int iJump; /* Jump destination */ + int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ + + /* Allocate space for the previous row */ + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + + /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null + ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the + ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always + ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first + ** row is all NULLs. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 1; + pOp->p2 = regPrev; + + iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; + for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].pExpr); + if( idb->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1); + break; + } - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN)); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); - sqlcipher3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); - memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); - sqlcipher3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); - - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLCIPHER_BIGENDIAN; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + break; + } - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + default: { + assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, + regResult); + break; + } + } + if( pSort==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); } } - assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); - /* Write the log file. */ - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - u32 nDbsize; /* Db-size field for frame header */ - i64 iOffset; /* Write offset in log file */ - void *pData; - - iOffset = walFrameOffset(++iFrame, szPage); - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ - - /* Populate and write the frame header */ - nDbsize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC) - if( (pData = sqlcipher3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; -#else - pData = p->pData; -#endif - walEncodeFrame(pWal, p->pgno, nDbsize, pData, aFrame); - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + int r1; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; } - /* Write the page data */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); + break; } - pLast = p; - } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - /* Sync the log file if the 'isSync' flag was specified. */ - if( sync_flags ){ - i64 iSegment = sqlcipher3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); - i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Fifo: + case SRT_DistFifo: + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ + /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present + ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the + ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the + ** output table as well. */ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1,regResult,nResultCol); + assert( pSort==0 ); + } +#endif + if( pSort ){ + assert( regResult==regOrig ); + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg, regOrig, 1, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1); + break; + } - assert( isCommit ); - assert( iSegment>0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + if( pSort ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter( + pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, + r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + break; + } - iSegment = (((iOffset+iSegment-1)/iSegment) * iSegment); - while( iOffsetpData; -#endif - walEncodeFrame(pWal, pLast->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of + ** memory cells and break out of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + if( pSort ){ + assert( nResultCol<=pDest->nSdst ); + pushOntoSorter( + pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + assert( nResultCol==pDest->nSdst ); + assert( regResult==iParm ); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ } - iOffset += WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ + case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, + nPrefixReg); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); } - nLast++; - iOffset += szPage; + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to + ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an + ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first + ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a + ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. + */ + case SRT_DistQueue: + case SRT_Queue: { + int nKey; + int r1, r2, r3; + int addrTest = 0; + ExprList *pSO; + pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; + assert( pSO ); + nKey = pSO->nExpr; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); + r3 = r2+nKey+1; + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously + ** added to the queue. */ + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + regResult, nResultCol); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + for(i=0; ia[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, + r2+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, r2, nKey+2); + if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + break; } - - rc = sqlcipher3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); +#endif } - /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the - ** wal-index to do this as the SQLCIPHER_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index - ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may - ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if + ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited + ** the output for us. */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLCIPHER_OK; p=p->pDirty){ - iFrame++; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); - } - while( nLast>0 && rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - iFrame++; - nLast--; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); + if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } +} - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - /* Update the private copy of the header. */ - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - if( isCommit ){ - pWal->hdr.iChange++; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - } - /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ - if( isCommit ){ - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pWal->iCallback = iFrame; - } +/* +** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and +** X extra columns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ + int nExtra = (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) - sizeof(CollSeq*); + KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(KeyInfo) + nExtra); + if( p ){ + p->aSortFlags = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; + p->nKeyField = (u16)N; + p->nAllField = (u16)(N+X); + p->enc = ENC(db); + p->db = db; + p->nRef = 1; + memset(&p[1], 0, nExtra); + }else{ + sqlite3OomFault(db); } - - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return rc; + return p; } -/* -** This routine is called to implement sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint() and -** related interfaces. -** -** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as -** we can from WAL into the database. -** -** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler -** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. +/* +** Deallocate a KeyInfo object */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ - int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ - u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ - int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ - - assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - if( rc ){ - /* Usually this is SQLCIPHER_BUSY meaning that another thread or process - ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might - ** also be SQLCIPHER_IOERR. */ - return rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(p->db, p); } - pWal->ckptLock = 1; +} - /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well - ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway. - ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below. - ** - ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is - ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock, - ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no - ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLCIPHER_BUSY to the caller. - */ - if( eMode!=SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - }else if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - eMode2 = SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - } +/* +** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef++; } + return p; +} - /* Read the wal-index header. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object +** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. +** +** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); - } +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +){ + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; - /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr-iStart, nExtra+1); + if( pInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); + for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; iaColl[i-iStart] = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); + pInfo->aSortFlags[i-iStart] = pItem->sortFlags; } } - - if( isChanged ){ - /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was - ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now - ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that - ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that - ** the cache needs to be reset. - */ - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - } - - /* Release the locks. */ - sqlcipher3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - pWal->ckptLock = 0; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return (rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLCIPHER_BUSY : rc); + return pInfo; } -/* Return the value to pass to a sqlcipher3_wal_hook callback, the -** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since -** sqlcipher3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since -** the last call, then return 0. +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ - u32 ret = 0; - if( pWal ){ - ret = pWal->iCallback; - pWal->iCallback = 0; +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; } - return (int)ret; + return z; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out -** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. -** -** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE -** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock -** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL -** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the -** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This -** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive -** lock on the main database file. +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of the form: ** -** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into -** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must -** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the -** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this -** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock -** on the main database file before invoking this operation. +** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" ** -** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do -** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it -** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking -** the op==1 case. +** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which +** is determined by the zUsage argument. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ - int rc; - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); +static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage)); +} - /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a - ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot - ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock - ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to - ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. - */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); +/* +** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro +** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code +** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that +** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the +** code with #ifndef directives. +*/ +# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b - if( op==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; - if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainTempTable(y,z) +# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#endif + + +/* +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. +*/ +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ + int addrBreak = pSort->labelDone; /* Jump here to exit loop */ + int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);/* Jump here for next cycle */ + int addr; /* Top of output loop. Jump for Next. */ + int addrOnce = 0; + int iTab; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; + int regRow; + int regRowid; + int iCol; + int nKey; /* Number of key columns in sorter record */ + int iSortTab; /* Sorter cursor to read from */ + int i; + int bSeq; /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */ + int nRefKey = 0; + struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a; + + assert( addrBreak<0 ); + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + /* Open any cursors needed for sorter-reference expressions */ + for(i=0; inDefer; i++){ + Table *pTab = pSort->aDefer[i].pTab; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pSort->aDefer[i].iCsr, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + nRefKey = MAX(nRefKey, pSort->aDefer[i].nKey); + } +#endif + + iTab = pSort->iECursor; + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Mem ){ + regRowid = 0; + regRow = pDest->iSdst; + }else{ + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab || eDest==SRT_Table ){ + regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + nColumn = 0; + }else{ + regRow = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nColumn); + } + } + nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; + iSortTab = pParse->nTab++; + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, + nKey+1+nColumn+nRefKey); + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab); + bSeq = 0; + }else{ + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + iSortTab = iTab; + bSeq = 1; + } + for(i=0, iCol=nKey+bSeq-1; inDefer ){ + int iKey = iCol+1; + int regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nRefKey); + + for(i=0; inDefer; i++){ + int iCsr = pSort->aDefer[i].iCsr; + Table *pTab = pSort->aDefer[i].pTab; + int nKey = pSort->aDefer[i].nKey; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCsr); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iKey++, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, regKey); + }else{ + int k; + int iJmp; + assert( sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab)->nKeyCol==nKey ); + for(k=0; k=0; i--){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + if( aOutEx[i].bSorterRef ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aOutEx[i].pExpr, regRow+i); + }else +#endif + { + int iRead; + if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol ){ + iRead = aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol-1; + }else{ + iRead = iCol--; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iRead, regRow+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName?aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan)); + } + } + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, nKey+bSeq, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, nColumn, regRowid, + pDest->zAffSdst, nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid, regRow, nColumn); + break; + } + case SRT_Mem: { + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); } - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + break; + } + } + if( regRowid ){ + if( eDest==SRT_Set ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regRow, nColumn); }else{ - /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ - rc = 0; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); } - }else if( op>0 ){ - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; - rc = 1; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + } + /* The bottom of the loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using -** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); + if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL */ - -/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ -/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2007 August 27 +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that +** result in *pEstWidth. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. ** -************************************************************************* +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); ** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** +** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E) +#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B) +#endif +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + Expr *pExpr +#else + Expr *pExpr, + const char **pzOrigDb, + const char **pzOrigTab, + const char **pzOrigCol +#endif +){ + char const *zType = 0; + int j; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + char const *zOrigDb = 0; + char const *zOrigTab = 0; + char const *zOrigCol = 0; +#endif -/* -** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, -** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the -** p->locked boolean to true. -*/ -static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( pExpr!=0 ); + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( jnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; + }else{ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would + ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like + ** the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); + ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; + ** + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even + ** though it should really be "INTEGER". + ** + ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT + ** branch below. */ + break; + } + + assert( pTab && pExpr->y.pTab==pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); + } + }else{ + /* A real table or a CTE table */ + assert( !pS ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOrigCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); + } + zOrigTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse && pTab->pSchema ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + } +#else + assert( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); + } +#endif + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + break; + } +#endif + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( pzOrigDb ){ + assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); + *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; + *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; + *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; + } +#endif + return zType; } /* -** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and -** clear the p->locked boolean. +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. */ -static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( p->locked==1 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( p->db==pBt->db ); +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pNext = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zType; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +#else + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ } + /* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. +** Compute the column names for a SELECT statement. ** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. +** The only guarantee that SQLite makes about column names is that if the +** column has an AS clause assigning it a name, that will be the name used. +** That is the only documented guarantee. However, countless applications +** developed over the years have made baseless assumptions about column names +** and will break if those assumptions changes. Hence, use extreme caution +** when modifying this routine to avoid breaking legacy. ** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. +** See Also: sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList() +** +** The PRAGMA short_column_names and PRAGMA full_column_names settings are +** deprecated. The default setting is short=ON, full=OFF. 99.9% of all +** applications should operate this way. Nevertheless, we need to support the +** other modes for legacy: +** +** short=OFF, full=OFF: Column name is the text of the expression has it +** originally appears in the SELECT statement. In +** other words, the zSpan of the result expression. +** +** short=ON, full=OFF: (This is the default setting). If the result +** refers directly to a table column, then the +** result column name is just the table column +** name: COLUMN. Otherwise use zSpan. +** +** full=ON, short=ANY: If the result refers directly to a table column, +** then the result column name with the table name +** prefix, ex: TABLE.COLUMN. Otherwise use zSpan. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Select *pSelect /* Generate column names for this SELECT statement */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + Table *pTab; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullName; /* TABLE.COLUMN if no AS clause and is a direct table ref */ + int srcName; /* COLUMN or TABLE.COLUMN if no AS clause and is direct */ - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; + } +#endif - /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db - ** should already be set correctly. */ - assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); + if( pParse->colNamesSet ) return; + /* Column names are determined by the left-most term of a compound select */ + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,pSelect,("generating column names\n")); + pTabList = pSelect->pSrc; + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTabList!=0 ); + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullName = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + srcName = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0 || fullName; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); /* Agg processing has not run yet */ + assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || p->y.pTab!=0 ); /* Covering idx not yet coded */ + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + /* An AS clause always takes first priority */ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( srcName && p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + pTab = p->y.pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + if( fullName ){ + char *zName = 0; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else{ + const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } + } + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); +} - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlcipher3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; - return; +/* +** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions +** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate +** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. +** +** All column names will be unique. +** +** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, +** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, +** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. +** +** The only guarantee that SQLite makes about column names is that if the +** column has an AS clause assigning it a name, that will be the name used. +** That is the only documented guarantee. However, countless applications +** developed over the years have made baseless assumptions about column names +** and will break if those assumptions changes. Hence, use extreme caution +** when modifying this routine to avoid breaking legacy. +** +** See Also: generateColumnNames() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ + i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ + Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + u32 cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ + Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + char *zName; /* Column name */ + int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ + Hash ht; /* Hash table of column names */ + + sqlite3HashInit(&ht); + if( pEList ){ + nCol = pEList->nExpr; + aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); + testcase( aCol==0 ); + if( nCol>32767 ) nCol = 32767; + }else{ + nCol = 0; + aCol = 0; } + assert( nCol==(i16)nCol ); + *pnCol = nCol; + *paCol = aCol; - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; imallocFailed; i++, pCol++){ + /* Get an appropriate name for the column + */ + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ + }else{ + Expr *pColExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pEList->a[i].pExpr); + while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ + pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; + assert( pColExpr!=0 ); + } + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + /* For columns use the column name name */ + int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; + Table *pTab = pColExpr->y.pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"; + }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zName = pColExpr->u.zToken; + }else{ + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + } + } + if( zName ){ + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + }else{ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db,"column%d",i+1); + } + + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + */ + cnt = 0; + while( zName && sqlite3HashFind(&ht, zName)!=0 ){ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + if( nName>0 ){ + for(j=nName-1; j>0 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[j]); j--){} + if( zName[j]==':' ) nName = j; + } + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*z:%u", nName, zName, ++cnt); + if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt); + } + pCol->zName = zName; + sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol); + if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); } } - lockBtreeMutex(p); - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - lockBtreeMutex(pLater); + sqlite3HashClear(&ht); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0; jsharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ + Table *pTab, /* Add column type information to this table */ + Select *pSelect, /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ + char aff /* Default affinity for columns */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + NameContext sNC; + Column *pCol; + CollSeq *pColl; + int i; + Expr *p; + struct ExprList_item *a; + + assert( pSelect!=0 ); + assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + a = pSelect->pEList->a; + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + const char *zType; + int n, m; + p = a[i].pExpr; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); + /* pCol->szEst = ... // Column size est for SELECT tables never used */ + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + if( zType ){ + m = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + n = sqlite3Strlen30(pCol->zName); + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pCol->zName, n+m+2); + if( pCol->zName ){ + memcpy(&pCol->zName[n+1], zType, m+1); + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; + } + } + if( pCol->affinity<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) pCol->affinity = aff; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl && pCol->zColl==0 ){ + pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); } } + pTab->szTabRow = 1; /* Any non-zero value works */ } -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the -** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect, char aff){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u64 savedFlags; - return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); + savedFlags = db->flags; + db->flags &= ~(u64)SQLITE_FullColNames; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); + db->flags = savedFlags; + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pTab->nTabRef = 1; + pTab->zName = 0; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect, aff); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + return 0; + } + return pTab; } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + return pParse->pVdbe; + } + if( pParse->pToplevel==0 + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) + ){ + pParse->okConstFactor = 1; + } + return sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. ** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight. iLimit +** and iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) +** prior to calling this routine. ** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. +** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value +** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register +** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. +** +** Only if pLimit->pLeft!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ) sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - } -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ) sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - } -} +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int n; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; -/* -** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if -** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ - return p->sharable; -} + if( p->iLimit ) return; -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. + */ + if( pLimit ){ + assert( pLimit->op==TK_LIMIT ); + assert( pLimit->pLeft!=0 ); + p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pLimit->pLeft, &n) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iBreak); + }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>sqlite3LogEst((u64)n) ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)n); + p->selFlags |= SF_FixedLimit; + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pLeft, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pLimit->pRight ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pRight, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, iLimit, iOffset+1, iOffset); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); } } - return 1; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ -#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the -** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema -** access are: -** -** (1) The mutex on db -** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. ** -** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and -** db using sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(). +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ - Btree *p; - assert( db!=0 ); - if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( !sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; - if( iDb==1 ) return 1; - p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - assert( p!=0 ); - return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; + } + assert( iCol>=0 ); + /* iCol must be less than p->pEList->nExpr. Otherwise an error would + ** have been thrown during name resolution and we would not have gotten + ** this far */ + if( pRet==0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ -#else /* SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE==0 below */ /* -** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use -** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for -** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and -** are null #defines in btree.h. +** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT +** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo +** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. ** -** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including -** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually +** freed. */ +static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ia[i]; + Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; + CollSeq *pColl; -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; + if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); + }else{ + pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); + } + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); + pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; + pRet->aSortFlags[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags; } } + + return pRet; } -#endif /* if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** 2004 April 6 +** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE +** query of the form: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** AS ( UNION [ALL] ) +** \___________/ \_______________/ +** p->pPrior p ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. +** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause +** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].fg.isRecursive flag. +** +** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go +** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by +** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single +** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the +** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query +** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue +** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. +** +** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever +** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows +** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be +** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. +** +** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in +** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without +** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. +** +** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows +** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a +** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause +** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather +** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET +** rows have been skipped. */ +static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ + int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ + int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ + int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ + int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ + int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ + int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ + SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ + int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( p->pWin ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use window functions in recursive queries"); + return; + } +#endif -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLCIPHER_FILE_HEADER; + /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlcipher3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -# define TRACE(X) if(sqlcipher3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif + /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ + addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); + pLimit = p->pLimit; + regLimit = p->iLimit; + regOffset = p->iOffset; + p->pLimit = 0; + p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; -/* -** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. -** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. -** -** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value -** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page -** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. -** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. -*/ -#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) + /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inSrc); i++){ + if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){ + iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; + break; + } + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for -** test builds. -** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLCIPHER_WSD sqlcipher3SharedCacheList = 0; -#else -static BtShared *SQLCIPHER_WSD sqlcipher3SharedCacheList = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for + ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order + ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ + iQueue = pParse->nTab++; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; + iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. -** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlcipher3_open(), sqlcipher3_open16(), or sqlcipher3_open_v2(). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlcipher3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -#endif + /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ + regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); + } + VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); + if( iDistinct ){ + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); + p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + } + /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ + p->pOrderBy = 0; + /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ + pSetup->pNext = 0; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "SETUP")); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); + pSetup->pNext = p; + if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), - ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. + /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); + + /* Output the single row in Current */ + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, iCurrent, + 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); + if( regLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, regLimit, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); + + /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as + ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. */ - #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLCIPHER_OK - #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLCIPHER_OK - #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 - #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 -#endif + if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported"); + }else{ + p->pPrior = 0; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RECURSIVE STEP")); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); + p->pPrior = pSetup; + } + + /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); + +end_of_recursive_query: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* Forward references */ +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG /* -**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** +** Handle the special case of a compound-select that originates from a +** VALUES clause. By handling this as a special case, we avoid deep +** recursion, and thus do not need to enforce the SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +** on a VALUES clause. ** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the -** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. +** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause: +** (1) There is no LIMIT or OFFSET or else there is a LIMIT of exactly 1 +** (2) All terms are UNION ALL +** (3) There is no ORDER BY clause ** -** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via -** Btree connection pBtree: +** The "LIMIT of exactly 1" case of condition (1) comes about when a VALUES +** clause occurs within scalar expression (ex: "SELECT (VALUES(1),(2),(3))"). +** The sqlite3CodeSubselect will have added the LIMIT 1 clause in tht case. +** Since the limit is exactly 1, we only need to evalutes the left-most VALUES. +*/ +static int multiSelectValues( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int nRow = 1; + int rc = 0; + int bShowAll = p->pLimit==0; + assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ); + do{ + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values ); + assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) ); + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ); + if( p->pPrior==0 ) break; + assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p ); + p = p->pPrior; + nRow += bShowAll; + }while(1); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "SCAN %d CONSTANT ROW%s", nRow, + nRow==1 ? "" : "S")); + while( p ){ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, pDest, 1, 1); + if( !bShowAll ) break; + p->nSelectRow = nRow; + p = p->pNext; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to process a compound query form from +** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or +** INTERSECT ** -** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. ** -** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the -** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of -** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, -** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine -** the table corresponding to the index being written, this -** function has to search through the database schema. +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. ** -** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may -** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also -** acceptable. +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. */ -static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( - Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ - Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ - int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ - int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; - Pgno iTab = 0; - BtLock *pLock; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ + Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + */ + assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Compound ); + db = pParse->db; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + dest = *pDest; + if( pPrior->pOrderBy || pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s clause should come after %s not before", + pPrior->pOrderBy!=0 ? "ORDER BY" : "LIMIT", selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ + + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + */ + if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); + dest.eDest = SRT_Table; + } + + /* Special handling for a compound-select that originates as a VALUES clause. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ){ + rc = multiSelectValues(pParse, p, &dest); + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); + }else +#endif + + /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + }else{ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "COMPOUND QUERY")); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "LEFT-MOST SUBQUERY")); + } +#endif + + /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. + */ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + int addr = 0; + int nLimit; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; + pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); + p->pLimit = 0; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + if( p->iOffset ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, + p->iLimit, p->iOffset+1, p->iOffset); + } + } + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "UNION ALL")); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); + if( pPrior->pLimit + && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) + ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit); + } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; + } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temp table holding result */ + u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */ + int addr; + SelectDest uniondest; + + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); + testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); + priorOp = SRT_Union; + if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + unionTab = dest.iSDParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + } + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ + op = SRT_Except; + }else{ + assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); + op = SRT_Union; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + uniondest.eDest = op; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%s USING TEMP B-TREE", + selectOpName(p->op))); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->iLimit = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; + + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); + if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, unionTab, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; + } + default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit; + int addr; + SelectDest intersectdest; + int r1; + + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. - ** Return true immediately. - */ - if( (pBtree->sharable==0) - || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted)) - ){ - return 1; - } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); - /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is - ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if - ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. - ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. - */ - if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ - return 1; - } + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } - /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table - ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or - ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated - ** table. */ - if( isIndex ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqlcipherHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqlcipherHashNext(p)){ - Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqlcipherHashData(p); - if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ - iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%s USING TEMP B-TREE", + selectOpName(p->op))); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ){ + p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, tab1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, tab1, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; } } - }else{ - iTab = iRoot; - } - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a - ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a - ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ - for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree - && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType - ){ - return 1; + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( p->pNext==0 ){ + ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); } + #endif } - /* Failed to find the required lock. */ - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ + /* Compute collating sequences used by + ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -/* -**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** -** -** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the -** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are -** simultaneously reading that same table or index. -** -** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that -** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing -** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the -** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to -** have a read cursor. -** -** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index -** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: -** -** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); -*/ -static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot - && p->pBtree!=pBtree - && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted) - ){ - return 1; + assert( p->pNext==0 ); + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto multi_select_end; } + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + } + } + + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), + P4_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); } - return 0; + +multi_select_end: + pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; + pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); + return rc; } -#endif /* #ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLCIPHER_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling -** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLCIPHER_LOCKED if not. +** Error message for when two or more terms of a compound select have different +** size result sets. */ -static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); - - /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there - ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. - */ - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - - /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the - ** requested lock may not be obtained. - */ - if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){ - sqlcipher3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); - return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) - ** statement is a simplification of: - ** - ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) - ** - ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection - ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can - ** only be a single writer). - */ - assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ - sqlcipher3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); - if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ - assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->isPending = 1; - } - return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } -#endif /* !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. +** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a +** SELECT statment. ** -** This function assumes the following: +** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are +** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should +** be sent. ** -** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable -** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and +** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine +** return address. ** -** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts -** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has -** already been called and returned SQLCIPHER_OK). +** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that +** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false +** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is +** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing +** keys. ** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLCIPHER_NOMEM -** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. +** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to +** iBreak. */ -static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to - ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlcipher_master - ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ - assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it - ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ - assert( p->sharable ); - assert( SQLCIPHER_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); +static int generateOutputSubroutine( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ + int regReturn, /* The return address register */ + int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ + int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iContinue; + int addr; - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlcipher3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; + if( regPrev ){ + int addr1, addr2; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr2+2, iContinue, addr2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); } + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. + /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Exists ); + assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Table ); + switch( pDest->eDest ){ + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to -** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. -** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write -** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable -** may be incorrectly cleared. -*/ -static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)". + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int r1; + testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 ); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, + r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, + pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - assert( p->inTrans>0 ); + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. Note that the select might return multiple columns + ** if it is the RHS of a row-value IN operator. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, pIn->nSdst); + } + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); - assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); - if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ - sqlcipher3_free(pLock); + /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers + ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: { + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); + pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; } - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + break; } - } - assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter ); - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->isExclusive = 0; - pBt->isPending = 0; - }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its - ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not - ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other - ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case - ** set the isPending flag to 0. + /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be + ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other + ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. ** - ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must - ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to + ** return the next row of result. */ - pBt->isPending = 0; - } -} - -/* -** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. -*/ -static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - BtLock *pLock; - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->isExclusive = 0; - pBt->isPending = 0; - for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); - pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; + default: { + assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + break; } } -} - -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** -** -** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. -*/ -static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlcipher3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->aOverflow = 0; -} + /* Generate the subroutine return + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } + return addr; } /* -** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table -** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the -** row or one of the rows being modified. +** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there +** is an ORDER BY clause. ** -** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the -** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob -** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. +** We assume a query of the following form: ** -** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with -** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate -** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. -*/ -static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( - Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ - i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ - int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ -){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ - p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - } -} - -#else - /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */ - #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf -** page. +** ORDER BY ** -** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure -** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding -** free-list leaf pages: +** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea +** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as +** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results +** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and +** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: ** -** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes -** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database -** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes -** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, -** why bother journalling it?). +** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. ** -** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read -** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it -** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). +** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and +** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that +** appears only in B.) ** -** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy -** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if -** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same -** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when -** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it -** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data -** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible -** to restore the database to its original configuration. +** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and ApHasContent ){ - assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); - pBt->pHasContent = sqlcipher3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pgno<=sqlcipher3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. +** AeqB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B. ** -** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the -** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the -** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. -*/ -static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlcipher3BitvecSize(p) || sqlcipher3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); -} - -/* -** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be -** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. +** AgtB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B. +** +** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. +** +** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. +** +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** is used: +** +** +** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT +** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- +** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA +** +** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA +** +** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB +** +** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt +** +** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt +** +** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA +** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes +** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or +** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. +** +** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled +** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously +** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output +** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. +** +** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven +** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** +** goto Init +** coA: coroutine for left query (A) +** coB: coroutine for right query (B) +** outA: output one row of A +** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) +** EofA: ... +** EofB: ... +** AltB: ... +** AeqB: ... +** AgtB: ... +** Init: initialize coroutine registers +** yield coA +** if eof(A) goto EofA +** yield coB +** if eof(B) goto EofB +** Cmpr: Compare A, B +** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB +** End: ... +** +** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not +** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop +** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, +** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. */ -static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlcipher3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); - pBt->pHasContent = 0; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ + SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ + int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ + int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ + int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ + int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ + int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ + int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ + int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ + int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ + int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ + int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ + int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ + int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ + int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ + int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ + int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ + int addr1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ + int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ + KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ + KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -** -** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; + assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ + db = pParse->db; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ + labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ + /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause + */ + op = p->op; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + assert( pOrderBy ); + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. + /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that + ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add + ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. */ - if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - void *pKey = sqlcipher3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlcipher3_free(pKey); + if( op!=TK_ALL ){ + for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; ju.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; + } + if( j==nOrderBy ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = i; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); + if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; } - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; } } - assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - pCur->apPage[i] = 0; + /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with + ** the permutation used to determine if the next + ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit + ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries + ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct + ** collation. + */ + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1)); + if( aPermute ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + aPermute[0] = nOrderBy; + for(i=1, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<=nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){ + assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); + aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; } - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + }else{ + pKeyMerge = 0; } - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} + /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. + */ + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on -** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && - p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; + /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed + ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the + ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + regPrev = 0; + }else{ + int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; + assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); + pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); + if( pKeyDup ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); + for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + pKeyDup->aSortFlags[i] = 0; } } } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlcipher3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + pPrior->pNext = 0; + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + } -/* -** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record -** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the -** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. -*/ -static int btreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ - i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ - int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; /* Status code */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ - char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ - char *pFree = 0; + /* Compute the limit registers */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); + if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ + regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; + regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, + regLimitA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); + }else{ + regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = 0; - if( pKey ){ - assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); - pIdxKey = sqlcipher3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree - ); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); + regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; + regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); + + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MERGE (%s)", selectOpName(p->op))); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the + ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + */ + addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); + VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); + pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "LEFT")); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + ** the right - the "B" select + */ + addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); + VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); + savedLimit = p->iLimit; + savedOffset = p->iOffset; + p->iLimit = regLimitB; + p->iOffset = 0; + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RIGHT")); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); + p->iLimit = savedLimit; + p->iOffset = savedOffset; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrB); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); + addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); + addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A + ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. + */ + if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; }else{ - pIdxKey = 0; + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofA); + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); } - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); - if( pFree ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B + ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + */ + if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofB = addrEofA; + if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); + addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofB); } - return rc; -} -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -*/ -static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skipNext; + /* Generate code to handle the case of AeState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + + /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); + addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); } - return rc; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr); + + /* This code runs once to initialize everything. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Implement the main merge loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, + (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + + /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly + ** by the calling function */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + } + p->pPrior = pPrior; + pPrior->pNext = p; + + /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete + **** subqueries ****/ + ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); + return pParse->nErr!=0; } +#endif -#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLCIPHER_OK) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* -** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it -** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing -** at is deleted out from under them. +/* An instance of the SubstContext object describes an substitution edit +** to be performed on a parse tree. ** -** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The -** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. +** All references to columns in table iTable are to be replaced by corresponding +** expressions in pEList. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ - int rc; +typedef struct SubstContext { + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + int iTable; /* Replace references to this table */ + int iNewTable; /* New table number */ + int isLeftJoin; /* Add TK_IF_NULL_ROW opcodes on each replacement */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Replacement expressions */ +} SubstContext; - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - return rc; - } - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - }else{ - *pHasMoved = 0; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +/* Forward Declarations */ +static void substExprList(SubstContext*, ExprList*); +static void substSelect(SubstContext*, Select*, int); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) ** -** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is -** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic -** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage; - Pgno iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno<2 ) return 0; - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; +static Expr *substExpr( + SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ + Expr *pExpr /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ +){ + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && pExpr->iRightJoinTable==pSubst->iTable + ){ + pExpr->iRightJoinTable = pSubst->iNewTable; } - return ret; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + Expr *pCopy = pSubst->pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; + Expr ifNullRow; + assert( pSubst->pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnpEList->nExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pCopy) ){ + sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pSubst->pParse, pCopy); + }else{ + sqlite3 *db = pSubst->pParse->db; + if( pSubst->isLeftJoin && pCopy->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ + memset(&ifNullRow, 0, sizeof(ifNullRow)); + ifNullRow.op = TK_IF_NULL_ROW; + ifNullRow.pLeft = pCopy; + ifNullRow.iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; + pCopy = &ifNullRow; + } + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pCopy, EP_Subquery) ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCopy, 0); + if( pNew && pSubst->isLeftJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_CanBeNull); + } + if( pNew && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_FromJoin) ){ + pNew->iRightJoinTable = pExpr->iRightJoinTable; + ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_FromJoin); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + pExpr = pNew; + + /* Ensure that the expression now has an implicit collation sequence, + ** just as it did when it was a column of a view or sub-query. */ + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pSubst->pParse, pExpr); + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pSubst->pParse, pExpr, + (pColl ? pColl->zName : "BINARY") + ); + } + ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Collate); + } + } + } + }else{ + if( pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){ + pExpr->iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; + } + pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(pSubst, pExpr->pLeft); + pExpr->pRight = substExpr(pSubst, pExpr->pRight); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + substSelect(pSubst, pExpr->x.pSelect, 1); + }else{ + substExprList(pSubst, pExpr->x.pList); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + Window *pWin = pExpr->y.pWin; + pWin->pFilter = substExpr(pSubst, pWin->pFilter); + substExprList(pSubst, pWin->pPartition); + substExprList(pSubst, pWin->pOrderBy); + } +#endif + } + return pExpr; +} +static void substExprList( + SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ + ExprList *pList /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ +){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(pSubst, pList->a[i].pExpr); + } +} +static void substSelect( + SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ + Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ + int doPrior /* Do substitutes on p->pPrior too */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( !p ) return; + do{ + substExprList(pSubst, p->pEList); + substExprList(pSubst, p->pGroupBy); + substExprList(pSubst, p->pOrderBy); + p->pHaving = substExpr(pSubst, p->pHaving); + p->pWhere = substExpr(pSubst, p->pWhere); + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + substSelect(pSubst, pItem->pSelect, 1); + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ + substExprList(pSubst, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); + } + } + }while( doPrior && (p = p->pPrior)!=0 ); } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. +** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. ** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: ** -** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLCIPHER_OK) then this routine is -** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written -** into *pRC. +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 +** +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. +** +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: +** +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 +** +** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. +** +** Flattening is subject to the following constraints: +** +** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: +** The subquery and the outer query cannot both be aggregates. +** +** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: +** (2) If the subquery is an aggregate then +** (2a) the outer query must not be a join and +** (2b) the outer query must not use subqueries +** other than the one FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate +** for flattening. (This is due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] +** from 2015-02-09.) +** +** (3) If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN then +** (3a) the subquery may not be a join and +** (3b) the FROM clause of the subquery may not contain a virtual +** table and +** (3c) the outer query may not be an aggregate. +** +** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT. +** +** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. +** +** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: +** If the subquery is aggregate, the outer query may not be DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery must have a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without +** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM clause with the special +** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a +** single NULL. +** +** (8) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be a join. +** +** (9) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be aggregate. +** +** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we +** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original +** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query +** may not use LIMIT." +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously +** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query may not both use LIMIT. +** +** (14) The subquery may not use OFFSET. +** +** (15) If the outer query is part of a compound select, then the +** subquery may not use LIMIT. +** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). +** +** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not +** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** +** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then +** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and +** (17b) no terms within the subquery compound may be aggregate +** or DISTINCT, and +** (17c) every term within the subquery compound must have a FROM clause +** (17d) the outer query may not be +** (17d1) aggregate, or +** (17d2) DISTINCT, or +** (17d3) a join. +** +** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to +** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, +** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound +** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound +** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by +** restriction (4). +** +** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number +** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound +** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no +** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the +** syntax error and return a detailed message. +** +** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the +** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to +** columns of the sub-query. +** +** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not +** have a WHERE clause. +** +** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use +** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint +** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must +** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we +** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** +** (21) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be +** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** +** (22) The subquery may not be a recursive CTE. +** +** (**) Subsumed into restriction (17d3). Was: If the outer query is +** a recursive CTE, then the sub-query may not be a compound query. +** This restriction is because transforming the +** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles +** recursive queries in multiSelect(). +** +** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: +** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or +** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like: +** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily +** return the value X for which Y was maximal.) +** +** (25) If either the subquery or the parent query contains a window +** function in the select list or ORDER BY clause, flattening +** is not attempted. +** +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. */ -static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ +static int flattenSubquery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ +){ + const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + Select *pParent; /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */ + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */ + int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( *pRC ) return; + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. + */ + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( p->pWin || pSub->pWin ) return 0; /* Restriction (25) */ +#endif - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && pSub->pLimit->pRight ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (4) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - *pRC = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto ptrmap_exit; + if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + } + if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ + } + if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (22) */ } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - *pRC= rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); + /* + ** If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN, then the + ** subquery may not be a join itself (3a). Example of why this is not + ** allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + ** + ** If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN, then the outer + ** query cannot be an aggregate. (3c) This is an artifact of the way + ** aggregates are processed - there is no mechanism to determine if + ** the LEFT JOIN table should be all-NULL. + ** + ** See also tickets #306, #350, and #3300. + */ + if( (pSubitem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + isLeftJoin = 1; + if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg || IsVirtual(pSubSrc->a[0].pTab) ){ + /* (3a) (3c) (3b) */ + return 0; } } - -ptrmap_exit: - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pDbPage); -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLCIPHER_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_IFNULLROW + else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){ + /* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for + ** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even + ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow + ** opcode. */ + isLeftJoin = -1; } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pDbPage); +#endif - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); + /* Restriction (17): If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must + ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries + ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct + ** queries. + */ + if( pSub->pPrior ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (20) */ + } + if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* (17d1), (17d2), or (17d3) */ + } + for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); + assert( pSub->pEList->nExpr==pSub1->pEList->nExpr ); + if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 /* (17b) */ + || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) /* (17a) */ + || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 /* (17c) */ + ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); + } - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* Restriction (18). */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ + if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; + } + } + } -#else /* if defined SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) - #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLCIPHER_OK - #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) -#endif + /* Ex-restriction (23): + ** The only way that the recursive part of a CTE can contain a compound + ** subquery is for the subquery to be one term of a join. But if the + ** subquery is a join, then the flattening has already been stopped by + ** restriction (17d3) + */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || pSub->pPrior==0 ); -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(P,I) \ - ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)]))) -#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I))))) + /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %u.%p from term %d\n", + pSub->selId, pSub, iFrom)); + /* Authorize the subquery */ + pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; + TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; -/* -** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; - pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; - k = pOvfl->idx; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pOvfl->pCell; - } - iCell--; + /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** be of the form: + ** + ** SELECT FROM () + ** + ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original + ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple + ** select statements in the compound sub-query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( + ** SELECT x FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 + ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** Transformed into: + ** + ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 + ** ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". + */ + for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + Select *pNew; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pLimit = 0; + pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pSrc = pSrc; + p->op = TK_ALL; + if( pNew==0 ){ + p->pPrior = pPrior; + }else{ + pNew->pPrior = pPrior; + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = p; + p->pPrior = pNew; + SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,("compound-subquery flattener" + " creates %u as peer\n",pNew->selId)); } + if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -static void btreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + ** in the outer query. + */ + pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the + ** subquery + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); + pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; + pSubitem->zName = 0; + pSubitem->zAlias = 0; + pSubitem->pSelect = 0; - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->intKey ){ - if( pPage->hasData ){ - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); + /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the + ** subquery until code generation is + ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that + ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. + ** + ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. + */ + if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ + Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; + if( pTabToDel->nTabRef==1 ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; + pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; }else{ - nPayload = 0; + pTabToDel->nTabRef--; } - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - }else{ - pInfo->nData = 0; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); - pInfo->nKey = nPayload; + pSubitem->pTab = 0; } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; + /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery + ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind + ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - + ** then this loop only runs once. + ** + ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + int nSubSrc; + u8 jointype = 0; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ + nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ + + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ + jointype = pSubitem->fg.jointype; }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; + assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc==0 ) break; + pParent->pSrc = pSrc; } - pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; - } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -static void btreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); -} -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -*/ -static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; - u32 nSize; + /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer + ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, + ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements + ** of the subquery. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; + ** + ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the + ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next + ** block of code will expand the outer query FROM clause to 4 slots. + ** The middle slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space + ** for the two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. + */ + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(pParse, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); + if( pSrc==0 ) break; + pParent->pSrc = pSrc; + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as - ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the - ** cell. If SQLCIPHER_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of - ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ - CellInfo debuginfo; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); -#endif + /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the + ** outer query. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); + assert( pSrc->a[i+iFrom].fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + iNewParent = pSubSrc->a[i].iCursor; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + } + pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pEnd; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); - }else{ - nSize = 0; + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". + */ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the + ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th + ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values + ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent, + ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause. + ** + ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this + ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent + ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is + ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f]. */ + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + } + assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); + pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + } + pWhere = pSub->pWhere; + pSub->pWhere = 0; + if( isLeftJoin>0 ){ + setJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent); + } + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pWhere, pParent->pWhere); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + SubstContext x; + x.pParse = pParse; + x.iTable = iParent; + x.iNewTable = iNewParent; + x.isLeftJoin = isLeftJoin; + x.pEList = pSub->pEList; + substSelect(&x, pParent, 0); } - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length - ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte - ** past the end of the key value. */ - pEnd = &pIter[9]; - while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIterselFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Compound; + assert( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)==0 ); /* restriction (17b) */ - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - nSize = minLocal; + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; } - nSize += 4; } - nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); - /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ - if( nSize<4 ){ - nSize = 4; - } + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. + */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); - assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); - return (u16)nSize; -} +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements -** only. */ -static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); + return 1; } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. +** A structure to keep track of all of the column values that are fixed to +** a known value due to WHERE clause constraints of the form COLUMN=VALUE. */ -static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ - CellInfo info; - if( *pRC ) return; - assert( pCell!=0 ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); - } -} -#endif - +typedef struct WhereConst WhereConst; +struct WhereConst { + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + int nConst; /* Number for COLUMN=CONSTANT terms */ + int nChng; /* Number of times a constant is propagated */ + Expr **apExpr; /* [i*2] is COLUMN and [i*2+1] is VALUE */ +}; /* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. +** Add a new entry to the pConst object. Except, do not add duplicate +** pColumn entires. */ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ - - - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlcipher3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); - cbrk = usableSize; - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; - for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } -#endif - assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - cbrk -= size; -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - if( cbrkusableSize ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; +static void constInsert( + WhereConst *pConst, /* The WhereConst into which we are inserting */ + Expr *pColumn, /* The COLUMN part of the constraint */ + Expr *pValue /* The VALUE part of the constraint */ +){ + int i; + assert( pColumn->op==TK_COLUMN ); + + /* 2018-10-25 ticket [cf5ed20f] + ** Make sure the same pColumn is not inserted more than once */ + for(i=0; inConst; i++){ + const Expr *pExpr = pConst->apExpr[i*2]; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + if( pExpr->iTable==pColumn->iTable + && pExpr->iColumn==pColumn->iColumn + ){ + return; /* Already present. Return without doing anything. */ } -#endif - assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); - testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); - memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); } - assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + + pConst->nConst++; + pConst->apExpr = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pConst->pParse->db, pConst->apExpr, + pConst->nConst*2*sizeof(Expr*)); + if( pConst->apExpr==0 ){ + pConst->nConst = 0; + }else{ + if( ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) ) pValue = pValue->pLeft; + pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-2] = pColumn; + pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-1] = pValue; } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } /* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed -** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] -** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLCIPHER_OK or -** an error code (usually SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT). -** -** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the -** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring -** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using -** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this -** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will -** also end up needing a new cell pointer. +** Find all terms of COLUMN=VALUE or VALUE=COLUMN in pExpr where VALUE +** is a constant expression and where the term must be true because it +** is part of the AND-connected terms of the expression. For each term +** found, add it to the pConst structure. */ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ - int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ - int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ - int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - int rc; /* Integer return code */ - int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ - - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); - - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); - gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - if( gap>top ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - testcase( gap+2==top ); - testcase( gap+1==top ); - testcase( gap==top ); - - if( nFrag>=60 ){ - /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - }else if( gap+2<=top ){ - /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy - ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in - ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. - */ - int pc, addr; - for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ - int size; /* Size of the free slot */ - if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=nByte ){ - int x = size - nByte; - testcase( x==4 ); - testcase( x==3 ); - if( x<4 ){ - /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of - ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ - memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); - data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); - }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account - ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ - put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); - } - *pIdx = pc + x; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - } +static void findConstInWhere(WhereConst *pConst, Expr *pExpr){ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return; + if( pExpr->op==TK_AND ){ + findConstInWhere(pConst, pExpr->pRight); + findConstInWhere(pConst, pExpr->pLeft); + return; } - - /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy - ** the allocation. If not, defragment. - */ - testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); - if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( gap+nByte<=top ); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ ) return; + pRight = pExpr->pRight; + pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pRight!=0 ); + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + if( pRight->op==TK_COLUMN + && !ExprHasProperty(pRight, EP_FixedCol) + && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pLeft) + && sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pLeft,pRight)) + ){ + constInsert(pConst, pRight, pLeft); + }else + if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && !ExprHasProperty(pLeft, EP_FixedCol) + && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pRight) + && sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pLeft,pRight)) + ){ + constInsert(pConst, pLeft, pRight); } - - - /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array - ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already - ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there - ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. - ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. - */ - top -= nByte; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - *pIdx = top; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } /* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. -** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. +** This is a Walker expression callback. pExpr is a candidate expression +** to be replaced by a value. If pExpr is equivalent to one of the +** columns named in pWalker->u.pConst, then overwrite it with its +** corresponding value. */ -static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); - assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - - if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){ - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete - ** option is enabled */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); - } - - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that - ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), - ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or - ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the - ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these - ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt - ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning - ** the freelist. - */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; - assert( start<=iLast ); - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - if( pbeginiLast ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; - - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize, x; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; - x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); - put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); - x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } - - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); +static int propagateConstantExprRewrite(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + WhereConst *pConst; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return WRC_Continue; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) ) return WRC_Continue; + pConst = pWalker->u.pConst; + for(i=0; inConst; i++){ + Expr *pColumn = pConst->apExpr[i*2]; + if( pColumn==pExpr ) continue; + if( pColumn->iTable!=pExpr->iTable ) continue; + if( pColumn->iColumn!=pExpr->iColumn ) continue; + /* A match is found. Add the EP_FixedCol property */ + pConst->nChng++; + ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Leaf); + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); + pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pConst->pParse->db, pConst->apExpr[i*2+1], 0); + break; } - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + return WRC_Prune; } /* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. +** The WHERE-clause constant propagation optimization. ** -** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different -** indicates a corrupt database files: +** If the WHERE clause contains terms of the form COLUMN=CONSTANT or +** CONSTANT=COLUMN that must be tree (in other words, if the terms top-level +** AND-connected terms that are not part of a ON clause from a LEFT JOIN) +** then throughout the query replace all other occurrences of COLUMN +** with CONSTANT within the WHERE clause. ** -** PTF_ZERODATA -** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF +** For example, the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE t1.a=39 AND t2.b=t1.a AND t3.c=t2.b +** +** Is transformed into +** +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE t1.a=39 AND t2.b=39 AND t3.c=39 +** +** Return true if any transformations where made and false if not. +** +** Implementation note: Constant propagation is tricky due to affinity +** and collating sequence interactions. Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a INT,b TEXT); +** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(123,'0123'); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=123 AND b=a; +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=123 AND b=123; +** +** The two SELECT statements above should return different answers. b=a +** is alway true because the comparison uses numeric affinity, but b=123 +** is false because it uses text affinity and '0123' is not the same as '123'. +** To work around this, the expression tree is not actually changed from +** "b=a" to "b=123" but rather the "a" in "b=a" is tagged with EP_FixedCol +** and the "123" value is hung off of the pLeft pointer. Code generator +** routines know to generate the constant "123" instead of looking up the +** column value. Also, to avoid collation problems, this optimization is +** only attempted if the "a=123" term uses the default BINARY collation. */ -static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); - flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ - pPage->intKey = 1; - pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ - pPage->intKey = 0; - pPage->hasData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - }else{ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int propagateConstants( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Select *p /* The query in which to propagate constants */ +){ + WhereConst x; + Walker w; + int nChng = 0; + x.pParse = pParse; + do{ + x.nConst = 0; + x.nChng = 0; + x.apExpr = 0; + findConstInWhere(&x, p->pWhere); + if( x.nConst ){ + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.pParse = pParse; + w.xExprCallback = propagateConstantExprRewrite; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + w.walkerDepth = 0; + w.u.pConst = &x; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p->pWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(x.pParse->db, x.apExpr); + nChng += x.nChng; + } + }while( x.nChng ); + return nChng; } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. +** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into +** the WHERE clause of subquery. Example: ** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLCIPHER_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10; +** +** Transformed into: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10) +** WHERE x=5 AND y=10; +** +** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more +** efficient. +** +** Do not attempt this optimization if: +** +** (1) (** This restriction was removed on 2017-09-29. We used to +** disallow this optimization for aggregate subqueries, but now +** it is allowed by putting the extra terms on the HAVING clause. +** The added HAVING clause is pointless if the subquery lacks +** a GROUP BY clause. But such a HAVING clause is also harmless +** so there does not appear to be any reason to add extra logic +** to suppress it. **) +** +** (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression. +** +** (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE +** clause would change the meaning of the LIMIT). +** +** (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN and the +** expression to be pushed down does not come from the ON clause +** on that LEFT JOIN. +** +** (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause +** of a LEFT JOIN where iCursor is not the right-hand table of that +** left join. An example: +** +** SELECT * +** FROM (SELECT 1 AS a1 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS aa +** JOIN (SELECT 1 AS b2 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS bb ON (a1=b2) +** LEFT JOIN (SELECT 8 AS c3 UNION ALL SELECT 9) AS cc ON (b2=2); +** +** The correct answer is three rows: (1,1,NULL),(2,2,8),(2,2,9). +** But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery, +** then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed. +** +** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since +** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the +** window over which window functions are calculated). +** +** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause +** terms are duplicated into the subquery. */ -static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ +static int pushDownWhereTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context (for malloc() and error reporting) */ + Select *pSubq, /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */ + int iCursor, /* Cursor number of the subquery */ + int isLeftJoin /* True if pSubq is the right term of a LEFT JOIN */ +){ + Expr *pNew; + int nChng = 0; + if( pWhere==0 ) return 0; + if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* restriction (2) */ - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlcipher3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( pSubq->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */ +#endif - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Only the first term of a compound can have a WITH clause. But make + ** sure no other terms are marked SF_Recursive in case something changes + ** in the future. + */ + { + Select *pX; + for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){ + assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 ); } - testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); - - /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end - ** of page when parsing a cell. - ** - ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends - ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT to be - ** returned if it does. - */ - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - { - int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ - int sz; /* Size of a cell */ - - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); - testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); - testcase( pc==iCellLast ); - if( pciCellLast ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); - testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); - if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; - } + } #endif - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; - while( pc>0 ){ - u16 next, size; - if( pciCellLast ){ - /* Start of free block is off the page */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ - /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of - ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){ + return 0; /* restriction (3) */ + } + while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ + nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, + iCursor, isLeftJoin); + pWhere = pWhere->pLeft; + } + if( isLeftJoin + && (ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin)==0 + || pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor) + ){ + return 0; /* restriction (4) */ + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) && pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor ){ + return 0; /* restriction (5) */ + } + if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){ + nChng++; + while( pSubq ){ + SubstContext x; + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pWhere, 0); + unsetJoinExpr(pNew, -1); + x.pParse = pParse; + x.iTable = iCursor; + x.iNewTable = iCursor; + x.isLeftJoin = 0; + x.pEList = pSubq->pEList; + pNew = substExpr(&x, pNew); + if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + pSubq->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pSubq->pHaving, pNew); + }else{ + pSubq->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pSubq->pWhere, pNew); } - nFree = nFree + size; - pc = next; - } - - /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start - ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within - ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size - ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also - ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content - ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. - */ - if( nFree>usableSize ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + pSubq = pSubq->pPrior; } - pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); - pPage->isInit = 1; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - u16 first; - - assert( sqlcipher3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); } - data[hdr] = (char)flags; - first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; + return nChng; } - +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by -** the btree layer. +** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see +** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. +** +** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set +** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization +** and return either WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX depending on +** whether pFunc is a min() or max() function. +** +** If the query is not a candidate for the min/max optimization, return +** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL (which must be zero). +** +** This routine must be called after aggregate functions have been +** located but before their arguments have been subjected to aggregate +** analysis. */ -static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - return pPage; +static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ + int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ + ExprList *pEList = pFunc->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ + const char *zFunc; /* Name of aggregate function pFunc */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; + u8 sortFlags; + + assert( *ppMinMax==0 ); + assert( pFunc->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + assert( !IsWindowFunc(pFunc) ); + if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 || ExprHasProperty(pFunc, EP_WinFunc) ){ + return eRet; + } + zFunc = pFunc->u.zToken; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; + sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + sortFlags = KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; + }else{ + return eRet; + } + *ppMinMax = pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); + assert( pOrderBy!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags = sortFlags; + return eRet; } /* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. +** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: ** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlcipher3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. +** SELECT count(*) FROM +** +** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query +** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing +** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. */ -static int btreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; +static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Table *pTab; + Expr *pExpr; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + assert( !p->pGroupBy ); -/* -** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not -** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pDbPage = sqlcipher3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect + ){ + return 0; } - return 0; + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; + if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Distinct|EP_WinFunc) ) return 0; + + return pTab; } /* -** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of -** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). +** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an +** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ -static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - return pBt->nPage; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); - return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->fg.isIndexedBy ){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy; + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); + pIdx=pIdx->pNext + ); + if( !pIdx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndexedBy, 0); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pFrom->pIBIndex = pIdx; + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - /* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a -** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and -** btreeInitPage(). +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** an alternative collating sequence. ** -** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It -** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. +** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... +** +** These are rewritten as a subquery: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) +** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... +** +** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine +** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause +** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the +** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket +** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a +** +** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. +** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when +** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. */ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ -){ - int rc; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); +static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int i; + Select *pNew; + Select *pX; + sqlite3 *db; + struct ExprList_item *a; + SrcList *pNewSrc; + Parse *pParse; + Token dummy; - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } + if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} + if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + a = p->pOrderBy->a; + for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; } + if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; - testcase( pgno==0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT ); - return rc; + /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ + + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); + pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); + if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + *pNew = *p; + p->pSrc = pNewSrc; + p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ASTERISK, 0)); + p->op = TK_SELECT; + p->pWhere = 0; + pNew->pGroupBy = 0; + pNew->pHaving = 0; + pNew->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pNext = 0; + p->pWith = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Converted; + assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); + pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pLimit = 0; + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to btreeGetPage. +** Check to see if the FROM clause term pFrom has table-valued function +** arguments. If it does, leave an error message in pParse and return +** non-zero, since pFrom is not allowed to be a table-valued function. */ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); +static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->fg.isTabFunc ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "'%s' is not a function", pFrom->zName); + return 1; } + return 0; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise +** return NULL. ** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. +** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With +** object that the returned CTE belongs to. */ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ - MemPage *pPage; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( sqlcipher3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ - /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page - ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following - ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT. - ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that - ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make - ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ - btreeInitPage(pPage); +static struct Cte *searchWith( + With *pWith, /* Current innermost WITH clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ + With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ +){ + const char *zName; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ + With *p; + for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + *ppContext = p; + return &p->a[i]; + } + } } } + return 0; } -/* -** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. +/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses +** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. +** +** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument +** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this +** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it +** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** statement with which it is associated. */ -static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ - BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; - assert( pBt->db ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); - return sqlcipher3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ + assert( bFree==0 || (pParse->pWith==0 && pParse->pWithToFree==0) ); + if( pWith ){ + assert( pParse->pWith!=pWith ); + pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + if( bFree ) pParse->pWithToFree = pWith; + } } /* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might -** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. -** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted -** when sqlcipher3BtreeClose() is called. -** -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, +** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive +** reference to the current CTE. ** -** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits -** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_NO_READLOCK. The BTREE_NO_READLOCK -** bit is also set if the SQLCIPHER_NoReadlock flags is set in db->flags. -** These flags are passed through into sqlcipher3PagerOpen() and must -** be the same values as PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK. +** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab +** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check +** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match +** was found. ** -** If the database is already opened in the same database connection -** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an -** SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared -** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead -** to problems with locking. +** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error +** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the +** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeOpen( - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlcipher3_vfs.xOpen() */ +static int withExpand( + Walker *pWalker, + struct SrcList_item *pFrom ){ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Result code from this function */ - u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ - - /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ - const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; - - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. - */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; -#else - const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) - || (isTempDb && sqlcipher3TempInMemory(db)); -#endif - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( pVfs!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ - - /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ - assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); - - /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ - assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_NoReadlock ){ - flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; - } - if( isMemdb ){ - flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; - } - if( (vfsFlags & SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - p = sqlcipher3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->db = db; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - p->lock.pBtree = p; - p->lock.iTable = 1; -#endif + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( isMemdb==0 && isTempDb==0 ){ - if( vfsFlags & SQLCIPHER_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = sqlcipher3Malloc(nFullPathname); - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlcipher3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - p->sharable = 1; - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlcipher3_free(p); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - sqlcipher3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - mutexOpen = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); -#endif - for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlcipher3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) - && sqlcipher3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - int iDb; - for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ - Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - sqlcipher3_free(zFullPathname); - sqlcipher3_free(p); - return SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; + pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); + if( pCte ){ + Table *pTab; + ExprList *pEList; + Select *pSel; + Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ + int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ + With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ + + /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal + ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return + ** early. If pCte->zCteErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. + ** In this case, proceed. */ + if( pCte->zCteErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zCteErr, pCte->zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nTabRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + assert( pFrom->pSelect ); + + /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ + pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + int i; + SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) + ){ + pItem->pTab = pTab; + pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1; + pTab->nTabRef++; + pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; } } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlcipher3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlcipher3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlcipher3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; - pBt->db = db; - sqlcipher3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); - p->pBt = pBt; - - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->readOnly = sqlcipher3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_SECURE_DELETE - pBt->secureDelete = 1; -#endif - pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; + + /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ + if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg( + pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || + ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 )); + + pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s"; + pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + if( bMayRecursive ){ + Select *pPrior = pSel->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pWith==0 ); + pPrior->pWith = pSel->pWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pPrior); + pPrior->pWith = 0; }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlcipher3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - pBt->nRef = 1; - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) - if( SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE && sqlcipher3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - db->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } + pParse->pWith = pWith; + + for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); + pEList = pLeft->pEList; + if( pCte->pCols ){ + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", + pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr + ); + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList); - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList) = pBt; - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + pEList = pCte->pCols; } -#endif - } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + pCte->zCteErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; + }else{ + pCte->zCteErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; } + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); } + pCte->zCteErr = 0; + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} #endif - *ppBtree = p; -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlcipher3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlcipher3_free(pBt); - sqlcipher3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - }else{ - /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the - ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, - ** do not change the pager-cache size. - */ - if( sqlcipher3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. +** +** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by +** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table +** names and other FROM clause elements. +*/ +static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(pParse->pWith) && p->pPrior==0 ){ + With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; + if( pWith!=0 ){ + assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); + pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; } } - if( mutexOpen ){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); +} +#else +#define selectPopWith 0 +#endif + +/* +** The SrcList_item structure passed as the second argument represents a +** sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. This function +** allocates and populates the SrcList_item.pTab object. If successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered, +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + Table *pTab; + + assert( pSel ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pTab->nTabRef = 1; + if( pFrom->zAlias ){ + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, pFrom->zAlias); + }else{ + pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "subquery_%u", pSel->selId); } - return rc; + while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList,&pTab->nCol,&pTab->aCol); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + + return pParse->nErr ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. +** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. +** "Expanding" means to do the following: +** +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. +** +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the persistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** */ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlcipher3_mutex *pMaster; ) - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; +static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i, j, k; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; + u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; + u32 elistFlags = 0; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; + p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); + if( (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + if( pWalker->eCode ){ + /* Renumber selId because it has been copied from a view */ + p->selId = ++pParse->nSelect; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, p->pWith, 0); + + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); + + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 ); + if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue; + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else +#endif + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pSel!=0 ); + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3ExpandSubquery(pParse, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; +#endif }else{ - pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlcipher3SharedCacheList); - while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pTab->nTabRef>=0xffff ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", + pTab->zName); + pFrom->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Abort; } - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; + pTab->nTabRef++; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( IsVirtual(pTab) || pTab->pSelect ){ + i16 nCol; + u8 eCodeOrig = pWalker->eCode; + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; + assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); + if( pTab->pSelect && (db->flags & SQLITE_EnableView)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to view \"%s\" prohibited", + pTab->zName); + } + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); + nCol = pTab->nCol; + pTab->nCol = -1; + pWalker->eCode = 1; /* Turn on Select.selId renumbering */ + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + pWalker->eCode = eCodeOrig; + pTab->nCol = nCol; } +#endif } - if( SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); + + /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; } - removed = 1; } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} -/* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of -** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. -*/ -static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlcipher3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ + return WRC_Abort; } -} -/* -** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation -*/ -static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlcipher3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); - pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; -} + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ASTERISK operator for each "*" that it found in the column + ** list. The following code just has to locate the TK_ASTERISK + ** expressions and expand each one to the list of all columns in + ** all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; + elistFlags |= pE->flags; + } + if( knExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. + */ + struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 + && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = a[k].pExpr; + elistFlags |= pE->flags; + pRight = pE->pRight; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); + if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK + && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ASTERISK) + ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; + a[k].zName = 0; + a[k].zSpan = 0; + } + a[k].pExpr = 0; + }else{ + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ + assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); + zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + const char *zSchemaName = 0; + int iDb; + if( zTabName==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) break; + if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ + pSub = 0; + if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : "*"; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ + char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ + Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + assert( zName ); + if( zTName && pSub + && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden', omit it from the expanded + ** result-set list unless the SELECT has the SF_IncludeHidden + ** bit set. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0 + && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) + ){ + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + + if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ + if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 + && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) + ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table to the right of the join */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + zColname = zName; + zToFree = 0; + if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ + Expr *pLeft; + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight); + if( zSchemaName ){ + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr); + } + if( longNames ){ + zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); + zToFree = zColname; + } + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + } + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); + sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); + if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; + if( pSub ){ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + }else{ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", + zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + } + pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + } + } } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlcipher3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlcipher3BtreeRollback(p); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlcipher3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); + if( p->pEList ){ + if( p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( (elistFlags & (EP_HasFunc|EP_Subquery))!=0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_ComplexResult; } - sqlcipher3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlcipher3_free(pBt); } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlcipher3_free(p); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. ** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlcipher3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements. +** subquery in the parser tree. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetSafetyLevel( - Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ - int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */ - int fullSync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */ - int ckptFullSync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlcipher3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; } -#endif +#if SQLITE_DEBUG /* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. +** Always assert. This xSelectCallback2 implementation proves that the +** xSelectCallback2 is never invoked. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + assert( 0 ); } - +#endif /* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLCIPHER_READONLY -** without changing anything. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. +** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. +** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT +** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. ** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. +** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a +** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before +** name resolution is performed. ** -** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size -** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. +** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. +** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr +** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); +static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Walker w; + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(pParse->hasCompound) ){ + w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; - if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; + w.eCode = 0; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); } -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that -** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is -** sometimes used by extensions. +** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() +** interface. +** +** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl +** information to the Table structure that represents the result set +** of that subquery. +** +** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed +** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted +** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This +** routine is called after identifier resolution. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} +static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse; + int i; + SrcList *pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlcipher3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + if( pSel ){ + while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel, + SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + } + } + } } +#endif -/* -** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, -** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete -** setting after the change. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ - int b; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - if( newFlag>=0 ){ - p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0; - } - b = p->pBt->secureDelete; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return b; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM) */ /* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. +** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to +** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a +** SELECT statement. +** +** Use this routine after name resolution. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; - - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; - pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; +static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Walker w; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); #endif } + /* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The +** following is accomplished: +** +** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. +** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. +** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements +** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. +** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** +** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ +){ + assert( p!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); + if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); } - /* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. ** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLCIPHER_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLCIPHER_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory +** cells. */ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) return rc; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) return rc; - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - sqlcipher3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); - if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ - nPage = nPageFile; +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; + if( nReg==0 ) return; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by + ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ + assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } + for(i=0; inFunc; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); } - if( nPage>0 ){ - u32 pageSize; - u32 usableSize; - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOTADB; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } -#else - if( page1[18]>2 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>2 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - - /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed - ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then - ** return SQLCIPHER_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. - ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is - ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer - ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log - ** file. - */ - if( page1[19]==2 && pBt->doNotUseWAL==0 ){ - int isOpen = 0; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - }else if( isOpen==0 ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOTADB; - } #endif - - /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum - ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. - ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of - ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. - */ - if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 - || pageSize>SQLCIPHER_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || pageSize<=256 - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ - /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size - ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is - ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at - ** zero and return SQLCIPHER_OK. The caller will call this function - ** again with the correct page-size. - */ - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, - pageSize-usableSize); - return rc; - } - if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( usableSize<480 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " + "argument"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + }else{ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList,0,0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } } - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); - pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); - pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - pBt->nPage = nPage; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; } /* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. */ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); } } -/* -** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file -** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of -** the database. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); - data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); - data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); - data[21] = 64; - data[22] = 32; - data[23] = 32; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - pBt->nPage = 1; - data[31] = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} /* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlcipher3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlcipher3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlcipher3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlcipher3BtreeInsert() -** sqlcipher3BtreeDelete() -** sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLCIPHER_BUSY. SQLCIPHER_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. ** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLCIPHER_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. +** If regAcc is non-zero and there are no min() or max() aggregates +** in pAggInfo, then only populate the pAggInfo->nAccumulator accumulator +** registers if register regAcc contains 0. The caller will take care +** of setting and clearing regAcc. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - sqlcipher3 *pBlock = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int regHit = 0; + int addrHitTest = 0; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED. - */ - if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){ - pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; - }else if( wrflag>1 ){ - BtLock *pIter; - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ - pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; - break; - } + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + int regAgg; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + assert( !IsWindowFunc(pF->pExpr) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + Expr *pFilter = pF->pExpr->y.pWin->pFilter; + if( pAggInfo->nAccumulator + && (pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) + ){ + if( regHit==0 ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; + /* If this is the first row of the group (regAcc==0), clear the + ** "magnet" register regHit so that the accumulator registers + ** are populated if the FILTER clause jumps over the the + ** invocation of min() or max() altogether. Or, if this is not + ** the first row (regAcc==1), set the magnet register so that the + ** accumulators are not populated unless the min()/max() is invoked and + ** indicates that they should be. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regAcc, regHit); + } + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pFilter, addrNext, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } - } - if( pBlock ){ - sqlcipher3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); - rc = SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - goto trans_begun; - } -#endif - - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock - ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; - - pBt->initiallyEmpty = (u8)(pBt->nPage==0); - do { - /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or - ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLCIPHER_OK. lockBtree() - ** may return SQLCIPHER_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database - ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update - ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. - */ - while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && wrflag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlcipher3TempInMemory(p->db)); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); + }else{ + nArg = 0; + regAgg = 0; } - - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + if( addrNext==0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + } + testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */ + testcase( nArg>1 ); /* Also an error */ + codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); } - }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLCIPHER_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); - p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; - p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = &p->lock; + if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); } -#endif + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); } - if( wrflag ){ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( !pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->pWriter = p; - pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1); -#endif + } + if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ){ + regHit = regAcc; + } + if( regHit ){ + addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + } - /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old - ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing - ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely - ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction - ** rollback occurs within the transaction. - */ - if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); - } - } - } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; + if( addrHitTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); + } +} + +/* +** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple +** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +static void explainSimpleCount( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ + Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); + sqlite3VdbeExplain(pParse, 0, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", + pTab->zName, + bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", + bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" + ); } +} +#else +# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#endif - -trans_begun: - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && wrflag ){ - /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of - ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and - ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); +/* +** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere(). +** +** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return +** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes. +** +** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the +** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE +** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression +** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1". +*/ +static int havingToWhereExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){ + Select *pS = pWalker->u.pSelect; + if( sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, pS->pGroupBy) ){ + sqlite3 *db = pWalker->pParse->db; + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "1"); + if( pNew ){ + Expr *pWhere = pS->pWhere; + SWAP(Expr, *pNew, *pExpr); + pNew = sqlite3ExprAnd(pWalker->pParse, pWhere, pNew); + pS->pWhere = pNew; + pWalker->eCode = 1; + } + } + return WRC_Prune; } - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + return WRC_Continue; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. +** Transfer eligible terms from the HAVING clause of a query, which is +** processed after grouping, to the WHERE clause, which is processed before +** grouping. For example, the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM WHERE a=? GROUP BY b HAVING b=? AND c=? +** +** can be rewritten as: +** +** SELECT * FROM WHERE a=? AND b=? GROUP BY b HAVING c=? +** +** A term of the HAVING expression is eligible for transfer if it consists +** entirely of constants and expressions that are also GROUP BY terms that +** use the "BINARY" collation sequence. */ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; +static void havingToWhere(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + Walker sWalker; + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker)); + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = havingToWhereExprCb; + sWalker.u.pSelect = p; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, p->pHaving); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Move HAVING terms into WHERE:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); +/* +** Check to see if the pThis entry of pTabList is a self-join of a prior view. +** If it is, then return the SrcList_item for the prior view. If it is not, +** then return 0. +*/ +static struct SrcList_item *isSelfJoinView( + SrcList *pTabList, /* Search for self-joins in this FROM clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pThis /* Search for prior reference to this subquery */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + for(pItem = pTabList->a; pItempSelect==0 ) continue; + if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine ) continue; + if( pItem->zName==0 ) continue; + assert( pItem->pTab!=0 ); + assert( pThis->pTab!=0 ); + if( pItem->pTab->pSchema!=pThis->pTab->pSchema ) continue; + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pItem->zName, pThis->zName)!=0 ) continue; + pS1 = pItem->pSelect; + if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==0 && pThis->pSelect->selId!=pS1->selId ){ + /* The query flattener left two different CTE tables with identical + ** names in the same FROM clause. */ + continue; } + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pS1->pWhere, -1) + || sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pHaving, pS1->pHaving, -1) + ){ + /* The view was modified by some other optimization such as + ** pushDownWhereTerms() */ + continue; + } + return pItem; } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; + return 0; } +#ifdef SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION /* -** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so -** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to -** be modified, as follows: +** Attempt to transform a query of the form ** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. +** SELECT count(*) FROM (SELECT x FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT y FROM t2) ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. +** Into this: ** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. +** SELECT (SELECT count(*) FROM t1)+(SELECT count(*) FROM t2) +** +** The transformation only works if all of the following are true: +** +** * The subquery is a UNION ALL of two or more terms +** * The subquery does not have a LIMIT clause +** * There is no WHERE or GROUP BY or HAVING clauses on the subqueries +** * The outer query is a simple count(*) with no WHERE clause or other +** extraneous syntax. +** +** Return TRUE if the optimization is undertaken. */ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; +static int countOfViewOptimization(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + Select *pSub, *pPrior; + Expr *pExpr; + Expr *pCount; + sqlite3 *db; + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ) return 0; /* This is an aggregate */ + if( p->pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* Single result column */ + if( p->pWhere ) return 0; + if( p->pGroupBy ) return 0; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; /* Result is an aggregate */ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"count") ) return 0; /* Is count() */ + if( pExpr->x.pList!=0 ) return 0; /* Must be count(*) */ + if( p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* One table in FROM */ + pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; + if( pSub==0 ) return 0; /* The FROM is a subquery */ + if( pSub->pPrior==0 ) return 0; /* Must be a compound ry */ + do{ + if( pSub->op!=TK_ALL && pSub->pPrior ) return 0; /* Must be UNION ALL */ + if( pSub->pWhere ) return 0; /* No WHERE clause */ + if( pSub->pLimit ) return 0; /* No LIMIT clause */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ) return 0; /* Not an aggregate */ + pSub = pSub->pPrior; /* Repeat over compound */ + }while( pSub ); - btreeInitPage(pPage); - nCell = pPage->nCell; + /* If we reach this point then it is OK to perform the transformation */ - for(i=0; iaData+pPage->maskPage - && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) - ){ - put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); - break; - } - }else{ - if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ - put4byte(pCell, iTo); - break; - } - } - } - - if( i==nCell ){ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || - get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); + db = pParse->db; + pCount = pExpr; + pExpr = 0; + pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; + p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + p->pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*p->pSrc)); + while( pSub ){ + Expr *pTerm; + pPrior = pSub->pPrior; + pSub->pPrior = 0; + pSub->pNext = 0; + pSub->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + pSub->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; + pSub->nSelectRow = 0; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pSub->pEList); + pTerm = pPrior ? sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCount, 0) : pCount; + pSub->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pTerm); + pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pTerm, pSub); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pExpr = pTerm; + }else{ + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_PLUS, pTerm, pExpr); } + pSub = pPrior; + } + p->pEList->a[0].pExpr = pExpr; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate; - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After count-of-view optimization:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +#endif + return 1; } - +#endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */ /* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** -** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno -** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that -** page. +** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. +** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. */ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ - int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlcipher3PagerMovepage */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ ){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList = 0; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ + SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + ExprList *pMinMaxOrderBy = 0; /* Added ORDER BY for min/max queries */ + u8 minMaxFlag; /* Flag for min/max queries */ - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n", pParse->addrExplain)); + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif - /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); + if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || + pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); + /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does + ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x104 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, p); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( sqlite3WindowRewrite(pParse, p) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x108 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after window rewrite:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ + pTabList = p->pSrc; + isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + + /* Try to various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength + ** reduction of join operators) in the FROM clause up into the main query */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + + /* Convert LEFT JOIN into JOIN if there are terms of the right table + ** of the LEFT JOIN used in the WHERE clause. + */ + if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 + && sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor) + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SimplifyJoin) + ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, + ("LEFT-JOIN simplifies to JOIN on term %d\n",i)); + pItem->fg.jointype &= ~(JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER); + unsetJoinExpr(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor); } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } + + /* No futher action if this term of the FROM clause is no a subquery */ + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + + /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of + ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */ + if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d", + pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr); + goto select_end; } - } - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + /* Do not try to flatten an aggregate subquery. + ** + ** Flattening an aggregate subquery is only possible if the outer query + ** is not a join. But if the outer query is not a join, then the subquery + ** will be implemented as a co-routine and there is no advantage to + ** flattening in that case. + */ + if( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 ) continue; + assert( pSub->pGroupBy==0 ); + + /* If the outer query contains a "complex" result set (that is, + ** if the result set of the outer query uses functions or subqueries) + ** and if the subquery contains an ORDER BY clause and if + ** it will be implemented as a co-routine, then do not flatten. This + ** restriction allows SQL constructs like this: + ** + ** SELECT expensive_function(x) + ** FROM (SELECT x FROM tab ORDER BY y LIMIT 10); + ** + ** The expensive_function() is only computed on the 10 rows that + ** are output, rather than every row of the table. + ** + ** The requirement that the outer query have a complex result set + ** means that flattening does occur on simpler SQL constraints without + ** the expensive_function() like: + ** + ** SELECT x FROM (SELECT x FROM tab ORDER BY y LIMIT 10); + */ + if( pSub->pOrderBy!=0 + && i==0 + && (p->selFlags & SF_ComplexResult)!=0 + && (pTabList->nSrc==1 + || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0) + ){ + continue; } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; + + if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg) ){ + if( pParse->nErr ) goto select_end; + /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ + i = -1; } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; } } - return rc; -} +#endif -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + /* Handle compound SELECT statements using the separate multiSelect() + ** procedure. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n")); + if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + if( p->pNext==0 ) ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); + return rc; + } +#endif -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, -** return SQLCIPHER_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no -** point in calling this function again), return SQLCIPHER_DONE. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the -** database so that the last page of the file currently in use -** is no longer in use. -** -** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes -** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until -** it returns SQLCIPHER_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the -** number of pages the database file will contain after this -** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that -** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times -** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum -** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - int rc; + /* Do the WHERE-clause constant propagation optimization if this is + ** a join. No need to speed time on this operation for non-join queries + ** as the equivalent optimization will be handled by query planner in + ** sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pTabList->nSrc>1 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_PropagateConst) + && propagateConstants(pParse, p) + ){ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After constant propagation:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + }else{ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Constant propagation not helpful\n")); + } - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iLastPg>nFin ); +#ifdef SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION + if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener|SQLITE_CountOfView) + && countOfViewOptimization(pParse, p) + ){ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + pEList = p->pEList; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + } +#endif - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; + /* For each term in the FROM clause, do two things: + ** (1) Authorized unreferenced tables + ** (2) Generate code for all sub-queries + */ + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSub; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + const char *zSavedAuthContext; +#endif - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_DONE; + /* Issue SQLITE_READ authorizations with a fake column name for any + ** tables that are referenced but from which no values are extracted. + ** Examples of where these kinds of null SQLITE_READ authorizations + ** would occur: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM t1; -- SQLITE_READ t1."" + ** SELECT t1.* FROM t1, t2; -- SQLITE_READ t2."" + ** + ** The fake column name is an empty string. It is possible for a table to + ** have a column named by the empty string, in which case there is no way to + ** distinguish between an unreferenced table and an actual reference to the + ** "" column. The original design was for the fake column name to be a NULL, + ** which would be unambiguous. But legacy authorization callbacks might + ** assume the column name is non-NULL and segfault. The use of an empty + ** string for the fake column name seems safer. + */ + if( pItem->colUsed==0 && pItem->zName!=0 ){ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_READ, pItem->zName, "", pItem->zDatabase); } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ + pSub = pItem->pSelect; + if( pSub==0 ) continue; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( nFin==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; + /* The code for a subquery should only be generated once, though it is + ** technically harmless for it to be generated multiple times. The + ** following assert() will detect if something changes to cause + ** the same subquery to be coded multiple times, as a signal to the + ** developers to try to optimize the situation. + ** + ** Update 2019-07-24: + ** See ticket https://sqlite.org/src/tktview/c52b09c7f38903b1311cec40. + ** The dbsqlfuzz fuzzer found a case where the same subquery gets + ** coded twice. So this assert() now becomes a testcase(). It should + ** be very rare, though. + */ + testcase( pItem->addrFillSub!=0 ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + + /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down + ** inside the subquery. This can help the subquery to run more efficiently. + */ + if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_PushDown) + && pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor, + (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0) + ){ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, + ("After WHERE-clause push-down into subquery %d:\n", pSub->selId)); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } +#endif + }else{ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Push-down not possible\n")); + } - /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. + zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; + + /* Generate code to implement the subquery + ** + ** The subquery is implemented as a co-routine if the subquery is + ** guaranteed to be the outer loop (so that it does not need to be + ** computed more than once) + ** + ** TODO: Are there other reasons beside (1) to use a co-routine + ** implementation? + */ + if( i==0 + && (pTabList->nSrc==1 + || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0) /* (1) */ + ){ + /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result + ** set on each invocation. */ - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgpDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); + int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; + + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "CO-ROUTINE %u", pSub->selId)); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; + pItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 1; + pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, pItem->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + }else{ + /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with + ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point + ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn + ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address + */ + int topAddr; + int onceAddr = 0; + int retAddr; + struct SrcList_item *pPrior; + + testcase( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); /* Ticket c52b09c7f38903b1311 */ + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); + pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; + if( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 ){ + /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of + ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery + ** once. */ + onceAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); } - releasePage(pLastPg); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + pPrior = isSelfJoinView(pTabList, pItem); + if( pPrior ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pItem->iCursor, pPrior->iCursor); + assert( pPrior->pSelect!=0 ); + pSub->nSelectRow = pPrior->pSelect->nSelectRow; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MATERIALIZE %u", pSub->selId)); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); } + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; + if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); + retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); + VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); } + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; +#endif } - if( nFin==0 ){ - iLastPg--; - while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - MemPage *pPg; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - iLastPg--; - } - sqlcipher3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); - pBt->nPage = iLastPg; + /* Various elements of the SELECT copied into local variables for + ** convenience */ + pEList = p->pEList; + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; + +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +#endif -/* -** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. -** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. -** -** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, -** SQLCIPHER_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query + ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** is transformed to: + ** + ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0 + ){ + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); + /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, + ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the + ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ + assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; - }else{ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt)); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } +#endif } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlcipher3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLCIPHER_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then create an ephemeral index to + ** do the sorting. But this sorting ephemeral index might end up + ** being unused if the data can be extracted in pre-sorted order. + ** If that is the case, then the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be + ** changed to an OP_Noop once we figure out that the sorting index is + ** not needed. The sSort.addrSortIndex variable is used to facilitate + ** that change. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList( + pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, pEList->nExpr); + sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + sSort.addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO + ); + }else{ + sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; + } - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ - Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ - Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ - Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ - int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); + } - nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page - ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one - ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. - */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } + /* Set the limiter. + */ + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + if( (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit)==0 ){ + p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */ + } + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, sSort.addrSortIndex, OP_SorterOpen); + sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; + } - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinselFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; + sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), + P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; + }else{ + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + } + + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ + u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0) + | (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object (or NULL) */ + if( pWin ){ + sqlite3WindowCodeInit(pParse, pWin); } - if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; +#endif + assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit ); - for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLCIPHER_OK; iFree--){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); + + /* Begin the database scan. */ + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, + p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); } - if( (rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE || rc==SQLCIPHER_OK) && nFree>0 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); - sqlcipher3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); - pBt->nPage = nFin; + if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ + sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3PagerRollback(pPager); + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); + sSort.labelOBLopt = sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(pWInfo); + if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + } } - } - assert( nRef==sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + assert( p->pEList==pEList ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( pWin ){ + int addrGosub = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int regGosub = ++pParse->nMem; + + sqlite3WindowCodeStep(pParse, p, pWInfo, regGosub, addrGosub); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGosub); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "inner-loop subroutine")); + sSort.labelOBLopt = 0; + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regGosub); + VdbeComment((v, "end inner-loop subroutine")); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ + { + /* Use the standard inner loop. */ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, + sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), + sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); -#else /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLCIPHER_OK -#endif + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + }else{ + /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause + ** or both */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ + int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ + int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ + int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the + ** GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ + + for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + assert( 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66; + + /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a + ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required + ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the + ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp + ** variable. */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy && pGroupBy->nExpr==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + int ii; + /* The GROUP BY processing doesn't care whether rows are delivered in + ** ASC or DESC order - only that each group is returned contiguously. + ** So set the ASC/DESC flags in the GROUP BY to match those in the + ** ORDER BY to maximize the chances of rows being delivered in an + ** order that makes the ORDER BY redundant. */ + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + u8 sortFlags = sSort.pOrderBy->a[ii].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; + pGroupBy->a[ii].sortFlags = sortFlags; + } + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ + orderByGrp = 1; + } } + }else{ + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + p->nSelectRow = 0; } -#endif - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -/* -** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() -** at the conclusion of a transaction. -*/ -static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database - ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements - ** may still be reading from the database. */ - downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; - }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count - ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() - ** call below will unlock the pager. */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + VVA_ONLY( sNC.ncFlags = NC_UAggInfo; ) + sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); + if( pHaving ){ + if( pGroupBy ){ + assert( pWhere==p->pWhere ); + assert( pHaving==p->pHaving ); + assert( pGroupBy==p->pGroupBy ); + havingToWhere(pParse, p); + pWhere = p->pWhere; + } + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){ + minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy); + }else{ + minMaxFlag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + } + for(i=0; ix.pList); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + assert( !IsWindowFunc(pExpr) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pExpr->y.pWin->pFilter); + } +#endif + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; + } + sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + int ii; + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + for(ii=0; iiinTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - btreeIntegrity(p); -} + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + int addr1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should -** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() -** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the -** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and -** drop locks. -** -** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to -** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and -** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument -** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file -** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed -** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this -** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, -** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write -** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have -** transitioned to the error state. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pGroupBy,0,sAggInfo.nColumn); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + regReset = ++pParse->nMem; + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, + WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo + */ + groupBySort = 0; + }else{ + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order + */ + int regBase; + int regRecord; + int nCol; + int nGroupBy; - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + explainTempTable(pParse, + (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? + "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} + groupBySort = 1; + nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; + nCol = nGroupBy; + j = nGroupBy; + for(i=0; i=j ){ + nCol++; + j++; + } + } + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0); + j = nGroupBy; + for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ + int r1 = j + regBase; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, + pCol->pTab, pCol->iTable, pCol->iColumn, r1); + j++; + } + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + } -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was -** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled -** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. -*/ -static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif + /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort + ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY + ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. + ** + ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) + ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. -** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - int i; - sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skipNext = errCode; - for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(p->apPage[i]); - p->apPage[i] = 0; - } - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pBtree); -} + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... + */ + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, + sortOut, sortPTab); + } + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr1+1, 0, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. + */ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst - ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as - ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then - ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so - ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort - ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. - */ - sqlcipher3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); - } -#endif - btreeIntegrity(p); + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; + /* End of the loop + */ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); + } - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlcipher3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } + /* Output the final row of result + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - testcase( nPage==0 ); - if( nPage==0 ) sqlcipher3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); - pBt->nPage = nPage; - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } + /* Jump over the subroutines + */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEnd); - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, + &sDistinct, pDest, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically -** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -** -** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The -** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, -** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there -** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, -** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back -** using the sqlcipher3BtreeSavepoint() function. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->readOnly==0 ); - assert( iStatement>0 ); - assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with - ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using - ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any - ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); -/* -** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK -** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value -** of op. -** -** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the -** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different -** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the -** transaction remains open. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( iSavepoint<0 && pBt->initiallyEmpty ) pBt->nPage = 0; - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ + else { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + Table *pTab; + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then + ** the SQL statement is of the form: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM + ** + ** where the Table structure returned represents table . + ** + ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The + ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that + ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It + ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost + ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. + */ + const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ + Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ + int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ - /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header - ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset - ** 28 is nonzero. */ - assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); -/* -** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page -** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that -** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open -** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then -** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. -** -** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. -** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for -** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These -** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to -** be allowed: -** -** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 -** -** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache -** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have -** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise -** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to -** the read cursors in the other database connection. -** -** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) -** -** 4: There must be an active transaction. -** -** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the -** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired -** will not work correctly. -** -** It is assumed that the sqlcipher3BtreeCursorZero() has been called -** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. -*/ -static int btreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ + /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. + ** + ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. + ** + ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. + ** + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. + */ + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 + && pIdx->szIdxRowszTabRow + && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 + && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRowszIdxRow) + ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } + } + if( pBest ){ + iRoot = pBest->tnum; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); + } - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); + /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + { + int regAcc = 0; /* "populate accumulators" flag */ + + /* If there are accumulator registers but no min() or max() functions + ** without FILTER clauses, allocate register regAcc. Register regAcc + ** will contain 0 the first time the inner loop runs, and 1 thereafter. + ** The code generated by updateAccumulator() uses this to ensure + ** that the accumulator registers are (a) updated only once if + ** there are no min() or max functions or (b) always updated for the + ** first row visited by the aggregate, so that they are updated at + ** least once even if the FILTER clause means the min() or max() + ** function visits zero rows. */ + if( sAggInfo.nAccumulator ){ + for(i=0; ifuncFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ) break; + } + if( i==sAggInfo.nFunc ){ + regAcc = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regAcc); + } + } - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with - ** this lock. */ - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); + /* If this query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then + ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either + ** WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX and pMinMaxOrderBy will + ** be an appropriate ORDER BY expression for the optimization. + */ + assert( minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL || pMinMaxOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pMinMaxOrderBy==0 || pMinMaxOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); - if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - } - if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ - assert( wrFlag==0 ); - iTable = 0; - } + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMaxOrderBy, + 0, minMaxFlag, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ){ + goto select_end; + } + updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, &sAggInfo); + if( regAcc ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regAcc); + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", + (minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + } - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - pCur->cachedRowid = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, + pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); -/* -** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. -** -** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate -** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque -** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call -** this routine. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorSize(void){ - return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); -} + } /* endif aggregate query */ -/* -** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. -** -** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object -** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays -** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot -** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ - memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); -} + if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); + } -/* -** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file -** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is -** set to iRowid. -** -** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. -** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. -** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot -** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or -** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero -** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlcipher3_int64 iRowid){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, + sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); + assert( p->pEList==pEList ); + generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); } - assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); -} -/* -** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero -** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be -** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a -** zero is returned. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_int64 sqlcipher3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur->cachedRowid; -} + /* Jump here to skip this query + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - if( pBtree ){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - /* sqlcipher3_free(pCur); */ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* The SELECT has been coded. If there is an error in the Parse structure, + ** set the return code to 1. Otherwise 0. */ + rc = (pParse->nErr>0); -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). -** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); - assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); - pCur->validNKey = 1; - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } - } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ - pCur->validNKey = 1; \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. + */ +select_end: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end processing\n")); + if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ -/* -** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one -** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. -** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; +#endif + ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); + return rc; } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ +/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ /* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. -** -** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLCIPHER_OK. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL -** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee -** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() +** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main +** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). ** -** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLCIPHER_OK. -** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue -** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. +** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked +** if they are not used. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE /* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding -** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that -** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() -** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because -** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then -** *ppPage is set to zero. +** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through +** to the callback function is uses to build the result. */ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +typedef struct TabResult { + char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ + u32 nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ + u32 nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ + u32 nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ +} TabResult; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert(pPgnoNext); +/* +** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job +** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new +** memory as necessary. +*/ +static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ + TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ + int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + char *z; /* A single column of result */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. + /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything + ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; + if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ + need = nCol*2; + }else{ + need = nCol; + } + if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult = azNew; + } - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; + /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing + ** the names of all columns. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + p->nColumn = nCol; + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } + }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + ); + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 1; + } - if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; + /* Copy over the row data + */ + if( argv!=0 ){ + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } + p->nRow++; } -#endif + return 0; - assert( next==0 || rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || pPage==0 ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); +malloc_failed: + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, +** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results +** at the conclusion of the call. +** +** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when +** the calling procedure is finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ + int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc; + TabResult res; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pazResult==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *pazResult = 0; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + res.zErrMsg = 0; + res.nRow = 0; + res.nColumn = 0; + res.nData = 1; + res.nAlloc = 20; + res.rc = SQLITE_OK; + res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); + if( res.azResult==0 ){ + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + res.azResult[0] = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); + assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); + res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + if( res.zErrMsg ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); } + db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ + return res.rc; } - - *pPgnoNext = next; - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + return rc; + } + if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ + char **azNew; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + if( azNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + res.azResult = azNew; } - return (rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ? SQLCIPHER_OK : rc); + *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + return rc; } /* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlcipher3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. */ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( + char **azResult /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */ ){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); + if( azResult ){ + int i, n; + azResult--; + assert( azResult!=0 ); + n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); + for(i=1; iapPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* +** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ + while( pTriggerStep ){ + TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; + pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); + sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pTmp->pUpsert); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp->zSpan); - if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) - || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] - ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } +} - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; +/* +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** +** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab +** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional +** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all +** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list +** and returns the combined list. +** +** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers +** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on +** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; + Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ + + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + return 0; + } + + if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + ){ + pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + pList = pTrig; + } } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && amt>0 ){ - const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; + return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); +} - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); +/* +** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement +** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger +** structure is generated based on the information available and stored +** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the +** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger +** construction process. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ + Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ + int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ + IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ + SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ + Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ + int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ + int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ + Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ + DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] - ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at - ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The - ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], - ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" - ** (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlcipher3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); - /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have - ** been used instead of this routine. */ - if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } + assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ + assert( pName2!=0 ); + assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( isTemp ){ + /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); + goto trigger_cleanup; } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); + iDb = 1; + pName = pName1; + }else{ + /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; } -#endif - - for( ; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ + } + if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( pCur->aOverflow ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } -#endif + /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... + ** ^^^^^^^^ + ** + ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER. + */ + if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); + pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; + } - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - } else -#endif - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - sqlcipher3_file *fd; -#endif - int a = amt; - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } + /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, + ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. + ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not + ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab + && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - /* If all the following are true: - ** - ** 1) this is a read operation, and - ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and - ** 3) the database is file-backed, and - ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and - ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, - ** - ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the - ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds - ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. - */ - if( eOp==0 /* (1) */ - && offset==0 /* (2) */ - && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ - && (fd = sqlcipher3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ - && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ - ){ - u8 aSave[4]; - u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; - memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, pBt->pageSize * (nextPage-1)); - nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); - memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); - }else -#endif + /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; + assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( !pTab ){ + /* The table does not exist. */ + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } - { - DbPage *pDbPage; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - } - } - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; + /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the + ** specified name exists */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName, "trigger", pTab->zName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } + goto trigger_cleanup; } } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); + goto trigger_cleanup; } - return rc; -} -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row -** in the table. -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ABORT; + /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD + ** of triggers. + */ + if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" + " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; } -#endif - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zDbSName; + const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zDbSName : zDb; + if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } } - return rc; -} +#endif -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if -** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written -** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be -** a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ - int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - MemPage *pPage; - u32 nKey; - u32 nLocal; + /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers + ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every + ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code + ** elsewhere. + */ + if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ + tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; + } - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){ - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage], - &pCur->info); - } - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; - aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - nKey = 0; + /* Build the Trigger object */ + pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); + if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; + pTrigger->zName = zName; + zName = 0; + pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->op = (u8)op; + pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, pTrigger->table, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pWhen = pWhen; + pWhen = 0; }else{ - nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } - if( skipKey ){ - aPayload += nKey; - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; + pTrigger->pColumns = pColumns; + pColumns = 0; + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; + +trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); }else{ - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; - assert( nLocal<=nKey ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); } - *pAmt = nLocal; - return aPayload; } - /* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. +** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed +** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const void *sqlcipher3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - const void *p = 0; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ - p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ + Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ +){ + Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ + char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ + Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ + + pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; + if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + zName = pTrig->zName; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + pTrig->step_list = pStepList; + while( pStepList ){ + pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; + pStepList = pStepList->pNext; } - return p; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const void *sqlcipher3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - const void *p = 0; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ - p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); + sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + ){ + goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } - return p; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrig; + pTrig = 0; + }else +#endif -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -** -** This function returns SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of -** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. -** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or -** vice-versa). -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - int i = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pNewPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + /* if we are not initializing, + ** build the sqlite_master entry + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *z; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + testcase( z==0 ); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zName, + pTrig->table, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; - pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; - pCur->iPage++; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( db->init.busy ){ + Trigger *pLink = pTrig; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( pLink!=0 ); + pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig); + if( pTrig ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table); + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; + pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + } } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function -** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th -** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of -** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of -** the page. -*/ -static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ - assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); - if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ - assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); - }else{ - assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); - } +triggerfinish_cleanup: + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); + assert( IN_RENAME_OBJECT || !pParse->pNewTrigger ); + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); } -#else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) -#endif /* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. +** Duplicate a range of text from an SQL statement, then convert all +** whitespace characters into ordinary space characters. */ -static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno - ); - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - pCur->iPage--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; +static char *triggerSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){ + char *z = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); + int i; + if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' '; + return z; } /* -** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. -** -** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point -** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a -** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. -** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to -** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first -** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state -** is set to CURSOR_VALID. +** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into +** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** -** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected -** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not -** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo -** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index -** b-tree). +** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in +** body of a TRIGGER. */ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - } - - if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ - int i; - for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - pCur->iPage = 0; - }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - }else{ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - pCur->iPage = 0; - - /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor - ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is - ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT error. */ - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 ); - if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - - /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the - ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either - ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption - ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags - ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference - ** to the page. */ - pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; - assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); - assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey ); - - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->atLast = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - - if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - }else{ - pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ + const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); + if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return 0; } - return rc; + pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); + return pTriggerStep; } /* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. +** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space +** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. ** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. */ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - MemPage *pPage; +static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ + Token *pName, /* The target name */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ + const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n + 1); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(z); + pTriggerStep->zTarget = z; + pTriggerStep->op = op; + pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pTriggerStep->zTarget, pName); + } } - return rc; + return pTriggerStep; } /* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer +** to the new trigger step. ** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. +** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the +** body of a trigger. */ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - MemPage *pPage = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ + IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ + u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ + Upsert *pUpsert, /* ON CONFLICT clauses for upsert */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ + const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; + assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_INSERT, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pSelect = 0; + }else{ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; + pTriggerStep->pUpsert = pUpsert; + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + if( pUpsert ){ + sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(pParse, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); + } + }else{ + testcase( pColumn ); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + testcase( pUpsert ); + sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pUpsert); } - return rc; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + + return pTriggerStep; } -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLCIPHER_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ + const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList; + pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; + pEList = 0; + pWhere = 0; }else{ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; } - return rc; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; } -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLCIPHER_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - - /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ - if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point - ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); - } - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); -#endif - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ + Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ + const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_DELETE, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; + pWhere = 0; }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - pCur->atLast = rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ?1:0; + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; } - return rc; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; } -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key -** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey -** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey -** is ignored. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is -** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into -** *pRes is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. -** +/* +** Recursively delete a Trigger structure */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ - i64 intKey, /* The table key */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ + if( pTrigger==0 ) return; + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +} - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pRes ); - assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); +/* +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** +** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies +** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the +** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger +** instead of the trigger name. +**/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + int i; + const char *zDb; + const char *zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying - ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey - && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey - ){ - if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ - *pRes = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeymallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; + zName = pName->a[0].zName; + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zDbSName, zDb) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName); + if( pTrigger ) break; } - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr, idx; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int c; - - /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page - ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop - ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine - ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must - ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise - ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - if( biasRight ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr); - }else{ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2); - } - for(;;){ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ - - assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] ); - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - i64 nCellKey; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - u32 dummy; - pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKey==intKey ){ - c = 0; - }else if( nCellKeyintKey ); - c = +1; - } - pCur->validNKey = 1; - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - }else{ - /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that - ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree - ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first - ** 2 bytes of the cell. - */ - int nCell = pCell[0]; - if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a - ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main - ** b-tree page. */ - c = sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) - && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal - ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record - ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ - c = sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); - }else{ - /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In - ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated - ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ - void *pCellKey; - u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); - nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - pCellKey = sqlcipher3Malloc( nCell ); - if( pCellKey==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto moveto_finish; - } - rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlcipher3_free(pCellKey); - goto moveto_finish; - } - c = sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); - sqlcipher3_free(pCellKey); - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = idx; - break; - }else{ - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - } - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = idx+1; - }else{ - upr = idx-1; - } - if( lwr>upr ){ - break; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2); - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - chldPg = 0; - }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + if( !pTrigger ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); } - if( chldPg==0 ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - *pRes = c; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } -moveto_finish: - return rc; -} + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); +drop_trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} /* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlcipher3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlcipher3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. +** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger +** is set on. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); +static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ + return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table); } + /* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ + Table *pTable; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pRes!=0 ); - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + assert( (pTable && pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema) || iDb==1 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pTable ){ + int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + return; + } } - if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +#endif + + /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. + */ + if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTrigger->zName + ); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); } - pCur->skipNext = 0; +} - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( idx<=pPage->nCell ); +/* +** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Hash *pHash; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - do{ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - return rc; - } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ + if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + if( pTab ){ + Trigger **pp; + for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + } + } + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - return rc; } +/* +** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry +** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries +** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, +** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a +** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then +** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only +** if there is no match. +*/ +static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ + int e; + if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; + for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} /* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at +** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ + int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ + int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +){ + int mask = 0; + Trigger *pList = 0; + Trigger *p; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); } - pCur->atLast = 0; - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ + mask |= p->tr_tm; + } } - if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + if( pMask ){ + *pMask = mask; } - pCur->skipNext = 0; + return (mask ? pList : 0); +} - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - } - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; +/* +** Convert the pStep->zTarget string into a SrcList and return a pointer +** to that SrcList. +** +** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when +** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from +** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the +** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it +** wants. +*/ +static SrcList *targetSrcList( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ + const char *zDb; + assert( iDbnDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zDb); } } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; + return pSrc; } /* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlcipher3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlcipher3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlcipher3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This -** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** trigger. */ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, - MemPage **ppPage, - Pgno *pPgno, - Pgno nearby, - u8 exact +static int codeTriggerProgram( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ ){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ + TriggerStep *pStep; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); - if( n>=mxPage ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - - /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); + assert( pStepList ); + assert( v!=0 ); + for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step + ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger + ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use + ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger + ** step statement. Example: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; + ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); + ** END; + ** + ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy + ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - *pPgno = nearby; + pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( pStep->zSpan ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Trace, 0x7fffffff, 1, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", pStep->zSpan), + P4_DYNAMIC); } #endif - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); - if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + switch( pStep->op ){ + case TK_UPDATE: { + sqlite3Update(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0, 0 + ); + break; } - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; + case TK_INSERT: { + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + pParse->eOrconf, + sqlite3UpsertDup(db, pStep->pUpsert) + ); + break; } - assert( pTrunk!=0 ); - assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */ - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ - /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page - ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. - */ - assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - searchList = 0; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else if( k>0 ){ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - u32 closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - if( nearby>0 ){ - u32 i; - int dist; - closest = 0; - dist = sqlcipher3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby); - for(i=1; imxPage ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){ - int noContent; - *pPgno = iPage; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" - ": %d more free pages\n", - *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; - if( closestpDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } + case TK_DELETE: { + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0 + ); + break; } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the - ** end of the file */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - MemPage *pPg = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); - assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); + default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { + SelectDest sDest; + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + break; } - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } } -#endif - put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); - *pPgno = pBt->nPage; - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); + if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); } - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + return 0; +} -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( sqlcipher3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE +** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +*/ +static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: return "abort"; + case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; + case OE_Fail: return "fail"; + case OE_Replace: return "replace"; + case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; + case OE_Default: return "default"; + } + return "n/a"; +} +#endif + +/* +** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe +** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information +** from pFrom to pTo. +*/ +static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); + assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); + if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ + pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; + pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; + pTo->rc = pFrom->rc; }else{ - *ppPage = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); } - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) ); - return rc; } /* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. -** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. -** -** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. -** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. -** -** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, -** its reference count is not altered by this function. +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ -static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ +static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ +){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ + Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ + SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ + Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ + int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iPage>1 ); - assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + assert( pTop->pVdbe ); - if( pMemPage ){ - pPage = pMemPage; - sqlcipher3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); - }else{ - pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); - } + /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ + pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); + if( !pPrg ) return 0; + pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; + pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; + pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); + if( !pProgram ) return 0; + sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); + pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; + pPrg->orconf = orconf; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + ** trigger sub-program. */ + pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); + if( !pSubParse ) return 0; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pSubParse; + pSubParse->db = db; + pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; + pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; + pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; + pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; + pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + pSubParse->disableVtab = pParse->disableVtab; - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) - || ((rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) - ){ - goto freepage_out; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); + if( v ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), + (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), + (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), + pTab->zName + )); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( pTrigger->zName ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC + ); } - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); - } +#endif - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - } + /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ + if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 + ){ + iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pSubParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + } - /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two - ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first - ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a - ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the - ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it - ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. - */ - if( nFree!=0 ){ - u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ + /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ + codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; + /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ + if( iEndTrigger ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); - nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); - if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto freepage_out; - } - if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page - ** being freed as a new leaf. - ** - ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains - ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have - ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to - ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than - ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order - ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, - ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 - ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded - ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above - ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); - if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){ - sqlcipher3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - } - rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - goto freepage_out; + transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 ){ + pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); } + pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; + pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; + pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; + sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); } - /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the - ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the - ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed - ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. - */ - if( pPage==0 && SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); + assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); + assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); + sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for +** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such +** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before +** being returned. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +){ + Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + TriggerPrg *pPrg; -freepage_out: - if( pPage ){ - pPage->isInit = 0; - } - releasePage(pPage); - releasePage(pTrunk); - return rc; -} -static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + + /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the + ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with + ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere + ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + pPrg=pPrg->pNext + ); + + /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ + if( !pPrg ){ + pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); } + + return pPrg; } /* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this +** function are the same as those described in the header function for +** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() */ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - u32 ovflPageSize; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - Pgno iNext = 0; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the - ** file the database must be corrupt. */ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOvfl ){ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); - if( rc ) return rc; - } + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ + if( pPrg ){ + int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); - if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) - && sqlcipher3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 - ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference - ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as - ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is - ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the - ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this - ** can be problematic. - */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); - } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem, + (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); + VdbeComment( + (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); - if( pOvfl ){ - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - ovflPgno = iNext; + /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if + ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive + ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, + ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers + ** is clear. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } /* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. +** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation +** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) +** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the +** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then +** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. ** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. +** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified +** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. +** +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references +** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab +** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** +** Register Contains +** ------------------------------------------------------ +** reg+0 OLD.rowid +** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab +** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid +** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** +** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers +** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an +** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** +** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the +** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump +** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program +** raises an IGNORE exception. */ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ ){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; + Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); + assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); - /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary - ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ - assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are + ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table + ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ + assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + + /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) + ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); } - nPayload += (int)nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = (int)nKey; } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; +} - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } +/* +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire +** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. +** +** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the +** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if +** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there +** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns +** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. +** +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** +** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned +** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** +** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE +** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the +** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ + int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +){ + const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; + u32 mask = 0; + Trigger *p; - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) + ){ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + if( pPrg ){ + mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; + } + } + } - /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + return mask; +} - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); +/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle UPDATE statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Forward declaration */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; +/* +** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** OP_Column to the default value, if any. +** +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table +** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE +** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk +** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken +** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. +** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value +** for the column and the P4 value is not required. +** +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written +** into the sqlite_master table.) +** +** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for +** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() +** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into +** sqlite3_value objects. +** +** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction +** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is +** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save +** space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( !pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; + u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); + assert( inCol ); + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + pCol->affinity, &pValue); + if( pValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM); } } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } +#endif } /* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** Check to see if column iCol of index pIdx references any of the +** columns defined by aXRef and chngRowid. Return true if it does +** and false if not. This is an optimization. False-positives are a +** performance degradation, but false-negatives can result in a corrupt +** index and incorrect answers. ** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. +** aXRef[j] will be non-negative if column j of the original table is +** being updated. chngRowid will be true if the rowid of the table is +** being updated. */ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ - u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - u8 *endPtr; /* End of loop */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ - *pRC = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - if( rc ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - endPtr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell - 2]; - assert( (SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ - while( ptr=0 if column j is being updated */ + int chngRowid /* true if the rowid is being updated */ +){ + i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]; + assert( iIdxCol!=XN_ROWID ); /* Cannot index rowid */ + if( iIdxCol>=0 ){ + return aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0; } - pPage->nCell--; - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; + assert( iIdxCol==XN_EXPR ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr->a[iCol].pExpr!=0 ); + return sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(pIdx->aColExpr->a[iCol].pExpr, + aXRef,chngRowid); } /* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. +** Check to see if index pIdx is a partial index whose conditional +** expression might change values due to an UPDATE. Return true if +** the index is subject to change and false if the index is guaranteed +** to be unchanged. This is an optimization. False-positives are a +** performance degradation, but false-negatives can result in a corrupt +** index and incorrect answers. ** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +** aXRef[j] will be non-negative if column j of the original table is +** being updated. chngRowid will be true if the rowid of the table is +** being updated. +*/ +static int indexWhereClauseMightChange( + Index *pIdx, /* The index to check */ + int *aXRef, /* aXRef[j]>=0 if column j is being updated */ + int chngRowid /* true if the rowid is being updated */ +){ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) return 0; + return sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, + aXRef, chngRowid); +} + +/* +** Process an UPDATE statement. ** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). +** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ +* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere */ -static void insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ - int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT clause. May be null */ + Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clause, or null */ ){ - int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ - u8 *endPtr; /* End of the loop */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ + int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ + int nAllIdx; /* Total number of indexes */ + int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ + int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* Registers for to each index and the main table */ + int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the + ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. + ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ + u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ + u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ + u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ + Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ + int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_XXX value from where.c */ + int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ + int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ + int flags; /* Flags for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +#endif + int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ + int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + int addrOpen = 0; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ + int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk = 0; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ + int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ - if( *pRC ) return; + /* Register Allocations */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ + int regOldRowid = 0; /* The old rowid */ + int regNewRowid = 0; /* The new rowid */ + int regNew = 0; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ + int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ + int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ + int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a - ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size - ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size - ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence - ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; - } - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(pCell, iChild); - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); - pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; - pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; - }else{ - int rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to update. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** updated is a view. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +# define tmask 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + if( !isView ){ + pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "UPDATE" + ); + pOrderBy = 0; + pLimit = 0; + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. + ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they + ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and + ** allocate enough space, just in case. + */ + iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; + iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + testcase( pPk!=0 && pPk!=pTab->pIndex ); + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + if( pPk==pIdx ){ + iDataCur = pParse->nTab; } - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); - if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } - /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties - ** if it returns success */ - assert( idx >= end+2 ); - assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); + pParse->nTab++; + } + if( pUpsert ){ + /* On an UPSERT, reuse the same cursors already opened by INSERT */ + iDataCur = pUpsert->iDataCur; + iIdxCur = pUpsert->iIdxCur; + pParse->nTab = iBaseCur; + } + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; + + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. + */ + aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx+1) + nIdx+2 ); + if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; + aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx+1); + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + + /* Initialize the name-context */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert; + sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert; + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the + ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index + ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each + ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change + ** that column. + */ + chngRowid = chngPk = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + goto update_cleanup; } - ptr = &data[end]; - endPtr = &data[ins]; - assert( (SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */ - while( ptr>endPtr ){ - *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2]; - ptr -= 2; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ + chngPk = 1; + } + aXRef[j] = i; + break; + } } - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ + j = -1; + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto update_cleanup; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int rc; + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, + j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto update_cleanup; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + aXRef[j] = -1; + } } #endif } -} + assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); + assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); + assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); + chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; -/* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. -*/ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ - const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ - - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) - && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that + ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual + ** table implementation makes all columns available). + */ + pTabList->a[0].colUsed = IsVirtual(pTab) ? ALLBITS : 0; - /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); + hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); - pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2]; - cellbody = nUsable; - for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ - u16 sz = aSize[i]; - pCellptr -= 2; - cellbody -= sz; - put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); - memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz); + /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table + ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold + ** the key for accessing each index. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace ) bReplace = 1; + for(nAllIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nAllIdx++){ + int reg; + if( chngKey || hasFK>1 || pIdx==pPk + || indexWhereClauseMightChange(pIdx,aXRef,chngRowid) + ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; + }else{ + reg = 0; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( indexColumnIsBeingUpdated(pIdx, i, aXRef, chngRowid) ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; + if( onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ + bReplace = 1; + } + break; + } + } + } + if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[nAllIdx+1] = 0; + aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = reg; + } + aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register storing the table record */ + if( bReplace ){ + /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all + ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); } - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); - pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); - pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ + /* Begin generating code. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pTrigger || hasFK, iDb); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -** -** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider -** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 -** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other -** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at -** least 13 bytes in size. -*/ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ - BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ - MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ + /* Allocate required registers. */ + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* For now, regRowSet and aRegIdx[nAllIdx] share the same register. + ** If regRowSet turns out to be needed, then aRegIdx[nAllIdx] will be + ** reallocated. aRegIdx[nAllIdx] is the register in which the main + ** table record is written. regRowSet holds the RowSet for the + ** two-pass update algorithm. */ + assert( aRegIdx[nAllIdx]==pParse->nMem ); + regRowSet = aRegIdx[nAllIdx]; + regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + } + if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + } - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); + /* Start the view context. */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } - /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ - if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into + ** an ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, + pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur + ); + pOrderBy = 0; + pLimit = 0; + } +#endif - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of - ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell - ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the + ** WHERE clause. */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, + pWhere, onError); + goto update_cleanup; + } +#endif - u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; - u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; - u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - u8 *pStop; + /* Jump to labelBreak to abandon further processing of this UPDATE */ + labelContinue = labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); - zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); + /* Not an UPSERT. Normal processing. Begin by + ** initialize the count of updated rows */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 + && !pParse->pTriggerTab + && !pParse->nested + && pUpsert==0 + ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these - ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents - ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. - ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to - ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a - ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + }else{ + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + if( pUpsert==0 ){ + iEph = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1); + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + } + + if( pUpsert ){ + /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by + ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row + ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the + ** row(s) to be updated. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); + pWInfo = 0; + eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + }else{ + /* Begin the database scan. + ** + ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if + ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may + ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these + ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table + ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */ + flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE; + if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){ + flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW; + } + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + + /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not + ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being + ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like + ** the following could create an infinite loop: + ** + ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>? + ** + ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI + ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being + ** updated. */ + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1]; + if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){ + eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; + } + assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) ); } } - - /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell - ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and - ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the - ** largest key on pPage). - ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the - ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) - ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). - ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length - ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the - ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - pStop = &pCell[9]; - while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), - 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); + } - /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - - /* Release the reference to the new page. */ - releasePage(pNew); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF + ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes, + ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + /* We need to use regRowSet, so reallocate aRegIdx[nAllIdx] */ + aRegIdx[nAllIdx] = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + } + }else{ + /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In + ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in + ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change + ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table + ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,pPk->aiColumn[i],iPk+i); + } + if( eOnePass ){ + if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk); + } } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ + if( pUpsert==0 ){ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } -#if 0 -/* -** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible -** for setting pointer-map entries. -*/ -static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ - int i, j; - for(i=0; ipBt; - assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( !isView ){ + int addrOnce = 0; - for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ - CellInfo info; - u8 *z; - - z = findCell(pPage, j); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); + /* Open every index that needs updating. */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(z); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){ + addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, + aToOpen, 0, 0); + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + + /* Top of the update loop */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){ + assert( pPk ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0); + }else if( pPk ){ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet,labelBreak, + regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); } } - return 1; -} -#endif -/* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored -** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then -** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the -** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained -** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer -** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. -** -** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. -** -** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). -** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by -** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of -** which are called often under normal circumstances. -*/ -static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; - u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; - u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; - int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; - int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); - int rc; - int iData; - - - assert( pFrom->isInit ); - assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); - assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); - - /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ - iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); - memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); - memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - - /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure - ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized - ** page pFrom. + /* If the rowid value will change, set register regNewRowid to + ** contain the new value. If the rowid is not being modified, + ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is + ** already populated. */ + assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); + if( chngRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that + ** information is needed */ + if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ + u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( oldmask==0xffffffff + || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) + || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 + ){ + testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); + } + } + if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); + } + } + + /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new + ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new + ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references + ** made by triggers. + ** + ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the + ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by + ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to + ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. + */ + newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + }else{ + j = aXRef[i]; + if( j>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); + }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or + ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via + ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. + */ + testcase( i==31 ); + testcase( i==32 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are + ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. + */ + if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. */ - pTo->isInit = 0; - rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop: + ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers + ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded. + ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the + ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26) + ** for an example. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + } } - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries - ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. + } + + if( !isView ){ + /* Do constraint checks. */ + assert( regOldRowid>0 ); + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace, + aXRef, 0); + + /* If REPLACE conflict handling may have been used, or if the PK of the + ** row is changing, then the GenerateConstraintChecks() above may have + ** moved cursor iDataCur. Reseek it. */ + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound,iDataCur,labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue,regOldRowid); + } + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + + /* Do FK constraint checks. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx, -1); + + /* If changing the rowid value, or if there are foreign key constraints + ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete + ** to invoke the pre-update hook. + ** + ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the + ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned + ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol + ** is the column index supplied by the user. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); + assert( regNew==regNewRowid+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, + OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK>1 || chngKey) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP), + regNewRowid + ); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + assert( hasFK==0 && chngKey==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION); + } + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); + } +#else + if( hasFK>1 || chngKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); } +#endif + + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ + sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, + OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), + 0, 0 + ); + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just updated. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + } + + /* Increment the row counter + */ + if( regRowCount ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until + ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. + */ + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ + /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ + }else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 && pUpsert==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were changed, if we are tracking + ** that information. + */ + if( regRowCount ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); } + +update_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); +#endif + return; } +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent -** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the -** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the -** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page -** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page -** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings -** participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. ** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page -** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated -** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. +** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special +** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table +** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row. ** -** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be -** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so -** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this -** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains +** for each row to be changed: ** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. +** (A) The original rowid of that row. +** (B) The revised rowid for the row. +** (C) The content of every column in the row. ** -** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a -** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent -** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is -** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts -** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum -** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 -** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large -** enough for all overflow cells. +** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a +** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table. ** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns -** SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. +** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it +** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and +** makes a single invocation of VUpdate. */ -static int balance_nonroot( - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ - int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ - u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ - int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ ){ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* The return code */ - u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ - int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ - int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ - u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ - Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ + int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol; /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */ + int regArg; /* First register in VUpdate arg array */ + int regRec; /* Register in which to assemble record */ + int regRowid; /* Register for ephem table rowid */ + int iCsr = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; /* Cursor used for virtual table scan */ + int aDummy[2]; /* Unused arg for sqlite3WhereOkOnePass() */ + int eOnePass; /* True to use onepass strategy */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ + + /* Allocate nArg registers in which to gather the arguments for VUpdate. Then + ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from + ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */ + assert( v ); + ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; + addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg); + regArg = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += nArg; + regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - pBt = pParent->pBt; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + /* Start scanning the virtual table */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) return; -#if 0 - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); + /* Populate the argument registers. */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG);/* Enable sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */ + } + } + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg); + if( pRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1); + } + }else{ + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */ + i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); + iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1); + } + + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy); + + /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */ + assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); + + if( eOnePass ){ + /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded + ** above. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + }else{ + /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into + ** the ephemeral table. */ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to + ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC); #endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid); + } - /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with - ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function - ** is called (indirectly) from sqlcipher3BtreeDelete(). - */ - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx ); - if( !aOvflSpace ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + /* End the virtual table scan */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, - ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - ** - ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This - ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any - ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will - ** have already been removed. - */ - i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; - if( i<2 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - nOld = i+1; - }else{ - nOld = 3; - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ - nxDiv = i-2; - }else{ - nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; + /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and + ** invoke the VUpdate method. */ + for(i=0; inOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ - pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, nArg, regArg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + + /* End of the ephemeral table scan. Or, if using the onepass strategy, + ** jump to here if the scan visited zero rows. */ + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); }else{ - pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } - pgno = get4byte(pRight); - while( 1 ){ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]); - if( rc ){ - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - } - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - if( (i--)==0 ) break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){ - apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell; - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); - pParent->nOverflow = 0; - }else{ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); +/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file upsert.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2018-04-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code to implement various aspects of UPSERT +** processing and handling of the Upsert object. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to - ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. - ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first - ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first - ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. - ** - ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, - ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. - ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] - ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer - ** is allocated. */ - if( pBt->secureDelete ){ - int iOff; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT +/* +** Free a list of Upsert objects +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDelete(sqlite3 *db, Upsert *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pUpsertTarget); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pUpsertTargetWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pUpsertSet); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pUpsertWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} - iOff = SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); - if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); - apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; - } - } - dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); - } +/* +** Duplicate an Upsert object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertDup(sqlite3 *db, Upsert *p){ + if( p==0 ) return 0; + return sqlite3UpsertNew(db, + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pUpsertTarget, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pUpsertTargetWhere, 0), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pUpsertSet, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pUpsertWhere, 0) + ); +} + +/* +** Create a new Upsert object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertNew( + sqlite3 *db, /* Determines which memory allocator to use */ + ExprList *pTarget, /* Target argument to ON CONFLICT, or NULL */ + Expr *pTargetWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause on the target */ + ExprList *pSet, /* UPDATE columns, or NULL for a DO NOTHING */ + Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ +){ + Upsert *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Upsert)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTarget); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTargetWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pSet); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return 0; + }else{ + pNew->pUpsertTarget = pTarget; + pNew->pUpsertTargetWhere = pTargetWhere; + pNew->pUpsertSet = pSet; + pNew->pUpsertWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pUpsertIdx = 0; } + return pNew; +} - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; +/* +** Analyze the ON CONFLICT clause described by pUpsert. Resolve all +** symbols in the conflict-target. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code is something +** is wrong. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table into which we are inserting */ + Upsert *pUpsert /* The ON CONFLICT clauses */ +){ + Table *pTab; /* That table into which we are inserting */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + int iCursor; /* Cursor used by pTab */ + Index *pIdx; /* One of the indexes of pTab */ + ExprList *pTarget; /* The conflict-target clause */ + Expr *pTerm; /* One term of the conflict-target clause */ + NameContext sNC; /* Context for resolving symbolic names */ + Expr sCol[2]; /* Index column converted into an Expr */ - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + assert( pTabList->a[0].pTab!=0 ); + assert( pUpsert!=0 ); + assert( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget!=0 ); + + /* Resolve all symbolic names in the conflict-target clause, which + ** includes both the list of columns and the optional partial-index + ** WHERE clause. */ - k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); - szScratch = - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ - + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ - + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ - apCell = sqlcipher3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; + pTarget = pUpsert->pUpsertTarget; + iCursor = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + if( HasRowid(pTab) + && pTarget->nExpr==1 + && (pTerm = pTarget->a[0].pExpr)->op==TK_COLUMN + && pTerm->iColumn==XN_ROWID + ){ + /* The conflict-target is the rowid of the primary table */ + assert( pUpsert->pUpsertIdx==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; } - szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. + /* Initialize sCol[0..1] to be an expression parse tree for a + ** single column of an index. The sCol[0] node will be the TK_COLLATE + ** operator and sCol[1] will be the TK_COLUMN operator. Code below + ** will populate the specific collation and column number values + ** prior to comparing against the conflict-target expression. */ - leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; - leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; - for(i=0; ipageSize + k*i]; - memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); - pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; - memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - - limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; - if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ - for(j=0; jaData; - u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; - u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset; - for(j=0; ja[0].iCursor; + + /* Check for matches against other indexes */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int ii, jj, nn; + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + if( pTarget->nExpr!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + if( pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere, + pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, iCursor)!=0 ){ + continue; } - } - if( imaxLocal+23 ); - assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; - assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); - szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); + } + nn = pIdx->nKeyCol; + for(ii=0; iiazColl[ii]; + if( pIdx->aiColumn[ii]==XN_EXPR ){ + assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>ii ); + pExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[ii].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){ + sCol[0].pLeft = pExpr; + pExpr = &sCol[0]; + } }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; + sCol[0].pLeft = &sCol[1]; + sCol[1].iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[ii]; + pExpr = &sCol[0]; + } + for(jj=0; jja[jj].pExpr, pExpr,iCursor)<2 ){ + break; /* Column ii of the index matches column jj of target */ } } - nCell++; + if( jj>=nn ){ + /* The target contains no match for column jj of the index */ + break; + } + } + if( iipUpsertIdx = pIdx; + return SQLITE_OK; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON CONFLICT clause does not match any " + "PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } +/* +** Generate bytecode that does an UPDATE as part of an upsert. +** +** If pIdx is NULL, then the UNIQUE constraint that failed was the IPK. +** In this case parameter iCur is a cursor open on the table b-tree that +** currently points to the conflicting table row. Otherwise, if pIdx +** is not NULL, then pIdx is the constraint that failed and iCur is a +** cursor points to the conflicting row. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing and code-generating context */ + Upsert *pUpsert, /* The ON CONFLICT clause for the upsert */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being updated */ + Index *pIdx, /* The UNIQUE constraint that failed */ + int iCur /* Cursor for pIdx (or pTab if pIdx==NULL) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + SrcList *pSrc; /* FROM clause for the UPDATE */ + int iDataCur; + int i; + + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pUpsert!=0 ); + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin DO UPDATE of UPSERT")); + iDataCur = pUpsert->iDataCur; + if( pIdx && iCur!=iDataCur ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + int regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iCur, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iDataCur, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + int iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, k, iPk+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pIdx->zName, + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); + i = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iDataCur, 0, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, + "corrupt database", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, i); + } + } + /* pUpsert does not own pUpsertSrc - the outer INSERT statement does. So + ** we have to make a copy before passing it down into sqlite3Update() */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pUpsert->pUpsertSrc, 0); + /* excluded.* columns of type REAL need to be converted to a hard real */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, pUpsert->regData+i); } } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; + sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc, pUpsert->pUpsertSet, + pUpsert->pUpsertWhere, OE_Abort, 0, 0, pUpsert); + pUpsert->pUpsertSet = 0; /* Will have been deleted by sqlite3Update() */ + pUpsert->pUpsertWhere = 0; /* Will have been deleted by sqlite3Update() */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "End DO UPDATE of UPSERT")); +} - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( d0) or pPage is - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); +/* +** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, +** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command +** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: +** +** (1) Create a new transient database file +** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into +** the new transient database file +** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the +** original database. +** +** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately +** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of +** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal +** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. +** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the +** original database is required. Every page of the database is written +** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). +** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original +** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to +** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. +** +** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if +** the copy of step (3) were replaced by deleting the original database +** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will +** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. +** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the +** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted +** following reboot. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pNm, Expr *pInto){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iDb = 0; + if( v==0 ) goto build_vacuum_end; + if( pParse->nErr ) goto build_vacuum_end; + if( pNm ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 + /* Default behavior: Report an error if the argument to VACUUM is + ** not recognized */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pNm, pNm, &pNm); + if( iDb<0 ) goto build_vacuum_end; +#else + /* When SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 is defined, unrecognized arguments + ** to VACUUM are silently ignored. This is a back-out of a bug fix that + ** occurred on 2016-08-19 (https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/083f9e6270). + ** The buggy behavior is required for binary compatibility with some + ** legacy applications. */ + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(pParse->db, pNm); + if( iDb<0 ) iDb = 0; +#endif + } + if( iDb!=1 ){ + int iIntoReg = 0; + if( pInto && sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse,0,0,pInto,0)==0 ){ + iIntoReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pInto, iIntoReg); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, iDb, iIntoReg); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } +build_vacuum_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pInto); + return; +} - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", - apOld[0]->pgno, - nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, - nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 - )); +/* +** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3RunVacuum( + char **pzErrMsg, /* Write error message here */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + int iDb, /* Which attached DB to vacuum */ + sqlite3_value *pOut /* Write results here, if not NULL. VACUUM INTO */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ + Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ + Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ + u32 saved_mDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ + u64 saved_flags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ + int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ + int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ + u32 saved_openFlags; /* Saved value of db->openFlags */ + u8 saved_mTrace; /* Saved trace settings */ + Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ + int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ + int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ + int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ + const char *zDbMain; /* Schema name of database to vacuum */ + const char *zOut; /* Name of output file */ - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-12218-18073 */ + } + if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-15610-35227 */ + } + saved_openFlags = db->openFlags; + if( pOut ){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(pOut)!=SQLITE_TEXT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "non-text filename"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + zOut = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pOut); + db->openFlags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + db->openFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; + }else{ + zOut = ""; } - pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and + ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ + saved_flags = db->flags; + saved_mDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; + saved_nChange = db->nChange; + saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; + saved_mTrace = db->mTrace; + db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks; + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin | DBFLAG_Vacuum; + db->flags &= ~(u64)(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder + | SQLITE_Defensive | SQLITE_CountRows); + db->mTrace = 0; - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. + zDbMain = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; + pMain = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); + + /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma + ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash + ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a + ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before + ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. + ** + ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. + ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but + ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling + ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially + ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more + ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does + ** to write the journal header file. */ - while( inDb; + rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "ATTACH %Q AS vacuum_db", zOut); + db->openFlags = saved_openFlags; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + assert( (db->nDb-1)==nDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[nDb]; + assert( strcmp(pDb->zDbSName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + pTemp = pDb->pBt; + if( pOut ){ + sqlite3_file *id = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTemp)); + i64 sz = 0; + if( id->pMethods!=0 && (sqlite3OsFileSize(id, &sz)!=SQLITE_OK || sz>0) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "output file already exists"); + goto end_of_vacuum; + } + db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_VacuumInto; + } + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain); + + /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( db->nextPagesize ){ + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, iDb, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; } +#endif - /* - ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to - ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan - ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That - ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages - ** from the disk more rapidly. - ** - ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since - ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should - ** not be a problem. - ** - ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database - ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions. + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size); + sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0)); + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pTemp, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF|PAGER_CACHESPILL); + + /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database + ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, + ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. */ - for(i=0; ipgno; - int minI = i; - for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){ - minI = j; - minV = apNew[j]->pgno; - } - } - if( minI>i ){ - MemPage *pT; - pT = apNew[i]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, pOut==0 ? 2 : 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ + if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) + ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + db->nextPagesize = 0; } - TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); + if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) + || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) + || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto end_of_vacuum; + } - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : + sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#endif + + /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema + ** in the temporary database. */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); + db->init.iDb = nDb; /* force new CREATE statements into vacuum_db */ + rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='table'AND name<>'sqlite_sequence'" + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", + zDbMain + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='index'", + zDbMain + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + db->init.iDb = 0; - j = cntNew[i]; + /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do + ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy + ** the contents to the temporary database. + */ + rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.'||quote(name)" + "||' SELECT*FROM\"%w\".'||quote(name)" + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + "WHERE type='table'AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", + zDbMain + ); + assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0 ); + db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_Vacuum; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - assert( ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = pTemp; - sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - iOvflSpace += sz; - assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); - assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, + ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database + ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit + ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). + */ + { + u32 meta; + int i; - j++; - nxDiv++; - } - } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); - } + /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the + ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries + ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. + ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other + ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. + */ + static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { + BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ + BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ + BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ + BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ + BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ + }; - if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling - ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the - ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the - ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" - ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. - ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages - ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. - ** - ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented - ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This - ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database - ** image. */ - assert( nNew==1 ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == - (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) - ); - copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); - freePage(apNew[0], &rc); - }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. - ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to - ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but - ** many have not. The following is a summary: - ** - ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not - ** siblings when this function was called. These have already - ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were - ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care - ** of those. - ** - ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow - ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These - ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. - ** - ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of - ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. - ** - ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any - ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated - ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). - ** - ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map - ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need - ** to be updated. - ** - ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next - ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since - ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this - ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have - ** actually moved between pages. */ - MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; - MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; - int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; - int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1); - j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ - k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ - for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow; - if( pOld->nOverflow ){ - nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx; - } - isDivider = !leafData; - } - - assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1); - assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1); - if( i==iOverflow ){ - isDivider = 1; - if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ - iOverflow++; - } - } - - if( i==cntNew[k] ){ - /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new - ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an - ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ - pNew = apNew[++k]; - if( !leafData ) continue; - } - assert( jpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - if( !leafCorrection ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); - } - if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); - } - } + /* Copy Btree meta values */ + for(i=0; iaData[8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); - } + if( pOut==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pOut==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); } - -#if 0 - /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while - ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may - ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ - ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); - ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); #endif } - assert( pParent->isInit ); - TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", - nOld, nNew, nCell)); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( pOut==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); + } - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. +end_of_vacuum: + /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ + db->init.iDb = 0; + db->mDbFlags = saved_mDbFlags; + db->flags = saved_flags; + db->nChange = saved_nChange; + db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; + db->mTrace = saved_mTrace; + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + + /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum + ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file + ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction + ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the + ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager + ** is closed by the DETACH. */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlcipher3ScratchFree(apCell); - for(i=0; iautoCommit = 1; + + if( pDb ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; } + /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] + ** array. */ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ +/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is -** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). +** 2006 June 10 ** -** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root -** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child -** pointer pointing to the new page. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages -** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The -** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root -** page is also updated. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child -** page and SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required -** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, -** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. */ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ - - assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new - ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents - ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); - copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); - } - } - if( rc ){ - *ppChild = 0; - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; - } - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); - - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); - - /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ - memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; - - /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ - zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - *ppChild = pChild; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +/* +** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the +** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which +** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. +*/ +struct VtabCtx { + VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ + Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ + VtabCtx *pPrior; /* Parent context (if any) */ + int bDeclared; /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */ +}; /* -** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in -** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing -** routine. Balancing routines are: +** Construct and install a Module object for a virtual table. When this +** routine is called, it is guaranteed that all appropriate locks are held +** and the module is not already part of the connection. ** -** balance_quick() -** balance_deeper() -** balance_nonroot() +** If there already exists a module with zName, replace it with the new one. +** If pModule==0, then delete the module zName if it exists. */ -static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; - u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; - u8 *pFree = 0; - - TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); - TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); - - do { - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; - - if( iPage==0 ){ - if( pPage->nOverflow ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the - ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page - ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The - ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ - assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pCur->iPage = 1; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; - assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); - } - }else{ - break; - } - }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ - break; - }else{ - MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; - int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; - - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - if( pPage->hasData - && pPage->nOverflow==1 - && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell - && pParent->pgno!=1 - && pParent->nCell==iIdx - ){ - /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which - ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell - ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent - ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this - ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. - ** - ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a - ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this - ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse - ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. - */ - assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); - }else -#endif - { - /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells - ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves - ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to - ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop - ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** - ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. - ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by - ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, - ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() - ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been - ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new - ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). - */ - u8 *pSpace = sqlcipher3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); - rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1); - if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used - ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the - ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ - sqlcipher3PageFree(pFree); - } - - /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to - ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever - ** comes first. */ - pFree = pSpace; - } - } - - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; +SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + Module *pMod; + Module *pDel; + char *zCopy; + if( pModule==0 ){ + zCopy = (char*)zName; + pMod = 0; + }else{ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pMod = (Module *)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); + if( pMod==0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; } - }while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - - if( pFree ){ - sqlcipher3PageFree(pFree); + zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); + memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); + pMod->zName = zCopy; + pMod->pModule = pModule; + pMod->pAux = pAux; + pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pMod->pEpoTab = 0; + pMod->nRefModule = 1; } - return rc; + pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod); + if( pDel ){ + if( pDel==pMod ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pMod = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pDel); + sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(db, pDel); + } + } + return pMod; } - /* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to -** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already -** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative -** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or -** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than -** (pKey, nKey)). -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that -** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be -** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may -** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek -** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ - int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ +** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. +** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and +** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +*/ +static int createModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ - int rc; - int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ - int szNew = 0; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + (void)sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened - ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob - ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an - ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a - ** blob of associated data. */ - assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); +} - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob - ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace - ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); - } +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +} - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. - ** - ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For - ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer - ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlcipher3BtreeLast() to figure out the - ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the - ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes - ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without - ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important - ** not to clear the cursor here. - */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( !loc ){ - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); - if( rc ) return rc; +/* +** External API to drop all virtual-table modules, except those named +** on the azNames list. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_drop_modules(sqlite3 *db, const char** azNames){ + HashElem *pThis, *pNext; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + for(pThis=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); pThis; pThis=pNext){ + Module *pMod = (Module*)sqliteHashData(pThis); + pNext = sqliteHashNext(pThis); + if( azNames ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; azNames[ii]!=0 && strcmp(azNames[ii],pMod->zName)!=0; ii++){} + if( azNames[ii]!=0 ) continue; + } + createModule(db, pMod->zName, 0, 0, 0); } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( loc==0 ){ - u16 szOld; - assert( idxnCell ); - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); +/* +** Decrement the reference count on a Module object. Destroy the +** module when the reference count reaches zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ + assert( pMod->nRefModule>0 ); + pMod->nRefModule--; + if( pMod->nRefModule==0 ){ + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); + assert( pMod->pEpoTab==0 ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); } - insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); +} - /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() - ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move - ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey - ** variables. - ** - ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor - ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents - ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, - ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations - ** slightly faster. - ** - ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting - ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can - ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it - ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in - ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last - ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key - ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the - ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. - */ - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ - rc = balance(pCur); +/* +** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. +** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** +** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, +** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ + pVTab->nRef++; +} - /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. - ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() - ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); -end_insert: - return rc; +/* +** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + VTable *pVtab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); + return pVtab; } /* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. +** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count +** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ - unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ - int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - assert( pCur->wrFlag ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; - if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) - || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) - ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ - } + assert( db ); + assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); + assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); - /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, - ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); + pVTab->nRef--; + if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(pVTab->db, pVTab->pMod); + if( p ){ + p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } +} - iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; - iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; - pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; - pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); - - /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move - ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than - ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted - ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead - ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the - ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes - ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int notUsed; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); - if( rc ) return rc; - } +/* +** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the +** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with +** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +*/ +static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable *pRet = 0; + VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; + p->pVTable = 0; - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before - ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be - ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the - ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why + ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any + ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor - ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed - ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal - ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal - ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int nCell; - Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; - unsigned char *pTmp; + while( pVTable ){ + sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; + VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; + assert( db2 ); + if( db2==db ){ + pRet = pVTable; + p->pVTable = pRet; + pRet->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; + db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; + } + pVTable = pNext; + } - pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); - nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); + assert( !db || pRet ); + return pRet; +} - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; +/* +** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object +** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked +** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is +** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable +** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may +** be being used by other shared-cache connections). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable **ppVTab; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); - insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); - dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } + assert( IsVirtual(p) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, - ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first - ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is - ** never true. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then - ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to - ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly - ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may - ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm - ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the - ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has - ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as - ** well. */ - rc = balance(pCur); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ + if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ + VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; + *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + break; } - rc = balance(pCur); } - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } - return rc; } + /* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. +** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: +** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The +** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices +** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex +** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** +** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to +** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex +** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held +** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then +** the database handle mutex is held. +** +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ + VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; + db->pDisconnect = 0; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); + do { + VTable *pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); +} - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; +/* +** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. +** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table +** record. +** +** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); + if( p->azModuleArg ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ + if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); + } +} - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType = 0; - Pgno iPtrPage = 0; - - releasePage(pPageMove); +/* +** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. +** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The +** string will be freed automatically when the table is +** deleted. +*/ +static void addModuleArgument(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ + sqlite3_int64 nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(2+pTable->nModuleArg); + char **azModuleArg; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pTable->nModuleArg+3>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", pTable->zName); + } + azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); + if( azModuleArg==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); + }else{ + int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; + azModuleArg[i] = zArg; + azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; + pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; + } +} - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); - releasePage(pRoot); +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list +** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ + Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ + Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ + int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); + pTable = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTable==0 ) return; + assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } + db = pParse->db; - /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in - ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the - ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. - */ - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( NEVER(rc) ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } + assert( pTable->nModuleArg==0 ); + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTable, 0); + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); + assert( (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName2->z && pName2->z!=0) + || (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName1->z && pName2->z==0) + ); + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)( + &pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pParse->sNameToken.z + ); - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. + ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the + ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + */ + if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); /* The database the table is being created in */ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); } #endif - assert( sqlcipher3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ - ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; - }else{ - ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; - } - zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + +/* +** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating +** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the +** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +*/ +static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ + const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; + int n = pParse->sArg.n; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + addModuleArgument(pParse, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); + } } /* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. +** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement +** has been completely parsed. */ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ - int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } + if( pTab==0 ) return; + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the + ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text + ** in the sqlite_master table. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + char *zStmt; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; + int iReg; + Vdbe *v; + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ + if( pEnd ){ + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - }else if( pnChange ){ - assert( pPage->intKey ); - *pnChange += pPage->nCell; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - }else if( (rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + ** + ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an + ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** by sqlite3StartTable(). + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, + pTab->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, iReg, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg); } -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until + ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This + ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before + ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ + else { + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab); + if( pOld ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + } } /* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLCIPHER_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -** -** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The -** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of -** entries in the table. +** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token +** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable - ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is - ** a no-op). */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + pParse->sArg.n = 0; +} - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==rc ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); +/* +** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token +** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ + Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; + if( pArg->z==0 ){ + pArg->z = p->z; + pArg->n = p->n; + }else{ + assert(pArg->z <= p->z); + pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; } /* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLCIPHER_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. +** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The +** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter +** to this procedure. */ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ +static int vtabCallConstructor( + sqlite3 *db, + Table *pTab, + Module *pMod, + int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), + char **pzErr +){ + VtabCtx sCtx; + VTable *pVTable; int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; + int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; + char *zErr = 0; + char *zModuleName; + int iDb; + VtabCtx *pCtx; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */ + for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){ + if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName + ); + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - ** - ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. - */ - if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ - sqlcipher3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); - return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + zModuleName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName); + if( !zModuleName ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; + pVTable = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(VTable)); + if( !pVTable ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } + pVTable->db = db; + pVTable->pMod = pMod; - *piMoved = 0; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); + /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ + assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); + assert( xConstruct ); + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; + sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx; + sCtx.bDeclared = 0; + db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; + rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); + db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab ); - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( zErr==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); + }else { + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); + }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate + ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ + memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0])); + pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; + pMod->nRefModule++; + pVTable->nRef = 1; + if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){ + const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int iCol; + u8 oooHidden = 0; + /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". + ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from + ** the type string. */ + pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; + pTab->pVTable = pVTable; + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + char *zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol], ""); + int nType; + int i = 0; + nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + for(i=0; i0 ){ + assert(zType[i-1]==' '); + zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + oooHidden = TF_OOOHidden; + }else{ + pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden; } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlcipher3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. - ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt - ** database. - */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); } - return rc; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); + + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); return rc; } - /* -** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already -** has a read or write transaction open on the database. +** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** and an error left in pParse. ** -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. +** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *zMod; + Module *pMod; + int rc; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( SQLCIPHER_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); + assert( pTab ); + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } - *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); - /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum - ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; -#endif + if( !pMod ){ + const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char *zErr = 0; + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + pParse->rc = rc; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; } - /* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. +** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one +** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; +static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ + const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; + + /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ + if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ + VTable **aVTrans; + sqlite3_int64 nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab*)* + ((sqlite3_int64)db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); + aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); + if( !aVTrans ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } -#endif + memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; + + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* -** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the -** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. +** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should +** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). +*/ +static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ + db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. -** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database -** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. +** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language +** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. +** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ - i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ - int rc; /* Return code */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + Module *pMod; + const char *zMod; - if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - *pnEntry = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + assert( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pVTable ); - /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); + + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ - while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ + if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); + } - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then - ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter - ** accordingly. - */ - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ - nEntry += pPage->nCell; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to + ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); } + } - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it - ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of - ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The - ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell - ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page - ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. - ** - ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLCIPHER_OK to the - ** caller. - */ - if( pPage->leaf ){ - do { - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ - *pnEntry = nEntry; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + return rc; +} - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - } +/* +** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only +** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a +** virtual table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ + VtabCtx *pCtx; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + Parse sParse; - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently - ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). - */ - iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - }else{ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pCtx = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + pTab = pCtx->pTab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); + sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB; + sParse.db = db; + sParse.nQueryLoop = 1; + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + && sParse.pNewTable + && !db->mallocFailed + && !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect + && !IsVirtual(sParse.pNewTable) + ){ + if( !pTab->aCol ){ + Table *pNew = sParse.pNewTable; + Index *pIdx; + pTab->aCol = pNew->aCol; + pTab->nCol = pNew->nCol; + pTab->tabFlags |= pNew->tabFlags & (TF_WithoutRowid|TF_NoVisibleRowid); + pNew->nCol = 0; + pNew->aCol = 0; + assert( pTab->pIndex==0 ); + assert( HasRowid(pNew) || sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pNew)!=0 ); + if( !HasRowid(pNew) + && pCtx->pVTable->pMod->pModule->xUpdate!=0 + && sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pNew)->nKeyCol!=1 + ){ + /* WITHOUT ROWID virtual tables must either be read-only (xUpdate==0) + ** or else must have a single-column PRIMARY KEY */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pIdx = pNew->pIndex; + if( pIdx ){ + assert( pIdx->pNext==0 ); + pTab->pIndex = pIdx; + pNew->pIndex = 0; + pIdx->pTable = pTab; + } } + pCtx->bDeclared = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } + sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL; - /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ + if( sParse.pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, sParse.pNewTable); + sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); + + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } -#endif /* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs +** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** +** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Pager *sqlcipher3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); - } - if( zMsg1 ){ - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); - } - sqlcipher3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); + if( pTab!=0 && ALWAYS(pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ + VTable *p; + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *); + for(p=pTab->pVTable; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( p->pVtab ); + if( p->pVtab->nRef>0 ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); + xDestroy = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy; + assert( xDestroy!=0 ); /* Checked before the virtual table is created */ + pTab->nTabRef++; + rc = xDestroy(p->pVtab); + /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); + p->pVtab = 0; + pTab->pVTable = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); } + + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. +** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method +** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method +** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is +** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; +static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ + int i; + if( db->aVTrans ){ + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = aVTrans[i]; + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); + if( x ) x(p); + } + pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aVTrans); + db->nVTrans = 0; } - return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. +** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans +** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or +** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** +** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. */ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType = 0; - Pgno iPtrmapParent = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; + if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ + rc = x(pVtab); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + } } + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + return rc; +} - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } +/* +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlcipher3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: +** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface +** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is +** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. ** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. +** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer +** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. */ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ - i64 *pnParentMinKey, - i64 *pnParentMaxKey -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit = 0; - i64 nMinKey = 0; - i64 nMaxKey = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); - - /* Check that the page exists + /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater + ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; + if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; } - - /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in - ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; + if( !pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } + pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - /* Check out all the cells. - */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - u32 sz; - CellInfo info; - - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; - /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. - */ - else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; - else{ - if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); - } - nMaxKey = info.nKey; - } - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( (sz>info.nLocal) - && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) - ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } + if( pModule->xBegin ){ + int i; - /* Check sanity of left child page. - */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); + /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } - depth = d2; } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - } - - /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order - ** with any left/parent/right pages. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ - /* if we are a left child page */ - if( pnParentMinKey ){ - /* if we are the left most child page */ - if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - }else{ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iSvpt = db->nStatement + db->nSavepoint; + addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + if( iSvpt && pModule->xSavepoint ){ + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSvpt; + rc = pModule->xSavepoint(pVTab->pVtab, iSvpt-1); } - *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; - } - /* else if we're a right child page */ - } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); } } } + return rc; +} - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlcipher3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - if( hit==0 ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - }else{ - int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); - memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - while( i>0 ){ - int size, j; - assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); - assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - j = get2byte(&data[i]); - assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - i = j; - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; +/* +** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all +** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint +** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. +** +** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with +** an open transaction is invoked. +** +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this +** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); + assert( iSavepoint>=-1 ); + if( db->aVTrans ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; + if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ + int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); + switch( op ){ + case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: + xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; + break; + case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: + xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; + break; + default: + xMethod = pMod->xRelease; + break; + } + if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ + rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); + } + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); } } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } } - sqlcipher3PageFree(hit); - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. +** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The +** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. +** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual +** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. ** -** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling -** this function. +** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to +** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. ** -** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory -** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from -** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is -** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the +** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char *sqlcipher3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ + FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ ){ - Pgno i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - char zErr[100]; - - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - nRef = sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; - *pnErr = 0; - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - sCheck.anRef = sqlcipher3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); - if( !sCheck.anRef ){ - *pnErr = 1; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ - sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; - } - sqlcipher3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); - sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; + Table *pTab; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; + void *pArg = 0; + FuncDef *pNew; + int rc = 0; - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); + /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; + pTab = pExpr->y.pTab; + if( pTab==0 ) return pDef; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return pDef; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - /* Check all the tables. + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation + ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function. + ** + ** Though undocumented, we have historically always invoked xFindFunction + ** with an all lower-case function name. Continue in this tradition to + ** avoid any chance of an incompatibility. */ - for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + int i; + for(i=0; pDef->zName[i]; i++){ + unsigned char x = (unsigned char)pDef->zName[i]; + assert( x==sqlite3UpperToLower[x] ); } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); } - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } #endif + rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, pDef->zName, &xSFunc, &pArg); + if( rc==0 ){ + return pDef; } - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. - ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check - ** of the integrity check. - */ - if( NEVER(nRef != sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlcipher3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); + /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded + ** function */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return pDef; } + *pNew = *pDef; + pNew->zName = (const char*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy((char*)&pNew[1], pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); + pNew->xSFunc = xSFunc; + pNew->pUserData = pArg; + pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; + return pNew; +} - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlcipher3_free(sCheck.anRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; - return 0; +/* +** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] +** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the +** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine +** is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i, n; + Table **apVtabLock; + + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + } + n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); + apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + if( apVtabLock ){ + pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; + pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; + }else{ + sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); } - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlcipher3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - return sqlcipher3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. +** Check to see if virtual table module pMod can be have an eponymous +** virtual table instance. If it can, create one if one does not already +** exist. Return non-zero if the eponymous virtual table instance exists +** when this routine returns, and return zero if it does not exist. ** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +** An eponymous virtual table instance is one that is named after its +** module, and more importantly, does not require a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement in order to come into existance. Eponymous virtual table +** instances always exist. They cannot be DROP-ed. +** +** Any virtual table module for which xConnect and xCreate are the same +** method can have an eponymous virtual table instance. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlcipher3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse *pParse, Module *pMod){ + const sqlite3_module *pModule = pMod->pModule; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + int rc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pMod->pEpoTab ) return 1; + if( pModule->xCreate!=0 && pModule->xCreate!=pModule->xConnect ) return 0; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return 0; + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pMod->zName); + if( pTab->zName==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab); + return 0; + } + pMod->pEpoTab = pTab; + pTab->nTabRef = 1; + pTab->pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema; + assert( pTab->nModuleArg==0 ); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTab, 0); + addModuleArgument(pParse, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); + return 0; + } + return 1; } /* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +** Erase the eponymous virtual table instance associated with +** virtual table module pMod, if it exists. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlcipher3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ + Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab; + if( pTab!=0 ){ + /* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the + ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in + ** the schema. */ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + pMod->pEpoTab = 0; + } } /* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. +** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual +** table update operation currently in progress. +** +** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from +** within an xUpdate method. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + }; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); + assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); + assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); + return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL /* -** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open -** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior +** of the virtual table being implemented. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( p ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_LOCKED; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { + VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !p ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( p->pTab==0 || IsVirtual(p->pTab) ); + p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); + } + break; } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + break; } + va_end(ap); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file wherecode.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2015-06-06 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. +** +** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the +** size of where.c and make it easier to edit. This file contains the routines +** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code. The original where.c +** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of wherecode.c **************/ +/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013-11-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query +** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into +** a separate source file for easier editing. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WHEREINT_H +#define SQLITE_WHEREINT_H + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ extern int sqlite3WhereTrace; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) #endif +/* Forward references +*/ +typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; +typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; +typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; +typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; +typedef struct WherePath WherePath; +typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; +typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; +typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; +typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; +typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; + /* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. +** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested +** loop in WHERE clause. +** +** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the +** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. +** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of +** its elements. +** +** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for +** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the +** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines +** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and +** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} +struct WhereLevel { + int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ + int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ + int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ + int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ + int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ + int regBignull; /* big-null flag reg. True if a NULL-scan is needed */ + int addrBignull; /* Jump here for next part of big-null scan */ +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + u32 iLikeRepCntr; /* LIKE range processing counter register (times 2) */ + int addrLikeRep; /* LIKE range processing address */ +#endif + u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ + u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ + int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to end the loop */ + union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ + struct { + int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ + struct InLoop { + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ + int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ + int iBase; /* Base register of multi-key index record */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of prior entires in the key */ + u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ + } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ + } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ + Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ + } u; + struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ + Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + int addrVisit; /* Address at which row is visited */ +#endif +}; -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->nBackup!=0; -} +/* +** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one +** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least +** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints +** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the +** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a +** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with +** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. +** +** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop +** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with +** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies +** and that minimize the overall cost. +*/ +struct WhereLoop { + Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ + Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ +#endif + u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ + u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ + LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ + LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + union { + struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ + u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ + u16 nBtm; /* Size of BTM vector */ + u16 nTop; /* Size of TOP vector */ + u16 nDistinctCol; /* Index columns used to sort for DISTINCT */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ + } btree; + struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ + int idxNum; /* Index number */ + u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ + i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ + u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ + char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ + } vtab; + } u; + u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ + u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of NULL aLTerm[] entries */ + /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ +# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) + u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ + WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ + WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ + WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[3]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ +}; + +/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a +** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. +** See WhereOrSet for additional information +*/ +struct WhereOrCost { + Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ + LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ +}; + +/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that +** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the +** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. +*/ +#define N_OR_COST 3 +struct WhereOrSet { + u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ + WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ +}; /* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. +** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects +** that implement some or all of a query plan. +** +** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs +** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is +** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a +** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not +** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) +** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some +** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. +** +** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length +** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects +** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the +** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath +** at the end is the chosen query plan. +*/ +struct WherePath { + Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ + Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ + LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ + LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */ + i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ + WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ +}; + +/* +** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to +** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE +** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, +** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. ** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** The following identity holds: ** -** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been -** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been -** allocated, it is returned as normal. +** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm ** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlcipher3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. +** When a term is of the form: +** +** X +** +** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, +** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the +** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records +** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The +** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search +** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** +** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** +** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** +** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR +** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that +** is collected about the OR clause. +** +** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous +** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set +** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately +** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** +** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, +** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates +** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq +** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of +** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be +** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor +** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet +** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers +** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available +** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers +** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** +** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits +** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite +** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} +struct WhereTerm { + Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ + LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ + u16 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ + u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ + u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ + u8 eMatchOp; /* Op for vtab MATCH/LIKE/GLOB/REGEXP terms */ + int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ + int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ + int iField; /* Field in (?,?,?) IN (SELECT...) vector */ + union { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ + } u; + Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ +}; /* -** Return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlcipher_master table. Otherwise SQLCIPHER_OK. +** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || rc==SQLCIPHER_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} +#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ +#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ +#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ +#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ +#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ +#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ +#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#else +# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat4 */ +#endif +#define TERM_LIKEOPT 0x100 /* Virtual terms from the LIKE optimization */ +#define TERM_LIKECOND 0x200 /* Conditionally this LIKE operator term */ +#define TERM_LIKE 0x400 /* The original LIKE operator */ +#define TERM_IS 0x800 /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */ +#define TERM_VARSELECT 0x1000 /* Term.pExpr contains a correlated sub-query */ +#define TERM_NOPARTIDX 0x2000 /* Not for use to enable a partial index */ + +/* +** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating +** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. +*/ +struct WhereScan { + WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ + const char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ + Expr *pIdxExpr; /* Search for this index expression */ + char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ + unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ + unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ + u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ + int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ + int aiCur[11]; /* Cursors in the equivalence class */ + i16 aiColumn[11]; /* Corresponding column number in the eq-class */ +}; +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a +** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. +** +** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form +** +** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f +** +** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for +** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the +** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. +*/ +struct WhereClause { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ + u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ + u8 hasOr; /* True if any a[].eOperator is WO_OR */ + int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ + int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ + WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) + WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#else + WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#endif +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); - if( p->sharable ){ - u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; - assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); +struct WhereOrInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ +}; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereAndInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping +** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to -** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with -** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, -** no modifications are made and SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT is returned. +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might +** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum +** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping +** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning +** with 0. +** +** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask +** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, +** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It +** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor +** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain +** no gaps. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle ); +struct WhereMaskSet { + int bVarSelect; /* Used by sqlite3WhereExprUsage() */ + int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ + int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ +}; - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ABORT; - } +/* +** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object +*/ +#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 - /* Check some assumptions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, - ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), - ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and - ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ - return SQLCIPHER_READONLY; - } - assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); - assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); +/* +** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed +** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. +*/ +struct WhereLoopBuilder { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ + WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ + int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ +#endif + unsigned int bldFlags; /* SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */ + unsigned int iPlanLimit; /* Search limiter */ +}; - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); -} +/* Allowed values for WhereLoopBuider.bldFlags */ +#define SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */ +#define SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */ -/* -** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the -** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened -** for incremental blob IO only. +/* The WhereLoopBuilder.iPlanLimit is used to limit the number of +** index+constraint combinations the query planner will consider for a +** particular query. If this parameter is unlimited, then certain +** pathological queries can spend excess time in the sqlite3WhereBegin() +** routine. The limit is high enough that is should not impact real-world +** queries. ** -** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache -** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function -** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlcipher3BtreeData() and -** sqlcipher3BtreePutData()). +** SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT is the baseline limit. The limit is +** increased by SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR before each term of the FROM +** clause is processed, so that every table in a join is guaranteed to be +** able to propose a some index+constraint combinations even if the initial +** baseline limit was exhausted by prior tables of the join. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT +# define SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT 20000 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR +# define SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR 1000 #endif /* -** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and -** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database -** header to iVersion. +** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The +** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second +** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of +** this structure is returned by the first half and passed +** into the second half to give some continuity. +** +** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query +** planner. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); - - /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the - ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. - */ - pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1); - - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; - if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; - aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; - } - } - } - } - - pBt->doNotUseWAL = 0; - return rc; -} +struct WhereInfo { + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set of the query */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The complete WHERE clause */ + LogEst iLimit; /* LIMIT if wctrlFlags has WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ + int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ + int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ + i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ + u8 eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */ + u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ + u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values */ + u8 bOrderedInnerLoop; /* True if only the inner-most loop is ordered */ + int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ + WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ + Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ + LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ + WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ +}; -/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2009 January 28 +** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlcipher3_backup_XXX() -** API functions and the related features. +** where.c: */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +); -/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. -*/ -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +/* wherecode.c: */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +); +#else +# define sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(u,v,w,x) 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( + Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ + SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ + WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ + int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ +); +#else +# define sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(a, b, c, d) ((void)d) #endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Vdbe *v, /* Prepared statement under construction */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The current level pointer */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +); -/* -** Structure allocated for each backup operation. -*/ -struct sqlcipher3_backup { - sqlcipher3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ - Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ - u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ - int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ +/* whereexpr.c: */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(WhereClause*,WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause*,Expr*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereClause*); - Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ - sqlcipher3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ - Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ - int rc; /* Backup process error code */ - /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are - ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). - */ - Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ - Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ - int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ - sqlcipher3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ -}; /* -** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: -** -** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlcipher3_backup -** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: -** -** * Via the sqlcipher3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and -** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared -** structure, in that order. -** -** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are -** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in -** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always -** be held when either of these functions are invoked. -** -** The other sqlcipher3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and -** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called -** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), -** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to -** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() -** or backup_pagecount(). +** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all +** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An +** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for +** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. ** -** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or -** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. -** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have -** associated mutexes. +** Value constraints: +** WO_EQ == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ +** WO_LT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT +** WO_LE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE +** WO_GT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT +** WO_GE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE */ +#define WO_IN 0x0001 +#define WO_EQ 0x0002 +#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_AUX 0x0040 /* Op useful to virtual tables only */ +#define WO_IS 0x0080 +#define WO_ISNULL 0x0100 +#define WO_OR 0x0200 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ +#define WO_AND 0x0400 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +#define WO_EQUIV 0x0800 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ +#define WO_NOOP 0x1000 /* This term does not restrict search space */ + +#define WO_ALL 0x1fff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ +#define WO_SINGLE 0x01ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ + +/* +** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. +** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to +** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. +*/ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* xEXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ +#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and xaiColumn[i]; + if( i==XN_EXPR ) return ""; + if( i==XN_ROWID ) return "rowid"; + return pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName; +} /* -** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") -** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return -** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. +** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below ** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an -** error message to pErrorDb. +** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term +** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. +** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent +** terms only. */ -static Btree *findBtree(sqlcipher3 *pErrorDb, sqlcipher3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ - int i = sqlcipher3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); +static void explainAppendTerm( + StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to read column names from */ + int nTerm, /* Number of terms */ + int iTerm, /* Zero-based index of first term. */ + int bAnd, /* Non-zero to append " AND " */ + const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ +){ + int i; - if( i==1 ){ - Parse *pParse; - int rc = 0; - pParse = sqlcipher3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - sqlcipher3Error(pErrorDb, SQLCIPHER_NOMEM, "out of memory"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - pParse->db = pDb; - if( sqlcipher3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - sqlcipher3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); - } - if( rc ){ - return 0; - } - } + assert( nTerm>=1 ); + if( bAnd ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " AND ", 5); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlcipher3Error(pErrorDb, SQLCIPHER_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); - return 0; + if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "(", 1); + for(i=0; i1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); - return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, zOp, 1); + + if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "(", 1); + for(i=0; i1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); } /* -** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size -** of the source. +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table +** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression. +** +** For example, if the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** +** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a +** string similar to: +** +** "a=? AND b>?" */ -static int setDestPgsz(sqlcipher3_backup *p){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); - return rc; +static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){ + Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + u16 nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; + int i, j; + + if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return; + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " (", 2); + for(i=0; i=nSkip ? "%s=?" : "ANY(%s)", z); + } + + j = i; + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm, j, i, ">"); + i = 1; + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nTop, j, i, "<"); + } + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); } /* -** Create an sqlcipher3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from -** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return -** a pointer to the new sqlcipher3_backup object. +** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was +** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode +** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel. ** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message -** stored in database handle pDestDb. +** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned. +** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_backup *sqlcipher3_backup_init( - sqlcipher3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ - const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ - sqlcipher3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ - const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ ){ - sqlcipher3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ + int ret = 0; +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) + if( sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->explain==2 ) +#endif + { + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ + u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ + char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ + StrAccum str; /* EQP output string */ + char zBuf[100]; /* Initial space for EQP output string */ - /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database - ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in - ** sqlcipher3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no - ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration - ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination - ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause - ** a malfunction or a deadlock. - */ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + flags = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ) return 0; - if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3Error( - pDestDb, SQLCIPHER_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" - ); - p = 0; - }else { - /* Allocate space for a new sqlcipher3_backup object... - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlcipher3_backup object is created by a - ** call to sqlcipher3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to - ** sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). */ - p = (sqlcipher3_backup *)sqlcipher3_malloc(sizeof(sqlcipher3_backup)); - if( !p ){ - sqlcipher3Error(pDestDb, SQLCIPHER_NOMEM, 0); + isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 + || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) + || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + sqlite3_str_appendall(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN"); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " SUBQUERY %u", pItem->pSelect->selId); + }else{ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName); } - } - /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlcipher3_backup)); - p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); - p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); - p->pDestDb = pDestDb; - p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; - p->iNext = 1; - p->isAttached = 0; + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){ + const char *zFmt = 0; + Index *pIdx; - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM - ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the - ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the - ** sqlcipher3_backup structure. - */ - sqlcipher3_free(p); - p = 0; + assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ); + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); + if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( isSearch ){ + zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY"; + } + }else if( flags & WHERE_PARTIALIDX ){ + zFmt = "AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ + zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ + zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s"; + }else{ + zFmt = "INDEX %s"; + } + if( zFmt ){ + sqlite3_str_append(&str, " USING ", 7); + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, zFmt, pIdx->zName); + explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop); + } + }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ + const char *zRangeOp; + if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ + zRangeOp = "="; + }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ + zRangeOp = ">? AND rowid<"; + }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + zRangeOp = ">"; + }else{ + assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT); + zRangeOp = "<"; + } + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, + " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp); } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", + pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS + if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " (~%llu rows)", + sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut)); + }else{ + sqlite3_str_append(&str, " (~1 row)", 9); + } +#endif + zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str); + sqlite3ExplainBreakpoint("",zMsg); + ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v), + pParse->addrExplain, 0, zMsg,P4_DYNAMIC); } - if( p ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup++; - } - - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); - return p; + return ret; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS /* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is -** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors -** are considered fatal except for SQLCIPHER_BUSY and SQLCIPHER_LOCKED. +** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to +** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM +** clause that the scan reads data from. +** +** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an +** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop. */ -static int isFatalError(int rc){ - return (rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLCIPHER_LOCKED)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( + Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ + SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ + WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ + int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ +){ + const char *zObj = 0; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLvl->pWLoop; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + zObj = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName; + }else{ + zObj = pSrclist->a[pLvl->iFrom].zName; + } + sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( + v, addrExplain, pLvl->addrBody, pLvl->addrVisit, pLoop->nOut, zObj + ); } - -/* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the -** destination database. -*/ -static int backupOnePage(sqlcipher3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pDest); - const int nSrcPgsz = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - int nDestPgsz = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); - const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - int nSrcReserve = sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc); - int nDestReserve = sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest); #endif - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - i64 iOff; - - assert( p->bDestLocked ); - assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); - assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); - assert( zSrcData ); - /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlcipher3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; +/* +** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term +** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON +** or USING clause of that join. +** +** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: +** +** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' +** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** +** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates +** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part +** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. +** +** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop +** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied +** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner +** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, +** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much +** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get +** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. +** +** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also +** automatically disabled. In this way, terms get disabled if derived +** virtual terms are tested first. For example: +** +** x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd' +** \___________/ \______/ \_____/ +** parent child1 child2 +** +** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1 +** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of +** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be +** skipped. +** +** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent +** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead. +** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside +** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a +** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings. +*/ +static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + int nLoop = 0; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + while( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 + && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 + ){ + if( nLoop && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKE)!=0 ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKECOND; + }else{ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break; + pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + pTerm->nChild--; + if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break; + nLoop++; } +} -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing - ** and a codec is in use. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlcipher3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; +/* +** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff +** to the n registers starting at base. +** +** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB and SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which +** are no-ops) at the beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries +** in zAff are SQLITE_AFF_BLOB or SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. +** +** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free +** to modify zAff after this routine returns. +*/ +static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( zAff==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return; } + assert( v!=0 ); - /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ - ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to - ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, - ** then the backup cannot proceed. + /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_BLOB and SQLITE_AFF_NONE + ** entries at the beginning and end of the affinity string. */ - if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ - u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && (int)newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; + assert( SQLITE_AFF_NONE0 && zAff[0]<=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + n--; + base++; + zAff++; } -#endif - - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source - ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset - ** of the destination page. - */ - for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = sqlcipher3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) - && SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = sqlcipher3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) - ){ - const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; - u8 *zDestData = sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pDestPg); - u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; - - /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. - ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module - ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte - ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked - ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. - */ - memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); - ((u8 *)sqlcipher3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; - } - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pDestPg); + while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]<=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + n--; } - return rc; + /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, base, n, 0, zAff, n); + } } /* -** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to -** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then -** this function is a no-op. +** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is +** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression. +** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied +** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the +** affinity string to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB if either: ** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error -** code if an error occurs. +** * the comparison will be performed with no affinity, or +** * the affinity change in zAff is guaranteed not to change the value. */ -static int backupTruncateFile(sqlcipher3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ - i64 iCurrent; - int rc = sqlcipher3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); +static void updateRangeAffinityStr( + Expr *pRight, /* RHS of comparison */ + int n, /* Number of vector elements in comparison */ + char *zAff /* Affinity string to modify */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipSrc) ); - pp = sqlcipher3PagerBackupPtr(sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - p->pNext = *pp; - *pp = p; - p->isAttached = 1; +static Expr *removeUnindexableInClauseTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iEq, /* Look at loop terms starting here */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The current loop */ + Expr *pX /* The IN expression to be reduced */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pX, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + ExprList *pOrigRhs = pNew->x.pSelect->pEList; /* Original unmodified RHS */ + ExprList *pOrigLhs = pNew->pLeft->x.pList; /* Original unmodified LHS */ + ExprList *pRhs = 0; /* New RHS after modifications */ + ExprList *pLhs = 0; /* New LHS after mods */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Select *pSelect; /* Pointer to the SELECT on the RHS */ + + for(i=iEq; inLTerm; i++){ + if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ + int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1; + if( pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr==0 ) continue; /* Duplicate PK column */ + pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr); + pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0; + assert( pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr!=0 ); + pLhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pLhs, pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr); + pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0; + } + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigRhs); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigLhs); + pNew->pLeft->x.pList = pLhs; + pNew->x.pSelect->pEList = pRhs; + if( pLhs && pLhs->nExpr==1 ){ + /* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a + ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some + ** of the subroutines do not handle this case. */ + Expr *p = pLhs->a[0].pExpr; + pLhs->a[0].pExpr = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pNew->pLeft); + pNew->pLeft = p; + } + pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect; + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the + ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an + ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the + ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may + ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer + ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, + ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */ + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + } + } + +#if 0 + printf("For indexing, change the IN expr:\n"); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pX, 0); + printf("Into:\n"); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pNew, 0); +#endif + } + return pNew; } + /* -** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. +** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** coded. +** +** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index +** of which is returned. An attempt is made store the result in iTarget but +** this is only guaranteed for TK_ISNULL and TK_IN constraints. If the +** constraint is a TK_EQ or TK_IS, then the current value might be left in +** some other register and it is the caller's responsibility to compensate. +** +** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated in +** straight-line code. For constraints of the form X IN (...) +** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_step(sqlcipher3_backup *p, int nPage){ - int rc; - int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ - int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ - int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ +static int codeEqualityTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ + int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ + int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ + int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iReg; /* Register holding results */ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } + assert( pLevel->pWLoop->aLTerm[iEq]==pTerm ); + assert( iTarget>0 ); + if( pX->op==TK_EQ || pX->op==TK_IS ){ + iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); + }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ + iReg = iTarget; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + }else{ + int eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; + int iTab; + struct InLoop *pIn; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + int i; + int nEq = 0; + int *aiMap = 0; - rc = p->rc; - if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ - Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ - int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] + ){ + testcase( iEq==0 ); + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + iReg = iTarget; - /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return - ** SQLCIPHER_BUSY immediately. - */ - if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; + for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] && pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iTarget; + } + } + for(i=iEq;inLTerm; i++){ + assert( pLoop->aLTerm[i]!=0 ); + if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ) nEq++; } - /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 - && SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) - ){ - p->bDestLocked = 1; - sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); + iTab = 0; + if( (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || pX->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr==1 ){ + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, 0, &iTab); + }else{ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pX = removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(pParse, iEq, pLoop, pX); + + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*nEq); + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, aiMap, &iTab); + pTerm->pExpr->iTable = iTab; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pX); + pX = pTerm->pExpr; } - /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open - ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed - ** before this function exits. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && 0==sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); - bCloseTrans = 1; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); - /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode - ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ - pgszSrc = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - pgszDest = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - destMode = sqlcipher3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pDest)); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_READONLY; + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; + if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ + pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); } - - /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the - ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. - */ - nSrcPage = (int)sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); - assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); - for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ - const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ - if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ - DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlcipher3PagerGetData(pSrcPg)); - sqlcipher3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); + + i = pLevel->u.in.nIn; + pLevel->u.in.nIn += nEq; + pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, + sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); + pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; + if( pIn ){ + int iMap = 0; /* Index in aiMap[] */ + pIn += i; + for(i=iEq;inLTerm; i++){ + if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ + int iOut = iReg + i - iEq; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iOut); + }else{ + int iCol = aiMap ? aiMap[iMap++] : 0; + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v,OP_Column,iTab, iCol, iOut); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iOut); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( i==iEq ){ + pIn->iCur = iTab; + pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + if( iEq>0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + pIn->iBase = iReg - i; + pIn->nPrefix = i; + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT; + }else{ + pIn->nPrefix = 0; + } + }else{ + pIn->eEndLoopOp = OP_Noop; + } + pIn++; } } - p->iNext++; - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; - p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; - if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; - }else if( !p->isAttached ){ - attachBackupObject(p); - } + }else{ + pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; } - - /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This - ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in - ** the case where the source and destination databases have the - ** same schema version. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1); - } - if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); - } - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int nDestTruncate; - /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination - ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. - ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, - ** round up. In this case the call to sqlcipher3OsTruncate() below will - ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlcipher3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the - ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are - ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed - ** by the file truncation. - */ - assert( pgszSrc==sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); - assert( pgszDest==sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); - if( pgszSrcpDest->pBt) ){ - nDestTruncate--; - } - }else{ - nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); - } - sqlcipher3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap); +#endif + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iReg; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an +** index scan. +** +** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). +** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 +** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate +** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored +** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. +** +** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value +** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. +** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and +** compute the affinity string. +** +** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints +** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is +** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that +** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. +** +** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns +** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that +** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for +** start and termination conditions of the loop. +** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then +** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal +** use. +** +** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a +** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using +** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated +** with equality constraints that use BLOB or NONE affinity are set to +** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); +** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; +** +** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since +** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has BLOB/NONE affinity, +** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of +** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity +** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. +*/ +static int codeAllEqualityTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ + int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ + int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ + char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ +){ + u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int regBase; /* Base register */ + int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ + char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - if( pgszSrcpWLoop; + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); - assert( pFile ); - assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || ( - nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) - && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest - )); + /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. + */ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; + pParse->nMem += nReg; - /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original - ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the - ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify - ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure - ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the - ** journal file. */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); + zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx)); + assert( zAff!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ - iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); - for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; - rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && iOffiIdxCur; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); + j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), + iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j))); + } + } - /* Sync the database file to disk. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerSync(pDestPager); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); + /* Evaluate the equality constraints + */ + assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); + for(j=nSkip; jaLTerm[j]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ + testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); + if( r1!=regBase+j ){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); + regBase = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + } + } + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ + /* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value + ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The + ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the + ** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */ + if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_IS)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } - - /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==rc - && SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0)) - ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } } } - - /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction - ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is - ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as - ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. - */ - if( bCloseTrans ){ - TESTONLY( int rc2 ); - TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); - TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); - assert( rc2==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - } - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - p->rc = rc; - } - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - return rc; + *pzAff = zAff; + return regBase; } +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS /* -** Release all resources associated with an sqlcipher3_backup* handle. +** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint +** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then +** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast +** to a BLOB at appropriate times. +** +** The LIKE optimization trys to evaluate "x LIKE 'abc%'" as a range +** expression: "x>='ABC' AND x<'abd'". But this requires that the range +** scan loop run twice, once for strings and a second time for BLOBs. +** The OP_String opcodes on the second pass convert the upper and lower +** bound string constants to blobs. This routine makes the necessary changes +** to the OP_String opcodes for that to happen. +** +** Except, of course, if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS is defined, then +** only the one pass through the string space is required, so this routine +** becomes a no-op. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_finish(sqlcipher3_backup *p){ - sqlcipher3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex; ) /* Mutex to protect source database */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - - /* Enter the mutexes */ - if( p==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex; ) - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - - /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup--; - } - if( p->isAttached ){ - pp = sqlcipher3PagerBackupPtr(sqlcipher3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - while( *pp!=p ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = p->pNext; - } - - /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ - sqlcipher3BtreeRollback(p->pDest); - - /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ - rc = (p->rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE) ? SQLCIPHER_OK : p->rc; - sqlcipher3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); - - /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlcipher3_backup object is created by a - ** call to sqlcipher3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to - ** sqlcipher3_backup_finish(). */ - sqlcipher3_free(p); +static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup( + Vdbe *v, /* prepared statement under construction */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The loop that contains the LIKE operator */ + WhereTerm *pTerm /* The upper or lower bound just coded */ +){ + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + assert( pOp!=0 ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 + || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */ + pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */ } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; } +#else +# define whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(A,B,C) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS /* -** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent -** call to sqlcipher3_backup_step(). +** Information is passed from codeCursorHint() down to individual nodes of +** the expression tree (by sqlite3WalkExpr()) using an instance of this +** structure. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_remaining(sqlcipher3_backup *p){ - return p->nRemaining; -} +struct CCurHint { + int iTabCur; /* Cursor for the main table */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the index, if pIdx!=0. Unused otherwise */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index used to access the table */ +}; /* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most -** recent call to sqlcipher3_backup_step(). +** This function is called for every node of an expression that is a candidate +** for a cursor hint on an index cursor. For TK_COLUMN nodes that reference +** the table CCurHint.iTabCur, verify that the same column can be +** accessed through the index. If it cannot, then set pWalker->eCode to 1. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount(sqlcipher3_backup *p){ - return p->nPagecount; +static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; + assert( pHint->pIdx!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iTable==pHint->iTabCur + && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0 + ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + } + return WRC_Continue; } /* -** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been -** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the -** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs -** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is -** complete. +** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause, +** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs +** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the +** expression is not suitable. ** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. +** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if +** a TK_COLUMN node that does affect the value of the expression is set +** to NULL. For example: +** +** col IS NULL +** col IS NOT NULL +** coalesce(col, 1) +** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BackupUpdate(sqlcipher3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ - sqlcipher3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ - /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it - ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy - ** the new data into the backup. - */ - int rc; - assert( p->pDestDb ); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY && rc!=SQLCIPHER_LOCKED ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - } +static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_IS + || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT + || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE + ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ + int d1; + char d2[4]; + if( 0==sqlite3IsLikeFunction(pWalker->pParse->db, pExpr, &d1, d2) ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; } } + + return WRC_Continue; } + /* -** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer -** detects that the database has been modified by an external database -** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still -** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. +** This function is called on every node of an expression tree used as an +** argument to the OP_CursorHint instruction. If the node is a TK_COLUMN +** that accesses any table other than the one identified by +** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following: ** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. +** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read +** the specified column into the new register, and +** +** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads +** from the newly populated register. +** +** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified +** by pCCurHint.iTabCur, and an index is being used (which we will +** know because CCurHint.pIdx!=0) then transform the TK_COLUMN into +** an access of the index rather than the original table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BackupRestart(sqlcipher3_backup *pBackup){ - sqlcipher3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - p->iNext = 1; +static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int rc = WRC_Continue; + struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + if( pExpr->iTable!=pHint->iTabCur ){ + int reg = ++pWalker->pParse->nMem; /* Register for column value */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, reg); + pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; + pExpr->iTable = reg; + }else if( pHint->pIdx!=0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = pHint->iIdxCur; + pExpr->iColumn = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ); + } + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + /* An aggregate function in the WHERE clause of a query means this must + ** be a correlated sub-query, and expression pExpr is an aggregate from + ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case. + ** + ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER + ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a + ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */ + rc = WRC_Prune; } + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM /* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the -** transaction is committed before returning. +** Insert an OP_CursorHint instruction if it is appropriate to do so. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ - sqlcipher3_backup b; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pFrom); +static void codeCursorHint( + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem, /* FROM clause item */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The where clause */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which loop to provide hints for */ + WhereTerm *pEndRange /* Hint this end-of-scan boundary term if not NULL */ +){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Expr *pExpr = 0; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + int iCur; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int i, j; + struct CCurHint sHint; + Walker sWalker; + + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_CursorHints) ) return; + iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + assert( iCur==pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); + sHint.iTabCur = iCur; + sHint.iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + sHint.pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker)); + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.u.pCCurHint = &sHint; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ + pTerm = &pWC->a[i]; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); - pFd = sqlcipher3PagerFile(sqlcipher3BtreePager(pTo)); - if( pFd->pMethods ){ - i64 nByte = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); - sqlcipher3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); - } + /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT + ** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted + ** from the cursor-hint. + ** + ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms + ** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded. + ** This is to address the following: + ** + ** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL; + ** + ** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its + ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is + ** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing + ** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the + ** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect. + ** + ** For the same reason, WHERE terms such as: + ** + ** WHERE 1 = (t2.c IS NULL) + ** + ** are also excluded. See codeCursorHintIsOrFunction() for details. + */ + if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor + ){ + sWalker.eCode = 0; + sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintIsOrFunction; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr); + if( sWalker.eCode ) continue; + } + }else{ + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; + } - /* Set up an sqlcipher3_backup object. sqlcipher3_backup.pDestDb must be set - ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlcipher3_backup_step() - ** and sqlcipher3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called - ** from this function, not directly by the user. - */ - memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); - b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; - b.pSrc = pFrom; - b.pDest = pTo; - b.iNext = 1; + /* All terms in pWLoop->aLTerm[] except pEndRange are used to initialize + ** the cursor. These terms are not needed as hints for a pure range + ** scan (that has no == terms) so omit them. */ + if( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==0 && pTerm!=pEndRange ){ + for(j=0; jnLTerm && pLoop->aLTerm[j]!=pTerm; j++){} + if( jnLTerm ) continue; + } - /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database - ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlcipher3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes - ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLCIPHER_DONE - ** or an error code. - */ - sqlcipher3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); - assert( b.rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - rc = sqlcipher3_backup_finish(&b); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0; - }else{ - sqlcipher3PagerClearCache(sqlcipher3BtreePager(b.pDest)); - } + /* No subqueries or non-deterministic functions allowed */ + if( sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(pTerm->pExpr) ) continue; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pTo); - return rc; + /* For an index scan, make sure referenced columns are actually in + ** the index. */ + if( sHint.pIdx!=0 ){ + sWalker.eCode = 0; + sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintCheckExpr; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr); + if( sWalker.eCode ) continue; + } + + /* If we survive all prior tests, that means this term is worth hinting */ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pExpr, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTerm->pExpr, 0)); + } + if( pExpr!=0 ){ + sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, + (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0, + (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR); + } } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM */ +#else +# define codeCursorHint(A,B,C,D) /* No-op */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */ -/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2004 May 26 +** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains +** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This +** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the +** rowid stored in register iRowid. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** Normally, this is just: ** -************************************************************************* +** OP_DeferredSeek $iCur $iRowid ** -** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" -** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible -** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the -** name sqlcipher_value +** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and +** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek +** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers +** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open +** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the +** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column +** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0. */ +static void codeDeferredSeek( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Where clause context */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index scan is using */ + int iCur, /* Cursor for IPK b-tree */ + int iIdxCur /* Index cursor */ +){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parse context */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe to generate code within */ -/* -** Call sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. -*/ -#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) + assert( iIdxCur>0 ); + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 ); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur); + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) + && DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask) + ){ + int i; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1)); + if( ai ){ + ai[0] = pTab->nCol; + for(i=0; inColumn-1; i++){ + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]nCol ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ) ai[pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1] = i+1; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)ai, P4_INTARRAY); + } + } +} /* -** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine -** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is -** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE or SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE. +** If the expression passed as the second argument is a vector, generate +** code to write the first nReg elements of the vector into an array +** of registers starting with iReg. ** -** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string -** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this -** routine is a no-op. +** If the expression is not a vector, then nReg must be passed 1. In +** this case, generate code to evaluate the expression and leave the +** result in register iReg. +*/ +static void codeExprOrVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int iReg, int nReg){ + assert( nReg>0 ); + if( p && sqlite3ExprIsVector(p) ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( (p->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iSelect; + assert( p->op==TK_SELECT ); + iSelect = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, iSelect, iReg, nReg-1); + }else +#endif + { + int i; + ExprList *pList = p->x.pList; + assert( nReg<=pList->nExpr ); + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr, iReg+i); + } + } + }else{ + assert( nReg==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p, iReg); + } +} + +/* An instance of the IdxExprTrans object carries information about a +** mapping from an expression on table columns into a column in an index +** down through the Walker. +*/ +typedef struct IdxExprTrans { + Expr *pIdxExpr; /* The index expression */ + int iTabCur; /* The cursor of the corresponding table */ + int iIdxCur; /* The cursor for the index */ + int iIdxCol; /* The column for the index */ +} IdxExprTrans; + +/* The walker node callback used to transform matching expressions into +** a reference to an index column for an index on an expression. ** -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). -** SQLCIPHER_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion -** between formats. +** If pExpr matches, then transform it into a reference to the index column +** that contains the value of pExpr. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ - int rc; - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( desiredEnc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE - || desiredEnc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); - if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int whereIndexExprTransNode(Walker *p, Expr *pExpr){ + IdxExprTrans *pX = p->u.pIdxTrans; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExpr, pX->pIdxExpr, pX->iTabCur)==0 ){ + pExpr->affExpr = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pExpr->iTable = pX->iIdxCur; + pExpr->iColumn = pX->iIdxCol; + pExpr->y.pTab = 0; + return WRC_Prune; + }else{ + return WRC_Continue; } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; -#else +} - /* MemTranslate() may return SQLCIPHER_OK or SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, - ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM); - assert(rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); - return rc; -#endif +/* +** For an indexes on expression X, locate every instance of expression X +** in pExpr and change that subexpression into a reference to the appropriate +** column of the index. +*/ +static void whereIndexExprTrans( + Index *pIdx, /* The Index */ + int iTabCur, /* Cursor of the table that is being indexed */ + int iIdxCur, /* Cursor of the index itself */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo /* Transform expressions in this WHERE clause */ +){ + int iIdxCol; /* Column number of the index */ + ExprList *aColExpr; /* Expressions that are indexed */ + Walker w; + IdxExprTrans x; + aColExpr = pIdx->aColExpr; + if( aColExpr==0 ) return; /* Not an index on expressions */ + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = whereIndexExprTransNode; + w.u.pIdxTrans = &x; + x.iTabCur = iTabCur; + x.iIdxCur = iIdxCur; + for(iIdxCol=0; iIdxColnExpr; iIdxCol++){ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; + assert( aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr!=0 ); + x.iIdxCol = iIdxCol; + x.pIdxExpr = aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pWInfo->pWhere); + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pWInfo->pOrderBy); + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pWInfo->pResultSet); + } +} + +/* +** The pTruth expression is always true because it is the WHERE clause +** a partial index that is driving a query loop. Look through all of the +** WHERE clause terms on the query, and if any of those terms must be +** true because pTruth is true, then mark those WHERE clause terms as +** coded. +*/ +static void whereApplyPartialIndexConstraints( + Expr *pTruth, + int iTabCur, + WhereClause *pWC +){ + int i; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + while( pTruth->op==TK_AND ){ + whereApplyPartialIndexConstraints(pTruth->pLeft, iTabCur, pWC); + pTruth = pTruth->pRight; + } + for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ) continue; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExpr, pTruth, iTabCur)==0 ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } } /* -** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least -** n bytes. -** -** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data -** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the -** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may -** be discarded. -** -** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback. -** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is -** not set, Mem.n is zeroed. +** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause +** implementation described by pWInfo. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){ - assert( 1 >= - ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) + - (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + - ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + - ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Vdbe *v, /* Prepared statement under construction */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The current level pointer */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +){ + int j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ + int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ + int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrHalt; /* addrBrk for the outermost loop */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ + int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ + int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index used by loop (if any) */ + int iLoop; /* Iteration of constraint generator loop */ + + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + db = pParse->db; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + + /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions + ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. + ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the + ** loop. + ** + ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that + ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When + ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label + ** is the same as "addrBrk". + */ + addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + + /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and + ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any + ** row of the left table of the join. + */ + assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) + || pLevel->iFrom>0 || (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); + } + + /* Compute a safe address to jump to if we discover that the table for + ** this loop is empty and can never contribute content. */ + for(j=iLevel; j>0 && pWInfo->a[j].iLeftJoin==0; j--){} + addrHalt = pWInfo->a[j].addrBrk; + + /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of %s", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + pLevel->op = OP_Goto; + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext + ** to access the data. + */ + int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ + int addrNotFound; + int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; + int iIn; /* Counter for IN constraints */ + + iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; + for(j=0; jaLTerm[j]; + if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; + }else{ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, iTarget, 1); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, + pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_DYNAMIC : P4_STATIC); + VdbeCoverage(v); + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext; + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iIn = pLevel->u.in.nIn; + for(j=nConstraint-1; j>=0; j--){ + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( j<16 && (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + Expr *pCompare; /* The comparison operator */ + Expr *pRight; /* RHS of the comparison */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode to access the value of the IN constraint */ + + /* Reload the constraint value into reg[iReg+j+2]. The same value + ** was loaded into the same register prior to the OP_VFilter, but + ** the xFilter implementation might have changed the datatype or + ** encoding of the value in the register, so it *must* be reloaded. */ + assert( pLevel->u.in.aInLoop!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( iIn>0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[--iIn].addrInTop); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Column || pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Column || pOp->p3==iReg+j+2 ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Rowid || pOp->p2==iReg+j+2 ); + testcase( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); + } + + /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if + ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */ + pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0); + assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pCompare ){ + pCompare->pLeft = pTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pRight ){ + pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0); + } + pCompare->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare); + } + } + } + /* These registers need to be preserved in case there is an IN operator + ** loop. So we could deallocate the registers here (and potentially + ** reuse them later) if (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE)==0. But it seems + ** simpler and safer to simply not reuse the registers. + ** + ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); + */ + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 + ){ + /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an + ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or + ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" + ** construct. + */ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; + iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); + if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)==0 ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 + ){ + /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. + */ + int testOp = OP_Noop; + int start; + int memEndValue = 0; + WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; + + j = 0; + pStart = pEnd = 0; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); + if( bRev ){ + pTerm = pStart; + pStart = pEnd; + pEnd = pTerm; + } + codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pEnd); + if( pStart ){ + Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ + int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ + int op; /* Cursor seek operation */ + + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + */ + const u8 aMoveOp[] = { + /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, + /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, + /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, + /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE + }; + assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ + assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ - if( n<32 ) n = 32; - if( sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); - preserve = 0; + assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + pX = pStart->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){ + r1 = rTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, r1, 1); + testcase( pX->op==TK_GT ); + testcase( pX->op==TK_GE ); + testcase( pX->op==TK_LT ); + testcase( pX->op==TK_LE ); + op = aMoveOp[((pX->op - TK_GT - 1) & 0x3) | 0x1]; + assert( pX->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_SeekGE ); + assert( pX->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_SeekGE ); + assert( pX->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_SeekLE ); + assert( pX->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_SeekLE ); + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); + disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT)]; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iCur, addrBrk, r1); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); }else{ - sqlcipher3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrHalt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); } - } + if( pEnd ){ + Expr *pX; + pX = pEnd->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ + testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; + codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1); + if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) + && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) + ){ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + }else{ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + } + if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); + } + } + start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = start; + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + /* Case 4: A scan using an index. + ** + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N + ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain + ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** optimized: + ** + ** x=5 + ** x=5 AND y=10 + ** x=5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 + ** + ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only + ** the x=5 term: + ** + ** x=5 AND z<10 + ** + ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. + ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at + ** least one. + ** + ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause + ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order + ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. + */ + static const u8 aStartOp[] = { + 0, + 0, + OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + }; + static const u8 aEndOp[] = { + OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ + OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ + }; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ + u16 nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; /* Length of BTM vector */ + u16 nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; /* Length of TOP vector */ + int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ + WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ + WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ + int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ + int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ + int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ + int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ + int op; /* Instruction opcode */ + char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ + char *zEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ + u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ + int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ + int regBignull = 0; /* big-null flag register */ - if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); - } - if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){ - pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); - } + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip ); - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; - if( pMem->z==0 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - } - pMem->xDel = 0; - return (pMem->z ? SQLCIPHER_OK : SQLCIPHER_NOMEM); -} + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. + */ + j = nEq; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm); + /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */ + assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || + (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 ); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nTop); +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)!=0 ){ + assert( pRangeStart!=0 ); /* LIKE opt constraints */ + assert( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); /* occur in pairs */ + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr = (u32)++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, (int)pLevel->iLikeRepCntr); + VdbeComment((v, "LIKE loop counter")); + pLevel->addrLikeRep = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + /* iLikeRepCntr actually stores 2x the counter register number. The + ** bottom bit indicates whether the search order is ASC or DESC. */ + testcase( bRev ); + testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); + assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 ); + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1; + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC); + } +#endif + if( pRangeStart==0 ){ + j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; + if( (j>=0 && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0) || j==XN_EXPR ){ + bSeekPastNull = 1; + } + } + } + assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + + /* If the WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT flag is set, then index column nEq uses + ** a non-default "big-null" sort (either ASC NULLS LAST or DESC NULLS + ** FIRST). In both cases separate ordered scans are made of those + ** index entries for which the column is null and for those for which + ** it is not. For an ASC sort, the non-NULL entries are scanned first. + ** For DESC, NULL entries are scanned first. + */ + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_TOP_LIMIT|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT))==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT)!=0 + ){ + assert( bSeekPastNull==0 && nExtraReg==0 && nBtm==0 && nTop==0 ); + assert( pRangeEnd==0 && pRangeStart==0 ); + assert( pLoop->nSkip==0 ); + nExtraReg = 1; + bSeekPastNull = 1; + pLevel->regBignull = regBignull = ++pParse->nMem; + pLevel->addrBignull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + } + + /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). + */ + if( (nEqnKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) + || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) + ){ + SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); + SWAP(u8, nBtm, nTop); + } + + /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN + ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers + ** starting at regBase. + */ + codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pRangeEnd); + regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); + assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); + if( zStartAff && nTop ){ + zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, &zStartAff[nEq]); + } + addrNxt = (regBignull ? pLevel->addrBignull : pLevel->addrNxt); + + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; + + /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeStart ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; + codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nBtm); + whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart); + if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zStartAff ){ + updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]); + } + nConstraint += nBtm; + testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); + }else{ + startEq = 1; + } + bSeekPastNull = 0; + }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ + startEq = 0; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + start_constraints = 1; + nConstraint++; + }else if( regBignull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + start_constraints = 1; + nConstraint++; + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); + if( pLoop->nSkip>0 && nConstraint==pLoop->nSkip ){ + /* The skip-scan logic inside the call to codeAllEqualityConstraints() + ** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row, + ** so no further seeking is needed */ + }else{ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur); + } + if( regBignull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regBignull); + VdbeComment((v, "NULL-scan pass ctr")); + } + + op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; + assert( op!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); + + assert( bSeekPastNull==0 || bStopAtNull==0 ); + if( regBignull ){ + assert( bSeekPastNull==1 || bStopAtNull==1 ); + assert( bSeekPastNull==!bStopAtNull ); + assert( bStopAtNull==startEq ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + op = aStartOp[(nConstraint>1)*4 + 2 + bRev]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, + nConstraint-startEq); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); + assert( op==OP_Rewind || op==OP_Last || op==OP_SeekGE || op==OP_SeekLE); + } + } + + /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the + ** range (if any). + */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeEnd ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; + codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nTop); + whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zEndAff ){ + updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nTop, zEndAff); + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, nTop, zEndAff); + }else{ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + } + nConstraint += nTop; + testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + + if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); + }else{ + endEq = 1; + } + }else if( bStopAtNull ){ + if( regBignull==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + endEq = 0; + } + nConstraint++; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zEndAff); -/* -** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so -** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from -** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be -** overwritten or altered. -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success or SQLCIPHER_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ - int f; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - expandBlob(pMem); - f = pMem->flags; - if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + /* Top of the loop body */ + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ + if( nConstraint ){ + if( regBignull ){ + /* Except, skip the end-of-range check while doing the NULL-scan */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, regBignull, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + VdbeComment((v, "If NULL-scan 2nd pass")); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + } + if( regBignull ){ + /* During a NULL-scan, check to see if we have reached the end of + ** the NULLs */ + assert( bSeekPastNull==!bStopAtNull ); + assert( bSeekPastNull+bStopAtNull==1 ); + assert( nConstraint+bSeekPastNull>0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regBignull, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeComment((v, "If NULL-scan 1st pass")); + VdbeCoverage(v); + op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + bSeekPastNull]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, + nConstraint+bSeekPastNull); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + } + + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur, 1); } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; -#endif - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0; + if( omitTable ){ + /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ + }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || ( + (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE) + && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE) + )){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur); + } + }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, + iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + } -/* -** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary -** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - int nByte; - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + /* If pIdx is an index on one or more expressions, then look through + ** all the expressions in pWInfo and try to transform matching expressions + ** into reference to index columns. + ** + ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the + ** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on + ** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation, + ** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table + ** column values are. https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/7fa8049685b50b5a + ** + ** Also, do not do this when processing one index an a multi-index + ** OR clause, since the transformation will become invalid once we + ** move forward to the next index. + ** https://sqlite.org/src/info/4e8e4857d32d401f + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ + whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo); + } + + /* If a partial index is driving the loop, try to eliminate WHERE clause + ** terms from the query that must be true due to the WHERE clause of + ** the partial index + */ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + whereApplyPartialIndexConstraints(pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, iCur, pWC); + } - /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ - nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; - if( nByte<=0 ){ - nByte = 1; + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( bRev ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + }else{ + pLevel->op = OP_Next; } - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; + pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + }else{ + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); } + if( omitTable ) pIdx = 0; + }else - memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); - pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); + ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); + ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); + ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); + ** + ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) + ** + ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. + ** The top of the loop looks like this: + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** + ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to + ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted + ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the + ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). + ** + ** sqlite3WhereBegin() + ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset + ** Gosub 2 A + ** sqlite3WhereEnd() + ** + ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target + ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** Goto B # The loop is finished. + ** + ** A: # Return data, whatever. + ** + ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub + ** + ** B: + ** + ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then + ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary + ** keys of the rows we have already seen. + ** + */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ + SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ + Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ + int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ + int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ + int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ + int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ + int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse);/* Start of loop body */ + int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ + int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */ + Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; -/* -** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Nothing to do */ - } - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); + pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + pLevel->op = OP_Return; + pLevel->p1 = regReturn; -/* -** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers -** are converted using sqlcipher3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string -** is a no-op. -** -** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. -** -** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is -** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via -** sqlcipher3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree -** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the -** user and the later is an internal programming error. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - int fg = pMem->flags; - const int nByte = 32; + /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned + ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. + ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ + int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ + struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ + nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; + pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, + sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); + if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; + pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); + pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; + memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); + origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ + memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); + } + }else{ + pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; + } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); - assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); - assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index + ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. + ** + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This + ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if + ** called on an uninitialized cursor. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + regRowset = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); + /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y + ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z + ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will + ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. + ** + ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is + ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** indices. + ** + ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term + ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. + ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 + */ + if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ + int iTerm; + for(iTerm=0; iTermnTerm; iTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; + if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pAndExpr, pExpr); + } + if( pAndExpr ){ + /* The extra 0x10000 bit on the opcode is masked off and does not + ** become part of the new Expr.op. However, it does make the + ** op==TK_AND comparison inside of sqlite3PExpr() false, and this + ** prevents sqlite3PExpr() from implementing AND short-circuit + ** optimization, which we do not want here. */ + pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|0x10000, 0, pAndExpr); + } + } + + /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After + ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each + ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. + */ + wctrlFlags = WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE | (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE); + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MULTI-INDEX OR")); + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ + Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ + int jmp1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ + assert( (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 + || ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) + ); + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; + pOrExpr = pAndExpr; + } + /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "INDEX %d", ii+1)); + WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n")); + pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, + wctrlFlags, iCovCur); + assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pSubWInfo ){ + WhereLoop *pSubLoop; + int addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], 0 + ); + sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], addrExplain); - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } + /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over + ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the + ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same + ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, -1, regRowid); + jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, + regRowid, iSet); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + int iPk; + int r; + + /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ + r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); + for(iPk=0; iPkaiColumn[iPk]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, r+iPk); + } - /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlcipher3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 - ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding - ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. - ** - ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlcipher3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. - */ - if( fg & MEM_Int ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else{ - assert( fg & MEM_Real ); - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); - } - pMem->n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); - return rc; -} + /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, + ** the row has already been included in the result set and + ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, + ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing + ** the row. + ** + ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet + ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ + if( iSet ){ + jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, + r, nPk); + if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } -/* -** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. -** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The -** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLCIPHER_OK -** otherwise. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ - sqlcipher3_context ctx; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.db = pMem->db; - ctx.pMem = pMem; - ctx.pFunc = pFunc; - pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); - rc = ctx.isError; - } - return rc; -} + /* Release the array of temp registers */ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); + } + } -/* -** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by -** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function -** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){ - assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - p->xDel((void *)p->z); - p->xDel = 0; - }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlcipher3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(p); - } -} + /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); -/* -** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an -** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and -** (Mem.type==SQLCIPHER_TEXT). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ - MemReleaseExt(p); - sqlcipher3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); - p->z = 0; - p->zMalloc = 0; - p->xDel = 0; -} + /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the + ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ + if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1); -/* -** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. -** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000. -** -** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning -** variables and without the extra range tests. But -** there are reports that windows throws an expection -** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.) -** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will -** take the conservative approach and always do range tests -** before attempting the conversion. -*/ -static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ - return r; -#else - /* - ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the - ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them - ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. - ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing - ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. - */ - static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; - static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; + /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term + ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The + ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will + ** need to be tested later. + */ + if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; - if( r<(double)minInt ){ - return minInt; - }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){ - /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning - ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large - ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware - ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */ - return minInt; - }else{ - return (i64)r; - } -#endif -} + /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same + ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number + ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may + ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. + ** + ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that + ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term + ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** be available. + */ + pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; + assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) + && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) + ){ + assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); + pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else{ + pCov = 0; + } -/* -** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do -** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. -** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is -** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. -** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert -** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an -** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. -** -** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE i64 sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ - int flags; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - return pMem->u.i; - }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); - }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - i64 value = 0; - assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); - testcase( pMem->z==0 ); - sqlcipher3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return value; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} + /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); + } + } + } + ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); + pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; + if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); -/* -** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a -** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its -** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. -** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE double sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - return pMem->r; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - return (double)pMem->u.i; - }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - double val = (double)0; - sqlcipher3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return val; - }else{ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return (double)0; - } -} + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); } + if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ -/* -** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a -** MEM_Int if we can. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + { + /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete + ** scan of the entire table. + */ + static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; + static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; + assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); + if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){ + /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in + ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else{ + codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, 0); + pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrHalt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + } + } - pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + pLevel->addrVisit = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#endif - /* Only mark the value as an integer if + /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely + ** computed using the current set of tables. ** - ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and - ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest - ** possible integer (ticket #3922) + ** This loop may run between one and three times, depending on the + ** constraints to be generated. The value of stack variable iLoop + ** determines the constraints coded by each iteration, as follows: ** - ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces - ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes - ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always - ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other - ** architectures might behave differently. + ** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx. + ** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated + ** sub-queries. + ** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions. + ** + ** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop. */ - if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 - && ALWAYS(pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int; - } -} - -/* -** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - pMem->u.i = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + iLoop = (pIdx ? 1 : 2); + do{ + int iNext = 0; /* Next value for iLoop */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE; + int skipLikeAddr = 0; + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ); + pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; + continue; + } + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pE!=0 ); + if( (pTabItem->fg.jointype&JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pE,EP_FromJoin) ){ + continue; + } -/* -** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){ + iNext = 2; + continue; + } + if( iLoop<3 && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VARSELECT) ){ + if( iNext==0 ) iNext = 3; + continue; + } - pMem->r = sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND)!=0 ){ + /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search + ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we + ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function. But this only works + ** for strings. So do not skip the call to the function on the pass + ** that compares BLOBs. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + continue; +#else + u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr; + if( x>0 ){ + skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)?OP_IfNot:OP_If,(int)(x>>1)); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, (x&1)==1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, (x&1)==0); + } +#endif + } +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0xffff */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "WhereTerm[%d] (%p) priority=%d", + pWC->nTerm-j, pTerm, iLoop)); + } +#endif + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( skipLikeAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, skipLikeAddr); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + iLoop = iNext; + }while( iLoop>0 ); -/* -** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -** -** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input -** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert -** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ - if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( 0==sqlcipher3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - }else{ - pMem->r = sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - sqlcipher3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); + /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity + ** of the "==" operator. + ** + ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" + ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, + ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code + ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE, sEAlt; + WhereTerm *pAlt; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); + pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, + WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0); + if( pAlt==0 ) continue; + if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) + && (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) + && (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1) + ){ + continue; } + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); + sEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; + sEAlt.pLeft = pE->pLeft; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &sEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ - VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame; - pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; - pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; - } - if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlcipher3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); + /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); + continue; + } + assert( pTerm->pExpr ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } } - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_NULL; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length -** n containing all zeros. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_BLOB; - pMem->n = 0; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - pMem->u.nZero = n; - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB - sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); - if( pMem->z ){ - pMem->n = n; - memset(pMem->z, 0, n); - } -#endif + return pLevel->notReady; } +/************** End of wherecode.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file whereexpr.c ***************************************/ /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type INTEGER. +** 2015-06-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. +** +** This file was originally part of where.c but was split out to improve +** readability and editabiliity. This file contains utility routines for +** analyzing Expr objects in the WHERE clause. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->u.i = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; -} +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "whereInt.h" */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type REAL. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ - if( sqlcipher3IsNaN(val) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->r = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_FLOAT; - } -} -#endif +/* Forward declarations */ +static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); /* -** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an -** empty boolean index. +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pMem->db; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - assert( pMem->zMalloc ); - pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlcipher3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, - sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); - assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); - pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; - } +static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* -** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is -** too large - whose size exceeds SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH. +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db!=0 ); - if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - int n = p->n; - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += p->u.nZero; - } - return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - return 0; +static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG /* -** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking -** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow -** copies of this cell as invalid. +** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. +** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. +** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. +** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory +** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in +** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. ** -** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow -** copies are not misused. +** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. +** +** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility +** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. +** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** +** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store +** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after +** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing +** the pWC->a[] array. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ - int i; - Mem *pX; - for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ - if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ - pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid; - pX->pScopyFrom = 0; +static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u16 wtFlags){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int idx; + testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ + WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); + if( pWC->a==0 ){ + if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); + } + pWC->a = pOld; + return 0; } - } - pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. -*/ -#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc)) - -/* -** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of -** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If -** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z -** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - MemReleaseExt(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->xDel = 0; - if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ - pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); - assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); - pTo->flags |= srcType; - } -} - -/* -** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are -** freed before the copy is made. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - MemReleaseExt(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; - - if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ - pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); + memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); + if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); } + pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } - - return rc; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; + if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ + pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 270; + }else{ + pTerm->truthProb = 1; + } + pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(p); + pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; + pTerm->pWC = pWC; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + memset(&pTerm->eOperator, 0, + sizeof(WhereTerm) - offsetof(WhereTerm,eOperator)); + return idx; } /* -** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is -** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. -** -** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. +** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is +** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are +** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", "IS", and "IS NULL" */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); - assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); - assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); - - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); - pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; - pFrom->xDel = 0; - pFrom->zMalloc = 0; +static int allowedOp(int op){ + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL || op==TK_IS; } /* -** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. +** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" +** are converted into "Y op X". ** -** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel -** parameter. If the value passed is SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT, then the -** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the -** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the -** pointer copied. +** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the +** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure +** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: +** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on +** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence +** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag +** is not commuted. ** -** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH -** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be -** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation -** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In -** either case, SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG is returned. +** The return value is extra flags that are added to the WhereTerm object +** after it is commuted. The only extra flag ever added is TERM_NOPARTIDX +** which prevents the term from being used to enable a partial index if +** COLLATE changes have been made. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr( - Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ - int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ - u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ - if( !z ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - - if( pMem->db ){ - iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - }else{ - iLimit = SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH; - } - flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); - if( nByte<0 ){ - assert( enc!=0 ); - if( enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ){ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} - }else{ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} +static u16 exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); + u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); + u16 wtFlags = 0; + assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); + if( expRight==expLeft ){ + /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ + if( expRight ){ + /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always + ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ + pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + wtFlags |= TERM_NOPARTIDX; + }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default + ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause + ** it to be searched first. */ + pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; + wtFlags |= TERM_NOPARTIDX; } - flags |= MEM_Term; } + SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); + assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); + pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; + } + return wtFlags; +} - /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It - ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory - ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). - */ - if( xDel==SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT ){ - int nAlloc = nByte; - if( flags&MEM_Term ){ - nAlloc += (enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8?1:2); - } - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG; - } - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); - }else if( xDel==SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = 0; +/* +** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +*/ +static u16 operatorMask(int op){ + u16 c; + assert( allowedOp(op) ); + if( op==TK_IN ){ + c = WO_IN; + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + c = WO_ISNULL; + }else if( op==TK_IS ){ + c = WO_IS; }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = xDel; - flags |= ((xDel==SQLCIPHER_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); + assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); + c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); } + assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); + assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); + assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); + assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); + assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); + assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); + assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); + assert( op!=TK_IS || c==WO_IS ); + return c; +} - pMem->n = nByte; - pMem->flags = flags; - pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLCIPHER_UTF8 : enc); - pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLCIPHER_BLOB : SQLCIPHER_TEXT); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - if( pMem->enc!=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 && sqlcipher3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that +** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is +** so and false if not. +** +** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string +** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. The LHS must be a column +** that may only be NULL, a string, or a BLOB, never a number. (This means +** that virtual tables cannot participate in the LIKE optimization.) The +** collating sequence for the column on the LHS must be appropriate for +** the operator. +*/ +static int isLikeOrGlob( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ + int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ + int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +){ + const u8 *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ + ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ + u8 c; /* One character in z[] */ + int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ + u8 wc[4]; /* Wildcard characters */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + int rc; /* Result code to return */ + + if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, (char*)wc) ){ + return 0; } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( *pnoCase ) return 0; #endif + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG; + pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); + op = pRight->op; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE && (db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG)==0 ){ + Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; + int iCol = pRight->iColumn; + pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); + assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); + }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ + z = (u8*)pRight->u.zToken; } + if( z ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* Count the number of prefix characters prior to the first wildcard */ + cnt = 0; + while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ + cnt++; + if( c==wc[3] && z[cnt]!=0 ) cnt++; + } + + /* The optimization is possible only if (1) the pattern does not begin + ** with a wildcard and if (2) the non-wildcard prefix does not end with + ** an (illegal 0xff) character, or (3) the pattern does not consist of + ** a single escape character. The second condition is necessary so + ** that we can increment the prefix key to find an upper bound for the + ** range search. The third is because the caller assumes that the pattern + ** consists of at least one character after all escapes have been + ** removed. */ + if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] && (cnt>1 || z[0]!=wc[3]) ){ + Expr *pPrefix; -/* -** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning -** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater -** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers -** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating -** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). -** -** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ - int rc; - int f1, f2; - int combined_flags; + /* A "complete" match if the pattern ends with "*" or "%" */ + *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - f1 = pMem1->flags; - f2 = pMem2->flags; - combined_flags = f1|f2; - assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values - ** are NULL, return 0. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ - return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); - } + /* Get the pattern prefix. Remove all escapes from the prefix. */ + pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, (char*)z); + if( pPrefix ){ + int iFrom, iTo; + char *zNew = pPrefix->u.zToken; + zNew[cnt] = 0; + for(iFrom=iTo=0; iFrom0 ); - /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. - ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers - ** if both values are integers. - */ - if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ - if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return 1; - } - if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){ - return -1; - } - if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - double r1, r2; - if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; - }else{ - r1 = pMem1->r; + /* If the LHS is not an ordinary column with TEXT affinity, then the + ** pattern prefix boundaries (both the start and end boundaries) must + ** not look like a number. Otherwise the pattern might be treated as + ** a number, which will invalidate the LIKE optimization. + ** + ** Getting this right has been a persistent source of bugs in the + ** LIKE optimization. See, for example: + ** 2018-09-10 https://sqlite.org/src/info/c94369cae9b561b1 + ** 2019-05-02 https://sqlite.org/src/info/b043a54c3de54b28 + ** 2019-06-10 https://sqlite.org/src/info/fd76310a5e843e07 + ** 2019-06-14 https://sqlite.org/src/info/ce8717f0885af975 + ** 2019-09-03 https://sqlite.org/src/info/0f0428096f17252a + */ + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + || IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) /* Value might be numeric */ + ){ + int isNum; + double rDummy; + isNum = sqlite3AtoF(zNew, &rDummy, iTo, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( isNum<=0 ){ + if( iTo==1 && zNew[0]=='-' ){ + isNum = +1; + }else{ + zNew[iTo-1]++; + isNum = sqlite3AtoF(zNew, &rDummy, iTo, SQLITE_UTF8); + zNew[iTo-1]--; + } + } + if( isNum>0 ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPrefix); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return 0; + } + } } - if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){ - r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; - }else{ - r2 = pMem2->r; + *ppPrefix = pPrefix; + + /* If the RHS pattern is a bound parameter, make arrangements to + ** reprepare the statement when that parameter is rebound */ + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); + if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ + /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current + ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE + ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. + ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() + ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. + */ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } } - if( r1r2 ) return 1; - return 0; }else{ - assert( f1&MEM_Int ); - assert( f2&MEM_Int ); - if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; - if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; - return 0; + z = 0; } } - /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. - ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ - if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return 1; - } - if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return -1; - } + rc = (z!=0); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Check to see if the pExpr expression is a form that needs to be passed +** to the xBestIndex method of virtual tables. Forms of interest include: +** +** Expression Virtual Table Operator +** ----------------------- --------------------------------- +** 1. column MATCH expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH +** 2. column GLOB expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB +** 3. column LIKE expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE +** 4. column REGEXP expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP +** 5. column != expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE +** 6. expr != column SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE +** 7. column IS NOT expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT +** 8. expr IS NOT column SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT +** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL +** +** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there +** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the +** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the +** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the +** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there +** is a match. The usual return is 1, but if the RHS is also a column +** of virtual table in forms (5) or (7) then return 2. +** +** If the expression matches none of the patterns above, return 0. +*/ +static int isAuxiliaryVtabOperator( + sqlite3 *db, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + unsigned char *peOp2, /* OUT: 0 for MATCH, or else an op2 value */ + Expr **ppLeft, /* Column expression to left of MATCH/op2 */ + Expr **ppRight /* Expression to left of MATCH/op2 */ +){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ + static const struct Op2 { + const char *zOp; + unsigned char eOp2; + } aOp[] = { + { "match", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH }, + { "glob", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB }, + { "like", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE }, + { "regexp", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP } + }; + ExprList *pList; + Expr *pCol; /* Column reference */ + int i; - assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 || - pMem1->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } - /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if - ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is - ** compiled (this was not always the case). + /* Built-in operators MATCH, GLOB, LIKE, and REGEXP attach to a + ** virtual table on their second argument, which is the same as + ** the left-hand side operand in their in-fix form. + ** + ** vtab_column MATCH expression + ** MATCH(expression,vtab_column) */ - assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); + pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){ + for(i=0; iu.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){ + *peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2; + *ppRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; + *ppLeft = pCol; + return 1; + } + } + } - if( pColl ){ - if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ - /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the - ** comparison function directly */ - return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); - }else{ - const void *v1, *v2; - int n1, n2; - Mem c1; - Mem c2; - memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); - memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); - v1 = sqlcipher3ValueText((sqlcipher3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); - n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; - v2 = sqlcipher3ValueText((sqlcipher3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); - n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; - rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); - return rc; + /* We can also match against the first column of overloaded + ** functions where xFindFunction returns a value of at least + ** SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION. + ** + ** OVERLOADED(vtab_column,expression) + ** + ** Historically, xFindFunction expected to see lower-case function + ** names. But for this use case, xFindFunction is expected to deal + ** with function names in an arbitrary case. + */ + pCol = pList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->y.pTab) ){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xNotUsed)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + void *pNotUsed; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pCol->y.pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction!=0 ){ + i = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab,2, pExpr->u.zToken, &xNotUsed, &pNotUsed); + if( i>=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION ){ + *peOp2 = i; + *ppRight = pList->a[1].pExpr; + *ppLeft = pCol; + return 1; + } } } - /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through - ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ - } - - /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ - rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL ){ + int res = 0; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pLeft->y.pTab) ){ + res++; + } + if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pRight->y.pTab) ){ + res++; + SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight); + } + *ppLeft = pLeft; + *ppRight = pRight; + if( pExpr->op==TK_NE ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE; + if( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT; + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL; + return res; } - return rc; + return 0; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. -** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing -** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. -** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written -** into the pMem element. -** -** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content -** is overwritten without being freed. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable -** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. +** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of +** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ - int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() - ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( key ){ - zData = (char *)sqlcipher3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); - }else{ - zData = (char *)sqlcipher3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); - } - assert( zData!=0 ); - - if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - }else if( SQLCIPHER_OK==(rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term; - pMem->enc = 0; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_BLOB; - if( key ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - } - pMem->z[amt] = 0; - pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } +static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ + if( pDerived ){ + pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; + pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; } - pMem->n = amt; - - return rc; } -/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the -** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlcipher3_value_text(), -** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second -** parameter, which must be one of SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE, SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE or -** SQLCIPHER_UTF8. -** -** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED. -** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte -** boundary. +/* +** Mark term iChild as being a child of term iParent */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const void *sqlcipher3ValueText(sqlcipher3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ - if( !pVal ) return 0; - - assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); +static void markTermAsChild(WhereClause *pWC, int iChild, int iParent){ + pWC->a[iChild].iParent = iParent; + pWC->a[iChild].truthProb = pWC->a[iParent].truthProb; + pWC->a[iParent].nChild++; +} - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); - pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; - expandBlob(pVal); - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED); - if( (enc & SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return 0; - } - } - sqlcipher3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-59893-45467 */ - }else{ - assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); - assert( 0==(1&SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); +/* +** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm. Or if pTerm is not +** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0. If N is exceeds +** the number of available subterms, return NULL. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){ + if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ){ + return N==0 ? pTerm : 0; } - assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 - || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLCIPHER_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - return pVal->z; - }else{ - return 0; + if( Nu.pAndInfo->wc.nTerm ){ + return &pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.a[N]; } + return 0; } /* -** Create a new sqlcipher3_value object. +** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC. The +** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together. +** +** If these two terms are both of the form: "A op B" with the same +** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are +** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then +** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the +** two. +** +** Some examples: +** +** x x<=y +** x=y OR x=y --> x=y +** x<=y OR x x<=y +** +** The following is NOT generated: +** +** xy --> x!=y */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3ValueNew(sqlcipher3 *db){ - Mem *p = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); - if( p ){ - p->flags = MEM_Null; - p->type = SQLCIPHER_NULL; - p->db = db; +static void whereCombineDisjuncts( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The complete WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pOne, /* First disjunct */ + WhereTerm *pTwo /* Second disjunct */ +){ + u16 eOp = pOne->eOperator | pTwo->eOperator; + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection (for malloc) */ + Expr *pNew; /* New virtual expression */ + int op; /* Operator for the combined expression */ + int idxNew; /* Index in pWC of the next virtual term */ + + if( (pOne->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; + if( (pTwo->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE))!=eOp + && (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_GT|WO_GE))!=eOp ) return; + assert( pOne->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pOne->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pTwo->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pTwo->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pOne->pExpr->pLeft, pTwo->pExpr->pLeft, -1) ) return; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pOne->pExpr->pRight, pTwo->pExpr->pRight,-1) )return; + /* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */ + if( (eOp & (eOp-1))!=0 ){ + if( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ){ + eOp = WO_LE; + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ); + eOp = WO_GE; + } } - return p; + db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOne->pExpr, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return; + for(op=TK_EQ; eOp!=(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); op++){ assert( opop = op; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* -** Create a new sqlcipher3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. +** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected +** subterms. So in: ** -** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant -** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can -** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and -** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating -** the value by passing it to sqlcipher3ValueFree() later on. If the expression -** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. +** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) +** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +** +** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. +** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under +** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** +** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** +** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. +** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. +** Examples of terms under analysis: +** +** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 +** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 +** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) +** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') +** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** (F) x>A OR (x=A AND y>=B) +** +** CASE 1: +** +** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and +** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual +** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term +** being analyzed is: +** +** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** +** then create a new virtual term like this: +** +** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** +** CASE 2: +** +** If there are exactly two disjuncts and one side has x>A and the other side +** has x=A (for the same x and A) then add a new virtual conjunct term to the +** WHERE clause of the form "x>=A". Example: +** +** x>A OR (x=A AND y>B) adds: x>=A +** +** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning. +** +** CASE 3: +** +** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** +** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** +** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form +** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and +** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". +** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have +** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** +** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could +** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. +** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that +** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms +** appropriate for indexing exist. +** +** All examples A through E above satisfy case 3. But if a term +** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will +** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 3 is not +** satisfied. +** +** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, +** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** +** Terms that satisfy case 3 are candidates for lookup by using +** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing +** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar +** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** +** OTHERWISE: +** +** If none of cases 1, 2, or 3 apply, then leave the eOperator set to +** zero. This term is not useful for search. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ - sqlcipher3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ +static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ ){ - int op; - char *zVal = 0; - sqlcipher3_value *pVal = 0; - int negInt = 1; - const char *zNeg = ""; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ + int i; /* Loop counters */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ + Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ - if( !pExpr ){ - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - op = pExpr->op; + /* + ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are + ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo + ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. + */ + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); + if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; + pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; + memset(pOrWc->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pOrWc->aStatic)); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pOrWc); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); - /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3. - ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even - ** when SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 is omitted. + /* + ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 3. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; -#else - if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; -#endif + indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; + chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; + assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); + chngToIN = 0; + pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); + if( pAndInfo ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC; + WhereTerm *pAndTerm; + int j; + Bitmask b = 0; + pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; + pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; + pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; + memset(pAndWC->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pAndWC->aStatic)); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pAndWC); + pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ + assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) + || pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX + ){ + b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); + } + } + } + indexable &= b; + } + }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ + /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the + ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ + }else{ + Bitmask b; + b = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); + if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; + b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); + } + indexable &= b; + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ + chngToIN = 0; + }else{ + chngToIN &= b; + } + } + } - /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the - ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. + /* + ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 3. The set might be + ** empty. */ - if( op==TK_UMINUS - && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - op = pExpr->op; - negInt = -1; - zNeg = "-"; + pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; + if( indexable ){ + pTerm->eOperator = WO_OR; + pWC->hasOr = 1; + }else{ + pTerm->eOperator = WO_OR; } - if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ - pVal = sqlcipher3ValueNew(db); - if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); - }else{ - zVal = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); - if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - sqlcipher3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLCIPHER_FLOAT; - } - if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ){ - sqlcipher3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - } - if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; - if( enc!=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + /* For a two-way OR, attempt to implementation case 2. + */ + if( indexable && pOrWc->nTerm==2 ){ + int iOne = 0; + WhereTerm *pOne; + while( (pOne = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[0],iOne++))!=0 ){ + int iTwo = 0; + WhereTerm *pTwo; + while( (pTwo = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[1],iTwo++))!=0 ){ + whereCombineDisjuncts(pSrc, pWC, pOne, pTwo); + } } - }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { - /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); - if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - pVal->flags &= MEM_Int; - pVal->flags |= MEM_Real; - pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64; - }else{ - pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; + } + + /* + ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But + ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really + ** is satisfied. + ** + ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means + ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an + ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain + ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit + ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form + ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set + ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make + ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when + ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It + ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column + ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of + ** the OR clause. + ** + ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the + ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. + */ + if( chngToIN ){ + int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ + int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ + int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ + int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the + ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column + ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any + ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table + ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. + */ + for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ + Expr *pLeft = 0; + pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ + /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and + ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ + assert( j==1 ); + continue; + } + if( (chngToIN & sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, + pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ + /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the + ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** and use its inversion. */ + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); + continue; + } + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + break; + } + if( i<0 ){ + /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur + ** on the second iteration */ + assert( j==1 ); + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); + assert( chngToIN==sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); + break; } - pVal->r = -pVal->r; - sqlcipher3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); - } - }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ - pVal = sqlcipher3ValueNew(db); - if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ - int nVal; - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - pVal = sqlcipher3ValueNew(db); - if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; - zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - nVal = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zVal)-1; - assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlcipher3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, - 0, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif - - if( pVal ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal); - } - *ppVal = pVal; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zVal); - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pVal); - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; -} + testcase( j==1 ); -/* -** Change the string value of an sqlcipher3_value object -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ValueSetStr( - sqlcipher3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ - int n, /* Length of string z */ - const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ -){ - if( v ) sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); -} + /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that + ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ + okToChngToIN = 1; + for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn || (iColumn==XN_EXPR + && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pLeft, -1) + )){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + int affLeft, affRight; + /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities + ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type + ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) + */ + affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); + affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; + } + } + } + } -/* -** Free an sqlcipher3_value object -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ValueFree(sqlcipher3_value *v){ - if( !v ) return; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); - sqlcipher3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); -} + /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. + */ + if( okToChngToIN ){ + Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ -/* -** Return the number of bytes in the sqlcipher3_value object assuming -** that it uses the encoding "enc" -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ValueBytes(sqlcipher3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - return p->n + p->u.nZero; - }else{ - return p->n; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + } + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0); + if( pNew ){ + int idxNew; + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pNew->x.pList = pList; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + /* pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; // would be needed if pTerm where used again */ + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + } } } - return 0; } - -/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlcipher3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior -** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. -** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. -*/ - - - -/* -** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can -** set the sqlcipher3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed -** as they are added to the instruction stream. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddopTrace = 0; -#endif - +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* -** Create a new virtual database engine. +** We already know that pExpr is a binary operator where both operands are +** column references. This routine checks to see if pExpr is an equivalence +** relation: +** 1. The SQLITE_Transitive optimization must be enabled +** 2. Must be either an == or an IS operator +** 3. Not originating in the ON clause of an OUTER JOIN +** 4. The affinities of A and B must be compatible +** 5a. Both operands use the same collating sequence OR +** 5b. The overall collating sequence is BINARY +** If this routine returns TRUE, that means that the RHS can be substituted +** for the LHS anyplace else in the WHERE clause where the LHS column occurs. +** This is an optimization. No harm comes from returning 0. But if 1 is +** returned when it should not be, then incorrect answers might result. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlcipher3VdbeCreate(sqlcipher3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - p = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); - if( p==0 ) return 0; - p->db = db; - if( db->pVdbe ){ - db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; +static int termIsEquivalence(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + char aff1, aff2; + CollSeq *pColl; + if( !OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Transitive) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ && pExpr->op!=TK_IS ) return 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + aff2 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pRight); + if( aff1!=aff2 + && (!sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || !sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2)) + ){ + return 0; } - p->pNext = db->pVdbe; - p->pPrev = 0; - db->pVdbe = p; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p; -} - -/* -** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ - assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); - if( p==0 ) return; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; -#endif - assert( p->zSql==0 ); - p->zSql = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); - p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; -} - -/* -** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_sql(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; -} - -/* -** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ - Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; - char *zTmp; - tmp = *pA; - *pA = *pB; - *pB = tmp; - pTmp = pA->pNext; - pA->pNext = pB->pNext; - pB->pNext = pTmp; - pTmp = pA->pPrev; - pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; - pB->pPrev = pTmp; - zTmp = pA->zSql; - pA->zSql = pB->zSql; - pB->zSql = zTmp; - pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; -} - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -/* -** Turn tracing on or off -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){ - p->trace = trace; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight); + if( sqlite3IsBinary(pColl) ) return 1; + return sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight); } -#endif /* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than -** it was. -** -** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return -** SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain -** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be -** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). +** Recursively walk the expressions of a SELECT statement and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. */ -static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){ - VdbeOp *pNew; - int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); - pNew = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); - if( pNew ){ - p->nOpAlloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); - p->aOp = pNew; +static Bitmask exprSelectUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + while( pS ){ + SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); + if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); + if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isTabFunc ){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].u1.pFuncArg); + } + } + } + pS = pS->pPrior; } - return (pNew ? SQLCIPHER_OK : SQLCIPHER_NOMEM); + return mask; } /* -** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the -** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. -** -** Parameters: -** -** p Pointer to the VDBE +** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might +** be useful for indexing. This routine checks to see if pExpr appears +** in any index. Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return +** FALSE (0) if not. If TRUE is returned, also set aiCurCol[0] to the cursor +** number of the table that is indexed and aiCurCol[1] to the column number +** of the column that is indexed, or XN_EXPR (-2) if an expression is being +** indexed. ** -** op The opcode for this instruction -** -** p1, p2, p3 Operands -** -** Use the sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and -** the sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 -** operand. +** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns +** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column +** might be added to an automatic index later. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int exprMightBeIndexed2( + SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */ + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */ + int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor and column here */ + Expr *pExpr /* An operand of a comparison operator */ +){ + Index *pIdx; int i; - VdbeOp *pOp; - - i = p->nOp; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){ - if( growOpArray(p) ){ - return 1; + int iCur; + for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){} + iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor; + for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pExpr, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, iCur)==0 ){ + aiCurCol[0] = iCur; + aiCurCol[1] = XN_EXPR; + return 1; + } } } - p->nOp++; - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - pOp->opcode = (u8)op; - pOp->p5 = 0; - pOp->p1 = p1; - pOp->p2 = p2; - pOp->p3 = p3; - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - pOp->zComment = 0; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - pOp->cycles = 0; - pOp->cnt = 0; -#endif - return i; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); + return 0; } - - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ - int p4type /* P4 operand type */ -){ - int addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); - return addr; +static int exprMightBeIndexed( + SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */ + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */ + int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor & column here */ + Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */ + int op /* The specific comparison operator */ +){ + /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a + ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing + ** on the first element of the vector. */ + assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE ); + assert( TK_ISop==TK_VECTOR && (op>=TK_GT && ALWAYS(op<=TK_GE)) ){ + pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + } + + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + aiCurCol[0] = pExpr->iTable; + aiCurCol[1] = pExpr->iColumn; + return 1; + } + if( mPrereq==0 ) return 0; /* No table references */ + if( (mPrereq&(mPrereq-1))!=0 ) return 0; /* Refs more than one table */ + return exprMightBeIndexed2(pFrom,mPrereq,aiCurCol,pExpr); } /* -** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from -** sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also local all btrees. +** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the +** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the +** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm +** structure. ** -** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc(). -** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ - int j; - int addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - for(j=0; jdb->nDb; j++) sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); -} - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. +** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted +** to the standard form of "X ". +** +** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are +** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual +** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and +** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED +** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr +** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it +** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 +** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ +static void exprAnalyze( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ ){ - int addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); - return addr; -} + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ + Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ + Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ + Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ + int noCase = 0; /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */ + int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + unsigned char eOp2 = 0; /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */ + int nLeft; /* Number of elements on left side vector */ -/* -** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be -** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The -** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when -** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan -** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match -** the label into the resolved address. -** -** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are -** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. -** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. -** -** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - i = p->nLabel++; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){ - int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5; - p->aLabel = sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, - n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); - p->nLabelAlloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; } - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[i] = -1; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); + prereqLeft = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_IN ){ + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); + } + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = 0; + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); } - return -1-i; -} + pMaskSet->bVarSelect = 0; + prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, pExpr); + if( pMaskSet->bVarSelect ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_VARSELECT; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); + prereqAll |= x; + extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index + ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ + if( (prereqAll>>1)>=x ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON clause references tables to its right"); + return; + } + } + pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pTerm->leftCursor = -1; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + if( allowedOp(op) ){ + int aiCurCol[2]; + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); + Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); + u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; + + if( pTerm->iField>0 ){ + assert( op==TK_IN ); + assert( pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR ); + pLeft = pLeft->x.pList->a[pTerm->iField-1].pExpr; + } + + if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, prereqLeft, aiCurCol, pLeft, op) ){ + pTerm->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; + pTerm->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; + pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; + } + if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; + if( pRight + && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op) + ){ + WhereTerm *pNew; + Expr *pDup; + u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ + assert( pTerm->iField==0 ); + if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ + int idxNew; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + return; + } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + if( idxNew==0 ) return; + pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + if( op==TK_IS ) pNew->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; -/* -** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to -** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from -** a prior call to sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){ - int j = -1-x; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( j>=0 && jnLabel ); - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp; + if( termIsEquivalence(pParse, pDup) ){ + pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; + eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; + } + }else{ + pDup = pExpr; + pNew = pTerm; + } + pNew->wtFlags |= exprCommute(pParse, pDup); + pNew->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; + pNew->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; + testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); + pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; + pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; + } } -} -/* -** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ - p->runOnlyOnce = 1; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms + ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: + ** + ** a BETWEEN b AND c + ** + ** is converted into: + ** + ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) + ** + ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. + ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN + ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are + ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original + ** BETWEEN term is skipped. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + int i; + static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + int idxNew; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0)); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG /* sqlcipher3AssertMayAbort() logic */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by + ** an OR operator. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ + assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); + exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ -/* -** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes -** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may -** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: -** -** Op *pOp; -** VdbeOpIter sIter; -** -** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); -** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* -** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ -** // Do something with pOp -** } -** sqlcipher3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); -** -*/ -typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; -struct VdbeOpIter { - Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ - SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ - int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ - int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ - int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ -}; -static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ - Vdbe *v = p->v; - Op *pRet = 0; - Op *aOp; - int nOp; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB + ** operator. + ** + ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'aBc%'" is changed into constraints + ** + ** x>='ABC' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'aBc%' + ** + ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the + ** termination condition "abd". If case is not significant (the default + ** for LIKE) then the lower-bound is made all uppercase and the upper- + ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing + ** BLOBs. + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + ){ + Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pNewExpr1; + Expr *pNewExpr2; + int idxNew1; + int idxNew2; + const char *zCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ + const u16 wtFlags = TERM_LIKEOPT | TERM_VIRTUAL | TERM_DYNAMIC; - if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); - if( p->iSub==0 ){ - aOp = v->aOp; - nOp = v->nOp; - }else{ - aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; - nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; + /* Convert the lower bound to upper-case and the upper bound to + ** lower-case (upper-case is less than lower-case in ASCII) so that + ** the range constraints also work for BLOBs + */ + if( noCase && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ + int i; + char c; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKE; + for(i=0; (c = pStr1->u.zToken[i])!=0; i++){ + pStr1->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Toupper(c); + pStr2->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Tolower(c); + } } - assert( p->iAddriAddr]; - p->iAddr++; - if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ - p->iSub++; - p->iAddr = 0; - } - - if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ - if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ + pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; + c = *pC; + if( noCase ){ + /* The point is to increment the last character before the first + ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full + ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag + */ + if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; + c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; } - if( j==p->nSub ){ - p->apSub = sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); - if( !p->apSub ){ - pRet = 0; - }else{ - p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; + *pC = c + 1; + } + zCollSeqName = noCase ? "NOCASE" : sqlite3StrBINARY; + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr1,zCollSeqName), + pStr1); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); + idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, wtFlags); + testcase( idxNew1==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr2,zCollSeqName), + pStr2); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); + idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, wtFlags); + testcase( idxNew2==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + if( isComplete ){ + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew1, idxTerm); + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew2, idxTerm); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Add a WO_AUX auxiliary term to the constraint set if the + ** current expression is of the form "column OP expr" where OP + ** is an operator that gets passed into virtual tables but which is + ** not normally optimized for ordinary tables. In other words, OP + ** is one of MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, !=, IS, IS NOT, or NOT NULL. + ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of + ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt + ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + Expr *pRight = 0, *pLeft = 0; + int res = isAuxiliaryVtabOperator(db, pExpr, &eOp2, &pLeft, &pRight); + while( res-- > 0 ){ + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + + prereqExpr = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); + prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); + if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0)); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){ + ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin); } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_AUX; + pNewTerm->eMatchOp = eOp2; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } + SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + /* If there is a vector == or IS term - e.g. "(a, b) == (?, ?)" - create + ** new terms for each component comparison - "a = ?" and "b = ?". The + ** new terms completely replace the original vector comparison, which is + ** no longer used. + ** + ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation + ** is not a sub-select. */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS) + && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1 + && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft + && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 + || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0) + ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipLeft, i); + Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i); + + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight); + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL; /* Disable the original */ + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + } + + /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create + ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object + ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) + ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within + ** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents. + ** + ** This only works if the RHS is a simple SELECT, not a compound + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND && pExpr->op==TK_IN && pTerm->iField==0 + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR + && pExpr->x.pSelect->pPrior==0 + ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipLeft); i++){ + int idxNew; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL); + pWC->a[idxNew].iField = i+1; + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); } } - return pRet; -} +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + /* When sqlite_stat4 histogram data is available an operator of the + ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently + ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a + ** virtual term of that form. + ** + ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. + */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) + ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; -/* -** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may -** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction -** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any -** sub-programs contains any of the following: -** -** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_Destroy -** * OP_VUpdate -** * OP_VRename -** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) -** -** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an -** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does -** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as -** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: -** -** assert( sqlcipher3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ - int hasAbort = 0; - Op *pOp; - VdbeOpIter sIter; - memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); - sIter.v = v; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0)); - while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ - int opcode = pOp->opcode; - if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) -#endif - || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) - && (pOp->p1==SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) - ){ - hasAbort = 1; - break; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, + TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); + if( idxNew ){ + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } - sqlcipher3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ - /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured. - ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated - ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return - ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame - ** from failing. */ - return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); + /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive + ** an index for tables to the left of the join. + */ + testcase( pTerm!=&pWC->a[idxTerm] ); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - the sqlcipher3AssertMayAbort() function */ + +/*************************************************************************** +** Routines with file scope above. Interface to the rest of the where.c +** subsystem follows. +***************************************************************************/ /* -** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative -** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the -** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. +** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where +** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other +** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure +** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: ** -** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. +** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) +** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ +** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] ** -** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument -** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by -** sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. +** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine +** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. ** -** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. +** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to +** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain +** all terms of the WHERE clause. */ -static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ - int i; - int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; - Op *pOp; - int *aLabel = p->aLabel; - p->readOnly = 1; - for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ - u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; - - pOp->opflags = sqlcipher3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; - if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){ - if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; - }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){ - p->readOnly = 0; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){ - if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; - }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){ - int n; - assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); - n = pOp[-1].p1; - if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; -#endif - }else if( opcode==OP_Next || opcode==OP_SorterNext ){ - pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlcipher3BtreeNext; - pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; - }else if( opcode==OP_Prev ){ - pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlcipher3BtreePrevious; - pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; - } - - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ - assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); - pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ + Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pExpr); + pWC->op = op; + if( pE2==0 ) return; + if( pE2->op!=op ){ + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pLeft, op); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pRight, op); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel); - p->aLabel = 0; - - *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; } /* -** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. +** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - return p->nOp; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ +){ + pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; + pWC->hasOr = 0; + pWC->pOuter = 0; + pWC->nTerm = 0; + pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); + pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; } /* -** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with -** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility -** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the -** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. -** -** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned -** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and -** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the -** returned program. +** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure +** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of +** sqlite3WhereClauseInit(). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlcipher3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ - VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; - assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); - - /* Check that sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ - assert( p->btreeMask==0 ); - - resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); - *pnOp = p->nOp; - p->aOp = 0; - return aOp; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + WhereTerm *a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + } + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ + whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); + }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ + whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + } + } + if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); + } } + /* -** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the -** address of the first operation added. +** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){ - int addr; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + Bitmask mask; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FixedCol) ){ + return sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); + }else if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){ + assert( p->op!=TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); return 0; } - addr = p->nOp; - if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ - int i; - VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; - for(i=0; ip2; - VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; - pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; - pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; - if( p2<0 && (sqlcipher3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){ - pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); - }else{ - pOut->p2 = p2; - } - pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; - pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - pOut->p4.p = 0; - pOut->p5 = 0; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - pOut->zComment = 0; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeAddopTrace ){ - sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); - } + mask = (p->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW) ? sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable) : 0; + if( p->pLeft ) mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); + if( p->pRight ){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, p->pRight); + assert( p->x.pList==0 ); + }else if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_VarSelect) ) pMaskSet->bVarSelect = 1; + mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); + }else if( p->x.pList ){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->y.pWin ){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->y.pWin->pPartition); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->y.pWin->pOrderBy); + } #endif + return mask; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + return p ? sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet,p) : 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); } - p->nOp += nOp; } - return addr; + return mask; } + /* -** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** +** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the +** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new +** virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end and work forward +** so that the added virtual terms are never processed. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze( + SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ +){ + int i; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); } } /* -** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. +** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into +** new WHERE clause terms. +** +** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against +** a HIDDEN column in the table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* The FROM clause term to process */ + WhereClause *pWC /* Xfer function arguments to here */ +){ + Table *pTab; + int j, k; + ExprList *pArgs; + Expr *pColRef; + Expr *pTerm; + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ) return; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pArgs = pItem->u1.pFuncArg; + if( pArgs==0 ) return; + for(j=k=0; jnExpr; j++){ + Expr *pRhs; + while( knCol && (pTab->aCol[k].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)==0 ){k++;} + if( k>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on %s() - max %d", + pTab->zName, j); + return; + } + pColRef = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); + if( pColRef==0 ) return; + pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pColRef->iColumn = k++; + pColRef->y.pTab = pTab; + pRhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, + sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0); + pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, pRhs); + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pTerm, TERM_DYNAMIC); } } +/************** End of whereexpr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* -** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for +** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable +** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing +** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting +** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; - } -} +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "whereInt.h" */ /* -** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently -** added operation. +** Extra information appended to the end of sqlite3_index_info but not +** visible to the xBestIndex function, at least not directly. The +** sqlite3_vtab_collation() interface knows how to reach it, however. +** +** This object is not an API and can be changed from one release to the +** next. As long as allocateIndexInfo() and sqlite3_vtab_collation() +** agree on the structure, all will be well. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->aOp ){ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; - } -} +typedef struct HiddenIndexInfo HiddenIndexInfo; +struct HiddenIndexInfo { + WhereClause *pWC; /* The Where clause being analyzed */ + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ +}; + +/* Forward declaration of methods */ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); + +/* Test variable that can be set to enable WHERE tracing */ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; +#endif + /* -** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to -** the address of the next instruction to be coded. +** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - assert( addr>=0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( addr>=0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nRowOut; } - /* -** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If -** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. +** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this +** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. */ -static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlcipher3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ - if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pDef); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->eDistinct; } -static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlcipher3 *, Op *, int); - /* -** Delete a P4 value if necessary. +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. +** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. */ -static void freeP4(sqlcipher3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ - if( p4 ){ - assert( db ); - switch( p4type ){ - case P4_REAL: - case P4_INT64: - case P4_DYNAMIC: - case P4_KEYINFO: - case P4_INTARRAY: - case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: { - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p4); - break; - } - case P4_MPRINTF: { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlcipher3_free(p4); - break; - } - case P4_VDBEFUNC: { - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4; - freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc); - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc); - break; - } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); - break; - } - case P4_MEM: { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ValueFree((sqlcipher3_value*)p4); - }else{ - Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - } - break; - } - case P4_VTAB : { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlcipher3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); - break; - } - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nOBSat; } /* -** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the -** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain -** nOp entries. +** In the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization, if the inner-most loop is known +** to emit rows in increasing order, and if the last row emitted by the +** inner-most loop did not fit within the sorter, then we can skip all +** subsequent rows for the current iteration of the inner loop (because they +** will not fit in the sorter either) and continue with the second inner +** loop - the loop immediately outside the inner-most. +** +** When a row does not fit in the sorter (because the sorter already +** holds LIMIT+OFFSET rows that are smaller), then a jump is made to the +** label returned by this function. +** +** If the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization applies, the jump destination should +** be the continuation for the second-inner-most loop. If the ORDER BY +** LIMIT optimization does not apply, then the jump destination should +** be the continuation for the inner-most loop. +** +** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the +** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. +** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization +** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change +** the final answer. */ -static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlcipher3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ - if( aOp ){ - Op *pOp; - for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); -#endif - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + WhereLevel *pInner; + if( !pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop ){ + /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the + ** continuation of the inner-most loop. */ + return pWInfo->iContinue; } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aOp); + pInner = &pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1]; + assert( pInner->addrNxt!=0 ); + return pInner->addrNxt; } /* -** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked -** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program -** objects when the VM is no longer required. +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue +** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ - p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; - pVdbe->pProgram = p; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); + return pWInfo->iContinue; } /* -** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break +** out of a WHERE loop. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - if( p->aOp ){ - VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->iBreak; } /* -** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -** -** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of -** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc(). -** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the -** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. +** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to +** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause. Return +** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only +** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass +** optimization can be used on multiple ** -** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure. -** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from -** sqlcipher3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized. -** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure -** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc. The -** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is -** finalized. -** -** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points -** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of -** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. +** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) +** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS +** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data +** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. +** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. +** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. ** -** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. +** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is +** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ - Op *pOp; - sqlcipher3 *db; - assert( p!=0 ); - db = p->db; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ - if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) { - freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); - } - return; - } - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( addrnOp ); - if( addr<0 ){ - addr = p->nOp - 1; - } - pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - pOp->p4.p = 0; - if( n==P4_INT32 ){ - /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int - ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ - pOp->p4.i = SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); - pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; - }else if( zP4==0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int nField, nByte; - - nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField; - nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField; - pKeyInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte); - pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - if( pKeyInfo ){ - u8 *aSortOrder; - memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField); - aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder; - if( aSortOrder ){ - pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField]; - memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField); - } - pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; - }else{ - p->db->mallocFailed = 1; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - } - }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; - }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; - sqlcipher3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); - assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); - }else if( n<0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; - }else{ - if( n==0 ) n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zP4); - pOp->p4.z = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); - pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ + memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n", + pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI", + aiCur[0], aiCur[1]); } +#endif + return pWInfo->eOnePass; } -#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or -** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This -** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens -** in a production build. +** Move the content of pSrc into pDest */ -static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); - assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->nOp ){ - assert( p->aOp ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); - p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlcipher3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); - } -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( p ){ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( p ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); - va_start(ap, zFormat); - vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } +static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ + pDest->n = pSrc->n; + memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ /* -** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then -** return the most recently inserted opcode. -** -** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this -** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode -** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. -** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning -** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from -** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, -** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and -** by running with Valgrind. +** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. ** -** About the #ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called -** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE, -** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlcipher3VdbeGet() as soon as -** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without -** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But -** if SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to -** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing. +** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be +** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing +** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlcipher3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all - ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ - static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( addr<0 ){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; -#endif - addr = p->nOp - 1; +static int whereOrInsert( + WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ + Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ + LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ + LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ +){ + u16 i; + WhereOrCost *p; + for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ + if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ + goto whereOrInsert_done; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ + return 0; + } } - assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; + if( pSet->na[pSet->n++]; + p->nOut = nOut; }else{ - return &p->aOp[addr]; + p = pSet->a; + for(i=1; in; i++){ + if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; } +whereOrInsert_done: + p->prereq = prereq; + p->rRun = rRun; + if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; + return 1; } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ - || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) /* -** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. -** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. +** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if +** iCursor is not in the set. */ -static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ - char *zP4 = zTemp; - assert( nTemp>=20 ); - switch( pOp->p4type ){ - case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC: - case P4_KEYINFO: { - int i, j; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); - i = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zTemp); - for(j=0; jnField; j++){ - CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; - if( pColl ){ - int n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pColl->zName); - if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ - memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); - break; - } - zTemp[i++] = ','; - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ - zTemp[i++] = '-'; - } - memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1); - i += n; - }else if( i+4p4.pColl; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName); - break; - } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); - break; - } - case P4_INT64: { - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); - break; - } - case P4_INT32: { - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); - break; - } - case P4_REAL: { - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); - break; - } - case P4_MEM: { - Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ - zP4 = pMem->z; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); - }else{ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); - zP4 = "(blob)"; - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - case P4_VTAB: { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); - break; - } -#endif - case P4_INTARRAY: { - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); - break; - } - case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); - break; - } - case P4_ADVANCE: { - zTemp[0] = 0; - break; - } - default: { - zP4 = pOp->p4.z; - if( zP4==0 ){ - zP4 = zTemp; - zTemp[0] = 0; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + int i; + assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); + for(i=0; in; i++){ + if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ + return MASKBIT(i); } } - assert( zP4!=0 ); - return zP4; + return 0; } -#endif /* -** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. +** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. ** -** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of -** attached databases that they will be using. A mask of these databases -** is maintained in p->btreeMask and is used for locking and other purposes. +** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of +** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the +** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] +** array will never overflow. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ - assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); - assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); - p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); + pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE>0 /* -** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, -** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure -** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also -** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring -** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. -** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then -** sqlcipher3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables -** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle -** associated with the VM. -** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this -** function is a no-op. -** -** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared -** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask -** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of -** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not -** be a problem. +** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria +** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). +** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - yDbMask mask; - sqlcipher3 *db; - Db *aDb; - int nDb; - if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ - db = p->db; - aDb = db->aDb; - nDb = db->nDb; - for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); - } +static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ + int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ + i16 iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ + Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ + int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ + + assert( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ); + pWC = pScan->pWC; + while(1){ + iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + assert( pWC!=0 ); + do{ + for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; knTerm; k++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur + && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR + || sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft, + pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0) + && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + ){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 + && pScan->nEquivaiCur) + && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op + ==TK_COLUMN + ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnEquiv; j++){ + if( pScan->aiCur[j]==pX->iTable + && pScan->aiColumn[j]==pX->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ + pScan->aiCur[j] = pX->iTable; + pScan->aiColumn[j] = pX->iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv++; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ + /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ + if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ + CollSeq *pColl; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; + pX = pTerm->pExpr; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ + continue; + } + assert(pX->pLeft); + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, + pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 + && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN + && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0] + && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0] + ){ + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + continue; + } + pScan->pWC = pWC; + pScan->k = k+1; + return pTerm; + } + } + } + pWC = pWC->pOuter; + k = 0; + }while( pWC!=0 ); + if( pScan->iEquiv>=pScan->nEquiv ) break; + pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; + k = 0; + pScan->iEquiv++; } + return 0; } -#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE>0 /* -** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlcipher3VdbeEnter(). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - yDbMask mask; - sqlcipher3 *db; - Db *aDb; - int nDb; - if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ - db = p->db; - aDb = db->aDb; - nDb = db->nDb; - for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); - } +** This is whereScanInit() for the case of an index on an expression. +** It is factored out into a separate tail-recursion subroutine so that +** the normal whereScanInit() routine, which is a high-runner, does not +** need to push registers onto the stack as part of its prologue. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE WhereTerm *whereScanInitIndexExpr(WhereScan *pScan){ + pScan->idxaff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pScan->pIdxExpr); + return whereScanNext(pScan); +} + +/* +** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the +** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. +** +** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look +** for terms of the form "X " where X is column iColumn of table +** iCur. Or if pIdx!=0 then X is column iColumn of index pIdx. pIdx +** must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** +** The must be one of the operators described by opMask. +** +** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the +** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form +** "Y ". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, +** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. +** +** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with +** index pIdx. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( + WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ + int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ + u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ +){ + pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; + pScan->pWC = pWC; + pScan->pIdxExpr = 0; + pScan->idxaff = 0; + pScan->zCollName = 0; + pScan->opMask = opMask; + pScan->k = 0; + pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur; + pScan->nEquiv = 1; + pScan->iEquiv = 1; + if( pIdx ){ + int j = iColumn; + iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){ + pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr; + pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; + pScan->aiColumn[0] = XN_EXPR; + return whereScanInitIndexExpr(pScan); + }else if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ + iColumn = XN_ROWID; + }else if( iColumn>=0 ){ + pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; + pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; + } + }else if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){ + return 0; } + pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn; + return whereScanNext(pScan); } -#endif -#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) /* -** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ - char *zP4; - char zPtr[50]; - static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n"; - if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, - sqlcipher3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : "" -#else - "" -#endif - ); - fflush(pOut); -} -#endif +** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " +** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur or of index pIdx +** if pIdx!=0 and is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by +** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. +** +** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx +** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur. +** +** The term returned might by Y= if there is another constraint in +** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be +** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The +** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11 +** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 +** other equivalent values. Hence a search for X will return if X=A1 +** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=. +** +** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X " +** then try for the one with no dependencies on - in other words where +** is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of +** the form "X Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of +** the form "X " exist. If no terms with a constant RHS +** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +){ + WhereTerm *pResult = 0; + WhereTerm *p; + WhereScan scan; -/* -** Release an array of N Mem elements -*/ -static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ - if( p && N ){ - Mem *pEnd; - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; - if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ - for(pEnd=&p[N]; pzMalloc); + p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); + op &= WO_EQ|WO_IS; + while( p ){ + if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ + if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&op)!=0 ){ + testcase( p->eOperator & WO_IS ); + return p; } - return; + if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; } - for(pEnd=&p[N]; pa[] is returned. If +** no expression is found, -1 is returned. +*/ +static int findIndexCol( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ + int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ + int iCol /* Column of index to match */ +){ + int i; + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; - /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease() - ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is - ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. - ** - ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to - ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 - ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if - ** sqlcipher3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps - ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table - ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() - ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. - */ - if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->zMalloc ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); - p->zMalloc = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] + && p->iTable==iBase + ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + return i; } - - p->flags = MEM_Null; } - db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; } + + return -1; } /* -** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are -** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlcipher3VdbeExec(). +** Return TRUE if the iCol-th column of index pIdx is NOT NULL */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ - int i; - Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); - VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; - for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); +static int indexColumnNotNull(Index *pIdx, int iCol){ + int j; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + j = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]; + if( j>=0 ){ + return pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull; + }else if( j==(-1) ){ + return 1; + }else{ + assert( j==(-2) ); + return 0; /* Assume an indexed expression can always yield a NULL */ + } - releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); - sqlcipher3DbFree(p->v->db, p); } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* -** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. -** -** The interface is the same as sqlcipher3VdbeExec(). But instead of -** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. -** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". -** -** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When -** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these -** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement -** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument +** is redundant. ** -** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of -** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. +** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the +** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeList( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +static int isDistinctRedundant( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ ){ - int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ - int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ - SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ - Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iBase; - assert( p->explain ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); - assert( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ); + /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** clause is redundant. */ + if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; - /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for - ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls - ** sqlcipher3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the + ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ - releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); - p->pResultSet = 0; - - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlcipher3_column_text() or - ** sqlcipher3_column_text16() failed. */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } - /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the - ** listing has finished and sqlcipher3_step() should return SQLCIPHER_DONE. - ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus - ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered - ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are - ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes + ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: + ** + ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and + ** + ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct + ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", + ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the + ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. + ** + ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not + ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. */ - nRow = p->nOp; - if( p->explain==1 ){ - /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will - ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers - ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 - ** cells. */ - assert( p->nMem>9 ); - pSub = &p->aMem[9]; - if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ - /* On the first call to sqlcipher3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is - ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ - nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - } - for(i=0; inOp; - } - } - - do{ - i = p->pc++; - }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); - if( i>=nRow ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; - }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT; - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3ErrStr(p->rc)); - }else{ - char *z; - Op *pOp; - if( inOp ){ - /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the - ** main program. */ - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - }else{ - /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and - ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ - int j; - i -= p->nOp; - for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ - i -= apSub[j]->nOp; - } - pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; - } - if( p->explain==1 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; - pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = (char*)sqlcipher3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - pMem++; - - /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has - ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms - ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram - ** has not already been seen. - */ - if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==nSub && SQLCIPHER_OK==sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){ - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; - pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; - pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); - } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( 0==sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iBase, i, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ + if( findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)<0 ) break; + if( indexColumnNotNull(pIdx, i)==0 ) break; } } - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; - pMem++; - - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); - if( z!=pMem->z ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, 0); - }else{ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - } - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_TEXT; - pMem++; - - if( p->explain==1 ){ - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = 2; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_TEXT; - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - pMem++; - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( pOp->zComment ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = pOp->zComment; - pMem->n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_TEXT; - }else -#endif - { - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_NULL; - } + if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ + return 1; } - - p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); - p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - rc = SQLCIPHER_ROW; } - return rc; + + return 0; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG + /* -** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. +** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - const char *z = pOp->p4.z; - while( sqlcipher3Isspace(*z) ) z++; - printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); - } +static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ + return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33; } -#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* -** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. +** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code. +** +** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column +** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine +** instead of via table lookup. +** +** If the iAutoidxCur is not zero, then any OP_Rowid instructions on +** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Sequence opcode for the +** iAutoidxCur cursor, in order to generate unique rowids for the +** automatic index being generated. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( sqlcipher3IoTrace==0 ) return; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - int i, j; - char z[1000]; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); - for(i=0; sqlcipher3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( sqlcipher3Isspace(z[i]) ){ - if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ - z[j++] = ' '; - } +static void translateColumnToCopy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iStart, /* Translate from this opcode to the end */ + int iTabCur, /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */ + int iRegister, /* The first column is in this register */ + int iAutoidxCur /* If non-zero, cursor of autoindex being generated */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart); + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + for(; iStartp1!=iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; + pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + iRegister; + pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; + pOp->p3 = 0; + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + if( iAutoidxCur ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Sequence; + pOp->p1 = iAutoidxCur; }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 0; + pOp->p3 = 0; } } - z[j] = 0; - sqlcipher3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); } } -#endif /* !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE && SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ /* -** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to -** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. -** -** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will -** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not -** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that -** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not -** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf -** is NULL. -** -** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. -** -** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the -** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past -** the end of the allocated space. -** -** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed -** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the -** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. +** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info +** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither +** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines +** are no-ops. */ -static void *allocSpace( - void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ - u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ - u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ - int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ -){ - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); - if( pBuf ) return pBuf; - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ - pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; - *ppFrom += nByte; - }else{ - *pnByte += nByte; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) +static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, + p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, + p->aConstraint[i].op, + p->aConstraint[i].usable); + } + for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", + i, + p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, + p->aOrderBy[i].desc); } - return pBuf; } - -/* -** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for -** running it. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ int i; -#endif - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - - /* There should be at least one opcode. - */ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - - /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - for(i=1; inMem; i++){ - assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); +} +#else +#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) +#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) #endif - p->pc = -1; - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - p->nChange = 0; - p->cacheCtr = 1; - p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; - p->iStatement = 0; - p->nFkConstraint = 0; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; - p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it +** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate +** index existed. +*/ +static int termCanDriveIndex( + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ + Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ +){ + char aff; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0; + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS) + ){ + /* Cannot use an IS term from the WHERE clause as an index driver for + ** the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. Such a term can only be used if it is from + ** the ON clause. */ + return 0; } -#endif + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; + if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + return 1; } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after -** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such -** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. -** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlcipher3VdbeExec(). -** -** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine. -** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready -** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to -** sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects -** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the -** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be -** destroyed. -** -** Use the sqlcipher3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back -** to its initial state after it has been run. +** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index +** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator +** makes use of the automatic index. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady( - Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ - Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ +static void constructAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ - int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ - int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ - int n; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */ - u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */ - int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */ - - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - db = p->db; - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); - nVar = pParse->nVar; - nMem = pParse->nMem; - nCursor = pParse->nTab; - nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; - - /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory - ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by - ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for - ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with - ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) - ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. - ** - ** See also: allocateCursor(). - */ - nMem += nCursor; + int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ + int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ + Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ + int n; /* Column counter */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ + char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ + Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ + Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ + u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ + Expr *pPartial = 0; /* Partial Index Expression */ + int iContinue = 0; /* Jump here to skip excluded rows */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being indexed */ + int addrCounter = 0; /* Address where integer counter is initialized */ + int regBase; /* Array of registers where record is assembled */ - /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and - ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. - */ - zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */ - zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */ + /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the + ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); - resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); - p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); - if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ - nMem = 10; + /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index + ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ + nKeyCol = 0; + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermpExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) /* prereq always non-zero */ + || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor /* for the right-hand */ + || pLoop->prereq!=0 ); /* table of a LEFT JOIN */ + if( pLoop->prereq==0 + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){ + pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse, pPartial, + sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0)); + } + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ + int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + if( !sentWarning ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, + "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, + pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); + sentWarning = 1; + } + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ){ + goto end_auto_index_create; + } + pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; + idxCols |= cMask; + } + } } - memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); - zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); - p->expired = 0; + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED + | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; - /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two - ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the - ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory - ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second - ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. - ** - ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from - ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly - ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. + /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a + ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all + ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the + ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must + ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the + ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used + ** if they go out of sync. */ - do { - nByte = 0; - p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), - &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - if( nByte ){ - p->pFree = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - } - zCsr = p->pFree; - zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; - }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); + extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); + mxBitCol = MIN(BMS-1,pTable->nCol); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); + for(i=0; icolUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + } - p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor; - if( p->aVar ){ - p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; - for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aVar[n].db = db; + /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ + pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); + if( pIdx==0 ) goto end_auto_index_create; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; + pIdx->pTable = pTable; + n = 0; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + idxCols |= cMask; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; + } } } - if( p->azVar ){ - p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; - memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0])); - memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0])); + assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); + + /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into + ** a covering index */ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; + } } - if( p->aMem ){ - p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ - p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ - for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ - p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aMem[n].db = db; + if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; } } - p->explain = pParse->explain; - sqlcipher3VdbeRewind(p); -} + assert( n==nKeyCol ); + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = XN_ROWID; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; -/* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor -** happens to hold. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ - if( pCx==0 ){ - return; + /* Create the automatic index */ + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); + pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); + + /* Fill the automatic index with content */ + pTabItem = &pWC->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + addrCounter = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of %s", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); } - sqlcipher3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); - if( pCx->pBt ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); - /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by - ** the call above. */ - }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); + if( pPartial ){ + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pPartial, iContinue, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_PARTIALIDX; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ - sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule; - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regBase = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + if( pPartial ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrCounter, regBase+n); + testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>0 ); + translateColumnToCopy(pParse, addrTop, pLevel->iTabCur, + pTabItem->regResult, pLevel->iIdxCur); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); + pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); } -#endif -} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); -/* -** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This -** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore -** control to the main program. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ - Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; - v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; - v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; - v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; - v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; - v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; - v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; - v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; - v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; - return pFrame->pc; + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); + +end_auto_index_create: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pPartial); } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Close all cursors. -** -** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory -** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain -** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to -** open cursors. +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure +** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ -static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->pFrame ){ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - sqlcipher3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); +static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause being analyzed */ + Bitmask mUnusable, /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term that is the vtab */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + u16 *pmNoOmit /* Mask of terms not to omit */ +){ + int i, j; + int nTerm; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + struct HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int nOrderBy; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + u16 mNoOmit = 0; + + /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring + ** to this virtual table */ + for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + nTerm++; } - p->pFrame = 0; - p->nFrame = 0; - if( p->apCsr ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ - VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; - if( pC ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); - p->apCsr[i] = 0; - } + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of + ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. + */ + nOrderBy = 0; + if( pOrderBy ){ + int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; + if( pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL ) break; + } + if( i==n){ + nOrderBy = n; } } - if( p->aMem ){ - releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure + */ + pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy + sizeof(*pHidden) ); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); + return 0; + } + + /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains + ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from + ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to + ** initialize those fields. + */ + pHidden = (struct HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pHidden[1]; + pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; + pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; + *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = + pUsage; + + pHidden->pWC = pWC; + pHidden->pParse = pParse; + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + u16 op; + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IS|WO_ISNULL)) + ){ + /* An "IS" term in the WHERE clause where the virtual table is the rhs + ** of a LEFT JOIN. Do not pass this term to the virtual table + ** implementation, as this can lead to incorrect results from SQL such + ** as: + ** + ** "LEFT JOIN vtab WHERE vtab.col IS NULL" */ + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + continue; + } + assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; + op = pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; + if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; + if( op==WO_AUX ){ + pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eMatchOp; + }else if( op & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IS) ){ + if( op==WO_ISNULL ){ + pIdxCons[j].op = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL; + }else{ + pIdxCons[j].op = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS; + } + }else{ + pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)op; + /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because + ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The + ** following asserts verify this fact. */ + assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); + assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); + assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); + assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); + assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) ); + + if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) + && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) + ){ + if( i<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << i); + if( op==WO_LT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_LE; + if( op==WO_GT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_GE; + } + } + + j++; } - while( p->pDelFrame ){ - VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; - p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; - sqlcipher3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; } + + *pmNoOmit = mNoOmit; + return pIdxInfo; } /* -** Clean up the VM after execution. +** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function +** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() +** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that +** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. +** +** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and an +** appropriate error code is returned. A return of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT from +** xBestIndex is not considered an error. SQLITE_CONSTRAINT indicates that +** the current configuration of "unusable" flags in sqlite3_index_info can +** not result in a valid plan. ** -** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or -** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of -** variables in the aVar[] array. +** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates +** that this is required. */ -static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and - ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ - int i; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 ); - for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null ); -#endif - - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - p->pResultSet = 0; -} +static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; + int rc; -/* -** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL -** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during -** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlcipher3_column_count() can -** be called on an SQL statement before sqlcipher3_step(). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ - Mem *pColName; - int n; - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; + TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); + rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); + TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; - p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; - p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); - if( p->aColName==0 ) return; - while( n-- > 0 ){ - pColName->flags = MEM_Null; - pColName->db = p->db; - pColName++; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(pParse->db); + }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); + } } + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + return rc; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. -** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. +** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an +** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: ** -** This call must be made after a call to sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(). +** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pRec +** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pRec ** -** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC, SQLCIPHER_STATIC -** or SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed -** to by zName will be freed by sqlcipher3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. +** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that +** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index +** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples +** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record +** pRec. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName( - Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ - int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ - int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ - const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ +static int whereKeyStats( + Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ + UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ + int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ + tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ ){ - int rc; - Mem *pColName; - assert( idxnResColumn ); - assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ - assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC ); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - assert( p->aColName!=0 ); - pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, xDel); - assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle -** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a -** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine -** takes care of the master journal trickery. -*/ -static int vdbeCommit(sqlcipher3 *db, Vdbe *p){ - int i; - int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - int needXcommit = 0; + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ + int i; /* Index of first sample >= pRec */ + int iSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ + int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ + int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ + int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ + int nField; /* Number of fields in pRec */ + tRowcnt iLower = 0; /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* With this option, sqlcipher3VtabSync() is defined to be simply - ** SQLCIPHER_OK so p is not used. - */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); #endif + assert( pRec!=0 ); + assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); + assert( pRec->nField>0 && pRec->nField<=pIdx->nSampleCol ); - /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any - ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is - ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database - ** to the transaction. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg); - - /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than - ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal - ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - needXcommit = 1; - if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; - rc = sqlcipher3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlcipher3BtreePager(pBt)); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ - if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ - rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); - if( rc ){ - return SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - - /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the - ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the - ** master-journal. + /* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal + ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search + ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more + ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored. ** - ** If the return value of sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In - ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the - ** simple case then too. - */ - if( 0==sqlcipher3Strlen30(sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) - || nTrans<=1 - ){ - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); - } - } - - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. - ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an - ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, - ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); + ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the + ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to + ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples + ** in aSample is: + ** + ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) + ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) + ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) + ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) + ** aSample[4] = (c, 105) + ** + ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the + ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, + ** the code actually searches this set: + ** + ** 0: (a) + ** 1: (a, 5) + ** 2: (a, 10) + ** 3: (a, 10) + ** 4: (b) + ** 5: (b, 5) + ** 6: (c) + ** 7: (c, 100) + ** 8: (c, 105) + ** 9: (c, 105) + ** + ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the + ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on + ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc. + ** + ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields. + ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or + ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, + ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it + ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it + ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, + ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not + ** cause any problems. + */ + nField = pRec->nField; + iCol = 0; + iSample = pIdx->nSample * nField; + do{ + int iSamp; /* Index in aSample[] of test sample */ + int n; /* Number of fields in test sample */ + + iTest = (iMin+iSample)/2; + iSamp = iTest / nField; + if( iSamp>0 ){ + /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp]. + ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) + ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */ + for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; nnField = n; + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iSamp].n, aSample[iSamp].p, pRec); + if( res<0 ){ + iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] + aSample[iSamp].anEq[n-1]; + iMin = iTest+1; + }else if( res==0 && npVfs; - int needSync = 0; - char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ - char const *zMainFile = sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); - sqlcipher3_file *pMaster = 0; - i64 offset = 0; - int res; + }while( res && iMindb->mallocFailed==0 ){ + if( res==0 ){ + /* If (res==0) is true, then pRec must be equal to sample i. */ + assert( inSample ); + assert( iCol==nField-1 ); + pRec->nField = nField; + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new - ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close - ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files - ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll - ** back independently if a failure occurs. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - char const *zFile = sqlcipher3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); - if( zFile==0 ){ - continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ - } - assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); - if( !needSync && !sqlcipher3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ - needSync = 1; - } - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); - offset += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zFile)+1; - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlcipher3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } + }else{ + /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than + ** all samples in the aSample[] array, pRec must be smaller than the + ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */ + assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 ); + pRec->nField = iCol+1; + assert( i==pIdx->nSample + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* if i==0 and iCol==0, then record pRec is smaller than all samples + ** in the aSample[] array. Otherwise, if (iCol>0) then pRec must + ** be greater than or equal to the (iCol) field prefix of sample i. + ** If (i>0), then pRec must also be greater than sample (i-1). */ + if( iCol>0 ){ + pRec->nField = iCol; + assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)<=0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); } - } - - /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device - ** flag is set this is not required. - */ - if( needSync - && 0==(sqlcipher3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLCIPHER_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) - && SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = sqlcipher3OsSync(pMaster, SQLCIPHER_SYNC_NORMAL)) - ){ - sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlcipher3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call - ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If - ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. - ** - ** If the error occurs during the first call to - ** sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the - ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, - ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal - ** file before the failure occurred. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); + if( i>0 ){ + pRec->nField = nField; + assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); } } - sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_BUSY ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } + } +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ - /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After - ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual - ** transaction files are deleted. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zMaster); - zMaster = 0; - if( rc ){ - return rc; + if( res==0 ){ + /* Record pRec is equal to sample i */ + assert( iCol==nField-1 ); + aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + }else{ + /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first + ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec + ** is larger than all samples in the array. */ + tRowcnt iUpper, iGap; + if( i>=pIdx->nSample ){ + iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); + }else{ + iUpper = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; } - /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following - ** calls to sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and - ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while - ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the - ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals - ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. - */ - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlcipher3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); - } + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + iGap = 0; + }else{ + iGap = iUpper - iLower; } - sqlcipher3EndBenignMalloc(); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - - sqlcipher3VtabCommit(db); + if( roundUp ){ + iGap = (iGap*2)/3; + }else{ + iGap = iGap/3; + } + aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; + aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[nField-1]; } -#endif - return rc; + /* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning. */ + pRec->nField = nField; + return i; } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ -/* -** This routine checks that the sqlcipher3.activeVdbeCnt count variable -** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlcipher3.pVdbe that are -** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. -** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing -** step. +/* +** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number +** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. ** -** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. +** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, +** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of +** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term +** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlcipher3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - int cnt = 0; - int nWrite = 0; - p = db->pVdbe; - while( p ){ - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ - cnt++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; +static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ + LogEst nRet = nNew; + if( pTerm ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + nRet += pTerm->truthProb; + }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); } - p = p->pNext; } - assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt ); - assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt ); + return nRet; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** Return the affinity for a single column of an index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCol){ + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + if( sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pIdx)==0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + assert( pIdx->zColAff[iCol]!=0 ); + return pIdx->zColAff[iCol]; } -#else -#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) #endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** For every Btree that in database connection db which -** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in -** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor -** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback -*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even -** cursor from other VMs in different database connections, -** so that none of them try to use the data at which they -** were pointing and which now may have been changed due -** to the rollback. +** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a +** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; +** +** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows +** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate +** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based +** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple +** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with +** by the caller. +** +** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values +** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each +** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or +** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and +** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted +** as follows: +** +** nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N ) ** -** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and -** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save -** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor -** so that it is never used again. +** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is +** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it, +** U is set to N. +** +** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However, +** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the +** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone +** is left as is. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK. */ -static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLCIPHER_ABORT); +static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */ + int *pbDone /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */ +){ + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int nLower = -1; + int nUpper = p->nSample+1; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq); + CollSeq *pColl; + + sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ + sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ + + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]); + if( pLower ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1); + nLower = 0; + } + if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2); + nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample; + } + + if( p1 || p2 ){ + int i; + int nDiff; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inSample; i++){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nLower++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nUpper++; + } + } + nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); + if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; + + /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the + ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback + ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating + ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows + ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */ + if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){ + int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff)); + pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust; + *pbDone = 1; + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u adjust=%d est=%d\n", + nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut)); } + + }else{ + assert( *pbDone==0 ); } + + sqlite3ValueFree(p1); + sqlite3ValueFree(p2); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ /* -** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, -** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or -** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement -** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the -** statement transaction is commtted. +** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited +** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper +** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper +** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For +** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** |_____| |_____| +** | | +** pLower pUpper +** +** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in +** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. +** +** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the number of the index +** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of +** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, +** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 0. ** -** If an IO error occurs, an SQLCIPHER_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. -** Otherwise SQLCIPHER_OK. +** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of +** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) +** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper. +** +** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be +** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND xdb; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int whereRangeScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nOut = pLoop->nOut; + LogEst nNew; - /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a - ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception - ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback. - ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. - */ - if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ - int i; - const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; - assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); - assert( db->nStatement>0 ); - assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); + if( p->nSample>0 && ALWAYS(nEqnSampleCol) + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat4) + ){ + if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + tRowcnt a[2]; + int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; + int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; + + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The + ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the + ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most + ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. + ** + ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it + ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the + ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used. + ** + ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows + ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound + ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values + ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. + ** + ** The number of rows between the two bounds is then just iUpper-iLower. + */ + tRowcnt iLower; /* Rows less than the lower bound */ + tRowcnt iUpper; /* Rows less than the upper bound */ + int iLwrIdx = -2; /* aSample[] for the lower bound */ + int iUprIdx = -1; /* aSample[] for the upper bound */ + + if( pRec ){ + testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid ); + pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid; + } + /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ + if( nEq==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = p->nRowEst0; + }else{ + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iLower = a[0]; + iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; + } + + assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); + assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 ); + if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ + /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */ + SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper); + SWAP(int, nBtm, nTop); + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ + if( pLower ){ + int n; /* Values extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nBtm, nEq, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE; + if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT); + iLwrIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; + nOut--; + pLower = 0; + } + } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - int rc2 = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - rc2 = sqlcipher3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ + if( pUpper ){ + int n; /* Values extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nTop, nEq, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE; + if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT); + iUprIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNewpRec = pRec; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iUpper>iLower ){ + nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); + /* TUNING: If both iUpper and iLower are derived from the same + ** sample, then assume they are 4x more selective. This brings + ** the estimated selectivity more in line with what it would be + ** if estimated without the use of STAT4 tables. */ + if( iLwrIdx==iUprIdx ) nNew -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); + }else{ + nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = rc2; + if( nNewnStatement--; - p->iStatement = 0; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder); + assert( pLower || pUpper ); +#endif + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); - } - } + /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit and neither limit + ** has an application-defined likelihood(), assume the range is + ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended + ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the + ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){ + nNew -= 20; + } - /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the - ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when - ** the statement transaction was opened. */ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; - } + nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); + if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; + if( nNewnOut>nOut ){ + WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n", + pLoop->nOut, nOut)); } +#endif + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut; return rc; } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database -** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be -** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint -** violations, return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLCIPHER_OK. +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in +** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most +** column of an index and sqlite_stat4 histogram data is available +** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is +** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. ** -** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns -** SQLCIPHER_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT and write -** an error message to it. Then return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed"); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; +static int whereEqualScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ + int bOk; + + assert( nEq>=1 ); + assert( nEq<=p->nColumn ); + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + assert( p->nSample>0 ); + assert( pBuilder->nRecValidnRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + + /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() + ** below would return the same value. */ + if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){ + *pnRow = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, 1, nEq-1, &bOk); + pBuilder->pRec = pRec; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; + + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n", + p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1])); + *pnRow = a[1]; + + return rc; } -#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* -** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE -** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those -** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator +** is a list of values. Example: ** -** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from -** SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_RUN to SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to -** call this on a VM that is in the SQLCIPHER_MAGIC_HALT state. +** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** -** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of -** lock contention, return SQLCIPHER_BUSY. If SQLCIPHER_BUSY is returned, it -** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - - /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or - ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. - ** - ** If any of the following errors occur: - ** - ** SQLCIPHER_NOMEM - ** SQLCIPHER_IOERR - ** SQLCIPHER_FULL - ** SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT - ** - ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent - ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is - ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. - */ +static int whereInScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ + tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - closeAllCursors(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inExpr; i++){ + nEst = nRow0; + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); + nRowEst += nEst; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; } - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - - /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ - int eStatementOp = 0; - int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ - /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ - sqlcipher3VdbeEnter(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; + *pnRow = nRowEst; + WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst)); + } + assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ - /* Check for one of the special errors */ - mrc = p->rc & 0xff; - assert( p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ - isSpecialError = mrc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || mrc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR - || mrc==SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLCIPHER_FULL; - if( isSpecialError ){ - /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT, - ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint - ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a - ** consistent state. - ** - ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform - ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error - ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database - ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function - ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore - ** the pager to a consistent state. - */ - if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT ){ - if( (mrc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || mrc==SQLCIPHER_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing - ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. - */ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - sqlcipher3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - } - /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); - } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer - ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. - ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occurred. - */ - if( !sqlcipher3VtabInSync(db) - && db->autoCommit - && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) - ){ - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - rc = SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT; - }else{ - /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful - ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign - ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit - ** is required. */ - rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeLeave(p); - return SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - }else{ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; - sqlcipher3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - }else{ - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - } - db->nStatement = 0; - }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; - }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - sqlcipher3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - - /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to - ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlcipher3VdbeCloseStatement() to - ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement - ** error code is SQLCIPHER_OK or SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT, then promote the - ** current statement error code. - */ - if( eStatementOp ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); - if( rc ){ - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - } - invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db); - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - sqlcipher3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - - /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction - ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. - */ - if( p->changeCntOn ){ - if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); - } - p->nChange = 0; - } - - /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */ - if( p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && db->flags&SQLCIPHER_InternChanges ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - db->flags = (db->flags | SQLCIPHER_InternChanges); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Print the content of a WhereTerm object +*/ +static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ + if( pTerm==0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm); + }else{ + char zType[4]; + char zLeft[50]; + memcpy(zType, "...", 4); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}", + pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn); + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", + pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable); + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "TERM-%-3d %p %s %-12s prob=%-3d op=0x%03x wtFlags=0x%04x", + iTerm, pTerm, zType, zLeft, pTerm->truthProb, + pTerm->eOperator, pTerm->wtFlags); + if( pTerm->iField ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iField=%d\n", pTerm->iField); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); } + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0); + } +} +#endif - /* Release the locks */ - sqlcipher3VdbeLeave(p); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Show the complete content of a WhereClause +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ + whereTermPrint(&pWC->a[i], i); } +} +#endif - /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - db->activeVdbeCnt--; - if( !p->readOnly ){ - db->writeVdbeCnt--; +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes +*/ +static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+3)/4; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + Bitmask mAll = (((Bitmask)1)<<(nb*4)) - 1; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, + p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq & mAll); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", + pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + const char *zName; + if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ + if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ + int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; + while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; + zName += i; + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); + } + }else{ + char *z; + if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", + p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); } - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt ); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); + sqlite3_free(z); } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->nSkip); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held - ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlcipher3ConnectionUnlocked() - ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlcipher3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); + if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inLTerm; i++){ + whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i); + } } - - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); - return (p->rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ? SQLCIPHER_BUSY : SQLCIPHER_OK); } - +#endif /* -** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlcipher3_step() call -** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLCIPHER_OK. +** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed +** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ + p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; + p->nLTerm = 0; + p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); + p->wsFlags = 0; } /* -** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed -** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be -** returned by calls to sqlcipher3_errcode() and sqlcipher3_errmsg()). -** -** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just -** copies them to the database handle. +** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - int rc = p->rc; - if( p->zErrMsg ){ - u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed; - sqlcipher3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlcipher3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3EndBenignMalloc(); - db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed; - db->errCode = rc; - }else{ - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, 0); +static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); + p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; + }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } } - return rc; } /* -** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. -** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -** -** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed -** again. -** -** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the -** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to -** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. +** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - db = p->db; +static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->aLTerm); + whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); + whereLoopInit(p); +} - /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an - ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt - ** it now. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(p); +/* +** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. +*/ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ + WhereTerm **paNew; + if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = (n+7)&~7; + paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); + if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->aLTerm); + p->aLTerm = paNew; + p->nLSlot = n; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code - ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But - ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any - ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. - */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeTransferError(p); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; - }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ - /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call - ** to sqlcipher3_step(). For consistency (since sqlcipher3_step() was - ** called), set the database error in this case as well. - */ - sqlcipher3Error(db, p->rc, 0); - sqlcipher3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; +/* +** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. +*/ +static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ + whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ + memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - - /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE - */ - Cleanup(p); - - /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. - */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); - if( out ){ - int i; - fprintf(out, "---- "); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ", - p->aOp[i].cnt, - p->aOp[i].cycles, - p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 - ); - sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); - } - fclose(out); - } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); + memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); + if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; } -#endif - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p->rc & db->errMask; + return SQLITE_OK; } - + /* -** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is -** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. +** Delete a WhereLoop object */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeReset(p); - assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeDelete(p); - return rc; +static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + whereLoopClear(db, p); + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } /* -** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which -** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31 -** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this -** routine with mask==0. +** Free a WhereInfo structure */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){ +static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ int i; - for(i=0; inAux; i++){ - struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i]; - if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<pAux ){ - if( pAux->xDelete ){ - pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); - } - pAux->pAux = 0; + assert( pWInfo!=0 ); + for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ + WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); } } + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); + while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ + WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; + pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; + whereLoopDelete(db, p); + } + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pWInfo); } /* -** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument. -** The difference between this function and sqlcipher3VdbeDelete() is that -** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with -** the database connection. +** Return TRUE if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y +** (2) X uses fewer WHERE clause terms than Y +** (3) Every WHERE clause term used by X is also used by Y +** (4) X skips at least as many columns as Y +** (5) If X is a covering index, than Y is too +** +** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y. +** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4) +** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might +** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5) +** was added because a covering index probably deserves to have a lower cost +** than a non-covering index even if it is a proper subset. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlcipher3 *db, Vdbe *p){ - SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; - int i; - assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); - releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ - pNext = pSub->pNext; - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSub); +static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( + const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ + const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ +){ + int i, j; + if( pX->nLTerm-pX->nSkip >= pY->nLTerm-pY->nSkip ){ + return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ } - for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->aLabel); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zSql); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->pFree); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); + if( pY->nSkip > pX->nSkip ) return 0; + if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ + if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + } + for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( pX->aLTerm[i]==0 ) continue; + for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; + } + if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ + } + if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + return 0; /* Constraint (5) */ + } + return 1; /* All conditions meet */ } /* -** Delete an entire VDBE. +** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so +** that: +** +** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper +** subset of pTemplate +** +** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate +** is a proper subset. +** +** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer +** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is +** also used by Y. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = p->db; - if( p->pPrev ){ - p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - }else{ - assert( db->pVdbe==p ); - db->pVdbe = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; +static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; + for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; + if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + ** subset p. */ + WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", + pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1)); + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; + }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since + ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ + WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", + pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut+1)); + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; + } } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; - p->db = 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p); } /* -** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it -** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error -** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. +** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be +** replaced by pTemplate. ** -** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that -** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been -** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as -** a NULL row. +** Return NULL if pTemplate does not belong on the WhereLoop list. +** In other words if pTemplate ought to be dropped from further consideration. ** -** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has -** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. +** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can replace, then return the +** link that points to pX. +** +** If pTemplate cannot replace any existing element of the list but needs +** to be added to the list as a new entry, then return a pointer to the +** tail of the list. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ - if( p->deferredMoveto ){ - int res, rc; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - extern int sqlcipher3_search_count; -#endif - assert( p->isTable ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; - if( res!=0 ) return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - p->rowidIsValid = 1; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_search_count++; -#endif - p->deferredMoveto = 0; - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){ - int hasMoved; - int rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( hasMoved ){ - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - p->nullRow = 1; +static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( + WhereLoop **ppPrev, + const WhereLoop *pTemplate +){ + WhereLoop *p; + for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ + /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different + ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is + ** a candidate to replace the other. */ + continue; + } + /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero + ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN + ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index + ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger + ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or + ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better + ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 + && (pTemplate->nSkip)==0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0 + && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq + ){ + break; + } + + /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be + ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: + ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and + ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ + && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ + && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ + ){ + return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ + } + + /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten + ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: + ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and + ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ + && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ + ){ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ + break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ } } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + return ppPrev; } /* -** The following functions: -** -** sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType() -** sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen() -** sqlcipher3VdbeSerialLen() -** sqlcipher3VdbeSerialPut() -** sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet() -** -** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite -** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a -** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned -** integer, stored as a varint. +** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. ** -** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before -** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial -** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at -** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the -** serial-type and data blob seperately. +** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template +** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored +** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has +** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is +** added based on the template. ** -** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: +** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the +** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That +** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special +** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. ** -** serial type bytes of data type -** -------------- --------------- --------------- -** 0 0 NULL -** 1 1 signed integer -** 2 2 signed integer -** 3 3 signed integer -** 4 4 signed integer -** 5 6 signed integer -** 6 8 signed integer -** 7 8 IEEE float -** 8 0 Integer constant 0 -** 9 0 Integer constant 1 -** 10,11 reserved for expansion -** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB -** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text +** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we +** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** conditions are met: ** -** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions -** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. +** (1) They have the same iTab. +** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. +** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop +** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop */ +static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int rc; -/* -** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - int n; + /* Stop the search once we hit the query planner search limit */ + if( pBuilder->iPlanLimit==0 ){ + WHERETRACE(0xffffffff,("=== query planner search limit reached ===\n")); + if( pBuilder->pOrSet ) pBuilder->pOrSet->n = 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + pBuilder->iPlanLimit--; - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; + /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs + ** and prereqs. + */ + if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ + if( pTemplate->nLTerm ){ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED + u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; + int x = +#endif + whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, + pTemplate->nOut); +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + } + return SQLITE_OK; } - if( flags&MEM_Int ){ - /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ -# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) - i64 i = pMem->u.i; - u64 u; - if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){ - return 8+(u32)i; + + /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate + */ + whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + + if( ppPrev==0 ){ + /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better + ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" skip: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } - if( i<0 ){ - if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6; - /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */ - u = -i; +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p = *ppPrev; + } + + /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten + ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new + ** WhereLoop and insert it. + */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + if( p!=0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: "); + whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" with: "); }else{ - u = i; + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" add: "); } - if( u<=127 ) return 1; - if( u<=32767 ) return 2; - if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; - if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; - if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; - return 6; + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } - if( flags&MEM_Real ){ - return 7; +#endif + if( p==0 ){ + /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ + *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + whereLoopInit(p); + p->pNextLoop = 0; + }else{ + /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first + ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides + ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ + WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; + WhereLoop *pToDel; + while( *ppTail ){ + ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); + if( ppTail==0 ) break; + pToDel = *ppTail; + if( pToDel==0 ) break; + *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: "); + whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); + } } - assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - n = pMem->n; - if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += pMem->u.nZero; + rc = whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; + if( pIndex && pIndex->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK ){ + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } } - assert( n>=0 ); - return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); + return rc; } /* -** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - return (serial_type-12)/2; - }else{ - static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - return aSize[serial_type]; +** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the +** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an +** index. +* +** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index +** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(), +** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number +** of output rows by the probability specified. +** +** TUNING: For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index +** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics +** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability. +** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better +** table statistics. +** +** Heuristic 1: Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%. The 93.75% +** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement +** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term. +** +** Heuristic 2: If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the +** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the +** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number +** of rows in the table. In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter +** out at least 3 out of 4 rows. If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the +** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value +** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate +** at 1/2 instead of 1/4. +*/ +static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The loop to adjust downward */ + LogEst nRow /* Number of rows in the entire table */ +){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; + Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); + int i, j; + LogEst iReduce = 0; /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */ + + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; + for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( pX==0 ) continue; + if( pX==pTerm ) break; + if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; + } + if( j<0 ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + /* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints, + ** then use the probability provided by the application. */ + pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + }else{ + /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to + ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */ + pLoop->nOut--; + if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + int k = 0; + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pRight, &k) && k>=(-1) && k<=1 ){ + k = 10; + }else{ + k = 20; + } + if( iReducenOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce; } /* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the -** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. +** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison +** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This +** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used +** as part of the range comparison. ** -** For most architectures, this is a no-op. +** For example, if the query is: ** -** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem -** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems -** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit -** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated -** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. -** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. -** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different -** ABI get the byte order right. +** WHERE a = ? AND (b, c, d) > (?, ?, ?) ** -** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their -** application using -DSQLCIPHER_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG -** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of -** floating point values is correct. +** and the index: ** -** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely -** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank -** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full -** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the -** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point -** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, -** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer -** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here -** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently -** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about -** so we trust him. +** CREATE INDEX ... ON (a, b, c, d, e) +** +** then this function would be invoked with nEq=1. The value returned in +** this case is 3. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ - union { - u64 r; - u32 i[2]; - } u; - u32 t; +static int whereRangeVectorLen( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iCur, /* Cursor open on pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index to be used for a inequality constraint */ + int nEq, /* Number of prior equality constraints on same index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm /* The vector inequality constraint */ +){ + int nCmp = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + int i; - u.r = in; - t = u.i[0]; - u.i[0] = u.i[1]; - u.i[1] = t; - return u.r; + nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq)); + for(i=1; ipExpr->pLeft->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pRhs = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + if( pRhs->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ + pRhs = pRhs->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr; + }else{ + pRhs = pRhs->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; + } + + /* Check that the LHS of the comparison is a column reference to + ** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort + ** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the + ** leftmost index column. */ + if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN + || pLhs->iTable!=iCur + || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] + || pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq] + ){ + break; + } + + testcase( pLhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID ); + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRhs, sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLhs)); + idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pIdx->pTable, pLhs->iColumn); + if( aff!=idxaff ) break; + + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); + if( pColl==0 ) break; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[i+nEq]) ) break; + } + return i; } -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) + +/* +** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T. This only occurs if +** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) C += T #else -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) #endif /* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into -** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. -** Return the number of bytes written. +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** index pIndex. Try to match one more. ** -** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be -** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is -** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right -** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[] -** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that -** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the -** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all -** zeros. +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** function returns. ** -** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number -** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only -** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - u32 serial_type = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format); - u32 len; - - /* Integer and Real */ - if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ - u64 v; - u32 i; - if( serial_type==7 ){ - assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); - memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); - swapMixedEndianFloat(v); - }else{ - v = pMem->u.i; - } - len = i = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - assert( len<=(u32)nBuf ); - while( i-- ){ - buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); - v >>= 8; +** If pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK, that means pIndex is +** a fake index used for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ + Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ + LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ + int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ + WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ + Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ + u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ + u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ + u16 saved_nBtm; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nBtm */ + u16 saved_nTop; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nTop */ + u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->nSkip */ + u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ + LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + LogEst rSize; /* Number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ + WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d\n", + pProbe->pTable->zName,pProbe->zName, pNew->u.btree.nEq)); + + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else{ + assert( pNew->u.btree.nBtm==0 ); + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS; + } + if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); + + assert( pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn ); + + saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; + saved_nBtm = pNew->u.btree.nBtm; + saved_nTop = pNew->u.btree.nTop; + saved_nSkip = pNew->nSkip; + saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; + saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; + saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; + saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; + pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, saved_nEq, + opMask, pProbe); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ + u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ + LogEst rCostIdx; + LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ + int nIn = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; +#endif + if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) + && indexColumnNotNull(pProbe, saved_nEq) + ){ + continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ } - return len; - } + if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; - /* String or blob */ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) - == (int)sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); - assert( pMem->n<=nBuf ); - len = pMem->n; - memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - len += pMem->u.nZero; - assert( nBuf>=0 ); - if( len > (u32)nBuf ){ - len = (u32)nBuf; - } - memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n); + /* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint + ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */ + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT && pTerm->eOperator==WO_LT ) continue; + + /* Do not allow constraints from the WHERE clause to be used by the + ** right table of a LEFT JOIN. Only constraints in the ON clause are + ** allowed */ + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + ){ + continue; } - return len; - } - /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ - return 0; -} + if( IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1 ){ + pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE; + }else{ + pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED; + } + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm; + pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; + pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; + + assert( nInMul==0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + ); -/* -** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type -** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - switch( serial_type ){ - case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 0: { /* NULL */ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - } - case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 1; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 2; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 3; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 4; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1]; - u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 6; - } - case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ - case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ - u64 x; - u32 y; -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same - ** byte order. Or, that if SQLCIPHER_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is - ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed - ** endian. - */ - static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; - static const double r1 = 1.0; - u64 t2 = t1; - swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); - assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); -#endif - - x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3]; - y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7]; - x = (x<<32) | y; - if( serial_type==6 ){ - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + if( eOp & WO_IN ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ + int i; + nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + + /* The expression may actually be of the form (x, y) IN (SELECT...). + ** In this case there is a separate term for each of (x) and (y). + ** However, the nIn multiplier should only be applied once, not once + ** for each such term. The following loop checks that pTerm is the + ** first such term in use, and sets nIn back to 0 if it is not. */ + for(i=0; inLTerm-1; i++){ + if( pNew->aLTerm[i] && pNew->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pExpr ) nIn = 0; + } + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ + /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ + nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); + } + if( pProbe->hasStat1 ){ + LogEst M, logK, safetyMargin; + /* Let: + ** N = the total number of rows in the table + ** K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator + ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the + ** to the left in the same index. If the IN operator is on + ** the left-most index column, M==N. + ** + ** Given the definitions above, it is better to omit the IN operator + ** from the index lookup and instead do a scan of the M elements, + ** testing each scanned row against the IN operator separately, if: + ** + ** M*log(K) < K*log(N) + ** + ** Our estimates for M, K, and N might be inaccurate, so we build in + ** a safety margin of 2 (LogEst: 10) that favors using the IN operator + ** with the index, as using an index has better worst-case behavior. + ** If we do not have real sqlite_stat1 data, always prefer to use + ** the index. + */ + M = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq]; + logK = estLog(nIn); + safetyMargin = 10; /* TUNING: extra weight for indexed IN */ + if( M + logK + safetyMargin < nIn + rLogSize ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, + ("Scan preferred over IN operator on column %d of \"%s\" (%d<%d)\n", + saved_nEq, pProbe->zName, M+logK+10, nIn+rLogSize)); + continue; + }else{ + WHERETRACE(0x40, + ("IN operator preferred on column %d of \"%s\" (%d>=%d)\n", + saved_nEq, pProbe->zName, M+logK+10, nIn+rLogSize)); + } + } + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; + }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ + int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; + assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq ); + if( iCol==XN_ROWID + || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) + ){ + if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull + || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) + ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; + } + } + }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; + }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; + pNew->u.btree.nBtm = whereRangeVectorLen( + pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm + ); + pBtm = pTerm; + pTop = 0; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ + /* Range contraints that come from the LIKE optimization are + ** always used in pairs. */ + pTop = &pTerm[1]; + assert( (pTop-(pTerm->pWC->a))pWC->nTerm ); + assert( pTop->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); + assert( pTop->eOperator==WO_LT ); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTop; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + pNew->u.btree.nTop = 1; + } + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + pNew->u.btree.nTop = whereRangeVectorLen( + pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm + ); + pTop = pTerm; + pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; + } + + /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to + ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates + ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + /* Adjust nOut using stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat4 + ** data, using some other estimate. */ + whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); + }else{ + int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; + assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS) ); + + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]>=0 ){ + assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); + pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; }else{ - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); - swapMixedEndianFloat(x); - memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); - pMem->flags = sqlcipher3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + tRowcnt nOut = 0; + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol + && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat4) + ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IS ); + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); + }else{ + rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ + if( nOut ){ + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); + if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + } + } + if( nOut==0 ) +#endif + { + pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); + if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + ** as (col=?). */ + pNew->nOut += 10; + } + } } - return 8; } - case 8: /* Integer 0 */ - case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ - pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 0; + + /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add + ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index + ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of + ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ + assert( pSrc->pTab->szTabRow>0 ); + rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); + if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); } - default: { - u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; - pMem->z = (char *)buf; - pMem->n = len; - pMem->xDel = 0; - if( serial_type&0x01 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem; - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem; - } - return len; + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult); + + nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; + pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + }else{ + pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; + } + + if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 + && pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn + ){ + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); } + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; +#endif } - return 0; + pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm; + pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop; + pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + + /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints + ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** + ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows + ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index + ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly + ** more expensive. */ + assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); + if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip + && saved_nEq+1nKeyCol + && pProbe->noSkipScan==0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SkipScan) + && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ + && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK + ){ + LogEst nIter; + pNew->u.btree.nEq++; + pNew->nSkip++; + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; + nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; + pNew->nOut -= nIter; + /* TUNING: Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries, + ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */ + nIter += 5; + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + } + + WHERETRACE(0x800, ("END %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d, rc=%d\n", + pProbe->pTable->zName, pProbe->zName, saved_nEq, rc)); + return rc; } /* -** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord -** structure large enough to be used with sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack() if -** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. -** -** The space is either allocated using sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw() or from within -** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably -** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should -** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlcipher3DbFree(). Or, if the -** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL -** before returning. +** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in +** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or +** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that +** ORDER BY clause. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlcipher3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ - char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ - int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ - char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ +static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Index *pIndex, + int iCursor ){ - UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ - int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ + ExprList *pOB; + ExprList *aColExpr; + int ii, jj; - /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. - ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift - ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. - */ - nOff = (8 - (SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); - if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ - p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); - *ppFree = (char *)p; - if( !p ) return 0; - }else{ - p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; - *ppFree = 0; + if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; + if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1; + for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; + } + }else if( (aColExpr = pIndex->aColExpr)!=0 ){ + for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pIndex->aiColumn[jj]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pExpr,aColExpr->a[jj].pExpr,iCursor)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + } + } } - - p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; - p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; - return p; + return 0; } -/* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the -** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the -** contents of the decoded record. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ - int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ - const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ - UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ -){ - const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - int d; - u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ - u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - u32 szHdr; - Mem *pMem = p->aMem; - - p->flags = 0; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); - d = szHdr; - u = 0; - while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){ - u32 serial_type; - - idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); - pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; - /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ - pMem->zMalloc = 0; - d += sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); - pMem++; - u++; +/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used +** in the current query. Return true if it can be and false if not. +*/ +static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){ + int i; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; + while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ + if( !whereUsablePartialIndex(iTab,pWC,pWhere->pLeft) ) return 0; + pWhere = pWhere->pRight; + } + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG ) pParse = 0; + for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_NOPARTIDX ) continue; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab) + && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) + ){ + return 1; + } } - assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); - p->nField = u; + return 0; } /* -** This function compares the two table rows or index records -** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or -** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob -** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 -** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from -** sqlcipher3VdbeParseRecord. -** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. -** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the -** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set -** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2. -** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are -** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and -** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored. -** -** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of -** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is -** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte -** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid: -** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types. -** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte. -** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison -** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table +** is identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be +** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. +** +** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function +** are calculated as follows: +** +** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: +** +** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan +** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index +** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index +** +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** estimated average size of the index and table records. +** +** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** the index b-tree: +** +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index +** +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. +** +** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount +** of uncertainty. For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that +** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate. For example, a +** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to +** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case +** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance +** of a full table scan. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtree( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mPrereq /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ ){ - int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ - u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ - int i = 0; - int nField; - int rc = 0; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - Mem mem1; - - pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; - /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet() */ - VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - - /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. - ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. - ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing - ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance - ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose - ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. - */ - /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ - - idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){ - szHdr1--; + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ + Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ + LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ + i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ + int b; /* A boolean value */ + LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + + if( pSrc->pIBIndex ){ + /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ + pProbe = pSrc->pIBIndex; + }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pProbe = pTab->pIndex; + }else{ + /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local + ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this + ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real + ** indices to follow */ + Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ + memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); + sPk.nKeyCol = 1; + sPk.nColumn = 1; + sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; + sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; + sPk.onError = OE_Replace; + sPk.pTable = pTab; + sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; + sPk.idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK; + aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; + aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; + pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; + if( pSrc->fg.notIndexed==0 ){ + /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the + ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ + sPk.pNext = pFirst; + } + pProbe = &sPk; } - nField = pKeyInfo->nField; - while( idx1nField ){ - u32 serial_type1; - - /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ - idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); - if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break; - - /* Extract the values to be compared. - */ - d1 += sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); - - /* Do the comparison - */ - rc = sqlcipher3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], - iaColl[i] : 0); - if( rc!=0 ){ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + /* Automatic indexes */ + if( !pBuilder->pOrSet /* Not part of an OR optimization */ + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 + && pSrc->pIBIndex==0 /* Has no INDEXED BY clause */ + && !pSrc->fg.notIndexed /* Has no NOT INDEXED clause */ + && HasRowid(pTab) /* Not WITHOUT ROWID table. (FIXME: Why not?) */ + && !pSrc->fg.isCorrelated /* Not a correlated subquery */ + && !pSrc->fg.isRecursive /* Not a recursive common table expression. */ + ){ + /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTermprereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; + pNew->nSkip = 0; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is + ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in + ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal + ** tables or 0.5 (LogEst=-10) for views and subqueries. The value + ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner + ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for + ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema + ** indexes on subqueries and views. */ + pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize; + if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){ + pNew->rSetup += 28; + }else{ + pNew->rSetup -= 10; + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult); + if( pNew->rSetup<0 ) pNew->rSetup = 0; + /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This + ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way + ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be. It would + ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ + pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq | pTerm->prereqRight; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + + /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only + ** consider index pProbe. */ + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; + pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++ + ){ + if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ + testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor ); /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */ + continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ + } + if( pProbe->bNoQuery ) continue; + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; + pNew->u.btree.nBtm = 0; + pNew->u.btree.nTop = 0; + pNew->nSkip = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq; + pNew->nOut = rSize; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; + b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); + /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ + assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); + if( pProbe->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK ){ + /* Integer primary key index */ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; + + /* Full table scan */ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + }else{ + Bitmask m; + if( pProbe->isCovering ){ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; + m = 0; + }else{ + m = pSrc->colUsed & pProbe->colNotIdxed; + pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; + } + + /* Full scan via index */ + if( b + || !HasRowid(pTab) + || pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || ( m==0 + && pProbe->bUnordered==0 + && (pProbe->szIdxRowszTabRow) + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis + && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) + ) + ){ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + + /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is + ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the + ** index and table rows. */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; + if( m!=0 ){ + /* If this is a non-covering index scan, add in the cost of + ** doing table lookups. The cost will be 3x the number of + ** lookups. Take into account WHERE clause terms that can be + ** satisfied using just the index, and that do not require a + ** table lookup. */ + LogEst nLookup = rSize + 16; /* Base cost: N*3 */ + int ii; + int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; + WhereClause *pWC2 = &pWInfo->sWC; + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC2->a[ii]; + if( !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pTerm->pExpr, iCur, pProbe) ){ + break; + } + /* pTerm can be evaluated using just the index. So reduce + ** the expected number of table lookups accordingly */ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + nLookup += pTerm->truthProb; + }else{ + nLookup--; + if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19; + } + } - /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */ - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && iaSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; - } - - /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final - ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set - ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1). - ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode. - */ - if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){ - assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc ); - assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int ); - pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; - pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup); + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; } - - return rc; } - i++; - } - - /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using - ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a - ** memory leak and a need to call sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). - */ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); - /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and - ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY - ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger. - ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes - ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the - ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer - ** if there is a difference. - */ - assert( rc==0 ); - if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){ - /* Leave rc==0 */ - }else if( idx1bldFlags = 0; + rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); + if( pBuilder->bldFlags==SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED ){ + /* If a non-unique index is used, or if a prefix of the key for + ** unique index is used (making the index functionally non-unique) + ** then the sqlite_stat1 data becomes important for scoring the + ** plan */ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_StatsUsed; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); + pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; + pBuilder->pRec = 0; +#endif } return rc; } - + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. +** Argument pIdxInfo is already populated with all constraints that may +** be used by the virtual table identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. This +** function marks a subset of those constraints usable, invokes the +** xBestIndex method and adds the returned plan to pBuilder. ** -** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. -** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. +** A constraint is marked usable if: +** +** * Argument mUsable indicates that its prerequisites are available, and +** +** * It is not one of the operators specified in the mExclude mask passed +** as the fourth argument (which in practice is either WO_IN or 0). +** +** Argument mPrereq is a mask of tables that must be scanned before the +** virtual table in question. These are added to the plans prerequisites +** before it is added to pBuilder. +** +** Output parameter *pbIn is set to true if the plan added to pBuilder +** uses one or more WO_IN terms, or false otherwise. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlcipher3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ - Mem m, v; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); +static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Mask of tables that must be used. */ + Bitmask mUsable, /* Mask of usable tables */ + u16 mExclude, /* Exclude terms using these operators */ + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, /* Populated object for xBestIndex */ + u16 mNoOmit, /* Do not omit these constraints */ + int *pbIn /* OUT: True if plan uses an IN(...) op */ +){ + WhereClause *pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; + int i; + int mxTerm; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + WhereLoop *pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + Parse *pParse = pBuilder->pWInfo->pParse; + struct SrcList_item *pSrc = &pBuilder->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + int nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; + + assert( (mUsable & mPrereq)==mPrereq ); + *pbIn = 0; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq; + + /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by + ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */ + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; ia[pIdxCons->iTermOffset]; + pIdxCons->usable = 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight + && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0 + ){ + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + } + } - /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less - ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. - ** Any corruption is detected in sqlcipher3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits - */ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - assert( (nCellKey & SQLCIPHER_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); + /* Initialize the output fields of the sqlite3_index_info structure */ + memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*nConstraint); + assert( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 ); + pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags = 0; + pIdxInfo->colUsed = (sqlite3_int64)pSrc->colUsed; - /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); + /* Invoke the virtual table xBestIndex() method */ + rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pSrc->pTab, pIdxInfo); if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + /* If the xBestIndex method returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, that means + ** that the particular combination of parameters provided is unusable. + ** Make no entries in the loop table. + */ + WHERETRACE(0xffff, (" ^^^^--- non-viable plan rejected!\n")); + return SQLITE_OK; + } return rc; } - /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); - testcase( szHdr==3 ); - testcase( szHdr==m.n ); - if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - - /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. - ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); - testcase( typeRowid==1 ); - testcase( typeRowid==2 ); - testcase( typeRowid==3 ); - testcase( typeRowid==4 ); - testcase( typeRowid==5 ); - testcase( typeRowid==6 ); - testcase( typeRowid==8 ); - testcase( typeRowid==9 ); - if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; + mxTerm = -1; + assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); + for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; i=0 ){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + if( iTerm>=nConstraint + || j<0 + || j>=pWC->nTerm + || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 + || pIdxCons->usable==0 + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName); + testcase( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); + testcase( j==0 ); + testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; + assert( iTermnLSlot ); + pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; + if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; + testcase( iTerm==15 ); + testcase( iTerm==16 ); + if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not + ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms + ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and + ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge + ** together. */ + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags &= ~SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + *pbIn = 1; assert( (mExclude & WO_IN)==0 ); + } + } + } + pNew->u.vtab.omitMask &= ~mNoOmit; + + pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; + for(i=0; i<=mxTerm; i++){ + if( pNew->aLTerm[i]==0 ){ + /* The non-zero argvIdx values must be contiguous. Raise an + ** error if they are not */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName); + testcase( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); + pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; + pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); + + /* Set the WHERE_ONEROW flag if the xBestIndex() method indicated + ** that the scan will visit at most one row. Clear it otherwise. */ + if( pIdxInfo->idxFlags & SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_ONEROW; } - lenRowid = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); - testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); - if( unlikely((u32)m.nu.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; } + WHERETRACE(0xffff, (" bIn=%d prereqIn=%04llx prereqOut=%04llx\n", + *pbIn, (sqlite3_uint64)mPrereq, + (sqlite3_uint64)(pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))); - /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */ - sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v); - *rowid = v.u.i; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - - /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been - ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT. */ -idx_rowid_corruption: - testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return rc; } /* -** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against -** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number -** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to, -** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success. -** -** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it -** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry -** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes -** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. +** If this function is invoked from within an xBestIndex() callback, it +** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the name of the collation +** sequence associated with element iCons of the sqlite3_index_info.aConstraint +** array. Or, if iCons is out of range or there is no active xBestIndex +** call, return NULL. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( - VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ - UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */ - int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ -){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor; - Mem m; - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say - ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlcipher3GetVarint32() are implemented */ - if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ - *res = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int iCons){ + HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden = (HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + const char *zRet = 0; + if( iCons>=0 && iConsnConstraint ){ + CollSeq *pC = 0; + int iTerm = pIdxInfo->aConstraint[iCons].iTermOffset; + Expr *pX = pHidden->pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; + if( pX->pLeft ){ + pC = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pHidden->pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + } + zRet = (pC ? pC->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY); } - assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ); - *res = sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + return zRet; } /* -** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlcipher3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by +** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. +** +** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mPrereq and +** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mPrereq is a mask of all FROM clause +** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are +** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the +** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the +** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or +** CROSS JOIN. +** +** For example, if the query were: +** +** ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6; +** +** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6). +** +** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual +** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by +** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. +** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current +** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with +** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetChanges(sqlcipher3 *db, int nChange){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - db->nChange = nChange; - db->nTotalChange += nChange; -} +static int whereLoopAddVirtual( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Tables that must be scanned before this one */ + Bitmask mUnusable /* Tables that must be scanned after this one */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ + sqlite3_index_info *p; /* Object to pass to xBestIndex() */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraints in p */ + int bIn; /* True if plan uses IN(...) operator */ + WhereLoop *pNew; + Bitmask mBest; /* Tables used by best possible plan */ + u16 mNoOmit; -/* -** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised -** or reset. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ - v->changeCntOn = 1; -} + assert( (mPrereq & mUnusable)==0 ); + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, + &mNoOmit); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + nConstraint = p->nConstraint; + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* First call xBestIndex() with all constraints usable. */ + WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addVirtual()\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); + + /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan + ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0) + ** and does not use an IN(...) operator, then there is no point in making + ** any further calls to xBestIndex() since they will all return the same + ** result (if the xBestIndex() implementation is sane). */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 || bIn) ){ + int seenZero = 0; /* True if a plan with no prereqs seen */ + int seenZeroNoIN = 0; /* Plan with no prereqs and no IN(...) seen */ + Bitmask mPrev = 0; + Bitmask mBestNoIn = 0; + + /* If the plan produced by the earlier call uses an IN(...) term, call + ** xBestIndex again, this time with IN(...) terms disabled. */ + if( bIn ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable w/o IN\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( + pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); + assert( bIn==0 ); + mBestNoIn = pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq; + if( mBestNoIn==0 ){ + seenZero = 1; + seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + } + + /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) + ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Bitmask mNext = ALLBITS; + assert( mNext>0 ); + for(i=0; ia[p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight & ~mPrereq + ); + if( mThis>mPrev && mThisprereq==mPrereq ){ + seenZero = 1; + if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + } -/* -** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection -** as expired. -** -** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is -** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their -** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating -** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of -** things that make prepared statements obsolete. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlcipher3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ - p->expired = 1; + /* If the calls to xBestIndex() in the above loop did not find a plan + ** that requires no source tables at all (i.e. one guaranteed to be + ** usable), make a call here with all source tables disabled */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZero==0 ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( + pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); + if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + + /* If the calls to xBestIndex() have so far failed to find a plan + ** that requires no source tables at all and does not use an IN(...) + ** operator, make a final call to obtain one here. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZeroNoIN==0 ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled and w/o IN\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( + pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); + } } + + if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); + sqlite3DbFreeNN(pParse->db, p); + WHERETRACE(0x800, ("END %s.addVirtual(), rc=%d\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, rc)); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. +** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either +** btrees or virtual tables. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ - return v->db; +static int whereLoopAddOr( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, + Bitmask mUnusable +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereLoop *pNew; + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCur; + WhereClause tempWC; + WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; + WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator & WO_OR)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + ){ + WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; + int once = 1; + int i, j; + + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; + sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; + sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; + + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); + for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTermeOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; + }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ + tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + tempWC.pOuter = pWC; + tempWC.op = TK_AND; + tempWC.nTerm = 1; + tempWC.a = pOrTerm; + sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; + }else{ + continue; + } + sCur.n = 0; +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", + (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm)); + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){ + sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC); + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); + }else +#endif + { + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mPrereq); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); + if( sCur.n==0 ){ + sSum.n = 0; + break; + }else if( once ){ + whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); + once = 0; + }else{ + WhereOrSet sPrev; + whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); + sSum.n = 0; + for(i=0; inLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && irRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; + pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; + pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); + } + } + return rc; } /* -** Return a pointer to an sqlcipher3_value structure containing the value bound -** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return -** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLCIPHER_AFF_* -** constants) to the value before returning it. -** -** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlcipher3ValueFree(). +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( v ){ - Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; - if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ - sqlcipher3_value *pRet = sqlcipher3ValueNew(v->db); - if( pRet ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); - sqlcipher3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet); +static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + Bitmask mPrereq = 0; + Bitmask mPrior = 0; + int iTab; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + struct SrcList_item *pEnd = &pTabList->a[pWInfo->nLevel]; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + WhereLoop *pNew; + u8 priorJointype = 0; + + /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + whereLoopInit(pNew); + pBuilder->iPlanLimit = SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT; + for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; pItemiTab = iTab; + pBuilder->iPlanLimit += SQLITE_QUERY_PLANNER_LIMIT_INCR; + pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); + if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ + /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the + ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN. */ + mPrereq = mPrior; + } + priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + struct SrcList_item *p; + for(p=&pItem[1]; pfg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS)) ){ + mUnusable |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, p->iCursor); + } + } + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + { + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mPrereq); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pBuilder->pWC->hasOr ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); + } + mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* We hit the query planner search limit set by iPlanLimit */ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "abbreviated query algorithm search"); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + break; } - return pRet; } } - return 0; + + whereLoopClear(db, pNew); + return rc; } /* -** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals -** to sqlcipher3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result -** in a better query plan. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( iVar>32 ){ - v->expmask = 0xffffffff; - }else{ - v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); +** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th +** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY +** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: +** +** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** +** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as +** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that +** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY +** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long +** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. +*/ +static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ + WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* WHERE_GROUPBY or _DISTINCTBY or _ORDERBY_LIMIT */ + u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ + WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ + Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ +){ + u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ + u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ + u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ + u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ + u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ + u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 eqOpMask; /* Allowed equality operators */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ + u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ + u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ + int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ + WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ + Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ + Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ + Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ + Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ + + /* + ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one + ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: + ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. + ** (b) The index is unique + ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. + ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. + ** + ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from + ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every + ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically + ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause + ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. + ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. + ** + ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the + ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is + ** automatically order-distinct. + */ + + assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); + if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; + + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); + if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ + isOrderDistinct = 1; + obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; + orderDistinctMask = 0; + ready = 0; + eqOpMask = WO_EQ | WO_IS | WO_ISNULL; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) eqOpMask |= WO_IN; + for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; + if( iLoopaLoop[iLoop]; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) continue; + }else{ + pLoop = pLast; + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; + break; + }else if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + pLoop->u.btree.nDistinctCol = 0; + } + iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; + + /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of + ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE + ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer + ** loops. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, + ~ready, eqOpMask, 0); + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){ + /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT + ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used + ** by the query plan */ + assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ); + for(j=0; jnLTerm && pTerm!=pLoop->aLTerm[j]; j++){} + if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue; + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse, + pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr, pTerm->pExpr)==0 ){ + continue; + } + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ + pIndex = 0; + nKeyCol = 0; + nColumn = 1; + }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ + return 0; + }else{ + nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; + nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; + assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); + assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==XN_ROWID + || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); + isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)==0; + } + + /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones + ** that are not constrained by == or IN. + */ + rev = revSet = 0; + distinctColumns = 0; + for(j=0; j=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + || (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(jnSkip) + ); + if( ju.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){ + u16 eOp = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator; + + /* Skip over == and IS and ISNULL terms. (Also skip IN terms when + ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing). Except, IS and ISNULL + ** terms imply that the index is not UNIQUE NOT NULL in which case + ** the loop need to be marked as not order-distinct because it can + ** have repeated NULL rows. + ** + ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) + ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column, + ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise, + ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be + ** considered to match an ORDER BY term. + */ + if( (eOp & eqOpMask)!=0 ){ + if( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IS) ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IS ); + testcase( isOrderDistinct ); + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + continue; + }else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){ + /* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the + ** ju.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other + ** than WO_IN is captured by the previous "if". So this one + ** always has to be WO_IN. */ + Expr *pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->pExpr; + for(i=j+1; iu.btree.nEq; i++){ + if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ + assert( (pLoop->aLTerm[i]->eOperator & WO_IN) ); + bOnce = 0; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order + ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. + */ + if( pIndex ){ + iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; + revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j] & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; + if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = XN_ROWID; + }else{ + iColumn = XN_ROWID; + revIdx = 0; + } + + /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this + ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered + */ + if( isOrderDistinct + && iColumn>=0 + && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 + ){ + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + + /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off + */ + isMatch = 0; + for(i=0; bOnce && ia[i].pExpr); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); + if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; + if( iColumn>=XN_ROWID ){ + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; + }else{ + Expr *pIdxExpr = pIndex->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pOBExpr, pIdxExpr, iCur) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( iColumn!=XN_ROWID ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; + } + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + pLoop->u.btree.nDistinctCol = j+1; + } + isMatch = 1; + break; + } + if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ + /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. + ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ + if( revSet ){ + if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=(pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags&KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC) ){ + isMatch = 0; + } + }else{ + rev = revIdx ^ (pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC); + if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); + revSet = 1; + } + } + if( isMatch && (pOrderBy->a[i].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL) ){ + if( j==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT; + }else{ + isMatch = 0; + } + } + if( isMatch ){ + if( iColumn==XN_ROWID ){ + testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); + distinctColumns = 1; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + }else{ + /* No match found */ + if( j==0 || jmaskSelf; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + mTerm = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); + if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; + if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + } + } + } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ + if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; + if( !isOrderDistinct ){ + for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ + Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; + if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; + } + return 0; } + return -1; } -/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ + /* -** 2004 May 26 +** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), +** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP +** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the +** request. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine +** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or +** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, +** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then +** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns +** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false +** otherwise. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** For example, assuming: ** -************************************************************************* +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); ** -** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the -** VDBE. +** then +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); + return pWInfo->sorted; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs -** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the -** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program -** that sqlcipher3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or -** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is -** added or changed. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_expired(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p==0 || p->expired; +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* For debugging use only: */ +static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ + static char zName[65]; + int i; + for(i=0; iaLoop[i]->cId; } + if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; + zName[i] = 0; + return zName; } #endif /* -** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log -** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise -** invalid). Return false if it is ok. +** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have +** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in +** order. */ -static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->db==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_log(SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ - if( p==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_log(SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return vdbeSafety(p); - } -} +static LogEst whereSortingCost( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, + LogEst nRow, + int nOrderBy, + int nSorted +){ + /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is + ** the number of rows to sort is: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). + ** + ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y + ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the + ** sorting cost to: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) + ** + ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale + ** below. */ + LogEst rScale, rSortCost; + assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; + rSortCost = nRow + rScale + 16; -/* -** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by -** the sqlcipher3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLCIPHER_ -** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual -** machine. -** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlcipher3_errcode(), sqlcipher3_errmsg() and sqlcipher3_errmsg16(). -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_finalize(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlcipher3_finalize() on a NULL - ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlcipher3 *db = v->db; -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex; -#endif - if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - mutex = v->db->mutex; -#endif - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutex); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(v); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutex); + /* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows. + ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)!=0 && pWInfo->iLimitiLimit; } - return rc; + rSortCost += estLog(nRow); + return rSortCost; } /* -** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it -** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from -** the prior execution is returned. +** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine +** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop +** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. ** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlcipher3_errcode(), sqlcipher3_errmsg() and sqlcipher3_errmsg16(). +** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted +** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting +** costs if nRowEst==0. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation +** error occurs. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_reset(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ + int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ + int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ + int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ + int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ + LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ + LogEst mxUnsorted = 0; /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */ + int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ + WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ + WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ + WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ + WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ + WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ + LogEst *aSortCost = 0; /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */ + char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ + int nSpace; /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; + /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. + ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. + ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ + mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); + assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); + WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver. (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst)); + + /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this + ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned + ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller + ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the + ** nRowEst parameter. */ + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ + nOrderBy = 0; }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeReset(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeRewind(v); - assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(v->db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} + nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + } + + /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */ + nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; + nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy; + pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nSpace); + if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; + aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; + memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); + pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); + for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ + pFrom->aLoop = pX; + } + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up + ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array + ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the + ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of + ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array + ** index. */ + aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; + memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); + } + assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] ); + assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX ); + + /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. + ** + ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 28. If the cost + ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 28 + ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ + aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 48); assert( 48==sqlite3LogEst(28) ); + nFrom = 1; + assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 ); + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since + ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results + ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to + ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to + ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, + ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ + aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; + } + + /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation + ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice + ** best paths at each generation */ + for(iLoop=0; iLooppLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ + LogEst nOut; /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rCost; /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + Bitmask maskNew; /* Mask of src visited by (..) */ + Bitmask revMask = 0; /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */ + + if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && pFrom->nRow<3 ){ + /* Do not use an automatic index if the this loop is expected + ** to run less than 1.25 times. It is tempting to also exclude + ** automatic index usage on an outer loop, but sometimes an automatic + ** index is useful in the outer loop of a correlated subquery. */ + assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + continue; + } -/* -** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_clear_bindings(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - int i; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; -#endif - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); - p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; - } - if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ - p->expired = 1; - } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; -} + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + ** Compute its cost */ + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); + nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; + maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + if( isOrdered<0 ){ + isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, + pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, + iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); + }else{ + revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrderedisOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent + ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range + ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64. + */ + for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jjmaskLoop==maskNew + && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0 + ){ + testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); + break; + } + } + if( jj>=nTo ){ + /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */ + if( nTo>=mxChoice + && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted)) + ){ + /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice + ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer. So discard + ** this candidate as not viable. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + continue; + } + /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path + ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */ + if( nTo=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + }else{ + /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the + ** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the + ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace + ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped. + ** + ** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to: + ** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted) + */ + if( pTo->rCostrCost==rCost + && (pTo->nRownRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted) + ) + ) + ){ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->rUnsorted, pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */ + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); + continue; + } + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); + /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the + ** pTo path. Replace pTo with the candidate. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->rUnsorted, pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + } + /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ + pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + pTo->revLoop = revMask; + pTo->nRow = nOut; + pTo->rCost = rCost; + pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted; + pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; + memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); + pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; + if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ + mxI = 0; + mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; + mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; + for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jjrCost>mxCost + || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) + ){ + mxCost = pTo->rCost; + mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; + mxI = jj; + } + } + } + } + } -/**************************** sqlcipher3_value_ ******************************* -** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlcipher3_value -** structure. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_blob(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); - p->flags &= ~MEM_Str; - p->flags |= MEM_Blob; - return p->n ? p->z : 0; - }else{ - return sqlcipher3_value_text(pVal); - } -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_bytes(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_bytes16(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLCIPHER_API double sqlcipher3_value_double(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_int(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return (int)sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher_int64 sqlcipher3_value_int64(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API const unsigned char *sqlcipher3_value_text(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return (const unsigned char *)sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16(sqlcipher3_value* pVal){ - return sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16be(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE); -} -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_value_text16le(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - return sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_type(sqlcipher3_value* pVal){ - return pVal->type; -} +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x02 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); + for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; iirCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); + if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + } + } +#endif -/**************************** sqlcipher3_result_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify -** the function result. -** -** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the -** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it -** then sets the error code to SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG -*/ -static void setResultStrOrError( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); + /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ + pFrom = aTo; + aTo = aFrom; + aFrom = pFrom; + nFrom = nTo; } -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_blob( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( n>=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_double(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error16(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_int(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_int64(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_null(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, xDel); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16be( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE, xDel); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_text16le( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE, xDel); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_value(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, sqlcipher3_value *pValue){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, int n){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); -} -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_code(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ - pCtx->isError = errCode; - if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlcipher3ErrStr(errCode), -1, - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + + if( nFrom==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } -} -/* Force an SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG error. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); -} + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ + pFrom = aFrom; + for(ii=1; iirCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; + } + assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); + /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ + for(iLoop=0; iLoopa + iLoop; + pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; + pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; + pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 + && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP + && nRowEst + ){ + Bitmask notUsed; + int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom, + WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); + if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + } + pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 0; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + }else{ + pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; + pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + if( pWInfo->nOBSat<=0 ){ + pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; + if( nLoop>0 ){ + u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags; + if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) + ){ + Bitmask m = 0; + int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, + WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &m); + testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ); + testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); + if( rc==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1; + pWInfo->revMask = m; + } + } + } + } + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) + && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0 + ){ + Bitmask revMask = 0; + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask + ); + assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); + if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->sorted = 1; + pWInfo->revMask = revMask; + } + } + } + + + pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; -/* An SQLCIPHER_NOMEM error. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); - pCtx->isError = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Free temporary memory and return success */ + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It -** invokes callbacks registered with sqlcipher3_wal_hook() as required. +** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have +** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts +** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the +** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() +** times for the common case. +** +** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** general-purpose query planner. */ -static int doWalCallbacks(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - int nEntry = sqlcipher3PagerWalCallback(sqlcipher3BtreePager(pBt)); - if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); - } +static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + int iCur; + int j; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE ) return 0; + assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) return 0; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; + pLoop->wsFlags = 0; + pLoop->nSkip = 0; + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IS, 0); + if( pTerm ){ + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; + pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pLoop->nLTerm = 1; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; + /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ + pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int opMask; + assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + ) continue; + opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, j, 0, opMask, pIdx); + if( pTerm==0 ) break; + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; + } + if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; + if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & pIdx->colNotIdxed)==0 ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + pLoop->nLTerm = j; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ + pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ + break; } } + if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; + assert( pWInfo->sMaskSet.n==1 && iCur==pWInfo->sMaskSet.ix[0] ); + pLoop->maskSelf = 1; /* sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); */ + pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; + pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pLoop->cId = '0'; #endif - return rc; + return 1; + } + return 0; } /* -** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the -** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. +** Helper function for exprIsDeterministic(). +*/ +static int exprNodeIsDeterministic(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_ConstFunc)==0 ){ + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL +** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are +** part of sub-select statements. +*/ +static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.eCode = 1; + w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsDeterministic; + w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkFail; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.eCode; +} + +/* +** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. +** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains +** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine +** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function +** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. ** -** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlcipher_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a -** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the -** outer sqlcipher3_step() wrapper procedure. +** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. +** +** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in +** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the +** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For +** example, if the SQL is this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; +** +** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated +** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() +** foreach row3 in t3 do / +** ... +** end \ Code generated +** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() +** end / +** +** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they +** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make +** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in +** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for +** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. +** +** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor +** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. +** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors +** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. +** +** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named +** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code +** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract +** data from the various tables of the loop. +** +** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their +** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if +** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that +** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the +** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking +** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. +** +** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually +** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", +** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer +** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent +** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- +** most loop) +** +** OUTER JOINS +** +** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do +** flag = 0 +** foreach row2 in t2 do +** start: +** ... +** flag = 1 +** end +** if flag==0 then +** move the row2 cursor to a null row +** goto start +** fi +** end +** +** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** +** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause +** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement +** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine +** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. +** +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index +** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this +** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is +** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should +** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is +** used. */ -static int sqlcipher3Step(Vdbe *p){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - int rc; +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet, /* Query result set. Req'd for DISTINCT */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* The WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ + int iAuxArg /* If WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, index cursor number + ** If WHERE_USE_LIMIT, then the limit amount */ +){ + int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ + int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ + Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ + WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */ - assert(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - /* We used to require that sqlcipher3_reset() be called before retrying - ** sqlcipher3_step() after any error or after SQLCIPHER_DONE. But beginning - ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlcipher3_reset() would - ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLCIPHER_MISUSE error. - ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, - ** since any application that receives an SQLCIPHER_MISUSE is broken by - ** definition. + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || ( + (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + )); + + /* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)==0 ); + + /* Variable initialization */ + db = pParse->db; + memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); + + /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ + testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); + if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; + sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + + /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via + ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ + wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; + } + + /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of + ** bits in a Bitmask + */ + testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); + if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); + return 0; + } + + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should + ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that + ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. + */ + nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + + /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the + ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo + ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure + ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte + ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on + ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. + */ + nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + pWInfo = 0; + goto whereBeginError; + } + pWInfo->pParse = pParse; + pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pWInfo->pWhere = pWhere; + pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; + pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; + pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; + pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg; + pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, + offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat)); + memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */ + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; + sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); + whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; +#endif + + /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each + ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. + */ + initMaskSet(pMaskSet); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); + + /* Special case: No FROM clause + */ + if( nTabList==0 ){ + if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } + ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "SCAN CONSTANT ROW")); + }else{ + /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. ** - ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written - ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLCIPHER_MISUSE - ** returns, and the so were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a - ** a work-around, the SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the - ** legacy behavior of returning SQLCIPHER_MISUSE for cases where the - ** previous sqlcipher3_step() returned something other than a SQLCIPHER_LOCKED - ** or SQLCIPHER_BUSY error. + ** The N-th term of the FROM clause is assigned a bitmask of 1<nSrc tables in + ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally + ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the + ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTORESET - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_LOCKED ){ - sqlcipher3_reset((sqlcipher3_stmt*)p); - }else{ - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; + ii = 0; + do{ + createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(pParse, &pTabList->a[ii], &pWInfo->sWC); + }while( (++ii)nSrc ); + #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + Bitmask mx = 0; + for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ + Bitmask m = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + assert( m>=mx ); + mx = m; + } } -#else - sqlcipher3_reset((sqlcipher3_stmt*)p); -#endif + #endif } - /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ - db = p->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */ + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join + ** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the + ** generated code if the result is not true. + ** + ** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions + ** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but + ** preserves SQLite's legacy behaviour in the following two cases: + ** + ** FROM ... WHERE random()>0; -- eval random() once per row + ** FROM ... WHERE (SELECT random())>0; -- eval random() once overall + */ + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pT = &sWLB.pWC->a[ii]; + if( pT->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; + if( pT->prereqAll==0 && (nTabList==0 || exprIsDeterministic(pT->pExpr)) ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pT->pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pT->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } } - if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA; - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - goto end_of_step; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){ + /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ + pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet; + } } - if( p->pc<0 ){ - /* If there are no other statements currently running, then - ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlcipher3_interrupt - ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. - */ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + + /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0xffff ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("*** Optimizer Start *** (wctrlFlags: 0x%x",wctrlFlags); + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(", limit: %d", iAuxArg); } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(")\n"); + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ + Select sSelect; + memset(&sSelect, 0, sizeof(sSelect)); + sSelect.selFlags = SF_WhereBegin; + sSelect.pSrc = pTabList; + sSelect.pWhere = pWhere; + sSelect.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + sSelect.pEList = pResultSet; + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, &sSelect, 0); + } + } + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ + sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sWLB.pWC); + } +#endif - assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 ); + if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ + rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); + if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ - sqlcipher3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop *p; + int i; + static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; + for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ + p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)]; + whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); + } } #endif - db->activeVdbeCnt++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++; - p->pc = 0; + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( p->explain ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeList(p); - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - { - db->vdbeExecCnt++; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeExec(p); - db->vdbeExecCnt--; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->revMask = ALLBITS; + } + if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); + if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); + } + switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); + break; + } + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + for(ii=0; iinLevel; ii++){ + whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); + } } +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one + /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not affect the result. + ** For a table to not affect the result, the following must be true: + ** + ** 1) The query must not be an aggregate. + ** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. + ** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause + ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to + ** at most a single row. + ** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart + ** from its own USING or ON clause. + ** + ** For example, given: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v1); + ** CREATE TABLE t2(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v2); + ** CREATE TABLE t3(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v3); + ** + ** then table t2 can be omitted from the following: + ** + ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** LEFT JOIN t2 USING (t1.ipk=t2.ipk) + ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) + ** + ** or from: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 + ** LEFT JOIN t2 + ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) */ - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ - sqlcipher3_int64 iNow; - sqlcipher3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); - db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 + && pResultSet!=0 /* guarantees condition (1) above */ + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) + ){ + int i; + Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet); + if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){ + tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); + } + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=1; i--){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + pLoop = pWInfo->a[i].pWLoop; + pItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab]; + if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) continue; + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) continue; + pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + || pTerm->pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pItem->iCursor + ){ + break; + } + } + } + if( pTerm drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); + notReady &= ~pLoop->maskSelf; + for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + if( i!=pWInfo->nLevel-1 ){ + int nByte = (pWInfo->nLevel-1-i) * sizeof(WhereLevel); + memmove(&pWInfo->a[i], &pWInfo->a[i+1], nByte); + } + pWInfo->nLevel--; + nTabList--; + } } -#endif + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); + pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ){ - assert( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); - if( p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting + ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. + ** + ** A one-pass approach can be used if the caller has requested one + ** and either (a) the scan visits at most one row or (b) each + ** of the following are true: + ** + ** * the caller has indicated that a one-pass approach can be used + ** with multiple rows (by setting WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW), and + ** * the table is not a virtual table, and + ** * either the scan does not use the OR optimization or the caller + ** is a DELETE operation (WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK is only specified + ** for DELETE). + ** + ** The last qualification is because an UPDATE statement uses + ** WhereInfo.aiCurOnePass[1] to determine whether or not it really can + ** use a one-pass approach, and this is not set accurately for scans + ** that use the OR optimization. + */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){ + int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags; + int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0; + assert( !(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) || IsVirtual(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ); + if( bOnerow || ( + 0!=(wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW) + && !IsVirtual(pTabList->a[0].pTab) + && (0==(wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)) + )){ + pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI; + if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) && (wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW ){ + bFordelete = OPFLAG_FORDELETE; + } + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags = (wsFlags & ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY); + } } } - db->errCode = rc; - if( SQLCIPHER_NOMEM==sqlcipher3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for + ** searching those tables. + */ + for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iia[pLevel->iFrom]; + pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ + /* Do nothing */ + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* noop */ + }else +#endif + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ + int op = OP_OpenRead; + if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; + }; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); + assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); + testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS ); + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nColcolUsed; + int n = 0; + for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); + assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + if( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ|bFordelete); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, bFordelete); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, pTabItem->iCursor, 0, 0, + (const u8*)&pTabItem->colUsed, P4_INT64); +#endif + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int iIndexCur; + int op = OP_OpenRead; + /* iAuxArg is always set to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ + assert( iAuxArg!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 + ){ + /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ + iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + op = 0; + }else if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; + iIndexCur = iAuxArg; + assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); + while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ + iIndexCur++; + pJ = pJ->pNext; + } + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; + }else if( iAuxArg && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ){ + iIndexCur = iAuxArg; + op = OP_ReopenIdx; + }else{ + iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; + } + pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; + assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); + if( op ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BIGNULL_SORT)==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 + && pWInfo->eDistinct!=WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED + ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */ + } + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + { + u64 colUsed = 0; + int ii, jj; + for(ii=0; iinColumn; ii++){ + jj = pIx->aiColumn[ii]; + if( jj<0 ) continue; + if( jj>63 ) jj = 63; + if( (pTabItem->colUsed & MASKBIT(jj))==0 ) continue; + colUsed |= ((u64)1)<<(ii<63 ? ii : 63); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iIndexCur, 0, 0, + (u8*)&colUsed, P4_INT64); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK */ + } + } + if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } -end_of_step: - /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be - ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy - ** sqlcipher3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only - ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc - ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlcipher3_finalize() - ** were called on statement p. + pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for + ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM + ** program. */ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_ROW || rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE || rc==SQLCIPHER_ERROR - || rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY || rc==SQLCIPHER_MISUSE - ); - assert( p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_ROW && p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_DONE ); - if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLCIPHER_ROW && rc!=SQLCIPHER_DONE ){ - /* If this statement was prepared using sqlcipher3_prepare_v2(), and an - ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the - ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeTransferError(p); + for(ii=0; iia[ii]; + wsFlags = pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, + &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } +#endif + addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + pParse, pTabList, pLevel, wctrlFlags + ); + pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + notReady = sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(pParse,v,pWInfo,ii,pLevel,notReady); + pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; + if( (wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 && (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pTabList, pLevel, addrExplain); + } } - return (rc&db->errMask); + + /* Done. */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); + return pWInfo; + + /* Jump here if malloc fails */ +whereBeginError: + if( pWInfo ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + } + return 0; } /* -** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse -** itself before giving up and returning SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA. +** Part of sqlite3WhereEnd() will rewrite opcodes to reference the +** index rather than the main table. In SQLITE_DEBUG mode, we want +** to trace those changes if PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on. This routine +** does that. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY -# define SQLCIPHER_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define OpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) /* no-op */ +#else +# define OpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) sqlite3WhereOpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) + static void sqlite3WhereOpcodeRewriteTrace( + sqlite3 *db, + int pc, + VdbeOp *pOp + ){ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace)==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, pc, pOp); + } #endif /* -** This is the top-level implementation of sqlcipher3_step(). Call -** sqlcipher3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, -** call sqlcipher3Reprepare() and try again. +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_step(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Result from sqlcipher3Step() */ - int rc2 = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Result from sqlcipher3Reprepare() */ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ - int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + WhereLevel *pLevel; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - db = v->db; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - while( (rc = sqlcipher3Step(v))==SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA - && cnt++ < SQLCIPHER_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY - && (rc2 = rc = sqlcipher3Reprepare(v))==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3_reset(pStmt); - assert( v->expired==0 ); + /* Generate loop termination code. + */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ + int addr; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT + int addrSeek = 0; + Index *pIdx; + int n; + if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED + && i==pWInfo->nLevel-1 /* Ticket [ef9318757b152e3] 2017-10-21 */ + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)->hasStat1 + && (n = pLoop->u.btree.nDistinctCol)>0 + && pIdx->aiRowLogEst[n]>=36 + ){ + int r1 = pParse->nMem+1; + int j, op; + for(j=0; jiIdxCur, j, r1+j); + } + pParse->nMem += n+1; + op = pLevel->op==OP_Prev ? OP_SeekLT : OP_SeekGT; + addrSeek = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0, r1, n); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, pLevel->p2); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT */ + /* The common case: Advance to the next row */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); + if( pLevel->regBignull ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBignull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, pLevel->regBignull, pLevel->p2-1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT + if( addrSeek ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrSeek); +#endif + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ + struct InLoop *pIn; + int j; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); + for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); + if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){ + if( pIn->nPrefix ){ + assert( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, + pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_Prev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_Next); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1), + pLevel->addrLikeRep); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } +#endif + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); + if( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) + || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, + pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); } - if( rc2!=SQLCIPHER_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){ - /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. - ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded - ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message - ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement - ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is - ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via - ** sqlcipher3_errmsg() and sqlcipher3_errcode(). + + /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. + ** Set it. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); + + assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ + int k, last; + VdbeOp *pOp; + Index *pIdx = 0; + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of + ** the co-routine into OP_Copy of result contained in a register. + ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. */ - const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(db->pErr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - v->zErrMsg = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zErr); - v->rc = rc2; - } else { - v->zErrMsg = 0; - v->rc = rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + translateColumnToCopy(pParse, pLevel->addrBody, pLevel->iTabCur, + pTabItem->regResult, 0); + continue; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EARLY_CURSOR_CLOSE + /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization + ** (WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors + ** created for the ONEPASS optimization. + */ + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 + && pTab->pSelect==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 + ){ + int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + } +#endif + + /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data + ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases + ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can + ** yield a significant performance boost. + ** + ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and + ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table + ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes + ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that + ** reference the index. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; + } + if( pIdx + && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable)) + && !db->mallocFailed + ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("TRANSLATE opcodes in range %d..%d\n", k, last-1); + } +#endif + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC + || pOp->opcode==OP_Offset +#endif + ){ + int x = pOp->p2; + assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; + assert( x>=0 ); + } + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); + if( x>=0 ){ + pOp->p2 = x; + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); + } + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 + || pWInfo->eOnePass ); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNullRow ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ) printf("TRANSLATE complete\n"); +#endif } } - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlcipher3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_user_data(sqlcipher3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->pFunc->pUserData; + /* Final cleanup + */ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + return; } +/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file window.c ******************************************/ /* -** Extract the user data from a sqlcipher3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. +** 2018 May 08 ** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlcipher3_context_db_handle() interface -** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st -** parameter) of the sqlcipher3_create_function() and -** sqlcipher3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the -** application defined function. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(sqlcipher3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->s.db; -} +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* -** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always -** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the -** wrong context. The sqlcipher3_overload_function() API might construct -** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist -** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction -** method of virtual tables. +** SELECT REWRITING +** +** Any SELECT statement that contains one or more window functions in +** either the select list or ORDER BY clause (the only two places window +** functions may be used) is transformed by function sqlite3WindowRewrite() +** in order to support window function processing. For example, with the +** schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, d, e, f, g); +** +** the statement: +** +** SELECT a+1, max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM t1 ORDER BY e; +** +** is transformed to: +** +** SELECT a+1, max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM ( +** SELECT a, e, c, d, b FROM t1 ORDER BY c, d +** ) ORDER BY e; +** +** The flattening optimization is disabled when processing this transformed +** SELECT statement. This allows the implementation of the window function +** (in this case max()) to process rows sorted in order of (c, d), which +** makes things easier for obvious reasons. More generally: +** +** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to +** the sub-query. +** +** * ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET remain part of the parent query. +** +** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the +** select-list and ORDER BY expressions in the parent query are +** selected by the sub-query. For the purposes of the transformation, +** terminals are column references and aggregate functions. +** +** If there is more than one window function in the SELECT that uses +** the same window declaration (the OVER bit), then a single scan may +** be used to process more than one window function. For example: +** +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) +** FROM t1; +** +** is transformed in the same way as the example above. However: +** +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), +** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) +** FROM t1; +** +** Must be transformed to: +** +** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM ( +** SELECT e, min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b), c, d, b FROM +** SELECT a, e, c, d, b FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b +** ) ORDER BY c, d +** ) ORDER BY e; +** +** so that both min() and max() may process rows in the order defined by +** their respective window declarations. +** +** INTERFACE WITH SELECT.C +** +** When processing the rewritten SELECT statement, code in select.c calls +** sqlite3WhereBegin() to begin iterating through the results of the +** sub-query, which is always implemented as a co-routine. It then calls +** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() to process rows and finish the scan by calling +** sqlite3WhereEnd(). +** +** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() generates VM code so that, for each row returned +** by the sub-query a sub-routine (OP_Gosub) coded by select.c is invoked. +** When the sub-routine is invoked: +** +** * The results of all window-functions for the row are stored +** in the associated Window.regResult registers. +** +** * The required terminal values are stored in the current row of +** temp table Window.iEphCsr. +** +** In some cases, depending on the window frame and the specific window +** functions invoked, sqlite3WindowCodeStep() caches each entire partition +** in a temp table before returning any rows. In other cases it does not. +** This detail is encapsulated within this file, the code generated by +** select.c is the same in either case. +** +** BUILT-IN WINDOW FUNCTIONS +** +** This implementation features the following built-in window functions: +** +** row_number() +** rank() +** dense_rank() +** percent_rank() +** cume_dist() +** ntile(N) +** lead(expr [, offset [, default]]) +** lag(expr [, offset [, default]]) +** first_value(expr) +** last_value(expr) +** nth_value(expr, N) +** +** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. +** Although the behaviour of aggregate window functions (functions that +** can be used as either aggregates or window funtions) allows them to +** be implemented using an API, built-in window functions are much more +** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) +** may only be implemented by caching the entire partition in memory. +** As such, some built-in window functions use the same API as aggregate +** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE +** instructions. Additionally, for those functions that use the API, the +** window frame is sometimes modified before the SELECT statement is +** rewritten. For example, regardless of the specified window frame, the +** row_number() function always uses: +** +** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +** +** See sqlite3WindowUpdate() for details. +** +** As well as some of the built-in window functions, aggregate window +** functions min() and max() are implemented using VDBE instructions if +** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than +** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3InvalidFunction( - sqlcipher3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ - int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ -){ - const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; - char *zErr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - zErr = sqlcipher3_mprintf( - "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlcipher3_free(zErr); -} /* -** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new -** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the -** same context that was returned on prior calls. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(sqlcipher3_context *p, int nByte){ - Mem *pMem; - assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); - pMem = p->pMem; - testcase( nByte<0 ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ - if( nByte<=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - pMem->z = 0; - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); - pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; - pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; - if( pMem->z ){ - memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); - } - } - } - return (void*)pMem->z; +** Implementation of built-in window function row_number(). Assumes that the +** window frame has been coerced to: +** +** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +*/ +static void row_numberStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + i64 *p = (i64*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ) (*p)++; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); +} +static void row_numberValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + i64 *p = (i64*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, (p ? *p : 0)); } /* -** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to -** the user-function defined by pCtx. +** Context object type used by rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank() and +** cume_dist(). */ -SQLCIPHER_API void *sqlcipher3_get_auxdata(sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; +struct CallCount { + i64 nValue; + i64 nStep; + i64 nTotal; +}; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){ - return 0; +/* +** Implementation of built-in window function dense_rank(). Assumes that +** the window frame has been set to: +** +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW +*/ +static void dense_rankStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ) p->nStep = 1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); +} +static void dense_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + if( p->nStep ){ + p->nValue++; + p->nStep = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->nValue); } - return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux; } /* -** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th -** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is -** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. +** Implementation of built-in window function nth_value(). This +** implementation is used in "slow mode" only - when the EXCLUDE clause +** is not set to the default value "NO OTHERS". */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_set_auxdata( - sqlcipher3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, - void (*xDelete)(void*) +struct NthValueCtx { + i64 nStep; + sqlite3_value *pValue; +}; +static void nth_valueStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg ){ - struct AuxData *pAuxData; - VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; - if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc; - if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){ - int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0); - int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg; - pVdbeFunc = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc); - if( !pVdbeFunc ){ - goto failed; + struct NthValueCtx *p; + p = (struct NthValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + i64 iVal; + switch( sqlite3_value_numeric_type(apArg[1]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[1]); + break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + double fVal = sqlite3_value_double(apArg[1]); + if( ((i64)fVal)!=fVal ) goto error_out; + iVal = (i64)fVal; + break; + } + default: + goto error_out; } - pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc; - memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux)); - pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1; - pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc; - } + if( iVal<=0 ) goto error_out; - pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg]; - if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){ - pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); + p->nStep++; + if( iVal==p->nStep ){ + p->pValue = sqlite3_value_dup(apArg[0]); + if( !p->pValue ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + } + } } - pAuxData->pAux = pAux; - pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); return; -failed: - if( xDelete ){ - xDelete(pAux); + error_out: + sqlite3_result_error( + pCtx, "second argument to nth_value must be a positive integer", -1 + ); +} +static void nth_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct NthValueCtx *p; + p = (struct NthValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, 0); + if( p && p->pValue ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pValue); + sqlite3_value_free(p->pValue); + p->pValue = 0; } } +#define nth_valueInvFunc noopStepFunc +#define nth_valueValueFunc noopValueFunc -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been -** called. -** -** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is -** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function -** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate -** context. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_aggregate_count(sqlcipher3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - return p->pMem->n; +static void first_valueStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct NthValueCtx *p; + p = (struct NthValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p && p->pValue==0 ){ + p->pValue = sqlite3_value_dup(apArg[0]); + if( !p->pValue ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + } + } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); } -#endif - -/* -** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; +static void first_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct NthValueCtx *p; + p = (struct NthValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p && p->pValue ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pValue); + sqlite3_value_free(p->pValue); + p->pValue = 0; + } } +#define first_valueInvFunc noopStepFunc +#define first_valueValueFunc noopValueFunc /* -** Return the number of values available from the current row of the -** currently executing statement pStmt. +** Implementation of built-in window function rank(). Assumes that +** the window frame has been set to: +** +** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_data_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; - return pVm->nResColumn; +static void rankStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->nStep++; + if( p->nValue==0 ){ + p->nValue = p->nStep; + } + } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); } - - -/* -** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If -** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. -** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value -** of NULL. -*/ -static Mem *columnMem(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *pVm; - Mem *pOut; - - pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; - }else{ - /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return - ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the - ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element - ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler - ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary - ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when - ** running with SQLCIPHER_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s - ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent - ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLCIPHER_DEBUG defined - ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical - ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ - static const Mem nullMem -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) - __attribute__((aligned(8))) -#endif - = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLCIPHER_NULL, 0, -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */ -#endif - 0, 0 }; - - if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - sqlcipher3Error(pVm->db, SQLCIPHER_RANGE, 0); - } - pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem; +static void rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->nValue); + p->nValue = 0; } - return pOut; } /* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlcipher3_value_XXX function on a -** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If -** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result -** code of statement pStmt set to SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. -** -** Specifically, this is called from within: +** Implementation of built-in window function percent_rank(). Assumes that +** the window frame has been set to: ** -** sqlcipher3_column_int() -** sqlcipher3_column_int64() -** sqlcipher3_column_text() -** sqlcipher3_column_text16() -** sqlcipher3_column_real() -** sqlcipher3_column_bytes() -** sqlcipher3_column_bytes16() -** sqiite3_column_blob() +** GROUPS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ -static void columnMallocFailure(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt) -{ - /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an - ** sqlcipher3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to - ** SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLCIPHER_ERROR - ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. - */ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; +static void percent_rankStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); assert( nArg==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ - p->rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + p->nTotal++; } } - -/**************************** sqlcipher3_column_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row -** in the result set. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_blob(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val; - val = sqlcipher3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. - */ - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_bytes(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlcipher3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_bytes16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlcipher3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLCIPHER_API double sqlcipher3_column_double(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - double val = sqlcipher3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_int(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlcipher3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher_int64 sqlcipher3_column_int64(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - sqlcipher_int64 val = sqlcipher3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; +static void percent_rankInvFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); assert( nArg==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + p->nStep++; } -SQLCIPHER_API const unsigned char *sqlcipher3_column_text(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const unsigned char *val = sqlcipher3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; +static void percent_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->nValue = p->nStep; + if( p->nTotal>1 ){ + double r = (double)p->nValue / (double)(p->nTotal-1); + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, 0.0); + } + } } -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_value *sqlcipher3_column_value(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); - if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ - pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; +#define percent_rankFinalizeFunc percent_rankValueFunc + +/* +** Implementation of built-in window function cume_dist(). Assumes that +** the window frame has been set to: +** +** GROUPS BETWEEN 1 FOLLOWING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING +*/ +static void cume_distStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); assert( nArg==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->nTotal++; } - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return (sqlcipher3_value *)pOut; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_text16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val = sqlcipher3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; +static void cume_distInvFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct CallCount *p; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); assert( nArg==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + p->nStep++; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_column_type(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int iType = sqlcipher3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return iType; +static void cume_distValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct CallCount *p; + p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, 0); + if( p ){ + double r = (double)(p->nStep) / (double)(p->nTotal); + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); + } } +#define cume_distFinalizeFunc cume_distValueFunc -/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or -** removal */ -/*int sqlcipher3_column_numeric_type(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ -** return sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); -**} +/* +** Context object for ntile() window function. */ +struct NtileCtx { + i64 nTotal; /* Total rows in partition */ + i64 nParam; /* Parameter passed to ntile(N) */ + i64 iRow; /* Current row */ +}; /* -** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using -** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. -** -** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which -** name is returned. Here are the names: +** Implementation of ntile(). This assumes that the window frame has +** been coerced to: ** -** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output -** 1 The datatype name for the column -** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from -** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from -** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from -** -** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression -** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. +** ROWS CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ -static const void *columnName( - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, - int N, - const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), - int useType +static void ntileStepFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg ){ - const void *ret = 0; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - int n; - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - - assert( db!=0 ); - n = sqlcipher3_column_count(pStmt); - if( N=0 ){ - N += useType*n; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); - ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); - /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this - ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - ret = 0; + struct NtileCtx *p; + assert( nArg==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + p = (struct NtileCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + if( p->nTotal==0 ){ + p->nParam = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[0]); + if( p->nParam<=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error( + pCtx, "argument of ntile must be a positive integer", -1 + ); + } } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + p->nTotal++; } - return ret; } +static void ntileInvFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct NtileCtx *p; + assert( nArg==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct NtileCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + p->iRow++; +} +static void ntileValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct NtileCtx *p; + p = (struct NtileCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p && p->nParam>0 ){ + int nSize = (p->nTotal / p->nParam); + if( nSize==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->iRow+1); + }else{ + i64 nLarge = p->nTotal - p->nParam*nSize; + i64 iSmall = nLarge*(nSize+1); + i64 iRow = p->iRow; -/* -** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL -** statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_name(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); + assert( (nLarge*(nSize+1) + (p->nParam-nLarge)*nSize)==p->nTotal ); + + if( iRowpVal); + p->pVal = sqlite3_value_dup(apArg[0]); + if( p->pVal==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + }else{ + p->nVal++; + } + } } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_decltype16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +static void last_valueInvFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + struct LastValueCtx *p; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); + p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( ALWAYS(p) ){ + p->nVal--; + if( p->nVal==0 ){ + sqlite3_value_free(p->pVal); + p->pVal = 0; + } + } } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -/* -** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_database_name(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); +static void last_valueValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct LastValueCtx *p; + p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, 0); + if( p && p->pVal ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pVal); + } } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_database_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); +static void last_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + struct LastValueCtx *p; + p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); + if( p && p->pVal ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pVal); + sqlite3_value_free(p->pVal); + p->pVal = 0; + } } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +** Static names for the built-in window function names. These static +** names are used, rather than string literals, so that FuncDef objects +** can be associated with a particular window function by direct +** comparison of the zName pointer. Example: +** +** if( pFuncDef->zName==row_valueName ){ ... } */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_table_name(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_table_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ +static const char row_numberName[] = "row_number"; +static const char dense_rankName[] = "dense_rank"; +static const char rankName[] = "rank"; +static const char percent_rankName[] = "percent_rank"; +static const char cume_distName[] = "cume_dist"; +static const char ntileName[] = "ntile"; +static const char last_valueName[] = "last_value"; +static const char nth_valueName[] = "nth_value"; +static const char first_valueName[] = "first_value"; +static const char leadName[] = "lead"; +static const char lagName[] = "lag"; /* -** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +** No-op implementations of xStep() and xFinalize(). Used as place-holders +** for built-in window functions that never call those interfaces. +** +** The noopValueFunc() is called but is expected to do nothing. The +** noopStepFunc() is never called, and so it is marked with NO_TEST to +** let the test coverage routine know not to expect this function to be +** invoked. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_column_origin_name(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API const void *sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlcipher3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); +static void noopStepFunc( /*NO_TEST*/ + sqlite3_context *p, /*NO_TEST*/ + int n, /*NO_TEST*/ + sqlite3_value **a /*NO_TEST*/ +){ /*NO_TEST*/ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); /*NO_TEST*/ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); /*NO_TEST*/ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(a); /*NO_TEST*/ + assert(0); /*NO_TEST*/ +} /*NO_TEST*/ +static void noopValueFunc(sqlite3_context *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); /*no-op*/ } + +/* Window functions that use all window interfaces: xStep, xFinal, +** xValue, and xInverse */ +#define WINDOWFUNCALL(name,nArg,extra) { \ + nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ + name ## StepFunc, name ## FinalizeFunc, name ## ValueFunc, \ + name ## InvFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ +} + +/* Window functions that are implemented using bytecode and thus have +** no-op routines for their methods */ +#define WINDOWFUNCNOOP(name,nArg,extra) { \ + nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ + noopStepFunc, noopValueFunc, noopValueFunc, \ + noopStepFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ +} + +/* Window functions that use all window interfaces: xStep, the +** same routine for xFinalize and xValue and which never call +** xInverse. */ +#define WINDOWFUNCX(name,nArg,extra) { \ + nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ + name ## StepFunc, name ## ValueFunc, name ## ValueFunc, \ + noopStepFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ +} + + +/* +** Register those built-in window functions that are not also aggregates. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowFunctions(void){ + static FuncDef aWindowFuncs[] = { + WINDOWFUNCX(row_number, 0, 0), + WINDOWFUNCX(dense_rank, 0, 0), + WINDOWFUNCX(rank, 0, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(percent_rank, 0, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(cume_dist, 0, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(ntile, 1, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(last_value, 1, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(nth_value, 2, 0), + WINDOWFUNCALL(first_value, 1, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 1, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 2, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 3, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 1, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 2, 0), + WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 3, 0), + }; + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aWindowFuncs, ArraySize(aWindowFuncs)); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ +static Window *windowFind(Parse *pParse, Window *pList, const char *zName){ + Window *p; + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNextWin){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, zName)==0 ) break; + } + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such window: %s", zName); + } + return p; +} -/******************************* sqlcipher3_bind_ *************************** -** -** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. -*/ /* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the -** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is -** out of range, then SQLCIPHER_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLCIPHER_OK. +** This function is called immediately after resolving the function name +** for a window function within a SELECT statement. Argument pList is a +** linked list of WINDOW definitions for the current SELECT statement. +** Argument pFunc is the function definition just resolved and pWin +** is the Window object representing the associated OVER clause. This +** function updates the contents of pWin as follows: ** -** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. -** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. +** * If the OVER clause refered to a named window (as in "max(x) OVER win"), +** search list pList for a matching WINDOW definition, and update pWin +** accordingly. If no such WINDOW clause can be found, leave an error +** in pParse. ** -** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return -** value in any case. +** * If the function is a built-in window function that requires the +** window to be coerced (see "BUILT-IN WINDOW FUNCTIONS" at the top +** of this file), pWin is updated here. */ -static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ - Mem *pVar; - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3Error(p->db, SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, 0); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - sqlcipher3_log(SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, - "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - sqlcipher3Error(p->db, SQLCIPHER_RANGE, 0); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return SQLCIPHER_RANGE; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( + Parse *pParse, + Window *pList, /* List of named windows for this SELECT */ + Window *pWin, /* Window frame to update */ + FuncDef *pFunc /* Window function definition */ +){ + if( pWin->zName && pWin->eFrmType==0 ){ + Window *p = windowFind(pParse, pList, pWin->zName); + if( p==0 ) return; + pWin->pPartition = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, p->pPartition, 0); + pWin->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy, 0); + pWin->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, p->pStart, 0); + pWin->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, p->pEnd, 0); + pWin->eStart = p->eStart; + pWin->eEnd = p->eEnd; + pWin->eFrmType = p->eFrmType; + pWin->eExclude = p->eExclude; + }else{ + sqlite3WindowChain(pParse, pWin, pList); } - i--; - pVar = &p->aVar[i]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); - pVar->flags = MEM_Null; - sqlcipher3Error(p->db, SQLCIPHER_OK, 0); - - /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then - ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host - ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan - ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, - ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlcipher3_step() call - ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. - */ - if( p->isPrepareV2 && - ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) + if( (pWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE) + && (pWin->pStart || pWin->pEnd) + && (pWin->pOrderBy==0 || pWin->pOrderBy->nExpr!=1) ){ - p->expired = 1; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RANGE with offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING requires one ORDER BY expression" + ); + }else + if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pWin->pFilter ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "FILTER clause may only be used with aggregate window functions" + ); + }else{ + struct WindowUpdate { + const char *zFunc; + int eFrmType; + int eStart; + int eEnd; + } aUp[] = { + { row_numberName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { dense_rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { rankName, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + { percent_rankName, TK_GROUPS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { cume_distName, TK_GROUPS, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { ntileName, TK_ROWS, TK_CURRENT, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { leadName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNBOUNDED }, + { lagName, TK_ROWS, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_CURRENT }, + }; + int i; + for(i=0; izName==aUp[i].zFunc ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pStart); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pEnd); + pWin->pEnd = pWin->pStart = 0; + pWin->eFrmType = aUp[i].eFrmType; + pWin->eStart = aUp[i].eStart; + pWin->eEnd = aUp[i].eEnd; + pWin->eExclude = 0; + if( pWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + pWin->pStart = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "1"); + } + break; + } + } + } } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + pWin->pFunc = pFunc; } /* -** Bind a text or BLOB value. +** Context object passed through sqlite3WalkExprList() to +** selectWindowRewriteExprCb() by selectWindowRewriteEList(). */ -static int bindText( - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ - int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ - const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ - int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ - void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ - u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ -){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - Mem *pVar; - int rc; +typedef struct WindowRewrite WindowRewrite; +struct WindowRewrite { + Window *pWin; + SrcList *pSrc; + ExprList *pSub; + Table *pTab; + Select *pSubSelect; /* Current sub-select, if any */ +}; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( zData!=0 ){ - pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && encoding!=0 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); +/* +** Callback function used by selectWindowRewriteEList(). If necessary, +** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates +** expression (*ppExpr) in place. +*/ +static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + struct WindowRewrite *p = pWalker->u.pRewrite; + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pWin!=0 ); + + /* If this function is being called from within a scalar sub-select + ** that used by the SELECT statement being processed, only process + ** TK_COLUMN expressions that refer to it (the outer SELECT). Do + ** not process aggregates or window functions at all, as they belong + ** to the scalar sub-select. */ + if( p->pSubSelect ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ + return WRC_Continue; + }else{ + int nSrc = p->pSrc->nSrc; + int i; + for(i=0; iiTable==p->pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; } - sqlcipher3Error(p->db, rc, 0); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(p->db, rc); + if( i==nSrc ) return WRC_Continue; } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - }else if( xDel!=SQLCIPHER_STATIC && xDel!=SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT ){ - xDel((void*)zData); } - return rc; -} + switch( pExpr->op ){ -/* -** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_blob( - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_double(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_int(sqlcipher3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ - return sqlcipher3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_int64(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlcipher_int64 iValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + case TK_FUNCTION: + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_WinFunc) ){ + break; + }else{ + Window *pWin; + for(pWin=p->pWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + if( pExpr->y.pWin==pWin ){ + assert( pWin->pOwner==pExpr ); + return WRC_Prune; + } + } + } + /* Fall through. */ + + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_COLUMN: { + Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); + p->pSub = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p->pSub, pDup); + if( p->pSub ){ + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Static)==0 ); + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); + ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); + memset(pExpr, 0, sizeof(Expr)); + + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pExpr->iColumn = p->pSub->nExpr-1; + pExpr->iTable = p->pWin->iEphCsr; + pExpr->y.pTab = p->pTab; + } + + break; + } + + default: /* no-op */ + break; } - return rc; + + return WRC_Continue; } -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_null(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); +static int selectWindowRewriteSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + struct WindowRewrite *p = pWalker->u.pRewrite; + Select *pSave = p->pSubSelect; + if( pSave==pSelect ){ + return WRC_Continue; + }else{ + p->pSubSelect = pSelect; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); + p->pSubSelect = pSave; } - return rc; + return WRC_Prune; } -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_text( - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) + + +/* +** Iterate through each expression in expression-list pEList. For each: +** +** * TK_COLUMN, +** * aggregate function, or +** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the +** Window list passed as the second argument (pWin). +** +** Append the node to output expression-list (*ppSub). And replace it +** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table +** pWin->iEphCsr, where N is the number of elements in (*ppSub) after +** appending the new one. +*/ +static void selectWindowRewriteEList( + Parse *pParse, + Window *pWin, + SrcList *pSrc, + ExprList *pEList, /* Rewrite expressions in this list */ + Table *pTab, + ExprList **ppSub /* IN/OUT: Sub-select expression-list */ ){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); + Walker sWalker; + WindowRewrite sRewrite; + + assert( pWin!=0 ); + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); + memset(&sRewrite, 0, sizeof(WindowRewrite)); + + sRewrite.pSub = *ppSub; + sRewrite.pWin = pWin; + sRewrite.pSrc = pSrc; + sRewrite.pTab = pTab; + + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.xExprCallback = selectWindowRewriteExprCb; + sWalker.xSelectCallback = selectWindowRewriteSelectCb; + sWalker.u.pRewrite = &sRewrite; + + (void)sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pEList); + + *ppSub = sRewrite.pSub; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_text16( - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) + +/* +** Append a copy of each expression in expression-list pAppend to +** expression list pList. Return a pointer to the result list. +*/ +static ExprList *exprListAppendList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ + ExprList *pAppend, /* List of values to append. Might be NULL */ + int bIntToNull ){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_value(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlcipher3_value *pValue){ - int rc; - switch( pValue->type ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: { - rc = sqlcipher3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); - break; + if( pAppend ){ + int i; + int nInit = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pAppend->a[i].pExpr, 0); + if( bIntToNull && pDup && pDup->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + pDup->op = TK_NULL; + pDup->flags &= ~(EP_IntValue|EP_IsTrue|EP_IsFalse); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pDup); + if( pList ) pList->a[nInit+i].sortFlags = pAppend->a[i].sortFlags; } - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: { - rc = sqlcipher3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); - break; + } + return pList; +} + +/* +** If the SELECT statement passed as the second argument does not invoke +** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it +** rewrites the SELECT statement so that window function xStep functions +** are invoked in the correct order as described under "SELECT REWRITING" +** at the top of this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->pWin && p->pPrior==0 ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Select *pSub = 0; /* The subquery */ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + Expr *pWhere = p->pWhere; + ExprList *pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + Expr *pHaving = p->pHaving; + ExprList *pSort = 0; + + ExprList *pSublist = 0; /* Expression list for sub-query */ + Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object */ + Window *pWin; /* Window object iterator */ + Table *pTab; + + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - case SQLCIPHER_BLOB: { - if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - rc = sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); + + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pWhere = 0; + p->pGroupBy = 0; + p->pHaving = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate; + + /* Create the ORDER BY clause for the sub-select. This is the concatenation + ** of the window PARTITION and ORDER BY clauses. Then, if this makes it + ** redundant, remove the ORDER BY from the parent SELECT. */ + pSort = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMWin->pPartition, 0); + pSort = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSort, pMWin->pOrderBy, 1); + if( pSort && p->pOrderBy && p->pOrderBy->nExpr<=pSort->nExpr ){ + int nSave = pSort->nExpr; + pSort->nExpr = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSort, p->pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + } + pSort->nExpr = nSave; + } + + /* Assign a cursor number for the ephemeral table used to buffer rows. + ** The OpenEphemeral instruction is coded later, after it is known how + ** many columns the table will have. */ + pMWin->iEphCsr = pParse->nTab++; + pParse->nTab += 3; + + selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pEList, pTab, &pSublist); + selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, pTab, &pSublist); + pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); + + /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the + ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where + ** boundaries for partitions and sets of peer rows lie. */ + pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pPartition, 0); + pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pOrderBy, 0); + + /* Append the arguments passed to each window function to the + ** sub-select expression list. Also allocate two registers for each + ** window function - one for the accumulator, another for interim + ** results. */ + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + ExprList *pArgs = pWin->pOwner->x.pList; + if( pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_SUBTYPE ){ + selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, pArgs, pTab, &pSublist); + pWin->iArgCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); + pWin->bExprArgs = 1; }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); + pWin->iArgCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); + pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pArgs, 0); } - break; + if( pWin->pFilter ){ + Expr *pFilter = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWin->pFilter, 0); + pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pSublist, pFilter); + } + pWin->regAccum = ++pParse->nMem; + pWin->regResult = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); } - case SQLCIPHER_TEXT: { - rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT, - pValue->enc); - break; + + /* If there is no ORDER BY or PARTITION BY clause, and the window + ** function accepts zero arguments, and there are no other columns + ** selected (e.g. "SELECT row_number() OVER () FROM t1"), it is possible + ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to + ** keep everything legal in this case. + */ + if( pSublist==0 ){ + pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, "0") + ); } - default: { - rc = sqlcipher3_bind_null(pStmt, i); - break; + + pSub = sqlite3SelectNew( + pParse, pSublist, pSrc, pWhere, pGroupBy, pHaving, pSort, 0, 0 + ); + p->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, 0); + if( p->pSrc ){ + Table *pTab2; + p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = pSub; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); + pSub->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + pTab2 = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSub, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + if( pTab2==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pTab, pTab2, sizeof(Table)); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + p->pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab; + pTab = pTab2; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pMWin->iEphCsr, pSublist->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pMWin->iEphCsr+1, pMWin->iEphCsr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pMWin->iEphCsr+2, pMWin->iEphCsr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pMWin->iEphCsr+3, pMWin->iEphCsr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub); } + if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab); } + return rc; } -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + +/* +** Unlink the Window object from the Select to which it is attached, +** if it is attached. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUnlinkFromSelect(Window *p){ + if( p->ppThis ){ + *p->ppThis = p->pNextWin; + if( p->pNextWin ) p->pNextWin->ppThis = p->ppThis; + p->ppThis = 0; } - return rc; } /* -** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +** Free the Window object passed as the second argument. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p ? p->nVar : 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3WindowUnlinkFromSelect(p); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pFilter); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pPartition); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pEnd); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pStart); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zBase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } } /* -** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index -** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. -** -** The result is always UTF-8. +** Free the linked list of Window objects starting at the second argument. */ -SQLCIPHER_API const char *sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ - return 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowListDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ + while( p ){ + Window *pNext = p->pNextWin; + sqlite3WindowDelete(db, p); + p = pNext; } - return p->azVar[i-1]; } /* -** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable -** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, -** return 0. +** The argument expression is an PRECEDING or FOLLOWING offset. The +** value should be a non-negative integer. If the value is not a +** constant, change it to NULL. The fact that it is then a non-negative +** integer will be caught later. But it is important not to leave +** variable values in the expression tree. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ - int i; - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; +static Expr *sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ) sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(pParse, pExpr); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); } - if( zName ){ - for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ - const char *z = p->azVar[i]; - if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a new Window object describing a Window Definition. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAlloc( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int eType, /* Frame type. TK_RANGE, TK_ROWS, TK_GROUPS, or 0 */ + int eStart, /* Start type: CURRENT, PRECEDING, FOLLOWING, UNBOUNDED */ + Expr *pStart, /* Start window size if TK_PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ + int eEnd, /* End type: CURRENT, FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED, PRECEDING */ + Expr *pEnd, /* End window size if TK_FOLLOWING or PRECEDING */ + u8 eExclude /* EXCLUDE clause */ +){ + Window *pWin = 0; + int bImplicitFrame = 0; + + /* Parser assures the following: */ + assert( eType==0 || eType==TK_RANGE || eType==TK_ROWS || eType==TK_GROUPS ); + assert( eStart==TK_CURRENT || eStart==TK_PRECEDING + || eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED || eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ); + assert( eEnd==TK_CURRENT || eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING + || eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ); + assert( (eStart==TK_PRECEDING || eStart==TK_FOLLOWING)==(pStart!=0) ); + assert( (eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || eEnd==TK_PRECEDING)==(pEnd!=0) ); + + if( eType==0 ){ + bImplicitFrame = 1; + eType = TK_RANGE; } + + /* Additionally, the + ** starting boundary type may not occur earlier in the following list than + ** the ending boundary type: + ** + ** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING + ** PRECEDING + ** CURRENT ROW + ** FOLLOWING + ** UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING + ** + ** The parser ensures that "UNBOUNDED PRECEDING" cannot be used as an ending + ** boundary, and than "UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING" cannot be used as a starting + ** frame boundary. + */ + if( (eStart==TK_CURRENT && eEnd==TK_PRECEDING) + || (eStart==TK_FOLLOWING && (eEnd==TK_PRECEDING || eEnd==TK_CURRENT)) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported frame specification"); + goto windowAllocErr; + } + + pWin = (Window*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Window)); + if( pWin==0 ) goto windowAllocErr; + pWin->eFrmType = eType; + pWin->eStart = eStart; + pWin->eEnd = eEnd; + if( eExclude==0 && OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_WindowFunc) ){ + eExclude = TK_NO; + } + pWin->eExclude = eExclude; + pWin->bImplicitFrame = bImplicitFrame; + pWin->pEnd = sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(pParse, pEnd); + pWin->pStart = sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(pParse, pStart); + return pWin; + +windowAllocErr: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pEnd); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pStart); return 0; } -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ - return sqlcipher3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName)); -} /* -** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. +** Attach PARTITION and ORDER BY clauses pPartition and pOrderBy to window +** pWin. Also, if parameter pBase is not NULL, set pWin->zBase to the +** equivalent nul-terminated string. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3TransferBindings(sqlcipher3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlcipher3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - int i; - assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); - assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble( + Parse *pParse, + Window *pWin, + ExprList *pPartition, + ExprList *pOrderBy, + Token *pBase +){ + if( pWin ){ + pWin->pPartition = pPartition; + pWin->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + if( pBase ){ + pWin->zBase = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pBase->z, pBase->n); + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pPartition); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + } + return pWin; +} + +/* +** Window *pWin has just been created from a WINDOW clause. Tokne pBase +** is the base window. Earlier windows from the same WINDOW clause are +** stored in the linked list starting at pWin->pNextWin. This function +** either updates *pWin according to the base specification, or else +** leaves an error in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowChain(Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, Window *pList){ + if( pWin->zBase ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Window *pExist = windowFind(pParse, pList, pWin->zBase); + if( pExist ){ + const char *zErr = 0; + /* Check for errors */ + if( pWin->pPartition ){ + zErr = "PARTITION clause"; + }else if( pExist->pOrderBy && pWin->pOrderBy ){ + zErr = "ORDER BY clause"; + }else if( pExist->bImplicitFrame==0 ){ + zErr = "frame specification"; + } + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "cannot override %s of window: %s", zErr, pWin->zBase + ); + }else{ + pWin->pPartition = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pExist->pPartition, 0); + if( pExist->pOrderBy ){ + assert( pWin->pOrderBy==0 ); + pWin->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pExist->pOrderBy, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWin->zBase); + pWin->zBase = 0; + } + } } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code -** should call sqlcipher3TransferBindings. -** -** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different -** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we -** will not bother to check for that condition. -** -** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then -** an SQLCIPHER_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. +** Attach window object pWin to expression p. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_transfer_bindings(sqlcipher3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlcipher3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ - pTo->expired = 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowAttach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Window *pWin){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->op==TK_FUNCTION ); + assert( pWin ); + p->y.pWin = pWin; + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_WinFunc); + pWin->pOwner = p; + if( (p->flags & EP_Distinct) && pWin->eFrmType!=TK_FILTER ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "DISTINCT is not supported for window functions" + ); + } + }else{ + sqlite3WindowDelete(pParse->db, pWin); } - if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ - pFrom->expired = 1; +} + +/* +** Possibly link window pWin into the list at pSel->pWin (window functions +** to be processed as part of SELECT statement pSel). The window is linked +** in if either (a) there are no other windows already linked to this +** SELECT, or (b) the windows already linked use a compatible window frame. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowLink(Select *pSel, Window *pWin){ + if( 0==pSel->pWin + || 0==sqlite3WindowCompare(0, pSel->pWin, pWin, 0) + ){ + pWin->pNextWin = pSel->pWin; + if( pSel->pWin ){ + pSel->pWin->ppThis = &pWin->pNextWin; + } + pSel->pWin = pWin; + pWin->ppThis = &pSel->pWin; } - return sqlcipher3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); } -#endif /* -** Return the sqlcipher3* database handle to which the prepared statement given -** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was -** the first argument to the sqlcipher3_prepare() that was used to create -** the statement in the first place. +** Return 0 if the two window objects are identical, or non-zero otherwise. +** Identical window objects can be processed in a single scan. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3 *sqlcipher3_db_handle(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowCompare(Parse *pParse, Window *p1, Window *p2, int bFilter){ + if( p1->eFrmType!=p2->eFrmType ) return 1; + if( p1->eStart!=p2->eStart ) return 1; + if( p1->eEnd!=p2->eEnd ) return 1; + if( p1->eExclude!=p2->eExclude ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pStart, p2->pStart, -1) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pEnd, p2->pEnd, -1) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pPartition, p2->pPartition, -1) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pOrderBy, p2->pOrderBy, -1) ) return 1; + if( bFilter ){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pFilter, p2->pFilter, -1) ) return 1; + } + return 0; } + /* -** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the -** database. +** This is called by code in select.c before it calls sqlite3WhereBegin() +** to begin iterating through the sub-query results. It is used to allocate +** and initialize registers and cursors used by sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_stmt_readonly(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ + Window *pWin; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + /* Allocate registers to use for PARTITION BY values, if any. Initialize + ** said registers to NULL. */ + if( pMWin->pPartition ){ + int nExpr = pMWin->pPartition->nExpr; + pMWin->regPart = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pMWin->regPart, pMWin->regPart+nExpr-1); + } + + pMWin->regOne = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pMWin->regOne); + + if( pMWin->eExclude ){ + pMWin->regStartRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + pMWin->regEndRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + pMWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pMWin->regStartRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pMWin->regEndRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pMWin->csrApp, pMWin->iEphCsr); + return; + } + + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + FuncDef *p = pWin->pFunc; + if( (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + /* The inline versions of min() and max() require a single ephemeral + ** table and 3 registers. The registers are used as follows: + ** + ** regApp+0: slot to copy min()/max() argument to for MakeRecord + ** regApp+1: integer value used to ensure keys are unique + ** regApp+2: output of MakeRecord + */ + ExprList *pList = pWin->pOwner->x.pList; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pList, 0, 0); + pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; + pWin->regApp = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 3; + if( pKeyInfo && pWin->pFunc->zName[1]=='i' ){ + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[0]==0 ); + pKeyInfo->aSortFlags[0] = KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pWin->csrApp, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); + } + else if( p->zName==nth_valueName || p->zName==first_valueName ){ + /* Allocate two registers at pWin->regApp. These will be used to + ** store the start and end index of the current frame. */ + pWin->regApp = pParse->nMem+1; + pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; + pParse->nMem += 2; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pWin->csrApp, pMWin->iEphCsr); + } + else if( p->zName==leadName || p->zName==lagName ){ + pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pWin->csrApp, pMWin->iEphCsr); + } + } } +#define WINDOW_STARTING_INT 0 +#define WINDOW_ENDING_INT 1 +#define WINDOW_NTH_VALUE_INT 2 +#define WINDOW_STARTING_NUM 3 +#define WINDOW_ENDING_NUM 4 + /* -** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated -** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first -** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there -** are no more. +** A "PRECEDING " (eCond==0) or "FOLLOWING " (eCond==1) or the +** value of the second argument to nth_value() (eCond==2) has just been +** evaluated and the result left in register reg. This function generates VM +** code to check that the value is a non-negative integer and throws an +** exception if it is not. */ -SQLCIPHER_API sqlcipher3_stmt *sqlcipher3_next_stmt(sqlcipher3 *pDb, sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt){ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pNext; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); - if( pStmt==0 ){ - pNext = (sqlcipher3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; +static void windowCheckValue(Parse *pParse, int reg, int eCond){ + static const char *azErr[] = { + "frame starting offset must be a non-negative integer", + "frame ending offset must be a non-negative integer", + "second argument to nth_value must be a positive integer", + "frame starting offset must be a non-negative number", + "frame ending offset must be a non-negative number", + }; + static int aOp[] = { OP_Ge, OP_Ge, OP_Gt, OP_Ge, OP_Ge }; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int regZero = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( eCond>=0 && eCond=WINDOW_STARTING_NUM ){ + int regString = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regString, 0, "", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, regString, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, reg); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC|SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( eCond==3 || eCond==4 ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==3); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==4); }else{ - pNext = (sqlcipher3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, reg, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( eCond==0 || eCond==1 || eCond==2 ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==2); } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); - return pNext; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aOp[eCond], regZero, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, reg); + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==0); /* NULL case captured by */ + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==1); /* the OP_MustBeInt */ + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==2); + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==3); /* NULL case caught by */ + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==4); /* the OP_Ge */ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_ERROR, OE_Abort); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)azErr[eCond], P4_STATIC); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regZero); } /* -** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement +** Return the number of arguments passed to the window-function associated +** with the object passed as the only argument to this function. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_stmt_status(sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1]; - if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0; - return v; +static int windowArgCount(Window *pWin){ + ExprList *pList = pWin->pOwner->x.pList; + return (pList ? pList->nExpr : 0); } -/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ +typedef struct WindowCodeArg WindowCodeArg; +typedef struct WindowCsrAndReg WindowCsrAndReg; + /* -** 2009 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters -** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlcipher3_trace(). +** See comments above struct WindowCodeArg. */ +struct WindowCsrAndReg { + int csr; /* Cursor number */ + int reg; /* First in array of peer values */ +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** A single instance of this structure is allocated on the stack by +** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() and a pointer to it passed to the various helper +** routines. This is to reduce the number of arguments required by each +** helper function. +** +** regArg: +** Each window function requires an accumulator register (just as an +** ordinary aggregate function does). This variable is set to the first +** in an array of accumulator registers - one for each window function +** in the WindowCodeArg.pMWin list. +** +** eDelete: +** The window functions implementation sometimes caches the input rows +** that it processes in a temporary table. If it is not zero, this +** variable indicates when rows may be removed from the temp table (in +** order to reduce memory requirements - it would always be safe just +** to leave them there). Possible values for eDelete are: +** +** WINDOW_RETURN_ROW: +** An input row can be discarded after it is returned to the caller. +** +** WINDOW_AGGINVERSE: +** An input row can be discarded after the window functions xInverse() +** callbacks have been invoked in it. +** +** WINDOW_AGGSTEP: +** An input row can be discarded after the window functions xStep() +** callbacks have been invoked in it. +** +** start,current,end +** Consider a window-frame similar to the following: +** +** (ORDER BY a, b GROUPS BETWEEN 2 PRECEDING AND 2 FOLLOWING) +** +** The windows functions implmentation caches the input rows in a temp +** table, sorted by "a, b" (it actually populates the cache lazily, and +** aggressively removes rows once they are no longer required, but that's +** a mere detail). It keeps three cursors open on the temp table. One +** (current) that points to the next row to return to the query engine +** once its window function values have been calculated. Another (end) +** points to the next row to call the xStep() method of each window function +** on (so that it is 2 groups ahead of current). And a third (start) that +** points to the next row to call the xInverse() method of each window +** function on. +** +** Each cursor (start, current and end) consists of a VDBE cursor +** (WindowCsrAndReg.csr) and an array of registers (starting at +** WindowCodeArg.reg) that always contains a copy of the peer values +** read from the corresponding cursor. +** +** Depending on the window-frame in question, all three cursors may not +** be required. In this case both WindowCodeArg.csr and reg are set to +** 0. +*/ +struct WindowCodeArg { + Parse *pParse; /* Parse context */ + Window *pMWin; /* First in list of functions being processed */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* VDBE object */ + int addrGosub; /* OP_Gosub to this address to return one row */ + int regGosub; /* Register used with OP_Gosub(addrGosub) */ + int regArg; /* First in array of accumulator registers */ + int eDelete; /* See above */ + + WindowCsrAndReg start; + WindowCsrAndReg current; + WindowCsrAndReg end; +}; /* -** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of -** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in -** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return -** the total number of bytes in the text. +** Generate VM code to read the window frames peer values from cursor csr into +** an array of registers starting at reg. */ -static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ - int tokenType; - int nTotal = 0; - int n; - - *pnToken = 0; - while( zSql[0] ){ - n = sqlcipher3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); - assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); - if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ - *pnToken = n; - break; +static void windowReadPeerValues( + WindowCodeArg *p, + int csr, + int reg +){ + Window *pMWin = p->pMWin; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pMWin->pOrderBy; + if( pOrderBy ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p->pParse); + ExprList *pPart = pMWin->pPartition; + int iColOff = pMWin->nBufferCol + (pPart ? pPart->nExpr : 0); + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, iColOff+i, reg+i); } - nTotal += n; - zSql += n; } - return nTotal; } /* -** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory -** obtained from sqlcipher3DbMalloc(). If sqlcipher3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the -** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to -** their current bindings. Or, if sqlcipher3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1, -** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended -** to each line of text. +** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or +** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the +** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions +** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required +** inline VM code. ** -** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned -** is eventually freed. +** If argument csr is greater than or equal to 0, then argument reg is +** the first register in an array of registers guaranteed to be large +** enough to hold the array of arguments for each function. In this case +** the arguments are extracted from the current row of csr into the +** array of registers before invoking OP_AggStep or OP_AggInverse ** -** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of -** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within -** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, -** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared -** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host -** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render -** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. +** Or, if csr is less than zero, then the array of registers at reg is +** already populated with all columns from the current row of the sub-query. +** +** If argument regPartSize is non-zero, then it is a register containing the +** number of rows in the current partition. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char *sqlcipher3VdbeExpandSql( - Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ - const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ +static void windowAggStep( + WindowCodeArg *p, + Window *pMWin, /* Linked list of window functions */ + int csr, /* Read arguments from this cursor */ + int bInverse, /* True to invoke xInverse instead of xStep */ + int reg /* Array of registers */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ - int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ - int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ - int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ - StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ - char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + Window *pWin; + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; + int regArg; + int nArg = pWin->bExprArgs ? 0 : windowArgCount(pWin); + int i; - db = p->db; - sqlcipher3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), - db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]); - out.db = db; - if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){ - while( *zRawSql ){ - const char *zStart = zRawSql; - while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); - } - }else{ - while( zRawSql[0] ){ - n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); - assert( n>0 ); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); - zRawSql += n; - assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); - if( nToken==0 ) break; - if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ - if( nToken>1 ){ - assert( sqlcipher3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); - sqlcipher3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); - }else{ - idx = nextIndex; - } + assert( bInverse==0 || pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ); + + /* All OVER clauses in the same window function aggregate step must + ** be the same. */ + assert( pWin==pMWin || sqlite3WindowCompare(pParse,pWin,pMWin,0)==0 ); + + for(i=0; izName!=nth_valueName ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol+i, reg+i); }else{ - assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - idx = sqlcipher3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); - assert( idx>0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pMWin->iEphCsr, pWin->iArgCol+i, reg+i); } - zRawSql += nToken; - nextIndex = idx + 1; - assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); - pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; - if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - u8 enc = ENC(db); - if( enc!=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ){ - Mem utf8; - memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); - utf8.db = db; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); - }else -#endif - { - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z); - } - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); + } + regArg = reg; + + if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 + && (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) + ){ + int addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regArg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + if( bInverse==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pWin->regApp+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg, pWin->regApp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pWin->regApp, 2, pWin->regApp+2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pWin->csrApp, pWin->regApp+2); }else{ - assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - sqlcipher3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SeekGE, pWin->csrApp, 0, regArg, 1); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pWin->csrApp); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); + }else if( pWin->regApp ){ + assert( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName + || pFunc->zName==first_valueName + ); + assert( bInverse==0 || bInverse==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pWin->regApp+1-bInverse, 1); + }else if( pFunc->xSFunc!=noopStepFunc ){ + int addrIf = 0; + if( pWin->pFilter ){ + int regTmp; + assert( pWin->bExprArgs || !nArg ||nArg==pWin->pOwner->x.pList->nExpr ); + assert( pWin->bExprArgs || nArg ||pWin->pOwner->x.pList==0 ); + regTmp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol+nArg,regTmp); + addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, regTmp, 0, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTmp); + } + + if( pWin->bExprArgs ){ + int iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + VdbeOp *pOp, *pEnd; + + nArg = pWin->pOwner->x.pList->nExpr; + regArg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList, regArg, 0, 0); + + pEnd = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + for(pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart); pOp<=pEnd; pOp++){ + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column && pOp->p1==pWin->iEphCsr ){ + pOp->p1 = csr; + } } - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); } + if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl; + assert( nArg>0 ); + pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList->a[0].pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0,0,0, (const char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, + bInverse, regArg, pWin->regAccum); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + if( pWin->bExprArgs ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regArg, nArg); + } + if( addrIf ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); } } - return sqlcipher3StrAccumFinish(&out); } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** The code in this file implements execution method of the -** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c") -** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting -** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing -** the VDBE program. -** -** In the external interface, an "sqlcipher3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer -** to a VDBE. -** -** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by -** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are -** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of -** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode -** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4 -** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character. -** Few opcodes use all 5 operands. -** -** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning -** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store -** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point -** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one -** type to the other occurs as necessary. -** -** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlcipher3VdbeExec() -** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program. -** But other routines are also provided to help in building up -** a program instruction by instruction. -** -** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML -** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting -** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments -** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing -** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to windowCodeOp(). */ +#define WINDOW_RETURN_ROW 1 +#define WINDOW_AGGINVERSE 2 +#define WINDOW_AGGSTEP 3 /* -** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the -** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are -** not misused. +** Generate VM code to invoke either xValue() (bFin==0) or xFinalize() +** (bFin==1) for each window function in the linked list starting at +** pMWin. Or, for built-in window-functions that do not use the standard +** API, generate the equivalent VM code. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlcipher3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(P,M) -#else -# define memAboutToChange(P,M) -#endif +static void windowAggFinal(WindowCodeArg *p, int bFin){ + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Window *pMWin = p->pMWin; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + Window *pWin; -/* -** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor -** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test -** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are -** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_search_count = 0; -#endif + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 + && (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) + && (pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pWin->csrApp); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pWin->csrApp, 0, pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + }else if( pWin->regApp ){ + assert( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 ); + }else{ + int nArg = windowArgCount(pWin); + if( bFin ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pWin->regAccum, nArg); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pWin->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, pWin->regAccum, pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_AggValue,pWin->regAccum,nArg,pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pWin->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + } + } + } +} /* -** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before -** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted -** field of the sqlcipher3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt. -** -** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function -** in an ordinary build. +** Generate code to calculate the current values of all window functions in the +** p->pMWin list by doing a full scan of the current window frame. Store the +** results in the Window.regResult registers, ready to return the upper +** layer. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_interrupt_count = 0; -#endif +static void windowFullScan(WindowCodeArg *p){ + Window *pWin; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Window *pMWin = p->pMWin; + Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe; -/* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode -** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that -** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_sort_count = 0; -#endif + int regCRowid = 0; /* Current rowid value */ + int regCPeer = 0; /* Current peer values */ + int regRowid = 0; /* AggStep rowid value */ + int regPeer = 0; /* AggStep peer values */ -/* -** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob -** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures -** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality -** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_max_blobsize = 0; -static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ - if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlcipher3_max_blobsize ){ - sqlcipher3_max_blobsize = p->n; + int nPeer; + int lblNext; + int lblBrk; + int addrNext; + int csr; + + VdbeModuleComment((v, "windowFullScan begin")); + + assert( pMWin!=0 ); + csr = pMWin->csrApp; + nPeer = (pMWin->pOrderBy ? pMWin->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); + + lblNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + lblBrk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + + regCRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( nPeer ){ + regCPeer = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPeer); + regPeer = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPeer); } -} -#endif -/* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode -** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key -** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_found_count = 0; -#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, pMWin->iEphCsr, regCRowid); + windowReadPeerValues(p, pMWin->iEphCsr, regCPeer); -/* -** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. -** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. -*/ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) -#else -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) -#endif + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); + } -/* -** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one -** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. -*/ -#define Stringify(P, enc) \ - if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlcipher3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ - { goto no_mem; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekGE, csr, lblBrk, pMWin->regStartRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, csr, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Gt, pMWin->regEndRowid, lblBrk, regRowid); + VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); + + if( pMWin->eExclude==TK_CURRENT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regCRowid, lblNext, regRowid); + VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); + }else if( pMWin->eExclude!=TK_NO ){ + int addr; + int addrEq = 0; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; + + if( pMWin->pOrderBy ){ + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pMWin->pOrderBy, 0, 0); + } + if( pMWin->eExclude==TK_TIES ){ + addrEq = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regCRowid, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + windowReadPeerValues(p, csr, regPeer); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPeer, regCPeer, nPeer); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr, lblNext, addr); + VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblNext); + } + if( addrEq ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrEq); + } + + windowAggStep(p, pMWin, csr, 0, p->regArg); + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblNext); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csr, addrNext); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNext-1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNext+1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCRowid); + if( nPeer ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPeer, nPeer); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCPeer, nPeer); + } + + windowAggFinal(p, 1); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "windowFullScan end")); +} /* -** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains -** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity -** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register -** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register -** knowing it. +** Invoke the sub-routine at regGosub (generated by code in select.c) to +** return the current row of Window.iEphCsr. If all window functions are +** aggregate window functions that use the standard API, a single +** OP_Gosub instruction is all that this routine generates. Extra VM code +** for per-row processing is only generated for the following built-in window +** functions: ** -** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated -** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it -** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string. +** nth_value() +** first_value() +** lag() +** lead() */ -#define Deephemeralize(P) \ - if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ - && sqlcipher3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} +static void windowReturnOneRow(WindowCodeArg *p){ + Window *pMWin = p->pMWin; + Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe; + + if( pMWin->regStartRowid ){ + windowFullScan(p); + }else{ + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Window *pWin; + + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; + if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName + || pFunc->zName==first_valueName + ){ + int csr = pWin->csrApp; + int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); + + if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,pMWin->iEphCsr,pWin->iArgCol+1,tmpReg); + windowCheckValue(pParse, tmpReg, 2); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, tmpReg); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, tmpReg, pWin->regApp, tmpReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Gt, pWin->regApp+1, lbl, tmpReg); + VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, 0, tmpReg); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg); + } + else if( pFunc->zName==leadName || pFunc->zName==lagName ){ + int nArg = pWin->pOwner->x.pList->nExpr; + int csr = pWin->csrApp; + int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int iEph = pMWin->iEphCsr; + + if( nArg<3 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph,pWin->iArgCol+2,pWin->regResult); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iEph, tmpReg); + if( nArg<2 ){ + int val = (pFunc->zName==leadName ? 1 : -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, tmpReg, val); + }else{ + int op = (pFunc->zName==leadName ? OP_Add : OP_Subtract); + int tmpReg2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, pWin->iArgCol+1, tmpReg2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, tmpReg2, tmpReg, tmpReg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg2); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, lbl, tmpReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg); + } + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, p->regGosub, p->addrGosub); +} /* -** Call sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*) -** P if required. +** Generate code to set the accumulator register for each window function +** in the linked list passed as the second argument to NULL. And perform +** any equivalent initialization required by any built-in window functions +** in the list. */ -#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) +static int windowInitAccum(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int regArg; + int nArg = 0; + Window *pWin; + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); + nArg = MAX(nArg, windowArgCount(pWin)); + if( pMWin->regStartRowid==0 ){ + if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName || pFunc->zName==first_valueName ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); + } -/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT -# define isSorter(x) 0 -#else -# define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0) -#endif + if( (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->csrApp ){ + assert( pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pWin->csrApp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); + } + } + } + regArg = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nArg; + return regArg; +} /* -** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a -** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query. -** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlcipher3_value_*() -** routines. +** Return true if the current frame should be cached in the ephemeral table, +** even if there are no xInverse() calls required. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Null ){ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_NULL; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_INTEGER; - } - else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_FLOAT; +static int windowCacheFrame(Window *pMWin){ + Window *pWin; + if( pMWin->regStartRowid ) return 1; + for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; + if( (pFunc->zName==nth_valueName) + || (pFunc->zName==first_valueName) + || (pFunc->zName==leadName) + || (pFunc->zName==lagName) + ){ + return 1; + } } - else if( flags & MEM_Str ){ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_TEXT; + return 0; +} + +/* +** regOld and regNew are each the first register in an array of size +** pOrderBy->nExpr. This function generates code to compare the two +** arrays of registers using the collation sequences and other comparison +** parameters specified by pOrderBy. +** +** If the two arrays are not equal, the contents of regNew is copied to +** regOld and control falls through. Otherwise, if the contents of the arrays +** are equal, an OP_Goto is executed. The address of the OP_Goto is returned. +*/ +static void windowIfNewPeer( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pOrderBy, + int regNew, /* First in array of new values */ + int regOld, /* First in array of old values */ + int addr /* Jump here */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( pOrderBy ){ + int nVal = pOrderBy->nExpr; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regOld, regNew, nVal); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1 + ); + VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regNew, regOld, nVal-1); }else{ - pMem->type = SQLCIPHER_BLOB; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); } } /* -** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL -** if we run out of memory. +** This function is called as part of generating VM programs for RANGE +** offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING frame boundaries. Assuming "ASC" order for +** the ORDER BY term in the window, and that argument op is OP_Ge, it generates +** code equivalent to: +** +** if( csr1.peerVal + regVal >= csr2.peerVal ) goto lbl; +** +** The value of parameter op may also be OP_Gt or OP_Le. In these cases the +** operator in the above pseudo-code is replaced with ">" or "<=", respectively. +** +** If the sort-order for the ORDER BY term in the window is DESC, then the +** comparison is reversed. Instead of adding regVal to csr1.peerVal, it is +** subtracted. And the comparison operator is inverted to - ">=" becomes "<=", +** ">" becomes "<", and so on. So, with DESC sort order, if the argument op +** is OP_Ge, the generated code is equivalent to: +** +** if( csr1.peerVal - regVal <= csr2.peerVal ) goto lbl; +** +** A special type of arithmetic is used such that if csr1.peerVal is not +** a numeric type (real or integer), then the result of the addition addition +** or subtraction is a a copy of csr1.peerVal. */ -static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( - Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ - int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ - int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ - int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ - int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ +static void windowCodeRangeTest( + WindowCodeArg *p, + int op, /* OP_Ge, OP_Gt, or OP_Le */ + int csr1, /* Cursor number for cursor 1 */ + int regVal, /* Register containing non-negative number */ + int csr2, /* Cursor number for cursor 2 */ + int lbl /* Jump destination if condition is true */ ){ - /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory - ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a - ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a - ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pMWin->pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause for window */ + int reg1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); /* Reg. for csr1.peerVal+regVal */ + int reg2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); /* Reg. for csr2.peerVal */ + int regString = ++pParse->nMem; /* Reg. for constant value '' */ + int arith = OP_Add; /* OP_Add or OP_Subtract */ + int addrGe; /* Jump destination */ + + assert( op==OP_Ge || op==OP_Gt || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); + if( pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC ){ + switch( op ){ + case OP_Ge: op = OP_Le; break; + case OP_Gt: op = OP_Lt; break; + default: assert( op==OP_Le ); op = OP_Ge; break; + } + arith = OP_Subtract; + } + + /* Read the peer-value from each cursor into a register */ + windowReadPeerValues(p, csr1, reg1); + windowReadPeerValues(p, csr2, reg2); + + VdbeModuleComment((v, "CodeRangeTest: if( R%d %s R%d %s R%d ) goto lbl", + reg1, (arith==OP_Add ? "+" : "-"), regVal, + ((op==OP_Ge) ? ">=" : (op==OP_Le) ? "<=" : (op==OP_Gt) ? ">" : "<"), reg2 + )); + + /* Register reg1 currently contains csr1.peerVal (the peer-value from csr1). + ** This block adds (or subtracts for DESC) the numeric value in regVal + ** from it. Or, if reg1 is not numeric (it is a NULL, a text value or a blob), + ** then leave reg1 as it is. In pseudo-code, this is implemented as: ** - ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different - ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require - ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable - ** allocations. + ** if( reg1>='' ) goto addrGe; + ** reg1 = reg1 +/- regVal + ** addrGe: ** - ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can - ** be freed lazily via the sqlcipher3_release_memory() API. This - ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. + ** Since all strings and blobs are greater-than-or-equal-to an empty string, + ** the add/subtract is skipped for these, as required. If reg1 is a NULL, + ** then the arithmetic is performed, but since adding or subtracting from + ** NULL is always NULL anyway, this case is handled as required too. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regString, 0, "", P4_STATIC); + addrGe = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, regString, 0, reg1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, arith, regVal, reg1, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGe); + + /* If the BIGNULL flag is set for the ORDER BY, then it is required to + ** consider NULL values to be larger than all other values, instead of + ** the usual smaller. The VDBE opcodes OP_Ge and so on do not handle this + ** (and adding that capability causes a performance regression), so + ** instead if the BIGNULL flag is set then cases where either reg1 or + ** reg2 are NULL are handled separately in the following block. The code + ** generated is equivalent to: ** - ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address - ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for - ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. - */ - Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; - - int nByte; - VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; - nByte = - ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + - (isBtreeCursor?sqlcipher3BtreeCursorSize():0) + - 2*nField*sizeof(u32); - - assert( iCurnCursor ); - if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); - p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; - } - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; - memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); - pCx->iDb = iDb; - pCx->nField = nField; - if( nField ){ - pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))]; + ** if( reg1 IS NULL ){ + ** if( op==OP_Ge ) goto lbl; + ** if( op==OP_Gt && reg2 IS NOT NULL ) goto lbl; + ** if( op==OP_Le && reg2 IS NULL ) goto lbl; + ** }else if( reg2 IS NULL ){ + ** if( op==OP_Le ) goto lbl; + ** } + ** + ** Additionally, if either reg1 or reg2 are NULL but the jump to lbl is + ** not taken, control jumps over the comparison operator coded below this + ** block. */ + if( pOrderBy->a[0].sortFlags & KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL ){ + /* This block runs if reg1 contains a NULL. */ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, reg1); VdbeCoverage(v); + switch( op ){ + case OP_Ge: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lbl); + break; + case OP_Gt: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + case OP_Le: + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + default: assert( op==OP_Lt ); /* no-op */ break; } - if( isBtreeCursor ){ - pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) - &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)]; - sqlcipher3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + + /* This block runs if reg1 is not NULL, but reg2 is. */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, reg2, lbl); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( op==OP_Gt || op==OP_Ge ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1); } } - return pCx; + + /* Compare registers reg2 and reg1, taking the jump if required. Note that + ** control skips over this test if the BIGNULL flag is set and either + ** reg1 or reg2 contain a NULL value. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, reg2, lbl, reg1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + + assert( op==OP_Ge || op==OP_Gt || op==OP_Lt || op==OP_Le ); + testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ge); + testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Lt); + testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Le); + testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Gt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, reg1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, reg2); + + VdbeModuleComment((v, "CodeRangeTest: end")); } /* -** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can -** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string -** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not -** look like a number, leave it alone. +** Helper function for sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). Each call to this function +** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE +** operation. Refer to the header comment for sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for +** details. */ -static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ - if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ - double rValue; - i64 iValue; - u8 enc = pRec->enc; - if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return; - if( sqlcipher3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; - if( 0==sqlcipher3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ - pRec->u.i = iValue; - pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; +static int windowCodeOp( + WindowCodeArg *p, /* Context object */ + int op, /* WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE */ + int regCountdown, /* Register for OP_IfPos countdown */ + int jumpOnEof /* Jump here if stepped cursor reaches EOF */ +){ + int csr, reg; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + Window *pMWin = p->pMWin; + int ret = 0; + Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe; + int addrContinue = 0; + int bPeer = (pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_ROWS); + + int lblDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int addrNextRange = 0; + + /* Special case - WINDOW_AGGINVERSE is always a no-op if the frame + ** starts with UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */ + if( op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE && pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + assert( regCountdown==0 && jumpOnEof==0 ); + return 0; + } + + if( regCountdown>0 ){ + if( pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE ){ + addrNextRange = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + assert( op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE || op==WINDOW_AGGSTEP ); + if( op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE ){ + if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + windowCodeRangeTest( + p, OP_Le, p->current.csr, regCountdown, p->start.csr, lblDone + ); + }else{ + windowCodeRangeTest( + p, OP_Ge, p->start.csr, regCountdown, p->current.csr, lblDone + ); + } + }else{ + windowCodeRangeTest( + p, OP_Gt, p->end.csr, regCountdown, p->current.csr, lblDone + ); + } }else{ - pRec->r = rValue; - pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regCountdown, lblDone, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + + if( op==WINDOW_RETURN_ROW && pMWin->regStartRowid==0 ){ + windowAggFinal(p, 0); + } + addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + /* If this is a (RANGE BETWEEN a FOLLOWING AND b FOLLOWING) or + ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the + ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the + ** temporary table. It otherwise might, if (a>b). */ + if( pMWin->eStart==pMWin->eEnd && regCountdown + && pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE && op==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE + ){ + int regRowid1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int regRowid2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, p->start.csr, regRowid1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, p->end.csr, regRowid2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, regRowid2, lblDone, regRowid1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid2); + assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ); + } + + switch( op ){ + case WINDOW_RETURN_ROW: + csr = p->current.csr; + reg = p->current.reg; + windowReturnOneRow(p); + break; + + case WINDOW_AGGINVERSE: + csr = p->start.csr; + reg = p->start.reg; + if( pMWin->regStartRowid ){ + assert( pMWin->regEndRowid ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pMWin->regStartRowid, 1); + }else{ + windowAggStep(p, pMWin, csr, 1, p->regArg); + } + break; + + default: + assert( op==WINDOW_AGGSTEP ); + csr = p->end.csr; + reg = p->end.reg; + if( pMWin->regStartRowid ){ + assert( pMWin->regEndRowid ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pMWin->regEndRowid, 1); + }else{ + windowAggStep(p, pMWin, csr, 0, p->regArg); + } + break; + } + + if( op==p->eDelete ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, csr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION); + } + + if( jumpOnEof ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1+bPeer); + VdbeCoverage(v); + if( bPeer ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblDone); } } + + if( bPeer ){ + int nReg = (pMWin->pOrderBy ? pMWin->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); + int regTmp = (nReg ? sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nReg) : 0); + windowReadPeerValues(p, csr, regTmp); + windowIfNewPeer(pParse, pMWin->pOrderBy, regTmp, reg, addrContinue); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTmp, nReg); + } + + if( addrNextRange ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrNextRange); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblDone); + return ret; } + /* -** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: -** -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER: -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL: -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a -** floating-point representation if an integer representation -** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is -** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because -** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. -** -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT: -** Convert pRec to a text representation. -** -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE: -** No-op. pRec is unchanged. +** Allocate and return a duplicate of the Window object indicated by the +** third argument. Set the Window.pOwner field of the new object to +** pOwner. */ -static void applyAffinity( - Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ - char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ - u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ -){ - if( affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real - ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. - */ - if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); - } - pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); - }else if( affinity!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ){ - assert( affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL - || affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ); - applyNumericAffinity(pRec); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p){ + Window *pNew = 0; + if( ALWAYS(p) ){ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Window)); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->zName); + pNew->zBase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->zBase); + pNew->pFilter = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pFilter, 0); + pNew->pFunc = p->pFunc; + pNew->pPartition = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pPartition, 0); + pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, 0); + pNew->eFrmType = p->eFrmType; + pNew->eEnd = p->eEnd; + pNew->eStart = p->eStart; + pNew->eExclude = p->eExclude; + pNew->regResult = p->regResult; + pNew->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pStart, 0); + pNew->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pEnd, 0); + pNew->pOwner = pOwner; + pNew->bImplicitFrame = p->bImplicitFrame; } } + return pNew; } /* -** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column -** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever -** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without -** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. +** Return a copy of the linked list of Window objects passed as the +** second argument. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type(sqlcipher3_value *pVal){ - Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; - if( pMem->type==SQLCIPHER_TEXT ){ - applyNumericAffinity(pMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ + Window *pWin; + Window *pRet = 0; + Window **pp = &pRet; + + for(pWin=p; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ + *pp = sqlite3WindowDup(db, 0, pWin); + if( *pp==0 ) break; + pp = &((*pp)->pNextWin); } - return pMem->type; + + return pRet; } /* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlcipher3_value*, -** not the internal Mem* type. +** Return true if it can be determined at compile time that expression +** pExpr evaluates to a value that, when cast to an integer, is greater +** than zero. False otherwise. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, this function sets the Parse.db.mallocFailed +** flag and returns zero. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlcipher3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, - u8 enc -){ - applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); +static int windowExprGtZero(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + int ret = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pExpr, db->enc, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, &pVal); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_int(pVal)>0 ){ + ret = 1; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return ret; } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG /* -** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem -** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ - char *zCsr = zBuf; - int f = pMem->flags; - - static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; - - if( f&MEM_Blob ){ - int i; - char c; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - c = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - c = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - c = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - c = 's'; - } +** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement +** passed as the second argument when this function is invoked. It generates +** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function +** and invoke the sub-routine at instruction addrGosub once for each row. +** sqlite3WhereEnd() is always called before returning. +** +** This function handles several different types of window frames, which +** require slightly different processing. The following pseudo code is +** used to implement window frames of the form: +** +** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND FOLLOWING +** +** Other window frame types use variants of the following: +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** +** if( first row of partition ){ +** // Rewind three cursors, all open on the eph table. +** Rewind(csrEnd); +** Rewind(csrStart); +** Rewind(csrCurrent); +** +** regEnd = // FOLLOWING expression +** regStart = // PRECEDING expression +** }else{ +** // First time this branch is taken, the eph table contains two +** // rows. The first row in the partition, which all three cursors +** // currently point to, and the following row. +** AGGSTEP +** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** } +** } +** } +** flush: +** AGGSTEP +** while( 1 ){ +** RETURN ROW +** if( csrCurrent is EOF ) break; +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AggInverse(csrStart) +** Next(csrStart) +** } +** } +** +** The pseudo-code above uses the following shorthand: +** +** AGGSTEP: invoke the aggregate xStep() function for each window function +** with arguments read from the current row of cursor csrEnd, then +** step cursor csrEnd forward one row (i.e. sqlite3BtreeNext()). +** +** RETURN_ROW: return a row to the caller based on the contents of the +** current row of csrCurrent and the current state of all +** aggregates. Then step cursor csrCurrent forward one row. +** +** AGGINVERSE: invoke the aggregate xInverse() function for each window +** functions with arguments read from the current row of cursor +** csrStart. Then step csrStart forward one row. +** +** There are two other ROWS window frames that are handled significantly +** differently from the above - "BETWEEN PRECEDING AND PRECEDING" +** and "BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND FOLLOWING". These are special +** cases because they change the order in which the three cursors (csrStart, +** csrCurrent and csrEnd) iterate through the ephemeral table. Cases that +** use UNBOUNDED or CURRENT ROW are much simpler variations on one of these +** three. +** +** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND PRECEDING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** }else{ +** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ +** AGGSTEP +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** } +** } +** flush: +** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ +** AGGSTEP +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** +** +** ROWS BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND FOLLOWING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = regEnd - +** }else{ +** AGGSTEP +** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** } +** } +** flush: +** AGGSTEP +** while( 1 ){ +** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** if( eof ) break; +** } +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** if( eof ) break +** } +** } +** while( !eof csrCurrent ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** +** For the most part, the patterns above are adapted to support UNBOUNDED by +** assuming that it is equivalent to "infinity PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" and +** CURRENT ROW by assuming that it is equivilent to "0 PRECEDING/FOLLOWING". +** This is optimized of course - branches that will never be taken and +** conditions that are always true are omitted from the VM code. The only +** exceptional case is: +** +** ROWS BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regStart = +** }else{ +** AGGSTEP +** } +** } +** flush: +** AGGSTEP +** while( 1 ){ +** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** if( eof ) break +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** while( !eof csrCurrent ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** +** Also requiring special handling are the cases: +** +** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND PRECEDING +** ROWS BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND FOLLOWING +** +** when (expr1 < expr2). This is detected at runtime, not by this function. +** To handle this case, the pseudo-code programs depicted above are modified +** slightly to be: +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** if( regEnd < regStart ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** delete eph table contents +** continue +** } +** ... +** +** The new "continue" statement in the above jumps to the next iteration +** of the outer loop - the one started by sqlite3WhereBegin(). +** +** The various GROUPS cases are implemented using the same patterns as +** ROWS. The VM code is modified slightly so that: +** +** 1. The else branch in the main loop is only taken if the row just +** added to the ephemeral table is the start of a new group. In +** other words, it becomes: +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** }else if( new group ){ +** ... +** } +** } +** +** 2. Instead of processing a single row, each RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or +** AGGINVERSE step processes the current row of the relevant cursor and +** all subsequent rows belonging to the same group. +** +** RANGE window frames are a little different again. As for GROUPS, the +** main loop runs once per group only. And RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP and AGGINVERSE +** deal in groups instead of rows. As for ROWS and GROUPS, there are three +** basic cases: +** +** RANGE BETWEEN PRECEDING AND FOLLOWING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** }else{ +** AGGSTEP +** while( (csrCurrent.key + regEnd) < csrEnd.key ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** while( csrStart.key + regStart) < csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** } +** } +** } +** flush: +** AGGSTEP +** while( 1 ){ +** RETURN ROW +** if( csrCurrent is EOF ) break; +** while( csrStart.key + regStart) < csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** } +** } +** +** In the above notation, "csr.key" means the current value of the ORDER BY +** expression (there is only ever 1 for a RANGE that uses an FOLLOWING +** or PRECEDING AND PRECEDING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** }else{ +** while( (csrEnd.key + regEnd) <= csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGSTEP +** } +** while( (csrStart.key + regStart) < csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** } +** flush: +** while( (csrEnd.key + regEnd) <= csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGSTEP +** } +** while( (csrStart.key + regStart) < csrCurrent.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** +** RANGE BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND FOLLOWING +** +** ... loop started by sqlite3WhereBegin() ... +** if( new partition ){ +** Gosub flush +** } +** Insert new row into eph table. +** if( first row of partition ){ +** Rewind(csrEnd) ; Rewind(csrStart) ; Rewind(csrCurrent) +** regEnd = +** regStart = +** }else{ +** AGGSTEP +** while( (csrCurrent.key + regEnd) < csrEnd.key ){ +** while( (csrCurrent.key + regStart) > csrStart.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** } +** } +** flush: +** AGGSTEP +** while( 1 ){ +** while( (csrCurrent.key + regStart) > csrStart.key ){ +** AGGINVERSE +** if( eof ) break "while( 1 )" loop. +** } +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** while( !eof csrCurrent ){ +** RETURN_ROW +** } +** +** The text above leaves out many details. Refer to the code and comments +** below for a more complete picture. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Select *p, /* Rewritten SELECT statement */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Context returned by sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + int regGosub, /* Register for OP_Gosub */ + int addrGosub /* OP_Gosub here to return each row */ +){ + Window *pMWin = p->pWin; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pMWin->pOrderBy; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int csrWrite; /* Cursor used to write to eph. table */ + int csrInput = p->pSrc->a[0].iCursor; /* Cursor of sub-select */ + int nInput = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab->nCol; /* Number of cols returned by sub */ + int iInput; /* To iterate through sub cols */ + int addrNe; /* Address of OP_Ne */ + int addrGosubFlush = 0; /* Address of OP_Gosub to flush: */ + int addrInteger = 0; /* Address of OP_Integer */ + int addrEmpty; /* Address of OP_Rewind in flush: */ + int regNew; /* Array of registers holding new input row */ + int regRecord; /* regNew array in record form */ + int regRowid; /* Rowid for regRecord in eph table */ + int regNewPeer = 0; /* Peer values for new row (part of regNew) */ + int regPeer = 0; /* Peer values for current row */ + int regFlushPart = 0; /* Register for "Gosub flush_partition" */ + WindowCodeArg s; /* Context object for sub-routines */ + int lblWhereEnd; /* Label just before sqlite3WhereEnd() code */ + int regStart = 0; /* Value of PRECEDING */ + int regEnd = 0; /* Value of FOLLOWING */ + + assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED + ); + assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING + ); + assert( pMWin->eExclude==0 || pMWin->eExclude==TK_CURRENT + || pMWin->eExclude==TK_GROUP || pMWin->eExclude==TK_TIES + || pMWin->eExclude==TK_NO + ); - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); - zCsr += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zCsr); - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); - zCsr += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zCsr); - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); - zCsr += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - char z = pMem->z[i]; - if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; - else *zCsr++ = z; - } + lblWhereEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + + /* Fill in the context object */ + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(WindowCodeArg)); + s.pParse = pParse; + s.pMWin = pMWin; + s.pVdbe = v; + s.regGosub = regGosub; + s.addrGosub = addrGosub; + s.current.csr = pMWin->iEphCsr; + csrWrite = s.current.csr+1; + s.start.csr = s.current.csr+2; + s.end.csr = s.current.csr+3; + + /* Figure out when rows may be deleted from the ephemeral table. There + ** are four options - they may never be deleted (eDelete==0), they may + ** be deleted as soon as they are no longer part of the window frame + ** (eDelete==WINDOW_AGGINVERSE), they may be deleted as after the row + ** has been returned to the caller (WINDOW_RETURN_ROW), or they may + ** be deleted after they enter the frame (WINDOW_AGGSTEP). */ + switch( pMWin->eStart ){ + case TK_FOLLOWING: + if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_RANGE + && windowExprGtZero(pParse, pMWin->pStart) + ){ + s.eDelete = WINDOW_RETURN_ROW; + } + break; + case TK_UNBOUNDED: + if( windowCacheFrame(pMWin)==0 ){ + if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ + if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_RANGE + && windowExprGtZero(pParse, pMWin->pEnd) + ){ + s.eDelete = WINDOW_AGGSTEP; + } + }else{ + s.eDelete = WINDOW_RETURN_ROW; + } + } + break; + default: + s.eDelete = WINDOW_AGGINVERSE; + break; + } - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); - zCsr += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zCsr); - if( f & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); - zCsr += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - *zCsr = '\0'; - }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ - int j, k; - zBuf[0] = ' '; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - zBuf[1] = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - zBuf[1] = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - zBuf[1] = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - zBuf[1] = 's'; - } - k = 2; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); - k += sqlcipher3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = '['; - for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ - u8 c = pMem->z[j]; - if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ - zBuf[k++] = c; + /* Allocate registers for the array of values from the sub-query, the + ** samve values in record form, and the rowid used to insert said record + ** into the ephemeral table. */ + regNew = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nInput; + regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + + /* If the window frame contains an " PRECEDING" or " FOLLOWING" + ** clause, allocate registers to store the results of evaluating each + ** . */ + if( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + regStart = ++pParse->nMem; + } + if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + regEnd = ++pParse->nMem; + } + + /* If this is not a "ROWS BETWEEN ..." frame, then allocate arrays of + ** registers to store copies of the ORDER BY expressions (peer values) + ** for the main loop, and for each cursor (start, current and end). */ + if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_ROWS ){ + int nPeer = (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); + regNewPeer = regNew + pMWin->nBufferCol; + if( pMWin->pPartition ) regNewPeer += pMWin->pPartition->nExpr; + regPeer = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPeer; + s.start.reg = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPeer; + s.current.reg = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPeer; + s.end.reg = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPeer; + } + + /* Load the column values for the row returned by the sub-select + ** into an array of registers starting at regNew. Assemble them into + ** a record in register regRecord. */ + for(iInput=0; iInputpPartition ){ + int addr; + ExprList *pPart = pMWin->pPartition; + int nPart = pPart->nExpr; + int regNewPart = regNew + pMWin->nBufferCol; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pPart, 0, 0); + + regFlushPart = ++pParse->nMem; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regNewPart, pMWin->regPart, nPart); + sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr+2, addr+4, addr+2); + VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); + addrGosubFlush = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Gosub, regFlushPart); + VdbeComment((v, "call flush_partition")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regNewPart, pMWin->regPart, nPart-1); + } + + /* Insert the new row into the ephemeral table */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, csrWrite, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, csrWrite, regRecord, regRowid); + addrNe = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, pMWin->regOne, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); + + /* This block is run for the first row of each partition */ + s.regArg = windowInitAccum(pParse, pMWin); + + if( regStart ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pMWin->pStart, regStart); + windowCheckValue(pParse, regStart, 0 + (pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE?3:0)); + } + if( regEnd ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pMWin->pEnd, regEnd); + windowCheckValue(pParse, regEnd, 1 + (pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE?3:0)); + } + + if( pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_RANGE && pMWin->eStart==pMWin->eEnd && regStart ){ + int op = ((pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING) ? OP_Ge : OP_Le); + int addrGe = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, regStart, 0, regEnd); + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, op==OP_Ge); /* NeverNull because bound */ + VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, op==OP_Le); /* values previously checked */ + windowAggFinal(&s, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, s.current.csr, 1); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + windowReturnOneRow(&s); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, s.current.csr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblWhereEnd); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGe); + } + if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING && pMWin->eFrmType!=TK_RANGE && regEnd ){ + assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, regStart, regEnd, regStart); + } + + if( pMWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, s.start.csr, 1); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, s.current.csr, 1); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, s.end.csr, 1); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + if( regPeer && pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regNewPeer, regPeer, pOrderBy->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regPeer, s.start.reg, pOrderBy->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regPeer, s.current.reg, pOrderBy->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regPeer, s.end.reg, pOrderBy->nExpr-1); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblWhereEnd); + + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNe); + + /* Beginning of the block executed for the second and subsequent rows. */ + if( regPeer ){ + windowIfNewPeer(pParse, pOrderBy, regNewPeer, regPeer, lblWhereEnd); + } + if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, 0, 0); + if( pMWin->eEnd!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + if( pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE ){ + int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + int addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + windowCodeRangeTest(&s, OP_Ge, s.current.csr, regEnd, s.end.csr, lbl); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrNext); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); }else{ - zBuf[k++] = '.'; + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, regEnd, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); } } - zBuf[k++] = ']'; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); - k += sqlcipher3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = 0; - } -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -/* -** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: -*/ -static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ - fprintf(out, " NULL"); - }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ - fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i); - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ - fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ - fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r); -#endif - }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - fprintf(out, " (rowset)"); + }else + if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ + int bRPS = (pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING && pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, regEnd, 0); + if( bRPS ) windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 0); + if( !bRPS ) windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + }else{ + int addr = 0; + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, 0, 0); + if( pMWin->eEnd!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + if( pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE ){ + int lbl = 0; + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( regEnd ){ + lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse); + windowCodeRangeTest(&s, OP_Ge, s.current.csr, regEnd, s.end.csr, lbl); + } + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + if( regEnd ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); + } + }else{ + if( regEnd ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regEnd, 0, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + if( regEnd ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + } + } + + /* End of the main input loop */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblWhereEnd); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + + /* Fall through */ + if( pMWin->pPartition ){ + addrInteger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regFlushPart); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGosubFlush); + } + + addrEmpty = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, csrWrite); + VdbeCoverage(v); + if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ + int bRPS = (pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING && pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, regEnd, 0); + if( bRPS ) windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 0); + }else if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ + int addrStart; + int addrBreak1; + int addrBreak2; + int addrBreak3; + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, 0, 0); + if( pMWin->eFrmType==TK_RANGE ){ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + addrBreak2 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 1); + addrBreak1 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 1); + }else + if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED ){ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + addrBreak1 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, regStart, 1); + addrBreak2 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, 0, 1); + }else{ + assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ); + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + addrBreak1 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, regEnd, 1); + addrBreak2 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 1); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrStart); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrBreak2); + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + addrBreak3 = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrStart); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrBreak1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrBreak3); }else{ - char zBuf[200]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); - fprintf(out, " "); - fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf); + int addrBreak; + int addrStart; + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGSTEP, 0, 0); + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + addrBreak = windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_RETURN_ROW, 0, 1); + windowCodeOp(&s, WINDOW_AGGINVERSE, regStart, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrStart); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrBreak); } -} -static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){ - fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg); - memTracePrint(out, p); - fprintf(out, "\n"); -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M) -#else -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) -#endif + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrEmpty); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, s.current.csr); + if( pMWin->pPartition ){ + if( pMWin->regStartRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pMWin->regStartRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pMWin->regEndRowid); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addrInteger, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regFlushPart); + } +} -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ -/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/************** End of window.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2008 May 27 +** 2000-05-29 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -64807,8188 +154181,11040 @@ static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){ ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -****************************************************************************** +************************************************************************* +** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. ** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. +** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses +** this template to construct a parser. The "lemon" program inserts text +** at each "%%" line. Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the +** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into +** the value of the %name directive from the grammar. Otherwise, the content +** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser +** source file. +** +** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the +** input grammar file: */ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. */ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) +#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 - #if defined(__GNUC__) +/* +** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) - __inline__ sqlcipher_uint64 sqlcipher3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlcipher_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; - } +/* +** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null +** pointer. +*/ +#define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1 - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) +/* +** In the amalgamation, the parse.c file generated by lemon and the +** tokenize.c file are concatenated. In that case, sqlite3RunParser() +** has access to the the size of the yyParser object and so the parser +** engine can be allocated from stack. In that case, only the +** sqlite3ParserInit() and sqlite3ParserFinalize() routines are invoked +** and the sqlite3ParserAlloc() and sqlite3ParserFree() routines can be +** omitted. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK 1 +#endif - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlcipher_uint64 __cdecl sqlcipher3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } - } +/* +** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed +** into sqlite3ParserAlloc(). The default is size_t. +*/ +#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64 - #endif +/* +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form +** +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +*/ +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) +struct FrameBound { int eType; Expr *pExpr; }; - __inline__ sqlcipher_uint64 sqlcipher3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; - } - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) +/* +** Disable lookaside memory allocation for objects that might be +** shared across database connections. +*/ +static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->disableLookaside++; + pParse->db->lookaside.bDisable++; +} - __inline__ sqlcipher_uint64 sqlcipher3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; - } -#else + /* + ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for + ** all elements in the list. And make sure list length does not exceed + ** SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT. + */ + static void parserDoubleLinkSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->pPrior ){ + Select *pNext = 0, *pLoop; + int mxSelect, cnt = 0; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pNext = pNext; + pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && + (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 && + cnt>mxSelect + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); + } + } + } - #error Need implementation of sqlcipher3Hwtime() for your platform. - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlcipher3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. + /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the + ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier + ** that created the expression. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE sqlcipher_uint64 sqlcipher3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlcipher_uint64)0); } + static Expr *tokenExpr(Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){ + Expr *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr)+t.n+1); + if( p ){ + /* memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr)); */ + p->op = (u8)op; + p->affExpr = 0; + p->flags = EP_Leaf; + p->iAgg = -1; + p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; + p->x.pList = 0; + p->pAggInfo = 0; + p->y.pTab = 0; + p->op2 = 0; + p->iTable = 0; + p->iColumn = 0; + p->u.zToken = (char*)&p[1]; + memcpy(p->u.zToken, t.z, t.n); + p->u.zToken[t.n] = 0; + if( sqlite3Isquote(p->u.zToken[0]) ){ + sqlite3DequoteExpr(p); + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + p->nHeight = 1; +#endif + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + return (Expr*)sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)p, &t); + } + } + return p; + } -#endif -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a + ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ + static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pA && pY && pY->op==TK_NULL && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + pA->op = (u8)op; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); + pA->pRight = 0; + } + } -/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ + /* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a + ** list of identifiers. Report an error if the ID list contains + ** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the + ** error while parsing a legacy schema. + */ + static ExprList *parserAddExprIdListTerm( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pPrior, + Token *pIdToken, + int hasCollate, + int sortOrder + ){ + ExprList *p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pPrior, 0); + if( (hasCollate || sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED) + && pParse->db->init.busy==0 + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error after column name \"%.*s\"", + pIdToken->n, pIdToken->z); + } + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, p, pIdToken, 1); + return p; + } +#if TK_SPAN>255 +# error too many tokens in the grammar #endif +/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ +/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols +** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless +** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. +***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ +/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ -/* -** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the -** sqlcipher3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then -** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted. -** -** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to -** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction, -** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the -** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement. +/* The next sections is a series of control #defines. +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used to store the integer codes +** that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols. +** "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than +** 256 symbols. Larger types otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for +** any terminal or nonterminal symbol. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back +** values which should be used if the original symbol +** would not parse. This permits keywords to sometimes +** be used as identifiers, for example. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers +** that indicate what to do in response to the next +** token. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor type for terminal +** symbols. Background: A "minor type" is a semantic +** value associated with a terminal or non-terminal +** symbols. For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol, +** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. +** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. +** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** symbols. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for terminal symbols is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PARAM Code to pass %extra_argument as a subroutine parameter +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** sqlite3ParserCTX_* As sqlite3ParserARG_ except for %extra_context +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YYNTOKEN Number of terminal symbols +** YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions +** YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions +** YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions +** YY_ERROR_ACTION The yy_action[] code for syntax error +** YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The yy_action[] code for accept +** YY_NO_ACTION The yy_action[] code for no-op +** YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions +** YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions */ -#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \ - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; - +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned short int +#define YYNOCODE 307 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 98 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + int yyinit; + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + const char* yy8; + Select* yy25; + int yy32; + Expr* yy46; + struct FrameBound yy57; + u8 yy118; + ExprList* yy138; + Upsert* yy288; + With* yy297; + IdList* yy406; + Window* yy455; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy495; + TriggerStep* yy527; + struct TrigEvent yy572; + SrcList* yy609; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PARAM +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE +#define sqlite3ParserCTX_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM ,pParse +#define sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH Parse *pParse=yypParser->pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE yypParser->pParse=pParse; +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YYNSTATE 543 +#define YYNRULE 381 +#define YYNTOKEN 179 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 542 +#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 790 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1170 +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1171 +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1172 +#define YY_NO_ACTION 1173 +#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1174 +#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1554 +/************* End control #defines *******************************************/ +#define YY_NLOOKAHEAD ((int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]))) -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It -** checks that the sqlcipher3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to -** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the -** linked list starting at sqlcipher3.pSavepoint. -** -** Usage: +/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. ** -** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); +** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. */ -static int checkSavepointCount(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int n = 0; - Savepoint *p; - for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; - assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); - return 1; -} +#ifndef yytestcase +# define yytestcase(X) #endif -/* -** Transfer error message text from an sqlcipher3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored -** in memory obtained from sqlcipher3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored -** in memory obtained from sqlcipher3DbMalloc). -*/ -static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab){ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; -} - -/* -** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return. +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then +** and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE. +** +** N == YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** N between YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE +** and YY_MAX_REDUCE +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either: +** +** (A) N = yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** (B) N = yy_default[S] +** +** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X. +** +** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. ** -** sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to -** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks -** and the error message pointer. +*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/ +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1913) +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 537, 339, 537, 1241, 1220, 537, 12, 537, 112, 109, + /* 10 */ 209, 537, 1241, 537, 1205, 462, 112, 109, 209, 386, + /* 20 */ 338, 462, 42, 42, 42, 42, 445, 42, 42, 70, + /* 30 */ 70, 922, 1208, 70, 70, 70, 70, 1443, 403, 923, + /* 40 */ 531, 531, 531, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, + /* 50 */ 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 425, 386, + /* 60 */ 1498, 542, 2, 1176, 1442, 519, 141, 1518, 289, 519, + /* 70 */ 134, 519, 95, 259, 495, 1215, 189, 1254, 518, 494, + /* 80 */ 484, 437, 296, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, + /* 90 */ 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 270, 116, + /* 100 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, + /* 110 */ 264, 264, 264, 264, 423, 1479, 352, 1481, 123, 351, + /* 120 */ 1479, 508, 1094, 534, 1034, 534, 1099, 386, 1099, 239, + /* 130 */ 206, 112, 109, 209, 96, 1094, 376, 219, 1094, 116, + /* 140 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, + /* 150 */ 480, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, + /* 160 */ 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 353, 422, 1407, 264, + /* 170 */ 264, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 883, 121, 416, 416, + /* 180 */ 416, 882, 534, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, + /* 190 */ 114, 114, 113, 418, 212, 415, 414, 386, 443, 383, + /* 200 */ 382, 118, 118, 118, 118, 111, 177, 116, 116, 116, + /* 210 */ 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 112, 109, + /* 220 */ 209, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, + /* 230 */ 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 386, 438, 312, 1163, + /* 240 */ 1155, 80, 1155, 1127, 514, 79, 116, 116, 116, 116, + /* 250 */ 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 514, 428, 418, + /* 260 */ 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, + /* 270 */ 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 428, 427, 116, 116, 116, + /* 280 */ 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 115, 115, + /* 290 */ 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 1127, 1127, 1128, 1129, 1094, + /* 300 */ 258, 258, 192, 386, 408, 371, 1168, 326, 118, 118, + /* 310 */ 118, 118, 1094, 534, 374, 1094, 116, 116, 116, 116, + /* 320 */ 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 119, 120, 110, + /* 330 */ 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, + /* 340 */ 118, 118, 386, 354, 445, 428, 829, 238, 1127, 1128, + /* 350 */ 1129, 515, 1466, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, + /* 360 */ 114, 114, 113, 418, 1127, 1467, 119, 120, 110, 1148, + /* 370 */ 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, + /* 380 */ 118, 1169, 82, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, + /* 390 */ 114, 114, 113, 418, 405, 112, 109, 209, 161, 445, + /* 400 */ 250, 267, 336, 478, 331, 477, 236, 951, 1127, 386, + /* 410 */ 888, 1521, 329, 822, 852, 162, 274, 1127, 1128, 1129, + /* 420 */ 338, 169, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, + /* 430 */ 114, 113, 418, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, + /* 440 */ 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 386, 438, + /* 450 */ 312, 1502, 1112, 1176, 161, 288, 528, 311, 289, 883, + /* 460 */ 134, 1127, 1128, 1129, 882, 537, 143, 1254, 288, 528, + /* 470 */ 297, 275, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, + /* 480 */ 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 70, 70, 116, + /* 490 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, + /* 500 */ 264, 264, 12, 264, 264, 395, 1127, 483, 1473, 1094, + /* 510 */ 204, 482, 6, 534, 1258, 386, 534, 1474, 825, 972, + /* 520 */ 504, 6, 1094, 500, 95, 1094, 534, 219, 116, 116, + /* 530 */ 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 119, + /* 540 */ 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, + /* 550 */ 118, 118, 118, 118, 386, 1339, 971, 422, 956, 1127, + /* 560 */ 1128, 1129, 231, 512, 1473, 475, 472, 471, 6, 113, + /* 570 */ 418, 825, 962, 298, 503, 470, 961, 452, 119, 120, + /* 580 */ 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, + /* 590 */ 118, 118, 118, 395, 537, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, + /* 600 */ 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 202, 961, 961, 963, + /* 610 */ 231, 971, 1127, 475, 472, 471, 13, 13, 951, 1127, + /* 620 */ 834, 386, 1207, 470, 399, 183, 447, 962, 462, 162, + /* 630 */ 397, 961, 1246, 1246, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, + /* 640 */ 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, + /* 650 */ 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, + /* 660 */ 386, 271, 961, 961, 963, 1127, 1128, 1129, 311, 433, + /* 670 */ 299, 1406, 1127, 1128, 1129, 178, 1471, 138, 162, 32, + /* 680 */ 6, 1127, 288, 528, 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, + /* 690 */ 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 909, + /* 700 */ 390, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, + /* 710 */ 113, 418, 1127, 429, 817, 537, 1127, 265, 265, 981, + /* 720 */ 981, 992, 995, 324, 1055, 93, 520, 5, 338, 537, + /* 730 */ 534, 288, 528, 1522, 1127, 1128, 1129, 70, 70, 1056, + /* 740 */ 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, + /* 750 */ 418, 70, 70, 1495, 1057, 537, 98, 1244, 1244, 264, + /* 760 */ 264, 908, 371, 1076, 1127, 1127, 1128, 1129, 817, 1127, + /* 770 */ 1128, 1129, 534, 519, 140, 863, 386, 13, 13, 456, + /* 780 */ 192, 193, 521, 453, 319, 864, 322, 284, 365, 430, + /* 790 */ 985, 402, 379, 1077, 1548, 101, 386, 1548, 3, 395, + /* 800 */ 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, + /* 810 */ 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 386, 451, 1127, 1128, 1129, + /* 820 */ 119, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, + /* 830 */ 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 1127, 1354, 1412, 1169, 119, + /* 840 */ 108, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, 117, + /* 850 */ 118, 118, 118, 118, 1412, 1414, 116, 116, 116, 116, + /* 860 */ 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 272, 535, 1075, + /* 870 */ 877, 877, 337, 1492, 309, 462, 116, 116, 116, 116, + /* 880 */ 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 537, 1127, 1128, + /* 890 */ 1129, 537, 360, 537, 356, 116, 116, 116, 116, 115, + /* 900 */ 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 386, 264, 264, 13, + /* 910 */ 13, 273, 1127, 13, 13, 13, 13, 304, 1253, 386, + /* 920 */ 534, 1077, 1549, 404, 1412, 1549, 496, 277, 451, 186, + /* 930 */ 1252, 120, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, 984, 984, 117, + /* 940 */ 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 110, 1148, 1148, 991, 994, + /* 950 */ 984, 984, 117, 117, 118, 118, 118, 118, 105, 529, + /* 960 */ 537, 4, 1339, 264, 264, 1127, 1128, 1129, 1039, 1039, + /* 970 */ 459, 795, 796, 797, 536, 532, 534, 242, 301, 807, + /* 980 */ 303, 462, 69, 69, 451, 1353, 116, 116, 116, 116, + /* 990 */ 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, 1075, 419, 116, + /* 1000 */ 116, 116, 116, 115, 115, 114, 114, 114, 113, 418, + /* 1010 */ 526, 537, 1146, 192, 350, 105, 529, 537, 4, 497, + /* 1020 */ 162, 337, 1492, 310, 1249, 385, 1550, 372, 9, 462, + /* 1030 */ 242, 400, 532, 13, 13, 499, 971, 843, 436, 70, + /* 1040 */ 70, 359, 103, 103, 8, 339, 278, 187, 278, 104, + /* 1050 */ 1127, 419, 539, 538, 1339, 419, 961, 302, 1339, 1172, + /* 1060 */ 1, 1, 542, 2, 1176, 1146, 1146, 526, 476, 289, + /* 1070 */ 30, 134, 317, 288, 528, 285, 844, 1014, 1254, 276, + /* 1080 */ 1472, 506, 410, 1194, 6, 207, 505, 961, 961, 963, + /* 1090 */ 964, 27, 449, 971, 415, 414, 234, 233, 232, 103, + /* 1100 */ 103, 31, 1152, 1127, 1128, 1129, 104, 1154, 419, 539, + /* 1110 */ 538, 264, 264, 961, 1399, 1153, 264, 264, 1470, 1146, + /* 1120 */ 537, 216, 6, 401, 534, 1197, 392, 458, 406, 534, + /* 1130 */ 537, 485, 358, 537, 261, 537, 1339, 907, 219, 1155, + /* 1140 */ 467, 1155, 50, 50, 961, 961, 963, 964, 27, 1497, + /* 1150 */ 1116, 421, 70, 70, 268, 70, 70, 13, 13, 369, + /* 1160 */ 369, 368, 253, 366, 264, 264, 804, 235, 422, 105, + /* 1170 */ 529, 516, 4, 287, 487, 510, 493, 534, 486, 213, + /* 1180 */ 1055, 294, 490, 384, 1127, 450, 532, 338, 413, 293, + /* 1190 */ 522, 417, 335, 1036, 509, 1056, 107, 1036, 16, 16, + /* 1200 */ 1469, 1094, 334, 1105, 6, 411, 1145, 264, 264, 419, + /* 1210 */ 1057, 102, 511, 100, 1094, 264, 264, 1094, 922, 215, + /* 1220 */ 534, 526, 907, 264, 264, 208, 923, 154, 534, 457, + /* 1230 */ 156, 525, 391, 142, 218, 506, 534, 1127, 1128, 1129, + /* 1240 */ 507, 139, 1131, 38, 214, 530, 392, 971, 329, 1454, + /* 1250 */ 907, 1105, 537, 103, 103, 105, 529, 537, 4, 537, + /* 1260 */ 104, 424, 419, 539, 538, 537, 502, 961, 517, 537, + /* 1270 */ 1072, 537, 532, 373, 54, 54, 288, 528, 387, 55, + /* 1280 */ 55, 15, 15, 288, 528, 17, 136, 44, 44, 1451, + /* 1290 */ 537, 56, 56, 57, 57, 419, 1131, 291, 961, 961, + /* 1300 */ 963, 964, 27, 393, 163, 537, 426, 526, 263, 206, + /* 1310 */ 208, 517, 58, 58, 235, 440, 842, 841, 197, 105, + /* 1320 */ 529, 506, 4, 1033, 439, 1033, 505, 59, 59, 308, + /* 1330 */ 849, 850, 95, 971, 537, 907, 532, 948, 832, 103, + /* 1340 */ 103, 105, 529, 537, 4, 1021, 104, 537, 419, 539, + /* 1350 */ 538, 1116, 421, 961, 537, 268, 60, 60, 532, 419, + /* 1360 */ 369, 369, 368, 253, 366, 61, 61, 804, 965, 45, + /* 1370 */ 45, 526, 537, 1032, 1277, 1032, 46, 46, 537, 391, + /* 1380 */ 213, 419, 294, 266, 961, 961, 963, 964, 27, 292, + /* 1390 */ 293, 295, 832, 526, 48, 48, 1290, 971, 1289, 1021, + /* 1400 */ 49, 49, 432, 103, 103, 887, 953, 537, 1457, 241, + /* 1410 */ 104, 305, 419, 539, 538, 925, 926, 961, 444, 971, + /* 1420 */ 215, 241, 965, 1224, 537, 103, 103, 1431, 154, 62, + /* 1430 */ 62, 156, 104, 1430, 419, 539, 538, 97, 529, 961, + /* 1440 */ 4, 537, 454, 537, 314, 214, 63, 63, 961, 961, + /* 1450 */ 963, 964, 27, 537, 532, 446, 1286, 318, 241, 537, + /* 1460 */ 321, 323, 325, 64, 64, 14, 14, 1237, 537, 1223, + /* 1470 */ 961, 961, 963, 964, 27, 65, 65, 419, 537, 387, + /* 1480 */ 537, 125, 125, 537, 288, 528, 537, 1486, 537, 526, + /* 1490 */ 66, 66, 313, 524, 537, 95, 468, 1221, 1511, 237, + /* 1500 */ 51, 51, 67, 67, 330, 68, 68, 426, 52, 52, + /* 1510 */ 149, 149, 1222, 340, 341, 971, 150, 150, 1298, 463, + /* 1520 */ 327, 103, 103, 95, 537, 1338, 1273, 537, 104, 537, + /* 1530 */ 419, 539, 538, 1284, 537, 961, 268, 283, 523, 1344, + /* 1540 */ 1204, 369, 369, 368, 253, 366, 75, 75, 804, 53, + /* 1550 */ 53, 71, 71, 537, 1196, 537, 126, 126, 537, 1017, + /* 1560 */ 537, 213, 237, 294, 537, 1185, 961, 961, 963, 964, + /* 1570 */ 27, 293, 537, 1184, 537, 72, 72, 127, 127, 1186, + /* 1580 */ 128, 128, 124, 124, 1505, 537, 148, 148, 537, 256, + /* 1590 */ 195, 537, 1270, 537, 147, 147, 132, 132, 537, 11, + /* 1600 */ 537, 215, 537, 199, 343, 345, 347, 131, 131, 154, + /* 1610 */ 129, 129, 156, 130, 130, 74, 74, 537, 370, 1323, + /* 1620 */ 76, 76, 73, 73, 43, 43, 214, 431, 211, 1331, + /* 1630 */ 300, 916, 880, 815, 241, 107, 137, 307, 881, 47, + /* 1640 */ 47, 107, 473, 378, 203, 448, 333, 1403, 1220, 1402, + /* 1650 */ 349, 190, 527, 191, 363, 198, 1508, 1163, 245, 165, + /* 1660 */ 387, 1450, 1448, 1160, 78, 288, 528, 1408, 81, 394, + /* 1670 */ 82, 442, 175, 159, 167, 93, 1328, 35, 1320, 434, + /* 1680 */ 170, 171, 172, 173, 435, 466, 221, 375, 426, 377, + /* 1690 */ 1334, 179, 455, 441, 1397, 225, 87, 36, 461, 1419, + /* 1700 */ 316, 257, 227, 184, 320, 464, 228, 479, 1187, 229, + /* 1710 */ 380, 1240, 1239, 407, 1238, 1212, 834, 332, 1231, 381, + /* 1720 */ 409, 1211, 204, 1210, 1491, 498, 1520, 1281, 92, 281, + /* 1730 */ 1230, 489, 282, 492, 342, 243, 1282, 344, 244, 1280, + /* 1740 */ 346, 412, 1279, 1477, 348, 122, 1476, 517, 10, 357, + /* 1750 */ 286, 1305, 1304, 99, 1383, 94, 501, 251, 1193, 34, + /* 1760 */ 1263, 355, 540, 194, 1262, 361, 362, 1122, 252, 254, + /* 1770 */ 255, 388, 541, 1182, 1177, 151, 1435, 389, 1436, 1434, + /* 1780 */ 1433, 791, 152, 135, 279, 200, 201, 420, 196, 77, + /* 1790 */ 153, 290, 269, 210, 1031, 133, 1029, 945, 166, 155, + /* 1800 */ 217, 168, 866, 306, 220, 1045, 174, 949, 157, 396, + /* 1810 */ 83, 398, 176, 84, 85, 164, 86, 158, 1048, 222, + /* 1820 */ 223, 1044, 144, 18, 224, 315, 1037, 180, 241, 460, + /* 1830 */ 1157, 226, 181, 37, 806, 465, 334, 230, 328, 469, + /* 1840 */ 182, 88, 474, 19, 20, 160, 89, 280, 145, 90, + /* 1850 */ 481, 845, 1110, 146, 997, 205, 1080, 39, 91, 40, + /* 1860 */ 488, 1081, 915, 491, 260, 262, 185, 910, 240, 107, + /* 1870 */ 1100, 1096, 1098, 1104, 21, 1084, 33, 513, 247, 22, + /* 1880 */ 23, 24, 1103, 25, 188, 95, 1012, 998, 996, 26, + /* 1890 */ 1000, 1054, 7, 1053, 1001, 246, 28, 41, 533, 966, + /* 1900 */ 816, 106, 29, 367, 248, 249, 1513, 1512, 364, 1117, + /* 1910 */ 1173, 1173, 876, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 187, 187, 187, 216, 217, 187, 206, 187, 264, 265, + /* 10 */ 266, 187, 225, 187, 209, 187, 264, 265, 266, 19, + /* 20 */ 187, 187, 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 209, 210, 209, + /* 30 */ 210, 31, 209, 209, 210, 209, 210, 285, 224, 39, + /* 40 */ 203, 204, 205, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + /* 50 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 230, 19, + /* 60 */ 181, 182, 183, 184, 230, 245, 233, 208, 189, 245, + /* 70 */ 191, 245, 26, 206, 254, 216, 276, 198, 254, 198, + /* 80 */ 254, 281, 187, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + /* 90 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 259, 99, + /* 100 */ 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + /* 110 */ 231, 232, 231, 232, 286, 302, 303, 302, 22, 304, + /* 120 */ 302, 303, 76, 244, 11, 244, 86, 19, 88, 248, + /* 130 */ 249, 264, 265, 266, 26, 89, 198, 258, 92, 99, + /* 140 */ 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + /* 150 */ 105, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, + /* 160 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 212, 288, 273, 231, + /* 170 */ 232, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 131, 69, 203, 204, + /* 180 */ 205, 136, 244, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, + /* 190 */ 106, 107, 108, 109, 15, 103, 104, 19, 260, 103, + /* 200 */ 104, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 22, 99, 100, 101, + /* 210 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 264, 265, + /* 220 */ 266, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, + /* 230 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 124, 125, 60, + /* 240 */ 148, 24, 150, 59, 187, 67, 99, 100, 101, 102, + /* 250 */ 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 187, 187, 109, + /* 260 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 270 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 204, 205, 99, 100, 101, + /* 280 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 103, 104, + /* 290 */ 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 59, 112, 113, 114, 76, + /* 300 */ 231, 232, 187, 19, 19, 22, 23, 23, 54, 55, + /* 310 */ 56, 57, 89, 244, 199, 92, 99, 100, 101, 102, + /* 320 */ 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 43, 44, 45, + /* 330 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, + /* 340 */ 56, 57, 19, 212, 187, 274, 23, 26, 112, 113, + /* 350 */ 114, 294, 295, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, + /* 360 */ 106, 107, 108, 109, 59, 295, 43, 44, 45, 46, + /* 370 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, + /* 380 */ 57, 98, 146, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, + /* 390 */ 106, 107, 108, 109, 109, 264, 265, 266, 187, 187, + /* 400 */ 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 73, 59, 19, + /* 410 */ 105, 23, 127, 23, 26, 81, 259, 112, 113, 114, + /* 420 */ 187, 72, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, + /* 430 */ 107, 108, 109, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + /* 440 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 124, + /* 450 */ 125, 182, 23, 184, 187, 134, 135, 123, 189, 131, + /* 460 */ 191, 112, 113, 114, 136, 187, 233, 198, 134, 135, + /* 470 */ 198, 259, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, + /* 480 */ 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 209, 210, 99, + /* 490 */ 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + /* 500 */ 231, 232, 206, 231, 232, 187, 59, 296, 297, 76, + /* 510 */ 160, 161, 301, 244, 232, 19, 244, 297, 59, 23, + /* 520 */ 87, 301, 89, 245, 26, 92, 244, 258, 99, 100, + /* 530 */ 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 43, + /* 540 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + /* 550 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 187, 97, 288, 23, 112, + /* 560 */ 113, 114, 115, 296, 297, 118, 119, 120, 301, 108, + /* 570 */ 109, 112, 113, 255, 141, 128, 117, 281, 43, 44, + /* 580 */ 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, + /* 590 */ 55, 56, 57, 187, 187, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, + /* 600 */ 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 26, 148, 149, 150, + /* 610 */ 115, 97, 59, 118, 119, 120, 209, 210, 73, 59, + /* 620 */ 122, 19, 209, 128, 256, 72, 187, 113, 187, 81, + /* 630 */ 223, 117, 227, 228, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, + /* 640 */ 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 650 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, + /* 660 */ 19, 255, 148, 149, 150, 112, 113, 114, 123, 124, + /* 670 */ 125, 230, 112, 113, 114, 22, 297, 22, 81, 22, + /* 680 */ 301, 59, 134, 135, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, + /* 690 */ 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 139, + /* 700 */ 192, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, + /* 710 */ 108, 109, 59, 116, 59, 187, 59, 231, 232, 46, + /* 720 */ 47, 48, 49, 16, 12, 145, 198, 22, 187, 187, + /* 730 */ 244, 134, 135, 222, 112, 113, 114, 209, 210, 27, + /* 740 */ 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, + /* 750 */ 109, 209, 210, 187, 42, 187, 154, 227, 228, 231, + /* 760 */ 232, 139, 22, 23, 59, 112, 113, 114, 113, 112, + /* 770 */ 113, 114, 244, 245, 233, 63, 19, 209, 210, 271, + /* 780 */ 187, 24, 254, 275, 77, 73, 79, 245, 195, 260, + /* 790 */ 117, 223, 199, 22, 23, 154, 19, 26, 22, 187, + /* 800 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 810 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 187, 112, 113, 114, + /* 820 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 830 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 59, 263, 187, 98, 43, + /* 840 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + /* 850 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 204, 205, 99, 100, 101, 102, + /* 860 */ 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 255, 130, 98, + /* 870 */ 132, 133, 299, 300, 198, 187, 99, 100, 101, 102, + /* 880 */ 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 187, 112, 113, + /* 890 */ 114, 187, 241, 187, 243, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, + /* 900 */ 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 19, 231, 232, 209, + /* 910 */ 210, 282, 59, 209, 210, 209, 210, 16, 230, 19, + /* 920 */ 244, 22, 23, 223, 274, 26, 19, 223, 187, 223, + /* 930 */ 198, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 940 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + /* 950 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 19, 20, + /* 960 */ 187, 22, 187, 231, 232, 112, 113, 114, 123, 124, + /* 970 */ 125, 7, 8, 9, 187, 36, 244, 24, 77, 21, + /* 980 */ 79, 187, 209, 210, 187, 263, 99, 100, 101, 102, + /* 990 */ 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 98, 59, 99, + /* 1000 */ 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, + /* 1010 */ 71, 187, 59, 187, 187, 19, 20, 187, 22, 112, + /* 1020 */ 81, 299, 300, 282, 230, 199, 291, 292, 22, 187, + /* 1030 */ 24, 256, 36, 209, 210, 187, 97, 35, 80, 209, + /* 1040 */ 210, 268, 103, 104, 48, 187, 220, 223, 222, 110, + /* 1050 */ 59, 112, 113, 114, 187, 59, 117, 156, 187, 179, + /* 1060 */ 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 59, 113, 71, 66, 189, + /* 1070 */ 22, 191, 230, 134, 135, 245, 74, 119, 198, 282, + /* 1080 */ 297, 85, 224, 198, 301, 187, 90, 148, 149, 150, + /* 1090 */ 151, 152, 19, 97, 103, 104, 123, 124, 125, 103, + /* 1100 */ 104, 53, 111, 112, 113, 114, 110, 116, 112, 113, + /* 1110 */ 114, 231, 232, 117, 156, 124, 231, 232, 297, 113, + /* 1120 */ 187, 24, 301, 256, 244, 201, 202, 256, 126, 244, + /* 1130 */ 187, 198, 187, 187, 23, 187, 187, 26, 258, 148, + /* 1140 */ 19, 150, 209, 210, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 0, + /* 1150 */ 1, 2, 209, 210, 5, 209, 210, 209, 210, 10, + /* 1160 */ 11, 12, 13, 14, 231, 232, 17, 46, 288, 19, + /* 1170 */ 20, 223, 22, 236, 198, 66, 187, 244, 245, 30, + /* 1180 */ 12, 32, 198, 246, 59, 112, 36, 187, 245, 40, + /* 1190 */ 198, 245, 117, 29, 85, 27, 26, 33, 209, 210, + /* 1200 */ 297, 76, 127, 94, 301, 256, 26, 231, 232, 59, + /* 1210 */ 42, 153, 87, 155, 89, 231, 232, 92, 31, 70, + /* 1220 */ 244, 71, 26, 231, 232, 114, 39, 78, 244, 65, + /* 1230 */ 81, 63, 111, 233, 137, 85, 244, 112, 113, 114, + /* 1240 */ 90, 22, 59, 24, 95, 201, 202, 97, 127, 187, + /* 1250 */ 139, 142, 187, 103, 104, 19, 20, 187, 22, 187, + /* 1260 */ 110, 187, 112, 113, 114, 187, 141, 117, 141, 187, + /* 1270 */ 23, 187, 36, 26, 209, 210, 134, 135, 129, 209, + /* 1280 */ 210, 209, 210, 134, 135, 22, 159, 209, 210, 187, + /* 1290 */ 187, 209, 210, 209, 210, 59, 113, 187, 148, 149, + /* 1300 */ 150, 151, 152, 289, 290, 187, 157, 71, 248, 249, + /* 1310 */ 114, 141, 209, 210, 46, 125, 116, 117, 138, 19, + /* 1320 */ 20, 85, 22, 148, 61, 150, 90, 209, 210, 23, + /* 1330 */ 7, 8, 26, 97, 187, 139, 36, 147, 59, 103, + /* 1340 */ 104, 19, 20, 187, 22, 59, 110, 187, 112, 113, + /* 1350 */ 114, 1, 2, 117, 187, 5, 209, 210, 36, 59, + /* 1360 */ 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 209, 210, 17, 59, 209, + /* 1370 */ 210, 71, 187, 148, 250, 150, 209, 210, 187, 111, + /* 1380 */ 30, 59, 32, 22, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 187, + /* 1390 */ 40, 187, 113, 71, 209, 210, 187, 97, 187, 113, + /* 1400 */ 209, 210, 187, 103, 104, 105, 23, 187, 187, 26, + /* 1410 */ 110, 187, 112, 113, 114, 83, 84, 117, 23, 97, + /* 1420 */ 70, 26, 113, 218, 187, 103, 104, 187, 78, 209, + /* 1430 */ 210, 81, 110, 187, 112, 113, 114, 19, 20, 117, + /* 1440 */ 22, 187, 187, 187, 187, 95, 209, 210, 148, 149, + /* 1450 */ 150, 151, 152, 187, 36, 23, 187, 187, 26, 187, + /* 1460 */ 187, 187, 187, 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 187, 218, + /* 1470 */ 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 209, 210, 59, 187, 129, + /* 1480 */ 187, 209, 210, 187, 134, 135, 187, 306, 187, 71, + /* 1490 */ 209, 210, 23, 228, 187, 26, 23, 187, 137, 26, + /* 1500 */ 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 209, 210, 157, 209, 210, + /* 1510 */ 209, 210, 218, 187, 187, 97, 209, 210, 187, 278, + /* 1520 */ 23, 103, 104, 26, 187, 187, 187, 187, 110, 187, + /* 1530 */ 112, 113, 114, 187, 187, 117, 5, 247, 187, 187, + /* 1540 */ 187, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 209, 210, 17, 209, + /* 1550 */ 210, 209, 210, 187, 187, 187, 209, 210, 187, 23, + /* 1560 */ 187, 30, 26, 32, 187, 187, 148, 149, 150, 151, + /* 1570 */ 152, 40, 187, 187, 187, 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, + /* 1580 */ 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 187, 209, 210, 187, 277, + /* 1590 */ 234, 187, 247, 187, 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 235, + /* 1600 */ 187, 70, 187, 207, 247, 247, 247, 209, 210, 78, + /* 1610 */ 209, 210, 81, 209, 210, 209, 210, 187, 185, 238, + /* 1620 */ 209, 210, 209, 210, 209, 210, 95, 251, 287, 238, + /* 1630 */ 251, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, 283, 23, 209, + /* 1640 */ 210, 26, 213, 238, 221, 283, 212, 212, 217, 212, + /* 1650 */ 251, 241, 270, 241, 237, 235, 190, 60, 137, 287, + /* 1660 */ 129, 194, 194, 38, 284, 134, 135, 273, 284, 194, + /* 1670 */ 146, 111, 22, 43, 226, 145, 262, 261, 238, 18, + /* 1680 */ 229, 229, 229, 229, 194, 18, 193, 238, 157, 262, + /* 1690 */ 226, 226, 194, 238, 238, 193, 153, 261, 62, 280, + /* 1700 */ 279, 194, 193, 22, 194, 214, 193, 111, 194, 193, + /* 1710 */ 214, 211, 211, 64, 211, 211, 122, 211, 219, 214, + /* 1720 */ 109, 213, 160, 211, 300, 140, 211, 253, 111, 272, + /* 1730 */ 219, 214, 272, 214, 252, 194, 253, 252, 91, 253, + /* 1740 */ 252, 82, 253, 305, 252, 144, 305, 141, 22, 194, + /* 1750 */ 269, 257, 257, 153, 267, 143, 142, 25, 197, 26, + /* 1760 */ 242, 241, 196, 240, 242, 239, 238, 13, 188, 188, + /* 1770 */ 6, 293, 186, 186, 186, 200, 206, 293, 206, 206, + /* 1780 */ 206, 4, 200, 215, 215, 207, 207, 3, 22, 206, + /* 1790 */ 200, 158, 96, 15, 23, 16, 23, 135, 146, 126, + /* 1800 */ 24, 138, 20, 16, 140, 1, 138, 147, 126, 61, + /* 1810 */ 53, 37, 146, 53, 53, 290, 53, 126, 112, 34, + /* 1820 */ 137, 1, 5, 22, 111, 156, 68, 68, 26, 41, + /* 1830 */ 75, 137, 111, 24, 20, 19, 127, 121, 23, 67, + /* 1840 */ 22, 22, 67, 22, 22, 37, 22, 67, 23, 145, + /* 1850 */ 22, 28, 23, 23, 23, 137, 23, 22, 26, 22, + /* 1860 */ 24, 23, 112, 24, 23, 23, 22, 139, 34, 26, + /* 1870 */ 75, 88, 86, 75, 34, 23, 22, 24, 22, 34, + /* 1880 */ 34, 34, 93, 34, 26, 26, 23, 23, 23, 34, + /* 1890 */ 23, 23, 44, 23, 11, 26, 22, 22, 26, 23, + /* 1900 */ 23, 22, 22, 15, 137, 137, 137, 137, 23, 1, + /* 1910 */ 307, 307, 131, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1920 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1930 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1940 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1950 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1960 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1970 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1980 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 1990 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2000 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2010 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2020 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2030 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2040 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2050 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2060 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2070 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2080 */ 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, 307, + /* 2090 */ 307, 307, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (542) +#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (0) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1908) +static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 1350, 1149, 1531, 939, 939, 548, 996, 1150, 1236, 1322, + /* 10 */ 1322, 1322, 334, 0, 0, 178, 777, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 20 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 30 */ 991, 991, 1125, 1125, 447, 597, 548, 548, 548, 548, + /* 40 */ 548, 548, 40, 108, 217, 284, 323, 390, 429, 496, + /* 50 */ 535, 602, 641, 757, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, + /* 60 */ 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, 777, + /* 70 */ 777, 777, 796, 777, 887, 900, 900, 1300, 1322, 1322, + /* 80 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 90 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 100 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 110 */ 1418, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, + /* 120 */ 1322, 1322, 1322, 1322, 147, 254, 254, 254, 254, 254, + /* 130 */ 84, 185, 66, 853, 958, 1121, 853, 92, 92, 853, + /* 140 */ 321, 321, 321, 321, 325, 350, 350, 461, 150, 1913, + /* 150 */ 1913, 285, 285, 285, 236, 184, 349, 184, 184, 712, + /* 160 */ 712, 433, 553, 771, 899, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, + /* 170 */ 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, + /* 180 */ 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 46, 46, 853, 113, + /* 190 */ 223, 223, 1183, 1183, 1127, 1142, 1913, 1913, 1913, 459, + /* 200 */ 514, 514, 653, 495, 657, 305, 705, 560, 622, 776, + /* 210 */ 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 545, + /* 220 */ 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, + /* 230 */ 853, 853, 1002, 1002, 1002, 853, 853, 853, 853, 1111, + /* 240 */ 853, 853, 853, 1006, 1109, 853, 853, 1168, 853, 853, + /* 250 */ 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 853, 845, 1164, 738, 953, + /* 260 */ 953, 953, 953, 1196, 738, 738, 45, 96, 964, 179, + /* 270 */ 580, 907, 907, 1073, 580, 580, 1073, 498, 388, 1268, + /* 280 */ 1187, 1187, 1187, 907, 1170, 1170, 1058, 1180, 328, 1219, + /* 290 */ 1597, 1521, 1521, 1625, 1625, 1521, 1524, 1560, 1650, 1630, + /* 300 */ 1530, 1661, 1661, 1661, 1661, 1521, 1667, 1530, 1530, 1560, + /* 310 */ 1650, 1630, 1630, 1530, 1521, 1667, 1543, 1636, 1521, 1667, + /* 320 */ 1681, 1521, 1667, 1521, 1667, 1681, 1596, 1596, 1596, 1649, + /* 330 */ 1681, 1596, 1594, 1596, 1649, 1596, 1596, 1562, 1681, 1611, + /* 340 */ 1611, 1681, 1585, 1617, 1585, 1617, 1585, 1617, 1585, 1617, + /* 350 */ 1521, 1647, 1647, 1659, 1659, 1601, 1606, 1726, 1521, 1600, + /* 360 */ 1601, 1612, 1614, 1530, 1732, 1733, 1754, 1754, 1764, 1764, + /* 370 */ 1764, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, + /* 380 */ 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 1913, 673, 901, 283, 740, + /* 390 */ 707, 973, 655, 1247, 1048, 1097, 1190, 1306, 1263, 1383, + /* 400 */ 1395, 1432, 1469, 1473, 1497, 1279, 1200, 1323, 1075, 1286, + /* 410 */ 1536, 1608, 1332, 1609, 1175, 1225, 1610, 1615, 1309, 1361, + /* 420 */ 1777, 1784, 1766, 1633, 1778, 1696, 1779, 1771, 1773, 1662, + /* 430 */ 1652, 1673, 1776, 1663, 1782, 1664, 1787, 1804, 1668, 1660, + /* 440 */ 1682, 1748, 1774, 1666, 1757, 1760, 1761, 1763, 1691, 1706, + /* 450 */ 1785, 1683, 1820, 1817, 1801, 1713, 1669, 1758, 1802, 1759, + /* 460 */ 1755, 1788, 1694, 1721, 1809, 1814, 1816, 1709, 1716, 1818, + /* 470 */ 1772, 1819, 1821, 1815, 1822, 1775, 1823, 1824, 1780, 1808, + /* 480 */ 1825, 1704, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833, 1835, 1836, + /* 490 */ 1838, 1837, 1839, 1718, 1841, 1842, 1750, 1834, 1844, 1728, + /* 500 */ 1843, 1840, 1845, 1846, 1847, 1783, 1795, 1786, 1848, 1798, + /* 510 */ 1789, 1849, 1852, 1854, 1853, 1858, 1859, 1855, 1863, 1843, + /* 520 */ 1864, 1865, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1870, 1856, 1883, 1874, 1875, + /* 530 */ 1876, 1877, 1879, 1880, 1872, 1781, 1767, 1768, 1769, 1770, + /* 540 */ 1885, 1888, 1908, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (385) +#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-256) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1590) +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 880, -121, 269, 528, 933, -119, -187, -185, -182, -180, + /* 10 */ -176, -174, -62, -46, 131, -248, -133, 407, 568, 700, + /* 20 */ 704, 278, 706, 824, 542, 830, 948, 773, 943, 946, + /* 30 */ 71, 650, 211, 267, 826, 272, 676, 732, 885, 976, + /* 40 */ 984, 992, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, + /* 50 */ -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, + /* 60 */ -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, + /* 70 */ -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, 989, 1065, 1070, + /* 80 */ 1072, 1078, 1082, 1084, 1103, 1118, 1147, 1156, 1160, 1167, + /* 90 */ 1185, 1191, 1220, 1237, 1254, 1256, 1266, 1272, 1281, 1291, + /* 100 */ 1293, 1296, 1299, 1301, 1307, 1337, 1340, 1342, 1347, 1366, + /* 110 */ 1368, 1371, 1373, 1377, 1385, 1387, 1398, 1401, 1404, 1406, + /* 120 */ 1411, 1413, 1415, 1430, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, -256, + /* 130 */ -256, -256, -256, -172, 508, -213, 57, -163, -25, 593, + /* 140 */ 69, 486, 69, 486, -200, 573, 722, -256, -256, -256, + /* 150 */ -256, -141, -141, -141, -105, -161, -167, 157, 212, 405, + /* 160 */ 530, 220, 233, 735, 735, 115, 318, 406, 612, 541, + /* 170 */ -166, 441, 688, 794, 629, 368, 741, 775, 867, 797, + /* 180 */ 871, 842, -186, 1000, 858, 949, 379, 783, 70, 296, + /* 190 */ 821, 903, 924, 1044, 651, 282, 1014, 1060, 937, -195, + /* 200 */ -177, 413, 439, 511, 566, 787, 827, 848, 898, 945, + /* 210 */ 1062, 1074, 1102, 1110, 1202, 1204, 1209, 1211, 1215, 529, + /* 220 */ 1221, 1224, 1240, 1246, 1255, 1257, 1269, 1270, 1273, 1274, + /* 230 */ 1275, 1280, 1205, 1251, 1294, 1310, 1317, 1326, 1327, 1124, + /* 240 */ 1331, 1338, 1339, 1290, 1181, 1346, 1351, 1265, 1352, 787, + /* 250 */ 1353, 1367, 1378, 1386, 1392, 1397, 1241, 1312, 1356, 1345, + /* 260 */ 1357, 1358, 1359, 1124, 1356, 1356, 1364, 1396, 1433, 1341, + /* 270 */ 1381, 1376, 1379, 1354, 1391, 1405, 1362, 1429, 1423, 1431, + /* 280 */ 1434, 1435, 1437, 1399, 1410, 1412, 1382, 1417, 1420, 1466, + /* 290 */ 1372, 1467, 1468, 1380, 1384, 1475, 1394, 1414, 1416, 1448, + /* 300 */ 1440, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1490, 1493, 1449, 1455, 1427, + /* 310 */ 1436, 1464, 1465, 1456, 1498, 1502, 1419, 1421, 1507, 1509, + /* 320 */ 1491, 1510, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1496, 1500, 1501, 1503, 1499, + /* 330 */ 1505, 1504, 1508, 1506, 1511, 1512, 1515, 1424, 1517, 1457, + /* 340 */ 1460, 1519, 1474, 1482, 1483, 1485, 1486, 1488, 1489, 1492, + /* 350 */ 1541, 1438, 1441, 1494, 1495, 1518, 1520, 1487, 1555, 1481, + /* 360 */ 1522, 1523, 1526, 1528, 1561, 1566, 1580, 1581, 1586, 1587, + /* 370 */ 1588, 1478, 1484, 1525, 1575, 1570, 1572, 1573, 1574, 1582, + /* 380 */ 1568, 1569, 1578, 1579, 1583, 1590, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 1554, 1554, 1554, 1392, 1171, 1278, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1392, + /* 10 */ 1392, 1392, 1171, 1308, 1308, 1445, 1202, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 20 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1391, 1171, 1171, + /* 30 */ 1171, 1171, 1475, 1475, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 40 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1317, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1393, + /* 50 */ 1394, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1444, 1446, 1409, 1327, 1326, 1325, + /* 60 */ 1324, 1427, 1295, 1322, 1315, 1319, 1387, 1388, 1386, 1390, + /* 70 */ 1394, 1393, 1171, 1318, 1358, 1372, 1357, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 80 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 90 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 100 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 110 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 120 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1366, 1371, 1377, 1370, 1367, 1360, + /* 130 */ 1359, 1361, 1362, 1171, 1192, 1242, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 140 */ 1463, 1462, 1171, 1171, 1202, 1352, 1351, 1363, 1364, 1374, + /* 150 */ 1373, 1452, 1510, 1509, 1410, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 160 */ 1171, 1475, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 170 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 180 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1475, 1475, 1171, 1202, + /* 190 */ 1475, 1475, 1198, 1198, 1302, 1171, 1458, 1278, 1269, 1171, + /* 200 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 210 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1449, 1447, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 220 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 230 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 240 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1274, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 250 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1504, 1171, 1422, 1256, 1274, + /* 260 */ 1274, 1274, 1274, 1276, 1257, 1255, 1268, 1203, 1178, 1546, + /* 270 */ 1321, 1297, 1297, 1543, 1321, 1321, 1543, 1217, 1524, 1214, + /* 280 */ 1308, 1308, 1308, 1297, 1302, 1302, 1389, 1275, 1268, 1171, + /* 290 */ 1546, 1283, 1283, 1545, 1545, 1283, 1410, 1330, 1336, 1245, + /* 300 */ 1321, 1251, 1251, 1251, 1251, 1283, 1189, 1321, 1321, 1330, + /* 310 */ 1336, 1245, 1245, 1321, 1283, 1189, 1426, 1540, 1283, 1189, + /* 320 */ 1400, 1283, 1189, 1283, 1189, 1400, 1243, 1243, 1243, 1232, + /* 330 */ 1400, 1243, 1217, 1243, 1232, 1243, 1243, 1493, 1400, 1404, + /* 340 */ 1404, 1400, 1301, 1296, 1301, 1296, 1301, 1296, 1301, 1296, + /* 350 */ 1283, 1485, 1485, 1311, 1311, 1316, 1302, 1395, 1283, 1171, + /* 360 */ 1316, 1314, 1312, 1321, 1195, 1235, 1507, 1507, 1503, 1503, + /* 370 */ 1503, 1551, 1551, 1458, 1519, 1202, 1202, 1202, 1202, 1519, + /* 380 */ 1219, 1219, 1203, 1203, 1202, 1519, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 390 */ 1171, 1171, 1514, 1171, 1411, 1287, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 400 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 410 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1341, + /* 420 */ 1171, 1174, 1455, 1171, 1171, 1453, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 430 */ 1171, 1171, 1288, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 440 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 450 */ 1171, 1542, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1425, 1424, + /* 460 */ 1171, 1171, 1285, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 470 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 480 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 490 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 500 */ 1313, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 510 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1490, 1303, 1171, 1171, 1533, + /* 520 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, + /* 530 */ 1171, 1171, 1171, 1171, 1528, 1259, 1343, 1171, 1342, 1346, + /* 540 */ 1171, 1183, 1171, +}; +/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ + +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +** If a construct like the following: ** -** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either -** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with -** SQLCIPHER_ROW. +** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** -** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine -** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will -** return SQLCIPHER_BUSY. +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. ** -** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained -** from sqlcipher3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory. -** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language +** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where +** it appears. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 59, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 59, /* QUERY => ID */ + 59, /* PLAN => ID */ + 59, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 59, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 59, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 59, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 59, /* END => ID */ + 59, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ + 59, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ + 59, /* RELEASE => ID */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 59, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 59, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 59, /* WITHOUT => ID */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 59, /* ABORT => ID */ + 59, /* ACTION => ID */ + 59, /* AFTER => ID */ + 59, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 59, /* ASC => ID */ + 59, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 59, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 59, /* BY => ID */ + 59, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 59, /* CAST => ID */ + 59, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 59, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 59, /* DESC => ID */ + 59, /* DETACH => ID */ + 59, /* EACH => ID */ + 59, /* FAIL => ID */ + 0, /* OR => nothing */ + 0, /* AND => nothing */ + 0, /* IS => nothing */ + 59, /* MATCH => ID */ + 59, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ + 0, /* IN => nothing */ + 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NE => nothing */ + 0, /* EQ => nothing */ + 0, /* GT => nothing */ + 0, /* LE => nothing */ + 0, /* LT => nothing */ + 0, /* GE => nothing */ + 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 59, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ + 59, /* DO => ID */ + 59, /* FOR => ID */ + 59, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 59, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 59, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 59, /* NO => ID */ + 59, /* KEY => ID */ + 59, /* OF => ID */ + 59, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 59, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 59, /* RAISE => ID */ + 59, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ + 59, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 59, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 59, /* ROW => ID */ + 59, /* ROWS => ID */ + 59, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 59, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 59, /* VIEW => ID */ + 59, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 59, /* WITH => ID */ + 59, /* NULLS => ID */ + 59, /* FIRST => ID */ + 59, /* LAST => ID */ + 59, /* CURRENT => ID */ + 59, /* FOLLOWING => ID */ + 59, /* PARTITION => ID */ + 59, /* PRECEDING => ID */ + 59, /* RANGE => ID */ + 59, /* UNBOUNDED => ID */ + 59, /* EXCLUDE => ID */ + 59, /* GROUPS => ID */ + 59, /* OTHERS => ID */ + 59, /* TIES => ID */ + 59, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 59, /* RENAME => ID */ + 59, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ + 0, /* ANY => nothing */ + 0, /* BITAND => nothing */ + 0, /* BITOR => nothing */ + 0, /* LSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* RSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* PLUS => nothing */ + 0, /* MINUS => nothing */ + 0, /* STAR => nothing */ + 0, /* SLASH => nothing */ + 0, /* REM => nothing */ + 0, /* CONCAT => nothing */ + 0, /* COLLATE => nothing */ + 0, /* BITNOT => nothing */ + 0, /* ON => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ + 0, /* STRING => nothing */ + 0, /* JOIN_KW => nothing */ + 0, /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */ + 0, /* DEFAULT => nothing */ + 0, /* NULL => nothing */ + 0, /* PRIMARY => nothing */ + 0, /* UNIQUE => nothing */ + 0, /* CHECK => nothing */ + 0, /* REFERENCES => nothing */ + 0, /* AUTOINCR => nothing */ + 0, /* INSERT => nothing */ + 0, /* DELETE => nothing */ + 0, /* UPDATE => nothing */ + 0, /* SET => nothing */ + 0, /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* FOREIGN => nothing */ + 0, /* DROP => nothing */ + 0, /* UNION => nothing */ + 0, /* ALL => nothing */ + 0, /* EXCEPT => nothing */ + 0, /* INTERSECT => nothing */ + 0, /* SELECT => nothing */ + 0, /* VALUES => nothing */ + 0, /* DISTINCT => nothing */ + 0, /* DOT => nothing */ + 0, /* FROM => nothing */ + 0, /* JOIN => nothing */ + 0, /* USING => nothing */ + 0, /* ORDER => nothing */ + 0, /* GROUP => nothing */ + 0, /* HAVING => nothing */ + 0, /* LIMIT => nothing */ + 0, /* WHERE => nothing */ + 0, /* INTO => nothing */ + 0, /* NOTHING => nothing */ + 0, /* FLOAT => nothing */ + 0, /* BLOB => nothing */ + 0, /* INTEGER => nothing */ + 0, /* VARIABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CASE => nothing */ + 0, /* WHEN => nothing */ + 0, /* THEN => nothing */ + 0, /* ELSE => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEX => nothing */ + 0, /* ALTER => nothing */ + 0, /* ADD => nothing */ + 0, /* WINDOW => nothing */ + 0, /* OVER => nothing */ + 0, /* FILTER => nothing */ + 0, /* COLUMN => nothing */ + 0, /* AGG_FUNCTION => nothing */ + 0, /* AGG_COLUMN => nothing */ + 0, /* TRUEFALSE => nothing */ + 0, /* ISNOT => nothing */ + 0, /* FUNCTION => nothing */ + 0, /* UMINUS => nothing */ + 0, /* UPLUS => nothing */ + 0, /* TRUTH => nothing */ + 0, /* REGISTER => nothing */ + 0, /* VECTOR => nothing */ + 0, /* SELECT_COLUMN => nothing */ + 0, /* IF_NULL_ROW => nothing */ + 0, /* ASTERISK => nothing */ + 0, /* SPAN => nothing */ + 0, /* SPACE => nothing */ + 0, /* ILLEGAL => nothing */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: ** -** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits -** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is -** set to SQLCIPHER_ABORT and this routine will return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. ** -** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLCIPHER_NOMEM and this -** routine to return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) ** -** Other fatal errors return SQLCIPHER_ERROR. +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. ** -** After this routine has finished, sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize() should be -** used to clean up the mess that was left behind. +** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field +** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the +** SHIFTREDUCE. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeExec( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ -){ - int pc=0; /* The program counter */ - Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ - Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Value to return */ - sqlcipher3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ - u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ - u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int checkProgress; /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */ - int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */ +struct yyStackEntry { + YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */ + YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + yyStackEntry *yytos; /* Pointer to top element of the stack */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int yyhwm; /* High-water mark of the stack */ #endif - Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ - Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ - Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ - Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ - Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ - int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ - int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ - i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ - int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */ +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ #endif - /******************************************************************** - ** Automatically generated code - ** - ** The following union is automatically generated by the - ** vdbe-compress.tcl script. The purpose of this union is to - ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function. - ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details. - */ - union vdbeExecUnion { - struct OP_Yield_stack_vars { - int pcDest; - } aa; - struct OP_Variable_stack_vars { - Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ - } ab; - struct OP_Move_stack_vars { - char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ - int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ - int p1; /* Register to copy from */ - int p2; /* Register to copy to */ - } ac; - struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars { - Mem *pMem; - int i; - } ad; - struct OP_Concat_stack_vars { - i64 nByte; - } ae; - struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars { - int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ - i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ - i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ - double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ - double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ - } af; - struct OP_Function_stack_vars { - int i; - Mem *pArg; - sqlcipher3_context ctx; - sqlcipher3_value **apVal; - int n; - } ag; - struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars { - i64 iA; - u64 uA; - i64 iB; - u8 op; - } ah; - struct OP_Ge_stack_vars { - int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ - char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ - u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ - u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ - } ai; - struct OP_Compare_stack_vars { - int n; - int i; - int p1; - int p2; - const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int idx; - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ - int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ - } aj; - struct OP_Or_stack_vars { - int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - } ak; - struct OP_IfNot_stack_vars { - int c; - } al; - struct OP_Column_stack_vars { - u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */ - int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ - char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ - u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ - u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ - int nField; /* number of fields in the record */ - int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ - Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ - Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ - u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */ - u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ - u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ - u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ - int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ - int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ - u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ - Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ - } am; - struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars { - const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ - char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ - } an; - struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars { - u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ - Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ - u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ - u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ - Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ - Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ - char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ - int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ - int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */ - int len; /* Length of a field */ - } ao; - struct OP_Count_stack_vars { - i64 nEntry; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - } ap; - struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars { - int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ - char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ - int nName; - Savepoint *pNew; - Savepoint *pSavepoint; - Savepoint *pTmp; - int iSavepoint; - int ii; - } aq; - struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars { - int desiredAutoCommit; - int iRollback; - int turnOnAC; - } ar; - struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars { - Btree *pBt; - } as; - struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars { - int iMeta; - int iDb; - int iCookie; - } at; - struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars { - Db *pDb; - } au; - struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars { - int iMeta; - int iGen; - Btree *pBt; - } av; - struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars { - int nField; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int p2; - int iDb; - int wrFlag; - Btree *pX; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - Db *pDb; - } aw; - struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - } ax; - struct OP_SorterOpen_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - } ay; - struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - } az; - struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars { - int res; - int oc; - VdbeCursor *pC; - UnpackedRecord r; - int nField; - i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ - } ba; - struct OP_Seek_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - } bb; - struct OP_Found_stack_vars { - int alreadyExists; - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - char *pFree; - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; - UnpackedRecord r; - char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; - } bc; - struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars { - u16 ii; - VdbeCursor *pCx; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - u16 nField; - Mem *aMx; - UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ - i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ - } bd; - struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - u64 iKey; - } be; - struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars { - i64 v; /* The new rowid */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ - int res; /* Result of an sqlcipher3BtreeLast() */ - int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ - Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ - } bf; - struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars { - Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ - Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ - i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ - int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ - const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ - const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ - int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLCIPHER_UPDATE or SQLCIPHER_INSERT */ - } bg; - struct OP_Delete_stack_vars { - i64 iKey; - VdbeCursor *pC; - } bh; - struct OP_SorterCompare_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - } bi; - struct OP_SorterData_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - } bj; - struct OP_RowData_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - u32 n; - i64 n64; - } bk; - struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 v; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - } bl; - struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - } bm; - struct OP_Last_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - } bn; - struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - } bo; - struct OP_Next_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - } bp; - struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int nKey; - const char *zKey; - } bq; - struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; - } br; - struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars { - BtCursor *pCrsr; - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 rowid; - } bs; - struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; - } bt; - struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars { - int iMoved; - int iCnt; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - int iDb; - } bu; - struct OP_Clear_stack_vars { - int nChange; - } bv; - struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars { - int pgno; - int flags; - Db *pDb; - } bw; - struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars { - int iDb; - const char *zMaster; - char *zSql; - InitData initData; - } bx; - struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars { - int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ - int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ - char *z; /* Text of the error report */ - Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ - } by; - struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars { - i64 val; - } bz; - struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars { - int iSet; - int exists; - } ca; - struct OP_Program_stack_vars { - int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ - Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ - Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ - void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ - } cb; - struct OP_Param_stack_vars { - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - Mem *pIn; - } cc; - struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars { - Mem *pIn1; - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - } cd; - struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars { - int n; - int i; - Mem *pMem; - Mem *pRec; - sqlcipher3_context ctx; - sqlcipher3_value **apVal; - } ce; - struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars { - Mem *pMem; - } cf; - struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars { - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int aRes[3]; /* Results */ - Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ - } cg; - struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars { - Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ - Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ - int eNew; /* New journal mode */ - int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ - const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ - } ch; - struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars { - Btree *pBt; - } ci; - struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars { - VTable *pVTab; - } cj; - struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars { - VdbeCursor *pCur; - sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - } ck; - struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars { - int nArg; - int iQuery; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - Mem *pQuery; - Mem *pArgc; - sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - int res; - int i; - Mem **apArg; - } cl; - struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - Mem *pDest; - sqlcipher3_context sContext; - } cm; - struct OP_VNext_stack_vars { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - int res; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - } cn; - struct OP_VRename_stack_vars { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - Mem *pName; - } co; - struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars { - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - int nArg; - int i; - sqlcipher_int64 rowid; - Mem **apArg; - Mem *pX; - } cp; - struct OP_Trace_stack_vars { - char *zTrace; - char *z; - } cq; - } u; - /* End automatically generated code - ********************************************************************/ - - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlcipher3_step() verifies this */ - sqlcipher3VdbeEnter(p); - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlcipher3_column_text() or - ** sqlcipher3_column_text16() failed. */ - goto no_mem; + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_context */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ + yyStackEntry yystk0; /* First stack entry */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystackEnd; /* Last entry in the stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include */ +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +**
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +**
    +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + /* 0 */ "$", + /* 1 */ "SEMI", + /* 2 */ "EXPLAIN", + /* 3 */ "QUERY", + /* 4 */ "PLAN", + /* 5 */ "BEGIN", + /* 6 */ "TRANSACTION", + /* 7 */ "DEFERRED", + /* 8 */ "IMMEDIATE", + /* 9 */ "EXCLUSIVE", + /* 10 */ "COMMIT", + /* 11 */ "END", + /* 12 */ "ROLLBACK", + /* 13 */ "SAVEPOINT", + /* 14 */ "RELEASE", + /* 15 */ "TO", + /* 16 */ "TABLE", + /* 17 */ "CREATE", + /* 18 */ "IF", + /* 19 */ "NOT", + /* 20 */ "EXISTS", + /* 21 */ "TEMP", + /* 22 */ "LP", + /* 23 */ "RP", + /* 24 */ "AS", + /* 25 */ "WITHOUT", + /* 26 */ "COMMA", + /* 27 */ "ABORT", + /* 28 */ "ACTION", + /* 29 */ "AFTER", + /* 30 */ "ANALYZE", + /* 31 */ "ASC", + /* 32 */ "ATTACH", + /* 33 */ "BEFORE", + /* 34 */ "BY", + /* 35 */ "CASCADE", + /* 36 */ "CAST", + /* 37 */ "CONFLICT", + /* 38 */ "DATABASE", + /* 39 */ "DESC", + /* 40 */ "DETACH", + /* 41 */ "EACH", + /* 42 */ "FAIL", + /* 43 */ "OR", + /* 44 */ "AND", + /* 45 */ "IS", + /* 46 */ "MATCH", + /* 47 */ "LIKE_KW", + /* 48 */ "BETWEEN", + /* 49 */ "IN", + /* 50 */ "ISNULL", + /* 51 */ "NOTNULL", + /* 52 */ "NE", + /* 53 */ "EQ", + /* 54 */ "GT", + /* 55 */ "LE", + /* 56 */ "LT", + /* 57 */ "GE", + /* 58 */ "ESCAPE", + /* 59 */ "ID", + /* 60 */ "COLUMNKW", + /* 61 */ "DO", + /* 62 */ "FOR", + /* 63 */ "IGNORE", + /* 64 */ "INITIALLY", + /* 65 */ "INSTEAD", + /* 66 */ "NO", + /* 67 */ "KEY", + /* 68 */ "OF", + /* 69 */ "OFFSET", + /* 70 */ "PRAGMA", + /* 71 */ "RAISE", + /* 72 */ "RECURSIVE", + /* 73 */ "REPLACE", + /* 74 */ "RESTRICT", + /* 75 */ "ROW", + /* 76 */ "ROWS", + /* 77 */ "TRIGGER", + /* 78 */ "VACUUM", + /* 79 */ "VIEW", + /* 80 */ "VIRTUAL", + /* 81 */ "WITH", + /* 82 */ "NULLS", + /* 83 */ "FIRST", + /* 84 */ "LAST", + /* 85 */ "CURRENT", + /* 86 */ "FOLLOWING", + /* 87 */ "PARTITION", + /* 88 */ "PRECEDING", + /* 89 */ "RANGE", + /* 90 */ "UNBOUNDED", + /* 91 */ "EXCLUDE", + /* 92 */ "GROUPS", + /* 93 */ "OTHERS", + /* 94 */ "TIES", + /* 95 */ "REINDEX", + /* 96 */ "RENAME", + /* 97 */ "CTIME_KW", + /* 98 */ "ANY", + /* 99 */ "BITAND", + /* 100 */ "BITOR", + /* 101 */ "LSHIFT", + /* 102 */ "RSHIFT", + /* 103 */ "PLUS", + /* 104 */ "MINUS", + /* 105 */ "STAR", + /* 106 */ "SLASH", + /* 107 */ "REM", + /* 108 */ "CONCAT", + /* 109 */ "COLLATE", + /* 110 */ "BITNOT", + /* 111 */ "ON", + /* 112 */ "INDEXED", + /* 113 */ "STRING", + /* 114 */ "JOIN_KW", + /* 115 */ "CONSTRAINT", + /* 116 */ "DEFAULT", + /* 117 */ "NULL", + /* 118 */ "PRIMARY", + /* 119 */ "UNIQUE", + /* 120 */ "CHECK", + /* 121 */ "REFERENCES", + /* 122 */ "AUTOINCR", + /* 123 */ "INSERT", + /* 124 */ "DELETE", + /* 125 */ "UPDATE", + /* 126 */ "SET", + /* 127 */ "DEFERRABLE", + /* 128 */ "FOREIGN", + /* 129 */ "DROP", + /* 130 */ "UNION", + /* 131 */ "ALL", + /* 132 */ "EXCEPT", + /* 133 */ "INTERSECT", + /* 134 */ "SELECT", + /* 135 */ "VALUES", + /* 136 */ "DISTINCT", + /* 137 */ "DOT", + /* 138 */ "FROM", + /* 139 */ "JOIN", + /* 140 */ "USING", + /* 141 */ "ORDER", + /* 142 */ "GROUP", + /* 143 */ "HAVING", + /* 144 */ "LIMIT", + /* 145 */ "WHERE", + /* 146 */ "INTO", + /* 147 */ "NOTHING", + /* 148 */ "FLOAT", + /* 149 */ "BLOB", + /* 150 */ "INTEGER", + /* 151 */ "VARIABLE", + /* 152 */ "CASE", + /* 153 */ "WHEN", + /* 154 */ "THEN", + /* 155 */ "ELSE", + /* 156 */ "INDEX", + /* 157 */ "ALTER", + /* 158 */ "ADD", + /* 159 */ "WINDOW", + /* 160 */ "OVER", + /* 161 */ "FILTER", + /* 162 */ "COLUMN", + /* 163 */ "AGG_FUNCTION", + /* 164 */ "AGG_COLUMN", + /* 165 */ "TRUEFALSE", + /* 166 */ "ISNOT", + /* 167 */ "FUNCTION", + /* 168 */ "UMINUS", + /* 169 */ "UPLUS", + /* 170 */ "TRUTH", + /* 171 */ "REGISTER", + /* 172 */ "VECTOR", + /* 173 */ "SELECT_COLUMN", + /* 174 */ "IF_NULL_ROW", + /* 175 */ "ASTERISK", + /* 176 */ "SPAN", + /* 177 */ "SPACE", + /* 178 */ "ILLEGAL", + /* 179 */ "input", + /* 180 */ "cmdlist", + /* 181 */ "ecmd", + /* 182 */ "cmdx", + /* 183 */ "explain", + /* 184 */ "cmd", + /* 185 */ "transtype", + /* 186 */ "trans_opt", + /* 187 */ "nm", + /* 188 */ "savepoint_opt", + /* 189 */ "create_table", + /* 190 */ "create_table_args", + /* 191 */ "createkw", + /* 192 */ "temp", + /* 193 */ "ifnotexists", + /* 194 */ "dbnm", + /* 195 */ "columnlist", + /* 196 */ "conslist_opt", + /* 197 */ "table_options", + /* 198 */ "select", + /* 199 */ "columnname", + /* 200 */ "carglist", + /* 201 */ "typetoken", + /* 202 */ "typename", + /* 203 */ "signed", + /* 204 */ "plus_num", + /* 205 */ "minus_num", + /* 206 */ "scanpt", + /* 207 */ "scantok", + /* 208 */ "ccons", + /* 209 */ "term", + /* 210 */ "expr", + /* 211 */ "onconf", + /* 212 */ "sortorder", + /* 213 */ "autoinc", + /* 214 */ "eidlist_opt", + /* 215 */ "refargs", + /* 216 */ "defer_subclause", + /* 217 */ "refarg", + /* 218 */ "refact", + /* 219 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 220 */ "conslist", + /* 221 */ "tconscomma", + /* 222 */ "tcons", + /* 223 */ "sortlist", + /* 224 */ "eidlist", + /* 225 */ "defer_subclause_opt", + /* 226 */ "orconf", + /* 227 */ "resolvetype", + /* 228 */ "raisetype", + /* 229 */ "ifexists", + /* 230 */ "fullname", + /* 231 */ "selectnowith", + /* 232 */ "oneselect", + /* 233 */ "wqlist", + /* 234 */ "multiselect_op", + /* 235 */ "distinct", + /* 236 */ "selcollist", + /* 237 */ "from", + /* 238 */ "where_opt", + /* 239 */ "groupby_opt", + /* 240 */ "having_opt", + /* 241 */ "orderby_opt", + /* 242 */ "limit_opt", + /* 243 */ "window_clause", + /* 244 */ "values", + /* 245 */ "nexprlist", + /* 246 */ "sclp", + /* 247 */ "as", + /* 248 */ "seltablist", + /* 249 */ "stl_prefix", + /* 250 */ "joinop", + /* 251 */ "indexed_opt", + /* 252 */ "on_opt", + /* 253 */ "using_opt", + /* 254 */ "exprlist", + /* 255 */ "xfullname", + /* 256 */ "idlist", + /* 257 */ "nulls", + /* 258 */ "with", + /* 259 */ "setlist", + /* 260 */ "insert_cmd", + /* 261 */ "idlist_opt", + /* 262 */ "upsert", + /* 263 */ "filter_over", + /* 264 */ "likeop", + /* 265 */ "between_op", + /* 266 */ "in_op", + /* 267 */ "paren_exprlist", + /* 268 */ "case_operand", + /* 269 */ "case_exprlist", + /* 270 */ "case_else", + /* 271 */ "uniqueflag", + /* 272 */ "collate", + /* 273 */ "vinto", + /* 274 */ "nmnum", + /* 275 */ "trigger_decl", + /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd_list", + /* 277 */ "trigger_time", + /* 278 */ "trigger_event", + /* 279 */ "foreach_clause", + /* 280 */ "when_clause", + /* 281 */ "trigger_cmd", + /* 282 */ "trnm", + /* 283 */ "tridxby", + /* 284 */ "database_kw_opt", + /* 285 */ "key_opt", + /* 286 */ "add_column_fullname", + /* 287 */ "kwcolumn_opt", + /* 288 */ "create_vtab", + /* 289 */ "vtabarglist", + /* 290 */ "vtabarg", + /* 291 */ "vtabargtoken", + /* 292 */ "lp", + /* 293 */ "anylist", + /* 294 */ "windowdefn_list", + /* 295 */ "windowdefn", + /* 296 */ "window", + /* 297 */ "frame_opt", + /* 298 */ "part_opt", + /* 299 */ "filter_clause", + /* 300 */ "over_clause", + /* 301 */ "range_or_rows", + /* 302 */ "frame_bound", + /* 303 */ "frame_bound_s", + /* 304 */ "frame_bound_e", + /* 305 */ "frame_exclude_opt", + /* 306 */ "frame_exclude", +}; +#endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 1 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 2 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 3 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 4 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 5 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 6 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 7 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 8 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", + /* 11 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", + /* 12 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", + /* 13 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 14 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", + /* 15 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 16 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 17 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 18 */ "temp ::=", + /* 19 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", + /* 20 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 21 */ "table_options ::=", + /* 22 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", + /* 23 */ "columnname ::= nm typetoken", + /* 24 */ "typetoken ::=", + /* 25 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 26 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 27 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", + /* 28 */ "scanpt ::=", + /* 29 */ "scantok ::=", + /* 30 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok term", + /* 32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS scantok term", + /* 34 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS scantok term", + /* 35 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok ID|INDEXED", + /* 36 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 37 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 38 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 39 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 40 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs", + /* 41 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 42 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 43 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 44 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 45 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 46 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 47 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 48 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 49 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 50 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 51 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 52 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 53 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 54 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 55 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", + /* 56 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 57 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 59 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 60 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 61 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 62 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", + /* 63 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 64 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 65 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf", + /* 66 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 67 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 68 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 69 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 70 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 71 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 72 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 73 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 74 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 75 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 76 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 77 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 78 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select", + /* 79 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 80 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 81 */ "select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith", + /* 82 */ "select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith", + /* 83 */ "select ::= selectnowith", + /* 84 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 85 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 86 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 87 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 88 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 89 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 90 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", + /* 91 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP", + /* 92 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 93 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 94 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 95 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 96 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as", + /* 97 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR", + /* 98 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR", + /* 99 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 100 */ "as ::=", + /* 101 */ "from ::=", + /* 102 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 103 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 104 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 105 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", + /* 106 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 107 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 108 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 109 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 110 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 111 */ "fullname ::= nm", + /* 112 */ "fullname ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 113 */ "xfullname ::= nm", + /* 114 */ "xfullname ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 115 */ "xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm", + /* 116 */ "xfullname ::= nm AS nm", + /* 117 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 118 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 119 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 120 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 121 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 122 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 123 */ "indexed_opt ::=", + /* 124 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 125 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 126 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", + /* 127 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 128 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 129 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 130 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder nulls", + /* 131 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder nulls", + /* 132 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 133 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 134 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 135 */ "nulls ::= NULLS FIRST", + /* 136 */ "nulls ::= NULLS LAST", + /* 137 */ "nulls ::=", + /* 138 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 139 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 140 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 141 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 142 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 143 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 144 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 145 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 146 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt", + /* 147 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 148 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 149 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 150 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 151 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr", + /* 152 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 153 */ "setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr", + /* 154 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert", + /* 155 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 156 */ "upsert ::=", + /* 157 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt", + /* 158 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING", + /* 159 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING", + /* 160 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 161 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 162 */ "idlist_opt ::=", + /* 163 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", + /* 164 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", + /* 165 */ "idlist ::= nm", + /* 166 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 167 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 168 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 169 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 170 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 171 */ "term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 172 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 173 */ "term ::= INTEGER", + /* 174 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 175 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 176 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 178 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", + /* 179 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP filter_over", + /* 180 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP filter_over", + /* 181 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 182 */ "expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP", + /* 183 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 191 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", + /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", + /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", + /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", + /* 198 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", + /* 199 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", + /* 200 */ "expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 201 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 202 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 204 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 205 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 207 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist", + /* 210 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 211 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 212 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 213 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 214 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 215 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 216 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 217 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 218 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 219 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 220 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 221 */ "paren_exprlist ::=", + /* 222 */ "paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP", + /* 223 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt", + /* 224 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 225 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 226 */ "eidlist_opt ::=", + /* 227 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP", + /* 228 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", + /* 229 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder", + /* 230 */ "collate ::=", + /* 231 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 232 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 233 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM vinto", + /* 234 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm vinto", + /* 235 */ "vinto ::= INTO expr", + /* 236 */ "vinto ::=", + /* 237 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 238 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 239 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 240 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 241 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", + /* 242 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 243 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 244 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 245 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 246 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER", + /* 247 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 248 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 249 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 250 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 251 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", + /* 252 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 253 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 254 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 255 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 256 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 257 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 258 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 259 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt", + /* 260 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt", + /* 261 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt", + /* 262 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt", + /* 263 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 264 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 265 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 266 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 267 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 268 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 269 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 270 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 271 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 272 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 273 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 274 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 275 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 276 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 277 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 278 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist", + /* 279 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 280 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm", + /* 281 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 282 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 283 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 284 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 285 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 286 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 287 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 288 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", + /* 289 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", + /* 290 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 291 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 292 */ "windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn", + /* 293 */ "windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn", + /* 294 */ "windowdefn ::= nm AS LP window RP", + /* 295 */ "window ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt", + /* 296 */ "window ::= nm PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt", + /* 297 */ "window ::= ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt", + /* 298 */ "window ::= nm ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt", + /* 299 */ "window ::= frame_opt", + /* 300 */ "window ::= nm frame_opt", + /* 301 */ "frame_opt ::=", + /* 302 */ "frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s frame_exclude_opt", + /* 303 */ "frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e frame_exclude_opt", + /* 304 */ "range_or_rows ::= RANGE|ROWS|GROUPS", + /* 305 */ "frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound", + /* 306 */ "frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING", + /* 307 */ "frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound", + /* 308 */ "frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING", + /* 309 */ "frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING|FOLLOWING", + /* 310 */ "frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW", + /* 311 */ "frame_exclude_opt ::=", + /* 312 */ "frame_exclude_opt ::= EXCLUDE frame_exclude", + /* 313 */ "frame_exclude ::= NO OTHERS", + /* 314 */ "frame_exclude ::= CURRENT ROW", + /* 315 */ "frame_exclude ::= GROUP|TIES", + /* 316 */ "window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list", + /* 317 */ "filter_over ::= filter_clause over_clause", + /* 318 */ "filter_over ::= over_clause", + /* 319 */ "filter_over ::= filter_clause", + /* 320 */ "over_clause ::= OVER LP window RP", + /* 321 */ "over_clause ::= OVER nm", + /* 322 */ "filter_clause ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP", + /* 323 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 324 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 325 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 326 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 327 */ "ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI", + /* 328 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx", + /* 329 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 330 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 331 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 332 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", + /* 333 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", + /* 334 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 335 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist", + /* 336 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist", + /* 337 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 338 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 339 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 340 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 341 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", + /* 342 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 343 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 344 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", + /* 345 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 346 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 347 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 348 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", + /* 349 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 350 */ "tconscomma ::=", + /* 351 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 352 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 353 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", + /* 354 */ "oneselect ::= values", + /* 355 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 356 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", + /* 357 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 358 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 359 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 360 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 361 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 362 */ "nmnum ::= ON", + /* 363 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", + /* 364 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", + /* 365 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 366 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 367 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 368 */ "trnm ::= nm", + /* 369 */ "tridxby ::=", + /* 370 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 371 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 372 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 373 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 374 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 375 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 376 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 377 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 378 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", + /* 379 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", + /* 380 */ "with ::=", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. Return the number +** of errors. Return 0 on success. +*/ +static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + int idx; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + idx = p->yytos ? (int)(p->yytos - p->yystack) : 0; + if( p->yystack==&p->yystk0 ){ + pNew = malloc(newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ) pNew[0] = p->yystk0; + }else{ + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); } - assert( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ); - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - assert( p->explain==0 ); - p->pResultSet = 0; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - sqlcipher3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - checkProgress = db->xProgress!=0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - sqlcipher3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_VdbeListing)!=0 ){ - int i; - printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); - sqlcipher3VdbePrintSql(p); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yytos = &p->yystack[idx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows from %d to %d entries.\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz, newSize); } - } - sqlcipher3EndBenignMalloc(); #endif - for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK; pc++){ - assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - origPc = pc; - start = sqlcipher3Hwtime(); + p->yystksz = newSize; + } + return pNew==0; +} #endif - pOp = &aOp[pc]; - /* Only allow tracing if SQLCIPHER_DEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - if( pc==0 ){ - printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n"); - sqlcipher3VdbePrintSql(p); - } - sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp); - } +/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the +** second argument to sqlite3ParserAlloc() below. This can be changed by +** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input +** grammar. +*/ +#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE +# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t #endif - - /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens - ** if we have a special test build. - */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - if( sqlcipher3_interrupt_count>0 ){ - sqlcipher3_interrupt_count--; - if( sqlcipher3_interrupt_count==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_interrupt(db); - } - } +/* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypRawParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL){ + yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yypRawParser; + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + yypParser->yyhwm = 0; #endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number - ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of - ** sqlcipher3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). - ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with - ** a return code SQLCIPHER_ABORT. - */ - if( checkProgress ){ - if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){ - int prc; - prc = db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg); - if( prc!=0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - } - nProgressOps = 0; - } - nProgressOps++; - } +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + yypParser->yytos = NULL; + yypParser->yystack = NULL; + yypParser->yystksz = 0; + if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ + yypParser->yystack = &yypParser->yystk0; + yypParser->yystksz = 1; + } #endif - - /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelase" tag, free any - ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be - ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer - ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type. - */ - assert( pOp->opflags==sqlcipher3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] ); - if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - MemReleaseExt(pOut); - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - } - - /* Sanity checking on other operands */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p1>0 ); - assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; #endif - - switch( pOp->opcode ){ + yypParser->yytos = yypParser->yystack; + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + yypParser->yystackEnd = &yypParser->yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH-1]; +#endif +} -/***************************************************************************** -** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a -** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual -** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But -** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within -** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another -** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where -** we transition back to normal indentation. -** -** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite -** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this -** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files -** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each -** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where -** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the -** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" -** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. -** -** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to -** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. -** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See -** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. -** -** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file -** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent -** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation -** file. -** -** SUMMARY: +#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. ** -** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. -** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. ** -*****************************************************************************/ +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL){ + yyParser *yypParser; + yypParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( yypParser ){ + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE + sqlite3ParserInit(yypParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM); + } + return (void*)yypParser; +} +#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */ -/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * -** -** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be -** the one at index P2 from the beginning of -** the program. + +/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value +** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal +** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor +** directives of the input grammar. */ -case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; +static void yy_destructor( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used + ** inside the C code. + */ +/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/ + case 198: /* select */ + case 231: /* selectnowith */ + case 232: /* oneselect */ + case 244: /* values */ +{ +sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy25)); +} + break; + case 209: /* term */ + case 210: /* expr */ + case 238: /* where_opt */ + case 240: /* having_opt */ + case 252: /* on_opt */ + case 268: /* case_operand */ + case 270: /* case_else */ + case 273: /* vinto */ + case 280: /* when_clause */ + case 285: /* key_opt */ + case 299: /* filter_clause */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy46)); +} + break; + case 214: /* eidlist_opt */ + case 223: /* sortlist */ + case 224: /* eidlist */ + case 236: /* selcollist */ + case 239: /* groupby_opt */ + case 241: /* orderby_opt */ + case 245: /* nexprlist */ + case 246: /* sclp */ + case 254: /* exprlist */ + case 259: /* setlist */ + case 267: /* paren_exprlist */ + case 269: /* case_exprlist */ + case 298: /* part_opt */ +{ +sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy138)); +} + break; + case 230: /* fullname */ + case 237: /* from */ + case 248: /* seltablist */ + case 249: /* stl_prefix */ + case 255: /* xfullname */ +{ +sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy609)); +} + break; + case 233: /* wqlist */ +{ +sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy297)); +} + break; + case 243: /* window_clause */ + case 294: /* windowdefn_list */ +{ +sqlite3WindowListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy455)); +} + break; + case 253: /* using_opt */ + case 256: /* idlist */ + case 261: /* idlist_opt */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy406)); +} + break; + case 263: /* filter_over */ + case 295: /* windowdefn */ + case 296: /* window */ + case 297: /* frame_opt */ + case 300: /* over_clause */ +{ +sqlite3WindowDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy455)); +} + break; + case 276: /* trigger_cmd_list */ + case 281: /* trigger_cmd */ +{ +sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy527)); +} + break; + case 278: /* trigger_event */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy572).b); +} + break; + case 302: /* frame_bound */ + case 303: /* frame_bound_s */ + case 304: /* frame_bound_e */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy57).pExpr); +} + break; +/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/ + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + } } -/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. ** -** Write the current address onto register P1 -** and then jump to address P2. +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. */ -case OP_Gosub: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; - pIn1->u.i = pc; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; +static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + assert( pParser->yytos!=0 ); + assert( pParser->yytos > pParser->yystack ); + yytos = pParser->yytos--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor); } -/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * -** -** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. +/* +** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser */ -case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); - pc = (int)pIn1->u.i; - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack); +#endif } -/* Opcode: Yield P1 * * * * +#ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** -** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. +** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it +** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is +** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL. */ -case OP_Yield: { /* in1 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aa */ - int pcDest; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; - u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; - pIn1->u.i = pc; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); - pc = u.aa.pcDest; - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ +){ +#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL + if( p==0 ) return; +#endif + sqlite3ParserFinalize(p); + (*freeProc)(p); } +#endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */ -/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using -** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the -** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. +/* +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. */ -case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; - /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + return pParser->yyhwm; } +#endif -/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed -** automatically. -** -** P1 is the result code returned by sqlcipher3_exec(), sqlcipher3_reset(), -** or sqlcipher3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLCIPHER_OK (0). -** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine -** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback -** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, -** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +/* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement +** coverage. The element yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser +** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y. In a well-tested +** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set. +*/ +#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) +static unsigned char yycoverage[YYNSTATE][YYNTOKEN]; +#endif + +/* +** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that ** -** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. +** (1) has not been used by the parser, and +** (2) is not a syntax error. ** -** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of -** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program -** is the same as executing Halt. +** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations. */ -case OP_Halt: { - if( pOp->p1==SQLCIPHER_OK && p->pFrame ){ - /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame; - p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; - p->nFrame--; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - pc = sqlcipher3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); - lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ - /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program - ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt - ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing - ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified - ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ - pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1; +#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE *out){ + int stateno, iLookAhead, i; + int nMissed = 0; + for(stateno=0; statenoaOp; - aMem = p->aMem; - break; } + return nMissed; +} +#endif - p->rc = pOp->p1; - p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; - p->pc = pc; - if( pOp->p4.z ){ - assert( p->rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z); - testcase( sqlcipher3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlcipher3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p->zSql, pOp->p4.z); - }else if( p->rc ){ - testcase( sqlcipher3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlcipher3_log(pOp->p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p->zSql); - } - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(p); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY || rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || rc==SQLCIPHER_ERROR ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - p->rc = rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else{ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->rc==SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT ); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 ); - rc = p->rc ? SQLCIPHER_ERROR : SQLCIPHER_DONE; - } - goto vdbe_return; +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +*/ +static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_shift_action( + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead, /* The look-ahead token */ + YYACTIONTYPE stateno /* Current state number */ +){ + int i; + + if( stateno>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno; + assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT ); +#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) + yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1; +#endif + do{ + i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i>=0 ); + assert( i<=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT ); + assert( i+YYNTOKEN<=(int)YY_NLOOKAHEAD ); + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN ); + i += iLookAhead; + assert( i<(int)YY_NLOOKAHEAD ); + if( yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + assert( iLookAhead %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */ + iLookAhead = iFallback; + continue; + } +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + assert( j<(int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0])) ); + if( yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD && iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], + yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + assert( i>=0 && iu.i = pOp->p1; - break; +static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_reduce_action( + YYACTIONTYPE stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( i>=0 && ip4.pI64!=0 ); - pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; - break; +static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ +/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/ + + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); +/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * -** -** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. -** Write that value into register P2. +/* +** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action */ -case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */ - pOut->flags = MEM_Real; - assert( !sqlcipher3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); - pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal; - break; +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState, const char *zTag){ + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + if( yyNewStateyytos->major], + yyNewState); + }else{ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', pending reduce %d\n", + yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major], + yyNewState - YY_MIN_REDUCE); + } + } } +#else +# define yyTraceShift(X,Y,Z) #endif -/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + YYACTIONTYPE yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + YYCODETYPE yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyMinor /* The minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yytos++; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){ + yypParser->yyhwm++; + assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) ); + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){ + yypParser->yytos--; + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz] ){ + if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ + yypParser->yytos--; + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } + } +#endif + if( yyNewState > YY_MAX_SHIFT ){ + yyNewState += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; + } + yytos = yypParser->yytos; + yytos->stateno = yyNewState; + yytos->major = yyMajor; + yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor; + yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState, "Shift"); +} + +/* For rule J, yyRuleInfoLhs[J] contains the symbol on the left-hand side +** of that rule */ +static const YYCODETYPE yyRuleInfoLhs[] = { + 183, /* (0) explain ::= EXPLAIN */ + 183, /* (1) explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ + 182, /* (2) cmdx ::= cmd */ + 184, /* (3) cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ + 185, /* (4) transtype ::= */ + 185, /* (5) transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + 185, /* (6) transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ + 185, /* (7) transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ + 184, /* (8) cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */ + 184, /* (9) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ + 184, /* (10) cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ + 184, /* (11) cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ + 184, /* (12) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ + 189, /* (13) create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ + 191, /* (14) createkw ::= CREATE */ + 193, /* (15) ifnotexists ::= */ + 193, /* (16) ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ + 192, /* (17) temp ::= TEMP */ + 192, /* (18) temp ::= */ + 190, /* (19) create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ + 190, /* (20) create_table_args ::= AS select */ + 197, /* (21) table_options ::= */ + 197, /* (22) table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ + 199, /* (23) columnname ::= nm typetoken */ + 201, /* (24) typetoken ::= */ + 201, /* (25) typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ + 201, /* (26) typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ + 202, /* (27) typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ + 206, /* (28) scanpt ::= */ + 207, /* (29) scantok ::= */ + 208, /* (30) ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + 208, /* (31) ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok term */ + 208, /* (32) ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ + 208, /* (33) ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS scantok term */ + 208, /* (34) ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS scantok term */ + 208, /* (35) ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok ID|INDEXED */ + 208, /* (36) ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ + 208, /* (37) ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ + 208, /* (38) ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ + 208, /* (39) ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ + 208, /* (40) ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ + 208, /* (41) ccons ::= defer_subclause */ + 208, /* (42) ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ + 213, /* (43) autoinc ::= */ + 213, /* (44) autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ + 215, /* (45) refargs ::= */ + 215, /* (46) refargs ::= refargs refarg */ + 217, /* (47) refarg ::= MATCH nm */ + 217, /* (48) refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ + 217, /* (49) refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ + 217, /* (50) refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ + 218, /* (51) refact ::= SET NULL */ + 218, /* (52) refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ + 218, /* (53) refact ::= CASCADE */ + 218, /* (54) refact ::= RESTRICT */ + 218, /* (55) refact ::= NO ACTION */ + 216, /* (56) defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + 216, /* (57) defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + 219, /* (58) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ + 219, /* (59) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ + 219, /* (60) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ + 196, /* (61) conslist_opt ::= */ + 221, /* (62) tconscomma ::= COMMA */ + 222, /* (63) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + 222, /* (64) tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ + 222, /* (65) tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ + 222, /* (66) tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ + 222, /* (67) tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ + 225, /* (68) defer_subclause_opt ::= */ + 211, /* (69) onconf ::= */ + 211, /* (70) onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ + 226, /* (71) orconf ::= */ + 226, /* (72) orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ + 227, /* (73) resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ + 227, /* (74) resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ + 184, /* (75) cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ + 229, /* (76) ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ + 229, /* (77) ifexists ::= */ + 184, /* (78) cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ + 184, /* (79) cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ + 184, /* (80) cmd ::= select */ + 198, /* (81) select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith */ + 198, /* (82) select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith */ + 198, /* (83) select ::= selectnowith */ + 231, /* (84) selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ + 234, /* (85) multiselect_op ::= UNION */ + 234, /* (86) multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ + 234, /* (87) multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ + 232, /* (88) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ + 232, /* (89) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt */ + 244, /* (90) values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ + 244, /* (91) values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP */ + 235, /* (92) distinct ::= DISTINCT */ + 235, /* (93) distinct ::= ALL */ + 235, /* (94) distinct ::= */ + 246, /* (95) sclp ::= */ + 236, /* (96) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */ + 236, /* (97) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */ + 236, /* (98) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */ + 247, /* (99) as ::= AS nm */ + 247, /* (100) as ::= */ + 237, /* (101) from ::= */ + 237, /* (102) from ::= FROM seltablist */ + 249, /* (103) stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ + 249, /* (104) stl_prefix ::= */ + 248, /* (105) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ + 248, /* (106) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ + 248, /* (107) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ + 248, /* (108) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ + 194, /* (109) dbnm ::= */ + 194, /* (110) dbnm ::= DOT nm */ + 230, /* (111) fullname ::= nm */ + 230, /* (112) fullname ::= nm DOT nm */ + 255, /* (113) xfullname ::= nm */ + 255, /* (114) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm */ + 255, /* (115) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm */ + 255, /* (116) xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ + 250, /* (117) joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ + 250, /* (118) joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ + 250, /* (119) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ + 250, /* (120) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ + 252, /* (121) on_opt ::= ON expr */ + 252, /* (122) on_opt ::= */ + 251, /* (123) indexed_opt ::= */ + 251, /* (124) indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ + 251, /* (125) indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ + 253, /* (126) using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ + 253, /* (127) using_opt ::= */ + 241, /* (128) orderby_opt ::= */ + 241, /* (129) orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + 223, /* (130) sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder nulls */ + 223, /* (131) sortlist ::= expr sortorder nulls */ + 212, /* (132) sortorder ::= ASC */ + 212, /* (133) sortorder ::= DESC */ + 212, /* (134) sortorder ::= */ + 257, /* (135) nulls ::= NULLS FIRST */ + 257, /* (136) nulls ::= NULLS LAST */ + 257, /* (137) nulls ::= */ + 239, /* (138) groupby_opt ::= */ + 239, /* (139) groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ + 240, /* (140) having_opt ::= */ + 240, /* (141) having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ + 242, /* (142) limit_opt ::= */ + 242, /* (143) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ + 242, /* (144) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ + 242, /* (145) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ + 184, /* (146) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ + 238, /* (147) where_opt ::= */ + 238, /* (148) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ + 184, /* (149) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ + 259, /* (150) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ + 259, /* (151) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ + 259, /* (152) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ + 259, /* (153) setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */ + 184, /* (154) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert */ + 184, /* (155) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ + 262, /* (156) upsert ::= */ + 262, /* (157) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt */ + 262, /* (158) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING */ + 262, /* (159) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING */ + 260, /* (160) insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ + 260, /* (161) insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ + 261, /* (162) idlist_opt ::= */ + 261, /* (163) idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ + 256, /* (164) idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ + 256, /* (165) idlist ::= nm */ + 210, /* (166) expr ::= LP expr RP */ + 210, /* (167) expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + 210, /* (168) expr ::= JOIN_KW */ + 210, /* (169) expr ::= nm DOT nm */ + 210, /* (170) expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ + 209, /* (171) term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */ + 209, /* (172) term ::= STRING */ + 209, /* (173) term ::= INTEGER */ + 210, /* (174) expr ::= VARIABLE */ + 210, /* (175) expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ + 210, /* (176) expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ + 210, /* (177) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ + 210, /* (178) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ + 210, /* (179) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP filter_over */ + 210, /* (180) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP filter_over */ + 209, /* (181) term ::= CTIME_KW */ + 210, /* (182) expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */ + 210, /* (183) expr ::= expr AND expr */ + 210, /* (184) expr ::= expr OR expr */ + 210, /* (185) expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ + 210, /* (186) expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ + 210, /* (187) expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ + 210, /* (188) expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ + 210, /* (189) expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ + 210, /* (190) expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ + 264, /* (191) likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ + 210, /* (192) expr ::= expr likeop expr */ + 210, /* (193) expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ + 210, /* (194) expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ + 210, /* (195) expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ + 210, /* (196) expr ::= expr IS expr */ + 210, /* (197) expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ + 210, /* (198) expr ::= NOT expr */ + 210, /* (199) expr ::= BITNOT expr */ + 210, /* (200) expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr */ + 265, /* (201) between_op ::= BETWEEN */ + 265, /* (202) between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ + 210, /* (203) expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ + 266, /* (204) in_op ::= IN */ + 266, /* (205) in_op ::= NOT IN */ + 210, /* (206) expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ + 210, /* (207) expr ::= LP select RP */ + 210, /* (208) expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ + 210, /* (209) expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */ + 210, /* (210) expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ + 210, /* (211) expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ + 269, /* (212) case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ + 269, /* (213) case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ + 270, /* (214) case_else ::= ELSE expr */ + 270, /* (215) case_else ::= */ + 268, /* (216) case_operand ::= expr */ + 268, /* (217) case_operand ::= */ + 254, /* (218) exprlist ::= */ + 245, /* (219) nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ + 245, /* (220) nexprlist ::= expr */ + 267, /* (221) paren_exprlist ::= */ + 267, /* (222) paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */ + 184, /* (223) cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ + 271, /* (224) uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + 271, /* (225) uniqueflag ::= */ + 214, /* (226) eidlist_opt ::= */ + 214, /* (227) eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ + 224, /* (228) eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ + 224, /* (229) eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ + 272, /* (230) collate ::= */ + 272, /* (231) collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ + 184, /* (232) cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ + 184, /* (233) cmd ::= VACUUM vinto */ + 184, /* (234) cmd ::= VACUUM nm vinto */ + 273, /* (235) vinto ::= INTO expr */ + 273, /* (236) vinto ::= */ + 184, /* (237) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ + 184, /* (238) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ + 184, /* (239) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ + 184, /* (240) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ + 184, /* (241) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ + 204, /* (242) plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ + 205, /* (243) minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ + 184, /* (244) cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ + 275, /* (245) trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ + 277, /* (246) trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */ + 277, /* (247) trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ + 277, /* (248) trigger_time ::= */ + 278, /* (249) trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + 278, /* (250) trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ + 278, /* (251) trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ + 280, /* (252) when_clause ::= */ + 280, /* (253) when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + 276, /* (254) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ + 276, /* (255) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ + 282, /* (256) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ + 283, /* (257) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ + 283, /* (258) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ + 281, /* (259) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ + 281, /* (260) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ + 281, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ + 281, /* (262) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ + 210, /* (263) expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ + 210, /* (264) expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ + 228, /* (265) raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ + 228, /* (266) raisetype ::= ABORT */ + 228, /* (267) raisetype ::= FAIL */ + 184, /* (268) cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ + 184, /* (269) cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ + 184, /* (270) cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ + 285, /* (271) key_opt ::= */ + 285, /* (272) key_opt ::= KEY expr */ + 184, /* (273) cmd ::= REINDEX */ + 184, /* (274) cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ + 184, /* (275) cmd ::= ANALYZE */ + 184, /* (276) cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ + 184, /* (277) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ + 184, /* (278) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ + 286, /* (279) add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ + 184, /* (280) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm */ + 184, /* (281) cmd ::= create_vtab */ + 184, /* (282) cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ + 288, /* (283) create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ + 290, /* (284) vtabarg ::= */ + 291, /* (285) vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + 291, /* (286) vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ + 292, /* (287) lp ::= LP */ + 258, /* (288) with ::= WITH wqlist */ + 258, /* (289) with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ + 233, /* (290) wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ + 233, /* (291) wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ + 294, /* (292) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn */ + 294, /* (293) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn */ + 295, /* (294) windowdefn ::= nm AS LP window RP */ + 296, /* (295) window ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ + 296, /* (296) window ::= nm PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ + 296, /* (297) window ::= ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ + 296, /* (298) window ::= nm ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ + 296, /* (299) window ::= frame_opt */ + 296, /* (300) window ::= nm frame_opt */ + 297, /* (301) frame_opt ::= */ + 297, /* (302) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s frame_exclude_opt */ + 297, /* (303) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e frame_exclude_opt */ + 301, /* (304) range_or_rows ::= RANGE|ROWS|GROUPS */ + 303, /* (305) frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound */ + 303, /* (306) frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING */ + 304, /* (307) frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound */ + 304, /* (308) frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ + 302, /* (309) frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING|FOLLOWING */ + 302, /* (310) frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW */ + 305, /* (311) frame_exclude_opt ::= */ + 305, /* (312) frame_exclude_opt ::= EXCLUDE frame_exclude */ + 306, /* (313) frame_exclude ::= NO OTHERS */ + 306, /* (314) frame_exclude ::= CURRENT ROW */ + 306, /* (315) frame_exclude ::= GROUP|TIES */ + 243, /* (316) window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list */ + 263, /* (317) filter_over ::= filter_clause over_clause */ + 263, /* (318) filter_over ::= over_clause */ + 263, /* (319) filter_over ::= filter_clause */ + 300, /* (320) over_clause ::= OVER LP window RP */ + 300, /* (321) over_clause ::= OVER nm */ + 299, /* (322) filter_clause ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP */ + 179, /* (323) input ::= cmdlist */ + 180, /* (324) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ + 180, /* (325) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ + 181, /* (326) ecmd ::= SEMI */ + 181, /* (327) ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI */ + 181, /* (328) ecmd ::= explain cmdx */ + 186, /* (329) trans_opt ::= */ + 186, /* (330) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ + 186, /* (331) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ + 188, /* (332) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ + 188, /* (333) savepoint_opt ::= */ + 184, /* (334) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ + 195, /* (335) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ + 195, /* (336) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ + 187, /* (337) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ + 187, /* (338) nm ::= STRING */ + 187, /* (339) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ + 201, /* (340) typetoken ::= typename */ + 202, /* (341) typename ::= ID|STRING */ + 203, /* (342) signed ::= plus_num */ + 203, /* (343) signed ::= minus_num */ + 200, /* (344) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ + 200, /* (345) carglist ::= */ + 208, /* (346) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ + 196, /* (347) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ + 220, /* (348) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ + 220, /* (349) conslist ::= tcons */ + 221, /* (350) tconscomma ::= */ + 225, /* (351) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ + 227, /* (352) resolvetype ::= raisetype */ + 231, /* (353) selectnowith ::= oneselect */ + 232, /* (354) oneselect ::= values */ + 246, /* (355) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ + 247, /* (356) as ::= ID|STRING */ + 210, /* (357) expr ::= term */ + 264, /* (358) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ + 254, /* (359) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ + 274, /* (360) nmnum ::= plus_num */ + 274, /* (361) nmnum ::= nm */ + 274, /* (362) nmnum ::= ON */ + 274, /* (363) nmnum ::= DELETE */ + 274, /* (364) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ + 204, /* (365) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ + 279, /* (366) foreach_clause ::= */ + 279, /* (367) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ + 282, /* (368) trnm ::= nm */ + 283, /* (369) tridxby ::= */ + 284, /* (370) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ + 284, /* (371) database_kw_opt ::= */ + 287, /* (372) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ + 287, /* (373) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ + 289, /* (374) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ + 289, /* (375) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ + 290, /* (376) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ + 293, /* (377) anylist ::= */ + 293, /* (378) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ + 293, /* (379) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ + 258, /* (380) with ::= */ +}; + +/* For rule J, yyRuleInfoNRhs[J] contains the negative of the number +** of symbols on the right-hand side of that rule. */ +static const signed char yyRuleInfoNRhs[] = { + -1, /* (0) explain ::= EXPLAIN */ + -3, /* (1) explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ + -1, /* (2) cmdx ::= cmd */ + -3, /* (3) cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ + 0, /* (4) transtype ::= */ + -1, /* (5) transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + -1, /* (6) transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ + -1, /* (7) transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ + -2, /* (8) cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */ + -2, /* (9) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ + -2, /* (10) cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ + -3, /* (11) cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ + -5, /* (12) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ + -6, /* (13) create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ + -1, /* (14) createkw ::= CREATE */ + 0, /* (15) ifnotexists ::= */ + -3, /* (16) ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ + -1, /* (17) temp ::= TEMP */ + 0, /* (18) temp ::= */ + -5, /* (19) create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ + -2, /* (20) create_table_args ::= AS select */ + 0, /* (21) table_options ::= */ + -2, /* (22) table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ + -2, /* (23) columnname ::= nm typetoken */ + 0, /* (24) typetoken ::= */ + -4, /* (25) typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ + -6, /* (26) typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ + -2, /* (27) typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ + 0, /* (28) scanpt ::= */ + 0, /* (29) scantok ::= */ + -2, /* (30) ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + -3, /* (31) ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok term */ + -4, /* (32) ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ + -4, /* (33) ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS scantok term */ + -4, /* (34) ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS scantok term */ + -3, /* (35) ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok ID|INDEXED */ + -3, /* (36) ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ + -5, /* (37) ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ + -2, /* (38) ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ + -4, /* (39) ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ + -4, /* (40) ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ + -1, /* (41) ccons ::= defer_subclause */ + -2, /* (42) ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ + 0, /* (43) autoinc ::= */ + -1, /* (44) autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ + 0, /* (45) refargs ::= */ + -2, /* (46) refargs ::= refargs refarg */ + -2, /* (47) refarg ::= MATCH nm */ + -3, /* (48) refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ + -3, /* (49) refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ + -3, /* (50) refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ + -2, /* (51) refact ::= SET NULL */ + -2, /* (52) refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ + -1, /* (53) refact ::= CASCADE */ + -1, /* (54) refact ::= RESTRICT */ + -2, /* (55) refact ::= NO ACTION */ + -3, /* (56) defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + -2, /* (57) defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + 0, /* (58) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (59) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ + -2, /* (60) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ + 0, /* (61) conslist_opt ::= */ + -1, /* (62) tconscomma ::= COMMA */ + -2, /* (63) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + -7, /* (64) tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ + -5, /* (65) tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ + -5, /* (66) tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ + -10, /* (67) tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ + 0, /* (68) defer_subclause_opt ::= */ + 0, /* (69) onconf ::= */ + -3, /* (70) onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ + 0, /* (71) orconf ::= */ + -2, /* (72) orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ + -1, /* (73) resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ + -1, /* (74) resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ + -4, /* (75) cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ + -2, /* (76) ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ + 0, /* (77) ifexists ::= */ + -9, /* (78) cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ + -4, /* (79) cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ + -1, /* (80) cmd ::= select */ + -3, /* (81) select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith */ + -4, /* (82) select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith */ + -1, /* (83) select ::= selectnowith */ + -3, /* (84) selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ + -1, /* (85) multiselect_op ::= UNION */ + -2, /* (86) multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ + -1, /* (87) multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ + -9, /* (88) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ + -10, /* (89) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt */ + -4, /* (90) values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ + -5, /* (91) values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP */ + -1, /* (92) distinct ::= DISTINCT */ + -1, /* (93) distinct ::= ALL */ + 0, /* (94) distinct ::= */ + 0, /* (95) sclp ::= */ + -5, /* (96) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */ + -3, /* (97) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */ + -5, /* (98) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */ + -2, /* (99) as ::= AS nm */ + 0, /* (100) as ::= */ + 0, /* (101) from ::= */ + -2, /* (102) from ::= FROM seltablist */ + -2, /* (103) stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ + 0, /* (104) stl_prefix ::= */ + -7, /* (105) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ + -9, /* (106) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ + -7, /* (107) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ + -7, /* (108) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ + 0, /* (109) dbnm ::= */ + -2, /* (110) dbnm ::= DOT nm */ + -1, /* (111) fullname ::= nm */ + -3, /* (112) fullname ::= nm DOT nm */ + -1, /* (113) xfullname ::= nm */ + -3, /* (114) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm */ + -5, /* (115) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm */ + -3, /* (116) xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ + -1, /* (117) joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ + -2, /* (118) joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ + -3, /* (119) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ + -4, /* (120) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ + -2, /* (121) on_opt ::= ON expr */ + 0, /* (122) on_opt ::= */ + 0, /* (123) indexed_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (124) indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ + -2, /* (125) indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ + -4, /* (126) using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ + 0, /* (127) using_opt ::= */ + 0, /* (128) orderby_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (129) orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + -5, /* (130) sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder nulls */ + -3, /* (131) sortlist ::= expr sortorder nulls */ + -1, /* (132) sortorder ::= ASC */ + -1, /* (133) sortorder ::= DESC */ + 0, /* (134) sortorder ::= */ + -2, /* (135) nulls ::= NULLS FIRST */ + -2, /* (136) nulls ::= NULLS LAST */ + 0, /* (137) nulls ::= */ + 0, /* (138) groupby_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (139) groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ + 0, /* (140) having_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (141) having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ + 0, /* (142) limit_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (143) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ + -4, /* (144) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ + -4, /* (145) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ + -6, /* (146) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ + 0, /* (147) where_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (148) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ + -8, /* (149) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ + -5, /* (150) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ + -7, /* (151) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ + -3, /* (152) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ + -5, /* (153) setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */ + -7, /* (154) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert */ + -7, /* (155) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ + 0, /* (156) upsert ::= */ + -11, /* (157) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt */ + -8, /* (158) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING */ + -4, /* (159) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING */ + -2, /* (160) insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ + -1, /* (161) insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ + 0, /* (162) idlist_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (163) idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ + -3, /* (164) idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ + -1, /* (165) idlist ::= nm */ + -3, /* (166) expr ::= LP expr RP */ + -1, /* (167) expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + -1, /* (168) expr ::= JOIN_KW */ + -3, /* (169) expr ::= nm DOT nm */ + -5, /* (170) expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ + -1, /* (171) term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */ + -1, /* (172) term ::= STRING */ + -1, /* (173) term ::= INTEGER */ + -1, /* (174) expr ::= VARIABLE */ + -3, /* (175) expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ + -6, /* (176) expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ + -5, /* (177) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ + -4, /* (178) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ + -6, /* (179) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP filter_over */ + -5, /* (180) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP filter_over */ + -1, /* (181) term ::= CTIME_KW */ + -5, /* (182) expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */ + -3, /* (183) expr ::= expr AND expr */ + -3, /* (184) expr ::= expr OR expr */ + -3, /* (185) expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ + -3, /* (186) expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ + -3, /* (187) expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ + -3, /* (188) expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ + -3, /* (189) expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ + -3, /* (190) expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ + -2, /* (191) likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ + -3, /* (192) expr ::= expr likeop expr */ + -5, /* (193) expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ + -2, /* (194) expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ + -3, /* (195) expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ + -3, /* (196) expr ::= expr IS expr */ + -4, /* (197) expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ + -2, /* (198) expr ::= NOT expr */ + -2, /* (199) expr ::= BITNOT expr */ + -2, /* (200) expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr */ + -1, /* (201) between_op ::= BETWEEN */ + -2, /* (202) between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ + -5, /* (203) expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ + -1, /* (204) in_op ::= IN */ + -2, /* (205) in_op ::= NOT IN */ + -5, /* (206) expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ + -3, /* (207) expr ::= LP select RP */ + -5, /* (208) expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ + -5, /* (209) expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */ + -4, /* (210) expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ + -5, /* (211) expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ + -5, /* (212) case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ + -4, /* (213) case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ + -2, /* (214) case_else ::= ELSE expr */ + 0, /* (215) case_else ::= */ + -1, /* (216) case_operand ::= expr */ + 0, /* (217) case_operand ::= */ + 0, /* (218) exprlist ::= */ + -3, /* (219) nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ + -1, /* (220) nexprlist ::= expr */ + 0, /* (221) paren_exprlist ::= */ + -3, /* (222) paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */ + -12, /* (223) cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ + -1, /* (224) uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + 0, /* (225) uniqueflag ::= */ + 0, /* (226) eidlist_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (227) eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ + -5, /* (228) eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ + -3, /* (229) eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ + 0, /* (230) collate ::= */ + -2, /* (231) collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ + -4, /* (232) cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ + -2, /* (233) cmd ::= VACUUM vinto */ + -3, /* (234) cmd ::= VACUUM nm vinto */ + -2, /* (235) vinto ::= INTO expr */ + 0, /* (236) vinto ::= */ + -3, /* (237) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ + -5, /* (238) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ + -6, /* (239) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ + -5, /* (240) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ + -6, /* (241) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ + -2, /* (242) plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ + -2, /* (243) minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ + -5, /* (244) cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ + -11, /* (245) trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ + -1, /* (246) trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */ + -2, /* (247) trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ + 0, /* (248) trigger_time ::= */ + -1, /* (249) trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + -1, /* (250) trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ + -3, /* (251) trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ + 0, /* (252) when_clause ::= */ + -2, /* (253) when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + -3, /* (254) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ + -2, /* (255) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ + -3, /* (256) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ + -3, /* (257) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ + -2, /* (258) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ + -8, /* (259) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ + -8, /* (260) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ + -6, /* (261) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ + -3, /* (262) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ + -4, /* (263) expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ + -6, /* (264) expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ + -1, /* (265) raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ + -1, /* (266) raisetype ::= ABORT */ + -1, /* (267) raisetype ::= FAIL */ + -4, /* (268) cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ + -6, /* (269) cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ + -3, /* (270) cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ + 0, /* (271) key_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (272) key_opt ::= KEY expr */ + -1, /* (273) cmd ::= REINDEX */ + -3, /* (274) cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ + -1, /* (275) cmd ::= ANALYZE */ + -3, /* (276) cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ + -6, /* (277) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ + -7, /* (278) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ + -1, /* (279) add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ + -8, /* (280) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm */ + -1, /* (281) cmd ::= create_vtab */ + -4, /* (282) cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ + -8, /* (283) create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ + 0, /* (284) vtabarg ::= */ + -1, /* (285) vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + -3, /* (286) vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ + -1, /* (287) lp ::= LP */ + -2, /* (288) with ::= WITH wqlist */ + -3, /* (289) with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ + -6, /* (290) wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ + -8, /* (291) wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ + -1, /* (292) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn */ + -3, /* (293) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn */ + -5, /* (294) windowdefn ::= nm AS LP window RP */ + -5, /* (295) window ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ + -6, /* (296) window ::= nm PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ + -4, /* (297) window ::= ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ + -5, /* (298) window ::= nm ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ + -1, /* (299) window ::= frame_opt */ + -2, /* (300) window ::= nm frame_opt */ + 0, /* (301) frame_opt ::= */ + -3, /* (302) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s frame_exclude_opt */ + -6, /* (303) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e frame_exclude_opt */ + -1, /* (304) range_or_rows ::= RANGE|ROWS|GROUPS */ + -1, /* (305) frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound */ + -2, /* (306) frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING */ + -1, /* (307) frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound */ + -2, /* (308) frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ + -2, /* (309) frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING|FOLLOWING */ + -2, /* (310) frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW */ + 0, /* (311) frame_exclude_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (312) frame_exclude_opt ::= EXCLUDE frame_exclude */ + -2, /* (313) frame_exclude ::= NO OTHERS */ + -2, /* (314) frame_exclude ::= CURRENT ROW */ + -1, /* (315) frame_exclude ::= GROUP|TIES */ + -2, /* (316) window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list */ + -2, /* (317) filter_over ::= filter_clause over_clause */ + -1, /* (318) filter_over ::= over_clause */ + -1, /* (319) filter_over ::= filter_clause */ + -4, /* (320) over_clause ::= OVER LP window RP */ + -2, /* (321) over_clause ::= OVER nm */ + -5, /* (322) filter_clause ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP */ + -1, /* (323) input ::= cmdlist */ + -2, /* (324) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ + -1, /* (325) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ + -1, /* (326) ecmd ::= SEMI */ + -2, /* (327) ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI */ + -2, /* (328) ecmd ::= explain cmdx */ + 0, /* (329) trans_opt ::= */ + -1, /* (330) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ + -2, /* (331) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ + -1, /* (332) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ + 0, /* (333) savepoint_opt ::= */ + -2, /* (334) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ + -4, /* (335) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ + -2, /* (336) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ + -1, /* (337) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ + -1, /* (338) nm ::= STRING */ + -1, /* (339) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ + -1, /* (340) typetoken ::= typename */ + -1, /* (341) typename ::= ID|STRING */ + -1, /* (342) signed ::= plus_num */ + -1, /* (343) signed ::= minus_num */ + -2, /* (344) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ + 0, /* (345) carglist ::= */ + -2, /* (346) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ + -2, /* (347) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ + -3, /* (348) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ + -1, /* (349) conslist ::= tcons */ + 0, /* (350) tconscomma ::= */ + -1, /* (351) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ + -1, /* (352) resolvetype ::= raisetype */ + -1, /* (353) selectnowith ::= oneselect */ + -1, /* (354) oneselect ::= values */ + -2, /* (355) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ + -1, /* (356) as ::= ID|STRING */ + -1, /* (357) expr ::= term */ + -1, /* (358) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ + -1, /* (359) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ + -1, /* (360) nmnum ::= plus_num */ + -1, /* (361) nmnum ::= nm */ + -1, /* (362) nmnum ::= ON */ + -1, /* (363) nmnum ::= DELETE */ + -1, /* (364) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ + -1, /* (365) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ + 0, /* (366) foreach_clause ::= */ + -3, /* (367) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ + -1, /* (368) trnm ::= nm */ + 0, /* (369) tridxby ::= */ + -1, /* (370) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ + 0, /* (371) database_kw_opt ::= */ + 0, /* (372) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ + -1, /* (373) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ + -1, /* (374) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ + -3, /* (375) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ + -2, /* (376) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ + 0, /* (377) anylist ::= */ + -4, /* (378) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ + -2, /* (379) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ + 0, /* (380) with ::= */ +}; + +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. ** -** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed -** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. +** The yyLookahead and yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions +** access to the lookahead token (if any). The yyLookahead will be YYNOCODE +** if the lookahead token has already been consumed. As this procedure is +** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which +** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact. */ -case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); - pOp->opcode = OP_String; - pOp->p1 = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - if( encoding!=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG ) goto too_big; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; - assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); - assert( pOut->flags & MEM_Dyn ); - pOut->zMalloc = 0; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; - pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; - if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); +static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + unsigned int yyruleno, /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ + int yyLookahead, /* Lookahead token, or YYNOCODE if none */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyLookaheadToken /* Value of the lookahead token */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL /* %extra_context */ +){ + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + YYACTIONTYPE yyact; /* The next action */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + (void)yyLookahead; + (void)yyLookaheadToken; + yymsp = yypParser->yytos; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + yysize = yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno]; + if( yysize ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s], go to state %d.\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[yysize].stateno); + }else{ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s].\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno]); } - pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; - pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; - pOp->p1 = pOut->n; } -#endif - if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry + ** if the RHS of the rule is empty. This ensures that there is room + ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */ + if( yyRuleInfoNRhs[yyruleno]==0 ){ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){ + yypParser->yyhwm++; + assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)); + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is + ** empty, causing the main parser loop to exit. So the return value + ** is never used and does not matter. */ + return 0; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz-1] ){ + if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is + ** empty, causing the main parser loop to exit. So the return value + ** is never used and does not matter. */ + return 0; + } + yymsp = yypParser->yytos; + } +#endif + } + + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line + ** break; + */ +/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/ + YYMINORTYPE yylhsminor; + case 0: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ +{ pParse->explain = 1; } + break; + case 1: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +{ pParse->explain = 2; } + break; + case 2: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } + break; + case 3: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 4: /* transtype ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = TK_DEFERRED;} + break; + case 5: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + case 6: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==6); + case 7: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==7); + case 304: /* range_or_rows ::= RANGE|ROWS|GROUPS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 8: /* cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */ + case 9: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==9); +{sqlite3EndTransaction(pParse,yymsp[-1].major);} + break; + case 10: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 11: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 12: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 13: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy32,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 14: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ +{disableLookaside(pParse);} + break; + case 15: /* ifnotexists ::= */ + case 18: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); + case 21: /* table_options ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); + case 43: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); + case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==58); + case 68: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68); + case 77: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==77); + case 94: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==94); + case 230: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==230); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = 0;} + break; + case 16: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy32 = 1;} + break; + case 17: /* temp ::= TEMP */ + case 44: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = 1;} + break; + case 19: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy32,0); +} + break; + case 20: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy25); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy25); +} + break; + case 22: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + }else{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); + } +} + break; + case 23: /* columnname ::= nm typetoken */ +{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 24: /* typetoken ::= */ + case 61: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==61); + case 100: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z = 0;} + break; + case 25: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 26: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 27: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 28: /* scanpt ::= */ +{ + assert( yyLookahead!=YYNOCODE ); + yymsp[1].minor.yy8 = yyLookaheadToken.z; +} + break; + case 29: /* scantok ::= */ +{ + assert( yyLookahead!=YYNOCODE ); + yymsp[1].minor.yy0 = yyLookaheadToken; +} + break; + case 30: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + case 63: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==63); +{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok term */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]);} + break; + case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z+1,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS scantok term */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]);} + break; + case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS scantok term */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, 0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]); +} + break; + case 35: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scantok ID|INDEXED */ +{ + Expr *p = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(p); + testcase( p->op==TK_TRUEFALSE && sqlite3ExprTruthValue(p) ); + } + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n); +} + break; + case 36: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 37: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy32,yymsp[0].minor.yy32,yymsp[-2].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 38: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy32,0,0,0,0, + SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} + break; + case 39: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 40: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 41: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 42: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 45: /* refargs ::= */ +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} + break; + case 46: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy495.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy495.value; } + break; + case 47: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy495.value = 0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy495.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 48: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.value = 0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 49: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy32; yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.mask = 0x0000ff; } + break; + case 50: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy32<<8; yymsp[-2].minor.yy495.mask = 0x00ff00; } + break; + case 51: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 52: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 53: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 54: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 55: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 56: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy32 = 0;} + break; + case 57: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + case 72: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==72); + case 160: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = yymsp[0].minor.yy32;} + break; + case 59: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ + case 76: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==76); + case 202: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); + case 205: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); + case 231: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = 1;} + break; + case 60: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = 0;} + break; + case 62: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ +{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} + break; + case 64: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy32,yymsp[-2].minor.yy32,0);} + break; + case 65: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy32,0,0,0,0, + SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} + break; + case 66: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 67: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 69: /* onconf ::= */ + case 71: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 70: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy32 = yymsp[0].minor.yy32;} + break; + case 73: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Ignore;} + break; + case 74: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ + case 161: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 75: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy609, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 78: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[0].minor.yy25, yymsp[-7].minor.yy32, yymsp[-5].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 79: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy609, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 80: /* cmd ::= select */ +{ + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy25, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy25); +} + break; + case 81: /* select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy25; + if( p ){ + p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy297; + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy297); + } + yymsp[-2].minor.yy25 = p; +} + break; + case 82: /* select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy25; + if( p ){ + p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy297; + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy297); + } + yymsp[-3].minor.yy25 = p; +} + break; + case 83: /* select ::= selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy25; + if( p ){ + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); + } + yymsp[0].minor.yy25 = p; /*A-overwrites-X*/ +} + break; + case 84: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ +{ + Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy25; + Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy25; + if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ + SrcList *pFrom; + Token x; + x.n = 0; + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); + pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0); + } + if( pRhs ){ + pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy32; + pRhs->pPrior = pLhs; + if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy32!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs); + } + yymsp[-2].minor.yy25 = pRhs; +} + break; + case 85: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ + case 87: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/} + break; + case 86: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = TK_ALL;} + break; + case 88: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-8].minor.yy25 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy138,yymsp[-5].minor.yy609,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,yymsp[-3].minor.yy138,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,yymsp[-7].minor.yy32,yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} + break; + case 89: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-9].minor.yy25 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-7].minor.yy138,yymsp[-6].minor.yy609,yymsp[-5].minor.yy46,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138,yymsp[-3].minor.yy46,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,yymsp[-8].minor.yy32,yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy25 ){ + yymsp[-9].minor.yy25->pWinDefn = yymsp[-2].minor.yy455; + }else{ + sqlite3WindowListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy455); + } +} + break; + case 90: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy25 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0); +} + break; + case 91: /* values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP */ +{ + Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy25; + pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0); + if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + if( pRight ){ + pRight->op = TK_ALL; + pRight->pPrior = pLeft; + yymsp[-4].minor.yy25 = pRight; + }else{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy25 = pLeft; + } +} + break; + case 92: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = SF_Distinct;} + break; + case 93: /* distinct ::= ALL */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = SF_All;} + break; + case 95: /* sclp ::= */ + case 128: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); + case 138: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); + case 218: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218); + case 221: /* paren_exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221); + case 226: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy138 = 0;} + break; + case 96: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138,yymsp[-3].minor.yy8,yymsp[-1].minor.yy8); +} + break; + case 97: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, p); +} + break; + case 98: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */ +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, pDot); +} + break; + case 99: /* as ::= AS nm */ + case 110: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==110); + case 242: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); + case 243: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 101: /* from ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy609 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy609));} + break; + case 102: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy609 = yymsp[0].minor.yy609; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy609); +} + break; + case 103: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ +{ + if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy609 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy609->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy609->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy609->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy32; +} + break; + case 104: /* stl_prefix ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy609 = 0;} + break; + case 105: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy609,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy406); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy609, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 106: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-8].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy609,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy406); + sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy609, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138); +} + break; + case 107: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy609,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy25,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy406); + } + break; + case 108: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy609==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy46==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy406==0 ){ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy609; + }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy609->nSrc==1 ){ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy609,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy406); + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy609->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy609->nSrc-1]; + struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy609->a; + pNew->zName = pOld->zName; + pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; + pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; + if( pOld->fg.isTabFunc ){ + pNew->u1.pFuncArg = pOld->u1.pFuncArg; + pOld->u1.pFuncArg = 0; + pOld->fg.isTabFunc = 0; + pNew->fg.isTabFunc = 1; + } + pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; + pOld->pSelect = 0; + } + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy609); + }else{ + Select *pSubquery; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy609); + pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy609,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0); + yymsp[-6].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy609,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy406); + } + } + break; + case 109: /* dbnm ::= */ + case 123: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==123); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n=0;} + break; + case 111: /* fullname ::= nm */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && yylhsminor.yy609 ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, yylhsminor.yy609->a[0].zName, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy609 = yylhsminor.yy609; + break; + case 112: /* fullname ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && yylhsminor.yy609 ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, yylhsminor.yy609->a[0].zName, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy609 = yylhsminor.yy609; + break; + case 113: /* xfullname ::= nm */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 114: /* xfullname ::= nm DOT nm */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 115: /* xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy609 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy609->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 116: /* xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy609 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy609 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy609->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 117: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = JT_INNER; } + break; + case 118: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 119: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy32 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 120: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 121: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ + case 141: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141); + case 148: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==148); + case 214: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==214); + case 235: /* vinto ::= INTO expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;} + break; + case 122: /* on_opt ::= */ + case 140: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==140); + case 142: /* limit_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==142); + case 147: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147); + case 215: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215); + case 217: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==217); + case 236: /* vinto ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy46 = 0;} + break; + case 124: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 125: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=1;} + break; + case 126: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy406 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy406;} + break; + case 127: /* using_opt ::= */ + case 162: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy406 = 0;} + break; + case 129: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + case 139: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==139); +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = yymsp[0].minor.yy138;} + break; + case 130: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder nulls */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-4].minor.yy138,yymsp[-1].minor.yy32,yymsp[0].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 131: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder nulls */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-2].minor.yy138,yymsp[-1].minor.yy32,yymsp[0].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 132: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 133: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 134: /* sortorder ::= */ + case 137: /* nulls ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==137); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;} + break; + case 135: /* nulls ::= NULLS FIRST */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 136: /* nulls ::= NULLS LAST */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 143: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0);} + break; + case 144: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 145: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 146: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy609, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy609,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0); +} + break; + case 149: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy609, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy609,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-5].minor.yy32,0,0,0); +} + break; + case 150: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 151: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ +{ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy138, yymsp[-3].minor.yy406, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} + break; + case 152: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy138, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = yylhsminor.yy138; + break; + case 153: /* setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, 0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy406, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} + break; + case 154: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert */ +{ + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy609, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25, yymsp[-2].minor.yy406, yymsp[-5].minor.yy32, yymsp[0].minor.yy288); +} + break; + case 155: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ +{ + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy609, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy406, yymsp[-5].minor.yy32, 0); +} + break; + case 156: /* upsert ::= */ +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy288 = 0; } + break; + case 157: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt */ +{ yymsp[-10].minor.yy288 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,yymsp[-7].minor.yy138,yymsp[-5].minor.yy46,yymsp[-1].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 158: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING */ +{ yymsp[-7].minor.yy288 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0,0); } + break; + case 159: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING */ +{ yymsp[-3].minor.yy288 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,0,0,0,0); } + break; + case 163: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy406 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy406;} + break; + case 164: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy406 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy406,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 165: /* idlist ::= nm */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy406 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} + break; + case 166: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46;} + break; + case 167: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 168: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy46=tokenExpr(pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 169: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp2, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp1, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + } + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2); +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 170: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 1); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp3, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp2, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + } + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4); +} + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 171: /* term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */ + case 172: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==172); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy46=tokenExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 173: /* term ::= INTEGER */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 174: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ +{ + if( !(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1])) ){ + u32 n = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, n); + }else{ + /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression + ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers + ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ + Token t = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-X*/ + assert( t.n>=2 ); + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &t); + yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = 0; + }else{ + yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy46 ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy46->iTable); + } } - /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ } - -/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. -*/ -case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); - pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; - pOut->n = pOp->p1; - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; + break; + case 175: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); } - -/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * * -** -** Write a NULL into register P2. -*/ -case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */ - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - break; + break; + case 176: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_CAST, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-3].minor.yy46, 0); } - - -/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 -** -** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this -** blob in register P2. -*/ -case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; + break; + case 177: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy32); } - -/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 -** -** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1. -** The P4 value is used by sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name(). -*/ -case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ab */ - Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */ - - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); - assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); - u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){ - goto too_big; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 178: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, 0); } - -/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into -** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are -** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges -** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. -*/ -case OP_Move: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ac */ - char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ - int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ - int p1; /* Register to copy from */ - int p2; /* Register to copy to */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ac */ - - u.ac.n = pOp->p3; - u.ac.p1 = pOp->p1; - u.ac.p2 = pOp->p2; - assert( u.ac.n>0 && u.ac.p1>0 && u.ac.p2>0 ); - assert( u.ac.p1+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p2 || u.ac.p2+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p1 ); - - pIn1 = &aMem[u.ac.p1]; - pOut = &aMem[u.ac.p2]; - while( u.ac.n-- ){ - assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); - assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] ); - assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc; - pOut->zMalloc = 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[u.ac.p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[u.ac.p1+pOp->p3] ){ - pOut->pScopyFrom += u.ac.p1 - pOp->p2; - } -#endif - pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc; - REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut); - pIn1++; - pOut++; + yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 179: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP filter_over */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy32); + sqlite3WindowAttach(pParse, yylhsminor.yy46, yymsp[0].minor.yy455); +} + yymsp[-5].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 180: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP filter_over */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 0); + sqlite3WindowAttach(pParse, yylhsminor.yy46, yymsp[0].minor.yy455); +} + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 181: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 0); +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = yylhsminor.yy46; + break; + case 182: /* expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } - break; } - -/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * * -** -** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2. -** -** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate -** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. -*/ -case OP_Copy: { /* in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); - Deephemeralize(pOut); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - break; + break; + case 183: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy46=sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 184: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ + case 185: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==185); + case 186: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==186); + case 187: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187); + case 188: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188); + case 189: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==189); + case 190: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190); +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy46=sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 191: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n|=0x80000000; /*yymsp[-1].minor.yy0-overwrite-yymsp[0].minor.yy0*/} + break; + case 192: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + int bNot = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000; + yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 0); + if( bNot ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46, 0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy46->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } - -/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * -** -** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. -** -** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value -** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the -** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. -** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. -** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change -** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete -** copy. -*/ -case OP_SCopy: { /* in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; -#endif - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - break; + break; + case 193: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + int bNot = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000; + yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, 0); + if( bNot ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } - -/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * -** -** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of -** results. This opcode causes the sqlcipher3_step() call to terminate -** with an SQLCIPHER_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlcipher3_stmt -** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result -** row. -*/ -case OP_ResultRow: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ad */ - Mem *pMem; - int i; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ad */ - assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); - assert( pOp->p1>0 ); - assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem+1 ); - - /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do - ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement - ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ - assert( db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows ); - assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); - break; + break; + case 194: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,0);} + break; + case 195: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);} + break; + case 196: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_IS,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46, TK_ISNULL); +} + break; + case 197: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,yymsp[-3].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, yymsp[-3].minor.yy46, TK_NOTNULL); +} + break; + case 198: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ + case 199: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, 0);/*A-overwrites-B*/} + break; + case 200: /* expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major==TK_PLUS ? TK_UPLUS : TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, 0); + /*A-overwrites-B*/ +} + break; + case 201: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ + case 204: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = 0;} + break; + case 203: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } - - /* If the SQLCIPHER_CountRows flag is set in sqlcipher3.flags mask, then - ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows - ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that - ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. - ** - ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction - ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to - ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. - ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user - ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This - ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. - ** - ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence - ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. - */ - assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK) ){ - break; + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); +} + break; + case 206: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy138==0 ){ + /* Expressions of the form + ** + ** expr1 IN () + ** expr1 NOT IN () + ** + ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, + ** regardless of the value of expr1. + */ + sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 ? "1" : "0"); + }else{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy138; + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + } } - - /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ - p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; - - /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated - ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as - ** as side effect. - */ - u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - for(u.ad.i=0; u.ad.ip2; u.ad.i++){ - assert( memIsValid(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]) ); - Deephemeralize(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); - assert( (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 - || (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ad.i, &u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]); + break; + case 207: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25); } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; - - /* Return SQLCIPHER_ROW - */ - p->pc = pc + 1; - rc = SQLCIPHER_ROW; - goto vdbe_return; -} - -/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in -** register P2 and store the result in register P3. -** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. -** -** P3 = P2 || P1 -** -** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, -** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able -** to avoid a memcpy(). -*/ -case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ae */ - i64 nByte; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pIn1!=pOut ); - if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; + break; + case 208: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); } - if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; - Stringify(pIn1, encoding); - Stringify(pIn2, encoding); - u.ae.nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; - if( u.ae.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; + break; + case 209: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */ +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse, 0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy138 ) sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, pSelect ? pSrc : 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy138); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, pSelect); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy32 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46, 0); } - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ae.nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ - goto no_mem; + break; + case 210: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ +{ + Expr *p; + p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25); } - if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ - memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); + break; + case 211: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy46, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy46->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy138,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy138; + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); } - memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); - pOut->z[u.ae.nByte] = 0; - pOut->z[u.ae.nByte+1] = 0; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; - pOut->n = (int)u.ae.nByte; - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; } - -/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** -** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in -** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is -** NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in -** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. -** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.af */ - int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ - i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ - i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ - double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ - double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.af */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - applyNumericAffinity(pIn1); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - applyNumericAffinity(pIn2); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.af.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; - if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){ - u.af.iA = pIn1->u.i; - u.af.iB = pIn2->u.i; - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: if( sqlcipher3AddInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Subtract: if( sqlcipher3SubInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Multiply: if( sqlcipher3MulInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Divide: { - if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; - u.af.iB /= u.af.iA; break; - } - default: { - if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1; - u.af.iB %= u.af.iA; + case 212: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} break; - } - } - pOut->u.i = u.af.iB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - }else{ -fp_math: - u.af.rA = sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); - u.af.rB = sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: u.af.rB += u.af.rA; break; - case OP_Subtract: u.af.rB -= u.af.rA; break; - case OP_Multiply: u.af.rB *= u.af.rA; break; - case OP_Divide: { - /* (double)0 In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - if( u.af.rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - u.af.rB /= u.af.rA; + case 213: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy138, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} break; - } - default: { - u.af.iA = (i64)u.af.rA; - u.af.iB = (i64)u.af.rB; - if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1; - u.af.rB = (double)(u.af.iB % u.af.iA); + case 216: /* case_operand ::= expr */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; - } - } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - pOut->u.i = u.af.rB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); -#else - if( sqlcipher3IsNaN(u.af.rB) ){ - goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - } - pOut->r = u.af.rB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); - if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); - } -#endif + case 219: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy138,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 220: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy138 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} + break; + case 222: /* paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */ + case 227: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==227); +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy138;} + break; + case 223: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[-10].minor.yy32, + &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy32, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF); + if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pParse->pNewIndex ){ + sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pParse->pNewIndex->zName, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); } - break; - -arithmetic_result_is_null: - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; } - -/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4 -** -** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function -** or aggregate calls sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will -** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() -** functions. -** -** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions -** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available -** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c. -*/ -case OP_CollSeq: { - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - break; + break; + case 224: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + case 266: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Abort;} + break; + case 225: /* uniqueflag ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = OE_None;} + break; + case 228: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy138 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32, yymsp[0].minor.yy32); } - -/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that -** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and -** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. -** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. -** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the -** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first -** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine -** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the -** sqlcipher3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next -** invocation of this opcode. -** -** See also: AggStep and AggFinal -*/ -case OP_Function: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ag */ - int i; - Mem *pArg; - sqlcipher3_context ctx; - sqlcipher3_value **apVal; - int n; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ag */ - - u.ag.n = pOp->p5; - u.ag.apVal = p->apArg; - assert( u.ag.apVal || u.ag.n==0 ); - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - - assert( u.ag.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ag.n<=p->nMem+1) ); - assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ag.n ); - u.ag.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - for(u.ag.i=0; u.ag.ip2+u.ag.i, u.ag.pArg); - } - - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC ); - if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){ - u.ag.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; - u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0; - }else{ - u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc; - u.ag.ctx.pFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc; + break; + case 229: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy138 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32, yymsp[0].minor.yy32); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ +} + break; + case 232: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy609, yymsp[-1].minor.yy32);} + break; + case 233: /* cmd ::= VACUUM vinto */ +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 234: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm vinto */ +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} + break; + case 237: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} + break; + case 238: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 239: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 240: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 241: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 244: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy527, &all); +} + break; + case 245: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy32, yymsp[-4].minor.yy572.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy572.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy609, yymsp[0].minor.yy46, yymsp[-10].minor.yy32, yymsp[-8].minor.yy32); + yymsp[-10].minor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-T*/ +} + break; + case 246: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ } + break; + case 247: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy32 = TK_INSTEAD;} + break; + case 248: /* trigger_time ::= */ +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy32 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 249: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + case 250: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy572.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy572.b = 0;} + break; + case 251: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy572.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy572.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy406;} + break; + case 252: /* when_clause ::= */ + case 271: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271); +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy46 = 0; } + break; + case 253: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + case 272: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==272); +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; } + break; + case 254: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy527!=0 ); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy527->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy527; + yymsp[-2].minor.yy527->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy527; +} + break; + case 255: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy527!=0 ); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy527->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy527; +} + break; + case 256: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " + "statements within triggers"); +} + break; + case 257: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 258: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 259: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ +{yylhsminor.yy527 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46, yymsp[-6].minor.yy32, yymsp[-7].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy8);} + yymsp[-7].minor.yy527 = yylhsminor.yy527; + break; + case 260: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy527 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,yymsp[-3].minor.yy406,yymsp[-2].minor.yy25,yymsp[-6].minor.yy32,yymsp[-1].minor.yy288,yymsp[-7].minor.yy8,yymsp[0].minor.yy8);/*yylhsminor.yy527-overwrites-yymsp[-6].minor.yy32*/ +} + yymsp[-7].minor.yy527 = yylhsminor.yy527; + break; + case 261: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ +{yylhsminor.yy527 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46, yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy8);} + yymsp[-5].minor.yy527 = yylhsminor.yy527; + break; + case 262: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ +{yylhsminor.yy527 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25, yymsp[-2].minor.yy8, yymsp[0].minor.yy8); /*yylhsminor.yy527-overwrites-yymsp[-1].minor.yy25*/} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy527 = yylhsminor.yy527; + break; + case 263: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ){ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy46->affExpr = OE_Ignore; } - - u.ag.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - u.ag.ctx.s.db = db; - u.ag.ctx.s.xDel = 0; - u.ag.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; - - /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move - ** the pointer to u.ag.ctx.s so in case the user-function can use - ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(&u.ag.ctx.s, pOut); - MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ag.ctx.s, MEM_Null); - - u.ag.ctx.isError = 0; - if( u.ag.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - assert( pOp>aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - u.ag.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; +} + break; + case 264: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy46 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); + if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy46 ) { + yymsp[-5].minor.yy46->affExpr = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy32; } - db->lastRowid = lastRowid; - (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - - /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function, - ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values. - */ - if( u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1); - pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc; - pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC; +} + break; + case 265: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Rollback;} + break; + case 267: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy32 = OE_Fail;} + break; + case 268: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy609,yymsp[-1].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 269: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy46, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} + break; + case 270: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} + break; + case 273: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 274: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 275: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 276: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 277: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy609,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 278: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 279: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ +{ + disableLookaside(pParse); + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy609); +} + break; + case 280: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameColumn(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy609, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 281: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} + break; + case 282: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 283: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy32); +} + break; + case 284: /* vtabarg ::= */ +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} + break; + case 285: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + case 286: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286); + case 287: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287); +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 288: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ + case 289: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==289); +{ sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy297, 1); } + break; + case 290: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy297 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25); /*A-overwrites-X*/ +} + break; + case 291: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-7].minor.yy297 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy297, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy25); +} + break; + case 292: /* windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn */ +{ yylhsminor.yy455 = yymsp[0].minor.yy455; } + yymsp[0].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 293: /* windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn */ +{ + assert( yymsp[0].minor.yy455!=0 ); + sqlite3WindowChain(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, yymsp[-2].minor.yy455); + yymsp[0].minor.yy455->pNextWin = yymsp[-2].minor.yy455; + yylhsminor.yy455 = yymsp[0].minor.yy455; +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 294: /* windowdefn ::= nm AS LP window RP */ +{ + if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy455) ){ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy455->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.n); } - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the - ** user function may have called an sqlcipher3_result_XXX() function - ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources - ** associated with such a value. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s); - goto no_mem; + yylhsminor.yy455 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy455; +} + yymsp[-4].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 295: /* window ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAssemble(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138, 0); +} + break; + case 296: /* window ::= nm PARTITION BY nexprlist orderby_opt frame_opt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAssemble(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, yymsp[-2].minor.yy138, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[-5].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 297: /* window ::= ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAssemble(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138, 0); +} + break; + case 298: /* window ::= nm ORDER BY sortlist frame_opt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAssemble(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy138, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[-4].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 299: /* window ::= frame_opt */ + case 318: /* filter_over ::= over_clause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = yymsp[0].minor.yy455; +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 300: /* window ::= nm frame_opt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAssemble(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy455, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[-1].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 301: /* frame_opt ::= */ +{ + yymsp[1].minor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, 0, TK_UNBOUNDED, 0, TK_CURRENT, 0, 0); +} + break; + case 302: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s frame_exclude_opt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy32, yymsp[-1].minor.yy57.eType, yymsp[-1].minor.yy57.pExpr, TK_CURRENT, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118); +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 303: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e frame_exclude_opt */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy32, yymsp[-3].minor.yy57.eType, yymsp[-3].minor.yy57.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy57.eType, yymsp[-1].minor.yy57.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy118); +} + yymsp[-5].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 305: /* frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound */ + case 307: /* frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); +{yylhsminor.yy57 = yymsp[0].minor.yy57;} + yymsp[0].minor.yy57 = yylhsminor.yy57; + break; + case 306: /* frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING */ + case 308: /* frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308); + case 310: /* frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==310); +{yylhsminor.yy57.eType = yymsp[-1].major; yylhsminor.yy57.pExpr = 0;} + yymsp[-1].minor.yy57 = yylhsminor.yy57; + break; + case 309: /* frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING|FOLLOWING */ +{yylhsminor.yy57.eType = yymsp[0].major; yylhsminor.yy57.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46;} + yymsp[-1].minor.yy57 = yylhsminor.yy57; + break; + case 311: /* frame_exclude_opt ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy118 = 0;} + break; + case 312: /* frame_exclude_opt ::= EXCLUDE frame_exclude */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;} + break; + case 313: /* frame_exclude ::= NO OTHERS */ + case 314: /* frame_exclude ::= CURRENT ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy118 = yymsp[-1].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 315: /* frame_exclude ::= GROUP|TIES */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy118 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 316: /* window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy455 = yymsp[0].minor.yy455; } + break; + case 317: /* filter_over ::= filter_clause over_clause */ +{ + yymsp[0].minor.yy455->pFilter = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46; + yylhsminor.yy455 = yymsp[0].minor.yy455; +} + yymsp[-1].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 319: /* filter_over ::= filter_clause */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy455 = (Window*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Window)); + if( yylhsminor.yy455 ){ + yylhsminor.yy455->eFrmType = TK_FILTER; + yylhsminor.yy455->pFilter = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); } - - /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ - if( u.ag.ctx.isError ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3_value_text(&u.ag.ctx.s)); - rc = u.ag.ctx.isError; +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy455 = yylhsminor.yy455; + break; + case 320: /* over_clause ::= OVER LP window RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy455 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy455; + assert( yymsp[-3].minor.yy455!=0 ); +} + break; + case 321: /* over_clause ::= OVER nm */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy455 = (Window*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Window)); + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy455 ){ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy455->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n); } +} + break; + case 322: /* filter_clause ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP */ +{ yymsp[-4].minor.yy46 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46; } + break; + default: + /* (323) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323); + /* (324) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); + /* (325) cmdlist ::= ecmd (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=325); + /* (326) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); + /* (327) ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); + /* (328) ecmd ::= explain cmdx */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328); + /* (329) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==329); + /* (330) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==330); + /* (331) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==331); + /* (332) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==332); + /* (333) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==333); + /* (334) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==334); + /* (335) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==335); + /* (336) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==336); + /* (337) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==337); + /* (338) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==338); + /* (339) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==339); + /* (340) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==340); + /* (341) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==341); + /* (342) signed ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=342); + /* (343) signed ::= minus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=343); + /* (344) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==344); + /* (345) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==345); + /* (346) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==346); + /* (347) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==347); + /* (348) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==348); + /* (349) conslist ::= tcons (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=349); + /* (350) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==350); + /* (351) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=351); + /* (352) resolvetype ::= raisetype (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=352); + /* (353) selectnowith ::= oneselect (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=353); + /* (354) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==354); + /* (355) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==355); + /* (356) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==356); + /* (357) expr ::= term (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=357); + /* (358) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==358); + /* (359) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==359); + /* (360) nmnum ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=360); + /* (361) nmnum ::= nm (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=361); + /* (362) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==362); + /* (363) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==363); + /* (364) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==364); + /* (365) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==365); + /* (366) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==366); + /* (367) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==367); + /* (368) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==368); + /* (369) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==369); + /* (370) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==370); + /* (371) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==371); + /* (372) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==372); + /* (373) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==373); + /* (374) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==374); + /* (375) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==375); + /* (376) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==376); + /* (377) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==377); + /* (378) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==378); + /* (379) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==379); + /* (380) with ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==380); + break; +/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/ + }; + assert( yyrulenoYY_MAX_SHIFT && yyact<=YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE) ); -#if 0 - /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this - ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlcipher3_exec() - ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.) - */ - if( p->expired ) rc = SQLCIPHER_ABORT; -#endif + /* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */ + assert( yyact!=YY_ERROR_ACTION ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; + yymsp += yysize+1; + yypParser->yytos = yymsp; + yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; + yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; + yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact, "... then shift"); + return yyact; } -/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the -** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. -** Store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the -** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. -** Store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails */ -case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ah */ - i64 iA; - u64 uA; - i64 iB; - u8 op; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; - } - u.ah.iA = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - u.ah.iB = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); - u.ah.op = pOp->opcode; - if( u.ah.op==OP_BitAnd ){ - u.ah.iA &= u.ah.iB; - }else if( u.ah.op==OP_BitOr ){ - u.ah.iA |= u.ah.iB; - }else if( u.ah.iB!=0 ){ - assert( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ); - - /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ - if( u.ah.iB<0 ){ - assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); - u.ah.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ah.op; - u.ah.iB = u.ah.iB>(-64) ? -u.ah.iB : 64; - } - - if( u.ah.iB>=64 ){ - u.ah.iA = (u.ah.iA>=0 || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; - }else{ - memcpy(&u.ah.uA, &u.ah.iA, sizeof(u.ah.uA)); - if( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ - u.ah.uA <<= u.ah.iB; - }else{ - u.ah.uA >>= u.ah.iB; - /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ - if( u.ah.iA<0 ) u.ah.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ah.iB); - } - memcpy(&u.ah.iA, &u.ah.uA, sizeof(u.ah.iA)); - } +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); } - pOut->u.i = u.ah.iA; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - break; +#endif + while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ +/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/ +/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } +#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ -/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * -** -** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. -** The result is always an integer. -** -** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. */ -case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); - pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; - break; -} +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH +#define TOKEN yyminor +/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/ -/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value -** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer -** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 -** raise an SQLCIPHER_MISMATCH exception. -*/ -case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_MISMATCH; - goto abort_due_to_error; - }else{ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + if( TOKEN.z[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); }else{ - MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete input"); } - break; +/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * -** -** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. -** -** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that -** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as -** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them -** to have only a real value. +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts */ -case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); } - break; -} #endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST -/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be text. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the -** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and -** are afterwards simply interpreted as text. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); - pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); - assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); - pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first. -** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change -** to the underlying data. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); - MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob); - }else{ - pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); - } - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - break; +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; +#endif + assert( yypParser->yytos==yypParser->yystack ); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ +/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/ +/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } -/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * * +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. ** -** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an -** integer or a floating-point number.) -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the -** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion -** is possible. +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +**
    • The major token number. +**
    • The minor token number. +**
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +**
    ** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +** Outputs: +** None. */ -case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + YYACTIONTYPE yyact; /* The parser action. */ +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; /* The parser */ + sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE -/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If -** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); - } - break; -} + assert( yypParser->yytos!=0 ); +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); +#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) -/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number. -** If The value is currently an integer, convert it. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); + yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + if( yyact < YY_MIN_REDUCE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' in state %d\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact); + }else{ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' with pending reduce %d\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE); + } } - break; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ - -/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)flags */ - u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ai */ +#endif - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.ai.flags1 = pIn1->flags; - u.ai.flags3 = pIn3->flags; - if( (u.ai.flags1 | u.ai.flags3)&MEM_Null ){ - /* One or both operands are NULL */ - if( pOp->p5 & SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ ){ - /* If SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is - ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether - ** or not both operands are null. - */ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); - u.ai.res = (u.ai.flags1 & u.ai.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0; + do{ + assert( yyact==yypParser->yytos->stateno ); + yyact = yy_find_shift_action((YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyact); + if( yyact >= YY_MIN_REDUCE ){ + yyact = yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE,yymajor, + yyminor sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM); + }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyminor); +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt--; +#endif + break; + }else if( yyact==YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){ + yypParser->yytos--; + yy_accept(yypParser); + return; }else{ - /* SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, - ** then the result is always NULL. - ** The jump is taken if the SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. + assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** */ - if( pOp->p5 & SQLCIPHER_STOREP2 ){ - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminor); + } + yymx = yypParser->yytos->major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor, &yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( yypParser->yytos >= yypParser->yystack + && (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yytos->stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) > YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yytos < yypParser->yystack || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; +#endif + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,yyminor); + } } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; + if( yymajor==YYNOCODE ) break; + yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno; +#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); break; - } - }else{ - /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ - u.ai.affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLCIPHER_AFF_MASK; - if( u.ai.affinity ){ - applyAffinity(pIn1, u.ai.affinity, encoding); - applyAffinity(pIn3, u.ai.affinity, encoding); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; - } - - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pIn1); - ExpandBlob(pIn3); - u.ai.res = sqlcipher3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); - } - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Eq: u.ai.res = u.ai.res==0; break; - case OP_Ne: u.ai.res = u.ai.res!=0; break; - case OP_Lt: u.ai.res = u.ai.res<0; break; - case OP_Le: u.ai.res = u.ai.res<=0; break; - case OP_Gt: u.ai.res = u.ai.res>0; break; - default: u.ai.res = u.ai.res>=0; break; - } - - if( pOp->p5 & SQLCIPHER_STOREP2 ){ - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - pOut->u.i = u.ai.res; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - }else if( u.ai.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - - /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ - pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags1&MEM_TypeMask); - pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags3&MEM_TypeMask); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * -** -** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array -** of integers in P4. -** -** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare, -** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow. Typically the OP_Permutation should occur -** immediately prior to the OP_Compare. -*/ -case OP_Permutation: { - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); - assert( pOp->p4.ai ); - aPermute = pOp->p4.ai; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this -** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of -** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. -** -** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort -** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers -** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. -** -** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, -** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, -** and strings are less than blobs. -*/ -case OP_Compare: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aj */ - int n; - int i; - int p1; - int p2; - const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int idx; - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ - int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.aj */ - - u.aj.n = pOp->p3; - u.aj.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - assert( u.aj.n>0 ); - assert( u.aj.pKeyInfo!=0 ); - u.aj.p1 = pOp->p1; - u.aj.p2 = pOp->p2; -#if SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( aPermute ){ - int k, mx = 0; - for(k=0; kmx ) mx = aPermute[k]; - assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+mx<=p->nMem+1 ); - assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+mx<=p->nMem+1 ); - }else{ - assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 ); - assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 ); - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ - for(u.aj.i=0; u.aj.inField ); - u.aj.pColl = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.aj.i]; - u.aj.bRev = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.aj.i]; - iCompare = sqlcipher3MemCompare(&aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx], &aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx], u.aj.pColl); - if( iCompare ){ - if( u.aj.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; +#endif + } break; +#endif } + }while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + yyStackEntry *i; + char cDiv = '['; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=&yypParser->yystack[1]; i<=yypParser->yytos; i++){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", cDiv, yyTokenName[i->major]); + cDiv = ' '; + } + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n"); } - aPermute = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether -** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than -** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. -*/ -case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ - if( iCompare<0 ){ - pc = pOp->p1 - 1; - }else if( iCompare==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - pc = pOp->p3 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and -** write the result into register P3. -** -** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if -** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give -** a NULL output. -*/ -/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the answer in register P3. -** -** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) -** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs -** give a NULL output. -*/ -case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ak */ - int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - u.ak.v1 = 2; - }else{ - u.ak.v1 = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; - } - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){ - u.ak.v2 = 2; - }else{ - u.ak.v2 = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ - static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; - u.ak.v1 = and_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2]; - }else{ - static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; - u.ak.v1 = or_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2]; - } - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( u.ak.v1==2 ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); - }else{ - pOut->u.i = u.ak.v1; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * -** -** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the -** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is -** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. -*/ -case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); - } - break; +#endif + return; } -/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * -** -** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the -** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds -** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. +/* +** Return the fallback token corresponding to canonical token iToken, or +** 0 if iToken has no fallback. */ -case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); - } - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserFallback(int iToken){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + assert( iToken<(int)(sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])) ); + return yyFallback[iToken]; +#else + (void)iToken; +#endif + return 0; } -/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * +/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is a not null or zero. If -** the value is NULL or zero, fall through and change the P1 register -** to an integer 1. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** When P1 is not used otherwise in a program, this opcode falls through -** once and jumps on all subsequent invocations. It is the equivalent -** of "OP_If P1 P2", followed by "OP_Integer 1 P1". -*/ -/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value -** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value -** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true. +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into +** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the +** parser for analysis. */ -/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include */ + +/* Character classes for tokenizing +** +** In the sqlite3GetToken() function, a switch() on aiClass[c] is implemented +** using a lookup table, whereas a switch() directly on c uses a binary search. +** The lookup table is much faster. To maximize speed, and to ensure that +** a lookup table is used, all of the classes need to be small integers and +** all of them need to be used within the switch. +*/ +#define CC_X 0 /* The letter 'x', or start of BLOB literal */ +#define CC_KYWD 1 /* Alphabetics or '_'. Usable in a keyword */ +#define CC_ID 2 /* unicode characters usable in IDs */ +#define CC_DIGIT 3 /* Digits */ +#define CC_DOLLAR 4 /* '$' */ +#define CC_VARALPHA 5 /* '@', '#', ':'. Alphabetic SQL variables */ +#define CC_VARNUM 6 /* '?'. Numeric SQL variables */ +#define CC_SPACE 7 /* Space characters */ +#define CC_QUOTE 8 /* '"', '\'', or '`'. String literals, quoted ids */ +#define CC_QUOTE2 9 /* '['. [...] style quoted ids */ +#define CC_PIPE 10 /* '|'. Bitwise OR or concatenate */ +#define CC_MINUS 11 /* '-'. Minus or SQL-style comment */ +#define CC_LT 12 /* '<'. Part of < or <= or <> */ +#define CC_GT 13 /* '>'. Part of > or >= */ +#define CC_EQ 14 /* '='. Part of = or == */ +#define CC_BANG 15 /* '!'. Part of != */ +#define CC_SLASH 16 /* '/'. / or c-style comment */ +#define CC_LP 17 /* '(' */ +#define CC_RP 18 /* ')' */ +#define CC_SEMI 19 /* ';' */ +#define CC_PLUS 20 /* '+' */ +#define CC_STAR 21 /* '*' */ +#define CC_PERCENT 22 /* '%' */ +#define CC_COMMA 23 /* ',' */ +#define CC_AND 24 /* '&' */ +#define CC_TILDA 25 /* '~' */ +#define CC_DOT 26 /* '.' */ +#define CC_ILLEGAL 27 /* Illegal character */ +#define CC_NUL 28 /* 0x00 */ + +static const unsigned char aiClass[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ +/* 0x */ 28, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, +/* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 2x */ 7, 15, 8, 5, 4, 22, 24, 8, 17, 18, 21, 20, 23, 11, 26, 16, +/* 3x */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 19, 12, 14, 13, 6, +/* 4x */ 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, +/* 5x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 9, 27, 27, 27, 1, +/* 6x */ 8, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, +/* 7x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 10, 27, 25, 27, +/* 8x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* 9x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Ax */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Bx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Cx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Dx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Ex */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Fx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ +/* 0x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, +/* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 2x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 3x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 4x */ 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26, 12, 17, 20, 10, +/* 5x */ 24, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 15, 4, 21, 18, 19, 27, +/* 6x */ 11, 16, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 23, 22, 1, 13, 6, +/* 7x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 8, 5, 5, 5, 8, 14, 8, +/* 8x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 9x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Ax */ 27, 25, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Bx */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 9, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Cx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Dx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Ex */ 27, 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Fx */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +#endif +}; + +/* +** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters (only) into their +** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just +** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need +** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics +** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value -** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value -** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true. +** Used by keywordhash.h */ -case OP_Once: /* jump, in1 */ -case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ -case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.al */ - int c; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.al */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - u.al.c = pOp->p3; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - u.al.c = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; -#else - u.al.c = sqlcipher3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] +const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { +/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ +}; #endif - if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) u.al.c = !u.al.c; - } - if( u.al.c ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Once ){ - assert( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))==0 ); - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; - pIn1->u.i = 1; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); - } - break; -} -/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * +/* +** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. +** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, +** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. +** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file +** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by +** the #include below. */ -case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; +/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ +/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** +** +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by +** +** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c +** +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. +*/ +/* Hash score: 221 */ +/* zKWText[] encodes 967 bytes of keyword text in 638 bytes */ +/* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ +/* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCLUDELETEMPORARYISNULLSAVEPOINTERSECT */ +/* IESNOTNULLIKEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVEXISTS */ +/* CONSTRAINTOFFSETRIGGEREFERENCESUNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACH */ +/* AVINGLOBEGINNERANGEBETWEENOTHINGROUPSCASCADETACHCASECOLLATE */ +/* CREATECURRENT_DATEIMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORT */ +/* UPDATEVALUESVIRTUALASTWHENWHERECURSIVEAFTERENAMEANDEFAULT */ +/* AUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ +/* ARTITIONDEFERREDISTINCTDROPRECEDINGFAILIMITFILTEREPLACEFIRST */ +/* FOLLOWINGFROMFULLIFORDERESTRICTOTHERSOVERIGHTROLLBACKROWS */ +/* UNBOUNDEDUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEWINDOWBYINITIALLYPRIMARY */ +static const char zKWText[637] = { + 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', + 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', + 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', + 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', + 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','L','U','D','E','L','E', + 'T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','I','S','N','U','L','L','S','A','V', + 'E','P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','I','E','S','N','O','T', + 'N','U','L','L','I','K','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N','S','A','C', + 'T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I','S','E','X', + 'C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','C','O','N','S','T','R', + 'A','I','N','T','O','F','F','S','E','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E','F', + 'E','R','E','N','C','E','S','U','N','I','Q','U','E','R','Y','W','I','T', + 'H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S','E','A','T','T','A','C','H', + 'A','V','I','N','G','L','O','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','A','N','G', + 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','H','I','N','G','R','O','U','P', + 'S','C','A','S','C','A','D','E','T','A','C','H','C','A','S','E','C','O', + 'L','L','A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T', + '_','D','A','T','E','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J','O','I','N', + 'S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L','Y','Z','E', + 'P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','U','P','D','A','T','E','V','A', + 'L','U','E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','A','S','T','W','H','E','N', + 'W','H','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E','A','F','T','E','R','E', + 'N','A','M','E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I', + 'N','C','R','E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N', + 'C','O','M','M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S', + 'S','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P', + 'A','R','T','I','T','I','O','N','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S', + 'T','I','N','C','T','D','R','O','P','R','E','C','E','D','I','N','G','F', + 'A','I','L','I','M','I','T','F','I','L','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', + 'E','F','I','R','S','T','F','O','L','L','O','W','I','N','G','F','R','O', + 'M','F','U','L','L','I','F','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T','R','I','C', + 'T','O','T','H','E','R','S','O','V','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L', + 'L','B','A','C','K','R','O','W','S','U','N','B','O','U','N','D','E','D', + 'U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M','V','I', + 'E','W','I','N','D','O','W','B','Y','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', + 'P','R','I','M','A','R','Y', +}; +/* aKWHash[i] is the hash value for the i-th keyword */ +static const unsigned char aKWHash[127] = { + 82, 113, 130, 80, 110, 29, 0, 0, 89, 0, 83, 70, 0, + 53, 35, 84, 15, 0, 129, 92, 64, 124, 131, 19, 0, 0, + 136, 0, 134, 126, 0, 22, 100, 0, 9, 0, 0, 121, 78, + 0, 76, 6, 0, 58, 97, 143, 0, 132, 108, 0, 0, 48, + 0, 111, 24, 0, 17, 0, 137, 63, 23, 26, 5, 65, 138, + 103, 120, 0, 142, 114, 69, 141, 66, 118, 72, 0, 98, 0, + 107, 41, 0, 106, 0, 0, 0, 102, 99, 104, 109, 123, 14, + 50, 122, 0, 87, 0, 139, 119, 140, 68, 127, 135, 86, 81, + 37, 91, 117, 0, 0, 101, 51, 128, 125, 0, 133, 0, 0, + 44, 0, 93, 67, 39, 0, 20, 45, 115, 88, +}; +/* aKWNext[] forms the hash collision chain. If aKWHash[i]==0 +** then the i-th keyword has no more hash collisions. Otherwise, +** the next keyword with the same hash is aKWHash[i]-1. */ +static const unsigned char aKWNext[143] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 7, 0, 36, 0, 0, 28, 0, 0, 0, 31, + 0, 0, 0, 40, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 60, 0, 54, 0, + 0, 38, 47, 0, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 74, 1, 73, 0, + 0, 0, 52, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 57, 59, 56, 30, + 0, 0, 0, 46, 0, 16, 49, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 11, 79, 95, 0, 0, 8, 0, 112, 0, 105, 0, + 43, 62, 0, 77, 0, 116, 0, 61, 0, 0, 94, 42, 55, + 0, 75, 34, 90, 32, 33, 27, 25, 18, 96, 0, 71, 85, +}; +/* aKWLen[i] is the length (in bytes) of the i-th keyword */ +static const unsigned char aKWLen[143] = { + 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, + 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 7, + 6, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 9, 9, 4, 7, 3, 2, 4, + 4, 6, 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 10, 4, 6, + 2, 3, 7, 10, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, 6, 6, 4, + 5, 5, 5, 7, 7, 6, 5, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, + 12, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 4, + 4, 5, 9, 5, 6, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, + 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 9, 8, 8, 2, 4, 9, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 5, 9, 4, 4, 2, 5, 8, 6, 4, 5, 8, + 4, 3, 9, 5, 5, 6, 4, 6, 2, 2, 9, 3, 7, +}; +/* aKWOffset[i] is the index into zKWText[] of the start of +** the text for the i-th keyword. */ +static const unsigned short int aKWOffset[143] = { + 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, + 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, + 86, 90, 90, 94, 99, 101, 105, 111, 119, 123, 123, 123, 126, + 129, 132, 137, 142, 146, 147, 152, 156, 160, 168, 174, 181, 184, + 184, 187, 189, 195, 205, 208, 213, 213, 217, 221, 228, 233, 238, + 241, 244, 248, 253, 259, 265, 265, 271, 272, 276, 282, 286, 293, + 299, 311, 320, 322, 328, 333, 335, 342, 347, 352, 358, 364, 370, + 374, 378, 381, 390, 394, 400, 402, 409, 411, 413, 422, 426, 432, + 438, 446, 451, 451, 451, 467, 476, 483, 484, 491, 494, 503, 506, + 511, 516, 523, 528, 537, 541, 545, 547, 551, 559, 565, 568, 573, + 581, 581, 585, 594, 599, 604, 610, 613, 616, 619, 621, 626, 630, +}; +/* aKWCode[i] is the parser symbol code for the i-th keyword */ +static const unsigned char aKWCode[143] = { + TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, + TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, + TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, + TK_EXCLUDE, TK_DELETE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, + TK_ISNULL, TK_NULLS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TIES, + TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_CONSTRAINT, + TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TRIGGER, + TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RANGE, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTHING, + TK_GROUPS, TK_GROUP, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DETACH, + TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_IMMEDIATE, + TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, + TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_UPDATE, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, + TK_LAST, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_AFTER, + TK_RENAME, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, + TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CURRENT, TK_PARTITION, + TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_PRECEDING, + TK_FAIL, TK_LIMIT, TK_FILTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_FIRST, + TK_FOLLOWING, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_IF, TK_ORDER, + TK_RESTRICT, TK_OTHERS, TK_OVER, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, + TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNION, TK_USING, + TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_WINDOW, TK_DO, TK_BY, + TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, TK_PRIMARY, +}; +/* Check to see if z[0..n-1] is a keyword. If it is, write the +** parser symbol code for that keyword into *pType. Always +** return the integer n (the length of the token). */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){ + int i, j; + const char *zKW; + if( n>=2 ){ + i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aKWHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aKWNext[i])-1){ + if( aKWLen[i]!=n ) continue; + j = 0; + zKW = &zKWText[aKWOffset[i]]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + while( j=SQLITE_N_KEYWORD ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pzName = zKWText + aKWOffset[i]; + *pnName = aKWLen[i]; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void){ return SQLITE_N_KEYWORD; } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char *zName, int nName){ + return TK_ID!=sqlite3KeywordCode((const u8*)zName, nName); } -/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * +/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ + + +/* +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** +** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same +** end result. +** +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. */ -case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ + 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif + +/* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c and alter.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +/* +** Return the id of the next token in string (*pz). Before returning, set +** (*pz) to point to the byte following the parsed token. +*/ +static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ + const unsigned char *z = *pz; + int t; /* Token type to return */ + do { + z += sqlite3GetToken(z, &t); + }while( t==TK_SPACE ); + if( t==TK_ID + || t==TK_STRING + || t==TK_JOIN_KW + || t==TK_WINDOW + || t==TK_OVER + || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID + ){ + t = TK_ID; } - break; + *pz = z; + return t; } -/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* +** The following three functions are called immediately after the tokenizer +** reads the keywords WINDOW, OVER and FILTER, respectively, to determine +** whether the token should be treated as a keyword or an SQL identifier. +** This cannot be handled by the usual lemon %fallback method, due to +** the ambiguity in some constructions. e.g. ** -** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using -** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional -** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column -** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) -** values in the record, extract a NULL. +** SELECT sum(x) OVER ... ** -** The value extracted is stored in register P3. +** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the +** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to +** grammar, then SQLite would always treat "OVER" as an alias, making it +** impossible to call a window-function without a FILTER clause. ** -** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, -** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as -** the result. +** WINDOW is treated as a keyword if: +** +** * the following token is an identifier, or a keyword that can fallback +** to being an identifier, and +** * the token after than one is TK_AS. +** +** OVER is a keyword if: +** +** * the previous token was TK_RP, and +** * the next token is either TK_LP or an identifier. +** +** FILTER is a keyword if: ** -** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, -** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. -** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content -** register has changed should have this bit set. +** * the previous token was TK_RP, and +** * the next token is TK_LP. */ -case OP_Column: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.am */ - u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - int p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */ - int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ - char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ - u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ - u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ - int nField; /* number of fields in the record */ - int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ - Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ - Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ - u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */ - u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ - u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ - u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ - int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */ - int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ - u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ - Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */ - - - u.am.p1 = pOp->p1; - u.am.p2 = pOp->p2; - u.am.pC = 0; - memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem)); - assert( u.am.p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest); - u.am.zRec = 0; - - /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of - ** bytes in the record. - ** - ** u.am.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available. - ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables - ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text - ** might be available in the u.am.pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be. - ** If the data is unavailable, u.am.zRec is set to NULL. - ** - ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors, - ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element. - */ - u.am.pC = p->apCsr[u.am.p1]; - assert( u.am.pC!=0 ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - assert( u.am.pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); -#endif - u.am.pCrsr = u.am.pC->pCursor; - if( u.am.pCrsr!=0 ){ - /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.am.pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( u.am.pC->nullRow ){ - u.am.payloadSize = 0; - }else if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ - u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pC->payloadSize; - u.am.zRec = (char*)u.am.pC->aRow; - }else if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize64); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ - /* sqlcipher3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the - ** payload size, so it is impossible for u.am.payloadSize64 to be - ** larger than 32 bits. */ - assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLCIPHER_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 ); - u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64; - }else{ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ - } - }else if( ALWAYS(u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){ - u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg]; - assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); - assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) ); - u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n; - u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z; - u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr; - assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 ); - }else{ - /* Consider the row to be NULL */ - u.am.payloadSize = 0; - } - - /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL. This can happen because of - ** nullRow or because of a corrupt database. */ - if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null); - goto op_column_out; - } - assert( db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 ); - if( u.am.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; +static int analyzeWindowKeyword(const unsigned char *z){ + int t; + t = getToken(&z); + if( t!=TK_ID ) return TK_ID; + t = getToken(&z); + if( t!=TK_AS ) return TK_ID; + return TK_WINDOW; +} +static int analyzeOverKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ + if( lastToken==TK_RP ){ + int t = getToken(&z); + if( t==TK_LP || t==TK_ID ) return TK_OVER; } + return TK_ID; +} +static int analyzeFilterKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ + if( lastToken==TK_RP && getToken(&z)==TK_LP ){ + return TK_FILTER; + } + return TK_ID; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ - u.am.nField = u.am.pC->nField; - assert( u.am.p2aType; - if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){ - u.am.aOffset = u.am.pC->aOffset; - }else{ - assert(u.am.aType); - u.am.avail = 0; - u.am.pC->aOffset = u.am.aOffset = &u.am.aType[u.am.nField]; - u.am.pC->payloadSize = u.am.payloadSize; - u.am.pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; - - /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */ - if( u.am.zRec ){ - u.am.zData = u.am.zRec; - }else{ - if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){ - u.am.zData = (char*)sqlcipher3BtreeKeyFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail); +/* +** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ + int i, c; + switch( aiClass[*z] ){ /* Switch on the character-class of the first byte + ** of the token. See the comment on the CC_ defines + ** above. */ + case CC_SPACE: { + testcase( z[0]==' ' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); + for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; + return i; + } + case CC_MINUS: { + if( z[1]=='-' ){ + for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + *tokenType = TK_MINUS; + return 1; + } + case CC_LP: { + *tokenType = TK_LP; + return 1; + } + case CC_RP: { + *tokenType = TK_RP; + return 1; + } + case CC_SEMI: { + *tokenType = TK_SEMI; + return 1; + } + case CC_PLUS: { + *tokenType = TK_PLUS; + return 1; + } + case CC_STAR: { + *tokenType = TK_STAR; + return 1; + } + case CC_SLASH: { + if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_SLASH; + return 1; + } + for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + if( c ) i++; + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + case CC_PERCENT: { + *tokenType = TK_REM; + return 1; + } + case CC_EQ: { + *tokenType = TK_EQ; + return 1 + (z[1]=='='); + } + case CC_LT: { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='<' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; + return 2; }else{ - u.am.zData = (char*)sqlcipher3BtreeDataFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail); + *tokenType = TK_LT; + return 1; } - /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload, - ** save the payload in the u.am.pC->aRow cache. That will save us from - ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of - ** the record. - */ - assert( u.am.avail>=0 ); - if( u.am.payloadSize <= (u32)u.am.avail ){ - u.am.zRec = u.am.zData; - u.am.pC->aRow = (u8*)u.am.zData; + } + case CC_GT: { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_GE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; + return 2; }else{ - u.am.pC->aRow = 0; + *tokenType = TK_GT; + return 1; } } - /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when - ** the database file has been corrupted externally. - ** assert( u.am.zRec!=0 || u.am.avail>=u.am.payloadSize || u.am.avail>=9 ); */ - u.am.szHdr = getVarint32((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.offset); - - /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. - ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. - ** - ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte - ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of - ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a - ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three - ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. - */ - if( u.am.offset > 98307 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto op_column_out; + case CC_BANG: { + if( z[1]!='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + } } - - /* Compute in u.am.len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order - ** to get u.am.nField type values. u.am.offset is an upper bound on this. But - ** u.am.nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns - ** in the table, and in that case, 5*u.am.nField+3 might be smaller than u.am.offset. - ** We want to minimize u.am.len in order to limit the size of the memory - ** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused u.am.offset - ** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above. But 98307 might - ** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations. - ** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, u.am.nField*5+3 - ** will likely be much smaller since u.am.nField will likely be less than - ** 20 or so. This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are - ** not exceeded even for corrupt database files. - */ - u.am.len = u.am.nField*5 + 3; - if( u.am.len > (int)u.am.offset ) u.am.len = (int)u.am.offset; - - /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire - ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete - ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page - ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree() to - ** acquire the complete header text. - */ - if( !u.am.zRec && u.am.availisIndex, &u.am.sMem); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto op_column_out; + case CC_PIPE: { + if( z[1]!='|' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BITOR; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; + return 2; } - u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z; } - u.am.zEndHdr = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.len]; - u.am.zIdx = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.szHdr]; - - /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the u.am.aType[] and u.am.aOffset[] - ** arrays. u.am.aType[u.am.i] will contain the type integer for the u.am.i-th - ** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning - ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column - */ - for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i u.am.zEndHdr) || (u.am.offset > u.am.payloadSize) - || (u.am.zIdx==u.am.zEndHdr && u.am.offset!=u.am.payloadSize) ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto op_column_out; + case CC_DOT: { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) +#endif + { + *tokenType = TK_DOT; + return 1; + } + /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point + ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ } - } - - /* Get the column information. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is non-zero, then - ** deserialize the value from the record. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is zero, - ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the - ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is - ** a pointer to a Mem object. - */ - if( u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] ){ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - if( u.am.zRec ){ - MemReleaseExt(u.am.pDest); - sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.am.zRec[u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2]], u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest); - }else{ - u.am.len = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.p2]); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(&u.am.sMem, u.am.pDest); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2], u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto op_column_out; + case CC_DIGIT: { + testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); + testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); + testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); + testcase( z[0]=='9' ); + *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){ + for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } +#endif + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( z[i]=='.' ){ + i++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } + if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) + ) + ){ + i += 2; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } +#endif + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + i++; } - u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z; - sqlcipher3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest); + return i; } - u.am.pDest->enc = encoding; - }else{ - if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); - }else{ - MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null); + case CC_QUOTE2: { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; } - } - - /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the - ** sqlcipher3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that - ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.am.pDest structure. - ** This prevents a memory copy. - */ - if( u.am.sMem.zMalloc ){ - assert( u.am.sMem.z==u.am.sMem.zMalloc ); - assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) ); - assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || u.am.pDest->z==u.am.sMem.z ); - u.am.pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - u.am.pDest->flags |= MEM_Term; - u.am.pDest->z = u.am.sMem.z; - u.am.pDest->zMalloc = u.am.sMem.zMalloc; - } - - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(u.am.pDest); - -op_column_out: - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.am.pDest); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.am.pDest); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. -** -** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the -** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth -** memory cell in the range. -*/ -case OP_Affinity: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.an */ - const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ - char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.an */ - - u.an.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; - assert( u.an.zAffinity!=0 ); - assert( u.an.zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - while( (u.an.cAff = *(u.an.zAffinity++))!=0 ){ - assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] ); - assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); - ExpandBlob(pIn1); - applyAffinity(pIn1, u.an.cAff, encoding); - pIn1++; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] -** use as a data record in a database table or as a key -** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. -** -** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the -** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth -** field of the index key. -** -** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLCIPHER_AFF_ -** macros defined in sqlcipherInt.h. -** -** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE. -*/ -case OP_MakeRecord: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ao */ - u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ - Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ - u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ - u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ - Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ - Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ - char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ - int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ - int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */ - int len; /* Length of a field */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ao */ - - /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks - ** like this: - ** - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** - ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 - ** and so froth. - ** - ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the - ** corresponding data element (see sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType()). The - ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning - ** of the record to data0. - */ - u.ao.nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - u.ao.nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - u.ao.nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - u.ao.nField = pOp->p1; - u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; - assert( u.ao.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ao.nField<=p->nMem+1 ); - u.ao.pData0 = &aMem[u.ao.nField]; - u.ao.nField = pOp->p2; - u.ao.pLast = &u.ao.pData0[u.ao.nField-1]; - u.ao.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; - - /* Identify the output register */ - assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - - /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure - ** out how much space is required for the new record. - */ - for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){ - assert( memIsValid(u.ao.pRec) ); - if( u.ao.zAffinity ){ - applyAffinity(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.zAffinity[u.ao.pRec-u.ao.pData0], encoding); + case CC_VARNUM: { + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } + case CC_DOLLAR: + case CC_VARALPHA: { + int n = 0; + testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); + testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( IdChar(c) ){ + n++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ + do{ + i++; + }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); + if( c==')' ){ + i++; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + } + break; + }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ + i++; +#endif + }else{ + break; + } + } + if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + case CC_KYWD: { + for(i=1; aiClass[z[i]]<=CC_KYWD; i++){} + if( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + /* This token started out using characters that can appear in keywords, + ** but z[i] is a character not allowed within keywords, so this must + ** be an identifier instead */ + i++; + break; + } + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return keywordCode((char*)z, i, tokenType); + } + case CC_X: { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); + if( z[1]=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BLOB; + for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } + } + if( z[i] ) i++; + return i; + } +#endif + /* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no + ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'. Fall through */ + } + case CC_ID: { + i = 1; + break; } - if( u.ao.pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && u.ao.pRec->n>0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemExpandBlob(u.ao.pRec); + case CC_NUL: { + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 0; } - u.ao.serial_type = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format); - u.ao.len = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.ao.serial_type); - u.ao.nData += u.ao.len; - u.ao.nHdr += sqlcipher3VarintLen(u.ao.serial_type); - if( u.ao.pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode. - ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */ - u.ao.nZero += u.ao.pRec->u.nZero; - }else if( u.ao.len ){ - u.ao.nZero = 0; + default: { + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; } } - - /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */ - u.ao.nHdr += u.ao.nVarint = sqlcipher3VarintLen(u.ao.nHdr); - if( u.ao.nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - - /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store - ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to - ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to - ** sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used). - */ - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ao.nByte, 0) ){ - goto no_mem; - } - u.ao.zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; - - /* Write the record */ - u.ao.i = putVarint32(u.ao.zNewRecord, u.ao.nHdr); - for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){ - u.ao.serial_type = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format); - u.ao.i += putVarint32(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], u.ao.serial_type); /* serial type */ - } - for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){ /* serial data */ - u.ao.i += sqlcipher3VdbeSerialPut(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], (int)(u.ao.nByte-u.ao.i), u.ao.pRec,u.ao.file_format); - } - assert( u.ao.i==u.ao.nByte ); - - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - pOut->n = (int)u.ao.nByte; - pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn; - pOut->xDel = 0; - if( u.ao.nZero ){ - pOut->u.nZero = u.ao.nZero; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; - } - pOut->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i; } -/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * -** -** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index -** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 +/* +** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is +** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that +** error message. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ap */ - i64 nEntry; - BtCursor *pCrsr; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ + int n = 0; /* Length of the next token token */ + int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ + int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ +#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK + yyParser sEngine; /* Space to hold the Lemon-generated Parser object */ +#endif + VVA_ONLY( u8 startedWithOom = db->mallocFailed ); - u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.ap.pCrsr) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry); + assert( zSql!=0 ); + mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + pParse->zTail = zSql; + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_ParserTrace ){ + printf("parser: [[[%s]]]\n", zSql); + sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); }else{ - u.ap.nEntry = 0; + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); } - pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry; - break; -} #endif - -/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * -** -** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending -** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an -** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. -*/ -case OP_Savepoint: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aq */ - int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ - char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ - int nName; - Savepoint *pNew; - Savepoint *pSavepoint; - Savepoint *pTmp; - int iSavepoint; - int ii; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */ - - u.aq.p1 = pOp->p1; - u.aq.zName = pOp->p4.z; - - /* Assert that the u.aq.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open - ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. - */ - assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); - assert( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); - assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); - - if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ - if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){ - /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write - ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). - */ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else{ - u.aq.nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(u.aq.zName); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction - ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. - ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed - ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ - assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, - db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK + pEngine = &sEngine; + sqlite3ParserInit(pEngine, pParse); +#else + pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc, pParse); + if( pEngine==0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } #endif - - /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ - u.aq.pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1); - if( u.aq.pNew ){ - u.aq.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.aq.pNew[1]; - memcpy(u.aq.pNew->zName, u.aq.zName, u.aq.nName+1); - - /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special - ** "transaction savepoint". */ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - db->autoCommit = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; - }else{ - db->nSavepoint++; - } - - /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ - u.aq.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pNew; - u.aq.pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; - } - } - }else{ - u.aq.iSavepoint = 0; - - /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an - ** an error is returned to the user. */ - for( - u.aq.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; - u.aq.pSavepoint && sqlcipher3StrICmp(u.aq.pSavepoint->zName, u.aq.zName); - u.aq.pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext - ){ - u.aq.iSavepoint++; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->pVList==0 ); + pParse->pParentParse = db->pParse; + db->pParse = pParse; + while( 1 ){ + n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); + mxSqlLen -= n; + if( mxSqlLen<0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; } - if( !u.aq.pSavepoint ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.aq.zName); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - }else if( - db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1) - ){ - /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are - ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint - ** if there are any active statements at all. - */ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress", - (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release") +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + if( tokenType>=TK_WINDOW ){ + assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_OVER || tokenType==TK_FILTER + || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW ); - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else{ - - /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, - ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction - ** is committed. - */ - int isTransaction = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; - if( isTransaction && u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - if( (rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto vdbe_return; - } - db->autoCommit = 1; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - db->autoCommit = 0; - p->rc = rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; - rc = p->rc; - }else{ - u.aq.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.aq.iSavepoint - 1; - for(u.aq.ii=0; u.aq.iinDb; u.aq.ii++){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.aq.ii].pBt, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_InternChanges)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - db->flags = (db->flags | SQLCIPHER_InternChanges); - } +#else + if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){ + assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + break; } - - /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all - ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ - while( db->pSavepoint!=u.aq.pSavepoint ){ - u.aq.pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pTmp->pNext; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.aq.pTmp); - db->nSavepoint--; + if( tokenType==TK_SPACE ){ + zSql += n; + continue; } - - /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on - ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred - ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored - ** when the savepoint was created. */ - if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - assert( u.aq.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); - db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.aq.pSavepoint); - if( !isTransaction ){ - db->nSavepoint--; + if( zSql[0]==0 ){ + /* Upon reaching the end of input, call the parser two more times + ** with tokens TK_SEMI and 0, in that order. */ + if( lastTokenParsed==TK_SEMI ){ + tokenType = 0; + }else if( lastTokenParsed==0 ){ + break; + }else{ + tokenType = TK_SEMI; } + n = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC + }else if( tokenType==TK_WINDOW ){ + assert( n==6 ); + tokenType = analyzeWindowKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[6]); + }else if( tokenType==TK_OVER ){ + assert( n==4 ); + tokenType = analyzeOverKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[4], lastTokenParsed); + }else if( tokenType==TK_FILTER ){ + assert( n==6 ); + tokenType = analyzeFilterKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[6], lastTokenParsed); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ }else{ - db->nDeferredCons = u.aq.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; - } - - if( !isTransaction ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(db, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%.*s\"", n, zSql); + break; } } + pParse->sLastToken.z = zSql; + pParse->sLastToken.n = n; + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken); + lastTokenParsed = tokenType; + zSql += n; + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK || startedWithOom ); + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } + assert( nErr==0 ); +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex()); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, + sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) + ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex()); +#endif /* YYDEBUG */ +#ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK + sqlite3ParserFinalize(pEngine); +#else + sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); +#endif + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ + pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + } + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", + *pzErrMsg, pParse->zTail); + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + nErr++; + } + pParse->zTail = zSql; + if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); + pParse->pVdbe = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); + pParse->aTableLock = 0; + pParse->nTableLock = 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); +#endif - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * -** -** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll -** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active -** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if -** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. -** -** This instruction causes the VM to halt. -*/ -case OP_AutoCommit: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ar */ - int desiredAutoCommit; - int iRollback; - int turnOnAC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */ - - u.ar.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; - u.ar.iRollback = pOp->p2; - u.ar.turnOnAC = u.ar.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit; - assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==0 ); - assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.iRollback==0 ); - assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ - - if( u.ar.turnOnAC && u.ar.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are - ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating - ** that the other VMs must complete first. - */ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else if( u.ar.turnOnAC && !u.ar.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){ - /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing - ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. + if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) + ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. */ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - }else if( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ - if( u.ar.iRollback ){ - assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 ); - sqlcipher3RollbackAll(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - }else if( (rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto vdbe_return; - }else{ - db->autoCommit = (u8)u.ar.desiredAutoCommit; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.ar.desiredAutoCommit); - p->rc = rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - } - assert( db->nStatement==0 ); - sqlcipher3CloseSavepoints(db); - if( p->rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - goto vdbe_return; - }else{ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - (!u.ar.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( - (u.ar.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": - "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); - - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * * -** -** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback -** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the -** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered. -** -** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is -** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the -** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for -** attached databases. -** -** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is -** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No -** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is -** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A -** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the -** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained -** on the file. -** -** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is -** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may -** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. -** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database -** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other -** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this -** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the -** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction -** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. -** -** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file. -*/ -case OP_Transaction: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.as */ - Btree *pBt; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - - if( u.as.pBt ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(u.as.pBt, pOp->p2); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - p->rc = rc = SQLCIPHER_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - - if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal - && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1) - ){ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(u.as.pBt) ); - if( p->iStatement==0 ){ - assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); - db->nStatement++; - p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; - } - - rc = sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement); - } - - /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint - ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, - ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ - p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; - } + if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. -** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. -** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is -** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store -** temporary tables. -** -** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction -** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before -** executing this instruction. -*/ -case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.at */ - int iMeta; - int iDb; - int iCookie; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */ - - u.at.iDb = pOp->p1; - u.at.iCookie = pOp->p3; - assert( pOp->p3=0 && u.at.iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta); - pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta; - break; -} -/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer) -** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. -** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache -** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the -** database file used to store temporary tables. -** -** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. -*/ -case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.au */ - Db *pDb; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */ - assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); - /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.au.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i); - if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ - /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ - u.au.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i; - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; - }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ - /* Record changes in the file format */ - u.au.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i; + if( pParse->pWithToFree ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWithToFree); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->pVList); + while( pParse->pAinc ){ + AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; + pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } - if( pOp->p1==1 ){ - /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database - ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ - sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - p->expired = 0; + while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ + Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; + pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); } - break; + db->pParse = pParse->pParentParse; + pParse->pParentParse = 0; + assert( nErr==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return nErr; } -/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the -** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the -** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3. -** -** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file -** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number -** for auxiliary databases. -** -** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. -** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed -** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. -** -** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs -** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is -** invoked. -*/ -case OP_VerifyCookie: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.av */ - int iMeta; - int iGen; - Btree *pBt; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); - u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - if( u.av.pBt ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta); - u.av.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; - }else{ - u.av.iGen = u.av.iMeta = 0; - } - if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.av.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); - /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie - ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do - ** not reload the schema from the database file. - ** - ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. - ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which - ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using - ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to - ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the - ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlcipher3_vtab structure itself - ** to be invalidated whenever sqlcipher3_step() is called from within - ** a v-table method. - */ - if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.av.iMeta ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1); - } - p->expired = 1; - rc = SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE +/* +** Insert a single space character into pStr if the current string +** ends with an identifier +*/ +static void addSpaceSeparator(sqlite3_str *pStr){ + if( pStr->nChar && sqlite3IsIdChar(pStr->zText[pStr->nChar-1]) ){ + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " ", 1); } - break; } -/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. -** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for -** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached -** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 -** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. -** It is an error for P1 to be negative. -** -** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not -** the value of P2 itself. -** -** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an -** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction -** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read -** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits -** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is -** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts -** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an -** SQLCIPHER_BUSY error code. -** -** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer -** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. -** -** See also OpenWrite. -*/ -/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root -** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the -** root page. -** -** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer -** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the -** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. -** -** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor -** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only -** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. -** -** See also OpenRead. +/* +** Compute a normalization of the SQL given by zSql[0..nSql-1]. Return +** the normalization in space obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). Or return +** NULL if anything goes wrong or if zSql is NULL. */ -case OP_OpenRead: -case OP_OpenWrite: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aw */ - int nField; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int p2; - int iDb; - int wrFlag; - Btree *pX; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - Db *pDb; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */ - - if( p->expired ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ABORT; - break; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Normalize( + Vdbe *pVdbe, /* VM being reprepared */ + const char *zSql /* The original SQL string */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int i; /* Next unread byte of zSql[] */ + int n; /* length of current token */ + int tokenType; /* type of current token */ + int prevType = 0; /* Previous non-whitespace token */ + int nParen; /* Number of nested levels of parentheses */ + int iStartIN; /* Start of RHS of IN operator in z[] */ + int nParenAtIN; /* Value of nParent at start of RHS of IN operator */ + int j; /* Bytes of normalized SQL generated so far */ + sqlite3_str *pStr; /* The normalized SQL string under construction */ - u.aw.nField = 0; - u.aw.pKeyInfo = 0; - u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2; - u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3; - assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDbnDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.aw.iDb]; - u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt; - assert( u.aw.pX!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ - u.aw.wrFlag = 1; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.aw.iDb, 0) ); - if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ - p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format; + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(pVdbe); + tokenType = -1; + nParen = iStartIN = nParenAtIN = 0; + pStr = sqlite3_str_new(db); + assert( pStr!=0 ); /* sqlite3_str_new() never returns NULL */ + for(i=0; zSql[i] && pStr->accError==0; i+=n){ + if( tokenType!=TK_SPACE ){ + prevType = tokenType; } - }else{ - u.aw.wrFlag = 0; - } - if( pOp->p5 ){ - assert( u.aw.p2>0 ); - assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem ); - pIn2 = &aMem[u.aw.p2]; - assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); - assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); - u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; - /* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and - ** that opcode will always set the u.aw.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. - ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted - ** before reaching this instruction. */ - if( NEVER(u.aw.p2<2) ) { - rc = SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto abort_due_to_error; + n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)zSql+i, &tokenType); + if( NEVER(n<=0) ) break; + switch( tokenType ){ + case TK_SPACE: { + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + if( prevType==TK_IS || prevType==TK_NOT ){ + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " NULL", 5); + break; + } + /* Fall through */ + } + case TK_STRING: + case TK_INTEGER: + case TK_FLOAT: + case TK_VARIABLE: + case TK_BLOB: { + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "?", 1); + break; + } + case TK_LP: { + nParen++; + if( prevType==TK_IN ){ + iStartIN = pStr->nChar; + nParenAtIN = nParen; + } + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "(", 1); + break; + } + case TK_RP: { + if( iStartIN>0 && nParen==nParenAtIN ){ + assert( pStr->nChar>=iStartIN ); + pStr->nChar = iStartIN+1; + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "?,?,?", 5); + iStartIN = 0; + } + nParen--; + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); + break; + } + case TK_ID: { + iStartIN = 0; + j = pStr->nChar; + if( sqlite3Isquote(zSql[i]) ){ + char *zId = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql+i, n); + int nId; + int eType = 0; + if( zId==0 ) break; + sqlite3Dequote(zId); + if( zSql[i]=='"' && sqlite3VdbeUsesDoubleQuotedString(pVdbe, zId) ){ + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "?", 1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zId); + break; + } + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + if( sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zId, &eType)==nId && eType==TK_ID ){ + addSpaceSeparator(pStr); + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, zId, nId); + }else{ + sqlite3_str_appendf(pStr, "\"%w\"", zId); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zId); + }else{ + addSpaceSeparator(pStr); + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, zSql+i, n); + } + while( jnChar ){ + pStr->zText[j] = sqlite3Tolower(pStr->zText[j]); + j++; + } + break; + } + case TK_SELECT: { + iStartIN = 0; + /* fall through */ + } + default: { + if( sqlite3IsIdChar(zSql[i]) ) addSpaceSeparator(pStr); + j = pStr->nChar; + sqlite3_str_append(pStr, zSql+i, n); + while( jnChar ){ + pStr->zText[j] = sqlite3Toupper(pStr->zText[j]); + j++; + } + break; + } } } - if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ - u.aw.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - u.aw.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); - u.aw.nField = u.aw.pKeyInfo->nField+1; - }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ - u.aw.nField = pOp->p4.i; - } - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1); - if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; - u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1; - u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor); - u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo; - - /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that - ** sqlcipher3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLCIPHER_OK. */ - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - - /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of - ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point - ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has - ** since moved into the btree layer. */ - u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; - u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable; - break; + if( tokenType!=TK_SEMI ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ";", 1); + return sqlite3_str_finish(pStr); } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE */ -/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 +/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 ** -** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if -** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral -** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. -** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index -** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure -** that defines the format of keys in the index. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created -** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either -** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by -** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But -** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea. +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL ** -** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined -** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of -** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are -** added automatically. +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. */ -/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a -** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using -** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient -** indices in joins. +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + +/* +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. */ -case OP_OpenAutoindex: -case OP_OpenEphemeral: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ax */ - VdbeCursor *pCx; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */ - static const int vfsFlags = - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); - if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt, - BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling - ** sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before - ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the - ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). - */ - if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){ - int pgno; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, - (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ax.pCx->pCursor); - u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); - } - u.ax.pCx->isTable = 0; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor); - u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1; - } - } - u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); - u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable; - break; -} -/* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens -** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large -** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. */ -case OP_SorterOpen: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ay */ - VdbeCursor *pCx; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); - if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - u.ay.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db); - u.ay.pCx->isSorter = 1; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterInit(db, u.ay.pCx); -#else - pOp->opcode = OP_OpenEphemeral; - pc--; +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 #endif - break; -} -/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single -** row of data. The content of that one row in the content of memory -** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the -** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. -** -** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single -** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into -** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode -** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. +/* +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. ** -** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by -** the pseudo-table. -*/ -case OP_OpenPseudo: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.az */ - VdbeCursor *pCx; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - u.az.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); - if( u.az.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - u.az.pCx->nullRow = 1; - u.az.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; - u.az.pCx->isTable = 1; - u.az.pCx->isIndex = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". ** -** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not -** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. -*/ -case OP_Close: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - sqlcipher3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); - p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records -** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. ** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than -** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY ** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than -** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger definition. ** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: ** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace. +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. ** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records -** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. ** -** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. */ -case OP_SeekLt: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekLe: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekGe: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ba */ - int res; - int oc; - VdbeCursor *pC; - UnpackedRecord r; - int nField; - i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); - u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.ba.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.ba.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 ); - assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 ); - assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 ); - assert( u.ba.pC->isOrdered ); - if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - u.ba.oc = pOp->opcode; - u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0; - if( u.ba.pC->isTable ){ - /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, - ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do - ** the seek, so covert it. */ - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - applyNumericAffinity(pIn3); - u.ba.iKey = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - - /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without - ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ - /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, - ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[8][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, + /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, + /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler + */ + static const u8 trans[3][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zSql==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; break; } - /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating - ** point number. */ - assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 ); - - if( u.ba.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.ba.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){ - /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an - ** integer. */ - u.ba.res = 1; - if( pIn3->r<0 ){ - if( u.ba.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeFirst(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - } - }else{ - if( u.ba.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeLast(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - if( u.ba.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; break; - }else if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe ){ - /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */ - if( pIn3->r > (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey++; - }else{ - /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */ - assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - if( pIn3->r < (double)u.ba.iKey ) u.ba.iKey--; } + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; + token = tkWS; + break; } - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.ba.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.ba.iKey, 0, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( u.ba.res==0 ){ - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 1; - u.ba.pC->lastRowid = u.ba.iKey; + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; } - }else{ - u.ba.nField = pOp->p4.i; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( u.ba.nField>0 ); - u.ba.r.pKeyInfo = u.ba.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.ba.r.nField = (u16)u.ba.nField; - - /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: - ** if( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ){ - ** u.ba.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY; - ** }else{ - ** u.ba.r.flags = 0; - ** } - */ - u.ba.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.ba.oc - OP_SeekLt))); - assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.ba.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); - assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.ba.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY ); - assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.ba.r.flags==0 ); - assert( u.ba.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.ba.r.flags==0 ); - - u.ba.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; ipCursor, &u.ba.r, 0, 0, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; } - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.ba.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_search_count++; + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + unsigned char c; #endif - if( u.ba.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt ); - if( u.ba.res<0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeNext(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - u.ba.res = 0; - } - }else{ - assert( u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLe ); - if( u.ba.res>0 || (u.ba.res==0 && u.ba.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(u.ba.pC->pCursor, &u.ba.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - /* u.ba.res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to - ** see if this is the case. - */ - u.ba.res = sqlcipher3BtreeEof(u.ba.pC->pCursor); + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; +#else + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else +#endif + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; } } - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - if( u.ba.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - }else{ - /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlcipher3_master table - ** for read access returns SQLCIPHER_EMPTY. In this case always - ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table). - */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; } - break; + return state==1; } -/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * * -** -** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange -** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2. -** -** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until -** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads -** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. */ -case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bb */ - VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bb.pC!=0 ); - if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - assert( u.bb.pC->isTable ); - u.bb.pC->nullRow = 0; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - u.bb.pC->movetoTarget = sqlcipher3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - u.bb.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - break; + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return rc & 0xff; } - +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ -/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 ** -** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If -** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and -** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. */ -/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 ** -** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If -** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. -** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 -** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control -** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the -** matching entry. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** ** -** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. */ -case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bc */ - int alreadyExists; - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - char *pFree; - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; - UnpackedRecord r; - char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7]; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_found_count++; -#endif +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ - u.bc.alreadyExists = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - u.bc.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bc.pC!=0 ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( ALWAYS(u.bc.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); - assert( u.bc.pC->isTable==0 ); - if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ - u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.bc.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - u.bc.r.aMem = pIn3; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; ipKeyInfo, u.bc.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bc.aTempRec), &u.bc.pFree - ); - if( u.bc.pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; - assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ - sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bc.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, u.bc.pIdxKey); - u.bc.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; - } - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pC->pCursor, u.bc.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bc.res); - if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.bc.pFree); - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - break; - } - u.bc.alreadyExists = (u.bc.res==0); - u.bc.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bc.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ - if( u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - if( !u.bc.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ -/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which -** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with -** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index -** entry refers to. +/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE +/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 ** -** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record -** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers -** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1. -** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid -** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may -** or may not be the same as R. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL -** value, jump immediately to P2. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry -** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end -** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps -** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index -** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next -** instruction. +****************************************************************************** ** -** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. */ -case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bd */ - u16 ii; - VdbeCursor *pCx; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - u16 nField; - Mem *aMx; - UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */ - i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */ - - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.bd.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i]; - /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */ - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - - /* Find the index cursor. */ - u.bd.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bd.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 ); - u.bd.pCx->seekResult = 0; - u.bd.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pCx->pCursor; - - /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */ - u.bd.nField = u.bd.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField; - for(u.bd.ii=0; u.bd.iip2 - 1; - u.bd.pCrsr = 0; - break; - } - } - assert( (u.bd.aMx[u.bd.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 ); +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ - if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){ - /* Populate the index search key. */ - u.bd.r.pKeyInfo = u.bd.pCx->pKeyInfo; - u.bd.r.nField = u.bd.nField + 1; - u.bd.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH; - u.bd.r.aMem = u.bd.aMx; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; iu.i; +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ - /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump - ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to - ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction. */ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, &u.bd.r, 0, 0, &u.bd.pCx->seekResult); - if( (u.bd.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bd.r.rowid==u.bd.R ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - pIn3->u.i = u.bd.r.rowid; - } - } - break; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); -/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) +/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key. If a record -** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. -** If the record does exist, then fall through. The cursor is left -** pointing to the record if it exists. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this -** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas -** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and -** P1 is an index. +****************************************************************************** ** -** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ -case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.be */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - u64 iKey; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.be.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.be.pC->isTable ); - assert( u.be.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - u.be.pCrsr = u.be.pC->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.be.pCrsr!=0) ){ - u.be.res = 0; - u.be.iKey = pIn3->u.i; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pCrsr, 0, u.be.iKey, 0, &u.be.res); - u.be.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; - u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = u.be.res==0 ?1:0; - u.be.pC->nullRow = 0; - u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - if( u.be.res!=0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); - } - u.be.pC->seekResult = u.be.res; - }else{ - /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the - ** sqlcipher_master table returns SQLCIPHER_EMPTY. - */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - assert( u.be.pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); - u.be.pC->seekResult = 0; - } - break; -} +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ -/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * -** -** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. -** Write the sequence number into register P2. -** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this -** instruction. +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. */ -case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); - pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; - break; -} +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +#endif +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. -** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database -** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written -** written to register P2. -** -** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds -** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are -** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, -** an SQLCIPHER_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' -** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the -** AUTOINCREMENT feature. +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-25063-23286 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a +** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built using +** an edited copy of the amalgamation, then the last four characters of +** the hash might be different from SQLITE_SOURCE_ID. */ -case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */ - i64 v; /* The new rowid */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ - int res; /* Result of an sqlcipher3BtreeLast() */ - int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ - Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */ +/* SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } */ - u.bf.v = 0; - u.bf.res = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bf.pC!=0 ); - if( NEVER(u.bf.pC->pCursor==0) ){ - /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ - }else{ - /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same - ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. - ** - ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one - ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum - ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second - ** probabilistic algorithm - ** - ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if - ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have - ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one - ** and try again, up to 100 times. - */ - assert( u.bf.pC->isTable ); +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function +** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_32BIT_ROWID -# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff -#else - /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. - ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems - ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. - */ -# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) -#endif +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns +** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to +** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - if( !u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){ - u.bf.v = sqlcipher3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor); - if( u.bf.v==0 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeLast(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( u.bf.res ){ - u.bf.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ - }else{ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bf.pC->pCursor) ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(u.bf.pC->pCursor, &u.bf.v); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ - if( u.bf.v==MAX_ROWID ){ - u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid = 1; - }else{ - u.bf.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ - } - } - } +/* +** When compiling the test fixture or with debugging enabled (on Win32), +** this variable being set to non-zero will cause OSTRACE macros to emit +** extra diagnostic information. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( pOp->p3 ){ - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - if( p->pFrame ){ - for(u.bf.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bf.pFrame->pParent; u.bf.pFrame=u.bf.pFrame->pParent); - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3<=u.bf.pFrame->nMem ); - u.bf.pMem = &u.bf.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; - }else{ - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.bf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, u.bf.pMem); - } - assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pMem) ); - - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.bf.pMem); - assert( (u.bf.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ - if( u.bf.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.bf.pC->useRandomRowid ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( u.bf.vu.i+1 ){ - u.bf.v = u.bf.pMem->u.i + 1; - } - u.bf.pMem->u.i = u.bf.v; - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. +*/ +SQLITE_API void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; #endif - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor, u.bf.vuseRandomRowid ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the - ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database - ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until - ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ - assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is - ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ - /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ - u.bf.v = lastRowid; - u.bf.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ - u.bf.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ - u.bf.cnt = 0; - while( ((rc = sqlcipher3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.bf.v, - 0, &u.bf.res))==SQLCIPHER_OK) - && (u.bf.res==0) - && (++u.bf.cnt<100)){ - /* collision - try another random rowid */ - sqlcipher3_randomness(sizeof(u.bf.v), &u.bf.v); - if( u.bf.cnt<5 ){ - /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ - u.bf.v &= 0xffffff; - }else{ - u.bf.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ - } - u.bf.v++; /* ensure non-zero */ - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && u.bf.res==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - assert( u.bf.v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ - } - u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - pOut->u.i = u.bf.v; - break; -} +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; -/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** all database files specified with a relative pathname. ** -** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is -** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing -** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register -** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must -** be a MEM_Int. +** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + +/* +** Initialize SQLite. ** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, -** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the -** sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). +** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, +** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with +** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT +** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as +** sqlite3_open(). ** -** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of -** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this -** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing -** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is -** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode -** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization -** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. +** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, +** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. ** -** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an -** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode -** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to -** the update hook. +** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to +** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first +** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent +** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. ** -** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or -** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook -** (sqlcipher3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. +** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive +** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the +** initialization process would never complete. ** -** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically -** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor -** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the -** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not -** cause any problems.) +** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other +** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is +** incomplete, it is required that: ** -** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction -** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. -*/ -/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most +** call by X completes. ** -** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the -** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. +** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately +** without blocking. */ -case OP_Insert: -case OP_InsertInt: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bg */ - Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ - Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ - i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ - int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ - const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ - const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ - int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLCIPHER_UPDATE or SQLCIPHER_INSERT */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + int rc; /* Result code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } +#endif - u.bg.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pData) ); - u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bg.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - assert( u.bg.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bg.pData); + /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler + ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer + ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */ + assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ - u.bg.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( u.bg.pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( memIsValid(u.bg.pKey) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bg.pKey); - u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pKey->u.i; - }else{ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); - u.bg.iKey = pOp->p3; - } + /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call + ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization + ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end + ** of this routine. + */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bg.iKey; - if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ - u.bg.pData->z = 0; - u.bg.pData->n = 0; - }else{ - assert( u.bg.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. + ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, + ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. + ** + ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own + ** initialization. + */ + rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the + ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static + ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. + */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); } - u.bg.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bg.pC->seekResult : 0); - if( u.bg.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - u.bg.nZero = u.bg.pData->u.nZero; - }else{ - u.bg.nZero = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = + sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } } - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeInsert(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bg.iKey, - u.bg.pData->z, u.bg.pData->n, u.bg.nZero, - pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bg.seekResult - ); - u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - u.bg.zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName; - u.bg.zTbl = pOp->p4.z; - u.bg.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLCIPHER_UPDATE : SQLCIPHER_INSERT); - assert( u.bg.pC->isTable ); - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bg.op, u.bg.zDb, u.bg.zTbl, u.bg.iKey); - assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; } - break; -} + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); -/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. -** -** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous -** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then -** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete -** a record from within an Next loop. -** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). -** -** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with -** multiple rows. -** -** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is -** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists. -** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned -** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. -*/ -case OP_Delete: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bh */ - i64 iKey; - VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */ - - u.bh.iKey = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bh.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ + /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc + ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate + ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } - /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bh.iKey to the rowid of the - ** row being deleted. + /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so + ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into + ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through + ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other + ** recursive calls might also be possible. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls + ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. + ** + ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit + ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the + ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). */ - if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - assert( u.bh.pC->isTable ); - assert( u.bh.pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */ - u.bh.iKey = u.bh.pC->lastRowid; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + { + extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void); + sqlite3_init_sqllog(); + } +#endif + memset(&sqlite3BuiltinFunctions, 0, sizeof(sqlite3BuiltinFunctions)); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsInit(); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3MemdbInit(); + } +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + bRunExtraInit = 1; +#endif + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or - ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that - ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor u.bh.pC is always pointing - ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation - ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, - ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. - **/ - assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive + ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bh.pC->pCursor, 0); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeDelete(u.bh.pC->pCursor); - u.bh.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has + ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but + ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no + ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; + double y; + assert(sizeof(x)==8); + assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); + memcpy(&y, &x, 8); + assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + } +#endif +#endif - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bh.pC->iDb].zName; - const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z; - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bh.iKey); - assert( u.bh.pC->iDb>=0 ); + /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + ** compile-time option. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + if( bRunExtraInit ){ + int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); + rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); } - if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - break; -} -/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * -** -** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle -** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlcipher3_changes()). -** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. -** This is used by trigger programs. -*/ -case OP_ResetCount: { - sqlcipher3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - p->nChange = 0; - break; +#endif + + return rc; } -/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 -** -** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares the record blob in -** register P3 with the entry that the sorter cursor currently points to. -** If, excluding the rowid fields at the end, the two records are a match, -** fall through to the next instruction. Otherwise, jump to instruction P2. +/* +** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while +** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or +** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This +** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine +** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down +** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. */ -case OP_SorterCompare: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bi */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } +#endif - u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( isSorter(u.bi.pC) ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterCompare(u.bi.pC, pIn3, &u.bi.res); - if( u.bi.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN + void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); + SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); +#endif + sqlite3_os_end(); + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; } - break; -}; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ + sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + sqlite3MallocEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; -/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. -*/ -case OP_SorterData: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bj */ - VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bj.pC->isSorter ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterRowkey(u.bj.pC, pOut); -#else - pOp->opcode = OP_RowKey; - pc--; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES + /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed + ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), + ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these + ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the + ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to + ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. + */ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; #endif - break; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ + sqlite3MutexEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as -** it is found in the database file. -** -** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) -** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. -*/ -/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as -** it is found in the database file. +/* +** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of +** the SQLite library at run-time. ** -** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) -** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding +** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not +** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable +** behavior. */ -case OP_RowKey: -case OP_RowData: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bk */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - u32 n; - i64 n64; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while + ** the SQLite library is in use. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bk.pC->isSorter==0 ); - assert( u.bk.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); - assert( u.bk.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); - assert( u.bk.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bk.pC->nullRow==0 ); - assert( u.bk.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( !u.bk.pC->isSorter ); - assert( u.bk.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bk.pCrsr) ); - - /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or - ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate - ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always - ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. - */ - assert( u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bk.pC); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - - if( u.bk.pC->isIndex ){ - assert( !u.bk.pC->isTable ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.n64); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ - if( u.bk.n64>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe + ** compile. + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Single-thread. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ + break; } - u.bk.n = (u32)u.bk.n64; - }else{ - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlcipher3BtreeDataSize(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.n); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ - if( u.bk.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Multi-thread. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ + break; } - } - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bk.n, 0) ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pOut->n = u.bk.n; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); - if( u.bk.pC->isIndex ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKey(u.bk.pCrsr, 0, u.bk.n, pOut->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeData(u.bk.pCrsr, 0, u.bk.n, pOut->z); - } - pOut->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * -** -** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that -** P1 is currently point to. -** -** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to -** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this -** one opcode now works for both table types. -*/ -case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bl */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 v; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bl.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bl.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - if( u.bl.pC->nullRow ){ - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - }else if( u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto ){ - u.bl.v = u.bl.pC->movetoTarget; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor ){ - u.bl.pVtab = u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.bl.pModule = u.bl.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.bl.pModule->xRowid ); - rc = u.bl.pModule->xRowid(u.bl.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bl.v); - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bl.pVtab); -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - }else{ - assert( u.bl.pC->pCursor!=0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bl.pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid ){ - u.bl.v = u.bl.pC->lastRowid; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeKeySize(u.bl.pC->pCursor, &u.bl.v); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Serialized. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on connections */ + break; } - } - pOut->u.i = u.bl.v; - break; -} +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { + /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { + /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + break; + } +#endif -/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * -** -** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations -** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always -** write a NULL. -*/ -case OP_NullRow: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bm */ - VdbeCursor *pC; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the + ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative + ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory + ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the + ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is + ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes + ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables + ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bSmallMalloc = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18761-36601 There are three arguments to + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), + ** the size of each page cache line (sz), and the number of cache lines + ** (N). */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes + ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into + ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page + ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ + *va_arg(ap, int*) = + sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); + break; + } - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bm.pC!=0 ); - u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1; - u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - assert( u.bm.pC->pCursor || u.bm.pC->pVtabCursor ); - if( u.bm.pC->pCursor ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeClearCursor(u.bm.pC->pCursor); - } - break; -} + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { + /* no-op */ + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { + /* now an error */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } -/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Last: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bn */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 + ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache + ** implementation. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 + ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into + ** that object. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; + break; + } - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bn.pC!=0 ); - u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor; - u.bn.res = 0; - if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeLast(u.bn.pCrsr, &u.bn.res); - } - u.bn.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bn.res; - u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bn.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bn.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} +/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only +** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the + ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. + */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ + /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); + } -/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * -** -** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that -** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. -** -** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, -** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to -** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the -** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and -** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is -** correctly optimizing out sorts. -*/ -case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - pOp->opcode = OP_Sort; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer) + ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator + ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC. + ** + ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to + ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is run + */ + memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the + ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites + ** memory allocation needs. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); #endif -case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_sort_count++; - sqlcipher3_search_count--; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); +#endif + } + break; + } #endif - p->aCounter[SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++; - /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ -} -/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bo */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bo.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bo.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); - u.bo.res = 1; - if( isSorter(u.bo.pC) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterRewind(db, u.bo.pC, &u.bo.res); - }else{ - u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor; - assert( u.bo.pCrsr ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeFirst(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.res); - u.bo.pC->atFirst = u.bo.res==0 ?1:0; - u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - u.bo.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - u.bo.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bo.res; - assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); - if( u.bo.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * P4 P5 -** -** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -** -** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. -** -** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to -** sqlcipher3BtreeNext(). -** -** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter -** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. -** -** See also: Prev -*/ -/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5 -** -** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -** -** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. -** -** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to -** sqlcipher3BtreePrevious(). -** -** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter -** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. -*/ -case OP_SorterNext: /* jump */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - pOp->opcode = OP_Next; + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. + ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is + ** NULL. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); + */ + typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + break; + } + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames + ** can be changed at start-time using the + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single + ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally + ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally + ** disabled. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN + ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a + ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for + ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { + typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); + break; + } #endif -case OP_Prev: /* jump */ -case OP_Next: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bp */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */ - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) ); - u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - if( u.bp.pC==0 ){ - break; /* See ticket #2273 */ - } - assert( u.bp.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext) ); - if( isSorter(u.bp.pC) ){ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterNext ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterNext(db, u.bp.pC, &u.bp.res); - }else{ - u.bp.res = 1; - assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( u.bp.pC->pCursor ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlcipher3BtreeNext ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlcipher3BtreePrevious ); - rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(u.bp.pC->pCursor, &u.bp.res); - } - u.bp.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bp.res; - u.bp.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( u.bp.res==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_search_count++; -#endif - } - u.bp.pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - break; -} + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit + ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit + ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed + ** mmap size limit. */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is + ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be + ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the + ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE + ** compile-time option. + */ + if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ + mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; + } + if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; + if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; + break; + } -/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 -** -** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the -** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key -** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. -** -** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this -** insert is likely to be an append. -** -** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction -** for tables is OP_Insert. -*/ -case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - pOp->opcode = OP_IdxInsert; +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit + ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created + ** heap. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } #endif -case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int nKey; - const char *zKey; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bq.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bq.pC->isSorter==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); - u.bq.pCrsr = u.bq.pC->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pCrsr!=0) ){ - assert( u.bq.pC->isTable==0 ); - rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( isSorter(u.bq.pC) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterWrite(db, u.bq.pC, pIn2); - }else{ - u.bq.nKey = pIn2->n; - u.bq.zKey = pIn2->z; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeInsert(u.bq.pCrsr, u.bq.zKey, u.bq.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, - ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bq.pC->seekResult : 0) - ); - assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - u.bq.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nStmtSpill = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE: { + int iVal = va_arg(ap, int); + if( iVal<0 ){ + iVal = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE; } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef = (u32)iVal; + break; } - } - break; -} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES */ -/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form -** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the -** index opened by cursor P1. -*/ -case OP_IdxDelete: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.br */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMemdbSize = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE */ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.br.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.br.pC!=0 ); - u.br.pCrsr = u.br.pC->pCursor; - if( ALWAYS(u.br.pCrsr!=0) ){ - u.br.r.pKeyInfo = u.br.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.br.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; - u.br.r.flags = 0; - u.br.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; ideferredMoveto==0 ); - u.br.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } } - break; + va_end(ap); + return rc; } -/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at -** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be -** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. +/* +** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** -** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. +** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. +** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the +** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for +** the lookaside memory. */ -case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bs */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 rowid; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */ +static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + void *pStart; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bs.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bs.pC!=0 ); - u.bs.pCrsr = u.bs.pC->pCursor; - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - if( ALWAYS(u.bs.pCrsr!=0) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bs.pC); - if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - assert( u.bs.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( u.bs.pC->isTable==0 ); - if( !u.bs.pC->nullRow ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bs.pCrsr, &u.bs.rowid); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pOut->u.i = u.bs.rowid; - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** both at the same time. + */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger + ** than a pointer to be useful. + */ + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; + if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; + if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ + sz = 0; + pStart = 0; + }else if( pBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*(sqlite3_int64)cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; + }else{ + pStart = pBuf; + } + db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; + db->lookaside.pInit = 0; + db->lookaside.pFree = 0; + db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; + if( pStart ){ + int i; + LookasideSlot *p; + assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); + db->lookaside.nSlot = cnt; + p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; + for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ + p->pNext = db->lookaside.pInit; + db->lookaside.pInit = p; + p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; } + db->lookaside.pEnd = p; + db->lookaside.bDisable = 0; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pStart = db; + db->lookaside.pEnd = db; + db->lookaside.bDisable = 1; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; + db->lookaside.nSlot = 0; } - break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE */ + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -** -** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon -** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except -** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor, -** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. -** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -** -** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior -** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE. +/* +** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. */ -case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ -case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bt */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - u.bt.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bt.pC!=0 ); - assert( u.bt.pC->isOrdered ); - if( ALWAYS(u.bt.pC->pCursor!=0) ){ - assert( u.bt.pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - u.bt.r.pKeyInfo = u.bt.pC->pKeyInfo; - u.bt.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - if( pOp->p5 ){ - u.bt.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; - }else{ - u.bt.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID; - } - u.bt.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; iopcode==OP_IdxLT ){ - u.bt.res = -u.bt.res; - }else{ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ); - u.bt.res++; - } - if( u.bt.res>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; - } +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; } - break; +#endif + return db->mutex; } -/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database -** file is given by P1. -** -** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If -** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page -** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all -** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former -** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - -** is stored in register P2. If no page -** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already -** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. -** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. -** -** See also: Clear +/* +** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database +** connection. */ -case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bu */ - int iMoved; - int iCnt; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - int iDb; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u.bu.iCnt = 0; - for(u.bu.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.bu.pVdbe; u.bu.pVdbe = u.bu.pVdbe->pNext){ - if( u.bu.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.bu.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.bu.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){ - u.bu.iCnt++; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); } } -#else - u.bu.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Flush any dirty pages in the pager-cache for any attached database +** to disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bSeenBusy = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - if( u.bu.iCnt>1 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_LOCKED; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - }else{ - u.bu.iDb = pOp->p3; - assert( u.bu.iCnt==1 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.bu.iMoved); - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - pOut->u.i = u.bu.iMoved; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && u.bu.iMoved!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3RootPageMoved(db, u.bu.iDb, u.bu.iMoved, pOp->p1); - /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ - assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.bu.iDb+1 ); - resetSchemaOnFault = u.bu.iDb+1; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerFlush(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bSeenBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } } -#endif } - break; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return ((rc==SQLITE_OK && bSeenBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } -/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 -** -** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page -** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not -** remove the table or index from the database file. -** -** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If -** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an -** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change -** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. -** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is -** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. -** -** See also: Destroy +/* +** Configuration settings for an individual database connection */ -case OP_Clear: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bv */ - int nChange; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */ - - u.bv.nChange = 0; - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p2))!=0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeClearTable( - db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bv.nChange : 0) - ); - if( pOp->p3 ){ - p->nChange += u.bv.nChange; - if( pOp->p3>0 ){ - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bv.nChange; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME: { + /* IMP: R-06824-28531 */ + /* IMP: R-36257-52125 */ + db->aDb[0].zDbSName = va_arg(ap,char*); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ + int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ + rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); + break; + } + default: { + static const struct { + int op; /* The opcode */ + u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ + } aFlagOp[] = { + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW, SQLITE_EnableView }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE, SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG, SQLITE_EnableQPSG }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP, SQLITE_TriggerEQP }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, SQLITE_ResetDatabase }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE, SQLITE_Defensive }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA, SQLITE_WriteSchema| + SQLITE_NoSchemaError }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE, SQLITE_LegacyAlter }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL, SQLITE_DqsDDL }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML, SQLITE_DqsDML }, + }; + unsigned int i; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ + for(i=0; iflags; + if( onoff>0 ){ + db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; + }else if( onoff==0 ){ + db->flags &= ~(u64)aFlagOp[i].mask; + } + if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); + } + if( pRes ){ + *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + break; } } - break; + va_end(ap); + return rc; } -/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * -** -** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if -** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into -** register P2 -** -** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must -** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index -** has an arbitrary key but no data. -** -** See also: CreateIndex +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. */ -/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * -** -** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if -** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into -** register P2. -** -** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. +static int binCollFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + n = nKey1p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - u.bw.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.bw.pDb->pBt!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ - /* u.bw.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ - u.bw.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; - }else{ - u.bw.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; - } - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCreateTable(u.bw.pDb->pBt, &u.bw.pgno, u.bw.flags); - pOut->u.i = u.bw.pgno; - break; +/* +** Return true if CollSeq is the default built-in BINARY. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq *p){ + assert( p==0 || p->xCmp!=binCollFunc || strcmp(p->zName,"BINARY")==0 ); + return p==0 || p->xCmp==binCollFunc; } -/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * +/* +** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. ** -** Read and parse all entries from the SQLCIPHER_MASTER table of database P1 -** that match the WHERE clause P4. +** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent +** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents +** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. ** -** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, -** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. +** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. */ -case OP_ParseSchema: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */ - int iDb; - const char *zMaster; - char *zSql; - InitData initData; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */ +static int nocaseCollatingFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( + (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1nDb; u.bx.iDb++){ - assert( u.bx.iDb==1 || sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bx.iDb].pBt) ); +/* +** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; } #endif + return db->lastRowid; +} - u.bx.iDb = pOp->p1; - assert( u.bx.iDb>=0 && u.bx.iDbnDb ); - assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.bx.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); - /* Used to be a conditional */ { - u.bx.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bx.iDb); - u.bx.initData.db = db; - u.bx.initData.iDb = pOp->p1; - u.bx.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; - u.bx.zSql = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[u.bx.iDb].zName, u.bx.zMaster, pOp->p4.z); - if( u.bx.zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - assert( db->init.busy==0 ); - db->init.busy = 1; - u.bx.initData.rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlcipher3_exec(db, u.bx.zSql, sqlcipher3InitCallback, &u.bx.initData, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ) rc = u.bx.initData.rc; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.bx.zSql); - db->init.busy = 0; - } - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - goto no_mem; +/* +** Set the value returned by the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; } - break; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->lastRowid = iRowid; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE) -/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * -** -** Read the sqlcipher_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content -** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause -** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). */ -case OP_LoadAnalysis: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - rc = sqlcipher3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->nChange; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ -/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. */ -case OP_DropTable: { - sqlcipher3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->nTotalChange; } -/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. +/* +** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the +** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open +** at the b-tree/pager level. */ -case OP_DropIndex: { - sqlcipher3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ + while( db->pSavepoint ){ + Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } + db->nSavepoint = 0; + db->nStatement = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; } -/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. +/* +** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, +** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple +** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called +** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. */ -case OP_DropTrigger: { - sqlcipher3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; +static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->u.pDestructor; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef--; + if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ + pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); + } + } } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5 -** -** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in -** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. -** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. -** -** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. -** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are -** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. -** -** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer -** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables -** total. -** -** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database -** file, not the main database file. -** -** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. +/* +** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection +** db. This is called when db is being closed. */ -case OP_IntegrityCk: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */ - int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ - int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ - char *z; /* Text of the error report */ - Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */ - - u.by.nRoot = pOp->p2; - assert( u.by.nRoot>0 ); - u.by.aRoot = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.by.nRoot+1) ); - if( u.by.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.by.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( (u.by.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - assert( (u.by.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - for(u.by.j=0; u.by.jnDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( pSchema ){ + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); + } + } } - u.by.aRoot[u.by.j] = 0; - assert( pOp->p5nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p5))!=0 ); - u.by.z = sqlcipher3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.by.aRoot, u.by.nRoot, - (int)u.by.pnErr->u.i, &u.by.nErr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.by.aRoot); - u.by.pnErr->u.i -= u.by.nErr; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); - if( u.by.nErr==0 ){ - assert( u.by.z==0 ); - }else if( u.by.z==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.by.z, -1, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, sqlcipher3_free); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pMod->pEpoTab ){ + sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pMod->pEpoTab); + } } - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); - break; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); +#endif } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ -/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * -** -** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index -** held in register P1. -** -** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. +/* +** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. */ -case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; +static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ + int j; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; } - sqlcipher3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); - break; + return 0; } -/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into -** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 -** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. +/* +** Close an existing SQLite database */ -case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */ - i64 val; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */ - CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT; - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 - || sqlcipher3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.bz.val)==0 - ){ - /* The boolean index is empty */ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - /* A value was pulled from the index */ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.bz.val); +static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ + if( !db ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or + ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE ){ + db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0); } - break; -} -/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 -** -** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 -** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains -** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the -** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the -** next opcode. -** -** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets -** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set -** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set -** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or -** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 -** bits are significant. -** -** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test -** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, -** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will -** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is -** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was -** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously -** inserted as part of some other set). -*/ -case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */ - int iSet; - int exists; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */ + /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ + disconnectAllVtab(db); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.ca.iSet = pOp->p4.i; - assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); + /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, - ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset + /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. */ - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; + if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " + "statements or unfinished backups"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; } - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( u.ca.iSet==-1 || u.ca.iSet>=0 ); - if( u.ca.iSet ){ - u.ca.exists = sqlcipher3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, - (u8)(u.ca.iSet>=0 ? u.ca.iSet & 0xf : 0xff), - pIn3->u.i); - if( u.ca.exists ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); } - if( u.ca.iSet>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); - } - break; +#endif + + /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. + */ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + return SQLITE_OK; } +/* +** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database +** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and +** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() +** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are +** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last +** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). -** -** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory -** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 -** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE -** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address -** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the -** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. +/* +** Close the mutex on database connection db. ** -** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. +** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there +** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and +** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has +** finished, then free all resources. */ -case OP_Program: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ - Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ - Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ - void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */ - - u.cb.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; - u.cb.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( memIsValid(u.cb.pRt) ); - assert( u.cb.pProgram->nOp>0 ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ + int j; - /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is - ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program - ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set - ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). - ** - ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is - ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one - ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different - ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a - ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token - ** variable. */ - if( pOp->p5 ){ - u.cb.t = u.cb.pProgram->token; - for(u.cb.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cb.pFrame && u.cb.pFrame->token!=u.cb.t; u.cb.pFrame=u.cb.pFrame->pParent); - if( u.cb.pFrame ) break; + /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects + ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), + ** then just leave the mutex and return. + */ + if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return; } - if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); - break; - } + /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has + ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been + ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, + ** go ahead and free all resources. + */ - /* Register u.cb.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state - ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute - ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.cb.pRt - ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ - if( (u.cb.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ - /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the - ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory - ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local - ** variable u.cb.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. - */ - u.cb.nMem = u.cb.pProgram->nMem + u.cb.pProgram->nCsr; - u.cb.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) - + u.cb.nMem * sizeof(Mem) - + u.cb.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *); - u.cb.pFrame = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, u.cb.nByte); - if( !u.cb.pFrame ){ - goto no_mem; + /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if + ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction + ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make + ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + + /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + + /* Close all database connections */ + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } } - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(u.cb.pRt); - u.cb.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; - u.cb.pRt->u.pFrame = u.cb.pFrame; + } + /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ + if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - u.cb.pFrame->v = p; - u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem = u.cb.nMem; - u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.cb.pProgram->nCsr; - u.cb.pFrame->pc = pc; - u.cb.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; - u.cb.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; - u.cb.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; - u.cb.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; - u.cb.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; - u.cb.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; - u.cb.pFrame->token = u.cb.pProgram->token; + /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + + /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any + ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); - u.cb.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame)[u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem]; - for(u.cb.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame); u.cb.pMem!=u.cb.pEnd; u.cb.pMem++){ - u.cb.pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - u.cb.pMem->db = db; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + FuncDef *pNext, *p; + p = sqliteHashData(i); + do{ + functionDestroy(db, p); + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } } - }else{ - u.cb.pFrame = u.cb.pRt->u.pFrame; - assert( u.cb.pProgram->nMem+u.cb.pProgram->nCsr==u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem ); - assert( u.cb.pProgram->nCsr==u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr ); - assert( pc==u.cb.pFrame->pc ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); + sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(db, pMod); } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +#endif - p->nFrame++; - u.cb.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; - u.cb.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; - u.cb.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; - p->nChange = 0; - p->pFrame = u.cb.pFrame; - p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.cb.pFrame)[-1]; - p->nMem = u.cb.pFrame->nChildMem; - p->nCursor = (u16)u.cb.pFrame->nChildCsr; - p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; - p->aOp = aOp = u.cb.pProgram->aOp; - p->nOp = u.cb.pProgram->nOp; - pc = -1; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser); + sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW); +#endif - break; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); + assert( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)==0 ); + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + sqlite3_free(db); } -/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * -** -** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the -** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory -** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames -** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* -** and old.* values. -** -** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding -** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the -** calling OP_Program instruction. +/* +** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then +** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit +** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further +** attempts to use that cursor. Read cursors remain open and valid +** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around. */ -case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - Mem *pIn; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */ - u.cc.pFrame = p->pFrame; - u.cc.pIn = &u.cc.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.cc.pFrame->aOp[u.cc.pFrame->pc].p1]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.cc.pIn, MEM_Ephem); - break; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ + int i; + int inTrans = 0; + int schemaChange; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has + ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken + ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between + ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false + ** corruption reports in some cases. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + schemaChange = (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaChange)!=0 && db->init.busy==0; + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + inTrans = 1; + } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange); + } + } + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( schemaChange ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~(u64)SQLITE_DeferFKs; + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); + } } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER */ +/* +** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code +** specified in the argument. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ + const char *zName = 0; + int i, origRc = rc; + for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; + case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; + case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY";break; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: + zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; + case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; + case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; + case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; + case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; + case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; + case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; + case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: + zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; + case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; + } + } + if( zName==0 ){ + static char zBuf[50]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); + zName = zBuf; + } + return zName; +} +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * -** -** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). -** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented -** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the -** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. */ -case OP_FkCounter: { - if( pOp->p1 ){ - db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; - }else{ - p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + static const char* const aMsg[] = { + /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", + /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error", + /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, + /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", + /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "query aborted", + /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", + /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", + /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", + /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", + /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", + /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", + /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", + /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", + /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", + /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", + /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", + /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ 0, + /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", + /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", + /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", + /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", + /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "bad parameter or other API misuse", +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", +#else + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ 0, +#endif + /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", + /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ 0, + /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "column index out of range", + /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is not a database", + /* SQLITE_NOTICE */ "notification message", + /* SQLITE_WARNING */ "warning message", + }; + const char *zErr = "unknown error"; + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { + zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; + break; + } + case SQLITE_ROW: { + zErr = "another row available"; + break; + } + case SQLITE_DONE: { + zErr = "no more rows available"; + break; + } + default: { + rc &= 0xff; + if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rcp1 ){ - if( db->nDeferredCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; +static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( + void *ptr, /* Database connection */ + int count, /* Number of times table has been busy */ + sqlite3_file *pFile /* The file on which the lock occurred */ +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP + /* This case is for systems that have support for sleeping for fractions of + ** a second. Examples: All windows systems, unix systems with usleep() */ + static const u8 delays[] = + { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; + static const u8 totals[] = + { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; +# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays) + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int tmout = db->busyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT + if( sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile,SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT,&tmout)==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( count ){ + tmout = 0; + sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &tmout); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); +#endif + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; }else{ - if( p->nFkConstraint==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); } - break; + if( prior + delay > tmout ){ + delay = tmout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); + return 1; +#else + /* This case for unix systems that lack usleep() support. Sleeping + ** must be done in increments of whole seconds */ + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int tmout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); + if( (count+1)*1000 > tmout ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); + return 1; +#endif } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. ** -** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is -** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed -** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of -** its current value and the value in register P2. +** This routine is called when an operation failed to acquire a +** lock on VFS file pFile. ** -** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially -** an integer. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ -case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */ - Mem *pIn1; - VdbeFrame *pFrame; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */ - if( p->pFrame ){ - for(u.cd.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cd.pFrame->pParent; u.cd.pFrame=u.cd.pFrame->pParent); - u.cd.pIn1 = &u.cd.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p, sqlite3_file *pFile){ + int rc; + if( p->xBusyHandler==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + if( p->bExtraFileArg ){ + /* Add an extra parameter with the pFile pointer to the end of the + ** callback argument list */ + int (*xTra)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*); + xTra = (int(*)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*))p->xBusyHandler; + rc = xTra(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy, pFile); }else{ - u.cd.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + /* Legacy style busy handler callback */ + rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy); } - assert( memIsValid(u.cd.pIn1) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.cd.pIn1); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - sqlcipher3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); - if( u.cd.pIn1->u.iu.i){ - u.cd.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; } - break; + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ -/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * * -** -** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. */ -case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->busyHandler.xBusyHandler = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pBusyArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 0; + db->busyTimeout = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * * -** -** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. */ -case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the -** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; - if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; } - break; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } +#endif -/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The -** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef -** structure that specifies the function. Use register -** P3 as the accumulator. -** -** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its -** successors. -*/ -case OP_AggStep: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */ - int n; - int i; - Mem *pMem; - Mem *pRec; - sqlcipher3_context ctx; - sqlcipher3_value **apVal; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */ - - u.ce.n = pOp->p5; - assert( u.ce.n>=0 ); - u.ce.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - u.ce.apVal = p->apArg; - assert( u.ce.apVal || u.ce.n==0 ); - for(u.ce.i=0; u.ce.ip4.pFunc; - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.ce.ctx.pMem = u.ce.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.ce.pMem->n++; - u.ce.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - u.ce.ctx.s.z = 0; - u.ce.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; - u.ce.ctx.s.xDel = 0; - u.ce.ctx.s.db = db; - u.ce.ctx.isError = 0; - u.ce.ctx.pColl = 0; - if( u.ce.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - assert( pOp>p->aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - u.ce.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; - } - (u.ce.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.ce.ctx, u.ce.n, u.ce.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - if( u.ce.ctx.isError ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3_value_text(&u.ce.ctx.s)); - rc = u.ce.ctx.isError; - } - - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ce.ctx.s); - - break; -} -/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is -** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. -** -** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and -** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 -** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate -** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The -** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where -** the step function was not previously called. +/* +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. */ -case OP_AggFinal: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */ - Mem *pMem; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */ - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem ); - u.cf.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (u.cf.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cf.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); - if( rc ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3_value_text(u.cf.pMem)); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cf.pMem, encoding); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cf.pMem); - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cf.pMem) ){ - goto too_big; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + if( ms>0 ){ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, (int(*)(void*,int))sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, + (void*)db); + db->busyTimeout = ms; + db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); } - break; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL -/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in -** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL -** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns -** SQLCIPHER_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the -** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages -** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint -** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and -** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. */ -case OP_Checkpoint: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int aRes[3]; /* Results */ - Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */ - - u.cg.aRes[0] = 0; - u.cg.aRes[1] = u.cg.aRes[2] = -1; - assert( pOp->p2==SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - || pOp->p2==SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL - || pOp->p2==SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART - ); - rc = sqlcipher3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.cg.aRes[1], &u.cg.aRes[2]); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - u.cg.aRes[0] = 1; - } - for(u.cg.i=0, u.cg.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cg.i<3; u.cg.i++, u.cg.pMem++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.cg.pMem, (i64)u.cg.aRes[u.cg.i]); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) && (db==0 || db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; } - break; -}; #endif + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PRAGMA -/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5 -** -** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback -** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple -** operation. No IO is required. -** -** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. -** -** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. -*/ -case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */ - Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ - Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ - int eNew; /* New journal mode */ - int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ - const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */ - - u.ch.eNew = pOp->p3; - assert( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY - ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - u.ch.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - u.ch.pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(u.ch.pBt); - u.ch.eOld = sqlcipher3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager); - if( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; - if( !sqlcipher3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ch.pPager) ) u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +){ + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + int extraFlags; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( xValue==0 || xSFunc==0 ); + if( zFunctionName==0 /* Must have a valid name */ + || (xSFunc!=0 && xFinal!=0) /* Not both xSFunc and xFinal */ + || ((xFinal==0)!=(xStep==0)) /* Both or neither of xFinal and xStep */ + || ((xValue==0)!=(xInverse==0)) /* Both or neither of xValue, xInverse */ + || (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) + || (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) + ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - u.ch.zFilename = sqlcipher3PagerFilename(u.ch.pPager); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT==SQLITE_DIRECTONLY ); + extraFlags = enc & (SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|SQLITE_DIRECTONLY|SQLITE_SUBTYPE); + enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); - /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database - ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + ** + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. */ - if( u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - && (sqlcipher3Strlen30(u.ch.zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ - || !sqlcipher3PagerWalSupported(u.ch.pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ - ){ - u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, + pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pDestructor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, + pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pDestructor); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif - if( (u.ch.eNew!=u.ch.eOld) - && (u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) - ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", - (u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") - ); - break; + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); + if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==(u32)enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ - - if( u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call - ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log - ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file - ** after a successful return. - */ - rc = sqlcipher3PagerCloseWal(u.ch.pPager); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, u.ch.eNew); - } - }else if( u.ch.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF - ** as an intermediate */ - sqlcipher3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); - } - - /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal - ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. - */ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ch.pBt)==0 ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSetVersion(u.ch.pBt, (u.ch.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); - } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); } } -#endif /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL */ - if( rc ){ - u.ch.eNew = u.ch.eOld; + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); + assert(p || db->mallocFailed); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - u.ch.eNew = sqlcipher3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ch.pPager, u.ch.eNew); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pOut->z = (char *)sqlcipher3JournalModename(u.ch.eNew); - pOut->n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pOut->z); - pOut->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); - break; -}; -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is + ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ + functionDestroy(db, p); -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * -** -** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual -** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within -** a transaction. -*/ -case OP_Vacuum: { - rc = sqlcipher3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); - break; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef++; + } + p->u.pDestructor = pDestructor; + p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; + testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DIRECTONLY ); + p->xSFunc = xSFunc ? xSFunc : xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->xValue = xValue; + p->xInverse = xInverse; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = (u16)nArg; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) -/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * +/* +** Worker function used by utf-8 APIs that create new functions: ** -** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on -** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction -** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. +** sqlite3_create_function() +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() +** sqlite3_create_window_function() */ -case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */ - Btree *pBt; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */ +static int createFunctionApi( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - u.ci.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.ci.pBt); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - break; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( xDestroy ){ + pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(FuncDestructor)); + if( !pArg ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + xDestroy(p); + goto out; + } + pArg->nRef = 0; + pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pArg->pUserData = p; + } + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, + xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pArg + ); + if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + xDestroy(p); + sqlite3_free(pArg); + } + + out: + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0, 0, xDestroy); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, 0, xStep, + xFinal, xValue, xInverse, xDestroy); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zFunctionName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xSFunc,xStep,xFinal,0,0,0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } #endif -/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * -** -** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement -** fails with an error code of SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA if it is ever executed -** (via sqlcipher3_step()). -** -** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, -** then only the currently executing statement is affected. + +/* +** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always +** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the +** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct +** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist +** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction +** method of virtual tables. */ -case OP_Expire: { - if( !pOp->p1 ){ - sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - }else{ - p->expired = 1; - } - break; +static void sqlite3InvalidFunction( + sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ + int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ +){ + const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_user_data(context); + char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. -** -** P1 is the index of the database in sqlcipher3.aDb[] of the database -** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or -** a write lock if P3==1. +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. ** -** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. ** -** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only -** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. */ -case OP_TableLock: { - u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; - if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted) ){ - int p1 = pOp->p1; - assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); - if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLCIPHER_LOCKED ){ - const char *z = pOp->p4.z; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z); - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int rc; + char *zCopy; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 || nArg<-2 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - break; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)!=0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + if( rc ) return SQLITE_OK; + zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf(zName); + if( zCopy==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + zCopy, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, sqlite3_free); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * -** -** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlcipher3_vtab structure. If so, call the -** xBegin method for that table. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. ** -** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from -** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error -** code will be set to SQLCIPHER_LOCKED. +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. */ -case OP_VBegin: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */ - VTable *pVTab; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */ - u.cj.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; - rc = sqlcipher3VtabBegin(db, u.cj.pVTab); - if( u.cj.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cj.pVTab->pVtab); - break; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->mTrace = xTrace ? SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY : 0; + db->xTrace = (int(*)(u32,void*,void*,void*))xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method -** for that table. +/* Register a trace callback using the version-2 interface. */ -case OP_VCreate: { - rc = sqlcipher3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg); - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Trace this connection */ + unsigned mTrace, /* Mask of events to be traced */ + int(*xTrace)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), /* Callback to invoke */ + void *pArg /* Context */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( mTrace==0 ) xTrace = 0; + if( xTrace==0 ) mTrace = 0; + db->mTrace = mTrace; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. ** -** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method -** of that table. +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. */ -case OP_VDestroy: { - p->inVtabMethod = 2; - rc = sqlcipher3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - break; +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + db->mTrace &= SQLITE_TRACE_NONLEGACY_MASK; + if( db->xProfile ) db->mTrace |= SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlcipher3_vtab structure. -** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual -** table and stores that cursor in P1. +/* +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. */ -case OP_VOpen: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */ - VdbeCursor *pCur; - sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlcipher3_module *pModule; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */ - - u.ck.pCur = 0; - u.ck.pVtabCursor = 0; - u.ck.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.ck.pModule = (sqlcipher3_module *)u.ck.pVtab->pModule; - assert(u.ck.pVtab && u.ck.pModule); - rc = u.ck.pModule->xOpen(u.ck.pVtab, &u.ck.pVtabCursor); - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVtab); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==rc ){ - /* Initialize sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor base class */ - u.ck.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.ck.pVtab; - - /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */ - u.ck.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); - if( u.ck.pCur ){ - u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.ck.pVtabCursor; - u.ck.pCur->pModule = u.ck.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - u.ck.pModule->xClose(u.ck.pVtabCursor); - } +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; } - break; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** -** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if -** the filtered result set is empty. -** -** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex -** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left -** to the module implementation. -** -** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified -** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register -** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the -** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc -** additional parameters which are passed to -** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. -** -** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. */ -case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */ - int nArg; - int iQuery; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - Mem *pQuery; - Mem *pArgc; - sqlcipher3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - int res; - int i; - Mem **apArg; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */ - - u.cl.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - u.cl.pArgc = &u.cl.pQuery[1]; - u.cl.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( memIsValid(u.cl.pQuery) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cl.pQuery); - assert( u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor ); - u.cl.pVtabCursor = u.cl.pCur->pVtabCursor; - u.cl.pVtab = u.cl.pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.cl.pModule = u.cl.pVtab->pModule; +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; - /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ - assert( (u.cl.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.cl.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); - u.cl.nArg = (int)u.cl.pArgc->u.i; - u.cl.iQuery = (int)u.cl.pQuery->u.i; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} - /* Invoke the xFilter method */ - { - u.cl.res = 0; - u.cl.apArg = p->apArg; - for(u.cl.i = 0; u.cl.iinVtabMethod = 1; - rc = u.cl.pModule->xFilter(u.cl.pVtabCursor, u.cl.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.cl.nArg, u.cl.apArg); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - u.cl.res = u.cl.pModule->xEof(u.cl.pVtabCursor); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} - if( u.cl.res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void(*xCallback)( /* Callback function */ + void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64), + void *pArg /* First callback argument */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pPreUpdateArg; + db->xPreUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pPreUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). +** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file +** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by +** wal_autocheckpoint()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( + void *pClientData, /* Argument */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Database */ + int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ +){ + if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint +** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or +** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the +** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** +** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback +** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); +#else +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + if( nFrame>0 ){ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); + }else{ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); } - u.cl.pCur->nullRow = 0; - - break; +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Store the value of the P2-th column of -** the row of the virtual-table that the -** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written +** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. */ -case OP_VColumn: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - Mem *pDest; - sqlcipher3_context sContext; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */ - - VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); - u.cm.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, u.cm.pDest); - if( pCur->nullRow ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cm.pDest); - break; +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ + int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), + void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + void *pRet; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; } - u.cm.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.cm.pModule = u.cm.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.cm.pModule->xColumn ); - memset(&u.cm.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cm.sContext)); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pWalArg; + db->xWalCallback = xCallback; + db->pWalArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} - /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move - ** the current contents to u.cm.sContext.s so in case the user-function - ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a - ** new one. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(&u.cm.sContext.s, u.cm.pDest); - MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cm.sContext.s, MEM_Null); +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ - rc = u.cm.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cm.sContext, pOp->p2); - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab); - if( u.cm.sContext.isError ){ - rc = u.cm.sContext.isError; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif - /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We - ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any - ** dynamic allocation in u.cm.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cm.sContext.s, encoding); - sqlcipher3VdbeMemMove(u.cm.pDest, &u.cm.sContext.s); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cm.pDest); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cm.pDest); + /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cm.pDest) ){ - goto too_big; + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 ); + if( eModeSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03996-12088 The M parameter must be a valid checkpoint + ** mode: */ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * -** -** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and -** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached -** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cn */ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - int res; - VdbeCursor *pCur; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */ - u.cn.res = 0; - u.cn.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor ); - if( u.cn.pCur->nullRow ){ - break; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); } - u.cn.pVtab = u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - u.cn.pModule = u.cn.pVtab->pModule; - assert( u.cn.pModule->xNext ); - - /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the - ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during - ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that - ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or - ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. - */ - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - rc = u.cn.pModule->xNext(u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cn.pVtab); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - u.cn.res = u.cn.pModule->xEof(u.cn.pCur->pVtabCursor); + if( iDb<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); + }else{ + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + sqlite3Error(db, rc); } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( !u.cn.res ){ - /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + /* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this + ** point. */ + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } - break; + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +#endif } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlcipher3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value -** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** checkpointed. */ -case OP_VRename: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.co */ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - Mem *pName; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.co */ - - u.co.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.co.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( u.co.pVtab->pModule->xRename ); - assert( memIsValid(u.co.pName) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.co.pName); - assert( u.co.pName->flags & MEM_Str ); - testcase( u.co.pName->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ); - testcase( u.co.pName->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); - testcase( u.co.pName->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE ); - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.co.pName, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = u.co.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.co.pVtab, u.co.pName->z); - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.co.pVtab); - p->expired = 0; - } - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41613-20553 The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to + ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0). */ + return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db,zDb,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0); } -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 * +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is +** not currently open in WAL mode. ** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlcipher3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate -** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the -** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** -** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. -** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) -** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no -** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new -** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new -** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are -** the values of columns in the new row. +** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex +** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by +** this function while the checkpoint is running. ** -** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of -** a row to delete. +** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are +** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - +** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. ** -** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid() -** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART +** or TRUNCATE. */ -case OP_VUpdate: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cp */ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlcipher3_module *pModule; - int nArg; - int i; - sqlcipher_int64 rowid; - Mem **apArg; - Mem *pX; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cp */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ + int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ - assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback - || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace - ); - u.cp.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - u.cp.pModule = (sqlcipher3_module *)u.cp.pVtab->pModule; - u.cp.nArg = pOp->p2; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - if( ALWAYS(u.cp.pModule->xUpdate) ){ - u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; - u.cp.apArg = p->apArg; - u.cp.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - for(u.cp.i=0; u.cp.ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; - rc = u.cp.pModule->xUpdate(u.cp.pVtab, u.cp.nArg, u.cp.apArg, &u.cp.rowid); - db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; - importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cp.pVtab); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pOp->p1 ){ - assert( u.cp.nArg>1 && u.cp.apArg[0] && (u.cp.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); - db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cp.rowid; - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ - if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - }else{ - p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); + assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); + + for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + pnLog = 0; + pnCkpt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - }else{ - p->nChange++; } } - break; + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * +/* +** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of +** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. +** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime +** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The +** following table describes the relationship between these two values +** and this functions return value. ** -** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file (return 0) +** 1 1 file (return 0) +** 1 2 memory (return 1) +** 1 0 file (return 0) +** 2 1 file (return 0) +** 2 2 memory (return 1) +** 2 0 memory (return 1) +** 3 any memory (return 1) */ -case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ - pOut->u.i = sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); - break; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 + return ( db->temp_store==2 ); #endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 + return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + return 1; +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + return 0; +#endif +} - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. -** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and -** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. -** -** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. +/* +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. */ -case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ - unsigned int newMax; - Btree *pBt; - - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - newMax = 0; - if( pOp->p3 ){ - newMax = sqlcipher3BtreeLastPage(pBt); - if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } - pOut->u.i = sqlcipher3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - break; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + }else{ + testcase( db->pErr==0 ); + z = db->errCode ? (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr) : 0; + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE -/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 * -** -** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlcipher3_trace()) interface, then -** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. */ -case OP_Trace: { -#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cq */ - char *zTrace; - char *z; -#endif /* local variables moved into u.cq */ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + static const u16 outOfMem[] = { + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 + }; + static const u16 misuse[] = { + 'b', 'a', 'd', ' ', 'p', 'a', 'r', 'a', 'm', 'e', 't', 'e', 'r', ' ', + 'o', 'r', ' ', 'o', 't', 'h', 'e', 'r', ' ', 'A', 'P', 'I', ' ', + 'm', 'i', 's', 'u', 's', 'e', 0 + }; - if( db->xTrace && (u.cq.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ - u.cq.z = sqlcipher3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cq.zTrace); - db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cq.z); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, u.cq.z); + const void *z; + if( !db ){ + return (void *)outOfMem; } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_SqlTrace)!=0 - && (u.cq.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 - ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cq.zTrace); + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return (void *)misuse; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ - break; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = (void *)outOfMem; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + } + /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() + ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to + ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via + ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. + */ + sqlite3OomClear(db); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; } -#endif - +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -/* Opcode: Noop * * * * * -** -** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump -** destination. -*/ /* -** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which -** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) -** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the -** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). */ -default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); - break; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return db->errCode & db->errMask; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return db->errCode; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){ + return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0; } -/***************************************************************************** -** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented -** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the -** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are -** restored. -*****************************************************************************/ - } - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - u64 elapsed = sqlcipher3Hwtime() - start; - pOp->cycles += elapsed; - pOp->cnt++; -#if 0 - fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed); - sqlcipher3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &aOp[origPc]); -#endif - } -#endif +/* +** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() +** function. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); +} - /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality - ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. - ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through - ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp ); +/* +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. +*/ +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + u8 enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc); - if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){ - registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ - registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG */ -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with - ** an error of some kind. + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. */ -vdbe_error_halt: - assert( rc ); - p->rc = rc; - testcase( sqlcipher3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlcipher3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", - pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3VdbeHalt(p); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); + enc2 = enc; + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } - /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to - ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the - ** top. */ -vdbe_return: - db->lastRowid = lastRowid; - sqlcipher3VdbeLeave(p); - return rc; - - /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH - ** is encountered. - */ -too_big: - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - - /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. */ -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto vdbe_error_halt; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); - /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable - ** should hold the error number. - */ -abort_due_to_error: - assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3ErrStr(rc)); + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); + } + p->xCmp = 0; + } + } + } } - goto vdbe_error_halt; - /* Jump to here if the sqlcipher3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt - ** flag. - */ -abort_due_to_interrupt: - assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); - rc = SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT; - p->rc = rc; - sqlcipher3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3ErrStr(rc)); - goto vdbe_error_halt; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); + if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ + /* -** 2007 May 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. +** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The +** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* +** #defines in sqlite3.h. */ - - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB +static const int aHardLimit[] = { + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, + SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, + SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */ + SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, +}; /* -** Valid sqlcipher3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. +** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values */ -typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; -struct Incrblob { - int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlcipher3_blob_open() */ - int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ - int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ - int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ - BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The associated database */ -}; +#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 +# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127 +# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125 +# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50 +# error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50 +#endif /* -** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks -** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. -** If successful, SQLCIPHER_OK is returned and subsequent calls to -** sqlcipher3_blob_read() or sqlcipher3_blob_write() access the specified row. -** -** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not -** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the -** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may -** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using -** sqlcipher3DbFree(). +** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. +** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. +** Make no changes but still report the old value if the +** new limit is negative. ** -** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent -** calls to sqlcipher3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will -** immediately return SQLCIPHER_ABORT. +** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. +** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit +** from forming. */ -static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlcipher3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ - int rc; /* Error code */ - char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; - - /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. - ** This is done directly instead of using sqlcipher3_bind_int64() to avoid - ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. - */ - assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); - v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ + int oldLimit; - rc = sqlcipher3_step(p->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_ROW ){ - u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol]; - if( type<12 ){ - zErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", - type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" - ); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3_finalize(p->pStmt); - p->pStmt = 0; - }else{ - p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol]; - p->nByte = sqlcipher3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); - p->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); - sqlcipher3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return -1; } +#endif - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_ROW ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - }else if( p->pStmt ){ - rc = sqlcipher3_finalize(p->pStmt); - p->pStmt = 0; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - zErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - }else{ - zErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlcipher3_errmsg(p->db)); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME + ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor + ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to + ** "_MAX_".) + */ + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS ); + assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); + + + if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ + return -1; + } + oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; + if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ + if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ + newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ } + db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; } - - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || zErr==0 ); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_ROW && rc!=SQLCIPHER_DONE ); - - *pzErr = zErr; - return rc; + return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ } /* -** Open a blob handle. +** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the +** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database +** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. +** +** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or +** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" +** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) +** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain +** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to +** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release +** this buffer. +** +** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release +** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_open( - sqlcipher3* db, /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ - const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ - const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ - sqlcipher_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ - int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ - sqlcipher3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( + const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ + const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ + unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ ){ - int nAttempt = 0; - int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ - - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified - ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead - ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the - ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, - ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. - ** - ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. - ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and - ** blob_bytes() functions. - ** - ** The sqlcipher3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the - ** transaction. - */ - static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { - {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */ - {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */ - {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Acquire a read or write lock */ - - /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */ - {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */ - {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ - - {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */ - {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */ - {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 7 */ - {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ - {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0}, /* 9 */ - {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ - {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */ - }; - - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - char *zErr = 0; - Table *pTab; - Parse *pParse = 0; - Incrblob *pBlob = 0; - - flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ - *ppBlob = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int flags = *pFlags; + const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; + char *zFile; + char c; + int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); - pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); - if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; - pParse = sqlcipher3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; + if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) /* IMP: R-48725-32206 */ + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) /* IMP: R-51689-46548 */ + && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */ + ){ + char *zOpt; + int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ + int iIn; /* Input character index */ + int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ + u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - do { - memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); - pParse->db = db; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = 0; + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(db); - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); - if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pTab = 0; - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); - } -#endif - if( !pTab ){ - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - } - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } + for(iIn=0; iInnCol; iCol++) { - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; + iIn = 5; +#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY + if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){ + iIn = 7; + /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters + ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path. + ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters + ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a + ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */ + if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; } + }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){ + iIn = 16; } - - /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. - ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these - ** descriptions applies for writing. */ - if( flags ){ - const char *zFault = 0; - Index *pIdx; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It - ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent - ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this - ** case. */ - FKey *pFKey; - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ - zFault = "foreign key"; - } - } - } +#else + /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */ + if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){ + iIn = 7; + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++; + if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", + iIn-7, &zUri[7]); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; } + } #endif - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ - zFault = "indexed"; + + /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. + ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. + ** + ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending + ** on the parsing context. As follows: + ** + ** 0: Parsing file-name. + ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter. + ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter. + */ + eState = 0; + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ + iIn++; + if( c=='%' + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) + ){ + int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); + octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); + + assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 ); + if( octet==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR + /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this + ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or + ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character + ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + && (eState!=0 || c!='?') + && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) + && (eState!=2 || c!='&') + ){ + iIn++; } + continue; +#else + /* If ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR is defined, "%00" in a URI is an error. */ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unexpected %%00 in uri"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; +#endif } + c = octet; + }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ + if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ + /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; + continue; + } + if( c=='&' ){ + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + }else{ + eState = 2; + } + c = 0; + }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ + c = 0; + eState = 1; } - if( zFault ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } + zFile[iOut++] = c; } + if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - pBlob->pStmt = (sqlcipher3_stmt *)sqlcipher3VdbeCreate(db); - assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); - if( pBlob->pStmt ){ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that + ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() + ** method. */ + zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; + while( zOpt[0] ){ + int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); + char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; + int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob); + if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ + zVfs = zVal; + }else{ + struct OpenMode { + const char *z; + int mode; + } *aMode = 0; + char *zModeType = 0; + int mask = 0; + int limit = 0; + if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { + { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, + { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; - /* Configure the OP_Transaction */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, flags); + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; + aMode = aCacheMode; + limit = mask; + zModeType = "cache"; + } + if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { + { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, + { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, + { 0, 0 } + }; - /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; + aMode = aOpenMode; + limit = mask & flags; + zModeType = "access"; + } - /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - - /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2); -#else - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); -#endif - - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 - ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb); - - /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to - ** think that the table has one more column than it really - ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will - ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type - ** and offset cache without causing any IO. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->nVar = 1; - pParse->nMem = 1; - pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + if( aMode ){ + int i; + int mode = 0; + for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ + const char *z = aMode[i].z; + if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ + mode = aMode[i].mode; + break; + } + } + if( mode==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", + zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_PERM; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; + } } + + zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; } - - pBlob->flags = flags; - pBlob->iCol = iCol; - pBlob->db = db; - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto blob_open_out; - } - sqlcipher3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); - rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); - } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA ); -blob_open_out: - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - *ppBlob = (sqlcipher3_blob *)pBlob; }else{ - if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pBlob); + zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( nUri ){ + memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); + } + zFile[nUri] = '\0'; + zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + } + + *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); + if( *ppVfs==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + parse_uri_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFile); + zFile = 0; } - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - sqlcipher3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + *pFlags = flags; + *pzFile = zFile; return rc; } +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* -** Close a blob handle that was previously created using -** sqlcipher3_blob_open(). +** Process URI filename query parameters relevant to the SQLite Encryption +** Extension. Return true if any of the relevant query parameters are +** seen and return false if not. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_close(sqlcipher3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - int rc; - sqlcipher3 *db; - - if( p ){ - db = p->db; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlcipher3_finalize(p->pStmt); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodecQueryParameters( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Which schema is being created/attached */ + const char *zUri /* URI filename */ +){ + const char *zKey; + if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zUri, "hexkey"))!=0 && zKey[0] ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + char zDecoded[40]; + for(i=0, iByte=0; idb; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif - if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ - /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_ERROR, 0); - }else if( v==0 ){ - /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has - ** already been invalidated. Return SQLCIPHER_ABORT in this case. - */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ABORT; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 1; }else{ - /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLCIPHER_ABORT is - ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. - */ - assert( db == v->db ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); - rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_ABORT ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(v); - p->pStmt = 0; - }else{ - db->errCode = rc; - v->rc = rc; - } + isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; } - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -/* -** Read data from a blob handle. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_read(sqlcipher3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlcipher3BtreeData); -} + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + } -/* -** Write data to a blob handle. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_write(sqlcipher3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlcipher3BtreePutData); -} + /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter + ** + ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were + ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only + ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask + ** off all other flags. + */ + flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); -/* -** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. -** -** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob -** so no mutex is required for access. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_bytes(sqlcipher3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; -} + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + if( isThreadsafe +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex +#endif + ){ + db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( db->mutex==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(db); + db = 0; + goto opendb_out; + } + if( isThreadsafe==0 ){ + sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(db->mutex); + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->nDb = 2; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + db->lookaside.bDisable = 1; -/* -** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same -** database table. + assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); + memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS; + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->nextAutovac = -1; + db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + db->nextPagesize = 0; + db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames + | SQLITE_EnableTrigger + | SQLITE_EnableView + | SQLITE_CacheSpill + +/* The SQLITE_DQS compile-time option determines the default settings +** for SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL and SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML. ** -** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not -** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the -** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all -** subsequent calls to sqlcipher3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) -** immediately return SQLCIPHER_ABORT. +** SQLITE_DQS SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML +** ---------- ----------------------- ----------------------- +** undefined on on +** 3 on on +** 2 on off +** 1 off on +** 0 off off +** +** Legacy behavior is 3 (double-quoted string literals are allowed anywhere) +** and so that is the default. But developers are encouranged to use +** -DSQLITE_DQS=0 (best) or -DSQLITE_DQS=1 (second choice) if possible. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_blob_reopen(sqlcipher3_blob *pBlob, sqlcipher3_int64 iRow){ - int rc; - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - sqlcipher3 *db; +#if !defined(SQLITE_DQS) +# define SQLITE_DQS 3 +#endif +#if (SQLITE_DQS&1)==1 + | SQLITE_DqsDML +#endif +#if (SQLITE_DQS&2)==2 + | SQLITE_DqsDDL +#endif - if( p==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - db = p->db; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + | SQLITE_AutoIndex +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC + | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + | SQLITE_RecTriggers +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + | SQLITE_ForeignKeys +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS) + | SQLITE_ReverseOrder +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + | SQLITE_CellSizeCk +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER) + | SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_QPSG) + | SQLITE_EnableQPSG +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_DEFENSIVE) + | SQLITE_Defensive +#endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); +#endif - if( p->pStmt==0 ){ - /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has - ** already been invalidated. Return SQLCIPHER_ABORT in this case. - */ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ABORT; + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-52786-44878 SQLite defines three built-in collating + ** functions: + */ + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rtrimCollFunc, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all + ** strings is BINARY. + */ + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); + assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); + + /* Parse the filename/URI argument + ** + ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we + ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger + ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations + ** are: + ** + ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + */ + db->openFlags = flags; + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ + if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */ }else{ - char *zErr; - rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, + flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA ); + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + goto opendb_out; } + sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); + if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} + /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp + ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; + db->aDb[1].zDbSName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF; -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } -/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2011 July 9 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with -** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for -** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main -** memory). -*/ + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 + /* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic + ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5 + ** tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */ + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db); + } +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + } -typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; -typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); + } +#endif -/* -** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: -** -** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series -** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly -** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order -** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, -** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment -** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports -** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison -** operations. -** -** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. -** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For -** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually -** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal -** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are -** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). -** -** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in -** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. -** -** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing -** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of -** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the -** aTree element is set to the index of it. -** -** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any -** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF -** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. -** -** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that preceed the final (N/2) described -** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. -** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that -** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. -** -** Example: -** -** aIter[0] -> Banana -** aIter[1] -> Feijoa -** aIter[2] -> Elderberry -** aIter[3] -> Currant -** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit -** aIter[5] -> Apple -** aIter[6] -> Durian -** aIter[7] -> EOF -** -** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } -** -** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by -** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will -** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is -** "Eggplant": -** -** aIter[5] -> Eggplant -** -** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator -** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator -** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. -** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator -** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (BananamallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); + } +#endif -/* -** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in -** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0. -*/ -struct VdbeSorterIter { - i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset */ - i64 iEof; /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */ - sqlcipher3_file *pFile; /* File iterator is reading from */ - int nAlloc; /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */ - u8 *aAlloc; /* Allocated space */ - int nKey; /* Number of bytes in key */ - u8 *aKey; /* Pointer to current key */ -}; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */ + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + } +#endif -/* -** A structure to store a single record. All in-memory records are connected -** together into a linked list headed at VdbeSorter.pRecord using the -** SorterRecord.pNext pointer. -*/ -struct SorterRecord { - void *pVal; - int nVal; - SorterRecord *pNext; -}; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + } +#endif -/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */ -#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); + } +#endif -/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */ -#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3DbpageRegister(db); + } +#endif -/* -** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second -** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning. -*/ -static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc); - memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3StmtVtabInit(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLCIPHER_EXT + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlcipherVtabInit(sqlite3 *); + rc = sqlcipherVtabInit(db); + } +#endif + + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); +#endif + + if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); + + /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ + setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); + +opendb_out: + if( db ){ + assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; + } + *ppDb = db; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ + void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(db, 0, zOpen); +#endif + sqlite3_free(zOpen); + return rc & 0xff; } + /* -** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLCIPHER_OK if -** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. +** Open a new database handle. */ -static int vdbeSorterIterNext( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlcipher3DbMalloc() ) */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nRead; /* Number of bytes read */ - int nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ - int iOff = 0; /* Size of serialized size varint in bytes */ - - assert( pIter->iEof>=pIter->iReadOff ); - if( pIter->iEof-pIter->iReadOff>5 ){ - nRead = 5; - }else{ - nRead = (int)(pIter->iEof - pIter->iReadOff); - } - if( nRead<=0 ){ - /* This is an EOF condition */ - vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(pIter->pFile, pIter->aAlloc, nRead, pIter->iReadOff); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - iOff = getVarint32(pIter->aAlloc, nRec); - if( (iOff+nRec)>nRead ){ - int nRead2; /* Number of extra bytes to read */ - if( (iOff+nRec)>pIter->nAlloc ){ - int nNew = pIter->nAlloc*2; - while( (iOff+nRec)>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; - pIter->aAlloc = sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(db, pIter->aAlloc, nNew); - if( !pIter->aAlloc ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - pIter->nAlloc = nNew; - } - - nRead2 = iOff + nRec - nRead; - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead( - pIter->pFile, &pIter->aAlloc[nRead], nRead2, pIter->iReadOff+nRead - ); - } - } - - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || nRec>0 ); - pIter->iReadOff += iOff+nRec; - pIter->nKey = nRec; - pIter->aKey = &pIter->aAlloc[iOff]; - return rc; + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +){ + return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Write a single varint, value iVal, to file-descriptor pFile. Return -** SQLCIPHER_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. -** -** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the byte -** offset in file pFile to write to. Before returning, *piOffset is -** incremented by the number of bytes written. +** Open a new database handle. */ -static int vdbeSorterWriteVarint( - sqlcipher3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ - i64 iVal, /* Value to write as a varint */ - i64 *piOffset /* IN/OUT: Write offset in file pFile */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb ){ - u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ - int nVarint; /* Number of used bytes in varint */ - int rc; /* Result of write() call */ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + int rc; - nVarint = sqlcipher3PutVarint(aVarint, iVal); - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pFile, aVarint, nVarint, *piOffset); - *piOffset += nVarint; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + if( zFilename==0 ) zFilename = "\000\000"; + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); + assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + SCHEMA_ENC(*ppDb) = ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return rc; + return rc & 0xff; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** Read a single varint from file-descriptor pFile. Return SQLCIPHER_OK if -** successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs. -** -** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the -** byte offset in file pFile from whence to read the varint. If successful -** (i.e. if no IO error occurs), then *piOffset is set to the offset of -** the first byte past the end of the varint before returning. *piVal is -** set to the integer value read. If an error occurs, the final values of -** both *piOffset and *piVal are undefined. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ -static int vdbeSorterReadVarint( - sqlcipher3_file *pFile, /* File to read from */ - i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Read offset in pFile */ - i64 *piVal /* OUT: Value read from file */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ - u8 aVarint[9]; /* Buffer large enough for a varint */ - i64 iOff = *piOffset; /* Offset in file to read from */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(pFile, aVarint, 9, iOff); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - *piOffset += getVarint(aVarint, (u64 *)piVal); - } - - return rc; + return sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); } /* -** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile -** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function -** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the -** PMA is empty). +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ -static int vdbeSorterIterInit( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ - i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ - i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) ){ int rc; - assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); - assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); - pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; - pIter->iReadOff = iStart; - pIter->nAlloc = 128; - pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); - if( !pIter->aAlloc ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - i64 nByte; /* Total size of PMA in bytes */ - rc = vdbeSorterReadVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->iReadOff, &nByte); - *pnByte += nByte; - pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } - +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, -** size nKey2 bytes). Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions -** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. -** Otherwise, return SQLCIPHER_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive -** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2. -** -** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid -** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid -** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to -** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values. -** -** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace -** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ -static void vdbeSorterCompare( - VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ - int bOmitRowid, /* Ignore rowid field at end of keys */ - void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ - void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ - int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const void *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; - int i; - - if( pKey2 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); - } + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; - if( bOmitRowid ){ - r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField; - assert( r2->nField>0 ); - for(i=0; inField; i++){ - if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ - *pRes = -1; - return; - } - } - r2->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); } - - *pRes = sqlcipher3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* -** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging -** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] -** value to recalculate. +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ -static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int i1; - int i2; - int iRes; - VdbeSorterIter *p1; - VdbeSorterIter *p2; - - assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); - - if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ - i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; - i2 = i1 + 1; - }else{ - i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; - i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; - } - - p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; - p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; - - if( p1->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = i2; - }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = i1; - }else{ - int res; - assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ - vdbeSorterCompare( - pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res - ); - if( res<=0 ){ - iRes = i1; - }else{ - iRes = i2; - } - } - - pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterInit(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ - int mxCache; /* Cache size */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ - char *d; /* Dummy */ - - assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); - pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); - if( pSorter==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - - pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlcipher3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); - if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); - - if( !sqlcipher3TempInMemory(db) ){ - pgsz = sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); - pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; - mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; - if( mxCachemxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; - } - - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. */ -static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlcipher3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ - SorterRecord *p; - SorterRecord *pNext; - for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* -** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlcipher3VdbeSorterXXX routines. +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VdbeSorterClose(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - if( pSorter ){ - if( pSorter->aIter ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inTree; i++){ - vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); - } - if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ - sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); - } - vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSorter); - pCsr->pSorter = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; } +#endif + return db->autoCommit; } /* -** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, -** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLCIPHER_OK. -** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlcipher3 *db, sqlcipher3_file **ppFile){ - int dummy; - return sqlcipher3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy - ); +** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, +** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_NOMEM and possibly other error +** constants. They serve two purposes: +** +** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger +** to detect when version error conditions occurs. +** +** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where +** a low-level error is first detected. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){ + sqlite3_log(iErr, "%s at line %d of [%.10s]", + zType, lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return iErr; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse"); } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file"); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int lineno, Pgno pgno){ + char zMsg[100]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg, "database corruption page %d", pgno); + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error"); +} +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* -** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. -** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. +** +** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a +** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. */ -static void vdbeSorterMerge( - VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ - SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ - SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ - SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ -){ - SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; - SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; - void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; - - while( p1 && p2 ){ - int res; - vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); - if( res<=0 ){ - *pp = p1; - pp = &p1->pNext; - p1 = p1->pNext; - pVal2 = 0; - }else{ - *pp = p2; - pp = &p2->pNext; - p2 = p2->pNext; - if( p2==0 ) break; - pVal2 = p2->pVal; - } - } - *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; - *ppOut = pFinal; +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ } +#endif /* -** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLCIPHER_OK -** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLCIPHER_NOMEM) if an error -** occurs. +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. */ -static int vdbeSorterSort(VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int i; - SorterRecord **aSlot; - SorterRecord *p; - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol = 0; + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; - aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlcipher3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); - if( !aSlot ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - p = pSorter->pRecord; - while( p ){ - SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; - p->pNext = 0; - for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ - vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); - aSlot[i] = 0; - } - aSlot[i] = p; - p = pNext; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } +#endif - p = 0; - for(i=0; i<64; i++){ - vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; } - pSorter->pRecord = p; - - sqlcipher3_free(aSlot); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} - -/* -** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return -** SQLCIPHER_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -** -** The format of a PMA is: -** -** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content -** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). -** -** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. -** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the -** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - - if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ - assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); - return rc; + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; } - rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); - - /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ - rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); - assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); - assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( zColumnName==0 ){ + /* Query for existance of table only */ + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + pCol = iCol>=0 ? &pTab->aCol[iCol] : 0; + }else{ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + } } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - i64 iOff = pSorter->iWriteOff; - SorterRecord *p; - SorterRecord *pNext = 0; - static const char eightZeros[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - - pSorter->nPMA++; - rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, pSorter->nInMemory, &iOff); - for(p=pSorter->pRecord; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, p->nVal, &iOff); - - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, p->pVal, p->nVal, iOff); - iOff += p->nVal; - } + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0); + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; + primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; + autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = sqlite3StrBINARY; + } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - } +error_out: + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - /* This assert verifies that unless an error has occurred, the size of - ** the PMA on disk is the same as the expected size stored in - ** pSorter->nInMemory. */ - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->nInMemory==( - iOff-pSorter->iWriteOff-sqlcipher3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) - )); + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + */ + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - pSorter->iWriteOff = iOff; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - /* Terminate each file with 8 extra bytes so that from any offset - ** in the file we can always read 9 bytes without a SHORT_READ error */ - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, eightZeros, 8, iOff); - } - pSorter->pRecord = p; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, + zColumnName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* -** Add a record to the sorter. +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterWrite( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ - VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ - Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return Code */ - SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ - - assert( pSorter ); - pSorter->nInMemory += sqlcipher3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; - - pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); - pNew->nVal = pVal->n; - pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; - pSorter->pRecord = pNew; - } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + int rc; + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; - /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They - ** are written out when either of the following are true: - ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater - ** than (page-size * cache-size), or - ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater - ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlcipher3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( - (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) - || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlcipher3HeapNearlyFull()) - )){ - rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); - pSorter->nInMemory = 0; - } - + rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); return rc; } /* -** Helper function for sqlcipher3VdbeSorterRewind(). +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. */ -static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle */ - VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ - i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ - i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Initialize the iterators. */ - for(i=0; iaIter[i]; - rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); - pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; - } +/* +** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Btree *pBtree; - /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ - for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && i>0; i--){ - rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + if( pBtree ){ + Pager *pPager; + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); + assert( pPager!=0 ); + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + assert( fd!=0 ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION ){ + *(unsigned int*)pArg = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } - - *pnByte = nByte; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* -** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare -** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. +** Interface to the testing logic. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlcipher3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ - i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ - int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ - int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ + int rc = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE + UNUSED_PARAMETER(op); +#else + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ - assert( pSorter ); + /* + ** Save the current state of the PRNG. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { + sqlite3PrngSaveState(); + break; + } - /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, - ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly - ** from the in-memory list. */ - if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ - *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; - assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); - return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); - } - - /* Write the current b-tree to a PMA. Close the b-tree cursor. */ - rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) return rc; - - /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ - nIter = pSorter->nPMA; - if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; - assert( nIter>0 ); - while( NaIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; - pSorter->nTree = N; + /* + ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using + ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then + ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { + sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); + break; + } - do { - int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED, int x, sqlite3 *db); + ** + ** Control the seed for the pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) that + ** is built into SQLite. Cases: + ** + ** x!=0 && db!=0 Seed the PRNG to the current value of the + ** schema cookie in the main database for db, or + ** x if the schema cookie is zero. This case + ** is convenient to use with database fuzzers + ** as it allows the fuzzer some control over the + ** the PRNG seed. + ** + ** x!=0 && db==0 Seed the PRNG to the value of x. + ** + ** x==0 && db==0 Revert to default behavior of using the + ** xRandomness method on the primary VFS. + ** + ** This test-control also resets the PRNG so that the new seed will + ** be used for the next call to sqlite3_randomness(). + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED: { + int x = va_arg(ap, int); + int y; + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + assert( db==0 || db->aDb[0].pSchema!=0 ); + if( db && (y = db->aDb[0].pSchema->schema_cookie)!=0 ){ x = y; } + sqlite3Config.iPrngSeed = x; + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + break; + } - for(iNew=0; - rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNTnPMA; - iNew++ - ){ - i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) + ** + ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument + ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a + ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. + ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); + int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); + rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); + break; + } - /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, - ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. - ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls - ** sqlcipher3VdbeSorterNext(). - ** - ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, - ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs - ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) + ** + ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, + ** if xCallback is not NULL. + ** + ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) + ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return + ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from + ** sqlite3_test_control(). + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); */ - rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ - break; - } - - /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ - if( pTemp2==0 ){ - assert( iWrite2==0 ); - rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); - } + typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); + rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); + break; + } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pTemp2, nWrite, &iWrite2); - } + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) + ** + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** are benign. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { + typedef void (*void_function)(void); + void_function xBenignBegin; + void_function xBenignEnd; + xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); + xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); + sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); + break; + } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - int bEof = 0; - while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && bEof==0 ){ - int nToWrite; - VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; - assert( pIter->pFile ); - nToWrite = pIter->nKey + sqlcipher3VarintLen(pIter->nKey); - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(pTemp2, pIter->aAlloc, nToWrite, iWrite2); - iWrite2 += nToWrite; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); - } - } + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) + ** + ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. + ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte + ** as it existing before this routine was called. + ** + ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in + ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte + ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and + ** deleterious behavior. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { + rc = PENDING_BYTE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + { + unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; } +#endif + break; } - if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not + ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() + ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and + ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is + ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the + ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the + ** return value is zero. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { + volatile int x = 0; + assert( /*side-effects-ok*/ (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); + rc = x; break; - }else{ - sqlcipher3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; - pSorter->nPMA = iNew; - pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; - pTemp2 = pTmp; - pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; - pSorter->iReadOff = 0; - iWrite2 = 0; } - }while( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - - if( pTemp2 ){ - sqlcipher3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); - } - *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Advance to the next element in the sorter. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterNext(sqlcipher3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc; /* Return code */ - if( pSorter->aTree ){ - int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ - int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ - rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); - for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && i>0; i=i/2){ - rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and + ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. + ** + ** The return value is ALWAYS(X) if X is true, or 0 if X is false. + ** + ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means + ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the + ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either + ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. + ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second + ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. + ** + ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: + ** + ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ + ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros + ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ + ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. + ** }else{ + ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. + ** } + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + rc = x ? ALWAYS(x) : 0; + break; } - *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); - }else{ - SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; - pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; - pFree->pNext = 0; - vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); - *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the -** current key. -*/ -static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( - VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ - int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ -){ - void *pKey; - if( pSorter->aTree ){ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter; - pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; - *pnKey = pIter->nKey; - pKey = pIter->aKey; - }else{ - *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; - pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; - } - return pKey; -} - -/* -** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ - - pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); - if( sqlcipher3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - pOut->n = nKey; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); - memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); + ** + ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which + ** SQLite is running: + ** + ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time + ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time + ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time + ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { + rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + break; + } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database + ** connection db. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; + } -/* -** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor -** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of -** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. -** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLCIPHER_NOMEM). -** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the -** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter -** key. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VdbeSorterCompare( - VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ - Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ - int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal + ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the + ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times + ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer + ** is obtained in every case. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); + break; + } - pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); - vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 1, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, subsequent calls to localtime() + ** and its variants fail. If onoff is zero, undo this setting. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT */ + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCS, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, internal-use-only SQL functions + ** are visible to ordinary SQL. This is useful for testing but is + ** unsafe because invalid parameters to those internal-use-only functions + ** can result in crashes or segfaults. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bInternalFunctions = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements a special kind of sqlcipher3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlcipher3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The sqlcipher3JournalCreate() function is called. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); + ** + ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- + ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that + ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during + ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated + ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS, int); + ** + ** Set or clear a flag that causes SQLite to verify that type, name, + ** and tbl_name fields of the sqlite_master table. This is normally + ** on, but it is sometimes useful to turn it off for testing. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bExtraSchemaChecks = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlcipher3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlcipher3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlcipher3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; + /* Set the threshold at which OP_Once counters reset back to zero. + ** By default this is 0x7ffffffe (over 2 billion), but that value is + ** too big to test in a reasonable amount of time, so this control is + ** provided to set a small and easily reachable reset value. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlcipher3_file *pReal = (sqlcipher3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlcipher3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); + ** + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** pointer ptr. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,unsigned int, + unsigned char,unsigned char); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); +#endif + break; } - } - return rc; -} -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlcipher3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlcipher3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlcipher_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - }else{ - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT); + ** + ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if + ** not. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlcipher_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum); + ** + ** This test control is used to create imposter tables. "db" is a pointer + ** to the database connection. dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or + ** "temp") which will receive the imposter. "onOff" turns imposter mode on + ** or off. "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter + ** table should connect. + ** + ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed. Then + ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in + ** the parsed schema. Then turn imposter mode back off again. + ** + ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing + ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed. This has the + ** effect of erasing all imposter tables. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*)); + db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int); + db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int); + if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; } - } - return rc; -} -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, sqlcipher_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} +#if defined(YYCOVERAGE) + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE, FILE *out) + ** + ** This test control (only available when SQLite is compiled with + ** -DYYCOVERAGE) writes a report onto "out" that shows all + ** state/lookahead combinations in the parser state machine + ** which are never exercised. If any state is missed, make the + ** return code SQLITE_ERROR. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE: { + FILE *out = va_arg(ap, FILE*); + if( sqlite3ParserCoverage(out) ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } +#endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) */ -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL, sqlite3_context*); + ** + ** This test-control causes the most recent sqlite3_result_int64() value + ** to be interpreted as a MEM_IntReal instead of as an MEM_Int. Normally, + ** MEM_IntReal values only arise during an INSERT operation of integer + ** values into a REAL column, so they can be challenging to test. This + ** test-control enables us to write an intreal() SQL function that can + ** inject an intreal() value at arbitrary places in an SQL statement, + ** for testing purposes. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL: { + sqlite3_context *pCtx = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_context*); + sqlite3ResultIntReal(pCtx); + break; + } } + va_end(ap); +#endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ return rc; } /* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. */ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, sqlcipher_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlcipher3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlcipher_int64) p->iSize; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; } - return rc; + return 0; } /* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlcipher3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlcipher3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0 /* xShmUnmap */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. +** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3JournalOpen( - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlcipher3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlcipher3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlcipher3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + bDflt = bDflt!=0; + return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; } /* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. +** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3JournalCreate(sqlcipher3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( + const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ + const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ + sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ +){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + sqlite3_int64 v; + if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==0 ){ + bDflt = v; } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); + return bDflt; } -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. +/* +** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3JournalSize(sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + int iDb = zDbName ? sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDbName) : 0; + return iDb<0 ? 0 : db->aDb[iDb].pBt; } -#endif -/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ /* -** 2008 October 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. -** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for -** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. -*/ - -/* Forward references to internal structures */ -typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; -typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; -typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; - -/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of -** this many bytes. -** -** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, -** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills -** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two -** memory allocators. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) - -/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. +** Return the filename of the database associated with a database +** connection. */ -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } #endif + pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; +} /* -** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FileChunk { - FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ - u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. -** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. -*/ -struct FilePoint { - sqlcipher3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ - FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ -}; - -/* -** This subclass is a subclass of sqlcipher3_file. Each open memory-journal -** is an instance of this class. +** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if +** no such database exists. */ -struct MemJournal { - sqlcipher3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ - FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ - FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ - FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ -}; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return -1; + } +#endif + pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; +} +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* -** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation -** of the sqlcipher3_vfs.xRead method. +** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently +** being read by handle db. */ -static int memjrnlRead( - sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlcipher_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot ){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - u8 *zOut = zBuf; - int nRead = iAmt; - int iChunkOffset; - FileChunk *pChunk; + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ - assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; - ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; - pChunk=pChunk->pNext - ){ - iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), ppSnapshot); + } + } } - }else{ - pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; } - iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - do { - int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; - int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); - memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); - zOut += nCopy; - nRead -= iSpace; - iChunkOffset = 0; - } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); - p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; - p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; - - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + return rc; } /* -** Write data to the file. +** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot. */ -static int memjrnlWrite( - sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlcipher_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - int nWrite = iAmt; - u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; - - /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random - ** access writes are not required by sqlcipher. - */ - assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - while( nWrite>0 ){ - FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; - int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); - - if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ - /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ - FileChunk *pNew = sqlcipher3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->pNext = 0; - if( pChunk ){ - assert( p->pFirst ); - pChunk->pNext = pNew; - }else{ - assert( !p->pFirst ); - p->pFirst = pNew; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + int iDb; + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + int bUnlock = 0; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(pPager, pSnapshot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + bUnlock = 1; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(pPager, pSnapshot); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); + sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(pPager, 0); + } + if( bUnlock ){ + sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(pPager); + } } - p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; } - - memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); - zWrite += iSpace; - nWrite -= iSpace; - p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + return rc; } /* -** Truncate the file. +** Recover as many snapshots as possible from the wal file associated with +** schema zDb of database db. */ -static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, sqlcipher_int64 size){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - FileChunk *pChunk; - assert(size==0); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); - pChunk = p->pFirst; - while( pChunk ){ - FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; - pChunk = pChunk->pNext; - sqlcipher3_free(pTmp); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + int iDb; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } + } } - sqlcipher3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + return rc; } /* -** Close the file. +** Free a snapshot handle obtained from sqlite3_snapshot_get(). */ -static int memjrnlClose(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd){ - memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ + sqlite3_free(pSnapshot); } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ - +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* -** Sync the file. +** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option +** was used and false if not. ** -** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine -** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation -** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other -** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. +** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix +** is not required for a match. */ -static int memjrnlSync(sqlcipher3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ + int i, n; + int nOpt; + const char **azCompileOpt; -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd, sqlcipher_int64 *pSize){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - *pSize = (sqlcipher_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zOptName==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif -/* -** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlcipher3_file object. -*/ -static const struct sqlcipher3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ - memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ - memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ - memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0 /* xShmUnlock */ -}; + azCompileOpt = sqlite3CompileOptions(&nOpt); -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3MemJournalOpen(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); - memset(p, 0, sqlcipher3MemJournalSize()); - p->pMethod = (sqlcipher3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; -} + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); -/* -** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is -** an in-memory journal -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IsMemJournal(sqlcipher3_file *pJfd){ - return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; + /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is + ** adequate. No need for a binary search. */ + for(i=0; i=0 && N */ -/* #include */ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ +/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY /* -** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node -** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback -** is invoked before visiting children.) -** -** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* -** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. -** -** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. -** -** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow -** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. -** -** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and -** return the top-level walk call. +** Public interfaces: ** -** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk -** and WRC_Continue to continue. +** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int rc; - if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); - testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); - rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); - if( rc==WRC_Continue - && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; - }else{ - if( sqlcipher3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; - } - } - return rc & WRC_Abort; -} -/* -** Call sqlcipher3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until -** an abort request is seen. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( p ){ - for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} +#define assertMutexHeld() \ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) /* -** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do -** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke -** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. -** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. +** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process +** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** mutex is held. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - if( sqlcipher3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; - return WRC_Continue; -} +static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG /* -** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the -** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select -** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery -** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return -** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** properties of the blocked connections list: +** +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. +** +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. +** +** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the +** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection +** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; +static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 *p; + for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ + int seen = 0; + sqlite3 *p2; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } + /* Verify property (1) */ + assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + + /* Verify property (2) */ + for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ + if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; + assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); + assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); + assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); } } - return WRC_Continue; -} +} +#else +# define checkListProperties(x) +#endif /* -** Call sqlcipher3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. -** Invoke sqlcipher3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and -** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. -** -** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if -** there is an abort request. -** -** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine -** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. +** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection +** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - int rc; - if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - rc = WRC_Continue; - while( p ){ - rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); - if( rc ) break; - if( sqlcipher3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlcipher3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort; - p = p->pPrior; +static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ + if( *pp==db ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; + break; + } } - return rc & WRC_Abort; } -/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2008 August 18 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and -** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular -** table and column. +** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed +** that it is not already a part of the list. */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ +static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for( + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked + ); + db->pNextBlocked = *pp; + *pp = db; +} /* -** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the -** result set in pEList. -** -** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine -** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this -** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the -** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be -** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. -** -** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple -** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as -** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. -** -** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means -** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x -** -** Is equivalent to: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 -** -** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different -** from the result in the result-set. We might fix this someday. Or -** then again, we might not... +** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ -static void resolveAlias( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ - int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ - const char *zType /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ -){ - Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ - Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); - pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - assert( pOrig!=0 ); - assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); - db = pParse->db; - if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); - pDup = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){ - pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); - } - pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias; - }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){ - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - }else{ - char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken; - assert( zToken!=0 ); - pOrig->u.zToken = 0; - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); - pOrig->u.zToken = zToken; - if( pDup==0 ) return; - assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); - pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken; - pDup->u.zToken = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zToken); - } - if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - - /* Before calling sqlcipher3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This - ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, - ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. - */ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pDup); +static void enterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + checkListProperties(0); } - /* -** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. -** -** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain -** zCol. +** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ -static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ - if( pUsing ){ - int k; - for(k=0; knId; k++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; - } - } - return 0; +static void leaveMutex(void){ + assertMutexHeld(); + checkListProperties(0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } - /* -** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr -** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes -** are made to pExpr: +** Register an unlock-notify callback. ** -** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X -** (even if X is implied). -** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained -** from pSrcList. -** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if -** X and/or Y are implied.) -** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. -** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. -** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted -** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. +** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation +** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection +** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared +** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. ** -** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be -** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database -** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This -** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it -** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table -** can be used. +** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, +** before this routine returns. ** -** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message -** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. -*/ -static int lookupName( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ - const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ - Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ - int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ - struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ - NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ - Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ - int isTrigger = 0; - - assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ - assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ - assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - - /* Initialize the node to no-match */ - pExpr->iTable = -1; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - - /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ - while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ - ExprList *pEList; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - - if( pSrcList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - Table *pTab; - int iDb; - Column *pCol; - - pTab = pItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - if( zTab ){ - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - }else{ - char *zTabName = pTab->zName; - if( NEVER(zTabName==0) || sqlcipher3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - if( zDb!=0 && sqlcipher3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - } - } - if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pMatch = pItem; - } - for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match - ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a - ** USING clause, then skip this match. - */ - if( cnt==1 ){ - if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; - if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; - } - cnt++; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - pMatch = pItem; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; - break; - } - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe - ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference - */ - if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ - int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; - Table *pTab = 0; - assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); - if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlcipher3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = 1; - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlcipher3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = 0; - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - } - - if( pTab ){ - int iCol; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - cntTab++; - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ - iCol = -1; - } - break; - } - } - if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlcipher3IsRowid(zCol) ){ - iCol = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ - } - if( iColnCol ){ - cnt++; - if( iCol<0 ){ - pExpr->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ - testcase( iCol==31 ); - testcase( iCol==32 ); - pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<iColumn = (i16)iCol; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - isTrigger = 1; - } - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - - /* - ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID - */ - if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlcipher3IsRowid(zCol) ){ - cnt = 1; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ - pExpr->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - } +** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate +** a deadlock. +** +** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops +** its locks. +** +** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered +** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately +** cancelled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xNotify)(void **, int), + void *pArg +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* - ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z - ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when - ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: - ** - ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; - ** - ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that - ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. - ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been - ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. - */ - if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - Expr *pOrig; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); - pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; - if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); - return WRC_Abort; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, ""); - cnt = 1; - pMatch = 0; - assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); - goto lookupname_end; - } - } - } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + enterMutex(); - /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either - ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. + if( xNotify==0 ){ + removeFromBlockedList(db); + db->pBlockingConnection = 0; + db->pUnlockConnection = 0; + db->xUnlockNotify = 0; + db->pUnlockArg = 0; + }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback + ** immediately. */ - if( cnt==0 ){ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - /* - ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is - ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then - ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that - ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to - ** pExpr. - ** - ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef - ** fields are not changed in any context. - */ - if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - return WRC_Prune; - } + xNotify(&pArg, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3 *p; - /* - ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or - ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. - */ - if( cnt!=1 ){ - const char *zErr; - zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; - if( zDb ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); - }else if( zTab ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); + for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} + if( p ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - pTopNC->nErr++; - } - - /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record - ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes - ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the - ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask - ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. - */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - testcase( n==BMS-1 ); - if( n>=BMS ){ - n = BMS-1; + db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; + db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; + db->pUnlockArg = pArg; + removeFromBlockedList(db); + addToBlockedList(db); } - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); - pExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pRight = 0; - pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); -lookupname_end: - if( cnt==1 ){ - assert( pNC!=0 ); - sqlcipher3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); - /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to - ** the point where the name matched. */ - for(;;){ - assert( pTopNC!=0 ); - pTopNC->nRef++; - if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; - pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; - } - return WRC_Prune; - } else { - return WRC_Abort; - } + leaveMutex(); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; } /* -** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol -** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED +** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available +** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3CreateColumnExpr(sqlcipher3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ - Expr *p = sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; - p->pTab = pItem->pTab; - p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ - p->iColumn = -1; - }else{ - p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; - testcase( iCol==BMS ); - testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); - pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); - } - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ + enterMutex(); + if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + addToBlockedList(db); } - return p; + db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; + leaveMutex(); } /* -** This routine is callback for sqlcipher3WalkExpr(). +** This function is called when +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** by database connection db have been released. ** -** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current -** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down -** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. +** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections +** list and does the following: ** -** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for -** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed -** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** +** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and +** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** +** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and +** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections +** list. */ -static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - NameContext *pNC; - Parse *pParse; - - pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - assert( pNC!=0 ); - pParse = pNC->pParse; - assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ + int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ + sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ + void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ + void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ + void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - int i; - for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ - assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); - } - } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ + aArg = aStatic; + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first - ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY - ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. - */ - case TK_ROW: { - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); - pItem = pSrcList->a; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ + sqlite3 *p = *pp; - /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. - */ - case TK_ID: { - return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); + /* Step 1. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ + p->pBlockingConnection = 0; } - - /* A table name and column name: ID.ID - ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID - */ - case TK_DOT: { - const char *zColumn; - const char *zTable; - const char *zDb; - Expr *pRight; - /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ - zDb = 0; - zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; - zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; - }else{ - assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); - zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; - zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; - zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; + /* Step 2. */ + if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ + assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); + if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; } - return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); - } - - /* Resolve function names - */ - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ - int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ - int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ - int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ - int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ - int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ - int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ - const char *zId; /* The function name. */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - zId = pExpr->u.zToken; - nId = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zId); - pDef = sqlcipher3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - pDef = sqlcipher3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - no_such_func = 1; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); + assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); + if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) + || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) + ){ + /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ + void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + aDyn = aArg = pNew; }else{ - wrong_num_args = 1; - } - }else{ - is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pDef ){ - auth = sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); - if( auth!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( auth==SQLCIPHER_DENY ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", - pDef->zName); - pNC->nErr++; - } - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - return WRC_Prune; - } - } -#endif - if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); - pNC->nErr++; - is_agg = 0; - }else if( no_such_func ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - }else if( wrong_num_args ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", - nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - } - if( is_agg ){ - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; - sqlcipher3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; - /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function - */ - return WRC_Prune; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); -#endif - case TK_IN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - int nRef = pNC->nRef; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } -#endif - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); - assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); - if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); + /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to + ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. + ** + ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error + ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code + ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be + ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections + ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** arrive. + ** + ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context + ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because + ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of + ** context pointers the application will receive two or more + ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the + ** circumstances. + */ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; } } - break; + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; + xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; + p->pUnlockConnection = 0; + p->xUnlockNotify = 0; + p->pUnlockArg = 0; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - case TK_VARIABLE: { - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } - break; + + /* Step 3. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ + *pp = p->pNextBlocked; + p->pNextBlocked = 0; + }else{ + pp = &p->pNextBlocked; } -#endif } - return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; + + if( nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + } + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ } /* -** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the -** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. -** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds -** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, -** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of -** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is -** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine -** return 0. +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + enterMutex(); + removeFromBlockedList(db); + checkListProperties(db); + leaveMutex(); +} +#endif + +/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ + +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. +** +** +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. +** +** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but +** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian +** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are +** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). +** +** Example encodings: +** +** 1: 0x01 +** 127: 0x7f +** 128: 0x81 0x00 +** +** +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. +** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** word of the document has a position of 0. +** +** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time +** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. +** +** A doclist is stored like this: +** +** array { +** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. +** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more +** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus +** 2 for the first position. Example: +** +** label: A B C D E F G H I J K +** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 +** +** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document +** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 +** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the +** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 +** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The +** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 +** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. +** +** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for +** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single +** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, +** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and +** a doclist consists of one or more document records. +** +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** array of varint-encoded docids. +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). ** -** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and +** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. */ -static int resolveAsName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ - Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - - if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ - char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} +/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* -** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the -** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been -** name resolved. +** 2009 Nov 12 ** -** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the -** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That -** case is handled by the calling routine. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most -** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, -** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. -** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the -** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate -** the column. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** ** -** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. */ -static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ - Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ - NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ - int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ - u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ - - assert( sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - - /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression - */ - memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); - nc.pParse = pParse; - nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - nc.pEList = pEList; - nc.allowAgg = 1; - nc.nErr = 0; - db = pParse->db; - savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; - db->suppressErr = 1; - rc = sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); - db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; - if( rc ) return 0; +#ifndef _FTSINT_H +#define _FTSINT_H - /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression - ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching - ** result-set entry. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE)<2 ){ - return i+1; - } - } +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif - /* If no match, return 0. */ - return 0; -} +/* FTS3/FTS4 require virtual tables */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 +#endif /* -** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ -static void resolveOutOfRangeError( - Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ - const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ - int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ - int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ -){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " - "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); -} +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif -/* -** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify -** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 -** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. -** -** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are -** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of -** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions -** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT -** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. -** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into -** the integer column number. -** -** Return the number of errors seen. -*/ -static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ -){ - int i; - ExprList *pOrderBy; - ExprList *pEList; - sqlcipher3 *db; - int moreToDo = 1; +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); - return 1; - } +/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 #endif - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; - } - pSelect->pNext = 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ){ - pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - moreToDo = 0; - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - int iCol = -1; - Expr *pE, *pDup; - if( pItem->done ) continue; - pE = pItem->pExpr; - if( sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - }else{ - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); - if( iCol==0 ){ - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert(pDup); - iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); - } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - } - } - if( iCol>0 ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; - int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pE); - pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pE==0 ) return 1; - pE->pColl = pColl; - pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags; - pE->u.iValue = iCol; - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - pItem->done = 1; - }else{ - moreToDo = 1; - } - } - pSelect = pSelect->pNext; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " - "column in the result set", i+1); - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ /* -** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of -** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a -** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field) -** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set -** column. +** 2006 July 10 ** -** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and -** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ - const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ -){ - int i; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - ExprList *pEList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; +#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ - if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); - return 1; - } -#endif - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlcipher3SelectNew() guarantees this */ - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCol ){ - if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType); - } - } - return 0; -} +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ /* -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. -** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either -** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. ** -** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. -** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the -** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression -** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If -** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of -** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the -** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in -** the usual way - using sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(). +** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). ** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then -** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors -** excepted.) +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. */ -static int resolveOrderGroupBy( - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ - const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iCol; /* Column number */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ - - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - pParse = pNC->pParse; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE); - if( iCol>0 ){ - /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being - ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to - ** sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a - ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } - if( sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column - ** number so that sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the - ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ - if( iCol<1 ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); - return 1; - } - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; - /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ - pItem->iCol = 0; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); -} +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { -/* -** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. -*/ -static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ - int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ - int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ - Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ - + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. + */ + int iVersion; - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - db = pParse->db; + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); - /* Normally sqlcipher3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have - ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within - ** an expression, sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a - ** prior call to sqlcipher3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let - ** sqlcipher3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. - ** sqlcipher3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlcipher3SelectExpand() and - ** this routine in the correct order. + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). */ - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; - } + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); - isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; - nCompound = 0; - pLeftmost = p; - while( p ){ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); - p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); - /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These - ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || - sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames() to - ** resolve the result-set expression list. - */ - sNC.allowAgg = 1; - sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - - /* Resolve names in the result set. */ - pEList = p->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries - */ - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ - int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ - const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); - /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its - ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in - ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then - ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the - ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ - for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first + ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set + ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in + ** the input buffer. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. + */ + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); - if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; - sqlcipher3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; + /*********************************************************************** + ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. + */ - for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; - assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); - pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); - } - } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY - ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. - */ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - }else{ - sNC.allowAgg = 0; - } - - /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the - ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that - ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by - ** aliases in the result set. - ** - ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be - ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. - */ - sNC.pEList = p->pEList; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || - sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) - ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } + /* + ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. + */ + int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); +}; - /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries - */ - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.allowAgg = 1; +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; - /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. - ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled - ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure - ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " - "the GROUP BY clause"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - } +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; - /* Advance to the next term of the compound - */ - p = p->pPrior; - nCompound++; - } +int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); - /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - return WRC_Prune; -} +#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ +/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* -** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to -** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error -** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions -** are seen. -** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the -** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where -** -** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or -** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. -** -** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger -** one of the special names "old" or "new". -** -** Z: The name of a column in table Y. +** 2001 September 22 ** -** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN -** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y -** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. -** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. ** -** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the -** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand -** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression -** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. -** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression -** tree. For example, in: +*/ +#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; +typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct Fts3Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct Fts3HashElem { + Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: ** -** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: +** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. ** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is -** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. -** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is -** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg -** property on the expression is set. +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +*/ +#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); + +/* +** Shorthand for the functions above +*/ +#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit +#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert +#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind +#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear +#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: ** -** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number -** if errors is returned. +** Fts3Hash h; +** Fts3HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames( - NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ -){ - int savedHasAgg; - Walker w; +#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - { - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - if( sqlcipher3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ - return 1; - } - pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; - } +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) + +#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ + +/* +** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large +** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts +** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 #endif - savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; - pNC->hasAgg = 0; - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pNC->pParse; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - sqlcipher3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; + + +/* +** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are +** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single +** segment of level N+1. +*/ +#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 + +/* +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is +** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction +** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. +*/ +#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) + +/* +** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a +** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid +** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +*/ +#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif - if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); - } - if( pNC->hasAgg ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); - }else if( savedHasAgg ){ - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); -} +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different +** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. +*/ +#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 +#define FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING 8 /* -** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all -** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, -** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause -** terms. +** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms +** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** -** See sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of -** transformations that occur. +** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the +** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index +** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with +** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels +** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. ** -** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using -** sqlcipher3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ResolveSelectNames( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ -){ - Walker w; +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" - assert( p!=0 ); - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pParse; - w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(&w, p); -} +/* +** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, +** make it a no-op. +*/ +#ifndef testcase +# define testcase(X) +#endif -/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and -** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. +** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. */ +#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ /* -** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. -** -** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the -** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, -** indicating no affinity for the expression. -** -** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all -** have an affinity: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a); -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; -** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); +** The assert_fts3_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - int op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_SELECT ){ - assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); - return sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST - if( op==TK_CAST ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - return sqlcipher3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); - } +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt; +# define assert_fts3_nc(x) assert(sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt || (x)) +#else +# define assert_fts3_nc(x) assert(x) #endif - if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) - && pExpr->pTab!=0 - ){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - int j = pExpr->iColumn; - if( j<0 ) return SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol ); - return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; - } - return pExpr->affinity; -} /* -** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the -** collating sequence supplied in the second argument. +** This section provides definitions to allow the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** amalgamation. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or +** false. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pExpr && pColl ){ - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - return pExpr; -} +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +# define ALWAYS(x) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(x) sqlite3Fts3Always((x)!=0) +# define NEVER(x) sqlite3Fts3Never((x)!=0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b); +#else +# define ALWAYS(x) (x) +# define NEVER(x) (x) +#endif /* -** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating -** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. -** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate -** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit -** collating sequences. +** Internal types used by SQLite. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){ - char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pCollName); - pColl = sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - sqlcipher3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zColl); - return pExpr; -} +typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ +typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ +typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ /* -** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If -** there is no default collation type, return 0. +** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - Expr *p = pExpr; - while( p ){ - int op; - pColl = p->pColl; - if( pColl ) break; - op = p->op; - if( p->pTab!=0 && ( - op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER - )){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - const char *zColl; - int j = p->iColumn; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - pColl = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - } - break; - } - if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){ - break; - } - p = p->pLeft; - } - if( sqlcipher3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ - pColl = 0; - } - return pColl; -} +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) /* -** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the -** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the -** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. +** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ - char aff1 = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pExpr); - if( aff1 && aff2 ){ - /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric - ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. - */ - if( sqlcipher3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlcipher3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC; - }else{ - return SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ - /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the - ** results directly. - */ - return SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - }else{ - /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ - assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); - return (aff1 + aff2); - } -} +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif /* -** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should -** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - char aff; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || - pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || - pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft ); - aff = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - aff = sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); - }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - aff = sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); - }else if( !aff ){ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - return aff; -} +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() +#else +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB +#endif + +typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; +typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; +typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; +typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; +typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; + +typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; +typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; +typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; +typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; + +typedef struct MatchinfoBuffer MatchinfoBuffer; /* -** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. -** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true -** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement -** the comparison in pExpr. +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - switch( aff ){ - case SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE: - return 1; - case SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT: - return idx_affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT; - default: - return sqlcipher3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); - } -} +struct Fts3Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ + char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ + char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ + int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ + u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ + + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; + sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */ + + char *zReadExprlist; + char *zWriteExprlist; + + int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ + u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ + u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ + u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ + int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ + char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ + sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ + + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one + ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). + ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. + ** + ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index + ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the + ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] + ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. + ** + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including + ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** recently inserted record. + */ + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ + struct Fts3Index { + int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ + Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ + } *aIndex; + int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ + int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ + int bPrevDelete; /* True if last operation was a delete */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) + /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control + ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These + ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for + ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. + */ + int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ + int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled + ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ + int bNoIncrDoclist; +#endif +}; /* -** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison -** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. +** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a +** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using +** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. */ -static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ - u8 aff = (char)sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); - aff = (u8)sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; - return aff; -} +struct Fts3Cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ + u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ + u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ + u8 bSeekStmt; /* True if pStmt is a seek */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ + int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ + char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ + char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ + u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ + int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ + int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ + i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */ + i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */ + int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ + MatchinfoBuffer *pMIBuffer; /* Buffer for matchinfo data */ +}; + +#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 +#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 +#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 /* -** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by -** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. +** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. +** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to +** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index +** of the column to be searched. For example, in ** -** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is -** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression -** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating -** type. +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); +** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; ** -** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, -** it is not considered. +** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", +** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** indicating that all columns should be searched, +** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pLeft->pColl ); - pColl = pLeft->pColl; - }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pRight->pColl ); - pColl = pRight->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - } - } - return pColl; -} +#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ +#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ +#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ /* -** Generate code for a comparison operator. +** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by +** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described +** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following +** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches. */ -static int codeCompare( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ - int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ - int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ - int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ -){ - int p5; - int addr; - CollSeq *p4; +#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ - p4 = sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); - p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, - (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); - return addr; -} +struct Fts3Doclist { + char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ + int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ + + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ + int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ + int nList; /* Length of position list */ +}; -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 /* -** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum -** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in -** pParse. +** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in +** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. +** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") +** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; - if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight - ); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - return rc; -} +struct Fts3PhraseToken { + char *z; /* Text of the token */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ + int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ + int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ -/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() -** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height -** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the -** first argument. -** -** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed -** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that -** value. -*/ -static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ - *pnHeight = p->nHeight; - } - } -} -static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); - } - } -} -static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); - } -} + /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is + ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are + ** used when evaluating the expression. */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ +}; -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or -** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other -** referenced Expr plus one. -*/ -static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); - }else{ - heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); - } - p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; -} +struct Fts3Phrase { + /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ + Fts3Doclist doclist; + int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ + int iDoclistToken; + + /* Used by sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist() if this is a descendent of an + ** OR condition. */ + char *pOrPoslist; + i64 iOrDocid; + + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ + int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ + Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +}; /* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If -** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, -** leave an error in pParse. +** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. +** +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** buffer. +** +** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global +** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, +** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array +** is populated as follows: +** +** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined +** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** when the expression node is. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ - exprSetHeight(p); - sqlcipher3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); -} +struct Fts3Expr { + int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ + int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ + Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ + Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ + Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ + u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ + u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ + u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_snippet.c module. */ + int iPhrase; /* Index of this phrase in matchinfo() results */ + u32 *aMI; /* See above */ +}; /* -** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced -** by the select statement passed as an argument. +** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** example, the following: +** +** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** +** is equivalent to: +** +** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); - return nHeight; -} +#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 +#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 +#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 +#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 +#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 + + +/* fts3_write.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, + sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); #else - #define exprSetHeight(y) -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); + +/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, + int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 + +/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +struct Fts3SegFilter { + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + int iCol; + int flags; +}; + +struct Fts3MultiSegReader { + /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ + int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ + char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ + int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ + + int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ + int bRestart; + + /* Used by fts3.c only. */ + int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ + int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ + + /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); + +#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ + (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ +) + +/* fts3.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char**,const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc); + +/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, + sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); + +/* fts3_snippet.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, int, int +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p); + +/* fts3_expr.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, + char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** +); + +/* fts3_aux.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); + +/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); + +/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); +#endif + +#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ +#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ + +/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* #include "fts3.h" */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#endif /* -** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. -** -** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory -** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation -** obtained from sqlcipher3DbMalloc(). The calling function -** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. -** -** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. -** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote -** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not -** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) -** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. +** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. ** -** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that -** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not -** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written -** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage -** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprAlloc( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Handle for sqlcipher3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ - int dequote /* True to dequote */ -){ - Expr *pNew; - int nExtra = 0; - int iValue = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif - if( pToken ){ - if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 - || sqlcipher3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ - nExtra = pToken->n+1; - assert( iValue>=0 ); - } - } - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->op = (u8)op; - pNew->iAgg = -1; - if( pToken ){ - if( nExtra==0 ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = iValue; - }else{ - int c; - pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; - assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); - if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); - pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; - if( dequote && nExtra>=3 - && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ - sqlcipher3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); - if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; - } - } - } -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNew->nHeight = 1; -#endif - } - return pNew; -} +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b) { assert( b ); return b; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b) { assert( !b ); return b; } +# endif +#endif /* -** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has -** already been dequoted. +** This variable is set to false when running tests for which the on disk +** structures should not be corrupt. Otherwise, true. If it is false, extra +** assert() conditions in the fts3 code are activated - conditions that are +** only true if it is guaranteed that the fts3 database is not corrupt. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3Expr( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Handle for sqlcipher3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ -){ - Token x; - x.z = zToken; - x.n = zToken ? sqlcipher3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; - return sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); -} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_may_be_corrupt = 1; /* -** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. -** -** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. -** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. +** The number of bytes written is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprAttachSubtrees( - sqlcipher3 *db, - Expr *pRoot, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - if( pRoot==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pRight); - }else{ - if( pRight ){ - pRoot->pRight = pRight; - if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl; - } - } - if( pLeft ){ - pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl; - } - } - exprSetHeight(pRoot); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } +#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (v & mask1) | ( (*(const unsigned char*)(ptr++)) << shift ); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } +#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (*ptr++); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } + /* -** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. -** -** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new -** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, -** free the subtrees and return NULL. +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. +** The value is stored in *v. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3PExpr( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *p = sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); - if( p ) { - sqlcipher3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *pBuf, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char*)pBuf; + const unsigned char *pStart = p; + u32 a; + u64 b; + int shift; + + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); + b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + + for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ + u64 c = *p++; + b += (c&0x7F) << shift; + if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; } - return p; + *v = b; + return (int)(p - pStart); } /* -** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is -** NULL, then just return the other expression. +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to +** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprAnd(sqlcipher3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ - if( pLeft==0 ){ - return pRight; - }else if( pRight==0 ){ - return pLeft; - }else{ - Expr *pNew = sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); - return pNew; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ + const unsigned char *ptr = (const unsigned char*)p; + u32 a; + +#ifndef fts3GetVarint32 + GETVARINT_INIT(a, ptr, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); +#else + a = (*ptr++); + assert( a & 0x80 ); +#endif + + GETVARINT_STEP(a, ptr, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, ptr, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, ptr, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); + a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*ptr & 0x07) << 28)); + assert( 0==(a & 0x80000000) ); + assert( *pi>=0 ); + return 5; } /* -** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple -** arguments. +** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ - Expr *pNew; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( pToken ); - pNew = sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ - return 0; - } - pNew->x.pList = pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlcipher3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); - return pNew; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + return i; } /* -** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. ** -** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential -** variable number. +** Examples: ** -** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make -** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when -** the SQL statement comes from an external source. +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno ** -** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number -** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first -** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is -** assigned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *z; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); - z = pExpr->u.zToken; - assert( z!=0 ); - assert( z[0]!=0 ); - if( z[1]==0 ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ - assert( z[0]=='?' ); - pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - }else{ - ynVar x = 0; - u32 n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(z); - if( z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - i64 i; - int bOk = 0==sqlcipher3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; - testcase( i==0 ); - testcase( i==1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); - if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); - x = 0; - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = (int)i; - } - }else{ - /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - ynVar i; - for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ - if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){ - pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; - break; - } - } - if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - } - if( x>0 ){ - if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ - char **a; - a = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); - if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ - pParse->azVar = a; - memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); - pParse->nzVar = x; - } - if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); - pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ + int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + + /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + + while( z[iIn] ){ + if( z[iIn]==quote ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; + z[iOut++] = quote; + iIn += 2; + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; } } - } - if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); + z[iOut] = '\0'; } } /* -** Recursively delete an expression tree. +** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point +** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint +** to *pVal. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) && (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); - } - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); - } - } - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - } +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + *pVal += iVal; } /* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure -** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, -** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. +** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a +** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list +** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, +** and sets *pVal by the varint value. +** +** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the +** varint is part of. */ -static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; - return EXPR_FULLSIZE; -} +static void fts3GetReverseVarint( + char **pp, + char *pStart, + sqlite3_int64 *pVal +){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + char *p; -/* -** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required -** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in -** how much of the tree is measured. -** -** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure -** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token -** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components -** -*************************************************************************** -** -** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: -** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and -** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. -** The return values is always one of: -** -** EXPR_FULLSIZE -** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced -** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly -** -** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value -** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the -** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. -** -** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size -** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. -** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into -** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped -** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to -** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal -** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation -** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt -** to enforce this constraint. + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is + ** clear on character p[-1]. */ + for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); + p++; + *pp = p; + + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); + *pVal = iVal; +} + +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. */ -static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nSize; - assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ - if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ - nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; - }else{ - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); - assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 ); - assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 ); - if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){ - nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; - }else{ - nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; - } +static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int i; + + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + sqlite3_finalize(p->pSeekStmt); + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); } - return nSize; + sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); + + /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ + p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); + + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy -** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that -** string is defined.) +** Write an error message into *pzErr */ -static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - nByte += sqlcipher3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; - } - return ROUND8(nByte); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char **pzErr, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + sqlite3_free(*pzErr); + va_start(ap, zFormat); + *pzErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); } /* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the -** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a -** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. -** -** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct -** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. +** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given +** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written +** into *pRc. ** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or -** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). +** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. */ -static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = 0; - if( p ){ - nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ - nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); - } +static void fts3DbExec( + int *pRc, /* Success code */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ + const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ + ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + if( *pRc ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } - return nByte; } /* -** This function is similar to sqlcipher3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough -** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken -** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, -** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the -** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. */ -static Expr *exprDup(sqlcipher3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ - Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ - if( p ){ - const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - u8 *zAlloc; - u32 staticFlag = 0; - - assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); +static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ - /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ - if( pzBuffer ){ - zAlloc = *pzBuffer; - staticFlag = EP_Static; - }else{ - zAlloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); - } - pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; + /* Drop the shadow tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments';" + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir';" + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';" + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat';" + "%s DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';", + zDb, p->zName, + zDb, p->zName, + zDb, p->zName, + zDb, p->zName, + (p->zContentTbl ? "--" : ""), zDb,p->zName + ); - if( pNew ){ - /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to - ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or - ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed - ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). - */ - const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); - const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; - int nToken; - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - nToken = sqlcipher3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; - }else{ - nToken = 0; - } - if( isReduced ){ - assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); - }else{ - int nSize = exprStructSize(p); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); - memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); - } + /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the + ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. + ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. + */ + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); +} - /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ - pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static); - pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); - pNew->flags |= staticFlag; - /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ - if( nToken ){ - char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; - memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); - } +/* +** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table +** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() +** and xCreate() methods. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ + char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ + const char *zLanguageid; - if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ - /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pNew->x.pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); - }else{ - pNew->x.pList = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); - } - } + zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); + sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); - /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ - zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ - pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - } - if( pzBuffer ){ - *pzBuffer = zAlloc; - } - }else{ - pNew->flags2 = 0; - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pNew->pLeft = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); - pNew->pRight = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); - } - } + /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); + for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); + } + /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid + ); + if( !zCols || !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zCols); + *pRc = rc; } - return pNew; } /* -** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, -** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can -** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) -** without effecting the originals. -** -** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlcipher3ExprListDup(), -** sqlcipher3IdListDup(), and sqlcipher3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded -** by subsequent calls to sqlcipher*ListAppend() routines. -** -** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. -** -** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a -** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as -** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. +** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Expr *sqlcipher3ExprDup(sqlcipher3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ - return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlcipher3ExprListDup(sqlcipher3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ - ExprList *pNew; - struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->iECursor = 0; - pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; - pNew->a = pItem = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pItem==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; - } - pOldItem = p->a; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ - Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; - pItem->pExpr = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); - pItem->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pItem->zSpan = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); - pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; - pItem->done = 0; - pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol; - pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias; - } - return pNew; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" + "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; } /* -** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for -** sqlcipher3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlcipher3SelectDup() is sometimes -** called with a NULL argument. +** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) +** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done +** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** +** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an +** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and +** %_stat tables required by FTS4. */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ - || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlcipher3SrcListDup(sqlcipher3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ - SrcList *pNew; - int i; - int nByte; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - Table *pTab; - pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); - pNewItem->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->zAlias = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); - pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; - pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; - pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; - pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; - pNewItem->zIndex = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); - pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; - pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; - pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; +static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; + char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ + + /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ + char *z = p->azColumn[i]; + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); } - pNewItem->pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); - pNewItem->pOn = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); - pNewItem->pUsing = sqlcipher3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); - pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; + if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); + } + if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* Create the content table */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", + p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols + ); + sqlite3_free(zContentCols); } - return pNew; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE IdList *sqlcipher3IdListDup(sqlcipher3 *db, IdList *p){ - IdList *pNew; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; - pNew->a = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pNew->a==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; + + /* Create other tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" + "level INTEGER," + "idx INTEGER," + "start_block INTEGER," + "leaves_end_block INTEGER," + "end_block INTEGER," + "root BLOB," + "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" + ");", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - pNewItem->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; + assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); + if( p->bHasStat ){ + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); } - return pNew; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Select *sqlcipher3SelectDup(sqlcipher3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - Select *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); - pNew->pSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); - pNew->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); - pNew->pGroupBy = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); - pNew->pHaving = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); - pNew->pOrderBy = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); - pNew->op = p->op; - pNew->pPrior = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); - pNew->pLimit = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); - pNew->pOffset = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); - pNew->iLimit = 0; - pNew->iOffset = 0; - pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - return pNew; -} -#else -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Select *sqlcipher3SelectDup(sqlcipher3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - assert( p==0 ); - return 0; + return rc; } -#endif - /* -** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is -** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. +** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and -** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed -** that the new entry was successfully appended. +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlcipher3ExprListAppend( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ - Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); - if( pList==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); - } - if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ - struct ExprList_item *a; - int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; - a = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( a==0 ){ - goto no_mem; +static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ + p->nPgsz = 1024; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } } - pList->a = a; - pList->nAlloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]); - } - assert( pList->a!=0 ); - if( 1 ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + *pRc = rc; } - return pList; - -no_mem: - /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; } /* -** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item -** on the expression list. +** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: ** -** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be -** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag -** is set. +** = +** +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The +** term may be quoted, but the may not. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprListSetName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ - Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ - int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ +static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( + const char *z, + int *pnKey, + char **pzValue ){ - assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); - if( pList ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; - assert( pItem->zName==0 ); - pItem->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); - if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlcipher3Dequote(pItem->zName); + char *zValue; + const char *zCsr = z; + + while( *zCsr!='=' ){ + if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; + zCsr++; } -} -/* -** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item -** on the expression list. -** -** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be -** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag -** is set. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprListSetSpan( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ - ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); - if( pList ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; - assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); - pItem->zSpan = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, - (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); + zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); } + *pzValue = zValue; + return 1; } /* -** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, -** leave an error message in pParse. +** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprListCheckLength( - Parse *pParse, - ExprList *pEList, - const char *zObject +static void fts3Appendf( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ + const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ + ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ ){ - int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN]; - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( z && *pz ){ + char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); + sqlite3_free(z); + z = z2; + } + if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(*pz); + *pz = z; } } /* -** Delete an entire expression list. +** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and +** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: +** +** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" +** +** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this +** memory. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); - assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); +static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ + sqlite3_int64 nRet; + char *zRet; + nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; + zRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nRet); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + *(z++) = '"'; + for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ + if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = zInput[i]; + } + *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = '\0'; } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList); + return zRet; } /* -** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer -** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see -** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is -** not constant. +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: ** -** These callback routines are used to implement the following: +** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... +** +** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order +** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of +** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL +** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the +** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following +** string is returned: +** +** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" ** -** sqlcipher3ExprIsConstant() -** sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() -** sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ -static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - - /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from - ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression - ** from being considered constant. */ - if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - } +static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant - ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */ - case TK_FUNCTION: - if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0; - /* Fall through */ - case TK_ID: - case TK_COLUMN: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - default: - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ - return WRC_Continue; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + }else{ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); + } } -} -static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; -} -static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ - Walker w; - w.u.i = initFlag; - w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; - w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; - sqlcipher3WalkExpr(&w, p); - return w.u.i; + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + p->zDb, + (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), + (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") + ); + return zRet; } /* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. +** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number +** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each +** user-defined text column). ** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 1); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. -** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from -** an ON or USING clause. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 3); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there -** are any variables. +** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark +** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 2); -} - -/* -** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough -** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer -** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big -** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. +** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ - int rc = 0; - - /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit - ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ - assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 - || sqlcipher3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); +static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; - if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - *pValue = p->u.iValue; - return 1; + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_UPLUS: { - rc = sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - int v; - if( sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ - *pValue = -v; - rc = 1; - } - break; - } - default: break; + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); } - return rc; + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; } /* -** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. +** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of +** the integer value. ** -** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex -** to tell return TRUE. +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. ** -** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes -** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive -** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might -** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other -** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) -** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return -** TRUE. +** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and +** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ - u8 op; - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } - op = p->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; - switch( op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: - case TK_STRING: - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_BLOB: - return 0; - default: - return 1; - } -} +static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ + const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000; + const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ + int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ -/* -** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps -** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg -** was computed by pExpr. If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and -** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation -** can be omitted. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCodeIsNullJump( - Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ - const Expr *pExpr, /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */ - int iReg, /* Test the value in this register for NULL */ - int iDest /* Jump here if the value is null */ -){ - if( sqlcipher3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest); + for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ + nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); + if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){ + nInt = 0; + break; + } } + if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pnOut = nInt; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be -** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second -** argument. +** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures +** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables +** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or +** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter +** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. ** -** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation -** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative -** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong -** answer. +** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was +** specified, or NULL otherwise. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to +** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the +** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility +** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ - u8 op; - if( aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ) return 1; - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } - op = p->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; - switch( op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - return aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC; - } - case TK_FLOAT: { - return aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC; - } - case TK_STRING: { - return aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT; - } - case TK_BLOB: { - return 1; - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ - return p->iColumn<0 - && (aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC); +static int fts3PrefixParameter( + const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ + int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ +){ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ + int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ + + if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ + const char *p; + nIndex++; + for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ + if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; } - default: { - return 0; + } + + aIndex = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + *apIndex = aIndex; + if( !aIndex ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + if( zParam ){ + const char *p = zParam; + int i; + for(i=1; i=0 ); + if( nPrefix==0 ){ + nIndex--; + i--; + }else{ + aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix; + } + p++; } } -} -/* -** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IsRowid(const char *z){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; - return 0; + *pnIndex = nIndex; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a -** query of the form +** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the +** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns +** of the new FTS4 table. +** +** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the +** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for +** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated +** as follows: +** +** *pnCol: Set to the number of columns table xxx has, ** -** x IN (SELECT ...) +** *pnStr: Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy +** of each columns name, including the nul-terminator. ** -** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this -** routine. +** *pazCol: Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is +** the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array +** and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It +** is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation +** by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free(). ** -** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no -** errors have been found. +** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output +** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is +** returned (and the output variables are undefined). */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY -static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; - ExprList *pEList; - Table *pTab; - if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ - if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ - if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ - testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ +static int fts3ContentColumns( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */ + const char *zTbl, /* Name of content table */ + const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */ + int *pnStr, /* OUT: Bytes of string content */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } } - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ - if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ - if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ - if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ - pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0; - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ - return 1; + sqlite3_free(zSql); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char **azCol; /* Output array */ + sqlite3_int64 nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */ + int nCol; /* Number of table columns */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + + /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of + ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the + ** nul-terminator byte. */ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; iiTable before this function returns. -** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: -** -** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. -** IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index. -** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and -** populated epheremal table. -** -** An existing b-tree may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple -** form: -** -** SELECT FROM
    -** -** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate -** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an -** epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed -** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it -** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. -** -** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must -** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can -** be found with as its left-most column. +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. ** -** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function -** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL -** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". -** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at -** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written -** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a -** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. -** -** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then -** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant -** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...) -** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is -** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the -** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following: -** -** if( register==NULL ){ -** has_null = -** register = 1 -** } +** The argv[] array contains the following: ** -** in order to avoid running the -** test more often than is necessary. +** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ - Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ - int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ - int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */ +static int fts3InitVtab( + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; + Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ + int iCol; /* Column index */ + int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ + char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ + int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ + int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ + int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + int nIndex = 0; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ - /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new - ** ephemeral table. - */ - p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); - if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - Table *pTab; /* Table
    . */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression */ - int iCol; /* Index of column */ - int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ + int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ + int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ + char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ + char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ + int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ - assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - - /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for
    . */ - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe - ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlcipher3GetVdbe() is always - ** successful here. - */ - assert(v); - if( iCol<0 ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; + assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); + assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) + || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) + ); - iAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, iMem); + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); + aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( aCol ){ + memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); + azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + } + if( azNotindexed ){ + memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); + } + if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - }else{ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 + ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop + ** does the following: + ** + ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and + ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies + ** of the column names. + ** + ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, + ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. + */ + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipLeft, pExpr); + /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ + if( !pTokenizer + && strlen(z)>8 + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) + ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); + } - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the - ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If - ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. - */ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX); - int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE); + /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ + else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ + struct Fts4Option { + const char *zOpt; + int nOpt; + } aFts4Opt[] = { + { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ + { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ + { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ + { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ + { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ + { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ + { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ + { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ + }; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) - && sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq - && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) - ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; - char *pKey; - - pKey = (char *)sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, iMem); - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX; - - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ - *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; + int iOpt; + if( !zVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ + break; } } + switch( iOpt ){ + case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ + if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bNoDocsize = 1; + break; + + case 1: /* PREFIX */ + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + zPrefix = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 2: /* COMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + zCompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zUncompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 4: /* ORDER */ + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); + break; + + case 5: /* CONTENT */ + sqlite3_free(zContent); + zContent = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ + assert( iOpt==6 ); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + zLanguageid = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ + azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + default: + assert( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ); + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized parameter: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + sqlite3_free(zVal); } } - } - if( eType==0 ){ - /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. - ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. - */ - double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - int rMayHaveNull = 0; - eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; - if( prNotFound ){ - *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; - }else{ - testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 ); - pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; - if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - } + /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ + else { + nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); + aCol[nCol++] = z; } - sqlcipher3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); - pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; - }else{ - pX->iTable = iTab; } - return eType; -} -#endif -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, -** or IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -** -** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed -** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference -** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an -** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual -** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. -** -** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN -** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. -** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want -** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate -** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize -** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take -** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. -** -** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used -** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any -** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS. -** -** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the -** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3CodeSubselect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ - int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ - int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ -){ - int testAddr = -1; /* One-time test address */ - int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: + /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger + ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. */ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - testAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, mem); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zCompress = 0; + zUncompress = 0; + if( nCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + aCol = 0; + rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr); + + /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jexplain==2 ){ - char *zMsg = sqlcipher3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", - pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId - ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + if( nCol==0 ){ + assert( nString==0 ); + aCol[0] = "content"; + nString = 8; + nCol = 1; } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ - KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */ - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ + if( pTokenizer==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + } + assert( pTokenizer ); - if( rMayHaveNull ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); - } + rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex); + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + assert( zPrefix ); + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - affinity = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pLeft); + /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ + nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ + nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */ + nCol * sizeof(u8) + /* abNotindexed */ + nName + /* zName */ + nDb + /* zDb */ + nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ + p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->db = db; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nPendingData = 0; + p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; + p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; + p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); + p->bHasStat = (u8)isFts4; + p->bFts4 = (u8)isFts4; + p->bDescIdx = (u8)bDescIdx; + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ + p->zContentTbl = zContent; + p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; + zContent = 0; + zLanguageid = 0; + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); - if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); - keyInfo.nField = 1; + p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; + memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + p->nIndex = nIndex; + for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - SelectDest dest; - ExprList *pEList; - - assert( !isRowid ); - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); - dest.affinity = (u8)affinity; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; - if( sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ - return 0; - } - pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; - if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int r1, r2, r3; - - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - int iValToIns; - - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlcipher3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr); - testAddr = -1; - } + /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ + zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; + p->zName = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); + zCsr += nName; + p->zDb = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); + zCsr += nDb; - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - if( isRowid && sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); - }else{ - r3 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); - if( isRowid ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, - sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); - } - } - } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - if( !isRowid ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + /* Fill in the azColumn array */ + for(iCol=0; iCol0 ){ + memcpy(zCsr, z, n); + } + zCsr[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr); + p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr; + zCsr += n+1; + assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); + } + + /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol]); + for(i=0; iazColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + ){ + p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; + sqlite3_free(zNot); + azNotindexed[i] = 0; } - break; } + } + for(i=0; izReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); + p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. + */ + if( isCreate ){ + rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + } - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); - }else{ - dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); - } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, - &sqlcipher3IntTokens[1]); - pSel->iLimit = 0; - if( sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ - return 0; - } - rReg = dest.iParm; - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - break; + /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the + ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. + */ + if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ + p->bHasStat = 2; + } + + /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to + ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ + fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; + + /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ + fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + +fts3_init_out: + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + sqlite3_free(aIndex); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zContent); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + for(i=0; ipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } + }else{ + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + *ppVTab = &p->base; } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). +*/ +static int fts3ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts3CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} - if( testAddr>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); +/* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; } - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); +#endif +} - return rReg; +/* +** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + } +#endif } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Generate code for an IN expression. -** -** x IN (SELECT ...) -** x IN (value, value, ...) -** -** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) -** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is -** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) -** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the -** RHS contains one or more NULL values. +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There +** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: ** -** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not -** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS -** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained -** within the RHS then fall through. +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. +** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. */ -static void sqlcipher3ExprCodeIN( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ - int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ - int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ -){ - int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ - char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ - int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ - int r1; /* Temporary use register */ - Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ +static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ - /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor - ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. - */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); - eType = sqlcipher3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull); + int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ + int iIdx; - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. + /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** strategy is possible. */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pCons->usable==0 ){ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if + ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part + ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use + ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage + ** this, return a very high cost here. */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; + fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + continue; + } - /* Code the LHS, the from " IN (...)". - */ - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); + bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); - /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending - ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. - */ - if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ - /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are - ** the same. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); - }else{ - int addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } + /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ + if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + iCons = i; + } - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); - }else{ - /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. + /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. + ** + ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first + ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** context" error. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; + iCons = i; + } - /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the - ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set - ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set - ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the - ** expression is also NULL. - */ - if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ - /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS - ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result - ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. - ** - ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE - ** for this particular IN operator. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); + /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 + ){ + iLangidCons = i; + } - }else{ - /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and - ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the - ** outcome. - */ - int j1, j2, j3; + if( bDocid ){ + switch( pCons->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: + iDocidGe = i; + break; - /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, - ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump - ** over all of the code that follows. - */ - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: + iDocidLe = i; + break; + } + } + } - /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not - ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that - ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then - ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then - ** jump to destIfFalse. - */ - j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull); - j3 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - - /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not - ** the RHS contains a NULL - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); + /* If using a docid=? or rowid=? strategy, set the UNIQUE flag. */ + if( pInfo->idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ) fts3SetUniqueFlag(pInfo); - /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, - ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + iIdx = 1; + if( iCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + } + if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + + /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; + if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ + if( pOrder->desc ){ + pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; + }else{ + pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; + } + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* -** Duplicate an 8-byte value +** Implementation of xOpen method. */ -static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ - char *out = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v), 8); - if( out ){ - memcpy(out, in, 8); +static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - return out; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* -** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point -** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** Finalize the statement handle at pCsr->pStmt. ** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. +** Or, if that statement handle is one created by fts3CursorSeekStmt(), +** and the Fts3Table.pSeekStmt slot is currently NULL, save the statement +** pointer there instead of finalizing it. */ -static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ - if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ - double value; - char *zV; - sqlcipher3AtoF(z, &value, sqlcipher3Strlen30(z), SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - assert( !sqlcipher3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); +static void fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->bSeekStmt ){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + if( p->pSeekStmt==0 ){ + p->pSeekStmt = pCsr->pStmt; + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + pCsr->pStmt = 0; + } + pCsr->bSeekStmt = 0; } + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); +} + +/* +** Free all resources currently held by the cursor passed as the only +** argument. +*/ +static void fts3ClearCursor(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + memset(&(&pCsr->base)[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); } -#endif +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then +** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: ** -** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. +** "SELECT FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" +** +** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to +** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. */ -static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - int i = pExpr->u.iValue; - assert( i>=0 ); - if( negFlag ) i = -i; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); - }else{ - int c; - i64 value; - const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; - assert( z!=0 ); - c = sqlcipher3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlcipher3Strlen30(z), SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ - char *zV; - if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); +static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *zSql; + if( p->pSeekStmt ){ + pCsr->pStmt = p->pSeekStmt; + p->pSeekStmt = 0; }else{ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); -#else - codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); -#endif + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db, zSql,-1,SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT,&pCsr->pStmt,0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pCsr->bSeekStmt = 1; } + return rc; } /* -** Clear a cache entry. +** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row +** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return +** SQLITE_OK on success. */ -static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ - if( p->tempReg ){ - if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; +static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content + ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. + ** The data structures are corrupt. */ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + } } - p->tempReg = 0; } -} + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + } + return rc; +} /* -** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a -** particular table is stored in a particular register. +** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is +** passed in zTerm/nTerm. +** +** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid +** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. +** +** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node +** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is +** a prefix. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ - int i; - int minLru; - int idxLru; - struct yColCache *p; - - assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ - assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ - - /* The SQLCIPHER_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used - ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer - ** with and without the column cache. - */ - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ColumnCache ) return; +static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ + const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ + char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ + i64 nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ - /* First replace any existing entry. + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree + ** node into variable iChild. ** - ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed - ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. + ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two + ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a + ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does + ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always + ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of + ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments + ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the + ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; - } -#endif - assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + if( zCsr>zEnd ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } -#endif - /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){ - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; + while( zCsraColCache; ilrulru; + assert( nPrefix>=0 && nSuffix>=0 ); + if( nPrefix>zCsr-zNode || nSuffix>zEnd-zCsr || nSuffix==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto finish_scan; } - } - if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ - p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; - } + if( (i64)nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + nAlloc = ((i64)nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; + zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc64(zBuffer, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finish_scan; + } + zBuffer = zNew; + } + assert( zBuffer ); + memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); + nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; + zCsr += nSuffix; + + /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from + ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** iChild. + ** + ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then + ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. + */ + cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); + if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ + *piFirst = iChild; + piFirst = 0; + } + + if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ + *piLast = iChild; + piLast = 0; + } + + iChild++; + }; + + if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; + if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; + + finish_scan: + sqlite3_free(zBuffer); + return rc; } + /* -** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. -** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. +** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an +** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) +** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode +** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term +** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. +** +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. +** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the +** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified +** term is a prefix. +** +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified +** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and +** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - int i; - int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; +static int fts3SelectLeaf( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ + + assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); + + fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); + rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ + char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ + int nBlob = 0; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ + + if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + piLeaf = 0; + zBlob = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); } + + return rc; } /* -** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added -** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the -** corresponding pop occurs. +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ - pParse->iCacheLevel++; +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); + *piPrev = iVal; } /* -** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the -** the previous N Push operations. In other words, restore the cache -** to the state it was in N Pushes ago. +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** first byte after the position-list. +** +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this +** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in +** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - assert( N>0 ); - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N ); - pParse->iCacheLevel -= N; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } +static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by + ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail + ** of some other, multi-byte, value. + ** + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments + ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the + ** last byte in the position-list. + */ + while( *pEnd | c ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); + } + pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ + + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* -** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is -** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same -** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to -** get them all. +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. +** +** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column +** within a single document within a doclist. +** +** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or +** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to +** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator +** is not copied into *pp. */ -static void sqlcipher3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 0; - } +static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is + ** not part of a multi-byte varint. + */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); + } + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* -** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. +** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This must be +** as large or larger than any value that might appear on the +** position-list, even a position list that has been corrupted. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( - Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ - Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ - int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */ - int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ - int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */ +#define POSITION_LIST_END LARGEST_INT64 + +/* +** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is +** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list +** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list +** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or +** (1)). +** +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, +** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to +** point to the next value before returning. +** +** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of +** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position +** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value +** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of +** the next position. +*/ +static void fts3ReadNextPos( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ + sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ ){ - if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + *pi -= 2; }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); + *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; } } /* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort -** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is -** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. +** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by +** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new +** column list. ** -** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine -** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes +** written (0 if iCol==0). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ - int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ - int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ - int iReg /* Store results here */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - sqlcipher3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); - return p->iReg; - } - } - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - return iReg; +static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ + int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ + if( iCol ){ + char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ + n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); + *p = 0x01; + *pp = &p[n]; + } + return n; } /* -** Clear all column cache entries. +** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written +** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted +** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are +** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring +** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; +static int fts3PoslistMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char **pp1, /* Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + while( *p1 || *p2 ){ + int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ + int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); + if( iCol1==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - } -} + else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = 0x7fffffff; + else iCol1 = 0; -/* -** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount -** registers starting with iStart. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ - sqlcipher3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); -} + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); + if( iCol2==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = 0x7fffffff; + else iCol2 = 0; -/* -** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom; + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + p1 += n; + p2 += n; + + /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists + ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a + ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists + ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte + ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is + ** written to the output. + */ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + do { + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i); - } + *p++ = POS_END; + *pp = p; + *pp1 = p1 + 1; + *pp2 = p2 + 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) || defined(SQLCIPHER_COVERAGE_TEST) /* -** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) -** is used as part of the column cache. +** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is +** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is +** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row +** contains: ** -** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only -** and does not appear in a normal build. -*/ -static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_DEBUG || SQLCIPHER_COVERAGE_TEST */ - -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". -** Return the register where results are stored. +** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a' ** -** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will -** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other -** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function -** must check the return code and move the results to the desired -** register. +** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of: +** +** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00 +** +** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the +** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. +** +** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for +** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in +** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. +** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken +** slots before it. +** +** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ - int op; /* The opcode being coded */ - int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ +static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ + int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ + int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + int iCol1 = 0; + int iCol2 = 0; - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( v==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return 0; - } + /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ + assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); - if( pExpr==0 ){ - op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - op = pExpr->op; + assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + } + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); - inReg = pCol->iMem; - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, - pCol->iSorterColumn, target); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - assert( pParse->ckBase>0 ); - inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; - }else{ - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, - pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - case TK_FLOAT: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_STRING: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - char *zBlob; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(z) - 1; - assert( z[n]=='\'' ); - zBlob = sqlcipher3HexToBlob(sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v), z, n); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); - if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' - || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - inReg = pExpr->iTable; - break; - } - case TK_AS: { - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - aff = sqlcipher3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken); - to_op = aff - SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); - if( inReg!=target ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - inReg = target; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); - testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLCIPHER_STOREP2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLCIPHER_STOREP2 | SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); - testcase( op==TK_AND ); - testcase( op==TK_OR ); - testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); - testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); - testcase( op==TK_REM ); - testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); - testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); - testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); - testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); -#endif - }else{ - regFree1 = r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - } - inReg = target; - break; - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); - testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); - testcase( op==TK_NOT ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - inReg = target; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int addr; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; - } - break; - } - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ - int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ - int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ - const char *zId; /* The function name */ - int constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); - testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION ); - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } - nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zId = pExpr->u.zToken; - nId = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zId); - pDef = sqlcipher3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); - break; - } + while( 1 ){ + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; - /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and - ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of - ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. - */ - if( pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_COALESCE ){ - int endCoalesce = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nFarg>=2 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); - for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); - break; + if( iCol1 ){ + *p++ = POS_COLUMN; + p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); } + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + if( iPos1<0 || iPos2<0 ) break; - if( pFarg ){ - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - }else{ - r1 = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlcipher3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nFarg>0 ){ - pDef = sqlcipher3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - } -#endif - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - constMask |= (1<iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 iSave; + iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; + pSave = 0; + assert( p ); } - if( (pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); + if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ + if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + }else{ + if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; } } - if( pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, - (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); - if( nFarg ){ - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); - inReg = sqlcipher3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - - /* - ** x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** This is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. - ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. - */ - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - r3 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - r4 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, - r1, r2, r3, SQLCIPHER_STOREP2); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLCIPHER_STOREP2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } - - case TK_TRIGGER: { - /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference - ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to - ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the - ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn - ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to - ** read the rowid field. - ** - ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 - ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where - ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is - ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. - ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 - ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For - ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is - ** declared as: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); - ** - ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: - ** - ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid - ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b - */ - Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; - int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; - assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); - assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); - assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); + if( pSave ){ + assert( pp && p ); + p = pSave; + } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", - (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), - (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), - target - )); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); + if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an - ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 - && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL - ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); - } -#endif - break; + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } - - /* - ** Form A: - ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form B: - ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: - ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... - ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is in pExpr->pRight. The Y is also optional. If there is no - ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the - ** exprssion is NULL. - ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. - ** - ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, - ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is - ** no ELSE term, NULL. + /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of + ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. */ - default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { - int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ - int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ - int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ - Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ - Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */ - Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ - Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ - VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); - assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); - assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - endLabel = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ - cacheX = *pX; - testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER ); - cacheX.iTable = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER; - opCompare.op = TK_EQ; - opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX; - pTest = &opCompare; - /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: - ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. - ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other - ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ - regFree1 = 0; - } - for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); - } - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - } - assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 - || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); - break; + else if( iCol1affinity==OE_Rollback - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore - ); - if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4( - v, OP_Halt, SQLCIPHER_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); - }else{ - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - } + } - break; - } -#endif + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + if( *pp==p ){ + return 0; } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - return inReg; + *p++ = 0x00; + *pp = p; + return 1; } /* -** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results -** into a register. Return the register number where the results -** are stored. +** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument +** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression +** like: ** -** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, -** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not -** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" +** +** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR +** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position +** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" +** in the example above). +** +** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those +** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( r2==r1 ){ - *pReg = r1; - }else{ - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - *pReg = 0; - } - return r2; -} +static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ + int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the -** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear -** in register target. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - int inReg; + char *pTmp1 = aTmp; + char *pTmp2; + char *aTmp2; + int res = 1; - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2); + aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1); + if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); + }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); + }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); }else{ - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - } + res = 0; } - return target; + + return res; } /* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result -** in register target. -** -** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register -** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, -** the result is a copy of the cache register. -** -** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple -** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression -** are reused. +** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially +** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. +** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int inReg; - inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( target>0 ); - /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE. And the only - ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is - ** in WHERE clause processing. So as currently implemented, there is - ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here. But it seems prudent to - ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future - ** modifications or enhancements. */ - if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){ - int iMem; - iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem); - pExpr->iTable = iMem; - pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - } - return inReg; -} +typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; +struct TermSelect { + char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffers */ + int anOutput[16]; /* Size each output buffer in bytes */ +}; /* -** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate -** for factoring out of a loop. Appropriate expressions are: -** -** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes. +** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter +** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is +** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer +** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns. ** -** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, -** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a -** specific register. +** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read +** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. ** -** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant -** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. -** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an -** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register -** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and -** avoid the OP_SCopy. +** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. +** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this +** function returns. */ -static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){ - if( !sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){ - return 0; /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */ - } - if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){ - return 1; /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */ - } - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft; - switch( p->op ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: - case TK_INTEGER: - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_NULL: - case TK_STRING: { - testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB ); - testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE ); - testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER ); - testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_NULL ); - testcase( p->op==TK_STRING ); - /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are - ** better done in-line. If we factor them, they will just end - ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination - ** register. */ - return 0; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - return 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - break; +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */ + char *pEnd, /* End of buffer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True if docids are descending */ + sqlite3_int64 *pVal /* IN/OUT: Integer value */ +){ + if( *pp>=pEnd ){ + *pp = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + if( bDescIdx ){ + *pVal -= iVal; + }else{ + *pVal += iVal; } } - return 1; } /* -** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for -** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression -** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER -** expression. +** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint +** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the +** end of the value written. +** +** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. +** +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) +** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). +** +** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev +** to the value of parameter iVal. */ -static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: - case TK_REGISTER: { - return WRC_Prune; - } - case TK_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_CONST_FUNC: { - /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination. - ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy - ** instructions. - */ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - int i = pList->nExpr; - struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a; - for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest; - } - } - break; - } - } - if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){ - int r1 = ++pParse->nMem; - int r2; - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - pExpr->iTable = r2; - return WRC_Prune; +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iWrite; + if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ + iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; + }else{ + iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; } - return WRC_Continue; + assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); + assert_fts3_nc( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); + assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>=0 ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); + *piPrev = iVal; + *pbFirst = 1; } + /* -** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the -** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions -** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values. -** -** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has -** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to -** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no -** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations. +** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two +** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** -** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLCIPHER_FactorOutConst optimization -** is disabled via the sqlcipher3_test_control(SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS) -** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is -** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are -** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line. +** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are +** sorted in either ascending or descending order. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return; - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return; - w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr; - w.xSelectCallback = 0; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlcipher3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -} - +#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) /* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist +** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be +** passed a non-zero value. ** -** Return the number of elements evaluated. +** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer +** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case +** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values +** are undefined in this case. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ - int target, /* Where to write results */ - int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */ +static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ + char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ + char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( target>0 ); - assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ - n = pList->nExpr; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; - int inReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); - if( inReg!=target+i ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy, - inReg, target+i); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; + char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + char *p1 = a1; + char *p2 = a2; + char *p; + char *aOut; + int bFirstOut = 0; + + *paOut = 0; + *pnOut = 0; + + /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists + ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), + ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For + ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the + ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in + ** ascending order). + ** + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since + ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid + ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists + ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. + ** + ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, + ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may + ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value + ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). + ** + ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the + ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input + ** docids to grow. + ** + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** order. + */ + aOut = sqlite3_malloc64((i64)n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1+FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); + if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + while( p1 || p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + + if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + rc = fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); + if( rc ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } + + assert( (p-aOut)<=((p1?(p1-a1):n1)+(p2?(p2-a2):n2)+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1) ); } - return n; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + p = aOut = 0; + }else{ + assert( (p-aOut)<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); + memset(&aOut[(p-aOut)], 0, FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); + } + *paOut = aOut; + *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); + return rc; } /* -** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. -** -** x BETWEEN y AND z -** -** The above is equivalent to +** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, +** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input +** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist +** exactly nDist tokens before it. ** -** x>=y AND x<=z +** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. ** -** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression -** elementation of x. +** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. */ -static void exprCodeBetween( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ - int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ - int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ - int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ +static int fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ + char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ + char **paRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ ){ - Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ - Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ - Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ - Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *aRight = *paRight; + char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; + char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; + char *p1 = aLeft; + char *p2 = aRight; + char *p; + int bFirstOut = 0; + char *aOut; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; - exprAnd.op = TK_AND; - exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; - exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; - compLeft.op = TK_GE; - compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; - compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - compRight.op = TK_LE; - compRight.pLeft = &exprX; - compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - exprX.iTable = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1); - exprX.op = TK_REGISTER; - if( jumpIfTrue ){ - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + assert( nDist>0 ); + if( bDescDoclist ){ + aOut = sqlite3_malloc64((sqlite3_int64)*pnRight + FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( aOut==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + aOut = aRight; + } + p = aOut; - /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + if( iDiff==0 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; + int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; + + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + p = pSave; + iPrev = iPrevSave; + bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; + } + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + + *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); + if( bDescDoclist ){ + sqlite3_free(aRight); + *paRight = aOut; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This +** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for +** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta +** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only +** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. +** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( + sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ + char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ + int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ + char *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + int nOut = 0; + int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ + char *p = pList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - break; + if( *p!=0x01 ){ + if( *p==0x02 ){ + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); + pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; + bWritten = 1; } -#endif - default: { - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); + } + + while( ppVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; +static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ + char *aOut = 0; + int nOut = 0; + int i; - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all + ** into a single doclist. */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); + for(i=0; iaaOutput); i++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ + if( !aOut ){ + aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; + nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + }else{ + int nNew; + char *aNew; - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + return rc; + } - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + aOut = aNew; + nOut = nNew; + } } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); - break; + } + + pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; + pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed +** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function +** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). +** +** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches +** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist +** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of +** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect +** object. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an +** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelectMerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ + /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output + ** buffer using memcpy(). + ** + ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the + ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough + ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the + ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be + ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less + ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is + ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) + ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored + ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a + ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint. + ** + ** Similar padding is added in the fts3DoclistOrMerge() function. + */ + pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist + FTS3_VARINT_MAX + 1); + pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; + if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ + memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); + memset(&pTS->aaOutput[0][nDoclist], 0, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_IN: { - if( jumpIfNull ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); + }else{ + char *aMerge = aDoclist; + int nMerge = nDoclist; + int iOut; + + for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ + assert( iOut>0 ); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + break; }else{ - int destIfNull = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + char *aNew; + int nNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + return rc; + } + + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; + + aMerge = aNew; + nMerge = nNew; + if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + } } - break; - } -#endif - default: { - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; } } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two -** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only -** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences -** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. -** -** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. +** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; - } - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - return 2; - } - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; - if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2; - if( sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2; - if( sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2; - if( sqlcipher3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2; - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; - if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){ - if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){ - return 2; - } - }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2; - if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ - return 2; +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3SegReader *pNew +){ + if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ + Fts3SegReader **apNew; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); + apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + pCsr->apSegment = apNew; } - if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1; - if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2; - return 0; + pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and -** non-zero if they differ in any way. -** -** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The -** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine -** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or -** a malfunction will result. +** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the +** 8th argument. ** -** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer -** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){ - int i; - if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; - if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; - if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; - Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; - if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; - if( sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1; +static int fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ + int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ + + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being + ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these + ** calls out here. */ + if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix||isScan, &pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } } - return 0; + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + + /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); + + /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its + ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ + if( iStartBlock && zTerm && zRoot ){ + sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + finished: + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; + + return rc; } /* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** single level therein. */ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlcipher3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlcipher3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nColumn, - &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, - &i +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 ); - return i; -} + assert( iLevelaFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader +** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlcipher3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlcipher3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nFunc, - &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, - &i +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, + const char *zTerm, /* Term to scan doclist of */ + int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ +){ + return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, + iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr ); - return i; -} +} /* -** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to -** implement sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. +** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, +** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which +** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write +** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually +** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. */ -static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */ +){ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */ - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return WRC_Prune; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries - ** to be ignored */ - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){ - break; - } + pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); + if( pSegcsr ){ + int i; + int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( isPrefix ){ + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - pItem->pFunc = sqlcipher3FindFunction(pParse->db, - pExpr->u.zToken, sqlcipher3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } + } + + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr + ); } } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr); - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return WRC_Prune; } } + + if( bFound==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; + } } - return WRC_Continue; + + *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; + return rc; } -static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - pNC->nDepth++; - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); - pNC->nDepth--; - return WRC_Prune; - }else{ - return WRC_Continue; - } + +/* +** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); + sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); } /* -** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. -** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. -** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(). +** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term +** prefix) from the database. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; - w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); - sqlcipher3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +static int fts3TermSelect( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ + TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ + + pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; + memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); + + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS + | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) + | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) + | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); + filter.iCol = iColumn; + filter.zTerm = pTok->z; + filter.nTerm = pTok->n; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; + *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; + return rc; } /* -** Call sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored +** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. ** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist +** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** varints. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); +static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ + int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ + if( aList ){ + char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ + char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ + while( pnTempReg==0 ){ - return ++pParse->nMem; +static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + int rc; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); } - return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; } /* -** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other -** purpose. -** -** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then -** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses -** the register becomes stale. +** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it +** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of +** the second parameter, iDefault. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 1; - return; - } +static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ + if( pVal ){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); } - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; } + return iDefault; } /* -** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ - int i, n; - i = pParse->iRangeReg; - n = pParse->nRangeReg; - if( nReg<=n ){ - assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); - pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; - pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; +static int fts3FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ + int eSearch; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ + int iIdx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); + assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Collect arguments into local variables */ + iIdx = 0; + if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; + assert( iIdx==nVal ); + + /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ + fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); + + /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ + pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + + if( idxStr ){ + pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); }else{ - i = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nReg; + pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; } - return i; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - sqlcipher3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); - if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ - pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; - pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; + pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; + + if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); + + if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pCsr->iLangid = 0; + if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); + + assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + &p->base.zErrMsg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; + pCsr->iPrevId = 0; + } + + /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the + ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a + ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single + ** row by docid. + */ + if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid, + (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + } + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db,zSql,-1,SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT,&pCsr->pStmt,0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); + } } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); } -/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2005 February 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code -** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ +static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)pCursor; + if( pCsr->isEof ){ + fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + return pCsr->isEof; +} /* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 +** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - +static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. ** -** sqlcipher_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' +** If: ** -** sqlcipher_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' +** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. +** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. +** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column +** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column */ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3ColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - int token; - Token tname; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; + /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); + switch( iCol-p->nColumn ){ + case 0: + /* The special 'table-name' column */ + sqlite3_result_pointer(pCtx, pCsr, "fts3cursor", 0); + break; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + case 1: + /* The docid column */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); + break; - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that - ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; + case 2: + if( pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); + break; + }else if( p->zLanguageid==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); + break; + }else{ + iCol = p->nColumn; + /* fall-through */ } - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlcipher3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - - zRet = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); + default: + /* A user column. Or, if this is a full-table scan, possibly the + ** language-id column. Seek the cursor. */ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)-1>iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } + break; } + + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; } /* -** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code -** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the -** parent table. It is passed three arguments: -** -** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, -** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and -** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. -** -** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: -** -** sqlcipher_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static void renameParentFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zOutput = 0; - char *zResult; - unsigned char const *zInput = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zOld = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - unsigned char const *zNew = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[2]); - - unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ - int n; /* Length of token z */ - int token; /* Type of token */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ - n = sqlcipher3GetToken(z, &token); - if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ - char *zParent; - do { - z += n; - n = sqlcipher3GetToken(z, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - - zParent = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); - if( zParent==0 ) break; - sqlcipher3Dequote(zParent); - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ - char *zOut = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", - (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew - ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zOutput); - zOutput = zOut; - zInput = &z[n]; - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zParent); - } - } - - zResult = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zOutput); + return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); } -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. +/* +** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table to the database. */ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. +static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + + /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input + ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated + ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This + ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged + ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So + ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments + ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end + ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually + ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental + ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead + ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge + ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence + ** nMinMerge. + ** + ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch + ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** segments. */ - if( zSql ){ - do { + const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + int rc; + i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlcipher3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff + ){ + int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ + int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); + A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; + A += (A/2); + if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(p->db, iLastRowid); + return rc; } -#endif /* !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER */ /* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat +** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat +** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** if an error occurs. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AlterFunctions(void){ - static SQLCIPHER_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { - FUNCTION(sqlcipher_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - FUNCTION(sqlcipher_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FUNCTION(sqlcipher_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), -#endif - }; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlcipher3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); - - for(i=0; ibHasStat==2 ){ + char *zTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_stat", p->zName); + if( zTbl ){ + int res = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(p->db, p->zDb, zTbl, 0,0,0,0,0,0); + sqlite3_free(zTbl); + p->bHasStat = (res==SQLITE_OK); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } + return rc; } /* -** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form: -** -** name= OR name= OR ... -** -** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text -** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version -** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is -** allocated using sqlcipher3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the -** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. -** -** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is -** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. -** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlcipher3DbFree() before returning. -** +** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ -static char *whereOrName(sqlcipher3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ - char *zNew; - if( !zWhere ){ - zNew = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); - }else{ - zNew = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } - return zNew; +static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + p->nLeafAdd = 0; + return fts3SetHasStat(p); } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. -** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlcipher_master -** table. +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts3SyncMethod(). */ -static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - FKey *p; - char *zWhere = 0; - for(p=sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); - } - return zWhere; +static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlcipher_temp_master table. If -** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the -** temporary database, NULL is returned. +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. */ -static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Trigger *pTrig; - char *zWhere = 0; - const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - for(pTrig=sqlcipher3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); - } - } - } - if( zWhere ){ - char *zNew = sqlcipher3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); - zWhere = zNew; - } - return zWhere; +static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. +** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the +** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function +** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the +** same position list. */ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; -#endif +static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ + char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; + char c = 0; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); + /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */ + while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=sqlcipher3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); + /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous + ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not + ** have the 0x80 bit set. */ + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; } -#endif - - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlcipher3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + assert( p==pStart || c==0 ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit + ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then + ** over a varint. + ** + ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return + ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes. + ** The second part of the if condition (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) + ** is required for cases where the first byte of a doclist and the + ** doclist is empty. For example, if the first docid is 10, a doclist + ** that begins with: + ** + ** 0x0A 0x00 */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); - } -#endif + if( p>pStart || (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) ){ p = &p[2]; } + while( *p++&0x80 ); + *ppPoslist = p; } /* -** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered -** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). -** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message -** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. +** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), +** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** -** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. +** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error +** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The +** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. */ -static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlcipher3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlcipher_", 7) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); - return 1; +static int fts3FunctionArg( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ + const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ + Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +){ + int rc; + *ppCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)sqlite3_value_pointer(pVal, "fts3cursor"); + if( (*ppCsr)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - return 0; + return rc; } /* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +static void fts3SnippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ - int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ - - savedDbFlags = db->flags; - if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin; - - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + const char *zStart = ""; + const char *zEnd = ""; + const char *zEllipsis = "..."; + int iCol = -1; + int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise + ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). */ - if( sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } + assert( nVal>=1 ); - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto - exit_rename_table; + if( nVal>6 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); + return; } + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; + switch( nVal ){ + case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; + if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); + }else if( nToken==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); } -#endif +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pVTab = sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab); - if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ - pVTab = 0; - } - } -#endif +/* +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3OffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pVTab ){ - int i = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + assert( pCsr ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); } -#endif +} - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlcipher3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. +** Example usage is: +** +** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; +** +** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. +*/ +static void fts3OptimizeFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE - ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints - ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ - if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = sqlcipher_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " - "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } - } -#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - /* Modify the sqlcipher_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlcipher_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlcipher_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlcipher_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlcipher_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlcipher_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; + p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; + assert( p ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlcipher_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlcipher3FindTable(db, "sqlcipher_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlcipher_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } -#endif + rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlcipher_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlcipher_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlcipher_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zWhere); + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case SQLITE_DONE: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + default: + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + break; } -#endif +} -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - for(p=sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; - if( pFrom!=pTab ){ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); - } +/* +** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ + const char *zArg = 0; + if( nVal>1 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } + sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); } -#endif - - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); - -exit_rename_table: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; } - /* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. - ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this - ** point */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - int j1; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); +static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* Unused */ +){ + struct Overloaded { + const char *zName; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aOverload[] = { + { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, + { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, + { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, + { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, + }; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); + + for(i=0; ipNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. +** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = &pNew->zName[19]; /* Skip the "sqlcipher_altertab_" prefix on the name */ - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); +static int fts3RenameMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zName /* New name of table */ +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to + ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); } - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); } - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); - return; + + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + return rc; +} - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlcipher3_value *pVal; - if( sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pVal); +/* +** The xSavepoint() method. +** +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. +*/ +static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint <= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ + rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); } + return rc; +} - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - int savedDbFlags = db->flags; - while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlcipher3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; - } - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin; - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zCol); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; +/* +** The xRelease() method. +** +** This is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xRollbackTo() method. +** +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return true if zName is the extension on one of the shadow tables used +** by this module. +*/ +static int fts3ShadowName(const char *zName){ + static const char *azName[] = { + "content", "docsize", "segdir", "segments", "stat", + }; + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; izName); +/* +** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an +** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory +** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. +*/ +static void hashDestroy(void *p){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); } /* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlcipher3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c +** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions +** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. ** -** Routine sqlcipher3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed +** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. +** And so on. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; +/* +** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part +** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by +** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this +** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); #endif - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +#endif + + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); + + /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ - goto exit_begin_add_column; + + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db, pHash); + } +#endif - /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the - ** sqlcipher3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify - ** the name by adding an "sqlcipher_altertab_" prefix. By adding this - ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing - ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlcipher_" - ** prefix on their name. + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. */ - pNew = (Table*)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pParse->pNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "sqlcipher_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - pCol->zDflt = 0; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) + ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); + } + return rc; } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - return; + /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ALTER_TABLE */ -/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2005 July 8 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. -** -** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables -** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner -** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. -** -** The following system tables are or have been supported: -** -** CREATE TABLE sqlcipher_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); -** CREATE TABLE sqlcipher_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); -** CREATE TABLE sqlcipher_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); -** -** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. -** The sqlcipher_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version -** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled -** with SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlcipher_stat2 table is deprecated. -** The sqlcipher_stat2 table is superceded by sqlcipher_stat3, which is only -** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with -** SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The fucntionality of sqlcipher_stat3 -** is a superset of sqlcipher_stat2. -** -** Format of sqlcipher_stat1: -** -** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the -** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to -** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be -** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this -** list is the number of rows in the index and in the table. The second -** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same -** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average -** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two -** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in -** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For -** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If -** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. -** -** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed -** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, -** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the -** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that -** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. -** -** If the sqlcipher_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlcipher_stat1.stat -** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of -** rows in the table identified by sqlcipher_stat1.tbl. -** -** Format of sqlcipher_stat2: -** -** The sqlcipher_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled -** with SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between -** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information -** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by -** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which -** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlcipher_stat2 -** table for each index. -** -** The sqlcipher_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 -** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at -** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S -** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. -** Then the sampled rows are given by: -** -** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) -** -** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into -** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. -** -** The format for sqlcipher_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This -** version of SQLite does not support sqlcipher_stat2. It neither reads nor -** writes the sqlcipher_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports -** sqlcipher_stat3. -** -** Format for sqlcipher_stat3: +** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed +** by pExpr. ** -** The sqlcipher_stat3 is an enhancement to sqlcipher_stat2. A new name is -** used to avoid compatibility problems. +** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of +** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple +** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan +** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. ** -** The format of the sqlcipher_stat3 table is similar to the format of -** the sqlcipher_stat2 table. There are multiple entries for each index. -** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the -** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is -** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a value taken from -** the left-most column of the index. The nEq column is the approximate -** number of entires in the index whose left-most column exactly matches -** the sample. nLt is the approximate number of entires whose left-most -** column is less than the sample. The nDLt column is the approximate -** number of distinct left-most entries in the index that are less than -** the sample. -** -** Future versions of SQLite might change to store a string containing -** multiple integers values in the nDLt column of sqlcipher_stat3. The first -** integer will be the number of prior index entires that are distinct in -** the left-most column. The second integer will be the number of prior index -** entries that are distinct in the first two columns. The third integer -** will be the number of prior index entries that are distinct in the first -** three columns. And so forth. With that extension, the nDLt field is -** similar in function to the sqlcipher_stat1.stat field. -** -** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlcipher_stat3 entries per index. -** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlcipher_stat3 tables -** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across -** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with -** largest possible nEq values. +** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a +** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which +** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** doclist and then traversed. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE +static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ + int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + *pnToken += nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + } + assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); + pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; + }else{ + *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + } + } +} /* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlcipher_stat1 table for -** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the -** SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 macro defined, then the sqlcipher_stat3 table is -** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1) +** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. +** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. ** -** If the sqlcipher_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. -** Similarly, if the sqlcipher_stat3 table does not exist and the library -** is compiled with SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 defined, it is created. +** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually +** freeing the buffer. ** -** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, -** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in -** the sqlcipher_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlcipher_stat3 tables associated -** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated -** to delete all stat table entries. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an error occurs. */ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlcipher_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ - const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ +static int fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ + int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ + char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ ){ - static const struct { - const char *zName; - const char *zCols; - } aTable[] = { - { "sqlcipher_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - { "sqlcipher_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, -#endif - }; - - int aRoot[] = {0, 0}; - u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0}; - - int i; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); - /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them - ** if they do already exist. - */ - for(i=0; izName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlcipher_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important - ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols - ); - aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; - aCreateTbl[i] = 1; - }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries - ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the - ** entire contents of the table. */ - aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); - if( zWhere ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere - ); - }else{ - /* The sqlcipher_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); - } - } + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); + p->doclist.aAll = 0; + p->doclist.nAll = 0; } - /* Open the sqlcipher_stat[13] tables for writing. */ - for(i=0; iiDoclistToken<0 ){ + p->doclist.aAll = pList; + p->doclist.nAll = nList; } -} -/* -** Recommended number of samples for sqlcipher_stat3 -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_STAT3_SAMPLES -# define SQLCIPHER_STAT3_SAMPLES 24 -#endif + else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pList); + } -/* -** Three SQL functions - stat3_init(), stat3_push(), and stat3_pop() - -** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state -** information. -*/ -typedef struct Stat3Accum Stat3Accum; -struct Stat3Accum { - tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */ - tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ - int iMin; /* Index of entry with minimum nEq and hash */ - int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */ - int nSample; /* Current number of samples */ - u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */ - struct Stat3Sample { - i64 iRowid; /* Rowid in main table of the key */ - tRowcnt nEq; /* sqlcipher_stat3.nEq */ - tRowcnt nLt; /* sqlcipher_stat3.nLt */ - tRowcnt nDLt; /* sqlcipher_stat3.nDLt */ - u8 isPSample; /* True if a periodic sample */ - u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ - } *a; /* An array of samples */ -}; + else { + char *pLeft; + char *pRight; + int nLeft; + int nRight; + int nDiff; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 -/* -** Implementation of the stat3_init(C,S) SQL function. The two parameters -** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of samples -** to accumulate (S). -** -** This routine allocates the Stat3Accum object. -** -** The return value is the Stat3Accum object (P). -*/ -static void stat3Init( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - Stat3Accum *p; - tRowcnt nRow; - int mxSample; - int n; + if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; + nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; + pRight = pList; + nRight = nList; + nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; + }else{ + pRight = p->doclist.aAll; + nRight = p->doclist.nAll; + pLeft = pList; + nLeft = nList; + nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; + } - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - nRow = (tRowcnt)sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[0]); - mxSample = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[1]); - n = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0])*mxSample; - p = sqlcipher3_malloc( n ); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; + rc = fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, &pRight, &nRight + ); + sqlite3_free(pLeft); + p->doclist.aAll = pRight; + p->doclist.nAll = nRight; } - memset(p, 0, n); - p->a = (struct Stat3Sample*)&p[1]; - p->nRow = nRow; - p->mxSample = mxSample; - p->nPSample = p->nRow/(mxSample/3+1) + 1; - sqlcipher3_randomness(sizeof(p->iPrn), &p->iPrn); - sqlcipher3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), sqlcipher3_free); -} -static const FuncDef stat3InitFuncdef = { - 2, /* nArg */ - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - stat3Init, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat3_init", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; + if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; + return rc; +} /* -** Implementation of the stat3_push(nEq,nLt,nDLt,rowid,P) SQL function. The -** arguments describe a single key instance. This routine makes the -** decision about whether or not to retain this key for the sqlcipher_stat3 -** table. +** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist +** does not take deferred tokens into account. ** -** The return value is NULL. +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static void stat3Push( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[4]); - tRowcnt nEq = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[0]); - tRowcnt nLt = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[1]); - tRowcnt nDLt = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[2]); - i64 rowid = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[3]); - u8 isPSample = 0; - u8 doInsert = 0; - int iMin = p->iMin; - struct Stat3Sample *pSample; - int i; - u32 h; +static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int iToken; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - if( nEq==0 ) return; - h = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; - if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=((nEq+nLt)/p->nPSample) ){ - doInsert = isPSample = 1; - }else if( p->nSamplemxSample ){ - doInsert = 1; - }else{ - if( nEq>p->a[iMin].nEq || (nEq==p->a[iMin].nEq && h>p->a[iMin].iHash) ){ - doInsert = 1; - } - } - if( !doInsert ) return; - if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){ - assert( p->nSample - iMin - 1 >= 0 ); - memmove(&p->a[iMin], &p->a[iMin+1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-iMin-1)); - pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; - }else{ - pSample = &p->a[p->nSample++]; - } - pSample->iRowid = rowid; - pSample->nEq = nEq; - pSample->nLt = nLt; - pSample->nDLt = nDLt; - pSample->iHash = h; - pSample->isPSample = isPSample; + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); - /* Find the new minimum */ - if( p->nSample==p->mxSample ){ - pSample = p->a; - i = 0; - while( pSample->isPSample ){ - i++; - pSample++; - assert( inSample ); - } - nEq = pSample->nEq; - h = pSample->iHash; - iMin = i; - for(i++, pSample++; inSample; i++, pSample++){ - if( pSample->isPSample ) continue; - if( pSample->nEqnEq==nEq && pSample->iHashnEq; - h = pSample->iHash; + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + int nThis = 0; + char *pThis = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); } } - p->iMin = iMin; + assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); } + + return rc; } -static const FuncDef stat3PushFuncdef = { - 5, /* nArg */ - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - stat3Push, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat3_push", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED /* -** Implementation of the stat3_get(P,N,...) SQL function. This routine is -** used to query the results. Content is returned for the Nth sqlcipher_stat3 -** row where N is between 0 and S-1 and S is the number of samples. The -** value returned depends on the number of arguments. +** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for +** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases +** current position list to include only those positions that are really +** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this +** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList +** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. ** -** argc==2 result: rowid -** argc==3 result: nEq -** argc==4 result: nLt -** argc==5 result: nDLt +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -static void stat3Get( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - int n = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[1]); - Stat3Accum *p = (Stat3Accum*)sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]); +static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ + char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ + int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ + int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->nSample<=n ) return; - switch( argc ){ - case 2: sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].iRowid); break; - case 3: sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nEq); break; - case 4: sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nLt); break; - default: sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p->a[n].nDLt); break; - } -} -static const FuncDef stat3GetFuncdef = { - -1, /* nArg */ - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - stat3Get, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat3_get", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 */ + assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + for(iToken=0; iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; + if( pDeferred ){ + char *pList; + int nList; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; -/* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. -*/ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ - int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlcipher_stat1 table */ - int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ - int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ - int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ - int regStat1 = iMem++; /* The stat column of sqlcipher_stat1 */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - int regNumEq = regStat1; /* Number of instances. Same as regStat1 */ - int regNumLt = iMem++; /* Number of keys less than regSample */ - int regNumDLt = iMem++; /* Number of distinct keys less than regSample */ - int regSample = iMem++; /* The next sample value */ - int regRowid = regSample; /* Rowid of a sample */ - int regAccum = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat3Accum object */ - int regLoop = iMem++; /* Loop counter */ - int regCount = iMem++; /* Number of rows in the table or index */ - int regTemp1 = iMem++; /* Intermediate register */ - int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Intermediate register */ - int once = 1; /* One-time initialization */ - int shortJump = 0; /* Instruction address */ - int iTabCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Table cursor */ -#endif - int regCol = iMem++; /* Content of a column in analyzed table */ - int regRec = iMem++; /* Register holding completed record */ - int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ - int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ + }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = nList; + }else{ + char *aOut = pList; + char *p1 = aPoslist; + char *p2 = aOut; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ - return; - } - if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ - return; - } - if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlcipher_", 7)==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ - return; - } - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; + assert( iPrev>=0 ); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); + if( nPoslist==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + iPrev = iToken; + } } -#endif - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + if( iPrev>=0 ){ + int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; + if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + }else{ + int nDistance; + char *p1; + char *p2; + char *aOut; - iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int nCol; - KeyInfo *pKey; - int addrIfNot = 0; /* address of OP_IfNot */ - int *aChngAddr; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ + if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ + p1 = aPoslist; + p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; + }else{ + p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p2 = aPoslist; + nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; + } - if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName)); - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - aChngAddr = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nCol); - if( aChngAddr==0 ) continue; - pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){ - pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2); - } - - /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */ - assert( iDb==sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); + if( !aOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } - /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( once ){ - once = 0; - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regCount); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLCIPHER_STAT3_SAMPLES, regTemp1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumEq); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regNumLt); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regNumDLt); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regCount, regAccum, - (char*)&stat3InitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2); -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 */ - - /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows. - ** - ** iMem: - ** The total number of rows in the table. - ** - ** iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: - ** Number of distinct entries in index considering the - ** left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, - ** inclusive. - ** - ** iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol: - ** Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right. - ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are - ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL. - */ - for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i); - } - for(i=0; idoclist.pList = aOut; + if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); } + } - /* Start the analysis loop. This loop runs through all the entries in - ** the index b-tree. */ - endOfLoop = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop); - topOfLoop = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1); /* Increment row counter */ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED */ - for(i=0; iazColl!=0 ); - assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 ); - pColl = sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); - aChngAddr[i] = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1, - (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ); - VdbeComment((v, "jump if column %d changed", i)); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( i==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumEq, 1); - VdbeComment((v, "incr repeat count")); - } -#endif - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop); - for(i=0; inColumn, regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, regNumEq, regNumLt, regNumLt); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regNumDLt, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regNumEq); -#endif - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aChngAddr); - - /* Always jump here after updating the iMem+1...iMem+1+nCol counters */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regNumEq, regTemp2, - (char*)&stat3PushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regLoop); - shortJump = - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLoop, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regTemp1, - (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regTemp1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iTabCur, shortJump, regTemp1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); - sqlcipher3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumEq, - (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumLt, - (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 4); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, 1, regAccum, regNumDLt, - (char*)&stat3GetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 5); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regRec, "bbbbbb", 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regRec, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, shortJump); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, shortJump+2); -#endif - - /* Store the results in sqlcipher_stat1. - ** - ** The result is a single row of the sqlcipher_stat1 table. The first - ** two columns are the names of the table and index. The third column - ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the - ** index. The first integer in the list is the total number of entries - ** in the index. There is one additional integer in the list for each - ** column of the table. This additional integer is a guess of how many - ** rows of the table the index will select. If D is the count of distinct - ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed - ** as: - ** - ** I = (K+D-1)/D - ** - ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlcipher_stat1 table. - ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero - ** is never possible. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regStat1); - if( jZeroRows<0 ){ - jZeroRows = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); - } - for(i=0; ibase.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int i; + + /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is + ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" + ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ + int bHaveIncr = 0; + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 +#endif + ); + for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ + bIncrOk = 0; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; } - /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlcipher_stat1 entry - ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content. - */ - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur); - jZeroRows = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); + if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ + /* Use the incremental approach. */ + int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; + if( pSegcsr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + } + p->bIncr = 1; }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); - jZeroRows = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); + p->bIncr = 0; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regNewRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - if( pParse->nMemnMem = regRec; - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to -** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. -*/ -static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); - } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); + return rc; } /* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase +** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through +** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". +** +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this +** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ -static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ +){ + char *p = *ppIter; - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 3; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - for(k=sqlcipherHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqlcipherHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqlcipherHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem); + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; + char *pNext = 0; + char *pDocid = aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; + int iMul = 1; + + while( pDociddb) ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 3; - if( pOnlyIdx ){ - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + p = aDoclist; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); }else{ - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); + while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; + if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVar; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); + *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); + } } - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); + + *ppIter = p; } /* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof +** to true if EOF is reached. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - Token *pTableName; +static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Doclist *pDL, + u8 *pbEof +){ + char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ + char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ + pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + pIter = pDL->aAll; } - assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlcipher3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ + pDL->iDocid += iDelta; }else{ - z = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - if( z ){ - if( (pIdx = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); - }else if( (pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - } + pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - if( (pIdx = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); - }else if( (pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - } - } + pDL->pList = pIter; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); + pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); + + /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- + ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was + ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually + ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals + ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by + ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ + while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; + assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); + *pbEof = 0; } } /* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. +** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). */ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlcipher3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; +typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; +struct TokenDoclist { + int bIgnore; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + char *pList; + int nList; }; /* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlcipher_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the table -** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) -** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the +** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new +** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. ** -** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in -** the table. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. */ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - Table *pTable; - int i, c, n; - tRowcnt v; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); +static int incrPhraseTokenNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ + int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ + TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTable = sqlcipher3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pTable==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( argv[1] ){ - pIndex = sqlcipher3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); + p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; + p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; }else{ - pIndex = 0; - } - n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0; - z = argv[2]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){ - v = 0; - while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; - } - if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v; - if( pIndex==0 ) break; - pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; - if( *z==' ' ) z++; - if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){ - pIndex->bUnordered = 1; - break; + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList + ); + if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + p->bIgnore = 1; } } - return 0; + + return rc; } + /* -** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array -** and its contents. +** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: +** +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and +** +** * does not contain any deferred tokens. +** +** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlcipher3 *db, Index *pIdx){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( pIdx->aSample ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ - IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; - if( p->eType==SQLCIPHER_TEXT || p->eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->u.z); +static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + u8 bEof = 0; + + /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least + ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ + assert( p->bIncr==1 ); + + if( p->nToken==1 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList + ); + if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; + }else{ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; + struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; + + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); + assert( p->iDoclistTokennToken && bEof==0; i++){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + bMaxSet = 1; + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); + + /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + ){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + i = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ + if( bEof==0 ){ + int nList = 0; + int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; + char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); + if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); + memset(&aDoclist[nByte], 0, FTS3_BUFFER_PADDING); + + for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ + char *pL = a[i].pList; + char *pR = aDoclist; + char *pOut = aDoclist; + int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; + int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); + if( res==0 ) break; + nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); + } + } + if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ + pDL->iDocid = iMax; + pDL->pList = aDoclist; + pDL->nList = nList; + pDL->bFreeList = 1; + break; + } + sqlite3_free(aDoclist); } } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); - } - if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - pIdx->nSample = 0; - pIdx->aSample = 0; } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); -#endif + + *pbEof = bEof; + return rc; } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 /* -** Load content from the sqlcipher_stat3 table into the Index.aSample[] -** arrays of all indices. +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. */ -static int loadStat3(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zDb){ - int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ - char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ - Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ - int idx = 0; /* slot in pIdx->aSample[] for next sample */ - int eType; /* Datatype of a sample */ - IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ - - if( !sqlcipher3FindTable(db, "sqlcipher_stat3", zDb) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } +static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - zSql = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlcipher_stat3" - " GROUP BY idx", zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( p->bIncr ){ + rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); + }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof + ); + pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); } - rc = sqlcipher3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql); - if( rc ) return rc; - while( sqlcipher3_step(pStmt)==SQLCIPHER_ROW ){ - char *zIndex; /* Index name */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ - int nSample; /* Number of samples */ + return rc; +} - zIndex = (char *)sqlcipher3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - if( zIndex==0 ) continue; - nSample = sqlcipher3_column_int(pStmt, 1); - pIdx = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb); - if( pIdx==0 ) continue; - assert( pIdx->nSample==0 ); - pIdx->nSample = nSample; - pIdx->aSample = sqlcipher3MallocZero( nSample*sizeof(IndexSample) ); - pIdx->avgEq = pIdx->aiRowEst[1]; - if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3_finalize(pStmt); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; +/* +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the +** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any +** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the +** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for +** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). +** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression +** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. +** +** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error +** code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalStartReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + if( nToken ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; + } + pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); + }else{ + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); } } - rc = sqlcipher3_finalize(pStmt); - if( rc ) return rc; - - zSql = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlcipher_stat3", zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlcipher3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql); - if( rc ) return rc; +} - while( sqlcipher3_step(pStmt)==SQLCIPHER_ROW ){ - char *zIndex; /* Index name */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - tRowcnt sumEq; /* Sum of the nEq values */ +/* +** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process +** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part +** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each +** token in the FTS expression. +** +** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong +** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or +** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. +*/ +typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; +struct Fts3TokenAndCost { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ + int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ + int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ + int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ +}; - zIndex = (char *)sqlcipher3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - if( zIndex==0 ) continue; - pIdx = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, zIndex, zDb); - if( pIdx==0 ) continue; - if( pIdx==pPrevIdx ){ - idx++; - }else{ - pPrevIdx = pIdx; - idx = 0; - } - assert( idxnSample ); - pSample = &pIdx->aSample[idx]; - pSample->nEq = (tRowcnt)sqlcipher3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); - pSample->nLt = (tRowcnt)sqlcipher3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); - pSample->nDLt = (tRowcnt)sqlcipher3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); - if( idx==pIdx->nSample-1 ){ - if( pSample->nDLt>0 ){ - for(i=0, sumEq=0; i<=idx-1; i++) sumEq += pIdx->aSample[i].nEq; - pIdx->avgEq = (pSample->nLt - sumEq)/pSample->nDLt; - } - if( pIdx->avgEq<=0 ) pIdx->avgEq = 1; - } - eType = sqlcipher3_column_type(pStmt, 4); - pSample->eType = (u8)eType; - switch( eType ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: { - pSample->u.i = sqlcipher3_column_int64(pStmt, 4); - break; - } - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: { - pSample->u.r = sqlcipher3_column_double(pStmt, 4); - break; +/* +** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ + Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ + Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; + pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; + pTC->iToken = i; + pTC->pRoot = pRoot; + pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; + *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); } - case SQLCIPHER_NULL: { - break; + }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; } - default: assert( eType==SQLCIPHER_TEXT || eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ); { - const char *z = (const char *)( - (eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB) ? - sqlcipher3_column_blob(pStmt, 4): - sqlcipher3_column_text(pStmt, 4) - ); - int n = z ? sqlcipher3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4) : 0; - pSample->nByte = n; - if( n < 1){ - pSample->u.z = 0; - }else{ - pSample->u.z = sqlcipher3Malloc(n); - if( pSample->u.z==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3_finalize(pStmt); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n); - } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pRight; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); } } - return sqlcipher3_finalize(pStmt); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 */ /* -** Load the content of the sqlcipher_stat1 and sqlcipher_stat3 tables. The -** contents of sqlcipher_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] -** arrays. The contents of sqlcipher_stat3 are used to populate the -** Index.aSample[] arrays. -** -** If the sqlcipher_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLCIPHER_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlcipher_stat3 table is present, no data is -** read from it. -** -** If SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 was defined during compilation and the -** sqlcipher_stat3 table is not present in the database, SQLCIPHER_ERROR is -** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlcipher_stat1 -** table (if it is present) before returning. +** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, +** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. -** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return -** code may be ignored. +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount +** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in +** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus +** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3AnalysisLoad(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; +static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ + /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. + ** + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. + ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in + ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of + ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left + ** to right. + */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; + const char *pEnd; + const char *a; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + assert( a ); - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - for(i=sqlcipherHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqlcipherHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqlcipherHashData(i); - sqlcipher3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - sqlcipher3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); - pIdx->aSample = 0; -#endif - } + pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + while( aaDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlcipher3FindTable(db, "sqlcipher_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + pCsr->nDoc = nDoc; + pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlcipher_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlcipher_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlcipher3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql); - } + *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is +** called. +** +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within +** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition +** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() +** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ + int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ + int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ + int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ + int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ + int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ - /* Load the statistics from the sqlcipher_stat3 table. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = loadStat3(db, sInfo.zDatabase); + /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx + ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content + ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from + ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely + ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ + if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists + ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is + ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ + for(ii=0; ii0 ); -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE */ -/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -*/ + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. + ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: + ** + ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the + ** first iteration of this loop), or + ** + ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. + ** + ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the + ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. + ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that + ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. + ** + ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in + ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: + ** + ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) + */ + for(ii=0; iiop!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && !sqlcipher3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */ + for(iTC=0; iTCnOvfl) + ){ + pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } + } + assert( pTC ); + + if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ + /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. + */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); + pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ + if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; + + if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ + /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is + ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will + ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + int nList = 0; + char *pList = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nCount; + nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( + pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll + ); + if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; } + return rc; } /* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlcipher_attach(x, y, z) +** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes +** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through +** the results of a query, the caller does: ** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. +** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); +** while( 1 ){ +** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); +** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; +** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... +** } */ -static void attachFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - char *zPath = 0; - char *zErr = 0; - unsigned int flags; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nToken = 0; + int nOr = 0; - zFile = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", - db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_ATTACHED] + /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; + Fts3Expr **apOr; + aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc64( + sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - assert( z && zName ); - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } - - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); - }else{ - aNew = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialised. - */ - flags = db->openFlags; - rc = sqlcipher3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlcipher3_free(zErr); - return; - } - assert( pVfs ); - flags |= SQLCIPHER_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); - sqlcipher3_free( zPath ); - db->nDb++; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); - }else if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - Pager *pPager; - aNew->pSchema = sqlcipher3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); - sqlcipher3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); - sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, - sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); - } - aNew->safety_level = 3; - aNew->zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } + apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; + if( !aTC ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int ii; + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; + Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - extern int sqlcipher3CodecAttach(sqlcipher3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlcipher3CodecGetKey(sqlcipher3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey = 0; - char *zKey = NULL; - int t = sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLCIPHER_TEXT: - case SQLCIPHER_BLOB: - nKey = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[2]); - rc = sqlcipher3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); + nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); + nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); - case SQLCIPHER_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlcipher3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey>0 || sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiaDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlcipher3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); - }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; - } - - return; + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc); + return rc; +} -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); +/* +** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. +*/ +static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); } - if( rc ) sqlcipher3_result_error_code(context, rc); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; } /* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** This function is called to edit the position list associated with +** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR +** condition. For example: ** -** DETACH DATABASE x +** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" +** +** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in +** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, +** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to +** the position list associated with phrase "abc". +** +** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently +** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this +** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. ** -** SELECT sqlcipher_detach(x) +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in +** pPhrase. */ -static void detachFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3EvalNearTrim( + int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ + char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ + int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; + int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; + int nNew; + char *p2; + char *pOut; + int res; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; - } + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlcipher3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; + p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( + &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 + ); + if( res ){ + nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } - sqlcipher3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - return; - -detach_error: - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + return res; } /* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlcipher_detach() or sqlcipher_attach() SQL user functions. +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. +** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to +** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through +** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, +** or descending if it is non-zero. +** +** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if +** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: +** +** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) +** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) +** +** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not +** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list +** for the phrase for the visited row: +** +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) +** +** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next +** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: +** +** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists +** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** +** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other +** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case +** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. +** +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". +** +** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is +** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLCIPHER_ATTACH or SQLCIPHER_DETACH */ - FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +static void fts3EvalNextRow( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - sqlcipher3* db = pParse->db; - int regArgs; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ + assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); + pExpr->bStart = 1; - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); - if( - SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLCIPHER_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } + if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ + /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; + }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ + /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + }else{ + /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( iDiff==0 ) break; + if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && pExpr->bEof ){ + assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pRight->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ + Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pRight->pPhrase->doclist; + while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pRight->bEof==0 ){ + memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + if( pLeft->pPhrase && pLeft->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ + Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pLeft->pPhrase->doclist; + while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + } + } + } + } + break; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg; - if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ - zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; - }else{ - zAuthArg = 0; - } - rc = sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - if(rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto attach_end; - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - regArgs = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else if( pLeft->bEof || iCmp>0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); - assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); + iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + }else{ + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + } - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLCIPHER_ATTACH)); - } - -attach_end: - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pKey); -} + break; + } -/* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - static const FuncDef detach_func = { - 1, /* nArg */ - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - detachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlcipher_detach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); -} + case FTSQUERY_NOT: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; -/* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - static const FuncDef attach_func = { - 3, /* nArg */ - SQLCIPHER_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - attachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlcipher_attach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLCIPHER_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ATTACH */ + if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); + } -/* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqlcipherFixAAAA() routines below. -** -** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE -** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db; + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + break; + } - if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - return 1; + default: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); + pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + break; + } + } + } } /* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlcipher3FixInit(). +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR +** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** +** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each +** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those +** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not +** be edited if 0 is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; +static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ + int res = 1; - if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ - pItem->zDatabase = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); - }else if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlcipher3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlcipher3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlcipher3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( sqlcipher3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; + /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. + ** For example, the query: + ** + ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" + ** + ** which is represented in tree form as: + ** + ** | + ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "z" + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "y" + ** | | + ** "w" "x" + ** + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are + ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. + */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + sqlite3_int64 nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ + char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ + + /* Allocate temporary working space. */ + for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ + assert( p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 ); + nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; + nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + aTmp = sqlite3_malloc64(nTmp*2); + if( !aTmp ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + res = 0; + }else{ + char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; + + for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; + int nNear = p->nNear; + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + + aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; + for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ + int nNear; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; + assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + nNear = p->pParent->nNear; + pPhrase = ( + p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase + ); + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } } + + sqlite3_free(aTmp); } - return 0; + + return res; } -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ +/* +** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(). +** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** currently points to, or zero if it does not. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3EvalTestExpr( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlcipher3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; + int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) + ); + + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** For example if this expression: + ** + ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' + ** + ** is matched against a row containing: + ** + ** 'a b d e' + ** + ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" + ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). + */ + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ + if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); + } + } + if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); + } + } + + break; + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + ); + break; + + default: { +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( pCsr->pDeferred + && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) + ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); + bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); + pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + }else +#endif + { + bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); + } + break; + } } - pStep = pStep->pNext; } - return 0; + return bHit; } -#endif -/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when +** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the +** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the +** following caveats: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been +** treated as "AND". ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlcipher3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 -*/ - -/* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - -/* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. ** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately +** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR +** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the +** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: ** -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLCIPHER_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLCIPHER_DELETE -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_INDEX -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TABLE -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLCIPHER_DROP_VIEW -** SQLCIPHER_INSERT -** SQLCIPHER_PRAGMA -** SQLCIPHER_READ -** SQLCIPHER_SELECT -** SQLCIPHER_TRANSACTION -** SQLCIPHER_UPDATE +** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and ** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLCIPHER_OK, SQLCIPHER_DENY, or SQLCIPHER_IGNORE. If -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLCIPHER_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlcipher3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLCIPHER_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, +** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. ** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. +** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS +** query, return 0. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_set_authorizer( - sqlcipher3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + int bMiss = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -/* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. -*/ -static void sqlcipherAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into + ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred + ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred + ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + } + } + bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); + + /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + *pRc = rc; + } + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); } /* -** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from -** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization -** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlcipher3.xAuth is not NULL). -** -** If SQLCIPHER_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed -** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLCIPHER_IGNORE -** is treated as SQLCIPHER_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. +** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in +** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3AuthReadCol( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - const char *zTab, /* Table name */ - const char *zCol, /* Column name */ - int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ - int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + }else{ + do { + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); + } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLCIPHER_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); - } - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_IGNORE && rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipherAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified + ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( + (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) + || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevIdiMinDocid) + )){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; } + return rc; } /* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. +** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** -** If the auth function returns SQLCIPHER_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLCIPHER_DENY, -** then generate an error. +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code before returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ +static void fts3EvalRestart( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + int *pRc ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; - } + if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); - if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - }else{ - assert( pTabList ); - for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - break; + if( pPhrase ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); + } + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); } + pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; + pPhrase->pOrPoslist = 0; } - } - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - assert( iColnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; - }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( SQLCIPHER_IGNORE==sqlcipher3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + pExpr->iDocid = 0; + pExpr->bEof = 0; + pExpr->bStart = 0; + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); } } /* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLCIPHER_OK (zero) or SQLCIPHER_IGNORE or SQLCIPHER_DENY. If SQLCIPHER_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched +** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments +** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** expression nodes. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; +static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int nCol){ + if( pExpr ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ + int iCol = 0; + char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlcipher3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } + do{ + u8 c = 0; + int iCnt = 0; + while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ + if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; + c = *p++ & 0x80; + } - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DENY ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && rc!=SQLCIPHER_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_DENY; - sqlcipherAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences + ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance + */ + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); + if( *p==0x00 ) break; + p++; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); + }while( iColpLeft, nCol); + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight, nCol); } - return rc; } /* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and +** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part +** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array +** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and +** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext +static int fts3EvalGatherStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ ){ - assert( pParse ); - pContext->pParse = pParse; - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; -} + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlcipher3AuthContextPush -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ + Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ + + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + u8 bEof; + + /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ + pRoot = pExpr; + while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + pRoot = pRoot->pParent; + } + iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; + bEof = pRoot->bEof; + assert( pRoot->bStart ); + + /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ + for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ + Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); + assert( pE->aMI==0 ); + pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc64(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + } + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + + while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + do { + /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + + /* Advance to the next document */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot, pTab->nColumn); + } + } + + pCsr->isEof = 0; + pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; + + if( bEof ){ + pRoot->bEof = bEof; + }else{ + /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** do loop can not be written: + ** + ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); + }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } } + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - -/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** expression node for the following information: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** the FTS table (considering all rows), and ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the +** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column +** written into the array aiOut as follows: ** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** Caveats: +** +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** column of each row of the table. +** +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering +** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. +** +** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances +** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ + u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol; -/* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} + if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pExpr->aMI ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; + } + } + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlcipher3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. -*/ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ -}; + return rc; +} /* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing +** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol +** of the current row. +** +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, +** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list +** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: ** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 ** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlcipher3FinishCoding(). +** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, +** incremental, or neither. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ + int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - assert( iDb>=0 ); + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *pIter; + int iThis; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ + *ppOut = 0; + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + if( (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ + int bOr = 0; + u8 bTreeEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ + Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ + int bMatch; + + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the + ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node + ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ + pNear = pExpr; + for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; + if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; + } + if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use + ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase + ** into memory in this case. */ + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int bEofSave = pNear->bEof; + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + if( bEofSave==0 && pNear->iDocid==iDocid ) break; + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); + } + if( bTreeEof ){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + bMatch = 1; + for(p=pNear; p; p=p->pLeft){ + u8 bEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *pTest = p; + Fts3Phrase *pPh; + assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pTest = pTest->pRight; + assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + pPh = pTest->pPhrase; + + pIter = pPh->pOrPoslist; + iDocid = pPh->iOrDocid; + if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ + bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || + (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll)); + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof + ); + } + }else{ + bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || (pIter && pIter<=pPh->doclist.aAll); + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + int dummy; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof + ); + } + } + pPh->pOrPoslist = pIter; + pPh->iOrDocid = iDocid; + if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) bMatch = 0; + } + + if( bMatch ){ + pIter = pPhrase->pOrPoslist; + }else{ + pIter = 0; } } + if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); - pToplevel->aTableLock = - sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; + if( *pIter==0x01 ){ + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); }else{ - pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + iThis = 0; + } + while( iThisdoclist, and +** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. */ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase ){ + int i; + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); + pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; + } + } +} - pVdbe = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlcipher3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, - p->zName, P4_STATIC); - } +/* +** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) #endif +#if !SQLITE_CORE /* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. +** Initialize API pointer table, if required. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program - */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite - || sqlcipher3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - yDbMask mask; - int iDb; - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie, - iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb], - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration); - } - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - { - int i; - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - char *vtab = (char *)sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); - } - pParse->nVtabLock = 0; - } +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); +} #endif - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - - /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. - */ - sqlcipher3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); - - /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); - } - } - - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeTrace(v, trace); #endif - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ - /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used - * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ - if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else{ - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; - pParse->cookieGoto = 0; -} +/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ /* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. +** 2011 Jan 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** ** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLCIPHER_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlcipher3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ - } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlcipher3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; +typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; + +struct Fts3auxTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; +}; + +struct Fts3auxCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + char *zStop; + int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ + int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ + int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + + int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ + int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ + struct Fts3auxColstats { + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ + sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ + } *aStat; +}; /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlcipher3LocateTable(). +** Schema of the terms table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Table *sqlcipher3FindTable(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - int nName; - assert( zName!=0 ); - nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ - assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - p = sqlcipher3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} +#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ + "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** The difference between this routine and sqlcipher3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlcipher3FindTable() does not. +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Table *sqlcipher3LocateTable( - Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ - int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ - const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ +static int fts3auxConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pUnused, /* Unused */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ - Table *p; + char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ + char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ + int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ + int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ + int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ + Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); - p = sqlcipher3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; - if( zDbase ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); + /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: + ** + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); + */ + if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; + + zDb = argv[1]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + if( argc==5 ){ + if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ + zDb = argv[3]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + zFts3 = argv[4]; }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); + goto bad_args; } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; + }else{ + zFts3 = argv[3]; } - return p; + nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); + + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; + p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, nByte); + + p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; + p->pFts3Tab->db = db; + p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; + + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); + + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; + return SQLITE_OK; + + bad_args: + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Index *sqlcipher3FindIndex(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; +static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; int i; - int nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ - assert( zDb!=0 || sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - assert( pSchema ); - if( zDb && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - p = sqlcipher3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); } - return p; + sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index -*/ -static void freeIndex(sqlcipher3 *db, Index *p){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE - sqlcipher3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); -#endif - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); -} +#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 +#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 +#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 /* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash; +static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + int iEq = -1; + int iGe = -1; + int iLe = -1; + int iLangid = -1; + int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; - len = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlcipher3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of - ** indices. */ - p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; - while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } - if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; -} -/* -** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of -** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory -** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback -** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a -** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. -** -** If iDb<0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=0 then reset the internal schema for only the -** single file indicated. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb){ - int i, j; - assert( iDbnDb ); + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ + int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; + int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; - if( iDb>=0 ){ - /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); - sqlcipher3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); - - /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP - ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the - ** other database. - */ - if( iDb!=1 ){ - pDb = &db->aDb[1]; - assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); - sqlcipher3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); - } - return; - } - /* Case 2 (from here to the end): Reset all schemas for all attached - ** databases. */ - assert( iDb<0 ); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(db); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - sqlcipher3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + if( iCol==0 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; + } + if( iCol==4 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; + } } } - db->flags &= ~SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; - sqlcipher3VtabUnlockList(db); - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, - ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the - ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the - ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes - ** to any of those tables. - */ - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; + if( iEq>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; + }else{ + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; + if( iGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } - j++; } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost--; } + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CommitInternalChanges(sqlcipher3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; +static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the -** Table.aCol[] array). +** xClose - Close a cursor. */ -static void sqlcipherDeleteColumnNames(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *pTable){ - int i; - Column *pCol; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); +static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ + if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ + struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->aStat, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize + ); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) + ); + pCsr->aStat = aNew; + pCsr->nStat = nSize; } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeleteTable(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; +static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; - assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); + /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ + pCsr->iRowid++; - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - if( !pTable ) return; - if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - char *zName = pIndex->zName; - TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlcipher3HashInsert( - &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName), 0 - ); - assert( db==0 || sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); - assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i = 0; + int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; + char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; + int iCol; + + int eState = 0; + + if( pCsr->zStop ){ + int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; + int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); + if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); - } - /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ - sqlcipher3FkDelete(db, pTable); + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); + iCol = 0; - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqlcipherDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlcipher3VtabClear(db, pTable); -#endif - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTable); -} + while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; + eState = 1; + iCol = 0; + break; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName ); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlcipher3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, - sqlcipher3Strlen30(zTabName),0); - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, p); - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; -} + /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating + ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** + ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the + ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to + ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. + */ + case 1: + assert( iCol==0 ); + if( v>1 ){ + pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; + } + eState = 2; + /* fall through */ -/* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqlcipherMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. -** -** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that -** surround the body of the token are removed. -** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char *sqlcipher3NameFromToken(sqlcipher3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlcipher3Dequote(zName); + case 2: + if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ + eState = 0; + }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ + eState = 3; + }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; + pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; + } + break; + + /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ + default: assert( eState==3 ); + iCol = (int)v; + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; + eState = 2; + break; + } + } + + pCsr->iCol = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ - zName = 0; + pCsr->isEof = 1; } - return zName; + return rc; } /* -** Open the sqlcipher_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(p); - sqlcipher3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32); /* 5 column table */ - if( p->nTab==0 ){ - p->nTab = 1; - } -} +static int fts3auxFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + int isScan = 0; + int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ -/* -** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name -** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This -** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -** -1 if the named db cannot be found. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FindDbName(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - if( zName ){ - Db *pDb; - int n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlcipher3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } + int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ + int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ + int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ + int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ + int iNext = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + + assert( idxStr==0 ); + assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 + || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT + || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) + ); + + if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ + iEq = iNext++; + }else{ + isScan = 1; + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iGe = iNext++; + } + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iLe = iNext++; } } - return i; -} + if( iNextaDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FindDb(sqlcipher3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i; /* Database number */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName); - i = sqlcipher3FindDbName(db, zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); - return i; -} + /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */ + testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: -** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: -** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". -** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; + pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; - if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ - if( db->init.busy ) { - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlcipher3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; + if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ + const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); + if( zStr ){ + pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); + if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->filter.nTerm = (int)strlen(pCsr->filter.zTerm); } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; } - return iDb; + + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); + if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->nStop = (int)strlen(pCsr->zStop); + } + + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); + + /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero + ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also + ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since + ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and + ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ + if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; + } + pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, + pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); + return rc; } /* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlcipher_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlcipher3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlcipher_", 7) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; } /* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. -** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlcipher3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +** xColumn - Return a column value. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +static int fts3auxColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ - - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless - ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_VIEW; - } - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TABLE; - } - } - if( !isVirtual && sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - } -#endif + assert( p->isEof==0 ); + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: /* term */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlcipher3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + case 1: /* col */ + if( p->iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } - - pTable = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - pTable->nRowEst = 1000000; - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; - - /* If this is the magic sqlcipher_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlcipher_sequence")==0 ){ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif + break; - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLCIPHER_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int j1; - int fileFormat; - int reg1, reg2, reg3; - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + case 2: /* documents */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); + break; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif + case 3: /* occurrences */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); + break; - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. - */ - reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; - reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLCIPHER_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlcipher_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlcipher3EndTable(). - ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. - ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. - ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that - ** sqlcipher3EndTable will generate. - */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); - }else -#endif - { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); - } - sqlcipher3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + default: /* languageid */ + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid); + break; } - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); - return; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlcipher3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. */ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlcipher3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlcipher3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlcipher3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) +static int fts3auxRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlcipher3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. +** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; - } -#endif - z = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - p->aCol = aNew; - } - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlcipher3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - p->nCol++; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + 0 /* xShadowName */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); + return rc; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. +** 2008 Nov 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is +** hand-coded. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; -} +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between +** the new and the old syntaxes are: ** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. ** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL +** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). +** +** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence +** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit +** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the +** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can +** be tested using a single build of testfixture. +** +** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH +** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser +** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a +** custom parser. +** +** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. +** +** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. +** +** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. +** notexpr ::= LP query RP. +** +** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. +** +** distance_opt ::= . +** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. +** +** phrase ::= TOKEN. +** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. +** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE char sqlcipher3AffinityType(const char *zIn){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC; - if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlcipher3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 +# else +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 +# endif #endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } - } - return aff; -} +/* +** Default span for NEAR operators. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; +** isNot: +** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the +** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to +** zero. +*/ +typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; +struct ParseContext { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ + const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ + int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ + int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ +}; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; - assert( pCol->zType==0 ); - pCol->zType = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlcipher3AffinityType(pCol->zType); +/* +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** +** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it +** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed +** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type +** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper +** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for +** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. +** negative values). +*/ +static int fts3isspace(char c){ + return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; } /* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** return NULL. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); - }else{ - /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains - ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression - ** is required by pragma table_info. - */ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - pCol->zDflt = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, - (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); +static void *fts3MallocZero(sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + return pRet; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + int iLangid, + const char *z, + int n, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + int rc; + + rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ + rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + pCsr = 0; + } } } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); + *ppCsr = pCsr; + return rc; } /* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself +** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); + +/* +** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer +** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr +** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this +** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is +** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation +** fails. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLCIPHER_SO_ASC or SQLCIPHER_SO_DESC */ +static int getNextToken( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + int i = 0; + + /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ + for(i=0; itabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - break; + + *pnConsumed = i; + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* total space to allocate */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; + pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; + memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); + + if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; + iEnd++; } + + while( 1 ){ + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + ){ + pParse->isNot = 1; + iStart--; + }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; + iStart--; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } - if( iColnCol ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - } - } - if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; - } - if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - } - if( zType && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLCIPHER_SO_ASC ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; - assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); - pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - Index *p; - p = sqlcipher3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); - if( p ){ - p->autoIndex = 2; + *pnConsumed = iEnd; + }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } - pList = 0; + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); } -primary_key_exit: - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - return; + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; } + /* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, +** then free the old allocation. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - pTab->pCheck = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); - }else -#endif - { - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr); +static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, sqlite3_int64 nNew){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc64(pOrig, nNew); + if( !pRet ){ + sqlite3_free(pOrig); } + return pRet; } /* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. +** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string +** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character +** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** containing the results. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the +** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory +** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set +** to 0. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - sqlcipher3 *db; +static int getNextString( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; + char *zTemp = 0; + int nTemp = 0; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - if( !zColl ) return; + const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); + int nToken = 0; - if( sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - Index *pIdx; - p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to + ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. + ** + ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate + ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() + ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: + ** + ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. + ** + ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. + ** + ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, + ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase + ** structures. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + const char *zByte; + int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + + zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); + if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; + + assert( nToken==ii ); + pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; + memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + + memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); + nTemp += nByte; + + pToken->n = nByte; + pToken->isPrefix = (iEndbFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); + nToken = ii+1; } } - }else{ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zColl); + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + pCursor = 0; } -} -/* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. -** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. -** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -** -** See also: sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(), sqlcipher3GetCollSeq() -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int jj; + char *zBuf = 0; - pColl = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlcipher3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName); - if( !pColl ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); + p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; + p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; + p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; + + zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; + if( zTemp ){ + memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + }else{ + assert( nTemp==0 ); } - } - return pColl; -} + for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ + p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; + zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + *ppExpr = p; + return rc; +no_mem: -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + if( pCursor ){ + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. +** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM +** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. +** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. */ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } - } - return n + 2; -} +static int getNextNode( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + static const struct Fts3Keyword { + char *z; /* Keyword text */ + unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ + unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ + unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ + } aKeyword[] = { + { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, + { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, + { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, + { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } + }; + int ii; + int iCol; + int iColLen; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; -/* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second -** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at -** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the -** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, -** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer -** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** -** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric -** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, -** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, -** it is quoted using double-quotes. -*/ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; + const char *zInput = z; + int nInput = n; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !sqlcipher3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + pParse->isNot = 0; + + /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + */ + while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ + nInput--; + zInput++; } - needQuote = sqlcipher3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlcipher3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; - if( !needQuote ){ - needQuote = zIdent[j]; + if( nInput==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; - } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; -} + /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ + for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ + const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqlcipherMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *createTableStmt(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *p){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; + if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ + int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; + int nKey = pKey->n; + char cNext; + + /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ + if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( nKey==4 ); + if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ + nNear = 0; + for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ + nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); + } + } + } + + /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, + ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + */ + cNext = zInput[nKey]; + if( fts3isspace(cNext) + || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 + ){ + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pRet->eType = pKey->eType; + pRet->nNear = nNear; + *ppExpr = pRet; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the + ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. + */ + } } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; + + /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then + ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() + ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping + ** a quote character embedded in a string. + */ + if( *zInput=='"' ){ + for(ii=1; iinCol; - zStmt = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(0, n); - if( zStmt==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; + + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + if( *zInput=='(' ){ + int nConsumed = 0; + pParse->nNest++; + rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); + *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; + return rc; + }else if( *zInput==')' ){ + pParse->nNest--; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; + } } - sqlcipher3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); - k = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - static const char * const azType[] = { - /* SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", - /* SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE */ "", - /* SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", - /* SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", - /* SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" - }; - int len; - const char *zType; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += sqlcipher3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL ); - - zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT]; - len = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE - || pCol->affinity==sqlcipher3AffinityType(zType) ); - memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); - k += len; - assert( k<=n ); + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer + ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit + ** column specifier for the token. + ** + ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier + ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was + ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** limitation. + */ + iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; + iColLen = 0; + for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ + const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; + int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + ){ + iCol = ii; + iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); + break; + } } - sqlcipher3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; + rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); + *pnConsumed += iColLen; + return rc; } /* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type +** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the +** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. +** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator +** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. ** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. +** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to +** lowest is: ** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlcipher_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlcipher_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlcipher_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** NEAR +** NOT +** AND (including implicit ANDs) +** OR ** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher +** precedence than the AND operator. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ -){ - Table *p; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ - return; +static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + return p->eType; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + return 1; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + return 2; } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); + return 3; +} - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.isCheck = 1; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ - return; - } +/* +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently +** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary +** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence +** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head +** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. +*/ +static void insertBinaryOperator( + Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ + Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ + Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; + while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ + pSplit = pSplit->pParent; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK) */ - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlcipher_master" or "sqlcipher_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqlcipherOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + if( pSplit->pParent ){ + assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); + pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; + }else{ + *ppHead = pNew; } + pNew->pLeft = pSplit; + pSplit->pParent = pNew; +} - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLCIPHER_MASTER table of the database. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ +/* +** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the +** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of +** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM +** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; + Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ + int nIn = n; + const char *zIn = z; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isRequirePhrase = 1; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); + assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + int isPhrase; + + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + ){ + /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pNot ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; + pNot->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pNot; + if( pNotBranch ){ + pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; + pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; + } + pNotBranch = pNot; + p = pPrev; + }else{ + int eType = p->eType; + isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); + /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or + ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a + ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when + ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. + */ + if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } - /* - ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. - */ - if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; -#endif - } + if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ + /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pAnd; + assert( pRet && pPrev ); + pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pAnd ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); + pPrev = pAnd; + } - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlcipher3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - SelectDest dest; - Table *pSelTab; + /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR + ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of + ** the following: + ** + ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase + ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) + ** + ** Return an error in either case. + */ + if( pPrev && ( + (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) + || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) + )){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } - assert(pParse->nTab==1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + if( isPhrase ){ + if( pRet ){ + assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); + pPrev->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pPrev; + }else{ + pRet = p; + } + }else{ + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); + } + isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; + } + pPrev = p; } + assert( nByte>0 ); } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); + nIn -= nByte; + zIn += nByte; + } - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); - }else{ - n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1; - zStmt = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLCIPHER_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - pParse->regRoot, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zStmt); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlcipher_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlcipher_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; + while( pIter->pLeft ){ + pIter = pIter->pLeft; + } + pIter->pLeft = pRet; + pRet->pParent = pIter; + pRet = pNotBranch; } } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName)); } + *pnConsumed = n - nIn; +exprparse_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); + pRet = 0; + } + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; +} - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pOld = sqlcipher3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, - sqlcipher3Strlen30(p->zName),p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->nTable++; - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; +/* +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. +*/ +static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); } - nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlcipher3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); } -#endif } + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW /* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to +** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. +** +** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** expression (*pp) freed. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName = 0; - int iDb; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */ + Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */ + int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */ - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlcipher3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - if( sqlcipher3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) - && sqlcipher3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) - ){ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; + if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlcipher3_exec() call returns. - */ - p->pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ + Fts3Expr **apLeaf; + apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + if( 0==apLeaf ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + } - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); - z = pBegin->z; - while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlcipher3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Fts3Expr *p; - /* Use sqlcipher3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLCIPHER_MASTER table */ - sqlcipher3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW */ + /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); + } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + while( 1 ){ + int iLvl; + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ - assert( pTable ); + assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); + p->pParent = 0; + if( pParent ){ + pParent->pLeft = 0; + }else{ + pRoot = 0; + } + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlcipher3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif + for(iLvl=0; p && iLvlpLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ + if( pParent==0 ) break; - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. - ** But the following test is still important as it does come up - ** in the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); - ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; - ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; - } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ + for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. - */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); - if( pSel ){ - u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlcipher3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; - pSelTab = sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); - db->xAuth = xAuth; -#else - pSelTab = sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); -#endif - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; + /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ + assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); + pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; + if( pParent->pParent ){ + pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; + }else{ + assert( pParent==pRoot ); + pRoot = pParent->pRight; + } + + /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an + ** internal node of the new tree. */ + pParent->pParent = pFree; + pFree = pParent; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p = 0; + for(i=0; ipParent = 0; + }else{ + assert( pFree!=0 ); + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + } + } + } + pRoot = p; + }else{ + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to + ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ + Fts3Expr *pDel; + for(i=0; ipParent; + sqlite3_free(pDel); + } + } + + assert( pFree==0 ); + sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); + } + }else if( eType==FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pRoot->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pRoot->pRight; + + pRoot->pLeft = 0; + pRoot->pRight = 0; + pLeft->pParent = 0; + pRight->pParent = 0; + + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pRight, nMaxDepth-1); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRight); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pLeft); + }else{ + assert( pLeft && pRight ); + pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; + pLeft->pParent = pRoot; + pRoot->pRight = pRight; + pRight->pParent = pRoot; + } } - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSel); - } else { - nErr++; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqlcipherViewResetAll(sqlcipher3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqlcipherHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqlcipherHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqlcipherHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipherDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); - pTab->aCol = 0; - pTab->nCol = 0; - } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); + pRoot = 0; } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); + *pp = pRoot; + return rc; } -#else -# define sqlcipherViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW */ /* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. +** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following +** differences: ** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** maximum allowable depth. +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() +** in this case. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3RootPageMoved(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; - Db *pDb; +static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ +){ + int nParsed; + int rc; + ParseContext sParse; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqlcipherHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqlcipherHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqlcipherHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; - } + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); + sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + sParse.iLangid = iLangid; + sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; + sParse.nCol = nCol; + sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; + sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; + if( z==0 ){ + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqlcipherHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqlcipherHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqlcipherHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } + if( n<0 ){ + n = (int)strlen(z); } -} -#endif + rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); -/* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlcipher_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlcipher_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER - ** token for additional information. - */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); -#endif - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; } /* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlcipher_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing +** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the +** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the +** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head +** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error +** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse +** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. +** +** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a +** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). +** +** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to +** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] +** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. +** +** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column +** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default +** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly +** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default +** match any table column. */ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ +){ + int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr + ); - if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; - } - } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed + ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); } } -#endif -} -/* -** Remove entries from the sqlcipher_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) -** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. -*/ -static void sqlcipher3ClearStatTables( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database number */ - const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ - const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - for(i=1; i<=3; i++){ - char zTab[24]; - sqlcipher3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlcipher_stat%d",i); - if( sqlcipher3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", - zDbName, zTab, zType, zName + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); + *ppExpr = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); } } + + return rc; } /* -** Generate code to drop a table. +** Free a single node of an expression tree. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ - Vdbe *v; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlcipher_master and/or - ** sqlcipher_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlcipher3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlcipher_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlcipher_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). - */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlcipher_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } -#endif +static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p->aMI); + sqlite3_free(p); +} - /* Drop all SQLCIPHER_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. - */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); +/* +** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). +** +** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But +** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() +** could cause a stack overflow. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ + Fts3Expr *p; + assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); + for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); } - - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + while( p ){ + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; + fts3FreeExprNode(p); + if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ + p = pParent->pRight; + while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ + assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); + } + }else{ + p = pParent; + } } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipherViewResetAll(db, iDb); } -/* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +/**************************************************************************** +***************************************************************************** +** Everything after this point is just test code. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, isView, - pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( pTab==0 ){ - if( noErr ) sqlcipher3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); +/* #include */ - /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure - ** it is initialized. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_VIEW; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TABLE; +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, +** NULL is returned. +** +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + return sqlite3_mprintf(""); + } + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); + for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, + (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") + ); } + return zBuf; } - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlcipher_", 7)==0 - && sqlcipher3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlcipher_stat", 11)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); + break; + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_AND: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_OR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); + break; } -#endif - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlcipher3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); - sqlcipher3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); - sqlcipher3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); - } + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); -exit_drop_table: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pName); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); + + return zBuf; } /* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other -** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); ** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlcipher3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used +** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument +** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name +** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. +** For example: +** +** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +static void fts3ExprTestCommon( + int bRebalance, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - FKey *pNextTo; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + int rc; + char **azCol = 0; + const char *zExpr; + int nExpr; int nCol; - char *z; + int ii; + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + char *zBuf = 0; + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash*)sqlite3_user_data(context); + const char *zTokenizer = 0; + char *zErr = 0; - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; - }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + if( argc<3 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 + ); + return; } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += sqlcipher3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + + zTokenizer = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, zTokenizer, &pTokenizer, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); } + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; } - pFKey = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; - } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - sqlcipher3Dequote(z); - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } - } + + zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + nCol = argc-2; + azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc64(nCol*sizeof(char *)); + if( !azCol ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; - } + for(ii=0; iiisDeferred = 0; - pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ - pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlcipher3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, - pFKey->zTo, sqlcipher3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey - ); - if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto fk_end; + if( bRebalance ){ + char *zDummy = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy + ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 ); + sqlite3_free(zDummy); + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr + ); } - if( pNextTo ){ - assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); - pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; - pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); } - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); -fk_end: - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +exprtest_out: + if( pTokenizer ){ + rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + } + sqlite3_free(azCol); +} + +static void fts3ExprTest( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fts3ExprTestCommon(0, context, argc, argv); +} +static void fts3ExprTestRebalance( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fts3ExprTestCommon(1, context, argc, argv); } /* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ + int rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTestRebalance, 0, 0 + ); + } + return rc; } +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ /* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** 2001 September 22 ** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. +** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table +** implementation for the full-text indexing module. */ -static void sqlcipher3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - int regIdxKey; /* Registers containing the index key */ -#endif - int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - tnum = memRootPage; - }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - } - pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); +/* #include "fts3_hash.h" */ + +/* +** Malloc and Free functions +*/ +static void *fts3HashMalloc(sqlite3_int64 n){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc64(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); } + return p; +} +static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ - iSorter = pParse->nTab++; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); -#else - iSorter = iTab; -#endif +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} - /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index - ** records into the sorter. */ - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - regRecord = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_MERGE_SORT - sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - int j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); - addr2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC - ); - }else{ - addr2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); -#else - regIdxKey = sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); - addr2 = addr1 + 1; - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn; - const int j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; - void * const pRegKey = SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey); - - /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated - ** using sqlcipher3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey() - ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released - ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using - ** sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique - ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since - ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated - ** since sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC); +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); -#endif - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING +*/ +static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + unsigned h = 0; + if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; + nKey--; + } + return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); +} +static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); +} - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY +*/ +static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); } /* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** -** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index -** structure. This is used by sqlcipher3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index -** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2). +** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Index *sqlcipher3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - int nCol; - int nExtra = 0; - char *zExtra; +static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinHash; + } +} - assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */ - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. +*/ +static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinCompare; } - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_create_index; +} + +/* Link an element into the hash table +*/ +static void fts3HashInsertElement( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; +} - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( pName && pName->z ); +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +** +** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this - ** if initialising a database schema. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - pTab = sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 0; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( + const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; } + elem = elem->next; } -#endif + } + return 0; +} - if( sqlcipher3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && - sqlcipher3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) - ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlcipher3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, - pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - assert( pStart==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlcipher_", 7)==0 - && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; } -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlcipher_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( pName->z!=0 ); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "sqlcipher_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); - if( zName==0 ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } + fts3HashFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + fts3HashClear(pH); } -#endif +} - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; - nullId.n = sqlcipher3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z); - pList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - sqlcipher3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0); - pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, + int nKey +){ + int h; /* A hash on key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl; - /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure. But if an OOM - ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */ - if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){ - nExtra += (1 + sqlcipher3Strlen30(pColl->zName)); - } - } - } + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); +} - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ - sizeof(tRowcnt)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ - sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ - nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ - nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)(&pIndex[1]); - pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); - pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); - pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); - pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); - zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; - pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; - pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0); - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); +/* +** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ - }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } + pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); + return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; +} - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - ** - ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - Column *pTabCol; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ + const void *pKey, /* The key */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ + void *data /* The data */ +){ + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; - /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl): Because of - ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser, - ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl - ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error. But if there - ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */ - if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){ - int nColl; - zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName; - nColl = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; - assert( nExtra>=nColl ); - memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); - zColl = zExtra; - zExtra += nColl; - nExtra -= nColl; + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ){ - zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; - } + elem->data = data; } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - goto exit_create_index; + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) + || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) + ){ + pH->count = 0; + return data; + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + fts3HashFree(new_elem); + return data; } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; } - sqlcipher3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; + return 0; +} - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - ** - ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent - ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different - ** sort orders. - ** - ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of - ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are - ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ - const char *z1; - const char *z2; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlcipher3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; - } - if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - } +/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ +/* +** 2006 September 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements +** a Porter stemmer. +*/ - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); - p = sqlcipher3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), - pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This - ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the - ** index with the current table contents. - ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and - ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In - ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why - ** we don't want to recreate it. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key - ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ +} porter_tokenizer; - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nInput; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} porter_tokenizer_cursor; - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart ){ - assert( pEnd!=0 ); - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - (int)(pEnd->z - pName->z) + 1, - pName->z); - }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlcipher3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - /* Add an entry in sqlcipher_master for this index - */ - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - iMem, - zStmt - ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zStmt); +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int porterCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + porter_tokenizer *t; - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlcipher3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); - } - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check - ** processing (in sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of - ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pRet = pIndex; - pIndex = 0; - } + t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIndex); +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int porterOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->zInput = zInput; + if( zInput==0 ){ + c->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + }else{ + c->nInput = nInput; } - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); - return pRet; + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** porterOpen() above. +*/ +static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->zToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Vowel or consonant +*/ +static const char cType[] = { + 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +}; + +/* +** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in +** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according +** to Porter ruls. ** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. +** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, +** in which case it is a vowel. ** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule +** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another +** consonent. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - tRowcnt *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; - int i; - tRowcnt n; - assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst; - if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10; - n = 10; - for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){ - a[i] = n; - if( n>5 ) n--; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; - } +static int isVowel(const char*); +static int isConsonant(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return j; + return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +} +static int isVowel(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return 1-j; + return isConsonant(z + 1); } /* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let +** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be +** represented as: +** +** [C] (VC){m} [V] +** +** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or +** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the +** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value +** of m for the first i bytes of a word. +** +** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, +** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed +** by a consonant. +** +** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking +** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; +static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - }else{ - sqlcipher3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is +** exactly 1 +*/ +static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 1; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z==0; +} - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName - ); - sqlcipher3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); - } +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead +** or m>0 +*/ +static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} -exit_drop_index: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +/* +** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] +*/ +static int hasVowel(const char *z){ + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; } /* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. -** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. +** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. ** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. +** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at +** the first two characters of z[]. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void *sqlcipher3ArrayAllocate( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - *pnAlloc = sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; - pArray = pNew; - } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; +static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ + return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; } /* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. +** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which +** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant +** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. ** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the +** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE IdList *sqlcipher3IdListAppend(sqlcipher3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlcipher3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; +static int star_oh(const char *z){ + return + isConsonant(z) && + z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && + isVowel(z+1) && + isConsonant(z+2); } /* -** Delete an IdList. +** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** ending to zTo. +** +** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo +** is in normal order. +** +** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not +** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and +** no substitution occurs. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3IdListDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); +static int stem( + char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ + const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ + const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ + int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ +){ + char *z = *pz; + while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } + if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; + if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; + while( *zTo ){ + *(--z) = *(zTo++); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList); + *pz = z; + return 1; } /* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. +** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is +** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with +** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more +** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if +** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes +** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; +static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, mx, j; + int hasDigit = 0; + for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; + }else{ + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; + zOut[i] = c; + } } - return -1; + mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; + if( nIn>mx*2 ){ + for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; imallocFailed flag will be set to true. +** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is +** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlcipher3SrcListEnlarge( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ - int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ - int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ -){ - int i; +static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, j; + char zReverse[28]; + char *z, *z2; + if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. + ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; + }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c; + }else{ + /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback + ** to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + } + memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); + z = &zReverse[j+1]; - /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ - assert( iStart>=0 ); - assert( nExtra>=1 ); - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); - /* Allocate additional space if needed */ - if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; - int nGot; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, - sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; + /* Step 1a */ + if( z[0]=='s' ){ + if( + !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && + !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && + !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) + ){ + z++; } - pSrc = pNew; - nGot = (sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; - pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; } - /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots - ** out of the way */ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ - pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + /* Step 1b */ + z2 = z; + if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( + (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) + && z!=z2 + ){ + if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || + stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || + stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ + *(--z) = 'e'; + } } - pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; - /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ - memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); - for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + /* Step 1c */ + if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ + z[0] = 'i'; } - /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ - return pSrc; -} - + /* Step 2 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'c': + if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'e': + stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'g': + stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'o': + if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); + } + break; + } -/* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. -** -** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned -** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be -** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList -** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined -** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: -** -** sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); -** -** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted -** before being added to the SrcList. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlcipher3SrcListAppend( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; + /* Step 3 */ + switch( z[0] ){ + case 'e': + if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'i': + stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); + break; } - pList = sqlcipher3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; + + /* Step 4 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'c': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'e': + if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'i': + if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'l': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'n': + if( z[0]=='t' ){ + if( z[2]=='a' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ + if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) + && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) + ){ + stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); + } + } + } + break; + case 'o': + if( z[0]=='u' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ + stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 's': + if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ + stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 'u': + if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 'v': + case 'z': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; + + /* Step 5a */ + if( z[0]=='e' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ + z++; + } } - if( pDatabase ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; + + /* Step 5b */ + if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ + z++; } - pItem->zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - return pList; -} -/* -** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } + /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back + ** around into forward order and return. + */ + *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); + zOut[i] = 0; + while( *z ){ + zOut[--i] = *(z++); } } /* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character +** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be +** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have +** values of 0x7f or lower. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pList); -} +static const char porterIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) /* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. -** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlcipher3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +static int porterNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ + const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", - (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") - ); - goto append_from_error; - } - p = sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ - goto append_from_error; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pAlias!=0 ); - if( pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + const char *z = c->zInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ + int iStartOffset, ch; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->zToken = pNew; + } + porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); + *pzToken = c->zToken; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; - - append_from_error: - assert( p==0 ); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pOn); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); - return 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; } /* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added -** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ - assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); - if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); - if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y - ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ - pItem->notIndexed = 1; - }else{ - pItem->zIndex = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); - } - } +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { + 0, + porterCreate, + porterDestroy, + porterOpen, + porterClose, + porterNext, + 0 +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ /* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. +** 2007 June 22 ** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** A natural cross join B +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p ){ - int i; - assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; - } -} /* -** Begin a transaction +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ /* -** Commit a transaction +** Return true if the two-argument version of fts3_tokenizer() +** has been activated via a prior call to sqlite3_db_config(db, +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, 1, 0); */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( pParse->db!=0 ); - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } +static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int isEnabled = 0; + sqlite3_db_config(db,SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER,-1,&isEnabled); + return isEnabled; } /* -** Rollback a transaction +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** hash table. This function may be called as follows: +** +** SELECT (); +** SELECT (, ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). +** +** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value +** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding +** to the string . If is not specified, then +** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, +** an error is returned. +** +** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned +** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding +** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v; +static void fts3TokenizerFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + void *pPtr = 0; + const unsigned char *zName; + int nName; - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( pParse->db!=0 ); - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ - return; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; + + if( argc==2 ){ + if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) || sqlite3_value_frombind(argv[1]) ){ + void *pOld; + int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( zName==0 || n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); + return; + } + pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); + if( pOld==pPtr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "fts3tokenize disabled", -1); + return; + } + }else{ + if( zName ){ + pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); + } + if( !pPtr ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } } - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); + if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) || sqlite3_value_frombind(argv[0]) ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } -/* -** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ - char *zName = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; - assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); -#endif - if( !v || sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); - return; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ + static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + }; + return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2 = 0; + + /* Find the start of the next token. */ + z1 = zStr; + while( z2==0 ){ + char c = *z1; + switch( c ){ + case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ + case '\'': + case '"': + case '`': { + z2 = z1; + while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); + break; + } + case '[': + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; + if( *z2 ) z2++; + break; + + default: + if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; + }else{ + z1++; + } } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); } + + *pn = (int)(z2-z1); + return z1; } -/* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLCIPHER_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ + const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ +){ + int rc; + char *z = (char *)zArg; + int n = 0; + char *zCopy; + char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; + + zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); + if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; + + z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); + if( z==0 ){ + assert( n==0 ); + z = zCopy; + } + z[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); + + m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); + if( !m ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char const **aArg = 0; + int iArg = 0; + z = &z[n+1]; + while( zaDb[1].pBt = pBt; - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - if( SQLCIPHER_NOMEM==sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 1; + rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer"); + }else{ + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } + sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } - return 0; + + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + return rc; } + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H) +# include "sqlite_tcl.h" +#else +# include "tcl.h" +#endif +/* #include */ + /* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This +** function must be called with two or more arguments: +** +** SELECT (, ..., ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') +** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). +** +** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl +** list. For each token in the , three elements are +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the +** substring of associated with the token. For example, +** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: +** +** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); ** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: +** will return the string: ** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlcipher3FinishCoding(). +** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" ** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); +static void testFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + + const char *zErr = 0; - if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pToplevel); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; + const char *zName; + int nName; + const char *zInput; + int nInput; + + const char *azArg[64]; + + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int i; + + Tcl_Obj *pRet; + + if( argc<2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); + return; } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pToplevel->db; - yDbMask mask; - - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; - pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlcipher3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); - } - } + + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); + zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + + if( !p ){ + char *zErr2 = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr2, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr2); + return; } -} -/* -** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema() for each -** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - } + pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); + + for(i=1; iwriteMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; -} + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xCreate()"; + goto finish; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = p; + if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xOpen()"; + goto finish; + } -/* -** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write -** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, -** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) -** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will -** be necessary to undo the completed writes. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; -} + while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + zToken = &zInput[iStart]; + nToken = iEnd-iStart; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + } -/* -** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to -** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make -** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. -** -** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the -** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency -** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes -** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm -** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in -** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective -** implementation of sqlcipher3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen -** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; -} + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xClose()"; + goto finish; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; + goto finish; + } -/* -** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT -** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement -** and/or current transaction is rolled back. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( onError==OE_Abort ){ - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); +finish: + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); } -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - assert( zColl!=0 ); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - assert( z!=0 ); - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ - return 1; - } +static +int registerTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - return 0; + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } -#endif -/* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); +static +int queryTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } -#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); /* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. +** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). +** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the +** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function +** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and +** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated +** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to +** test them. +** +** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar +** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is +** detected. i.e.: +** +** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ +static void intTestFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int rc; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqlcipherHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqlcipherHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqlcipherHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + /* Test the query function */ + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p1==p2 ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + assert( p2==0 ); + assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); + + /* Test the storage function */ + if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){ + rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p2==p1 ); } + + sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } + #endif /* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of +** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. +** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above +** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. +** +** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name +** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_REINDEX -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *p = (void *)pHash; + const int any = SQLITE_ANY; - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + char *zTest = 0; + char *zTest2 = 0; + void *pdb = (void *)db; + zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); + zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); + if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } +#endif - if( pName1==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - if( pColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zColl); - return; - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zColl); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); } - iDb = sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - return; + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); } - pIndex = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); } - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} #endif -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlcipher3DbFree(db, ) on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); - - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_free(zTest); + sqlite3_free(zTest2); +#endif - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pKey); - pKey = 0; - } - return pKey; + return rc; } -/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ /* -** 2005 May 23 +** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -84706,457 +175908,235 @@ SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* +****************************************************************************** ** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -*/ - - -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlcipher3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlcipher3_value *pTmp = sqlcipher3ValueNew(db); - sqlcipher3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlcipher3ValueText(pTmp, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - } - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pTmp); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. +** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. */ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlcipher3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE, SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE, SQLCIPHER_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - } - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; -} /* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** -** See also: sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(), sqlcipher3FindCollSeq() +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlcipher3GetCollSeq( - sqlcipher3* db, /* The database connection */ - u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ - const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ -){ - CollSeq *p; +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); - p = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlcipher3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *p = sqlcipher3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName); - if( !p ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ +} simple_tokenizer; + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nBytes; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} simple_tokenizer_cursor; +static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ + return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; +} +static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ + return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); +} /* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlcipher3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. +** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ - int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +static int simpleCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - pColl = sqlcipher3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + simple_tokenizer *t; - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlcipher3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlcipher3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pDel); - pColl = 0; + /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, + ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to + ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this + ** information on the initial create. + */ + if( argc>1 ){ + int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ + sqlite3_free(t); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } + t->delim[ch] = 1; + } + } else { + /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ + int i; + for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ + t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; } } - return pColl; + + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. -** -** See also: sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(), sqlcipher3GetCollSeq() +** Destroy a tokenizer */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlcipher3FindCollSeq( - sqlcipher3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLCIPHER_UTF8==1 && SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE==2 && SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 && enc<=SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure -** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument -** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system -** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the -** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. -** -** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: -** -** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. -** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 -** encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is -** requested, or vice versa. -** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. -** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. -** 6: An exact match. -** -*/ -static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ - int match = 0; - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg - || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) - ){ - match = 1; - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; - } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; - } - else if( (enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; - } - } - return match; +static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return -** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. */ -static FuncDef *functionSearch( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ - int h, /* Hash of the name */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ - int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ +static int simpleOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ - FuncDef *p; - for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ - return p; - } + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->pInput = pInput; + if( pInput==0 ){ + c->nBytes = 0; + }else if( nBytes<0 ){ + c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); + }else{ + c->nBytes = nBytes; } - return 0; + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nTokenAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FuncDefInsert( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ - FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ -){ - FuncDef *pOther; - int nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pDef->zName); - u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; - int h = (sqlcipher3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); - pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); - if( pOther ){ - assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); - pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pDef; - }else{ - pDef->pNext = 0; - pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; - pHash->a[h] = pDef; - } +static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->pToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; } - - /* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlcipher3FindFunction( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +static int simpleNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ - int h; /* Hash value */ - + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; - assert( enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 || enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE || enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); - h = (sqlcipher3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); + while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ + int iStartOffset; - /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. - */ - p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; } - p = p->pNext; - } - /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. - ** - ** If the SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in - ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give - ** priority to built-in functions. - ** - ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to - ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will - ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the - ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. - ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ - if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlcipher3GlobalFunctions); - bestScore = 0; - p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; } - } - /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && - (pBest = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ - pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; - pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - sqlcipher3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); - } + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->pToken = pNew; + } + for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); + } + *ppToken = c->pToken; + *pnBytes = n; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - return 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; } /* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlcipher3DbFree(db, ) on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -** -** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SchemaClear(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlcipher3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); - sqlcipher3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqlcipherHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqlcipherHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlcipher3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqlcipherHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlcipher3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlcipher3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); - for(pElem=sqlcipherHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqlcipherHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqlcipherHashData(pElem); - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(0, pTab); - } - sqlcipher3HashClear(&temp1); - sqlcipher3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ - pSchema->iGeneration++; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; - } -} +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { + 0, + simpleCreate, + simpleDestroy, + simpleOpen, + simpleClose, + simpleNext, + 0, +}; /* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. +** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Schema *sqlcipher3SchemaGet(sqlcipher3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlcipher3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlcipher3SchemaClear); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); - } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlcipher3HashInit(&p->tblHash); - sqlcipher3HashInit(&p->idxHash); - sqlcipher3HashInit(&p->trigHash); - sqlcipher3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); - p->enc = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - } - return p; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; } -/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2013 Apr 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -85165,9013 +176145,7914 @@ SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Schema *sqlcipher3SchemaGet(sqlcipher3 *db, Btree *pBt){ ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. -*/ - -/* -** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries -** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains -** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, -** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and -** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table -** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +****************************************************************************** ** -** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. +** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: ** -** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object -** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE USING fts3tokenize( +** , , ... +** ); +** +** The table created has the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE (input, token, start, end, position) +** +** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: +** +** input = +** +** The virtual table module tokenizes this , using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With +** fields set as follows: +** +** input: Always set to a copy of +** token: A token from the input. +** start: Byte offset of the token within the input . +** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the +** token within the input string. +** pos: Token offset of token within input. ** */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Table *sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - if( sqlcipher3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ - pTab = 0; - } - return pTab; -} +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; +typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; /* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; +** Virtual table structure. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: - ** - ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method - ** has been provided, or - ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlcipher_master), this call is not - ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not - ** been specified. - ** - ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. - */ - if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) - && sqlcipher3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) - || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0 ) - ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } +struct Fts3tokTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; +/* +** Virtual table cursor structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + char *zInput; /* Input string */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ + int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ + const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ + int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ + int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ + int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ + int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ +}; + +/* +** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. +*/ +static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + int nName = (int)strlen(zName); + + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } -#endif - return 0; -} + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* -** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The -** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the -** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear +** to be quoted. +** +** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the +** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is +** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array +** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3MaterializeView( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pView, /* View definition */ - Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ +static int fts3tokDequoteArray( + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ + char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ ){ - SelectDest dest; - Select *pDup; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( argc==0 ){ + *pazDequote = 0; + }else{ + int i; + int nByte = 0; + char **azDequote; - pDup = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); - if( pWhere ){ - SrcList *pFrom; - - pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); - pFrom = sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pFrom ){ - assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); - pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); - pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup; - assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); - assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + for(i=0; iparseError = 1; - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* We only need to generate a select expression if there - ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. - */ - if( pLimit == 0 ) { - /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ - assert( pOffset == 0 ); - return pWhere; - } + nDequote = argc-3; + rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote); - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset - ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( - ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** ); - */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zModule; + if( nDequote<1 ){ + zModule = "simple"; + }else{ + zModule = azDequote[0]; + } + rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr); + } - pSelectRowid = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); - if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1]; + rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); + } - /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree - ** and the SELECT subtree. */ - pSelectSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); - if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } } - /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, - pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); - if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + pTab->pMod = pMod; + pTab->pTok = pTok; + *ppVtab = &pTab->base; + }else{ + if( pTok ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pTok); + } + } - /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ - pWhereRowid = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - pInClause = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); - if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - - pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; - pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; - sqlcipher3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); - return pInClause; + sqlite3_free(azDequote); + return rc; +} - /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ -limit_where_cleanup_1: - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); - return 0; +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; -limit_where_cleanup_2: - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); - return 0; + pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ -#endif + int i; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - if( sqlcipher3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rcauth = sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); - assert( rcauth==SQLCIPHER_OK || rcauth==SQLCIPHER_DENY || rcauth==SQLCIPHER_IGNORE ); - if( rcauth==SQLCIPHER_DENY ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; + pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - assert(!isView || pTrigger); + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); - /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlcipher3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); +/* +** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had +** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). +*/ +static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->pCsr ){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); + pCsr->pCsr = 0; } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); + pCsr->zInput = 0; + pCsr->zToken = 0; + pCsr->nToken = 0; + pCsr->iStart = 0; + pCsr->iEnd = 0; + pCsr->iPos = 0; + pCsr->iRowid = 0; +} - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlcipher3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); - } -#endif + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + int rc; /* Return code */ - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows ){ - memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); - } + pCsr->iRowid++; + rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, + &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, + &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos + ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by - ** API function sqlcipher3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ - if( rcauth==SQLCIPHER_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) - && 0==sqlcipher3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) - ){ - assert( !isView ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, - pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - { - int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ - int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ - int regRowid; /* Actual register containing rowids */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin( - pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK - ); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - regRowid = sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid); - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); - } - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + return rc; +} - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. */ - end = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3tokFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are - ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF - ** triggers. */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlcipher3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( idxNum==1 ){ + const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte+1); + if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); + pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; + rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; + } } + } - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); +} - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlcipher3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ - sqlcipher3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default); - } +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + return (pCsr->zToken==0); +} - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3tokColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); - } + /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 1: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 2: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); + break; + case 3: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); + break; + default: + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); + break; } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Update the sqlcipher_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlcipher3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlcipher3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - } +/* +** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + 0 /* xShadowName */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlcipher3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); + return rc; } -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ /* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: +** 2009 Oct 23 ** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in -** memory cell iRowid. +****************************************************************************** ** -** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all -** index entries that point to that record. +** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, +** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 +** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** code in fts3.c. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3GenerateRowDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ - int count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ - int onconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ - int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ - int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ - /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ - assert( v ); +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists - ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do - ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ - iLabel = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid); - - /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to - ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ - if( sqlcipher3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ - u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ - int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to - ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ - mask = sqlcipher3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf - ); - mask |= sqlcipher3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); - iOld = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be - ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<pSelect==0 ){ - sqlcipher3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - } - } +/* +** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production +** systems. +*/ +#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES +static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); +} +#else +#define fts3LogMerge(x, y) +#endif - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ - sqlcipher3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld); - /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); +typedef struct PendingList PendingList; +typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; +typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; + +/* +** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists +** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. +*/ +struct PendingList { + int nData; + char *aData; + int nSpace; + sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; + sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; + sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; +}; - /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a - ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); -} /* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. +** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. +*/ +struct Fts3DeferredToken { + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ + int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ + PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on +** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of +** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles +** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through +** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: ** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() ** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". +** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: ** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. +** fts3SegReaderNext() +** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() +** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() +*/ +struct Fts3SegReader { + int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ + u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ + u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ + + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ + sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + + char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ + int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ + int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ + + Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; + + /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly + ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns + ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK + ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). + */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ + int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ + + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). + */ + char *pOffsetList; + int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; +}; + +#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) +#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the +** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the +** following functions: ** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. +** fts3SegWriterAdd() +** fts3SegWriterFlush() +** fts3SegWriterFree() */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ -){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - int r1; +struct SegmentWriter { + SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ + int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ + char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ + i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ +}; - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; - r1 = sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); - } -} +/* +** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create +** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except +** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code +** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. +** +** fts3NodeAddTerm() +** fts3NodeWrite() +** fts3NodeFree() +** +** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of +** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have +** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** little memory. +*/ +struct SegmentNode { + SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ + SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ + SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ + int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ + char *aData; /* Node data */ +}; /* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register -** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. +** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). +*/ +#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 +#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 +#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 +#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 +#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 +#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 +#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 +#define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22 +#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23 + +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27 +#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28 +#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30 +#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32 +#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33 +#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34 +#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35 +#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36 + +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39 + +/* +** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle +** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, +** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** -** Return a register number which is the first in a block of -** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The -** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time -** this routine returns. +** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before +** returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ - int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ - int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ +static int fts3SqlStmt( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ + sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int regBase; - int nCol; + const char *azSql[] = { +/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", +/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", +/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", +/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", +/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", +/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", +/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", +/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", +/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", +/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", +/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", +/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", +/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + +/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", + +/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", +/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", +/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", +/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", +/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 24 */ "", +/* 25 */ "", - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - regBase = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); +/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 27 */ "SELECT ? UNION SELECT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + +/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from +** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number +** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, +** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement +** returns zero rows. */ +/* 28 */ "SELECT level, count(*) AS cnt FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' " + " GROUP BY level HAVING cnt>=?" + " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", + +/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ +/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " + " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", + +/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ +/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 +** to :1. */ +/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", + +/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** level :1 with index value :2. */ +/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR +** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir +** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ +/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" + "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE +** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or +** no rows otherwise. */ +/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", + +/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES +** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ +/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", + +/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL +** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ +/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + + /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ +/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " + "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", +/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" + + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); + assert( eStmt=0 ); + + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; + if( !pStmt ){ + int f = SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB; + char *zSql; + if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); + }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ + f &= ~SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); - sqlcipher3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); } - } - if( doMakeRec ){ - const char *zAff; - if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){ - zAff = 0; + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - zAff = sqlcipher3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db, zSql, -1, f, &pStmt, NULL); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); - return regBase; + if( apVal ){ + int i; + int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; -} -/* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions -*/ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ ){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - assert( argc>1 ); - mask = sqlcipher3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - testcase( mask==0 ); - iBest = i; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } } - sqlcipher3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); + + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; } -/* -** Return the type of the argument. -*/ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ ){ - const char *z = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - switch( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLCIPHER_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLCIPHER_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - default: z = "null"; break; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW + || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB + ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + } } - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt); +} /* -** Implementation of the length() function +** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in +** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement +** is executed. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. */ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static void fts3SqlExec( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */ + int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */ ){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLCIPHER_BLOB: - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: { - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; - } - case SQLCIPHER_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlcipher3_result_null(context); - break; - } + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } + *pRC = rc; } + /* -** Implementation of the abs() function. +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive +** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before +** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then +** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing +** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command. ** -** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. +** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when +** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. +** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. +** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly +** instead of accessing them via FTS. */ -static void absFunc(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then - ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no - ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; - } - case SQLCIPHER_NULL: { - /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ - sqlcipher3_result_null(context); - break; - } - default: { - /* Because sqlcipher3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not - ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: - ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that - ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. - */ - double rVal = sqlcipher3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlcipher3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; +static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } + + return rc; } /* -** Implementation of the substr() function. +** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). +** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative +** levels"). ** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the +** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored +** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three +** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that +** can be used to query the %_segdir table. ** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index +** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index +** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. +** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. ** -** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1. +** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). */ -static void substrFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel /* Level of segments */ ){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - int negP2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ + assert_fts3_nc( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>0 ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLCIPHER_NULL - || (argc==3 && sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLCIPHER_NULL) - ){ - return; - } - p0type = sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0]); - p1 = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( p0type==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ){ - len = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - if( p1<0 ){ - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - } - } - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p2<0 ){ - p2 = -p2; - negP2 = 1; - } - }else{ - p2 = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - }else if( p2>0 ){ - p2--; - } - if( negP2 ){ - p1 -= p2; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - } - assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); - if( p0type!=SQLCIPHER_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - } - sqlcipher3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - } + iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; + return iBase + iLevel; } /* -** Implementation of the round() function +** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through +** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return an SQLite error code. +** +** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for +** each FTS3 table. +** +** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: +** +** 0: idx +** 1: start_block +** 2: leaves_end_block +** 3: end_block +** 4: root */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -static void roundFunc(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char *zBuf; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLCIPHER_NULL==sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) return; - r = sqlcipher3_value_double(argv[0]); - /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, - ** handle the rounding directly, - ** otherwise use printf. - */ - if( n==0 && r>=0 && raIndex[] */ + int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlcipher3_malloc(). If the -** allocation fails, call sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem() to notify -** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. -** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then -** raise an SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. -*/ -static void *contextMalloc(sqlcipher3_context *context, i64 nByte){ - char *z; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( nByte>0 ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(context); - z = 0; - }else{ - z = sqlcipher3Malloc((int)nByte); - if( !z ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - } - return z; -} + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); -/* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. -*/ -static void upperFunc(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - for(i=0; inSpace = 100; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + p->nData = 0; } - p = contextMalloc(context, n); - if( p ){ - sqlcipher3_randomness(n, p); - sqlcipher3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlcipher3_free); + else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ + int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; + p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_free(*pp); + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->nSpace = nNew; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; } -} -/* -** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return -** value is the same as the sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid() API function. -*/ -static void last_insert_rowid( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a - ** wrapper around the sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface - ** function. */ - sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid(db)); + /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); + p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. +** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero +** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding +** the entry. Otherwise, zero. ** -** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper -** around the sqlcipher3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same -** rules for counting changes. -*/ -static void changes( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, sqlcipher3_changes(db)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is -** the same as the sqlcipher3_total_changes() API function. +** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. +** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, +** it is set to SQLITE_OK. */ -static void total_changes( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 +static int fts3PendingListAppend( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the - ** sqlcipher3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, sqlcipher3_total_changes(db)); -} + PendingList *p = *pp; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; -/* -** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. -*/ -struct compareInfo { - u8 matchAll; - u8 matchOne; - u8 matchSet; - u8 noCase; -}; + assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); -/* -** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every -** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, all characters are -** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC -** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII. -*/ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_EBCDIC) -# define sqlcipher3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++)) -# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlcipher3UpperToLower[A] -#else -# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlcipher3UpperToLower[A]; } -#endif + if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); + if( p ){ + assert( p->nDatanSpace ); + assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); + p->nData++; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = -1; + p->iLastPos = 0; + p->iLastDocid = iDocid; + } + if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) + ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = iCol; + p->iLastPos = 0; + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iLastPos = iPos; + } + } -static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; -/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore -** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; -/* If SQLCIPHER_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator -** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ -static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; + pendinglistappend_out: + *pRc = rc; + if( p!=*pp ){ + *pp = p; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} /* -** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can -** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they -** are the same and false (0) if they are different. -** -** Globbing rules: -** -** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. -** -** '?' Matches exactly one character. -** -** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of -** characters. -** -** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. -** -** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included -** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A -** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: -** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make -** it the last character in the list. -** -** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. -** -** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: -** -** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only +** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). */ -static int patternCompare( - const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ - const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ - const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ - u32 esc /* The escape character */ -){ - u32 c, c2; - int invert; - int seen; - u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - GlogUpperToLower(c); - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - u32 prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; +static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ + sqlite3_free(pList); } /* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. +** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_like_count = 0; -#endif +static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + Fts3Table *p, + int iCol, + int iPos, + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ + const char *zToken, + int nToken +){ + PendingList *pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); + if( pList ){ + p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ + if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. + */ + assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); + sqlite3_free(pList); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + return rc; +} /* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B,A). +** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the +** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in +** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. ** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static void likeFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ + const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ + int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ + u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ ){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - u32 escape = 0; - int nPat; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); + int rc; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int nWord = 0; - zB = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); + char const *zToken; + int nToken = 0; - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - nPat = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, + const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); + + assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + + /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** return early. */ + if( zText==0 ){ + *pnWord = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; } - assert( zB==sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + xNext = pModule->xNext; + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) + ){ + int i; + if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; + + /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. + ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlcipher3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; + if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* Add the term to the terms index */ + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken + ); + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + ** short for. */ + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; + if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix + ); } - escape = sqlcipher3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlcipher3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); } + + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + *pnWord += nWord; + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } /* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the +** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ + int bDelete, /* True if this op is a delete */ + int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ + sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ ){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( sqlcipher3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( bDelete==1 || bDelete==0 ); + + /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on + ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if + ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the + ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms + ** generate longer doclists. + */ + if( iDocidiPrevDocid + || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0) + || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; + p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; + p->bPrevDelete = bDelete; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlcipher_version() function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. */ -static void versionFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlcipher3_libversion() C-interface. */ - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, sqlcipher3_libversion(), -1, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; + Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; + for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + fts3PendingListDelete(pList); + } + fts3HashClear(pHash); + } + p->nPendingData = 0; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlcipher_source_id() function. The result is a string -** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build -** SQLite. +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT +** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the +** pendingTerms hash table. +** +** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to +** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ -static void sourceidFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **NotUsed2 +static int fts3InsertTerms( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + u32 *aSz ){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlcipher3_sourceid() C interface. */ - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, sqlcipher3_sourceid(), -1, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ + int iCol = i-2; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); + int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Implementation of the sqlcipher_log() function. This is a wrapper around -** sqlcipher3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for -** its side-effects. +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. +** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by +** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: +** +** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. +** apVal[1] rowid +** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column +** ... +** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column +** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table +** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) +** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column */ -static void errlogFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3InsertData( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ ){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); - sqlcipher3_log(sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1])); -} + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ -/* -** Implementation of the sqlcipher_compileoption_used() function. -** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option -** was used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptionusedFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - const char *zOptName; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlcipher_compileoption_used() SQL - ** function is a wrapper around the sqlcipher3_compileoption_used() C/C++ - ** function. + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pRowid = apVal[1]; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content + ** table. The SQL for this statement is: + ** + ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) + ** + ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user + ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. */ - if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_int(context, sqlcipher3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_int( + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) + ); } -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -/* -** Implementation of the sqlcipher_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options -** used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptiongetFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - int n; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlcipher_compileoption_get() SQL function - ** is a wrapper around the sqlcipher3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified + ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. + ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the + ** same value. For example: + ** + ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); + ** + ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values + ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. + */ + if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) + && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) + ){ + /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. */ - n = sqlcipher3_value_int(argv[0]); - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, sqlcipher3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); + + *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; + /* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. +** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing +** pending terms. */ -static void quoteFunc(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLCIPHER_INTEGER: - case SQLCIPHER_FLOAT: { - sqlcipher3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLCIPHER_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLCIPHER_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; +static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; - } - } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlcipher3_free); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ); - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - break; - } + /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as + ** is if bContent is false. */ + assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); + if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); } + return rc; } /* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +** */ -static void hexFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - pBlob = sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( pBlob==sqlcipher3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlcipher3_free); - } +static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); + return iLangid; } /* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid +** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the +** full-text index. */ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static void fts3DeleteTerms( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ + sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ + u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ + int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ ){ - i64 n; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[0]); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( n>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(context); + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; + + assert( *pbFound==0 ); + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + int i; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 1, iLangid, iDocid); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ + int iCol = i-1; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + *pbFound = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); }else{ - sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } + *pRC = rc; } /* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between +** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). */ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); + +/* +** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. +** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting +** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned +** by: +** +** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel +** +** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** allocated index is 0. +** +** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, + int *piIdx ){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ + int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zStr = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 ){ - assert( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLCIPHER_NULL - || sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ - assert( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLCIPHER_NULL ); - sqlcipher3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - return; - } - nPattern = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOut=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); + + /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ + iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); } - loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; - for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ - if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ - zOut[j++] = zStr[i]; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already + ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 + ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, + ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. + */ + if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); + *piIdx = 0; }else{ - u8 *zOld; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - nOut += nRep - nPattern; - testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlcipher3_free(zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlcipher3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlcipher3_free(zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; + *piIdx = iNext; } } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlcipher3_free); + + return rc; } /* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +** The %_segments table is declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) +** +** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The +** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not +** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set +** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, +** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If +** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free the returned buffer. +** +** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the +** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls +** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the +** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy +** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed +** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held +** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table +** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function +** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. */ -static void trimFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ + char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ + int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ + int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ ){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; + /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ + assert( pnBlob ); + + if( p->pSegments ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; - SQLCIPHER_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); - } + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ + p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + rc = sqlite3_blob_open( + p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments + ); } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(sqlcipher3_user_data(context)); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; ipSegments); + *pnBlob = nByte; + if( paBlob ){ + char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( !aByte ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ + nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; + *pnLoad = nByte; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); + memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aByte); + aByte = 0; } - if( i>=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlcipher3_free(azChar); + *paBlob = aByte; } } - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); -} + return rc; +} -/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It -** is only available if the SQLCIPHER_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used -** when SQLite is built. -*/ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_SOUNDEX /* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. -** -** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. +** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above +** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. */ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlcipher3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = sqlcipher3Toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; - } - } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument - ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ + sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); + p->pSegments = 0; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_SOUNDEX */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. -*/ -static void loadExt(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; +static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ + int rc; /* Return code */ - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlcipher3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlcipher3_free(zErrMsg); + nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); + rc = sqlite3_blob_read( + pReader->pBlob, + &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], + nRead, + pReader->nPopulate + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReader->nPopulate += nRead; + memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + pReader->nPopulate = 0; + } } + return rc; } -#endif +static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !pReader->pBlob + || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) + ); + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + } + return rc; +} /* -** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a -** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. */ -typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; -struct SumCtx { - double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ - i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ - u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ - u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ -}; +static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ + sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); + pSeg->pBlob = 0; + } + pSeg->aNode = 0; +} /* -** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. -** -** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means -** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns -** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where -** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point -** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if -** it overflows an integer. +** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the +** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, +** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -static void sumStep(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - SumCtx *p; - int type; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - type = sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); - if( p && type!=SQLCIPHER_NULL ){ - p->cnt++; - if( type==SQLCIPHER_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlcipher3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlcipher3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ - p->overflow = 1; +static int fts3SegReaderNext( + Fts3Table *p, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, + int bIncr +){ + int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ + char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ + int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ + + if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ + pNext = pReader->aNode; + }else{ + pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + } + + if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ + + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + pReader->aNode = 0; + if( pElem ){ + char *aCopy; + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + int nCopy = pList->nData+1; + pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); + pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); + aCopy = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nCopy); + if( !aCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aCopy, pList->aData, nCopy); + pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = nCopy; + pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = aCopy; + pReader->ppNextElem++; + assert( pReader->aNode ); } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlcipher3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); + + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + ** blocks have already been traversed. */ +#ifdef CORRUPT_DB + assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock || CORRUPT_DB ); +#endif + if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); + if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ + pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; + p->pSegments = 0; } + pNext = pReader->aNode; } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlcipher3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + + assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); + if( nSuffix<=0 + || (&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - pNext)pReader->nTermAlloc + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + /* Both nPrefix and nSuffix were read by fts3GetVarint32() and so are + ** between 0 and 0x7FFFFFFF. But the sum of the two may cause integer + ** overflow - hence the (i64) casts. */ + if( (i64)nPrefix+nSuffix>(i64)pReader->nTermAlloc ){ + i64 nNew = ((i64)nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(pReader->zTerm, nNew); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + pReader->zTerm = zNew; + pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlcipher3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); + pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; + pNext += nSuffix; + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); + pReader->aDoclist = pNext; + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + + /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. + */ + if( pReader->nDoclist > pReader->nNode-(pReader->aDoclist-pReader->aNode) + || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } + return SQLITE_OK; } -static void totalFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - sqlcipher3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); -} - -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; /* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated +** with the current term. */ -static void countStep(sqlcipher3_context *context, int argc, sqlcipher3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLCIPHER_NULL!=sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; +static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pReader->aDoclist ); + assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + u8 bEof = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + pReader->nOffsetList = 0; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); + pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + } } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED - /* The sqlcipher3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our - ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be - ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ - assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff - || p->n==sqlcipher3_aggregate_count(context) ); -#endif -} -static void countFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlcipher3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); + return rc; } /* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist +** associated with the current term. +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list +** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). +** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset +** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: */ -static void minmaxStep( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlcipher3_value **argv +static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ + char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ + int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ ){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; + char c = 0; - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; + assert( p ); - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlcipher3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlcipher3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlcipher3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlcipher3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlcipher3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. + ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so + ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ + u8 bEof = 0; + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; + } + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, + &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + if( bEof ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + pReader->pOffsetList = p; } }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - sqlcipher3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlcipher3_value *)sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ - sqlcipher3_result_value(context, pRes); + char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + + /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The + ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of + ** the same offset list. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk + ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past + ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. + */ + while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + assert( *p==0 ); + + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p++; + + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the + ** size of the previous offset-list. + */ + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + } + + /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ + while( p=pEnd ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ + pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; + }else{ + pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + } + } } - sqlcipher3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } + + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) -*/ -static void groupConcatStep( - sqlcipher3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlcipher3_value **argv + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, + int *pnOvfl ){ - const char *zVal; - StrAccum *pAccum; - const char *zSep; - int nVal, nSep; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlcipher3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) return; - pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nOvfl = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int pgsz = p->nPgsz; - if( pAccum ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3_context_db_handle(context); - int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; - pAccum->useMalloc = 2; - pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - if( !firstTerm ){ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = (char*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[1]); - nSep = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - nSep = 1; + assert( p->bFts4 ); + assert( pgsz>0 ); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 jj; + for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ + int nBlob; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ + nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; + } } - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); } - zVal = (char*)sqlcipher3_value_text(argv[0]); - nVal = sqlcipher3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); } + *pnOvfl = nOvfl; + return rc; } -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlcipher3_context *context){ - StrAccum *pAccum; - pAccum = sqlcipher3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pAccum ){ - if( pAccum->tooBig ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlcipher3_result_text(context, sqlcipher3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, - sqlcipher3_free); + +/* +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + if( pReader ){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); + } + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); } + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); } + sqlite3_free(pReader); } /* -** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most -** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. -** This routine only deals with those that are not global. +** Allocate a new SegReader object. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int rc = sqlcipher3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); -#ifndef OMIT_EXPORT - extern void sqlcipher_exportFunc(sqlcipher3_context *, int, sqlcipher3_value **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( + int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ + int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ + const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + + assert( zRoot!=0 || nRoot==0 ); +#ifdef CORRUPT_DB + assert( zRoot!=0 || CORRUPT_DB ); #endif - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + + if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ + if( iEndLeaf!=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; } -#ifndef OMIT_EXPORT - sqlcipher3CreateFunc(db, "sqlcipher_export", 1, SQLCIPHER_TEXT, 0, sqlcipher_exportFunc, 0, 0, 0); -#endif -} -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlcipher3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName), - 2, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); + if( !pReader ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -} + memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); + pReader->iIdx = iAge; + pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; + pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; + pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; + pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlcipher3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + if( nExtra ){ + /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ + pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; + pReader->rootOnly = 1; + pReader->nNode = nRoot; + if( nRoot ) memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); + memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; } - sqlcipher3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLCIPHER_FUNC_LIKE | SQLCIPHER_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLCIPHER_FUNC_LIKE | SQLCIPHER_FUNC_CASE) : SQLCIPHER_FUNC_LIKE); + *ppReader = pReader; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. +** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting +** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing +** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IsLikeFunction(sqlcipher3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION - || !pExpr->x.pList - || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 - ){ - return 0; - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pDef = sqlcipher3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, - sqlcipher3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - 2, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, 0); - if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } +static int SQLITE_CDECL fts3CompareElemByTerm( + const void *lhs, + const void *rhs +){ + char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; + int n = (n1aIndex */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ + int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ + Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ + Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ + int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Hash *pHash; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlcipher3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); + pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; + if( bPrefix ){ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ + + for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ + char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); + int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); + if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ + if( nElem==nAlloc ){ + Fts3HashElem **aElem2; + nAlloc += 16; + aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( + aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) + ); + if( !aElem2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + nElem = 0; + break; + } + aElem = aElem2; + } + + aElem[nElem++] = pE; + } + } + + /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem + ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison + ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. + */ + if( nElem>1 ){ + qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); + } - for(i=0; i0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; + nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !pReader ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pReader, 0, nByte); + pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; + pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; + memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); + } + } + + if( bPrefix ){ + sqlite3_free(aElem); + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return rc; } -/************** End of func.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ /* +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Comparison is as follows: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one +** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the +** larger. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key -** support to compiled SQL statements. +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER +static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc; + if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ + int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; + if( rc2<0 ){ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); + }else{ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = rc2; + } + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + } + assert( rc!=0 ); + return rc; +} /* -** Deferred and Immediate FKs -** -------------------------- -** -** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. -** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT -** is returned and the current statement transaction rolled back. If a -** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken -** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the -** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. -** -** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated -** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a -** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed -** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each -** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from -** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is -** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is -** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: -** -** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, -** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, -** or which row it is not satisfied for. -** -** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the -** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. -** -** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler -** than the alternatives. -** -** INSERT operations: -** -** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search -** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the -** constraint counter. -** -** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, -** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new -** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row -** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). -** -** DELETE operations: -** -** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, -** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the -** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, -** decrement the counter. -** -** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search -** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row -** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. -** -** UPDATE operations: -** -** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only -** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually -** modified (values must be compared at runtime). -** -** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. -** This simplifies the implementation a bit. -** -** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict -** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. -** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception -** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new -** row is inserted. -** -** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference -** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement -** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate -** constraint counter is greater than zero, it returns SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT -** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT -** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, -** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the -** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such -** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. -** -** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a -** table be handled? -** -** -** Query API Notes -** --------------- -** -** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator -** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation -** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original -** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were -** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be -** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before -** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE -** generation code to query for this information are: -** -** sqlcipher3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. -** sqlcipher3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. +** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this +** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in +** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: ** +** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. ** -** Externally accessible module functions -** -------------------------------------- +** 2) By current docid. ** -** sqlcipher3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. -** sqlcipher3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. -** sqlcipher3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} /* -** VDBE Calling Convention -** ----------------------- -** -** Example: -** -** For the following INSERT statement: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); -** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); +** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** -** Register (x): 2 (type integer) -** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) -** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) -** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) +** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return +** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are +** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. */ +static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( + Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ + int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int res = 0; + if( pSeg->aNode ){ + if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); + } + if( res==0 ){ + res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; + } + } + return res; +} /* -** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent -** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. -** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, -** search the schema a unique index on the parent key columns. -** -** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY -** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx -** is set to point to the unique index. -** -** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint -** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. -** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where -** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the -** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK -** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column -** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the -** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of -** *ppIdx, and so on. -** -** If the required index cannot be found, either because: -** -** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or -** -** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a -** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or -** -** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a -** PRIMARY KEY, or -** -** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the -** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table -** consists of a a different number of columns to the child key in -** the child table. -** -** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded -** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the -** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. +** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that +** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order +** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles +** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. */ -static int locateFkeyIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ - Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ - Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ - int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ +static void fts3SegReaderSort( + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ + int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ ){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ - char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ - /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ - assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); - assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); - assert( pParse ); + assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. - ** - ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate - ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). - ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. - */ - if( nCol==1 ){ - /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: - ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly - ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or - ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY. - */ - if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ - if( !zKey ) return 0; - if( !sqlcipher3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; + for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ + Fts3SegReader *pTmp; + if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; + pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; + apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; + apSegment[j] = pTmp; } - }else if( paiCol ){ - assert( nCol>1 ); - aiCol = (int *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); - if( !aiCol ) return 1; - *paiCol = aiCol; } - for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number - ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key - ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ + for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ + assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); + } +#endif +} - if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be - ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2). */ - if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){ - if( aiCol ){ - int i; - for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; - } - break; - } - }else{ - /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to - ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this - ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses - ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ - int i, j; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ - char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ - char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segments table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ + char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ + int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2); + } + return rc; +} - /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from - ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is - ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ - zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; - if( !zDfltColl ){ - zDfltColl = "BINARY"; - } - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; +/* +** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set +** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, +** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ + int rc; + int mxLevel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; - for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ - if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; - break; - } - } - if( j==nCol ) break; - } - if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ - } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } + *pnMax = mxLevel; + return rc; +} - if( !pIdx ){ - if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch"); +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ + int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ + char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ + int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); + if( nLeafData==0 ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); + }else{ + char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); + if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); - return 1; + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 6); } - - *ppIdx = pIdx; - return 0; + return rc; } /* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed -** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row -** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the -** new row. -** -** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no -** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be -** found in the parent table: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and +** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 */ -static void fkLookupParent( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ - Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ - int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ - int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ - int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ +static int fts3PrefixCompress( + const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ + int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ + const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ + int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ - int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ - int iOk = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ + int n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); + for(n=0; nisDeferred, iOk); - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); - } +/* +** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger +** (according to memcmp) than the previous term. +*/ +static int fts3NodeAddTerm( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ +){ + SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree; + int rc; + SegmentNode *pNew; - if( isIgnore==0 ){ - if( pIdx==0 ){ - /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY - ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ - int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ - int regTemp = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. - ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there - ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of - ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column - ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); - iMustBeInt = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); - - /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about - ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), - ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); - } - - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); - }else{ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; - int regTemp = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - int regRec = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - int iJump = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; - assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ - iParent = regData; + /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if + ** this is possible. + */ + if( pTree ){ + int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ + int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ + int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; + if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ + + if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node + ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large + ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes + ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + */ + assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); + pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); + if( !pTree->aData ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( pTree->zTerm ){ + /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); + } + + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; + pTree->nEntry++; + + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); + pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pTree->zMalloc = zNew; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; + memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + }else{ + pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; } - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlcipher3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); - - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + return SQLITE_OK; } } - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly - ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of - ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being - ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ - assert( nIncr==1 ); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); - }else{ - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the + ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). + ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. + ** + ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** has no parent, one is created here. + */ + pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); + pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; + pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; + + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ + pTree->pParent = pParent; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + pTree->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; + pNew->pParent = pParent; + pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; + pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; + pTree->zMalloc = 0; + }else{ + pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); + *ppTree = pNew; + return rc; } /* -** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is -** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating -** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - -** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. -** -** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child -** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. -** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. -** -** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception. +** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). +*/ +static int fts3TreeFinishNode( + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, + sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild +){ + int nStart; + assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); + nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); + pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); + return nStart; +} + +/* +** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. ** -** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, +** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is +** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. */ -static void fkScanChildren( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* SrcList containing the table to scan */ - Table *pTab, - Index *pIdx, /* Foreign key index */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key relationship */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ - int regData, /* Referenced table data starts here */ - int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +static int fts3NodeWrite( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ + int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ + char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ + int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ - NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlcipher3WhereXXX() */ - int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + if( !pTree->pParent ){ + /* Root node of the tree. */ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); + *piLast = iFree-1; + *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; + *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; + }else{ + SegmentNode *pIter; + sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; + sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; + for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); + int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - if( nIncr<0 ){ - iFkIfZero = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); + iNextFree++; + iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); + rc = fts3NodeWrite( + p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot + ); + } } - /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: - ** - ** = AND = ... - ** - ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of - ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should - ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + return rc; +} - pLeft = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - if( pLeft ){ - /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ - ** expression to the parent key column defaults. */ - if( pIdx ){ - Column *pCol; - iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1; - pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1; - pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity; - pLeft->pColl = sqlcipher3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl); - }else{ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; +/* +** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. +*/ +static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; + fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); + while( p ){ + SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; + if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ + sqlite3_free(p->aData); } + assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); + sqlite3_free(p); + p = pRight; } - iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iCol>=0 ); - zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; - pRight = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); - pEq = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } +} - /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan - ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the - ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE - ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - pLeft = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - pRight = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - if( pLeft && pRight ){ - pLeft->iTable = regData; - pLeft->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_INTEGER; - pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; - pRight->iColumn = -1; +/* +** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object +** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should +** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object +** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegWriterAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +){ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ + int nData; + SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; + + if( !pWriter ){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ + pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + *ppWriter = pWriter; + + /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ + pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); + if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; + + /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; } - pEq = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } + nData = pWriter->nData; - /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ - memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; - sNameContext.pParse = pParse; - sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE - ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for - ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the - ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0); - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); - if( pWInfo ){ - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + /* If nSuffix is zero or less, then zTerm/nTerm must be a prefix of + ** pWriter->zTerm/pWriter->nTerm. i.e. must be equal to or less than when + ** compared with BINARY collation. This indicates corruption. */ + if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + + /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ + nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + + if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + int rc; + + /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p->nLeafAdd++; + + /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to + ** the interior tree must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nData = 0; + pWriter->nTerm = 0; + + nPrefix = 0; + nSuffix = nTerm; + nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nTerm + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ } - /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - if( iFkIfZero ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ + pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; + + /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc + ** the buffer to make it large enough. + */ + if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ + char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->aData = aNew; + pWriter->nSize = nReq; + } + assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); + + /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + nData += nSuffix; + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; + + /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. + ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by + ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just + ** store a copy of the pointer. + */ + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; + pWriter->zTerm = zNew; + } + assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); + memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; } + pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK -** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example, -** given the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); -** -** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer -** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table -** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a -** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent -** table). +** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the +** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added +** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE FKey *sqlcipher3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ - int nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pTab->zName); - return (FKey *)sqlcipher3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +static int fts3SegWriterFlush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ + int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + if( pWriter->pTree ){ + sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ + sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ + char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ + + iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, + pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); + } + }else{ + /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + } + p->nLeafAdd++; + return rc; } /* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the -** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure -** and all of its sub-components. -** -** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from -** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** first argument. */ -static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlcipher3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ - if( p ){ - TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); - sqlcipher3DbFree(dbMem, p); +static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter ){ + sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); + sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); + fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); + sqlite3_free(pWriter); } } /* -** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is -** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument -** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to -** table pTab. -** -** Normally, no code is required. However, if either -** -** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or -** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK -** constraint violations in the database, +** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. +** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that +** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid +** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. ** -** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping -** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this -** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for +** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ - int iSkip = 0; - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ - if( sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ - /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without - ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over - ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints - ** when this statement is run. */ - FKey *p; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - if( p->isDeferred ) break; +static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ + *pisEmpty = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } - if( !p ) return; - iSkip = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); - } - - pParse->disableTriggers = 1; - sqlcipher3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlcipher3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); - pParse->disableTriggers = 0; - - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint - ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before - ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC - ); - - if( iSkip ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } + return rc; } /* -** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint -** processing for the operation. -** -** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the -** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the -** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values -** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed -** zero in this case. +** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index +** iIndex. ** -** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the -** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new -** row data. +** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. ** -** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before -** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention -** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FkCheck( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ - int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ - int regNew /* New row data is stored here */ +static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + int iIndex, + sqlite3_int64 *pnMax ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ - int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; - - /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ - assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); - - /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; - - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the - ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ - int *aiFree = 0; - int *aiCol; - int iCol; - int i; - int isIgnore = 0; - - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return - ** early. */ - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - pTo = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - }else{ - pTo = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - } - if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ - assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pTo==0 ){ - /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this - ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped - ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. - ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is - ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant - ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. - */ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - int iJump = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); - } - continue; - } - assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); - - if( aiFree ){ - aiCol = aiFree; - }else{ - iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - aiCol = &iCol; - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - aiCol[i] = -1; - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the - ** authorization callback returns SQLCIPHER_IGNORE, behave as if any - ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ - if( db->xAuth ){ - int rcauth; - char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; - rcauth = sqlcipher3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); - isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLCIPHER_IGNORE); - } -#endif - } - - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns - ** in the parent table. */ - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); - pParse->nTab++; - - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an - ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); - } - if( regNew!=0 ){ - /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); - } + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aiFree); + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */ - for(pFKey = sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ - SrcList *pSrc; - int *aiCol = 0; - - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ - assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); - /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate - ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ - continue; - } +/* +** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within +** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number +** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if +** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the +** final value of *pbMax is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; - } - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + ); - /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table - ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This - ** is required for the sqlcipher3WhereXXX() interface. */ - pSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; - pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - pItem->pTab->nRef++; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - - if( regNew!=0 ){ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); - } - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation - ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception - ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a - ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking - ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented - ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); - } - pItem->zName = 0; - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aiCol); + *pbMax = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } -#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) - /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. +** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment +** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents +** of the %_segdir table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3FkOldmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +static int fts3DeleteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ ){ - u32 mask = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - int i; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); - } - for(p=sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; - locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); - if( pIdx ){ - for(i=0; inColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); - } + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } } - return mask; + return rc; } /* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then -** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points -** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding -** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, -** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the -** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large +** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, +** it: ** -** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function -** returns false. +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** argument, and +** +** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir +** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3FkRequired( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ - int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ - int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ +static int fts3DeleteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ + int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ ){ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any - ** foreign key constraint. */ - return (sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); - }else{ - /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the - ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ - int i; - FKey *p; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ - /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; - if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipNextTo){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; - int iKey; - for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; - if( (zKey ? !sqlcipher3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){ - if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1; - } - } - } - } + assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); } } - return 0; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + + return rc; } /* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being -** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. -** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is -** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a -** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. -** -** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger -** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. -** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is -** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers -** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). -** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in -** the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); -** -** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This +** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they +** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. ** -** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN -** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; -** END; +** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then +** *pnList is set to zero before returning. ** -** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by -** sqlcipher3FkDelete(). +** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following +** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. */ -static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ - ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +static void fts3ColumnFilter( + int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ + int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ + char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ - int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + char *pList = *ppList; + int nList = *pnList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + int iCurrent = 0; + char *p = pList; - action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; - pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + while( 1 ){ + char c = 0; + while( plookaside.bEnabled */ - char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ - int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ - TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + if( iCol==iCurrent ){ + nList = (int)(p - pList); + break; + } - if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + nList -= (int)(p - pList); + pList = p; + if( nList<=0 ){ + break; + } + p = &pList[1]; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent); + } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ - Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ - Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ - int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + if( bZero && (pEnd - &pList[nList])>0){ + memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]); + } + *ppList = pList; + *pnList = nList; +} - iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iFromCol>=0 ); - tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; - tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; +/* +** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any +** existing data). Grow the buffer if required. +** +** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int fts3MsrBufferData( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + char *pList, + int nList +){ + if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){ + char *pNew; + pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; + pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; + } - tToCol.n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(tToCol.z); - tFromCol.n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); + memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important - ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so - ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the - ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ - pEq = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) - , 0); - pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ + char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ +){ + int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. - ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: - ** - ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) - */ - if( pChanges ){ - pEq = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - 0); - pWhen = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); - } - - if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ - Expr *pNew; - if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0); - }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ - Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; - if( pDflt ){ - pNew = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); - }else{ - pNew = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - }else{ - pNew = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - pList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); - sqlcipher3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); - } - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aiCol); + if( nMerge==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } - zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - nFrom = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zFrom); + while( 1 ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg; + pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; - if( action==OE_Restrict ){ - Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; + if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + break; + }else{ + int rc; + char *pList; + int nList; + int j; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; - tFrom.z = zFrom; - tFrom.n = nFrom; - pRaise = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed"); - if( pRaise ){ - pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK + && jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; } - pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectNew(pParse, - sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), - sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), - pWhere, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - ); - pWhere = 0; - } - - /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ - sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ - nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ - ); - if( pTrigger ){ - pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; - pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; - pStep->target.n = nFrom; - memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); - - pStep->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pExprList = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - if( pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); + pList = pMsr->aBuffer; } - } - - /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ - fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); - return 0; - } - assert( pStep!=0 ); + if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); + } - switch( action ){ - case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + if( nList>0 ){ + *paPoslist = pList; + *piDocid = iDocid; + *pnPoslist = nList; break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; - } - default: - pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } } - pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; - pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; - pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); } - return pTrigger; + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement -** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FkActions( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ - int regOld /* Address of array containing old row */ +static int fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ + int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated - ** trigger sub-program. */ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - for(pFKey = sqlcipher3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); - if( pAction ){ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); - } + int i; + int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; + + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of + ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many + ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment + ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. + */ + for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ + int res = 0; + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + do { + int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); + + if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); } } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); + + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ +){ + pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; + return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); +} -/* -** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to -** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash -** hash table. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FkDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *pTab){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ +){ + int i; + int rc; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); - assert( db==0 || sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); + assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); - /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ - pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; - }else{ - void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; - const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); - sqlcipher3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlcipher3Strlen30(z), p); - } - if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ - pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; - } + /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ + rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ + for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; + if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ + break; } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = i; - /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is - ** classified as either immediate or deferred. - */ - assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); - /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); -#endif + assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); + pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; - pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pFKey); - } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ -/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using +** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also +** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such +** a state that if the next two calls are: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ -/* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlcipher3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlcipher3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); + + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + pCsr->bRestart = 1; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in -** the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -** -** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the -** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. -** -** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string -** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be -** released when sqlcipher3DeleteIndex() is called. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); + int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); + int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); + int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); + int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); + + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + do { + int nMerge; + int i; + + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; + if( pSeg->bLookup ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + + /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; + + pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; + pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; + + /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlcipherDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. + ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term + ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; + if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ + if( pCsr->nTermnTerm + || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + ){ + break; + } } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; + + nMerge = 1; + while( nMergeaNode + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) + ){ + nMerge++; } - pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; - } - - return pIdx->zColAff; -} -/* -** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlcipher3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. - */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlcipher3 *db = sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v); + assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst + && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) + ){ + pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + }else{ + pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; + }else{ + int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ + + /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array + ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged + ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. + */ + for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ + int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ + char *pList = 0; + int nList = 0; + int nByte; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + + if( isColFilter ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); + } - zColAff = (char *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } + if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; - } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + ** doclist. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ + iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; + }else{ + iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; + } + if( iDelta<=0 && (nDoclist>0 || iDelta!=iDocid) ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } + nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); + if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ + char *aNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; + } - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT); -} + if( isFirst ){ + char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; + int nWrite; -/* -** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location -** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can -** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. -*/ -static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(p); - int i; - int iEnd = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlcipher3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; -#endif + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); + if( nWrite ){ + iPrev = iDocid; + nDoclist += nWrite; + } + }else{ + nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); + iPrev = iDocid; + if( isRequirePos ){ + memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); + nDoclist += nList; + pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + } + } + } - for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ - Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; - if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ - return 1; + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); } - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ - return 1; - } + if( nDoclist>0 ){ + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ - assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - return 1; + pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + return rc; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + if( pCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); } -#endif + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); + + pCsr->nSegment = 0; + pCsr->apSegment = 0; + pCsr->aBuffer = 0; } - return 0; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* -** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab -** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register -** that holds the maximum rowid. -** -** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the -** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within -** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the -** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original -** AutoincInfo structure is used. +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. ** -** Three memory locations are allocated: -** -** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. -** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. -** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlcipher_sequence of pTab -** -** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the -** insert routine needs to know about. +** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. */ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, + i64 *piEndBlock, + i64 *pnByte ){ - int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - AutoincInfo *pInfo; - - pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; - while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } - if( pInfo==0 ){ - pInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); - if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; - pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; - pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; - pInfo->pTab = pTab; - pInfo->iDb = iDb; - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ - pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlcipher_sequence */ + const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); + if( zText ){ + int i; + int iMul = 1; + i64 iVal = 0; + for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *piEndBlock = iVal; + while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; + iVal = 0; + if( zText[i]=='-' ){ + i++; + iMul = -1; } - memId = pInfo->regCtr; + for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); } - return memId; } + /* -** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level +** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ - int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ - int addr; /* A VDBE address */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ - - /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is - ** only called from the top-level */ - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); - assert( pParse==sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); +static int fts3PromoteSegments( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pRange; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bOk = 0; + i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; + i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; + + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + i64 nSize = 0, dummy; + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); + if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an + ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine + ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not + ** take place. */ + bOk = 0; + break; + } + bOk = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); - assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - memId = p->regCtr; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - } -} + if( bOk ){ + int iIdx = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1 = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2 = 0; -/* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. -*/ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); - } -} + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); + } -/* -** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement -** maximum rowid values back into the sqlcipher_sequence register. -** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement -** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this -** routine just before the "exit" code. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( v ); - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5; - int iRec; - int memId = p->regCtr; + /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with + ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited, + ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the + ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on. + ** + ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1, + ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same + ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except + ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1)); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate1); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pRange); + break; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); + } - iRec = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); - j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind); - j3 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec); - j4 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); - j5 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); - } -} -#else -/* -** If SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops -*/ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate2); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2); + } + } + } -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); + return rc; +} /* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. -** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this -** the "1st template"): -** -** open write cursor to
    and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
    -** cleanup -** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form -** -** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... -** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the 2nd template. -** -** open a write cursor to
    -** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
    -** close cursors -** foreach index on
    -** open a write cursor on the
    index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach -** -** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: -** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** load values into registers R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** goto A -** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** C: yield X -** if EOF goto D -** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n -** goto C -** D: cleanup -** -** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** currently present in the database. ** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** load value into register R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** halt-error -** B: open temp table -** L: yield X -** if EOF goto M -** insert row from R..R+n into temp table -** goto L -** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** rewind temp table -** C: loop over rows of intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
    -** end loop -** D: cleanup +** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +static int fts3SegmentMerge( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ + int iLevel /* Level to merge */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ - int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ - int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ - int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ - SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ - int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - - /* Register allocations */ - int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ - int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ - int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ - int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ - int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ + int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ + i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ -#endif + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - db = pParse->db; - memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; } - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define tmask 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single + ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically + ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this + ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ + if( csr.nSegment==1 && 0==fts3SegReaderIsPending(csr.apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + goto finished; + } + iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; + bIgnoreEmpty = 1; - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). - */ - if( sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + }else{ + /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next + ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ + assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); + iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); + bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist - */ - if( sqlcipher3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } + assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); + assert_fts3_nc( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); + assert_fts3_nc( + iNewLevelnested==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); + memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - ** - ** This is the 2nd template. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !pTrigger ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_end; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; + rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, + csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlcipher_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. - */ - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty ); - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that - ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The - ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th - ** templates: - ** - ** EOF <- 0 - ** X <- A - ** goto B - ** A: setup for the SELECT - ** loop over the tables in the SELECT - ** load value into register R..R+n - ** yield X - ** end loop - ** cleanup after the SELECT - ** EOF <- 1 - ** yield X - ** halt-error - ** - ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the - ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. - ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlcipher3Select().) When - ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. - */ - int rc, j1; - - regEof = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ - VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); - addrSelect = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); - - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); - if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3DeleteSegdir( + p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + } + if( pWriter ){ + rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevelnLeafData); + } } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLCIPHER_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); - VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ + } - regFromSelect = dest.iMem; - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); + finished: + fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); + return rc; +} - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to - ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into - ** the destination table (template 3). - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT - ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated - ** here is from the 4th template: - ** - ** B: open temp table - ** L: yield X - ** if EOF goto M - ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table - ** goto L - ** M: ... - */ - int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ - int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ - int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ - int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - regRec = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - regTempRowid = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); - addrTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrIf = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - assert( useTempTable==0 ); - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, + ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat + && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 + ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. +*/ +static void fts3EncodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ + u32 *a, /* The integer values */ + char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ + int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ +){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=0; iiPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlcipher3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } +/* +** Decode a blob of varints into N integers +*/ +static void fts3DecodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to decode */ + u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */ + const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */ + int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */ +){ + int i = 0; + if( nBuf && (zBuf[nBuf-1]&0x80)==0 ){ + int j; + for(i=j=0; i0 ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; +/* +** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document +** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as +** a blob of varints. +*/ +static void fts3InsertDocsize( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ + u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ + int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + pBlob = sqlite3_malloc64( 10*(sqlite3_int64)p->nColumn ); + if( pBlob==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pBlob); + *pRC = rc; + return; } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} - /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ - if( !isView ){ - int nIdx; +/* +** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, +** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** varints are set as follows: +** +** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. +** +** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in +** the column for all rows of the table. +** +** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all +** columns of all rows of the table. +** +*/ +static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( + int *pRC, /* The result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ + u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ + u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ + int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ + int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ + u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - baseCur = pParse->nTab; - nIdx = sqlcipher3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); - aRegIdx = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); - if( aRegIdx==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - for(i=0; inMem; - } - } + const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; - /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ - if( useTempTable ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 4): - ** - ** rewind temp table - ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table - ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    - ** end loop - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); - addrCont = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 3): - ** - ** C: yield X - ** if EOF goto D - ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n - ** goto C - ** D: ... - */ - addrCont = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrInsTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); + if( *pRC ) return; + a = sqlite3_malloc64( (sizeof(u32)+10)*(sqlite3_int64)nStat ); + if( a==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; } - - /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, - ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. - */ - regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - regRowid++; - pParse->nMem++; + pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; } - regData = regRowid+1; - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - int regCols = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, + sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); + }else{ + memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ + a[0] = 0; + }else{ + a[0] += nChng; + } + for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ + u32 x = a[i+1]; + if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ + x = 0; }else{ - int j1; - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols); - } - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); + x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; } + a[i+1] = x; + } + fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_free(a); +} - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); +/* +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** iIndex/iLangid combination. +*/ +static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ + int bSeenDone = 0; + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid); + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); + while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i; + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + bSeenDone = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; } } - if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); - } } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol); - sqlcipher3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, - pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; +} - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); - } +/* +** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: +** +** INSERT INTO () VALUES('rebuild'); +** +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on +** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based +** on the contents of the %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 *aSz = 0; + u32 *aSzIns = 0; + u32 *aSzDel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte = sizeof(u32) * ((sqlite3_int64)p->nColumn+1)*3; + aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( aSz==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); - pOp = sqlcipher3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); - if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = baseCur; - pOp->p2 = regRowid; - pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - int j1; - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - }else{ - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); + memset(aSz, 0, nByte); + aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; + aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - appendFlag = 1; } - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int iCol; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); + memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); } } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); + nEntry++; + for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ + aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; + } } } + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); + } + sqlite3_free(aSz); - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlcipher3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ - sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, - keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace - ); - sqlcipher3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns); - sqlcipher3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0 - ); + if( pStmt ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } } } - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } + return rc; +} - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, - pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); - } - /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source - ** is a SELECT statement. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - } +/* +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ + int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); - } - } + /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); + nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; + pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); -insert_end: - /* Update the sqlcipher_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlcipher3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlcipher3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); + assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && iapSegment[i] + ); + pCsr->nSegment++; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } -insert_cleanup: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); + return rc; } -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif -#ifdef tmask - #undef tmask -#endif - +typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; +typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; +typedef struct Blob Blob; +typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; /* -** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row after the update. -** -** 2. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1). -** -** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains -** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes -** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate -** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng -** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the -** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that the rowid is -** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not -** modified by an update. -** -** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into -** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for -** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is -** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices -** attached to the table. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlcipher3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlcipher3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. +** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer +** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. ** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. +** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ - int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ -){ - int i; /* loop counter */ - Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns */ - int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ - int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ - int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ - int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ - int iCur; /* Table cursor number */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ - int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ - int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid; +struct Blob { + char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */ + int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */ +}; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - regData = regRowid + 1; +/* +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** nodes (blocks). +*/ +struct NodeWriter { + sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ + Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ + Blob block; /* Current block image */ +}; - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, - SQLCIPHER_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); - zMsg = sqlcipher3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", - pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - break; - } - } - } +/* +** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append +** to an appendable b-tree segment. +*/ +struct IncrmergeWriter { + int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ + int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ + sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ + u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ + NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; +}; - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pParse->ckBase = regData; - sqlcipher3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); +/* +** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single +** FTS segment node. See the following functions: +** +** nodeReaderInit() +** nodeReaderNext() +** nodeReaderRelease() +*/ +struct NodeReader { + const char *aNode; + int nNode; + int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ + + /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ + Blob term; /* Current term */ + const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +}; + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin +** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a +** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc +** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. +*/ +static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = nMin; + char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); + if( a ){ + pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; + pBlob->a = a; }else{ - if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0); + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK) */ +} - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - */ - if( rowidChng ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; +/* +** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to +** the next entry on the node. +** +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node +** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** variables for the new entry. +*/ +static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ + int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ + int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ + int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( p->aNode ); + if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; + if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ + /* EOF */ + p->aNode = 0; + }else{ + if( bFirst==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); } - - if( isUpdate ){ - j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng); + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); + + if( nPrefix>p->term.n || nSuffix>p->nNode-p->iOff || nSuffix==0 ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - j3 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the - ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to - ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire - ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. - ** - ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. - ** - ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, - ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require - ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete - ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlcipher3MultiWrite() regardless, - ** but being more selective here allows statements like: - ** - ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) - ** - ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the - ** table. - */ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - if( pTrigger || sqlcipher3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ - sqlcipher3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlcipher3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ - sqlcipher3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlcipher3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); + p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; + p->iOff += nSuffix; + if( p->iChild==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); + if( (p->nNode-p->iOff)nDoclist ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; + p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; + p->iOff += p->nDoclist; } } - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - } } - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - int regIdx; - int regR; + assert_fts3_nc( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); + return rc; +} - if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ +/* +** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. +*/ +static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->term.a); +} - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - regIdx = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); - } - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlcipher3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); +/* +** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); + p->aNode = aNode; + p->nNode = nNode; - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - } - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; - } - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - regR = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR); - j3 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, - regR, SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx), - P4_INT32); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); + /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ + if( aNode && aNode[0] ){ + /* An internal node. */ + p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); + }else{ + p->iOff = 1; + } - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j; - StrAccum errMsg; - const char *zSep; - char *zErr; - - sqlcipher3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); - errMsg.db = pParse->db; - zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1); - zSep = ", "; - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1); + return aNode ? nodeReaderNext(p) : SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o +** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed +** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller +** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf +** node. +** +** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in +** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergePush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ + int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; + int iLayer; + + assert( nTerm>0 ); + for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayeraNodeWriter[iLayer]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nPrefix; + int nSuffix; + int nSpace; + + /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to + ** be added to. */ + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ + + Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; + if( pBlk->n==0 ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); } - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1); - zErr = sqlcipher3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; } - default: { - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - sqlcipher3MultiWrite(pParse); - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode->key.n ){ + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); } - sqlcipher3GenerateRowDelete( - pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace - ); - seenReplace = 1; - break; + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pBlk->n += nSuffix; + + memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); + pNode->key.n = nTerm; } + }else{ + /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. + ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written + ** into the parent of this node. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + + assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); + pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); + + iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; + pNode->iBlock++; + pNode->key.n = 0; } - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR); - } - - if( pbMayReplace ){ - *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; + iPtr = iNextPtr; } + + assert( 0 ); + return 0; } /* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the -** rowid and the content to be inserted. +** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently +** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the +** header must be written before this function is called. ** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint +** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. +** +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal +** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. +** +** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a +** copy of zTerm/nTerm. +** +** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large +** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev +** is extended by this function if requrired. +** +** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Range of content */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ - int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +static int fts3AppendToNode( + Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ + Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ + const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nIdx; - Index *pIdx; - u8 pik_flags; - int regData; - int regRec; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); - if( useSeekResult ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - } - } - regData = regRowid + 1; - regRec = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); - sqlcipher3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a + ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ + assert( pNode->n>0 ); + assert_fts3_nc( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); + + blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + if( nSuffix<=0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); + pPrev->n = nTerm; + + if( bFirst==0 ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pNode->n += nSuffix; + + if( aDoclist ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pNode->n += nDoclist; } - if( useSeekResult ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + + assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the +** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ +){ + const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; + int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; + const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; + int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ + NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ + + pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + + /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist + ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize + ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ + if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); + pWriter->nWork++; + + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + ** parent must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + } + + /* Advance to the next output block */ + pLeaf->iBlock++; + pLeaf->key.n = 0; + pLeaf->block.n = 0; + + nSuffix = nTerm; + nSpace = 1; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + + pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; + blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ + pLeaf->block.n = 1; + pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist + ); } - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + + return rc; } /* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. +** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the +** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush +** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt +** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only +** to release outstanding resources. ** -** Return the number of indices on the table. +** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while +** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before +** returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ - int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; + int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ + int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ + NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ + int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ + + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot + ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot + ** will be 1. And so on. */ + for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; + assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); + assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ + if( iRoot<0 ) return; + + /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means + ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. + ** + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a + ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. + ** + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** table until we are sure it is needed. + */ + if( iRoot==0 ){ + Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; + blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; + pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( + &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock + ); + } + iRoot = 1; + } + pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); } - if( pParse->nTabnTab = baseCur+i; + + /* Write the %_segdir record. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ + pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ + pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ + pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ + (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ + pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ + ); } - return i-1; -} + sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); + *pRc = rc; +} -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST /* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. +** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in +** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of +** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. +** +** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve +** if it is greater. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_TEST */ +static int fts3TermCmp( + const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ + const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ +){ + int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); + int res; + + res = (nCmp ? memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp) : 0); + if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; + + return res; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. +** +** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it +** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table +** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. */ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; +static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ + int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ + sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); } - return sqlcipher3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; -} + *pbRes = bRes; + return rc; +} /* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: +** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the +** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. ** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column +** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: +** +** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required +** space pre-allocated), and +** +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential +** output segment. */ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ +static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ + const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ + const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ + int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ + int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ + + /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); + if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); + iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); + if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); + nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); + aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); + }else{ + return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + + /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); + + /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + char *aLeaf = 0; + int nLeaf = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + NodeReader reader; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + assert( reader.aNode ); + } + if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ + bAppendable = 0; + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + sqlite3_free(aLeaf); } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ - return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter + ** object to do so. */ + int i; + int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; + NodeWriter *pNode; + + pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + pWriter->iStart = iStart; + pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + for(i=nHeight+1; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; + pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); + pNode->block.n = nRoot; + memset(&pNode->block.a[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + } + + for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + NodeReader reader; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; + + if( pNode->block.a){ + rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); + pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; + if( i>0 ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; + pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, + MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize)+FTS3_NODE_PADDING, &rc + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); + pNode->block.n = nBlock; + memset(&pNode->block.a[nBlock], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + } + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } } + + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; + return rc; } /* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if +** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute +** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. ** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of +** *piIdx is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ + int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); + *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 +** with idx value iIdx. ** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" +** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three +** columns: ** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. +** start_block +** leaves_end_block +** end_block ** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause +** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the +** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the +** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** variable nLeafEst. ** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. +** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment +** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous +** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array +** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block +** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. ** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ ){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( sqlcipher3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ + /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ + nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ + pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); + pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; + pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** appendable segments. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** following two statements: +** +** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx +** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx +** +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated +** idx values. +*/ +static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ + int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + + return rc; +} + +/* +** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. +** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that +** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. +*/ +static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ + int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ + int *aNew; + nAlloc += 16; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + if( !aNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + aIdx = aNew; + } + aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + + assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iselFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0; + + sqlite3_free(aIdx); + return rc; +} + +static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ + pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; + if( iChild ){ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); + pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); + }else{ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); + pNode->n = 1; } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ +} + +/* +** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree +** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. +** +** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying +** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) +** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateNode( + const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ + int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ + Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ + const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ +){ + NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ + Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bLeaf; /* True for a leaf node */ + + if( nNode<1 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; + + /* Allocate required output space */ + blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pNew->n = 0; + + /* Populate new node buffer */ + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); + if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, + reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; } + assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + sqlite3_free(prev.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments +** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir +** tables. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ + int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ + const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ + Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ + const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); + iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + iNewStart = iBlock; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + + /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1); + sqlite3_step(pDel); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pChomp); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp); + sqlite3_bind_null(pChomp, 2); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(root.a); + sqlite3_free(block.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to +** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level +** iAbsLevel. +** +** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of +** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation) +** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that +** have been duplicated in the output segment. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */ + int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */ +){ + int i; + int nRem = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + int j; + + /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding + ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSegment); j++){ + pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; + if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; + } + assert( jnSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); + + if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ + /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ + rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); + } + *pnRem = 0; + }else{ + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; + int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; + rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); + nRem++; + } } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ + rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + + *pnRem = nRem; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2); } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. +** +** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat +** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + int rc; + + pHint->n = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); + int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); + if( aHint ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); + pHint->n = nHint; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** and the number of input segments. +** +** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, +** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( + Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ + i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ + int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ +} + +/* +** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** *pnInput before returning. +** +** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does +** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ + const int nHint = pHint->n; + int i; + + i = pHint->n-2; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + + pHint->n = i; + i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); + i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); + if( i!=nHint ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. +** +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ + int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ + Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ + int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ + + /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ + const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); + pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; + pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ + const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; + sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ + int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + + /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest + ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. + ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** set nSeg to -1. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, MAX(2, nMin)); + if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); + nSeg = sqlite3_column_int(pFindLevel, 1); + assert( nSeg>=2 ); + }else{ + nSeg = -1; } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); + + /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the + ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ + int nHint = hint.n; + sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ + int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); + if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ + iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; + nSeg = nHintSeg; + bUseHint = 1; + bDirtyHint = 1; + }else{ + /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry + ** is removed from the hint blob. */ + hint.n = nHint; + } + } + + /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least + ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. + ** Exit early in this case. */ + if( nSeg<0 ) break; + + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg + ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** to start work on some other level. */ + memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); + pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); + assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); + if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ + int bIgnore = 0; + rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); + if( bIgnore ){ + pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + } + } } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) + ){ + if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ + const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; + int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; + rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); + }else{ + rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ + fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); + do { + rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); + if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); + + /* Update or delete the input segments */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); + rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + bDirtyHint = 1; + fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); + } + } + } + + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); + if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ + fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); + } } + + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && sqlcipher3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains - ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. - ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM - ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So - ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably - ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] - */ - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ - return 0; + + /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */ + if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint); } -#endif - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows)!=0 ){ - return 0; + + sqlite3_free(pWriter); + sqlite3_free(hint.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return +** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past +** the integer. +** +** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge= +** commands. +*/ +static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ + const char *z = *pz; + int i = 0; + while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' && i<214748363 ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; + *pz = z; + return i; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); +** +** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages +** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level +** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. +*/ +static int fts3DoIncrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ +){ + int rc; + int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); + int nMerge = 0; + const char *z = zParam; + + /* Read the first integer value */ + nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); + + /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second + ** integer value. */ + if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ + z++; + nMin = fts3Getint(&z); } - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key - ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. - */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_TEST - sqlcipher3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; - } - sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - regData = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - addr2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); - sqlcipher3HaltConstraint( - pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLCIPHER_OK, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); } + return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ -/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Process statements of the form: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X'); ** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. +** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means +** turn it on. The setting is persistent. */ - +static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + } + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + return rc; +} /* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLCIPHER_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. +** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the +** arguments to this function. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_exec( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlcipher3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ + int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ + i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ + int iCol, /* Column number */ + int iPos /* Position */ ){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ - char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */ - int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + int i; + u64 ret = (u64)iDocid; - if( !sqlcipher3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid; + ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex; + ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; + ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; + for(i=0; imutex); - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_OK, 0); - while( (rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || (rc==SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; + return ret; +} - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlcipher3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } +/* +** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to +** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums +** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together. +** +** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The +** return value is undefined in this case. +*/ +static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to return cksum for */ + int iIndex, /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +){ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; + int rc; + u64 cksum = 0; - callbackIsInit = 0; - nCol = sqlcipher3_column_count(pStmt); + assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlcipher3_step(pStmt); + memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter)); + memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr)); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLCIPHER_ROW==rc || - (SQLCIPHER_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit - && db->flags&SQLCIPHER_NullCallback)) ){ - if( !callbackIsInit ){ - azCols = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; - goto exec_out; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){ + char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist]; + + i64 iDocid = 0; + i64 iCol = 0; + i64 iPos = 0; + + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid); + while( pCsriPrevLangid); + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); } } - - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, azCols); - azCols = 0; + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } -exec_out: - if( pStmt ) sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, azCols); + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql; - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlcipher3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ - int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlcipher3Strlen30(sqlcipher3_errmsg(db)); - *pzErrMsg = sqlcipher3Malloc(nErrMsg); - if( *pzErrMsg ){ - memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlcipher3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_NOMEM, 0); + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } - }else if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = 0; + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + int iCol; + + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + for(i=1; inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + } + } + } + } + if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); return rc; } -/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 7 +** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of +** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the +** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token +** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code +** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. +** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix +** index etc.), +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The language-id of the row it appears in, +** + The docid of the row it appears in, +** + The column it appears in, and +** + The tokens position within that column. +** +** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create +** a single checksum for the entire index. +** +** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: +** +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. +** +** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have +** passed. */ +static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( + Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ +){ + int rc; + int bOk = 0; + rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + return rc; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_CORE - #define SQLCIPHER_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlcipher3ext.h */ -#endif -/************** Include sqlcipher3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ -/************** Begin file sqlcipher3ext.h **************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES()" ** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by -** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into -** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of -** sqlcipher3.h. +** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only +** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ -#ifndef _SQLCIPHER3EXT_H_ -#define _SQLCIPHER3EXT_H_ +static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); + + if( !zVal ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); + }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ + rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); + }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ + rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); + }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ + rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); + }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ + rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ + p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ + p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ + p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } -typedef struct sqlcipher3_api_routines sqlcipher3_api_routines; + return rc; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED /* -** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API -** routines. -** -** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new -** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new -** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different -** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared -** libraries! +** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached +** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. */ -struct sqlcipher3_api_routines { - void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlcipher3_context*,int nBytes); - int (*aggregate_count)(sqlcipher3_context*); - int (*bind_blob)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_double)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,double); - int (*bind_int)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*bind_int64)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,sqlcipher_int64); - int (*bind_null)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,const char*zName); - const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_text)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_text16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_value)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,const sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*busy_handler)(sqlcipher3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); - int (*busy_timeout)(sqlcipher3*,int ms); - int (*changes)(sqlcipher3*); - int (*close)(sqlcipher3*); - int (*collation_needed)(sqlcipher3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlcipher3*, - int eTextRep,const char*)); - int (*collation_needed16)(sqlcipher3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlcipher3*, - int eTextRep,const void*)); - const void * (*column_blob)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_count)(sqlcipher3_stmt*pStmt); - const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int i); - const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - double (*column_double)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_int)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlcipher_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - const char * (*column_name)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_name16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int); - const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - const void * (*column_text16)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_type)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlcipher3_value* (*column_value)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int iCol); - void * (*commit_hook)(sqlcipher3*,int(*)(void*),void*); - int (*complete)(const char*sql); - int (*complete16)(const void*sql); - int (*create_collation)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_collation16)(sqlcipher3*,const void*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_function)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*)); - int (*create_function16)(sqlcipher3*,const void*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*)); - int (*create_module)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,const sqlcipher3_module*,void*); - int (*data_count)(sqlcipher3_stmt*pStmt); - sqlcipher3 * (*db_handle)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - int (*declare_vtab)(sqlcipher3*,const char*); - int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); - int (*errcode)(sqlcipher3*db); - const char * (*errmsg)(sqlcipher3*); - const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlcipher3*); - int (*exec)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,sqlcipher3_callback,void*,char**); - int (*expired)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - int (*finalize)(sqlcipher3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*free)(void*); - void (*free_table)(char**result); - int (*get_autocommit)(sqlcipher3*); - void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlcipher3_context*,int); - int (*get_table)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); - int (*global_recover)(void); - void (*interruptx)(sqlcipher3*); - sqlcipher_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlcipher3*); - const char * (*libversion)(void); - int (*libversion_number)(void); - void *(*malloc)(int); - char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); - int (*open)(const char*,sqlcipher3**); - int (*open16)(const void*,sqlcipher3**); - int (*prepare)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,sqlcipher3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16)(sqlcipher3*,const void*,int,sqlcipher3_stmt**,const void**); - void * (*profile)(sqlcipher3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlcipher_uint64),void*); - void (*progress_handler)(sqlcipher3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); - void *(*realloc)(void*,int); - int (*reset)(sqlcipher3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*result_blob)(sqlcipher3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_double)(sqlcipher3_context*,double); - void (*result_error)(sqlcipher3_context*,const char*,int); - void (*result_error16)(sqlcipher3_context*,const void*,int); - void (*result_int)(sqlcipher3_context*,int); - void (*result_int64)(sqlcipher3_context*,sqlcipher_int64); - void (*result_null)(sqlcipher3_context*); - void (*result_text)(sqlcipher3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16)(sqlcipher3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16be)(sqlcipher3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16le)(sqlcipher3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_value)(sqlcipher3_context*,sqlcipher3_value*); - void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlcipher3*,void(*)(void*),void*); - int (*set_authorizer)(sqlcipher3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, - const char*,const char*),void*); - void (*set_auxdata)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); - char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); - int (*step)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, - char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); - void (*thread_cleanup)(void); - int (*total_changes)(sqlcipher3*); - void * (*trace)(sqlcipher3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); - int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,sqlcipher3_stmt*); - void * (*update_hook)(sqlcipher3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, - sqlcipher_int64),void*); - void * (*user_data)(sqlcipher3_context*); - const void * (*value_blob)(sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*value_bytes)(sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*value_bytes16)(sqlcipher3_value*); - double (*value_double)(sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*value_int)(sqlcipher3_value*); - sqlcipher_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlcipher3_value*); - const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlcipher3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16)(sqlcipher3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlcipher3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlcipher3_value*); - int (*value_type)(sqlcipher3_value*); - char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); - /* Added ??? */ - int (*overload_function)(sqlcipher3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - /* Added by 3.3.13 */ - int (*prepare_v2)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,sqlcipher3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlcipher3*,const void*,int,sqlcipher3_stmt**,const void**); - int (*clear_bindings)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - /* Added by 3.4.1 */ - int (*create_module_v2)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,const sqlcipher3_module*,void*, - void (*xDestroy)(void *)); - /* Added by 3.5.0 */ - int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*blob_bytes)(sqlcipher3_blob*); - int (*blob_close)(sqlcipher3_blob*); - int (*blob_open)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlcipher3_int64, - int,sqlcipher3_blob**); - int (*blob_read)(sqlcipher3_blob*,void*,int,int); - int (*blob_write)(sqlcipher3_blob*,const void*,int,int); - int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*)(void*)); - int (*file_control)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,void*); - sqlcipher3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); - sqlcipher3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); - sqlcipher3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); - void (*mutex_enter)(sqlcipher3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_free)(sqlcipher3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_leave)(sqlcipher3_mutex*); - int (*mutex_try)(sqlcipher3_mutex*); - int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlcipher3**,int,const char*); - int (*release_memory)(int); - void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlcipher3_context*); - void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlcipher3_context*); - int (*sleep)(int); - void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); - sqlcipher3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); - int (*vfs_register)(sqlcipher3_vfs*,int); - int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlcipher3_vfs*); - int (*xthreadsafe)(void); - void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlcipher3_context*,int); - void (*result_error_code)(sqlcipher3_context*,int); - int (*test_control)(int, ...); - void (*randomness)(int,void*); - sqlcipher3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlcipher3_context*); - int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlcipher3*,int); - int (*limit)(sqlcipher3*,int,int); - sqlcipher3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlcipher3*,sqlcipher3_stmt*); - const char *(*sql)(sqlcipher3_stmt*); - int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); - int (*backup_finish)(sqlcipher3_backup*); - sqlcipher3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,sqlcipher3*,const char*); - int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlcipher3_backup*); - int (*backup_remaining)(sqlcipher3_backup*); - int (*backup_step)(sqlcipher3_backup*,int); - const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); - int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); - int (*create_function_v2)(sqlcipher3*,const char*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlcipher3_context*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*)); - int (*db_config)(sqlcipher3*,int,...); - sqlcipher3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlcipher3*); - int (*db_status)(sqlcipher3*,int,int*,int*,int); - int (*extended_errcode)(sqlcipher3*); - void (*log)(int,const char*,...); - sqlcipher3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlcipher3_int64); - const char *(*sourceid)(void); - int (*stmt_status)(sqlcipher3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); - int (*unlock_notify)(sqlcipher3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); - int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlcipher3*,int); - int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlcipher3*,const char*); - void *(*wal_hook)(sqlcipher3*,int(*)(void*,sqlcipher3*,const char*,int),void*); - int (*blob_reopen)(sqlcipher3_blob*,sqlcipher3_int64); - int (*vtab_config)(sqlcipher3*,int op,...); - int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlcipher3*); -}; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + pDef->pList = 0; + } +} /* -** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are -** redirected throught the global sqlcipher3_api structure. -** -** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file -** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that -** it can get access to the sqlcipher3_api_routines structure -** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine -** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the -** SQLCIPHER_CORE macros is undefined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_CORE -#define sqlcipher3_aggregate_context sqlcipher3_api->aggregate_context -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlcipher3_aggregate_count sqlcipher3_api->aggregate_count -#endif -#define sqlcipher3_bind_blob sqlcipher3_api->bind_blob -#define sqlcipher3_bind_double sqlcipher3_api->bind_double -#define sqlcipher3_bind_int sqlcipher3_api->bind_int -#define sqlcipher3_bind_int64 sqlcipher3_api->bind_int64 -#define sqlcipher3_bind_null sqlcipher3_api->bind_null -#define sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count sqlcipher3_api->bind_parameter_count -#define sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index sqlcipher3_api->bind_parameter_index -#define sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name sqlcipher3_api->bind_parameter_name -#define sqlcipher3_bind_text sqlcipher3_api->bind_text -#define sqlcipher3_bind_text16 sqlcipher3_api->bind_text16 -#define sqlcipher3_bind_value sqlcipher3_api->bind_value -#define sqlcipher3_busy_handler sqlcipher3_api->busy_handler -#define sqlcipher3_busy_timeout sqlcipher3_api->busy_timeout -#define sqlcipher3_changes sqlcipher3_api->changes -#define sqlcipher3_close sqlcipher3_api->close -#define sqlcipher3_collation_needed sqlcipher3_api->collation_needed -#define sqlcipher3_collation_needed16 sqlcipher3_api->collation_needed16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_blob sqlcipher3_api->column_blob -#define sqlcipher3_column_bytes sqlcipher3_api->column_bytes -#define sqlcipher3_column_bytes16 sqlcipher3_api->column_bytes16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_count sqlcipher3_api->column_count -#define sqlcipher3_column_database_name sqlcipher3_api->column_database_name -#define sqlcipher3_column_database_name16 sqlcipher3_api->column_database_name16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_decltype sqlcipher3_api->column_decltype -#define sqlcipher3_column_decltype16 sqlcipher3_api->column_decltype16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_double sqlcipher3_api->column_double -#define sqlcipher3_column_int sqlcipher3_api->column_int -#define sqlcipher3_column_int64 sqlcipher3_api->column_int64 -#define sqlcipher3_column_name sqlcipher3_api->column_name -#define sqlcipher3_column_name16 sqlcipher3_api->column_name16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_origin_name sqlcipher3_api->column_origin_name -#define sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16 sqlcipher3_api->column_origin_name16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_table_name sqlcipher3_api->column_table_name -#define sqlcipher3_column_table_name16 sqlcipher3_api->column_table_name16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_text sqlcipher3_api->column_text -#define sqlcipher3_column_text16 sqlcipher3_api->column_text16 -#define sqlcipher3_column_type sqlcipher3_api->column_type -#define sqlcipher3_column_value sqlcipher3_api->column_value -#define sqlcipher3_commit_hook sqlcipher3_api->commit_hook -#define sqlcipher3_complete sqlcipher3_api->complete -#define sqlcipher3_complete16 sqlcipher3_api->complete16 -#define sqlcipher3_create_collation sqlcipher3_api->create_collation -#define sqlcipher3_create_collation16 sqlcipher3_api->create_collation16 -#define sqlcipher3_create_function sqlcipher3_api->create_function -#define sqlcipher3_create_function16 sqlcipher3_api->create_function16 -#define sqlcipher3_create_module sqlcipher3_api->create_module -#define sqlcipher3_create_module_v2 sqlcipher3_api->create_module_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_data_count sqlcipher3_api->data_count -#define sqlcipher3_db_handle sqlcipher3_api->db_handle -#define sqlcipher3_declare_vtab sqlcipher3_api->declare_vtab -#define sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache sqlcipher3_api->enable_shared_cache -#define sqlcipher3_errcode sqlcipher3_api->errcode -#define sqlcipher3_errmsg sqlcipher3_api->errmsg -#define sqlcipher3_errmsg16 sqlcipher3_api->errmsg16 -#define sqlcipher3_exec sqlcipher3_api->exec -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlcipher3_expired sqlcipher3_api->expired -#endif -#define sqlcipher3_finalize sqlcipher3_api->finalize -#define sqlcipher3_free sqlcipher3_api->free -#define sqlcipher3_free_table sqlcipher3_api->free_table -#define sqlcipher3_get_autocommit sqlcipher3_api->get_autocommit -#define sqlcipher3_get_auxdata sqlcipher3_api->get_auxdata -#define sqlcipher3_get_table sqlcipher3_api->get_table -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlcipher3_global_recover sqlcipher3_api->global_recover -#endif -#define sqlcipher3_interrupt sqlcipher3_api->interruptx -#define sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid sqlcipher3_api->last_insert_rowid -#define sqlcipher3_libversion sqlcipher3_api->libversion -#define sqlcipher3_libversion_number sqlcipher3_api->libversion_number -#define sqlcipher3_malloc sqlcipher3_api->malloc -#define sqlcipher3_mprintf sqlcipher3_api->mprintf -#define sqlcipher3_open sqlcipher3_api->open -#define sqlcipher3_open16 sqlcipher3_api->open16 -#define sqlcipher3_prepare sqlcipher3_api->prepare -#define sqlcipher3_prepare16 sqlcipher3_api->prepare16 -#define sqlcipher3_prepare_v2 sqlcipher3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2 sqlcipher3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_profile sqlcipher3_api->profile -#define sqlcipher3_progress_handler sqlcipher3_api->progress_handler -#define sqlcipher3_realloc sqlcipher3_api->realloc -#define sqlcipher3_reset sqlcipher3_api->reset -#define sqlcipher3_result_blob sqlcipher3_api->result_blob -#define sqlcipher3_result_double sqlcipher3_api->result_double -#define sqlcipher3_result_error sqlcipher3_api->result_error -#define sqlcipher3_result_error16 sqlcipher3_api->result_error16 -#define sqlcipher3_result_int sqlcipher3_api->result_int -#define sqlcipher3_result_int64 sqlcipher3_api->result_int64 -#define sqlcipher3_result_null sqlcipher3_api->result_null -#define sqlcipher3_result_text sqlcipher3_api->result_text -#define sqlcipher3_result_text16 sqlcipher3_api->result_text16 -#define sqlcipher3_result_text16be sqlcipher3_api->result_text16be -#define sqlcipher3_result_text16le sqlcipher3_api->result_text16le -#define sqlcipher3_result_value sqlcipher3_api->result_value -#define sqlcipher3_rollback_hook sqlcipher3_api->rollback_hook -#define sqlcipher3_set_authorizer sqlcipher3_api->set_authorizer -#define sqlcipher3_set_auxdata sqlcipher3_api->set_auxdata -#define sqlcipher3_snprintf sqlcipher3_api->snprintf -#define sqlcipher3_step sqlcipher3_api->step -#define sqlcipher3_table_column_metadata sqlcipher3_api->table_column_metadata -#define sqlcipher3_thread_cleanup sqlcipher3_api->thread_cleanup -#define sqlcipher3_total_changes sqlcipher3_api->total_changes -#define sqlcipher3_trace sqlcipher3_api->trace -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlcipher3_transfer_bindings sqlcipher3_api->transfer_bindings -#endif -#define sqlcipher3_update_hook sqlcipher3_api->update_hook -#define sqlcipher3_user_data sqlcipher3_api->user_data -#define sqlcipher3_value_blob sqlcipher3_api->value_blob -#define sqlcipher3_value_bytes sqlcipher3_api->value_bytes -#define sqlcipher3_value_bytes16 sqlcipher3_api->value_bytes16 -#define sqlcipher3_value_double sqlcipher3_api->value_double -#define sqlcipher3_value_int sqlcipher3_api->value_int -#define sqlcipher3_value_int64 sqlcipher3_api->value_int64 -#define sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type sqlcipher3_api->value_numeric_type -#define sqlcipher3_value_text sqlcipher3_api->value_text -#define sqlcipher3_value_text16 sqlcipher3_api->value_text16 -#define sqlcipher3_value_text16be sqlcipher3_api->value_text16be -#define sqlcipher3_value_text16le sqlcipher3_api->value_text16le -#define sqlcipher3_value_type sqlcipher3_api->value_type -#define sqlcipher3_vmprintf sqlcipher3_api->vmprintf -#define sqlcipher3_overload_function sqlcipher3_api->overload_function -#define sqlcipher3_prepare_v2 sqlcipher3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2 sqlcipher3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_clear_bindings sqlcipher3_api->clear_bindings -#define sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob sqlcipher3_api->bind_zeroblob -#define sqlcipher3_blob_bytes sqlcipher3_api->blob_bytes -#define sqlcipher3_blob_close sqlcipher3_api->blob_close -#define sqlcipher3_blob_open sqlcipher3_api->blob_open -#define sqlcipher3_blob_read sqlcipher3_api->blob_read -#define sqlcipher3_blob_write sqlcipher3_api->blob_write -#define sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2 sqlcipher3_api->create_collation_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_file_control sqlcipher3_api->file_control -#define sqlcipher3_memory_highwater sqlcipher3_api->memory_highwater -#define sqlcipher3_memory_used sqlcipher3_api->memory_used -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc sqlcipher3_api->mutex_alloc -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_enter sqlcipher3_api->mutex_enter -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_free sqlcipher3_api->mutex_free -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_leave sqlcipher3_api->mutex_leave -#define sqlcipher3_mutex_try sqlcipher3_api->mutex_try -#define sqlcipher3_open_v2 sqlcipher3_api->open_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_release_memory sqlcipher3_api->release_memory -#define sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem sqlcipher3_api->result_error_nomem -#define sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig sqlcipher3_api->result_error_toobig -#define sqlcipher3_sleep sqlcipher3_api->sleep -#define sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit sqlcipher3_api->soft_heap_limit -#define sqlcipher3_vfs_find sqlcipher3_api->vfs_find -#define sqlcipher3_vfs_register sqlcipher3_api->vfs_register -#define sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister sqlcipher3_api->vfs_unregister -#define sqlcipher3_threadsafe sqlcipher3_api->xthreadsafe -#define sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob sqlcipher3_api->result_zeroblob -#define sqlcipher3_result_error_code sqlcipher3_api->result_error_code -#define sqlcipher3_test_control sqlcipher3_api->test_control -#define sqlcipher3_randomness sqlcipher3_api->randomness -#define sqlcipher3_context_db_handle sqlcipher3_api->context_db_handle -#define sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes sqlcipher3_api->extended_result_codes -#define sqlcipher3_limit sqlcipher3_api->limit -#define sqlcipher3_next_stmt sqlcipher3_api->next_stmt -#define sqlcipher3_sql sqlcipher3_api->sql -#define sqlcipher3_status sqlcipher3_api->status -#define sqlcipher3_backup_finish sqlcipher3_api->backup_finish -#define sqlcipher3_backup_init sqlcipher3_api->backup_init -#define sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount sqlcipher3_api->backup_pagecount -#define sqlcipher3_backup_remaining sqlcipher3_api->backup_remaining -#define sqlcipher3_backup_step sqlcipher3_api->backup_step -#define sqlcipher3_compileoption_get sqlcipher3_api->compileoption_get -#define sqlcipher3_compileoption_used sqlcipher3_api->compileoption_used -#define sqlcipher3_create_function_v2 sqlcipher3_api->create_function_v2 -#define sqlcipher3_db_config sqlcipher3_api->db_config -#define sqlcipher3_db_mutex sqlcipher3_api->db_mutex -#define sqlcipher3_db_status sqlcipher3_api->db_status -#define sqlcipher3_extended_errcode sqlcipher3_api->extended_errcode -#define sqlcipher3_log sqlcipher3_api->log -#define sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlcipher3_api->soft_heap_limit64 -#define sqlcipher3_sourceid sqlcipher3_api->sourceid -#define sqlcipher3_stmt_status sqlcipher3_api->stmt_status -#define sqlcipher3_strnicmp sqlcipher3_api->strnicmp -#define sqlcipher3_unlock_notify sqlcipher3_api->unlock_notify -#define sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlcipher3_api->wal_autocheckpoint -#define sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint sqlcipher3_api->wal_checkpoint -#define sqlcipher3_wal_hook sqlcipher3_api->wal_hook -#define sqlcipher3_blob_reopen sqlcipher3_api->blob_reopen -#define sqlcipher3_vtab_config sqlcipher3_api->vtab_config -#define sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict sqlcipher3_api->vtab_on_conflict -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_CORE */ - -#define SQLCIPHER_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlcipher3_api_routines *sqlcipher3_api = 0; -#define SQLCIPHER_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlcipher3_api = v; - -#endif /* _SQLCIPHER3EXT_H_ */ - -/************** End of sqlcipher3ext.h ******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ + pNext = pDef->pNext; + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + sqlite3_free(pDef); + } + pCsr->pDeferred = 0; +} /* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. +** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list +** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. +** +** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information +** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the +** table, not for all rows. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlcipher3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlcipher3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlcipher3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_complete16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_open16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlcipher3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlcipher3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlcipher3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlcipher3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16 0 -#endif + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + + for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; + if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) + && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) + && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) + ){ + fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + } + } + } + if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPLETE -# define sqlcipher3_complete 0 -# define sqlcipher3_complete16 0 -#endif + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + if( pDef->pList ){ + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); + } + } + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DECLTYPE -# define sqlcipher3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlcipher3_column_decltype 0 -#endif + return rc; +} -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -# define sqlcipher3_progress_handler 0 -#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, + int *pnData +){ + char *pRet; + int nSkip; + sqlite3_int64 dummy; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlcipher3_create_module 0 -# define sqlcipher3_create_module_v2 0 -# define sqlcipher3_declare_vtab 0 -# define sqlcipher3_vtab_config 0 -# define sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict 0 -#endif + *ppData = 0; + *pnData = 0; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -# define sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache 0 -#endif + if( p->pList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE -# define sqlcipher3_profile 0 -# define sqlcipher3_trace 0 -#endif + pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_GET_TABLE -# define sqlcipher3_free_table 0 -# define sqlcipher3_get_table 0 -#endif + nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); + *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; + *ppData = pRet; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INCRBLOB -#define sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_bytes 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_close 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_open 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_read 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_write 0 -#define sqlcipher3_blob_reopen 0 -#endif + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. -** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are -** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite -** library. -** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. -** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlcipher3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. +** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. */ -static const sqlcipher3_api_routines sqlcipher3Apis = { - sqlcipher3_aggregate_context, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlcipher3_aggregate_count, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_bind_blob, - sqlcipher3_bind_double, - sqlcipher3_bind_int, - sqlcipher3_bind_int64, - sqlcipher3_bind_null, - sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlcipher3_bind_text, - sqlcipher3_bind_text16, - sqlcipher3_bind_value, - sqlcipher3_busy_handler, - sqlcipher3_busy_timeout, - sqlcipher3_changes, - sqlcipher3_close, - sqlcipher3_collation_needed, - sqlcipher3_collation_needed16, - sqlcipher3_column_blob, - sqlcipher3_column_bytes, - sqlcipher3_column_bytes16, - sqlcipher3_column_count, - sqlcipher3_column_database_name, - sqlcipher3_column_database_name16, - sqlcipher3_column_decltype, - sqlcipher3_column_decltype16, - sqlcipher3_column_double, - sqlcipher3_column_int, - sqlcipher3_column_int64, - sqlcipher3_column_name, - sqlcipher3_column_name16, - sqlcipher3_column_origin_name, - sqlcipher3_column_origin_name16, - sqlcipher3_column_table_name, - sqlcipher3_column_table_name16, - sqlcipher3_column_text, - sqlcipher3_column_text16, - sqlcipher3_column_type, - sqlcipher3_column_value, - sqlcipher3_commit_hook, - sqlcipher3_complete, - sqlcipher3_complete16, - sqlcipher3_create_collation, - sqlcipher3_create_collation16, - sqlcipher3_create_function, - sqlcipher3_create_function16, - sqlcipher3_create_module, - sqlcipher3_data_count, - sqlcipher3_db_handle, - sqlcipher3_declare_vtab, - sqlcipher3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlcipher3_errcode, - sqlcipher3_errmsg, - sqlcipher3_errmsg16, - sqlcipher3_exec, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlcipher3_expired, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_finalize, - sqlcipher3_free, - sqlcipher3_free_table, - sqlcipher3_get_autocommit, - sqlcipher3_get_auxdata, - sqlcipher3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlcipher3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlcipher3_interrupt, - sqlcipher3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlcipher3_libversion, - sqlcipher3_libversion_number, - sqlcipher3_malloc, - sqlcipher3_mprintf, - sqlcipher3_open, - sqlcipher3_open16, - sqlcipher3_prepare, - sqlcipher3_prepare16, - sqlcipher3_profile, - sqlcipher3_progress_handler, - sqlcipher3_realloc, - sqlcipher3_reset, - sqlcipher3_result_blob, - sqlcipher3_result_double, - sqlcipher3_result_error, - sqlcipher3_result_error16, - sqlcipher3_result_int, - sqlcipher3_result_int64, - sqlcipher3_result_null, - sqlcipher3_result_text, - sqlcipher3_result_text16, - sqlcipher3_result_text16be, - sqlcipher3_result_text16le, - sqlcipher3_result_value, - sqlcipher3_rollback_hook, - sqlcipher3_set_authorizer, - sqlcipher3_set_auxdata, - sqlcipher3_snprintf, - sqlcipher3_step, - sqlcipher3_table_column_metadata, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlcipher3_thread_cleanup, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_total_changes, - sqlcipher3_trace, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlcipher3_transfer_bindings, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_update_hook, - sqlcipher3_user_data, - sqlcipher3_value_blob, - sqlcipher3_value_bytes, - sqlcipher3_value_bytes16, - sqlcipher3_value_double, - sqlcipher3_value_int, - sqlcipher3_value_int64, - sqlcipher3_value_numeric_type, - sqlcipher3_value_text, - sqlcipher3_value_text16, - sqlcipher3_value_text16be, - sqlcipher3_value_text16le, - sqlcipher3_value_type, - sqlcipher3_vmprintf, - /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlcipher3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* - */ - sqlcipher3_overload_function, - - /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 - */ - sqlcipher3_prepare_v2, - sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2, - sqlcipher3_clear_bindings, - - /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 - */ - sqlcipher3_create_module_v2, +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ + int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ +){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; + pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); + if( !pDeferred ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); + pDeferred->pToken = pToken; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->iCol = iCol; + pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; - /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 - */ - sqlcipher3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlcipher3_blob_bytes, - sqlcipher3_blob_close, - sqlcipher3_blob_open, - sqlcipher3_blob_read, - sqlcipher3_blob_write, - sqlcipher3_create_collation_v2, - sqlcipher3_file_control, - sqlcipher3_memory_highwater, - sqlcipher3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, -#else - sqlcipher3_mutex_alloc, - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter, - sqlcipher3_mutex_free, - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave, - sqlcipher3_mutex_try, -#endif - sqlcipher3_open_v2, - sqlcipher3_release_memory, - sqlcipher3_result_error_nomem, - sqlcipher3_result_error_toobig, - sqlcipher3_sleep, - sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlcipher3_vfs_find, - sqlcipher3_vfs_register, - sqlcipher3_vfs_unregister, + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; - /* - ** Added for 3.5.8 - */ - sqlcipher3_threadsafe, - sqlcipher3_result_zeroblob, - sqlcipher3_result_error_code, - sqlcipher3_test_control, - sqlcipher3_randomness, - sqlcipher3_context_db_handle, + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif - /* - ** Added for 3.6.0 - */ - sqlcipher3_extended_result_codes, - sqlcipher3_limit, - sqlcipher3_next_stmt, - sqlcipher3_sql, - sqlcipher3_status, +/* +** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be +** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents +** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteByRowid( + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, + int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ + u32 *aSzDel +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ + + fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); + if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ + rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isEmpty ){ + /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case + ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any + ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); + *pnChng = 0; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); + }else{ + *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); + } + } + } + } - /* - ** Added for 3.7.4 - */ - sqlcipher3_backup_finish, - sqlcipher3_backup_init, - sqlcipher3_backup_pagecount, - sqlcipher3_backup_remaining, - sqlcipher3_backup_step, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - sqlcipher3_compileoption_get, - sqlcipher3_compileoption_used, -#else - 0, - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_create_function_v2, - sqlcipher3_db_config, - sqlcipher3_db_mutex, - sqlcipher3_db_status, - sqlcipher3_extended_errcode, - sqlcipher3_log, - sqlcipher3_soft_heap_limit64, - sqlcipher3_sourceid, - sqlcipher3_stmt_status, - sqlcipher3_strnicmp, -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - sqlcipher3_unlock_notify, -#else - 0, -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint, - sqlcipher3_wal_checkpoint, - sqlcipher3_wal_hook, -#else - 0, - 0, - 0, -#endif - sqlcipher3_blob_reopen, - sqlcipher3_vtab_config, - sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict, -}; + return rc; +} /* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlcipher3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. +** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual +** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: +** +** CREATE TABLE
    ( +** , +**
    HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, +** HIDDEN +** ); ** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success and SQLCIPHER_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlcipher3DbFree(db, ). */ -static int sqlcipher3LoadExtension( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlcipher3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ - sqlcipher3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlcipher3*,char**,const sqlcipher3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - void **aHandle; - int nMsg = 300 + sqlcipher3Strlen30(zFile); + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ + u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ + int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ + int bInsertDone = 0; - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlcipher3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( + nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ + || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ + ); + + /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: + ** + ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); */ - if( (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlcipher3_mprintf("not authorized"); - } - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + goto update_out; + } + + if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto update_out; } - if( zProc==0 ){ - zProc = "sqlcipher3_extension_init"; + /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ + aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(aSzDel[0])*((sqlite3_int64)p->nColumn+1)*2); + if( aSzDel==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto update_out; } + aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); - handle = sqlcipher3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); - if( handle==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlcipher3_malloc(nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); - sqlcipher3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + rc = fts3Writelock(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; + + /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid + ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. + ** + ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row + ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, + ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must + ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to + ** modify the database file. + */ + if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ + sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pNewRowid = apVal[1]; + } + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) + )){ + /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the + ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any + ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. + ** + ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have + ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). + */ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); + }else{ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + bInsertDone = 1; } } - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; } - xInit = (int(*)(sqlcipher3*,char**,const sqlcipher3_api_routines*)) - sqlcipher3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - nMsg += sqlcipher3Strlen30(zProc); - *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlcipher3_malloc(nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlcipher3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); - sqlcipher3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto update_out; + } + + /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); + } + + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ + if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); + if( bInsertDone==0 ){ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } - sqlcipher3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); } - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlcipher3Apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlcipher3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); + rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); } - sqlcipher3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlcipher3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); + } + nChng++; } - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - aHandle = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; - db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + update_out: + sqlite3_free(aSzDel); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; } -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_load_extension( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlcipher3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ + +/* +** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlcipher3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else{ + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } +#endif + +/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS 'y' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ + /* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CloseExtensions(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlcipher3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); -} +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" + /* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to +** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_enable_load_extension(sqlcipher3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_LoadExtension; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLCIPHER_LoadExtension; - } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; +struct LoadDoclistCtx { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ +}; /* -** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension -** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlcipher3Apis pointer for that -** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that -** dummy pointer. +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -static const sqlcipher3_api_routines sqlcipher3Apis = { 0 }; -#endif +typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; +typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; +typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; + +struct SnippetIter { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ + int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ + int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ +}; + +struct SnippetPhrase { + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ + int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ + char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ + int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ + char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ +}; +struct SnippetFragment { + int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ + int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ + u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ + u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ +}; /* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ -typedef struct sqlcipher3AutoExtList sqlcipher3AutoExtList; -static SQLCIPHER_WSD struct sqlcipher3AutoExtList { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} sqlcipher3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; +typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; +struct MatchInfo { + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ + char flag; + u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ +}; -/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlcipher3Autoext" state vector declared above. +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to manage a pair of buffers, each +** (nElem * sizeof(u32)) bytes in size. See the MatchinfoBuffer code below +** for details. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdAutoextInit \ - sqlcipher3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlcipher3AutoExtList,sqlcipher3Autoext) -# define wsdAutoext x[0] -#else -# define wsdAutoextInit -# define wsdAutoext sqlcipher3Autoext -#endif +struct MatchinfoBuffer { + u8 aRef[3]; + int nElem; + int bGlobal; /* Set if global data is loaded */ + char *zMatchinfo; + u32 aMatchinfo[1]; +}; /* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. +** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance +** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the +** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. +*/ +typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; +struct StrBuffer { + char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ + int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ +}; + + +/************************************************************************* +** Start of MatchinfoBuffer code. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlcipher3_initialize(); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - }else -#endif - { - int i; -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; iaMatchinfo[0] = (u8*)(&pRet->aMatchinfo[1]) - (u8*)pRet; + pRet->aMatchinfo[1+nElem] = pRet->aMatchinfo[0] + + sizeof(u32)*((int)nElem+1); + pRet->nElem = (int)nElem; + pRet->zMatchinfo = ((char*)pRet) + nByte; + memcpy(pRet->zMatchinfo, zMatchinfo, nStr+1); + pRet->aRef[0] = 1; } + + return pRet; } -/* -** Load all automatic extensions. -** -** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlcipher3 *db){ - int i; - int go = 1; - int (*xInit)(sqlcipher3*,char**,const sqlcipher3_api_routines*); +static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){ + MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]); - wsdAutoextInit; - if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ - /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ - return; + assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] + || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] + ); + if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){ + pBuf->aRef[1] = 0; + }else{ + pBuf->aRef[2] = 0; } - for(i=0; go; i++){ - char *zErrmsg; -#if SQLCIPHER_THREADSAFE - sqlcipher3_mutex *mutex = sqlcipher3MutexAlloc(SQLCIPHER_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; - }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlcipher3*,char**,const sqlcipher3_api_routines*)) - wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + + if( pBuf->aRef[0]==0 && pBuf->aRef[1]==0 && pBuf->aRef[2]==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pBuf); + } +} + +static void (*fts3MIBufferAlloc(MatchinfoBuffer *p, u32 **paOut))(void*){ + void (*xRet)(void*) = 0; + u32 *aOut = 0; + + if( p->aRef[1]==0 ){ + p->aRef[1] = 1; + aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[1]; + xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; + } + else if( p->aRef[2]==0 ){ + p->aRef[2] = 1; + aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[p->nElem+2]; + xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; + }else{ + aOut = (u32*)sqlite3_malloc64(p->nElem * sizeof(u32)); + if( aOut ){ + xRet = sqlite3_free; + if( p->bGlobal ) memcpy(aOut, &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); } - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(mutex); - zErrmsg = 0; - if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlcipher3Apis) ){ - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_ERROR, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; + } + + *paOut = aOut; + return xRet; +} + +static void fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ + p->bGlobal = 1; + memcpy(&p->aMatchinfo[2+p->nElem], &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); +} + +/* +** Free a MatchinfoBuffer object allocated using fts3MIBufferNew() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->aRef[0]==1 ); + p->aRef[0] = 0; + if( p->aRef[0]==0 && p->aRef[1]==0 && p->aRef[2]==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); } - sqlcipher3_free(zErrmsg); } } -/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2003 April 6 +** End of MatchinfoBuffer code. +*************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position +** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each +** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value +** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus +** two. For example, to store the position-list: ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** 4 9 113 ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** the three varints: ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +** 6 7 106 +** +** are encoded. +** +** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of +** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. +** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the +** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. */ +static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ + int iVal; + *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); + *piPos += (iVal-2); +} /* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlcipher3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). */ -static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( sqlcipher3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return (u8)sqlcipher3Atoi(z); - } - n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; ieType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ + + if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); } + }else{ + rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); + (*piPhrase)++; } - return 1; + return rc; } /* -** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. +** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that +** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. +** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. +** +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for +** all eligible phrase nodes. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u8 sqlcipher3GetBoolean(const char *z){ - return getSafetyLevel(z)&1; +static int fts3ExprIterate( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ + int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ + void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ +){ + int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ + return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); } -/* The sqlcipher3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the -** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit -** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PRAGMA) /* -** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. +** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists +** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also +** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). */ -static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ - if( z ){ - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; - } - return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + + p->nPhrase++; + p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; + + return rc; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* -** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. +** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor +** pCsr. ** -** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are -** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all +** matchable phrases of the expression. */ -static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ - int i; - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; - i = sqlcipher3Atoi(z); - return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ + int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ + int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); + if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; + if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; + return rc; } -#endif /* ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. -*/ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } +static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + (*(int *)ctx)++; + pExpr->iPhrase = iPhrase; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + int nPhrase = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); + return nPhrase; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater +** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; +static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ + char *pIter = *ppIter; + if( pIter ){ + int iIter = *piIter; + + while( iIteraDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + *piIter = iIter; + *ppIter = pIter; } - db->temp_store = (u8)ts; - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. +** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet. */ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - i64 *pI64 = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); - if( pI64 ){ - memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); -} - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS -/* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. -*/ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLCIPHER_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLCIPHER_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLCIPHER_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLCIPHER_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLCIPHER_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLCIPHER_FullFSync }, - { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLCIPHER_CkptFullFSync }, - { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLCIPHER_ReverseOrder }, -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - { "automatic_index", SQLCIPHER_AutoIndex }, -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLCIPHER_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLCIPHER_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLCIPHER_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLCIPHER_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLCIPHER_WriteSchema|SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLCIPHER_NoReadlock }, - - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted }, - { "recursive_triggers", SQLCIPHER_RecTriggers }, - - /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support - ** are present in the build. */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { "foreign_keys", SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys }, -#endif - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlcipher3Pragma() */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - int mask = p->mask; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ - if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ - /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not - ** in auto-commit mode. */ - mask &= ~(SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys); - } +static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ - if( sqlcipher3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~mask; - } + if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){ + /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet + ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a + ** score of 0.0). + */ + pIter->iCurrent = 0; - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } + /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that + ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). + */ + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); + } + }else{ + int iStart; + int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHeadiHead; + } + } + if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ return 1; } + + pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); + } } + return 0; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ /* -** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** iterator pIter. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static const char *actionName(u8 action){ - const char *zName; - switch( action ){ - case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; - case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; - case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; - case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; - assert( action==OE_None ); break; +static void fts3SnippetDetails( + SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ + u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ + int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ + int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ + u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ + u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ +){ + int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ + int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ + u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pTail ){ + char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; + int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; + + while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) && iCsr>=iStart ){ + int j; + u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << (i%64); + u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); + assert( iCsr>=iStart && (iCsr - iStart)<=64 ); + assert( i>=0 ); + if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ + iScore++; + }else{ + iScore += 1000; + } + mCover |= mPhrase; + + for(j=0; jnToken; j++){ + mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); + } + + if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); + } + } } - return zName; -} -#endif + /* Set the output variables before returning. */ + *piToken = iStart; + *piScore = iScore; + *pmCover = mCover; + *pmHighlight = mHighlight; +} /* -** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants -** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase -** journal-mode name. +** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). +** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE const char *sqlcipher3JournalModename(int eMode){ - static char * const azModeName[] = { - "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - , "wal" -#endif - }; - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); - assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); +static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; + char *pCsr; + int rc; - if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; - return azModeName[eMode]; + pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( pCsr ){ + int iFirst = 0; + pPhrase->pList = pCsr; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); + if( iFirst<0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + }else{ + pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; + pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; + pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; + pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; + } + }else{ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + )); + } + + return rc; } /* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet +** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated +** by adding: ** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] +** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in +** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. +** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before +** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore +** before returning. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +static int fts3BestSnippet( + int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ + int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ + u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ + u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ + int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ ){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlcipher3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlcipher3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); - pParse->nMem = 2; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlcipher3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ + SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ + int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. + /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same + ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlcipher3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - zLeft = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pValue); + /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero + ** the required space using malloc(). + */ + nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; + sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); - assert( pId2 ); - zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a - ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous - ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache - ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache - ** size of historical compatibility. + /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through + ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 7, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - pParse->nMem += 2; - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = sqlcipher3AbsInt32(sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight)); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else + sIter.pCsr = pCsr; + sIter.iCol = iCol; + sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; + sIter.nPhrase = nList; + sIter.iCurrent = -1; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void*)&sIter); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlcipher3_realloc(). - */ - db->nextPagesize = sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight); - if( SQLCIPHER_NOMEM==sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ + for(i=0; ipBt; - int b = -1; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - b = sqlcipher3GetBoolean(zRight); - } - if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in + ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. + */ + pFragment->iCol = iCol; + while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ + int iPos; + int iScore; + u64 mCover; + u64 mHighlite; + fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover,&mHighlite); + assert( iScore>=0 ); + if( iScore>iBestScore ){ + pFragment->iPos = iPos; + pFragment->hlmask = mHighlite; + pFragment->covered = mCover; + iBestScore = iScore; } } - b = sqlcipher3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); - }else - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count - ** - ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 - || sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 - ){ - int iReg; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - if( sqlcipher3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight)); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - }else + *piScore = iBestScore; + } + sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); + return rc; +} - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlcipher3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlcipher3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlcipher3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } +/* +** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. +** +** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is +** determined using strlen(). +*/ +static int fts3StringAppend( + StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ + const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ + int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ +){ + if( nAppend<0 ){ + nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); + } - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; + /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() + ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the + ** appended data. + */ + if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ + sqlite3_int64 nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+(sqlite3_int64)nAppend+100; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(pStr->z, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else + pStr->z = zNew; + pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; + } + assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = - ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ - int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ + /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ + memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); + pStr->n += nAppend; + pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; - /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This causes all - ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. This is - ** necessary because subsequent processing must know if the databases - ** are in WAL mode. */ - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); +/* +** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a +** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term +** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term +** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: +** +** ........X.....X +** +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there +** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: +** +** ....X.....X.... +** +** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting +** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetShift( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ + const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ + int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ + u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ +){ + u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ - if( zRight==0 ){ - /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the - ** current mode */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - }else{ - const char *zMode; - int n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zRight); - for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlcipher3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; - } - if( !zMode ){ - /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, - ** then do a query */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - } - } - if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ - /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ - iDb = 0; - pId2->n = 1; - } - for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); - } - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else + if( hlmask ){ + int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ + int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ + int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N - ** - ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - i64 iLimit = -2; - if( zRight ){ - sqlcipher3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLCIPHER_UTF8); - if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; - } - iLimit = sqlcipher3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); - }else + for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); + for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); + assert( (nSnippet-1-nRight)<=63 && (nSnippet-1-nRight)>=0 ); + nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the + ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually + ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and + ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the + ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens + ** available. + */ + if( nDesired>0 ){ + int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum; - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - auto_vacuum = sqlcipher3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); - }else{ - auto_vacuum = SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; + /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) + ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); - db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; - if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, - { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLCIPHER_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); } - } - }else -#endif + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlcipher3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; + assert( nShift<=nDesired ); + if( nShift>0 ){ + *piPos += nShift; + *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; + } } - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = sqlcipher3AbsInt32(sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight)); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else +/* +** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and +** append it to string buffer pOut. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetText( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ + int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ + int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ + const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ + const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ + StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc; /* Return code */ + const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ + int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ + int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ + int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ + u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ + int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - }else + return SQLITE_OK; + } + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlcipher3_temp_directory ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlcipher3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int rc; - int res; - rc = sqlcipher3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLCIPHER_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - if( SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE==0 - || (SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (SQLCIPHER_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlcipher3_free(sqlcipher3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlcipher3_temp_directory = sqlcipher3_mprintf("%s", zRight); - }else{ - sqlcipher3_temp_directory = 0; - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WSD */ - } - }else + /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif -#if SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" - ** - ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. - ** - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - char *proxy_file_path = NULL; - sqlcipher3_file *pFile = sqlcipher3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlcipher3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLCIPHER_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - &proxy_file_path); - - if( proxy_file_path ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "lock_proxy_file", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ - Pager *pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - sqlcipher3_file *pFile = sqlcipher3PagerFile(pPager); - int res; - if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlcipher3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLCIPHER_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - zRight); - } else { - res=sqlcipher3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLCIPHER_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - NULL); - } - if( res!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ + int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ + int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ + + /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere + ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to + ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily + ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application + ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for + ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. + ** + ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this + ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. + ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this + ** convention might not be respected. */ + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token + ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** Then break out of the loop. */ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } + break; } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + if( iCurrentiLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask + ); + isShiftDone = 1; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); - if( pCol->zDflt ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); + /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are + ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); + }else if( iBegin ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zDoc, iBegin); } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrentpTable; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ + if( isLast ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); } + break; } - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; - } - } - } - }else + /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ + isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlcipher3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - }else + if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - for(p=sqlcipherHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqlcipherHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqlcipherHashData(p); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ + iEnd = iFin; + } + + pMod->xClose(pC); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the +** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that +** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). +** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after +** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end +** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of +** the next column in the position-list). +** +** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ + char *pEnd = *ppCollist; + char c = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + if( !c ) nEntry++; + } + + *ppCollist = pEnd; + return nEntry; +} + +/* +** This function gathers 'y' or 'b' data for a single phrase. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLHits( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + MatchInfo *p /* Matchinfo context */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)p->pCursor->base.pVtab; + int iStart; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int iCol = 0; + + assert( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM || p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ); + if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ + iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * p->nCol; + }else{ + iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32); + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); - pParse->nMem = 8; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); - char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } + while( 1 ){ + int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter); + if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){ + if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart + iCol] = (u32)nHit; + }else if( nHit ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart + (iCol+1)/32] |= (1 << (iCol&0x1F)); } } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + assert( *pIter==0x00 || *pIter==0x01 ); + if( *pIter!=0x01 ) break; + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iCol); + if( iCol>=p->nCol ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( sqlcipher3GetBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlcipher3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } +/* +** Gather the results for matchinfo directives 'y' and 'b'. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLHitGather( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + MatchInfo *p +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( (pExpr->pLeft==0)==(pExpr->pRight==0) ); + if( pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==p->pCursor->iPrevId ){ + if( pExpr->pLeft ){ + rc = fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pLeft, p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pRight, p); + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprLHits(pExpr, p); } - }else -#endif + } + return rc; +} - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlcipher3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlcipher3GetBoolean(zRight)); +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats +** for a single query. +** +** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** current query. +** +** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This +** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: +** +** for(iCol=0; iColpCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] + ); +} + +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** array that are different for each row returned by the query. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; + int i; + + for(i=0; inCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + char *pCsr; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); + if( pCsr ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); + }else{ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; } - }else + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLCIPHER_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif + return rc; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of - ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption - ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 - || sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 +static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( + Fts3Table *pTab, + char cArg, + char **pzErr +){ + if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM) ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message - */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - }; +static size_t fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ + size_t nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ - int isQuick = (sqlcipher3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); + switch( cArg ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + nVal = 1; + break; - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol; + break; - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLCIPHER_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - sqlcipher3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLCIPHER_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - } - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase; + break; - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: + nVal = pInfo->nPhrase * ((pInfo->nCol + 31) / 32); + break; - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + default: + assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; + break; + } - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + return nVal; +} - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - ** - ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers - ** for all tables and indices in the database. - */ - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqlcipherHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqlcipherHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqlcipherHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - } - } +static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, + const char **paLen +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char *a; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; - /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ - if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ - pParse->nMem = cnt+4; - } + if( !*ppStmt ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + pStmt = *ppStmt; + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); - /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqlcipherHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqlcipherHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqlcipherHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - int loopTop; + if( paLen ) *paLen = a; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlcipher3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ - loopTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - int r1; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, - }; - r1 = sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0); - jmp2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ - { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, - { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, - }; - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, - "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - } - } - } - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the +** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the +** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. +*/ +typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; +struct LcsIterator { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ + int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ + char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ + int iPos; /* Current position */ +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF8", SQLCIPHER_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-8", SQLCIPHER_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ - { "UTF-16le", SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ - { "UTF-16be", SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ - { "UTF16le", SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); - assert( encnames[SQLCIPHER_UTF8].enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ); - assert( encnames[SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE].enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16LE ); - assert( encnames[SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE].enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF16BE ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlcipher.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlcipher.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/* +** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has +** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. +*/ +#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; - break; - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; - break; - default: - iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; - break; - } +static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; + aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight)); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return +** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the +** position list for the next column. +*/ +static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ + char *pRead = pIter->pRead; + sqlite3_int64 iRead; + int rc = 0; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - /* - ** PRAGMA compile_options - ** - ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, - ** one option per row. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - const char *zOpt; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - pParse->nMem = 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - while( (zOpt = sqlcipher3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); + if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ + pRead = 0; + rc = 1; + }else{ + pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_WAL - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart - ** - ** Checkpoint the database. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){ - int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLCIPHER_MAX_ATTACHED); - int eMode = SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - if( zRight ){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ - eMode = SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_FULL; - }else if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ - eMode = SQLCIPHER_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; - } - } - if( sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + pIter->pRead = pRead; + return rc; +} - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - }else +/* +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** +** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ + LcsIterator *aIter; + int i; + int iCol; + int nToken = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - /* - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N - ** - ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database - ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value - ** of N. - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlcipher3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlcipher3Atoi(zRight)); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", - db->xWalCallback==sqlcipher3WalDefaultHook ? - SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); - }else -#endif + /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array + ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. + **/ + aIter = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) || defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases - */ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlcipher3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlcipher3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, - SQLCIPHER_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; + } + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ + int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto matchinfo_lcs_out; + if( pIt->pRead ){ + pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; + fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pIt); + if( pIt->pRead==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto matchinfo_lcs_out; + } + nLive++; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); } - }else -#endif + while( nLive>0 ){ + LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ + int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlcipher3_key(db, zRight, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlcipher3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( zRight && (sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || - sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ - int i, h1, h2; - char zKey[40]; - for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ - h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); - h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); - zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); - } - if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ - sqlcipher3_key(db, zKey, i/2); - }else{ - sqlcipher3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); - } - }else -/** BEGIN CRYPTO **/ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "cipher")==0 && zRight ){ - extern int codec_set_cipher_name(sqlcipher3*, int, const char *, int); - codec_set_cipher_name(db, iDb, zRight, 2); // change cipher for both - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey_cipher")==0 && zRight ){ - extern int codec_set_cipher_name(sqlcipher3*, int, const char *, int); - codec_set_cipher_name(db, iDb, zRight, 1); // change write cipher only - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "kdf_iter")==0 && zRight ){ - extern int codec_set_kdf_iter(sqlcipher3*, int, int, int); - codec_set_kdf_iter(db, iDb, atoi(zRight), 2); // change of RW PBKDF2 iteration - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "fast_kdf_iter")==0 && zRight ){ - extern int codec_set_fast_kdf_iter(sqlcipher3*, int, int, int); - codec_set_fast_kdf_iter(db, iDb, atoi(zRight), 2); // change of RW PBKDF2 iteration - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey_kdf_iter")==0 && zRight ){ - extern int codec_set_kdf_iter(sqlcipher3*, int, int, int); - codec_set_kdf_iter(db, iDb, atoi(zRight), 1); // change # if W iterations - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"cipher_page_size")==0 ){ - extern int codec_set_page_size(sqlcipher3*, int, int); - codec_set_page_size(db, iDb, atoi(zRight)); // change page size - }else - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft,"cipher_use_hmac")==0 ){ - extern int codec_set_use_hmac(sqlcipher3*, int, int); - if(sqlcipher3GetBoolean(zRight)) { - codec_set_use_hmac(db, iDb, 1); - } else { - codec_set_use_hmac(db, iDb, 0); - } - }else -/** END CRYPTO **/ -#endif -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ + /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ + nThisLcs = 0; + }else{ + if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPosiPos ){ + pAdv = pIter; + } + if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ + nThisLcs++; + }else{ + nThisLcs = 1; + } + if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; + } + } + if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; } -#endif - }else -#endif - - {/* Empty ELSE clause */} - - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_FullFSync)!=0, - (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CkptFullFSync)!=0); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; } -#endif -pragma_out: - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zLeft); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zRight); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + matchinfo_lcs_out: + sqlite3_free(aIter); + return rc; +} -/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2005 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the +** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format +** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array +** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. +** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between +** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) +** have already been populated. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlcipher3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. -*/ - -/* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the +** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. */ -static void corruptSchema( - InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ - const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ - const char *zExtra /* Error information */ +static int fts3MatchinfoValues( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ + MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ + const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pData->db; - if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ - if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; - sqlcipher3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, - "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); - if( zExtra ){ - *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, - "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); - } - } - pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLCIPHER_NOMEM : SQLCIPHER_CORRUPT_BKPT; -} + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; -/* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlcipher3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: -** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. -** -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlcipher3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ + pInfo->flag = zArg[i]; + switch( zArg[i] ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ + const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ + + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + u32 iVal; + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; + } + } + } + break; - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - return 1; - } + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { + sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; + } + } + sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); + break; + } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - int rc; - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt; - TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlcipher3_prepare() */ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); + } + break; - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = sqlcipher3Atoi(argv[1]); - db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; - TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlcipher3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); - rc = db->errCode; - assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); - db->init.iDb = 0; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=rc ){ - if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ - assert( iDb==1 ); - }else{ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLCIPHER_LOCKED ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlcipher3_errmsg(db)); + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: { + size_t nZero = fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]) * sizeof(u32); + memset(pInfo->aMatchinfo, 0, nZero); + rc = fts3ExprLHitGather(pCsr->pExpr, pInfo); + break; + } + + default: { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( bGlobal ){ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + break; } } - sqlcipher3_finalize(pStmt); - }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlcipher3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else if( sqlcipher3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); - } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); } - return 0; + + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + return rc; } + /* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLCIPHER_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ -static int sqlcipher3InitOne(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - int i; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[5]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName; - int openedTransaction = 0; - - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlcipher_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlcipher_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif +static void fts3GetMatchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return results here */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ + const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ +){ + MatchInfo sInfo; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( iDb==1 || sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + u32 *aOut = 0; + void (*xDestroyOut)(void*) = 0; - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); + sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; + sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - sqlcipher3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( initData.rc ){ - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + ** the cached data. */ + if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ + sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + pCsr->pMIBuffer = 0; } - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and + ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed before this function returns. */ - sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - if( !sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlcipher3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; - } - openedTransaction = 1; - } + if( pCsr->pMIBuffer==0 ){ + size_t nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] User version - ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode - ** meta[7] unused - ** meta[8] unused - ** meta[9] unused - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLCIPHER_UTF* symbols in sqlcipherInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; + /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ + pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlcipher3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlcipher3.enc. - */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - u8 encoding; - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; - if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLCIPHER_UTF8; - ENC(db) = encoding; - db->pDfltColl = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; + /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + char *zErr = 0; + if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; } + nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ - size = sqlcipher3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLCIPHER_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlcipher3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLCIPHER_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } + /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ + pCsr->pMIBuffer = fts3MIBufferNew(nMatchinfo, zArg); + if( !pCsr->pMIBuffer ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, - ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will - ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending - ** indices that the user might have created. - */ - if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ - db->flags &= ~SQLCIPHER_LegacyFileFmt; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + bGlobal = 1; } - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - { - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlcipher3_exec(db, zSql, sqlcipher3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; - } -#endif - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + xDestroyOut = fts3MIBufferAlloc(pCsr->pMIBuffer, &aOut); + if( xDestroyOut==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } -#endif - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLCIPHER_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the - ** current sqlcipher3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlcipher_master table - ** even when its contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; } - /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating - ** curMain and calling sqlcipher3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs - ** before that point, jump to error_out. - */ -initone_error_out: - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sInfo.aMatchinfo = aOut; + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); + if( bGlobal ){ + fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + } } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); -error_out: - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + if( xDestroyOut ) xDestroyOut(aOut); + }else{ + int n = pCsr->pMIBuffer->nElem * sizeof(u32); + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, aOut, n, xDestroyOut); } - return rc; } /* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. -** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +** Implementation of snippet() function. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3Init(sqlcipher3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLCIPHER_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlcipher3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); - } - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "" */ + const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "" */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "..." */ + int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. + /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from + ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query + ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text + ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate + ** a pair of fragments, and so on. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) - && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif + int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ + SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ + int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlcipher3CommitInternalChanges(db); + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; } - return rc; -} + /* Limit the snippet length to 64 tokens. */ + if( nToken<-64 ) nToken = -64; + if( nToken>+64 ) nToken = +64; -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlcipher3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} + for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ + + int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ + u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ + u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ + if( nToken>=0 ){ + nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; + }else{ + nFToken = -1 * nToken; + } -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date set pParse->rc to SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies -** make no changes to pParse->rc. -*/ -static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int rc; - int cookie; + for(iSnip=0; iSnipcheckSchema ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ - if( pBt==0 ) continue; + memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment)); - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ - if( !sqlcipher3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM || rc==SQLCIPHER_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; + /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets. + ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all + ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered. + */ + for(iRead=0; iReadnColumn; iRead++){ + SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + int iS = 0; + if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; + + /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ + rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto snippet_out; + } + if( iS>iBestScore ){ + *pFragment = sF; + iBestScore = iS; + } } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) return; - openedTransaction = 1; - } - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the - ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, - ** set Parse.rc to SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA. */ - sqlcipher3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb); - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA; + mCovered |= pFragment->covered; } - /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(pBt); - } + /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least + ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. + */ + assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); + if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; + } + + assert( nFToken>0 ); + + for(i=0; iaDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. +** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets(). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(sqlcipher3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; +static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx; + int nTerm; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ + int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */ + int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */ + int rc; - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); + nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + if( pList ){ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); + assert_fts3_nc( iPos>=0 ); } - return i; + + for(iTerm=0; iTermaTerm[p->iTerm++]; + pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; + pT->pList = pList; + pT->iPos = iPos; + } + + return rc; } /* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +** Implementation of offsets() function. */ -static int sqlcipher3Prepare( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlcipher3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Result code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ + int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ + TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ - /* Allocate the parsing context */ - pParse = sqlcipher3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto end_prepare; + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; } - pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; - assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all - ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that - ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in - ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes - ** to the schema. - ** - ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted - ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled - ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this - ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect - ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. - ** - ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because - ** of the sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare()) so it - ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is - ** holding them. - ** - ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, - ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still - ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - testcase( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ReadUncommitted ); - goto end_prepare; - } - } - } + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); - sqlcipher3VtabUnlockList(db); + /* Count the number of terms in the query */ + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1; - if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); - testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); - if( nBytes>mxLen ){ - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, SQLCIPHER_TOOBIG); - goto end_prepare; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlcipher3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; - }else{ - pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - } - }else{ - sqlcipher3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ + sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); + if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; } - assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop ); + sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLCIPHER_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - if( pParse->checkSchema ){ - schemaIsValid(pParse); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = pParse->zTail; - } - rc = pParse->rc; + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + ** string-buffer res for each column. + */ + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iCurrent = 0; + const char *zDoc; + int nDoc; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ - static const char * const azColName[] = { - "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", - "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" - }; - int iFirst, mx; - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); - iFirst = 8; - mx = 12; - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); - iFirst = 0; - mx = 8; - } - for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, - azColName[i], SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from + ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. + */ + sCtx.iCol = iCol; + sCtx.iTerm = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx); + + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. + ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. + */ + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + continue; + } + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; } - } -#endif - assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlcipher3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; - } + /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + zDoc, nDoc, &pC + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, 0); - } + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ + int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ + TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ - /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ - while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ - TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; - pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pT); - } + for(i=0; ipList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)iPos-pT->iOff; + pTerm = pT; + } + } -end_prepare: + if( !pTerm ){ + /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + assert_fts3_nc( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); + if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ + pTerm->pList = 0; + }else{ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrentxNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char aBuffer[64]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart + ); + rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } - sqlcipher3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlcipher3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - assert( ppStmt!=0 ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlcipher3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlcipher3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlcipher3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA ){ - sqlcipher3_finalize(*ppStmt); - rc = sqlcipher3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; } - sqlcipher3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** -** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLCIPHER_OK. Otherwise, -** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlcipher3_master table, return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED. If any other error -** occurs, return SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlcipher3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlcipher3 *db; - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(sqlcipher3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlcipher3_sql((sqlcipher3_stmt *)p); - assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ - db = sqlcipher3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return rc; + offsets_out: + sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + sqlite3_free(res.z); }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); } - sqlcipher3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlcipher3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlcipher3_stmt*)p); - sqlcipher3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlcipher3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; + return; } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 /* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +** Implementation of matchinfo() function. */ -static int sqlcipher3Prepare16( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlcipher3_stmt */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ + const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ ){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlcipher3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + const char *zFormat; - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlcipher3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlcipher3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLCIPHER_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlcipher3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + if( zArg ){ + zFormat = zArg; + }else{ + zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; } - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlcipher3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlcipher3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlcipher3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + }else{ + /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ + fts3GetMatchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zFormat); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSql8); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLCIPHER_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlcipher3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare16( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlcipher3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif -/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ +/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 +** 2012 May 24 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -94180,6589 +184061,7644 @@ SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_prepare16_v2( ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(sqlcipher3 *db, Select *p){ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); -} +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -/* -** Initialize a SelectDest structure. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ - pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; - pDest->iParm = iParm; - pDest->affinity = 0; - pDest->iMem = 0; - pDest->nMem = 0; -} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ /* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. +** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied +** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation, they are not required. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Select *sqlcipher3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlcipher3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ) { - clearSelect(db, pNew); - if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pNew); - pNew = 0; - }else{ - assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); - } - assert( pNew!=&standin ); - return pNew; -} +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SelectDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(db, p); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); - } -} +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ - static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; - static const struct { - u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ - u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ - u8 code; /* Join type mask */ - } aKeyword[] = { - /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, - /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, - /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, - /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar - && sqlcipher3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; - break; - } - } - testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); - if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } - } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp = " "; - assert( pB!=0 ); - if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 - && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ } - return jointype; + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; +typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; + +struct unicode_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + int eRemoveDiacritic; + int nException; + int *aiException; +}; + +struct unicode_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ + int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ + int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ + int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ +}; + + /* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. +** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). */ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; +static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + if( pTokenizer ){ + unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p->aiException); + sqlite3_free(p); } - return -1; + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. +** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider +** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or +** token characters (if bAlnum==1). ** -** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index -** of the matching column and return TRUE. +** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the +** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, +** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all +** codepoints in the aiException[] array. ** -** If not found, return FALSE. +** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() +** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. +** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect +** to these codepoints. */ -static int tableAndColumnIndex( - SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ - int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ - int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ - int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +static int unicodeAddExceptions( + unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ + int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ + const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ + int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ ){ - int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ - int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; + unsigned int iCode; + int nEntry = 0; - assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ - for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 ){ - if( piTab ){ - *piTab = i; - *piCol = iCol; - } - return 1; + assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); + + while( zdb; - Expr *pE1; - Expr *pE2; - Expr *pEq; - assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); - assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); - assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); + if( nEntry ){ + int *aNew; /* New aiException[] array */ + int nNew; /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */ - pE1 = sqlcipher3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); - pE2 = sqlcipher3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->aiException,(p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nNew = p->nException; - pEq = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); - if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ - ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(pEq); - pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; + z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + while( zi; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; + aNew[i] = (int)iCode; + nNew++; + } + } + p->aiException = aNew; + p->nException = nNew; } - *ppWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); -} -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetIrreducible(p); - p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. */ -static int sqlcipherProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - int isOuter; +static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + if( p->nException>0 ){ + int *a = p->aiException; + int iLo = 0; + int iHi = p->nException-1; - if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; - isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ - int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ - int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ - - zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } + }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; } } + } - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } + return 0; +} - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ - int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ - int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ - int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ +/* +** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is +** considered a token character (not a separator). +*/ +static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); +} - zName = pList->a[j].zName; - iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); - if( iRightCol<0 - || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) - ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int unicodeCreate( + int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ + const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ +){ + unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + pNew->eRemoveDiacritic = 1; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ieRemoveDiacritic = 1; + } + else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->eRemoveDiacritic = 0; + } + else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=2", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->eRemoveDiacritic = 2; + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); + } + else{ + /* Unrecognized argument */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } - return 0; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; + return rc; } /* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. */ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ - int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ +static int unicodeOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *aInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int regBase = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); - int regRecord = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - int op; - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); - if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ - op = OP_SorterInsert; - }else{ - op = OP_IdxInsert; + unicode_cursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); - if( pSelect->iLimit ){ - int addr1, addr2; - int iLimit; - if( pSelect->iOffset ){ - iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; - }else{ - iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; - } - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); - addr2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + + pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; + if( aInput==0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); + }else{ + pCsr->nInput = nInput; } + + *pp = &pCsr->base; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. */ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ -){ - if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } +static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem -** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ -static void codeDistinct( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N, /* Number of elements */ - int iMem /* First element */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - int r1; +static int unicodeNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ + int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; + unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); + unsigned int iCode = 0; + char *zOut; + const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; + const unsigned char *zStart = z; + const unsigned char *zEnd; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; + + /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** the input. */ + while( z=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; + + zOut = pCsr->zToken; + do { + int iOut; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ + if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); + if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; + pCsr->zToken = zNew; + pCsr->nAlloc += 64; + } + + /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ + zEnd = z; + iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold((int)iCode, p->eRemoveDiacritic); + if( iOut ){ + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); + } + + /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ + if( z>=zTerm ) break; + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) + || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode) + ); + + /* Set the output variables and return. */ + pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput); + *paToken = pCsr->zToken; + *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken); + *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput); + *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput); + *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur -** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we -** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** structure for the unicode tokenizer. */ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ - int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ -){ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ + static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { + 0, + unicodeCreate, + unicodeDestroy, + unicodeOpen, + unicodeClose, + unicodeNext, + 0, + }; + *ppModule = &module; } -#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ /* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. +** 2012-05-25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. +****************************************************************************** */ -static void selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ - int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ - int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - - assert( v ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - hasDistinct = distinct>=0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } - /* Pull the requested columns. - */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - nResultCol = nColumn; - }else{ - nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; - } - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - pDest->nMem = nResultCol; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - }else{ - assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); - } - regResult = pDest->iMem; - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; inExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } - } +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - int r1; - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } +/* #include */ - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); - break; - } -#endif +/* +** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint +** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ + /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous + ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. + ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). + ** + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** using this format. + */ + static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { + 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, + 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, + 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, + 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, + 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, + 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, + 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, + 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, + 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, + 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, + 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, + 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, + 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, + 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, + 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, + 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, + 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, + 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, + 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, + 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, + 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, + 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, + 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, + 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, + 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, + 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, + 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, + 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, + 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, + 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, + 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, + 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, + 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, + 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, + 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, + 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, + 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, + 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, + 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, + 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, + 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, + 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, + 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, + 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, + 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, + 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, + 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, + 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, + 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, + 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, + 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, + 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, + 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, + 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, + 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, + 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, + 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, + 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, + 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, + 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, + 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, + 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, + 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, + 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, + 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, + 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, + 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, + 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, + 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, + 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, + 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, + 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, + 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, + 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, + 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, + 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, + 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, + 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, + 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, + 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, + 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, + 0x380400F0, + }; + static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, + }; - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); + if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){ + return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & ((unsigned int)1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); + }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){ + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; }else{ - int r2 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + iHi = iTest-1; } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; } + assert( aEntry[0]=aEntry[iRes] ); + return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); + } + return 1; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - p->affinity = sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } - break; - } - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; +/* +** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter +** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint +** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN +** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER +** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an +** uppercase letter are undefined. +*/ +static int remove_diacritic(int c, int bComplex){ + unsigned short aDia[] = { + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3766, 3832, 3896, + 3912, 3928, 3944, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4056, 4106, + 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, + 4408, 4424, 4442, 4472, 4488, 4504, 6148, 6198, + 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, + 61512, 61534, 61592, 61610, 61642, 61672, 61688, 61704, + 61726, 61784, 61800, 61816, 61836, 61880, 61896, 61914, + 61948, 61998, 62062, 62122, 62154, 62184, 62200, 62218, + 62252, 62302, 62364, 62410, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, + 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62766, + 62830, 62890, 62924, 62974, 63032, 63050, 63082, 63118, + 63182, 63242, 63274, 63310, 63368, 63390, + }; +#define HIBIT ((unsigned char)0x80) + unsigned char aChar[] = { + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', + 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', + 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', + 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'g', 'k', 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', + 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o'|HIBIT, 'o', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', + 'c'|HIBIT, 'd', 'd', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, + 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'i'|HIBIT, + 'k', 'l', 'l'|HIBIT, 'l', 'm', 'n', + 'o'|HIBIT, 'p', 'r', 'r'|HIBIT, 'r', 's', + 's'|HIBIT, 't', 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'v', 'w', + 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', + 'w', 'y', 'a', 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, 'a'|HIBIT, + 'e', 'e'|HIBIT, 'e'|HIBIT, 'i', 'o', 'o'|HIBIT, + 'o'|HIBIT, 'o'|HIBIT, 'u', 'u'|HIBIT, 'u'|HIBIT, 'y', + }; + + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; } + } + assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); + if( bComplex==0 && (aChar[iRes] & 0x80) ) return c; + return (c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : ((int)aChar[iRes] & 0x7F); +} - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); + +/* +** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint +** is a diacritical modifier character. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ + unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; + unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; + if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; + return (c < 768+32) ? + (mask0 & ((unsigned int)1 << (c-768))) : + (mask1 & ((unsigned int)1 << (c-768-32))); +} + + +/* +** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint +** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, +** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. +** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int eRemoveDiacritic){ + /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range + ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange + ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. + ** + ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies + ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and + ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to + ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. + ** + ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] + ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower + ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). + ** + ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt + ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See + ** http://www.unicode.org for details. + */ + static const struct TableEntry { + unsigned short iCode; + unsigned char flags; + unsigned char nRange; + } aEntry[] = { + {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, + {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, + {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, + {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, + {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, + {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, + {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, + {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, + {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, + {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, + {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, + {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, + {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, + {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, + {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, + {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, + {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, + {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, + {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, + {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, + {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, + {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, + {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, + {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, + {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, + {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, + {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, + {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, + {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, + {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, + {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, + {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, + {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, + {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, + {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, + {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, + {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, + {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, + {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, + {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, + {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, + {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, + {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, + {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, + {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, + {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, + {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, + {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, + {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, + {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, + {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, + {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, + {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, + {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, + {65313, 14, 26}, + }; + static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + }; + + int ret = c; + + assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); + + if( c<128 ){ + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); + }else if( c<65536 ){ + const struct TableEntry *p; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + int iRes = -1; + + assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode ); + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); + if( cmp>=0 ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + iHi = iTest-1; } - break; } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: - case SRT_Output: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); - } - break; + assert( iRes>=0 && c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); + p = &aEntry[iRes]; + if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ + ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; + assert( ret>0 ); } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - break; + if( eRemoveDiacritic ){ + ret = remove_diacritic(ret, eRemoveDiacritic==2); } -#endif } - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if - ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited - ** the output for us. - */ - if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ + ret = c + 40; } + + return ret; } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */ +/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ +/************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/ /* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** 2015-08-12 ** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using -** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This SQLite extension implements JSON functions. The interface is +** modeled after MySQL JSON functions: +** +** https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.7/en/json.html +** +** For the time being, all JSON is stored as pure text. (We might add +** a JSONB type in the future which stores a binary encoding of JSON in +** a BLOB, but there is no support for JSONB in the current implementation. +** This implementation parses JSON text at 250 MB/s, so it is hard to see +** how JSONB might improve on that.) */ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) +#if !defined(SQLITEINT_H) +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +#endif +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pInfo->db = db; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; - } - } - return pInfo; -} +/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler +** warnings. */ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM +# define UNUSED_PARAM(X) (void)(X) +#endif + +#ifndef LARGEST_INT64 +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe +** to pass signed char values. */ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; - } - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ +#ifdef sqlite3Isdigit + /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the + ** SQLite amalgamation */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) sqlite3Isdigit(x) +# define safe_isalnum(x) sqlite3Isalnum(x) +# define safe_isxdigit(x) sqlite3Isxdigit(x) +#else + /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */ +#include /* amalgamator: keep */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define safe_isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +# define safe_isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +#endif + +/* +** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as +** the library isspace() function, resulting in a 7% overall performance +** increase for the parser. (Ubuntu14.10 gcc 4.8.4 x64 with -Os). +*/ +static const char jsonIsSpace[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; +#define safe_isspace(x) (jsonIsSpace[(unsigned char)x]) + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + /* Unsigned integer types. These are already defined in the sqliteInt.h, + ** but the definitions need to be repeated for separate compilation. */ + typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; + typedef unsigned int u32; + typedef unsigned short int u16; + typedef unsigned char u8; +#endif + +/* Objects */ +typedef struct JsonString JsonString; +typedef struct JsonNode JsonNode; +typedef struct JsonParse JsonParse; + +/* An instance of this object represents a JSON string +** under construction. Really, this is a generic string accumulator +** that can be and is used to create strings other than JSON. +*/ +struct JsonString { + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Function context - put error messages here */ + char *zBuf; /* Append JSON content here */ + u64 nAlloc; /* Bytes of storage available in zBuf[] */ + u64 nUsed; /* Bytes of zBuf[] currently used */ + u8 bStatic; /* True if zBuf is static space */ + u8 bErr; /* True if an error has been encountered */ + char zSpace[100]; /* Initial static space */ +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of the form: -** -** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" -** -** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which -** is determined by the zUsage argument. +/* JSON type values */ -static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlcipher3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} +#define JSON_NULL 0 +#define JSON_TRUE 1 +#define JSON_FALSE 2 +#define JSON_INT 3 +#define JSON_REAL 4 +#define JSON_STRING 5 +#define JSON_ARRAY 6 +#define JSON_OBJECT 7 + +/* The "subtype" set for JSON values */ +#define JSON_SUBTYPE 74 /* Ascii for "J" */ /* -** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro -** is provided when SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code -** in sqlcipher3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that -** only exist if SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the -** code with #ifndef directives. +** Names of the various JSON types: */ -# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b +static const char * const jsonType[] = { + "null", "true", "false", "integer", "real", "text", "array", "object" +}; -#else -/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ -# define explainTempTable(y,z) -# define explainSetInteger(y,z) -#endif +/* Bit values for the JsonNode.jnFlag field +*/ +#define JNODE_RAW 0x01 /* Content is raw, not JSON encoded */ +#define JNODE_ESCAPE 0x02 /* Content is text with \ escapes */ +#define JNODE_REMOVE 0x04 /* Do not output */ +#define JNODE_REPLACE 0x08 /* Replace with JsonNode.u.iReplace */ +#define JNODE_PATCH 0x10 /* Patch with JsonNode.u.pPatch */ +#define JNODE_APPEND 0x20 /* More ARRAY/OBJECT entries at u.iAppend */ +#define JNODE_LABEL 0x40 /* Is a label of an object */ + + +/* A single node of parsed JSON +*/ +struct JsonNode { + u8 eType; /* One of the JSON_ type values */ + u8 jnFlags; /* JNODE flags */ + u32 n; /* Bytes of content, or number of sub-nodes */ + union { + const char *zJContent; /* Content for INT, REAL, and STRING */ + u32 iAppend; /* More terms for ARRAY and OBJECT */ + u32 iKey; /* Key for ARRAY objects in json_tree() */ + u32 iReplace; /* Replacement content for JNODE_REPLACE */ + JsonNode *pPatch; /* Node chain of patch for JNODE_PATCH */ + } u; +}; + +/* A completely parsed JSON string +*/ +struct JsonParse { + u32 nNode; /* Number of slots of aNode[] used */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Number of slots of aNode[] allocated */ + JsonNode *aNode; /* Array of nodes containing the parse */ + const char *zJson; /* Original JSON string */ + u32 *aUp; /* Index of parent of each node */ + u8 oom; /* Set to true if out of memory */ + u8 nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ + u16 iDepth; /* Nesting depth */ + int nJson; /* Length of the zJson string in bytes */ + u32 iHold; /* Replace cache line with the lowest iHold value */ +}; -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) /* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of one of the two forms: -** -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" +** Maximum nesting depth of JSON for this implementation. ** -** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding -** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter -** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, -** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is -** false, or the second form if it is true. +** This limit is needed to avoid a stack overflow in the recursive +** descent parser. A depth of 2000 is far deeper than any sane JSON +** should go. */ -static void explainComposite( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ - int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ - int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ - int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ -){ - assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlcipher3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, - bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) - ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } +#define JSON_MAX_DEPTH 2000 + +/************************************************************************** +** Utility routines for dealing with JsonString objects +**************************************************************************/ + +/* Set the JsonString object to an empty string +*/ +static void jsonZero(JsonString *p){ + p->zBuf = p->zSpace; + p->nAlloc = sizeof(p->zSpace); + p->nUsed = 0; + p->bStatic = 1; } -#else -/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ -# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) -#endif -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. +/* Initialize the JsonString object */ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ -){ - int addrBreak = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ - int addrContinue = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; +static void jsonInit(JsonString *p, sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + p->pCtx = pCtx; + p->bErr = 0; + jsonZero(p); +} - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - int iParm = pDest->iParm; - int regRow; - int regRowid; +/* Free all allocated memory and reset the JsonString object back to its +** initial state. +*/ +static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){ + if( !p->bStatic ) sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); + jsonZero(p); +} - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - regRow = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); - regRowid = 0; + +/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition +*/ +static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){ + p->bErr = 1; + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p->pCtx); + jsonReset(p); +} + +/* Enlarge pJson->zBuf so that it can hold at least N more bytes. +** Return zero on success. Return non-zero on an OOM error +*/ +static int jsonGrow(JsonString *p, u32 N){ + u64 nTotal = NnAlloc ? p->nAlloc*2 : p->nAlloc+N+10; + char *zNew; + if( p->bStatic ){ + if( p->bErr ) return 1; + zNew = sqlite3_malloc64(nTotal); + if( zNew==0 ){ + jsonOom(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(zNew, p->zBuf, (size_t)p->nUsed); + p->zBuf = zNew; + p->bStatic = 0; }else{ - regRowid = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); + zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->zBuf, nTotal); + if( zNew==0 ){ + jsonOom(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->zBuf = zNew; } - if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ - int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; - int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, pOrderBy->nExpr+2); - addr = 1 + sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); - codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - }else{ - addr = 1 + sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); - codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regRow); + p->nAlloc = nTotal; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string. +*/ +static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ + if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return; + memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N); + p->nUsed += N; +} + +/* Append formatted text (not to exceed N bytes) to the JsonString. +*/ +static void jsonPrintf(int N, JsonString *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( (p->nUsed + N >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p, N) ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3_vsnprintf(N, p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + p->nUsed += (int)strlen(p->zBuf+p->nUsed); +} + +/* Append a single character +*/ +static void jsonAppendChar(JsonString *p, char c){ + if( p->nUsed>=p->nAlloc && jsonGrow(p,1)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; +} + +/* Append a comma separator to the output buffer, if the previous +** character is not '[' or '{'. +*/ +static void jsonAppendSeparator(JsonString *p){ + char c; + if( p->nUsed==0 ) return; + c = p->zBuf[p->nUsed-1]; + if( c!='[' && c!='{' ) jsonAppendChar(p, ','); +} + +/* Append the N-byte string in zIn to the end of the JsonString string +** under construction. Enclose the string in "..." and escape +** any double-quotes or backslash characters contained within the +** string. +*/ +static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ + u32 i; + if( (N+p->nUsed+2 >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+2)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; + for(i=0; inUsed+N+3-i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+3-i)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; + }else if( c<=0x1f ){ + static const char aSpecial[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 'b', 't', 'n', 0, 'f', 'r', 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + }; + assert( sizeof(aSpecial)==32 ); + assert( aSpecial['\b']=='b' ); + assert( aSpecial['\f']=='f' ); + assert( aSpecial['\n']=='n' ); + assert( aSpecial['\r']=='r' ); + assert( aSpecial['\t']=='t' ); + if( aSpecial[c] ){ + c = aSpecial[c]; + goto json_simple_escape; + } + if( (p->nUsed+N+7+i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+7-i)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = 'u'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0' + (c>>4); + c = "0123456789abcdef"[c&0xf]; + } + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; } - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; + assert( p->nUsednAlloc ); +} + +/* +** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under +** construction. +*/ +static void jsonAppendValue( + JsonString *p, /* Append to this JSON string */ + sqlite3_value *pValue /* Value to append */ +){ + switch( sqlite3_value_type(pValue) ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: { + jsonAppendRaw(p, "null", 4); break; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); + u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); break; } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); + u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( sqlite3_value_subtype(pValue)==JSON_SUBTYPE ){ + jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); + }else{ + jsonAppendString(p, z, n); + } break; } -#endif default: { - int i; - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - for(i=0; iiMem+i ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); - if( i==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - } - } - if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); + if( p->bErr==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(p->pCtx, "JSON cannot hold BLOB values", -1); + p->bErr = 2; + jsonReset(p); } break; } } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); +} - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); - if( p->selFlags & SF_UseSorter ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); + +/* Make the JSON in p the result of the SQL function. +*/ +static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){ + if( p->bErr==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, + p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free, + SQLITE_UTF8); + jsonZero(p); } + assert( p->bStatic ); } +/************************************************************************** +** Utility routines for dealing with JsonNode and JsonParse objects +**************************************************************************/ + /* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. +** Return the number of consecutive JsonNode slots need to represent +** the parsed JSON at pNode. The minimum answer is 1. For ARRAY and +** OBJECT types, the number might be larger. ** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** Appended elements are not counted. The value returned is the number +** by which the JsonNode counter should increment in order to go to the +** next peer value. */ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; +static u32 jsonNodeSize(JsonNode *pNode){ + return pNode->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ? pNode->n+1 : 1; +} - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } +/* +** Reclaim all memory allocated by a JsonParse object. But do not +** delete the JsonParse object itself. +*/ +static void jsonParseReset(JsonParse *pParse){ + sqlite3_free(pParse->aNode); + pParse->aNode = 0; + pParse->nNode = 0; + pParse->nAlloc = 0; + sqlite3_free(pParse->aUp); + pParse->aUp = 0; +} - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would - ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer - ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like - ** the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); - ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; - ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the - ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even - ** though it should really be "INTEGER". - ** - ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression - ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT - ** branch below. */ +/* +** Free a JsonParse object that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static void jsonParseFree(JsonParse *pParse){ + jsonParseReset(pParse); + sqlite3_free(pParse); +} + +/* +** Convert the JsonNode pNode into a pure JSON string and +** append to pOut. Subsubstructure is also included. Return +** the number of JsonNode objects that are encoded. +*/ +static void jsonRenderNode( + JsonNode *pNode, /* The node to render */ + JsonString *pOut, /* Write JSON here */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Replacement values */ +){ + if( pNode->jnFlags & (JNODE_REPLACE|JNODE_PATCH) ){ + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + jsonAppendValue(pOut, aReplace[pNode->u.iReplace]); + return; + } + pNode = pNode->u.pPatch; + } + switch( pNode->eType ){ + default: { + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "null", 4); + break; + } + case JSON_TRUE: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "true", 4); + break; + } + case JSON_FALSE: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "false", 5); + break; + } + case JSON_STRING: { + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); break; } - - assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + /* Fall through into the next case */ + } + case JSON_REAL: + case JSON_INT: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); + break; + } + case JSON_ARRAY: { + u32 j = 1; + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '['); + for(;;){ + while( j<=pNode->n ){ + if( (pNode[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); + } + j += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j]); } + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; + j = 1; } + jsonAppendChar(pOut, ']'); break; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); + case JSON_OBJECT: { + u32 j = 1; + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '{'); + for(;;){ + while( j<=pNode->n ){ + if( (pNode[j+1].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); + jsonAppendChar(pOut, ':'); + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j+1], pOut, aReplace); + } + j += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j+1]); + } + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; + j = 1; + } + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '}'); break; } -#endif - } - - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; } - return zType; } /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. +** Return a JsonNode and all its descendents as a JSON string. */ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +static void jsonReturnJson( + JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DECLTYPE - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zType; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + JsonString s; + jsonInit(&s, pCtx); + jsonRenderNode(pNode, &s, aReplace); + jsonResult(&s); + sqlite3_result_subtype(pCtx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); +/* +** Make the JsonNode the return value of the function. +*/ +static void jsonReturn( + JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ +){ + switch( pNode->eType ){ + default: { + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_null(pCtx); + break; + } + case JSON_TRUE: { + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 1); + break; + } + case JSON_FALSE: { + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); + break; + } + case JSON_INT: { + sqlite3_int64 i = 0; + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + if( z[0]=='-' ){ z++; } + while( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ){ + unsigned v = *(z++) - '0'; + if( i>=LARGEST_INT64/10 ){ + if( i>LARGEST_INT64/10 ) goto int_as_real; + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ) goto int_as_real; + if( v==9 ) goto int_as_real; + if( v==8 ){ + if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, SMALLEST_INT64); + goto int_done; + }else{ + goto int_as_real; + } + } + } + i = i*10 + v; + } + if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ i = -i; } + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i); + int_done: + break; + int_as_real: /* fall through to real */; + } + case JSON_REAL: { + double r; +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); #else - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); + r = strtod(pNode->u.zJContent, 0); +#endif + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); + break; + } + case JSON_STRING: { +#if 0 /* Never happens because JNODE_RAW is only set by json_set(), + ** json_insert() and json_replace() and those routines do not + ** call jsonReturn() */ + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else #endif - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); + assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){ + /* JSON formatted without any backslash-escapes */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent+1, pNode->n-2, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* Translate JSON formatted string into raw text */ + u32 i; + u32 n = pNode->n; + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + char *zOut; + u32 j; + zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n+1 ); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + break; + } + for(i=1, j=0; i>6)); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); + }else{ + zOut[j++] = (char)(0xe0 | (v>>12)); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | ((v>>6)&0x3f); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); + } + }else{ + if( c=='b' ){ + c = '\b'; + }else if( c=='f' ){ + c = '\f'; + }else if( c=='n' ){ + c = '\n'; + }else if( c=='r' ){ + c = '\r'; + }else if( c=='t' ){ + c = '\t'; + } + zOut[j++] = c; + } + } + } + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + case JSON_ARRAY: + case JSON_OBJECT: { + jsonReturnJson(pNode, pCtx, aReplace); + break; + } } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ } +/* Forward reference */ +static int jsonParseAddNode(JsonParse*,u32,u32,const char*); + /* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. +** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be +** inlined. */ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define JSON_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define JSON_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define JSON_NOINLINE #endif - if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ - if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; - } - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - }else if( fullNames ){ - char *zName = 0; - zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLCIPHER_TRANSIENT); - } - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLCIPHER_DYNAMIC); - } + +static JSON_NOINLINE int jsonParseAddNodeExpand( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ + u32 eType, /* Node type */ + u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ + const char *zContent /* Content */ +){ + u32 nNew; + JsonNode *pNew; + assert( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ); + if( pParse->oom ) return -1; + nNew = pParse->nAlloc*2 + 10; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(pParse->aNode, sizeof(JsonNode)*nNew); + if( pNew==0 ){ + pParse->oom = 1; + return -1; } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + pParse->nAlloc = nNew; + pParse->aNode = pNew; + assert( pParse->nNodenAlloc ); + return jsonParseAddNode(pParse, eType, n, zContent); } /* -** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions -** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate -** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. -** -** All column names will be unique. -** -** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, -** and other fields of Column are zeroed. -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, -** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM. +** Create a new JsonNode instance based on the arguments and append that +** instance to the JsonParse. Return the index in pParse->aNode[] of the +** new node, or -1 if a memory allocation fails. */ -static int selectColumnsFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ - int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ - Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +static int jsonParseAddNode( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ + u32 eType, /* Node type */ + u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ + const char *zContent /* Content */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ - Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ - char *zName; /* Column name */ - int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ + JsonNode *p; + if( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ){ + return jsonParseAddNodeExpand(pParse, eType, n, zContent); + } + p = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode]; + p->eType = (u8)eType; + p->jnFlags = 0; + p->n = n; + p->u.zJContent = zContent; + return pParse->nNode++; +} - *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; - aCol = *paCol = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); - if( aCol==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue) - || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zName); - }else{ - Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ - Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ - pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; - assert( pColExpr!=0 ); - } - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ - /* For columns use the column name name */ - int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pColExpr->pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", - iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); - }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); - } +/* +** Return true if z[] begins with 4 (or more) hexadecimal digits +*/ +static int jsonIs4Hex(const char *z){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<4; i++) if( !safe_isxdigit(z[i]) ) return 0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Parse a single JSON value which begins at pParse->zJson[i]. Return the +** index of the first character past the end of the value parsed. +** +** Return negative for a syntax error. Special cases: return -2 if the +** first non-whitespace character is '}' and return -3 if the first +** non-whitespace character is ']'. +*/ +static int jsonParseValue(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i){ + char c; + u32 j; + int iThis; + int x; + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *z = pParse->zJson; + while( safe_isspace(z[i]) ){ i++; } + if( (c = z[i])=='{' ){ + /* Parse object */ + iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); + if( iThis<0 ) return -1; + for(j=i+1;;j++){ + while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } + if( ++pParse->iDepth > JSON_MAX_DEPTH ) return -1; + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + if( x<0 ){ + pParse->iDepth--; + if( x==(-2) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; + return -1; + } + if( pParse->oom ) return -1; + pNode = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; + if( pNode->eType!=JSON_STRING ) return -1; + pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_LABEL; + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } + if( z[j]!=':' ) return -1; + j++; + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + pParse->iDepth--; + if( x<0 ) return -1; + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } + c = z[j]; + if( c==',' ) continue; + if( c!='}' ) return -1; + break; } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); + pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='[' ){ + /* Parse array */ + iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); + if( iThis<0 ) return -1; + for(j=i+1;;j++){ + while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } + if( ++pParse->iDepth > JSON_MAX_DEPTH ) return -1; + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + pParse->iDepth--; + if( x<0 ){ + if( x==(-3) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; + return -1; + } + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } + c = z[j]; + if( c==',' ) continue; + if( c!=']' ) return -1; break; } - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; jaNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='"' ){ + /* Parse string */ + u8 jnFlags = 0; + j = i+1; + for(;;){ + c = z[j]; + if( (c & ~0x1f)==0 ){ + /* Control characters are not allowed in strings */ + return -1; + } + if( c=='\\' ){ + c = z[++j]; + if( c=='"' || c=='\\' || c=='/' || c=='b' || c=='f' + || c=='n' || c=='r' || c=='t' + || (c=='u' && jsonIs4Hex(z+j+1)) ){ + jnFlags = JNODE_ESCAPE; + }else{ + return -1; + } + }else if( c=='"' ){ + break; } + j++; } - pCol->zName = zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0; joom ) pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1].jnFlags = jnFlags; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='n' + && strncmp(z+i,"null",4)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(z[i+4]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); + return i+4; + }else if( c=='t' + && strncmp(z+i,"true",4)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(z[i+4]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0); + return i+4; + }else if( c=='f' + && strncmp(z+i,"false",5)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(z[i+5]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_FALSE, 0, 0); + return i+5; + }else if( c=='-' || (c>='0' && c<='9') ){ + /* Parse number */ + u8 seenDP = 0; + u8 seenE = 0; + assert( '-' < '0' ); + if( c<='0' ){ + j = c=='-' ? i+1 : i; + if( z[j]=='0' && z[j+1]>='0' && z[j+1]<='9' ) return -1; + } + j = i+1; + for(;; j++){ + c = z[j]; + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) continue; + if( c=='.' ){ + if( z[j-1]=='-' ) return -1; + if( seenDP ) return -1; + seenDP = 1; + continue; + } + if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){ + if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; + if( seenE ) return -1; + seenDP = seenE = 1; + c = z[j+1]; + if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){ + j++; + c = z[j+1]; + } + if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return -1; + continue; + } + break; } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aCol); - *paCol = 0; - *pnCol = 0; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; + if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, seenDP ? JSON_REAL : JSON_INT, + j - i, &z[i]); + return j; + }else if( c=='}' ){ + return -2; /* End of {...} */ + }else if( c==']' ){ + return -3; /* End of [...] */ + }else if( c==0 ){ + return 0; /* End of file */ + }else{ + return -1; /* Syntax error */ } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } /* -** Add type and collation information to a column list based on -** a SELECT statement. -** -** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). -** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This -** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. +** Parse a complete JSON string. Return 0 on success or non-zero if there +** are any errors. If an error occurs, free all memory associated with +** pParse. ** -** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT -** statement be resolved. +** pParse is uninitialized when this routine is called. */ -static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ - int nCol, /* Number of columns */ - Column *aCol, /* List of columns */ - Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ +static int jsonParse( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Initialize and fill this JsonParse object */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Report errors here */ + const char *zJson /* Input JSON text to be parsed */ ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - NameContext sNC; - Column *pCol; - CollSeq *pColl; int i; - Expr *p; - struct ExprList_item *a; - - assert( pSelect!=0 ); - assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); - assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - a = pSelect->pEList->a; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->affinity = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(p); - if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); + memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( zJson==0 ) return 1; + pParse->zJson = zJson; + i = jsonParseValue(pParse, 0); + if( pParse->oom ) i = -1; + if( i>0 ){ + assert( pParse->iDepth==0 ); + while( safe_isspace(zJson[i]) ) i++; + if( zJson[i] ) i = -1; + } + if( i<=0 ){ + if( pCtx!=0 ){ + if( pParse->oom ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "malformed JSON", -1); + } } + jsonParseReset(pParse); + return 1; } + return 0; } -/* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. +/* Mark node i of pParse as being a child of iParent. Call recursively +** to fill in all the descendants of node i. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Table *sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int savedFlags; - - savedFlags = db->flags; - db->flags &= ~SQLCIPHER_FullColNames; - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_ShortColNames; - sqlcipher3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - db->flags = savedFlags; - pTab = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - /* The sqlcipher3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside - ** is disabled */ - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = 0; - pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, pTab); - return 0; +static void jsonParseFillInParentage(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i, u32 iParent){ + JsonNode *pNode = &pParse->aNode[i]; + u32 j; + pParse->aUp[i] = iParent; + switch( pNode->eType ){ + case JSON_ARRAY: { + for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j)){ + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j, i); + } + break; + } + case JSON_OBJECT: { + for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j+1)+1){ + pParse->aUp[i+j] = i; + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j+1, i); + } + break; + } + default: { + break; + } } - return pTab; } /* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +** Compute the parentage of all nodes in a completed parse. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlcipher3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlcipher3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); - } -#endif +static int jsonParseFindParents(JsonParse *pParse){ + u32 *aUp; + assert( pParse->aUp==0 ); + aUp = pParse->aUp = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(u32)*pParse->nNode ); + if( aUp==0 ){ + pParse->oom = 1; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - return v; + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, 0, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; } - /* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. +** Magic number used for the JSON parse cache in sqlite3_get_auxdata() */ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, n; - if( p->iLimit ) return; +#define JSON_CACHE_ID (-429938) /* First cache entry */ +#define JSON_CACHE_SZ 4 /* Max number of cache entries */ - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */ - if( sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - if( n==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); - }else{ - if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n; - } - }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); +/* +** Obtain a complete parse of the JSON found in the first argument +** of the argv array. Use the sqlite3_get_auxdata() cache for this +** parse if it is available. If the cache is not available or if it +** is no longer valid, parse the JSON again and return the new parse, +** and also register the new parse so that it will be available for +** future sqlite3_get_auxdata() calls. +*/ +static JsonParse *jsonParseCached( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + sqlite3_value **argv, + sqlite3_context *pErrCtx +){ + const char *zJson = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + int nJson = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + JsonParse *p; + JsonParse *pMatch = 0; + int iKey; + int iMinKey = 0; + u32 iMinHold = 0xffffffff; + u32 iMaxHold = 0; + if( zJson==0 ) return 0; + for(iKey=0; iKeypOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); - VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); - addr1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( pMatch==0 + && p->nJson==nJson + && memcmp(p->zJson,zJson,nJson)==0 + ){ + p->nErr = 0; + pMatch = p; + }else if( p->iHoldiHold; + iMinKey = iKey; + } + if( p->iHold>iMaxHold ){ + iMaxHold = p->iHold; } } + if( pMatch ){ + pMatch->nErr = 0; + pMatch->iHold = iMaxHold+1; + return pMatch; + } + p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) + nJson + 1 ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + return 0; + } + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + p->zJson = (char*)&p[1]; + memcpy((char*)p->zJson, zJson, nJson+1); + if( jsonParse(p, pErrCtx, p->zJson) ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return 0; + } + p->nJson = nJson; + p->iHold = iMaxHold+1; + sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, JSON_CACHE_ID+iMinKey, p, + (void(*)(void*))jsonParseFree); + return (JsonParse*)sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, JSON_CACHE_ID+iMinKey); } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +** Compare the OBJECT label at pNode against zKey,nKey. Return true on +** a match. */ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); +static int jsonLabelCompare(JsonNode *pNode, const char *zKey, u32 nKey){ + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + if( pNode->n!=nKey ) return 0; + return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent, zKey, nKey)==0; }else{ - pRet = 0; + if( pNode->n!=nKey+2 ) return 0; + return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent+1, zKey, nKey)==0; } - assert( iCol>=0 ); - if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - pRet = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); - } - return pRet; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -); +/* forward declaration */ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend(JsonParse*,const char*,int*,const char**); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* -** This routine is called to process a compound query form from -** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or -** INTERSECT -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** Search along zPath to find the node specified. Return a pointer +** to that node, or NULL if zPath is malformed or if there is no such +** node. ** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. +** If pApnd!=0, then try to append new nodes to complete zPath if it is +** possible to do so and if no existing node corresponds to zPath. If +** new nodes are appended *pApnd is set to 1. */ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupStep( + JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ + u32 iRoot, /* Begin the search at this node */ + const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ + int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ + const char **pzErr /* Make *pzErr point to any syntax error in zPath */ ){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ - Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ -#endif - - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ - db = pParse->db; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - dest = *pDest; - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary - */ - if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - dest.eDest = SRT_Table; - } - - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. - */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. - */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); - } - - /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - int addr = 0; - int nLimit; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit ){ - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); - } - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, p, &dest); - testcase( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - if( pPrior->pLimit - && sqlcipher3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) - && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit - ){ - p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit; - } - if( addr ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - break; - } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - SelectDest uniondest; - - testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); - priorOp = SRT_Union; - if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. - */ - assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements - ** of a 3-way or more compound */ - assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - unionTab = dest.iParm; + u32 i, j, nKey; + const char *zKey; + JsonNode *pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + if( zPath[0]==0 ) return pRoot; + if( pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ) return 0; + if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ + if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ) return 0; + zPath++; + if( zPath[0]=='"' ){ + zKey = zPath + 1; + for(i=1; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='"'; i++){} + nKey = i-1; + if( zPath[i] ){ + i++; }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. - */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - } - - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; } - - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ - op = SRT_Except; - }else{ - assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); - op = SRT_Union; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - uniondest.eDest = op; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); - testcase( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - /* Query flattening in sqlcipher3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = 0; - p->iOffset = 0; - - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. - */ - assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); - if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + }else{ + zKey = zPath; + for(i=0; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='.' && zPath[i]!='['; i++){} + nKey = i; + } + if( nKey==0 ){ + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; + } + j = 1; + for(;;){ + while( j<=pRoot->n ){ + if( jsonLabelCompare(pRoot+j, zKey, nKey) ){ + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j+1, &zPath[i], pApnd, pzErr); } - iBreak = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + j++; + j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); } - break; + if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + j = 1; } - default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - SelectDest intersectdest; - int r1; - - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - intersectdest.iParm = tab2; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlcipher3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); - testcase( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - iStart = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } - - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); - - /* Compute collating sequences used by - ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. - */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ - - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - pKeyInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; + if( pApnd ){ + u32 iStart, iLabel; + JsonNode *pNode; + iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0); + iLabel = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, nKey, zKey); + zPath += i; + pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + if( pNode ){ + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; + pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; + pParse->aNode[iLabel].jnFlags |= JNODE_RAW; + } + return pNode; + } + }else if( zPath[0]=='[' && safe_isdigit(zPath[1]) ){ + if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_ARRAY ) return 0; + i = 0; + j = 1; + while( safe_isdigit(zPath[j]) ){ + i = i*10 + zPath[j] - '0'; + j++; } - - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; - - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + if( zPath[j]!=']' ){ + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; + } + zPath += j + 1; + j = 1; + for(;;){ + while( j<=pRoot->n && (i>0 || (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)!=0) ){ + if( (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ) i--; + j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); } + if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + j = 1; } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + if( j<=pRoot->n ){ + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + } + if( i==0 && pApnd ){ + u32 iStart; + JsonNode *pNode; + iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 1, 0); + pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + if( pNode ){ + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; + pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; } + return pNode; } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); + }else{ + *pzErr = zPath; } + return 0; +} -multi_select_end: - pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; - pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); - return rc; +/* +** Append content to pParse that will complete zPath. Return a pointer +** to the inserted node, or return NULL if the append fails. +*/ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append content to the JSON parse */ + const char *zPath, /* Description of content to append */ + int *pApnd, /* Set this flag to 1 */ + const char **pzErr /* Make this point to any syntax error */ +){ + *pApnd = 1; + if( zPath[0]==0 ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); + return pParse->oom ? 0 : &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; + } + if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); + }else if( strncmp(zPath,"[0]",3)==0 ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); + }else{ + return 0; + } + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, pParse->nNode-1, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* -** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a -** SELECT statment. -** -** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are -** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should -** be sent. -** -** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine -** return address. +** Return the text of a syntax error message on a JSON path. Space is +** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *jsonPathSyntaxError(const char *zErr){ + return sqlite3_mprintf("JSON path error near '%q'", zErr); +} + +/* +** Do a node lookup using zPath. Return a pointer to the node on success. +** Return NULL if not found or if there is an error. ** -** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that -** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false -** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is -** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing -** keys. +** On an error, write an error message into pCtx and increment the +** pParse->nErr counter. ** -** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to -** iBreak. +** If pApnd!=NULL then try to append missing nodes and set *pApnd = 1 if +** nodes are appended. */ -static int generateOutputSubroutine( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ - int regReturn, /* The return address register */ - int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ - int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ - int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +static JsonNode *jsonLookup( + JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ + const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ + int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Report errors here, if not NULL */ ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iContinue; - int addr; - - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iContinue = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + const char *zErr = 0; + JsonNode *pNode = 0; + char *zMsg; - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT - */ - if( regPrev ){ - int j1, j2; - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); - j2 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, - (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); + if( zPath==0 ) return 0; + if( zPath[0]!='$' ){ + zErr = zPath; + goto lookup_err; + } + zPath++; + pNode = jsonLookupStep(pParse, 0, zPath, pApnd, &zErr); + if( zErr==0 ) return pNode; + +lookup_err: + pParse->nErr++; + assert( zErr!=0 && pCtx!=0 ); + zMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); + if( zMsg ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); } - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; + return 0; +} - /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause - */ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - switch( pDest->eDest ){ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } +/* +** Report the wrong number of arguments for json_insert(), json_replace() +** or json_set(). +*/ +static void jsonWrongNumArgs( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *zFuncName +){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments", + zFuncName); + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int r1; - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - p->affinity = - sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; +/* +** Mark all NULL entries in the Object passed in as JNODE_REMOVE. +*/ +static void jsonRemoveAllNulls(JsonNode *pNode){ + int i, n; + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_OBJECT ); + n = pNode->n; + for(i=2; i<=n; i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i])+1){ + switch( pNode[i].eType ){ + case JSON_NULL: + pNode[i].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; + break; + case JSON_OBJECT: + jsonRemoveAllNulls(&pNode[i]); + break; } + } +} -#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ +/**************************************************************************** +** SQL functions used for testing and debugging +****************************************************************************/ - /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers - ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: { - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); - pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; - } - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - break; - } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The json_parse(JSON) function returns a string which describes +** a parse of the JSON provided. Or it returns NULL if JSON is not +** well-formed. +*/ +static void jsonParseFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString s; /* Output string - not real JSON */ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + u32 i; - /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be - ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other - ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. - ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. - ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlcipher3_step() to - ** return the next row of result. - */ - default: { - assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - break; + assert( argc==1 ); + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + jsonParseFindParents(&x); + jsonInit(&s, ctx); + for(i=0; iiLimit ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); - } +/* +** The json_test1(JSON) function return true (1) if the input is JSON +** text generated by another json function. It returns (0) if the input +** is not known to be JSON. +*/ +static void jsonTest1Func( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_value_subtype(argv[0])==JSON_SUBTYPE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - /* Generate the subroutine return - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); +/**************************************************************************** +** Scalar SQL function implementations +****************************************************************************/ - return addr; +/* +** Implementation of the json_QUOTE(VALUE) function. Return a JSON value +** corresponding to the SQL value input. Mostly this means putting +** double-quotes around strings and returning the unquoted string "null" +** when given a NULL input. +*/ +static void jsonQuoteFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString jx; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[0]); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); } /* -** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there -** is an ORDER BY clause. -** -** We assume a query of the following form: -** -** ORDER BY -** -** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea -** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as -** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results -** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and -** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: -** -** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. -** -** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and -** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that -** appears only in B.) -** -** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. -** -** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. -** -** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. -** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which -** is used: -** -** -** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT -** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- -** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA -** -** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA -** -** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB -** -** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt -** -** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt -** -** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA -** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes -** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or -** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. -** -** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled -** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously -** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output -** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. -** -** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven -** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: -** -** goto Init -** coA: coroutine for left query (A) -** coB: coroutine for right query (B) -** outA: output one row of A -** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) -** EofA: ... -** EofB: ... -** AltB: ... -** AeqB: ... -** AgtB: ... -** Init: initialize coroutine registers -** yield coA -** if eof(A) goto EofA -** yield coB -** if eof(B) goto EofB -** Cmpr: Compare A, B -** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB -** End: ... -** -** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not -** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop -** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, -** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. +** Implementation of the json_array(VALUE,...) function. Return a JSON +** array that contains all values given in arguments. Or if any argument +** is a BLOB, throw an error. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +static void jsonArrayFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ - SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ - int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ - int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ - int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ - int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ - int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ - int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ - int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ - int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ - int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ - int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ - int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ - int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ - int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ - int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ - int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ - int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ - int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ - int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ - KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ - KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ -#endif + int i; + JsonString jx; - assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ - db = pParse->db; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ - labelEnd = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - labelCmpr = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '['); + for(i=0; iop; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( pOrderBy ); - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; +/* +** json_array_length(JSON) +** json_array_length(JSON, PATH) +** +** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. +** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array. +*/ +static void jsonArrayLengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ + sqlite3_int64 n = 0; + u32 i; + JsonNode *pNode; - /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that - ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add - ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. - */ - if( op!=TK_ALL ){ - for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 ); - if( pItem->iCol==i ) break; - } - if( j==nOrderBy ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = i; - pOrderBy = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); - pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i; + p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, ctx); + if( p==0 ) return; + assert( p->nNode ); + if( argc==2 ){ + const char *zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + pNode = jsonLookup(p, zPath, 0, ctx); + }else{ + pNode = p->aNode; + } + if( pNode==0 ){ + return; + } + if( pNode->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ); + for(i=1; i<=pNode->n; n++){ + i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, n); +} + +/* +** json_extract(JSON, PATH, ...) +** +** Return the element described by PATH. Return NULL if there is no +** PATH element. If there are multiple PATHs, then return a JSON array +** with the result from each path. Throw an error if the JSON or any PATH +** is malformed. +*/ +static void jsonExtractFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + JsonString jx; + int i; + + if( argc<2 ) return; + p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, ctx); + if( p==0 ) return; + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '['); + for(i=1; inErr ) break; + if( argc>2 ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(&jx); + if( pNode ){ + jsonRenderNode(pNode, &jx, 0); + }else{ + jsonAppendRaw(&jx, "null", 4); } + }else if( pNode ){ + jsonReturn(pNode, ctx, 0); } } + if( argc>2 && i==argc ){ + jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']'); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); + } + jsonReset(&jx); +} - /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with - ** the permutation used to determine if the next - ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit - ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries - ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct - ** collation. - */ - aPermute = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); - if( aPermute ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); - aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1; - } - pKeyMerge = - sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( pKeyMerge ){ - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; - pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; - pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pColl = pTerm->pColl; +/* This is the RFC 7396 MergePatch algorithm. +*/ +static JsonNode *jsonMergePatch( + JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON parser that contains the TARGET */ + u32 iTarget, /* Node of the TARGET in pParse */ + JsonNode *pPatch /* The PATCH */ +){ + u32 i, j; + u32 iRoot; + JsonNode *pTarget; + if( pPatch->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){ + return pPatch; + } + assert( iTarget>=0 && iTargetnNode ); + pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; + assert( (pPatch->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ); + if( pTarget->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){ + jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch); + return pPatch; + } + iRoot = iTarget; + for(i=1; in; i += jsonNodeSize(&pPatch[i+1])+1){ + u32 nKey; + const char *zKey; + assert( pPatch[i].eType==JSON_STRING ); + assert( pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); + nKey = pPatch[i].n; + zKey = pPatch[i].u.zJContent; + assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); + for(j=1; jn; j += jsonNodeSize(&pTarget[j+1])+1 ){ + assert( pTarget[j].eType==JSON_STRING ); + assert( pTarget[j].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); + assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); + if( pTarget[j].n==nKey && strncmp(pTarget[j].u.zJContent,zKey,nKey)==0 ){ + if( pTarget[j+1].jnFlags & (JNODE_REMOVE|JNODE_PATCH) ) break; + if( pPatch[i+1].eType==JSON_NULL ){ + pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; }else{ - pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); - pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pTerm->pColl = pColl; + JsonNode *pNew = jsonMergePatch(pParse, iTarget+j+1, &pPatch[i+1]); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; + if( pNew!=&pTarget[j+1] ){ + pTarget[j+1].u.pPatch = pNew; + pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH; + } } - pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + break; } } - }else{ - pKeyMerge = 0; + if( j>=pTarget->n && pPatch[i+1].eType!=JSON_NULL ){ + int iStart, iPatch; + iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0); + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, nKey, zKey); + iPatch = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0); + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch); + pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; + pParse->aNode[iRoot].jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; + pParse->aNode[iRoot].u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; + iRoot = iStart; + pParse->aNode[iPatch].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH; + pParse->aNode[iPatch].u.pPatch = &pPatch[i+1]; + } } + return pTarget; +} - /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. - */ - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); +/* +** Implementation of the json_mergepatch(JSON1,JSON2) function. Return a JSON +** object that is the result of running the RFC 7396 MergePatch() algorithm +** on the two arguments. +*/ +static void jsonPatchFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The JSON that is being patched */ + JsonParse y; /* The patch */ + JsonNode *pResult; /* The result of the merge */ - /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed - ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the - ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - regPrev = 0; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + if( jsonParse(&y, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])) ){ + jsonParseReset(&x); + return; + } + pResult = jsonMergePatch(&x, 0, y.aNode); + assert( pResult!=0 || x.oom ); + if( pResult ){ + jsonReturnJson(pResult, ctx, 0); }else{ - int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; - assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - regPrev = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); - pKeyDup = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pKeyDup ){ - pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; - pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); - pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; - } + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + } + jsonParseReset(&x); + jsonParseReset(&y); +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the json_object(NAME,VALUE,...) function. Return a JSON +** object that contains all name/value given in arguments. Or if any name +** is not a string or if any value is a BLOB, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonObjectFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + JsonString jx; + const char *z; + u32 n; + + if( argc&1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() requires an even number " + "of arguments", -1); + return; + } + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '{'); + for(i=0; ipPrior = 0; - sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '}'); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + + +/* +** json_remove(JSON, PATH, ...) +** +** Remove the named elements from JSON and return the result. malformed +** JSON or PATH arguments result in an error. +*/ +static void jsonRemoveFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i++){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + if( zPath==0 ) goto remove_done; + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + if( x.nErr ) goto remove_done; + if( pNode ) pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; + } + if( (x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, 0); } +remove_done: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} - /* Compute the limit registers */ - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); - if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ - regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; - regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, - regLimitA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); +/* +** json_replace(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Replace the value at PATH with VALUE. If PATH does not already exist, +** this routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonReplaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( (argc&1)==0 ) { + jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, "replace"); + return; + } + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + if( x.nErr ) goto replace_err; + if( pNode ){ + pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; + pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1; + } + } + if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]); }else{ - regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = 0; - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - p->pOffset = 0; +replace_err: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} - regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; - regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); +/* +** json_set(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Set the value at PATH to VALUE. Create the PATH if it does not already +** exist. Overwrite existing values that do exist. +** If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +** +** json_insert(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Create PATH and initialize it to VALUE. If PATH already exists, this +** routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonSetFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + int bApnd; + int bIsSet = *(int*)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); - /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main - ** merge loop - */ - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - addrSelectA = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( (argc&1)==0 ) { + jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, bIsSet ? "set" : "insert"); + return; + } + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + bApnd = 0; + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, &bApnd, ctx); + if( x.oom ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + goto jsonSetDone; + }else if( x.nErr ){ + goto jsonSetDone; + }else if( pNode && (bApnd || bIsSet) ){ + pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; + pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1; + } + } + if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]); + }else{ + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); + } +jsonSetDone: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} +/* +** json_type(JSON) +** json_type(JSON, PATH) +** +** Return the top-level "type" of a JSON string. Throw an error if +** either the JSON or PATH inputs are not well-formed. +*/ +static void jsonTypeFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ + const char *zPath; + JsonNode *pNode; - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the - ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); - pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); + p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, ctx); + if( p==0 ) return; + if( argc==2 ){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + pNode = jsonLookup(p, zPath, 0, ctx); + }else{ + pNode = p->aNode; + } + if( pNode ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pNode->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on - ** the right - the "B" select - */ - addrSelectB = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); - savedLimit = p->iLimit; - savedOffset = p->iOffset; - p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, p, &destB); - p->iLimit = savedLimit; - p->iOffset = savedOffset; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); +/* +** json_valid(JSON) +** +** Return 1 if JSON is a well-formed JSON string according to RFC-7159. +** Return 0 otherwise. +*/ +static void jsonValidFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, 0); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, p!=0); +} - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); - addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); - addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); - } - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A - ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); - if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofA = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); - }else{ - addrEofA = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; +/**************************************************************************** +** Aggregate SQL function implementations +****************************************************************************/ +/* +** json_group_array(VALUE) +** +** Return a JSON array composed of all values in the aggregate. +*/ +static void jsonArrayStep( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString *pStr; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr)); + if( pStr ){ + if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){ + jsonInit(pStr, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '['); + }else if( pStr->nUsed>1 ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + } + jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[0]); + } +} +static void jsonArrayCompute(sqlite3_context *ctx, int isFinal){ + JsonString *pStr; + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); + if( pStr ){ + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ']'); + if( pStr->bErr ){ + if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + assert( pStr->bStatic ); + }else if( isFinal ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, + pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); + pStr->bStatic = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + pStr->nUsed--; + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "[]", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); } + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} +static void jsonArrayValue(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + jsonArrayCompute(ctx, 0); +} +static void jsonArrayFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + jsonArrayCompute(ctx, 1); +} - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B - ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. - */ - if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofB = addrEofA; - if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); - addrEofB = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC +/* +** This method works for both json_group_array() and json_group_object(). +** It works by removing the first element of the group by searching forward +** to the first comma (",") that is not within a string and deleting all +** text through that comma. +*/ +static void jsonGroupInverse( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned int i; + int inStr = 0; + int nNest = 0; + char *z; + char c; + JsonString *pStr; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + UNUSED_PARAM(argv); + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); +#ifdef NEVER + /* pStr is always non-NULL since jsonArrayStep() or jsonObjectStep() will + ** always have been called to initalize it */ + if( NEVER(!pStr) ) return; +#endif + z = pStr->zBuf; + for(i=1; (c = z[i])!=',' || inStr || nNest; i++){ + if( i>=pStr->nUsed ){ + pStr->nUsed = 1; + return; + } + if( c=='"' ){ + inStr = !inStr; + }else if( c=='\\' ){ + i++; + }else if( !inStr ){ + if( c=='{' || c=='[' ) nNest++; + if( c=='}' || c==']' ) nNest--; + } } + pStr->nUsed -= i; + memmove(&z[1], &z[i+1], (size_t)pStr->nUsed-1); +} +#else +# define jsonGroupInverse 0 +#endif - /* Generate code to handle the case of AzBuf==0 ){ + jsonInit(pStr, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '{'); + }else if( pStr->nUsed>1 ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + } + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + jsonAppendString(pStr, z, n); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ':'); + jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[1]); + } +} +static void jsonObjectCompute(sqlite3_context *ctx, int isFinal){ + JsonString *pStr; + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); + if( pStr ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '}'); + if( pStr->bErr ){ + if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + assert( pStr->bStatic ); + }else if( isFinal ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, + pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); + pStr->bStatic = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + pStr->nUsed--; + } }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine")); - addrAeqB = - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "{}", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); } + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} +static void jsonObjectValue(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + jsonObjectCompute(ctx, 0); +} +static void jsonObjectFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + jsonObjectCompute(ctx, 1); +} - /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); - addrAgtB = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - - /* This code runs once to initialize everything. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - /* Implement the main merge loop - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, - (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); - /* Release temporary registers - */ - if( regPrev ){ - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); - } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/**************************************************************************** +** The json_each virtual table +****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct JsonEachCursor JsonEachCursor; +struct JsonEachCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */ + u32 iRowid; /* The rowid */ + u32 iBegin; /* The first node of the scan */ + u32 i; /* Index in sParse.aNode[] of current row */ + u32 iEnd; /* EOF when i equals or exceeds this value */ + u8 eType; /* Type of top-level element */ + u8 bRecursive; /* True for json_tree(). False for json_each() */ + char *zJson; /* Input JSON */ + char *zRoot; /* Path by which to filter zJson */ + JsonParse sParse; /* Parse of the input JSON */ +}; - /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); +/* Constructor for the json_each virtual table */ +static int jsonEachConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_vtab *pNew; + int rc; - /* Set the number of output columns - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = pPrior; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); +/* Column numbers */ +#define JEACH_KEY 0 +#define JEACH_VALUE 1 +#define JEACH_TYPE 2 +#define JEACH_ATOM 3 +#define JEACH_ID 4 +#define JEACH_PARENT 5 +#define JEACH_FULLKEY 6 +#define JEACH_PATH 7 +/* The xBestIndex method assumes that the JSON and ROOT columns are +** the last two columns in the table. Should this ever changes, be +** sure to update the xBestIndex method. */ +#define JEACH_JSON 8 +#define JEACH_ROOT 9 + + UNUSED_PARAM(pzErr); + UNUSED_PARAM(argv); + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + UNUSED_PARAM(pAux); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path," + "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)"); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = *ppVtab = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); } + return rc; +} - /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly - ** by the calling function */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - } - p->pPrior = pPrior; +/* destructor for json_each virtual table */ +static int jsonEachDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + sqlite3_free(pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete - **** subqueries ****/ - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_each(). */ +static int jsonEachOpenEach(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + JsonEachCursor *pCur; + + UNUSED_PARAM(p); + pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) ); + if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur)); + *ppCursor = &pCur->base; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlcipher3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlcipher3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); +/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_tree(). */ +static int jsonEachOpenTree(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + int rc = jsonEachOpenEach(p, ppCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + JsonEachCursor *pCur = (JsonEachCursor*)*ppCursor; + pCur->bRecursive = 1; + } + return rc; +} -/* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) -** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +/* Reset a JsonEachCursor back to its original state. Free any memory +** held. */ +static void jsonEachCursorReset(JsonEachCursor *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->zJson); + sqlite3_free(p->zRoot); + jsonParseReset(&p->sParse); + p->iRowid = 0; + p->i = 0; + p->iEnd = 0; + p->eType = 0; + p->zJson = 0; + p->zRoot = 0; +} + +/* Destructor for a jsonEachCursor object */ +static int jsonEachClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + sqlite3_free(cur); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Return TRUE if the jsonEachCursor object has been advanced off the end +** of the JSON object */ +static int jsonEachEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + return p->i >= p->iEnd; +} + +/* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */ +static int jsonEachNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + if( p->sParse.aNode[p->i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) p->i++; + p->i++; + p->iRowid++; + if( p->iiEnd ){ + u32 iUp = p->sParse.aUp[p->i]; + JsonNode *pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; + p->eType = pUp->eType; + if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + if( iUp==p->i-1 ){ + pUp->u.iKey = 0; + }else{ + pUp->u.iKey++; + } + } + } + }else{ + switch( p->eType ){ + case JSON_ARRAY: { + p->i += jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i]); + p->iRowid++; + break; + } + case JSON_OBJECT: { + p->i += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i+1]); + p->iRowid++; + break; + } + default: { + p->i = p->iEnd; + break; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Append the name of the path for element i to pStr */ -static Expr *substExpr( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ +static void jsonEachComputePath( + JsonEachCursor *p, /* The cursor */ + JsonString *pStr, /* Write the path here */ + u32 i /* Path to this element */ ){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pNew = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){ - pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl; + JsonNode *pNode, *pUp; + u32 iUp; + if( i==0 ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '$'); + return; + } + iUp = p->sParse.aUp[i]; + jsonEachComputePath(p, pStr, iUp); + pNode = &p->sParse.aNode[i]; + pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; + if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + jsonPrintf(30, pStr, "[%d]", pUp->u.iKey); + }else{ + assert( pUp->eType==JSON_OBJECT ); + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)==0 ) pNode--; + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_STRING ); + assert( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); + jsonPrintf(pNode->n+1, pStr, ".%.*s", pNode->n-2, pNode->u.zJContent+1); + } +} + +/* Return the value of a column */ +static int jsonEachColumn( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */ + sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */ + int i /* Which column to return */ +){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + JsonNode *pThis = &p->sParse.aNode[p->i]; + switch( i ){ + case JEACH_KEY: { + if( p->i==0 ) break; + if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){ + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + }else if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + u32 iKey; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + if( p->iRowid==0 ) break; + iKey = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].u.iKey; + }else{ + iKey = p->iRowid; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)iKey); } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - pExpr = pNew; + break; + } + case JEACH_VALUE: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + break; + } + case JEACH_TYPE: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pThis->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + case JEACH_ATOM: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + if( pThis->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ) break; + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + break; + } + case JEACH_ID: { + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, + (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0)); + break; + } + case JEACH_PARENT: { + if( p->i>p->iBegin && p->bRecursive ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); + } + break; + } + case JEACH_FULLKEY: { + JsonString x; + jsonInit(&x, ctx); + if( p->bRecursive ){ + jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->i); + }else{ + if( p->zRoot ){ + jsonAppendRaw(&x, p->zRoot, (int)strlen(p->zRoot)); + }else{ + jsonAppendChar(&x, '$'); + } + if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + jsonPrintf(30, &x, "[%d]", p->iRowid); + }else if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){ + jsonPrintf(pThis->n, &x, ".%.*s", pThis->n-2, pThis->u.zJContent+1); + } + } + jsonResult(&x); + break; + } + case JEACH_PATH: { + if( p->bRecursive ){ + JsonString x; + jsonInit(&x, ctx); + jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); + jsonResult(&x); + break; + } + /* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through + ** into the root case */ + } + default: { + const char *zRoot = p->zRoot; + if( zRoot==0 ) zRoot = "$"; + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zRoot, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + case JEACH_JSON: { + assert( i==JEACH_JSON ); + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, p->sParse.zJson, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Return the current rowid value */ +static int jsonEachRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + *pRowid = p->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json +** column. Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate. idxNum is +** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found, +** and 0 otherwise. +*/ +static int jsonEachBestIndex( + sqlite3_vtab *tab, + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo +){ + int i; /* Loop counter or computed array index */ + int aIdx[2]; /* Index of constraints for JSON and ROOT */ + int unusableMask = 0; /* Mask of unusable JSON and ROOT constraints */ + int idxMask = 0; /* Mask of usable == constraints JSON and ROOT */ + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; + + /* This implementation assumes that JSON and ROOT are the last two + ** columns in the table */ + assert( JEACH_ROOT == JEACH_JSON+1 ); + UNUSED_PARAM(tab); + aIdx[0] = aIdx[1] = -1; + pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){ + int iCol; + int iMask; + if( pConstraint->iColumn < JEACH_JSON ) continue; + iCol = pConstraint->iColumn - JEACH_JSON; + assert( iCol==0 || iCol==1 ); + iMask = 1 << iCol; + if( pConstraint->usable==0 ){ + unusableMask |= iMask; + }else if( pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ + aIdx[iCol] = i; + idxMask |= iMask; + } + } + if( (unusableMask & ~idxMask)!=0 ){ + /* If there are any unusable constraints on JSON or ROOT, then reject + ** this entire plan */ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + if( aIdx[0]<0 ){ + /* No JSON input. Leave estimatedCost at the huge value that it was + ** initialized to to discourage the query planner from selecting this + ** plan. */ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; }else{ - pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + i = aIdx[0]; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + if( aIdx[1]<0 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; /* Only JSON supplied. Plan 1 */ }else{ - substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); + i = aIdx[1]; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 2; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 3; /* Both JSON and ROOT are supplied. Plan 3 */ } } - return pExpr; + return SQLITE_OK; } -static void substExprList( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ + +/* Start a search on a new JSON string */ +static int jsonEachFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + const char *z; + const char *zRoot = 0; + sqlite3_int64 n; + + UNUSED_PARAM(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + if( idxNum==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + p->zJson = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); + if( p->zJson==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(p->zJson, z, (size_t)n+1); + if( jsonParse(&p->sParse, 0, p->zJson) ){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( p->sParse.oom==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); + cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed JSON"); + if( cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return rc; + }else if( p->bRecursive && jsonParseFindParents(&p->sParse) ){ + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + JsonNode *pNode = 0; + if( idxNum==3 ){ + const char *zErr = 0; + zRoot = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + p->zRoot = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); + if( p->zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(p->zRoot, zRoot, (size_t)n+1); + if( zRoot[0]!='$' ){ + zErr = zRoot; + }else{ + pNode = jsonLookupStep(&p->sParse, 0, p->zRoot+1, 0, &zErr); + } + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); + cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( pNode==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + pNode = p->sParse.aNode; + } + p->iBegin = p->i = (int)(pNode - p->sParse.aNode); + p->eType = pNode->eType; + if( p->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ){ + pNode->u.iKey = 0; + p->iEnd = p->i + pNode->n + 1; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + p->eType = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].eType; + if( p->i>0 && (p->sParse.aNode[p->i-1].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0 ){ + p->i--; + } + }else{ + p->i++; + } + }else{ + p->iEnd = p->i+1; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The methods of the json_each virtual table */ +static sqlite3_module jsonEachModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* xCreate */ + jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ + jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ + jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ + 0, /* xDestroy */ + jsonEachOpenEach, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ + jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindMethod */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + 0 /* xShadowName */ +}; + +/* The methods of the json_tree virtual table. */ +static sqlite3_module jsonTreeModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* xCreate */ + jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ + jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ + jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ + 0, /* xDestroy */ + jsonEachOpenTree, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ + jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindMethod */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + 0 /* xShadowName */ +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/**************************************************************************** +** The following routines are the only publically visible identifiers in this +** file. Call the following routines in order to register the various SQL +** functions and the virtual table implemented by this file. +****************************************************************************/ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int i; + static const struct { + const char *zName; + int nArg; + int flag; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aFunc[] = { + { "json", 1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, + { "json_array", -1, 0, jsonArrayFunc }, + { "json_array_length", 1, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, + { "json_array_length", 2, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, + { "json_extract", -1, 0, jsonExtractFunc }, + { "json_insert", -1, 0, jsonSetFunc }, + { "json_object", -1, 0, jsonObjectFunc }, + { "json_patch", 2, 0, jsonPatchFunc }, + { "json_quote", 1, 0, jsonQuoteFunc }, + { "json_remove", -1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, + { "json_replace", -1, 0, jsonReplaceFunc }, + { "json_set", -1, 1, jsonSetFunc }, + { "json_type", 1, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, + { "json_type", 2, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, + { "json_valid", 1, 0, jsonValidFunc }, + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + /* DEBUG and TESTING functions */ + { "json_parse", 1, 0, jsonParseFunc }, + { "json_test1", 1, 0, jsonTest1Func }, +#endif + }; + static const struct { + const char *zName; + int nArg; + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*); + } aAgg[] = { + { "json_group_array", 1, + jsonArrayStep, jsonArrayFinal, jsonArrayValue }, + { "json_group_object", 2, + jsonObjectStep, jsonObjectFinal, jsonObjectValue }, + }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + static const struct { + const char *zName; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + } aMod[] = { + { "json_each", &jsonEachModule }, + { "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule }, + }; +#endif + for(i=0; ipEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - } - } + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); + (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ + return sqlite3Json1Init(db); } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) */ +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) +/************** End of json1.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ /* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join -** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. -** -** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT -** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction -** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously -** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). -** -** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does -** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** 2001 September 15 ** -** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL -** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and -** the parent query: +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** * is not itself part of a compound select, -** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and -** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to -** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, -** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree +** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. +*/ + +/* +** Database Format of R-Tree Tables +** -------------------------------- ** -** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to -** columns of the sub-query. +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character +** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree +** table. ** -** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not -** have a WHERE clause. +** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) +** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) +** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER, ...) ** -** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use -** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint -** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must -** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But -** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node +** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is +** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. +** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it +** is stored on. If the r-tree contains auxiliary columns, those are stored +** on the end of the %_rowid table. ** -** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is +** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the +** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node +** is formatted as follows: ** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes +** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. +** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. ** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** stored in the node. ** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. +** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry +** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number +** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid +** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a +** child page. */ -static int flattenSubquery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ -){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - Select *pParent; - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_QueryFlattener ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ - return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ - } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - } - if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ - } +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) \ + || (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)) - /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: - ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - ** - ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: - ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - ** - ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: - ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN - ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the - ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#else +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +#endif - /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must - ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries - ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct - ** queries. - */ - if( pSub->pPrior ){ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ - } - if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; - } - for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 - || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) - || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1 - ){ - return 0; - } - } +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#include "sqlite3rtree.h" +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef unsigned int u32; +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif +#endif - /* Restriction 18. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ - if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0; - } - } - } +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ - /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ +/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER +# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#endif - /* Authorize the subquery */ - pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; - sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; +typedef struct Rtree Rtree; +typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; +typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; +typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; +typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; +typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; +typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; +typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; +typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; - /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must - ** be of the form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM () - ** - ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or - ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original - ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple - ** select statements in the compound sub-query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( - ** SELECT x FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 - ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** Transformed into: - ** - ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 - ** ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". - */ - for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - Select *pNew; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; - Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pSrc = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pLimit = 0; - pNew = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, p, 0); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pSrc = pSrc; - p->op = TK_ALL; - p->pRightmost = 0; - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = pPrior; - }else{ - pNew->pPrior = pPrior; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - } - p->pPrior = pNew; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; - } +/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ +#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause - ** in the outer query. +/* Maximum number of auxiliary columns */ +#define RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN 100 + +/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** used. +*/ +#define HASHSIZE 97 + +/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of +** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of +** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the +** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 +#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 + +/* +** An rtree virtual-table object. +*/ +struct Rtree { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ + int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ + u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ + u8 nDim2; /* Twice the number of dimensions */ + u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ + u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ + u8 inWrTrans; /* True if inside write transaction */ + u8 nAux; /* # of auxiliary columns in %_rowid */ + u8 nAuxNotNull; /* Number of initial not-null aux columns */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 bCorrupt; /* Shadow table corruption detected */ +#endif + int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ + i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ + u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */ + u32 nNodeRef; /* Number RtreeNodes with positive nRef */ + char *zReadAuxSql; /* SQL for statement to read aux data */ + + /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is + ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ - pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; + RtreeNode *pDeleted; + int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ + + /* Blob I/O on xxx_node */ + sqlite3_blob *pNodeBlob; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; + + /* Statement for writing to the "aux:" fields, if there are any */ + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteAux; + + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ +}; + +/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ +#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 +#define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 + +/* +** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will +** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations +** will be done. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0 +#else + typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 +#endif + +/* +** Set the Rtree.bCorrupt flag +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(X) ((X)->bCorrupt = 1) +#else +# define RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(X) +#endif + +/* +** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure +** record intermediate results from the tree walk. +** +** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of +** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, +** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint +** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. +*/ +struct RtreeSearchPoint { + RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ + sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ + u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ + u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ + u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ +}; + +/* +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** maximum. In Gutman's notation: +** +** m = M/3 +** +** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of +** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. +*/ +#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) +#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) +#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 + +/* +** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest +** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of +** 40 or less. +*/ +#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 + + +/* +** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is +** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining +** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. +*/ +#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 + +/* +** An rtree cursor object. +*/ +struct RtreeCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ + u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ + u8 bAuxValid; /* True if pReadAux is valid */ + int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ + int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ + int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ + int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ + RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadAux; /* Statement to read aux-data */ + RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ + RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ + u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ +}; + +/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ +#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) - /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the - ** subquery - */ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); - pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; - pSubitem->zName = 0; - pSubitem->zAlias = 0; - pSubitem->pSelect = 0; +/* +** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All +** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. +*/ +union RtreeCoord { + RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ +}; - /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the - ** subquery until code generation is - ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that - ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. - ** - ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. - */ - if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ - Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; - if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; - pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; - }else{ - pTabToDel->nRef--; - } - pSubitem->pTab = 0; - } +/* +** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord +** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local +** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the +** RtreeCoord. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY +# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) +#else +# define DCOORD(coord) ( \ + (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ + ((double)coord.f) : \ + ((double)coord.i) \ + ) +#endif - /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery - ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind - ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - - ** then this loop only runs once. - ** - ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - int nSubSrc; - u8 jointype = 0; - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ - nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ +/* +** A search constraint. +*/ +struct RtreeConstraint { + int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ + int op; /* Constraining operation */ + union { + RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + } u; + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ +}; - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ - jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - }else{ - assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - break; - } - } +/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ +#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ +#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ +#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ +#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ +#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ +#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ +#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ - /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer - ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, - ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements - ** of the subquery. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; - ** - ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the - ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next - ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle - ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the - ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. - */ - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - break; - } - } - /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the - ** outer query. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); - pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = pParent->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ - const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan; - if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){ - pList->a[i].zName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, zSpan); - } - } - } - substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); - pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); - pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; - pParent->pWhere = pWhere; - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); - assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); - pParent->pGroupBy = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); - }else{ - pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); - } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; - } - } +/* +** An rtree structure node. +*/ +struct RtreeNode { + RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ + i64 iNode; /* The node number */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ + int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ + u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ + RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ +}; - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); +/* Return the number of cells in a node */ +#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) + +/* +** A single cell from a node, deserialized +*/ +struct RtreeCell { + i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ + RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ +}; - return 1; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it -** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if -** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be -** a min()/max() query if: +** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions +** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH +** operators in order to constrain a search. ** -** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the +** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** -** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is -** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. +** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in +** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). */ -static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ - Expr *pExpr; - ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; +struct RtreeGeomCallback { + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + void (*xDestructor)(void*); + void *pContext; +}; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0; - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - }else if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; - } - return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; -} +/* +** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by +** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand +** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. +*/ +struct RtreeMatchArg { + u32 iSize; /* Size of this object */ + RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ + int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL parameter values */ + RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ +}; + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif + +/* What version of GCC is being used. 0 means GCC is not being used . +** Note that the GCC_VERSION macro will also be set correctly when using +** clang, since clang works hard to be gcc compatible. So the gcc +** optimizations will also work when compiling with clang. +*/ +#ifndef GCC_VERSION +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#endif + +/* The testcase() macro should already be defined in the amalgamation. If +** it is not, make it a no-op. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define testcase(X) +#endif /* -** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This -** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: -** -** SELECT count(*) FROM -** -** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query -** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing -** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER +#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__arm__) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 +#elif defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +#else +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ +#endif +#endif + + +/* What version of MSVC is being used. 0 means MSVC is not being used */ +#ifndef MSVC_VERSION +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER +#else +# define MSVC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#endif + +/* +** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. */ -static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Table *pTab; - Expr *pExpr; +static int readInt16(u8 *p){ + return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; +} +static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* p is always 4-byte aligned */ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 + pCoord->u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)p); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + pCoord->u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)p); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + pCoord->u = *(u32*)p; +#else + pCoord->u = ( + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) + ); +#endif +} +static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 + u64 x; + memcpy(&x, p, 8); + return (i64)_byteswap_uint64(x); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + u64 x; + memcpy(&x, p, 8); + return (i64)__builtin_bswap64(x); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + i64 x; + memcpy(&x, p, 8); + return x; +#else + return (i64)( + (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((u64)p[7]) << 0) + ); +#endif +} - assert( !p->pGroupBy ); +/* +** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written +** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). +*/ +static void writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ + p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; +} +static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + u32 i; + assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* p is always 4-byte aligned */ + assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + i = __builtin_bswap32(pCoord->u); + memcpy(p, &i, 4); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 + i = _byteswap_ulong(pCoord->u); + memcpy(p, &i, 4); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + i = pCoord->u; + memcpy(p, &i, 4); +#else + i = pCoord->u; + p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; +#endif + return 4; +} +static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + i = (i64)__builtin_bswap64((u64)i); + memcpy(p, &i, 8); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 + i = (i64)_byteswap_uint64((u64)i); + memcpy(p, &i, 8); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + memcpy(p, &i, 8); +#else + p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; + p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; +#endif + return 8; +} - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 - || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect - ){ - return 0; +/* +** Increment the reference count of node p. +*/ +static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef++; } - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); +} - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLCIPHER_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; +/* +** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). +*/ +static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ + memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); + p->isDirty = 1; +} - return pTab; +/* +** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use +** in the Rtree.aHash table. +*/ +static unsigned int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ + return ((unsigned)iNode) % HASHSIZE; } /* -** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an -** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLCIPHER_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate -** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLCIPHER_OK. +** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer +** to it. Otherwise, return 0. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ - if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlcipher3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); - pIdx=pIdx->pNext - ); - if( !pIdx ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; - } - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ + RtreeNode *p; + for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); + return p; } /* -** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. -** "Expanding" means to do the following: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** +** Add node pNode to the node hash table. */ -static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - int i, j, k; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int iHash; + assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); + iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); + pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; + pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; +} - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; +/* +** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. +*/ +static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode **pp; + if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ + pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; + for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } + *pp = pNode->pNext; + pNode->pNext = 0; } - if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ - return WRC_Prune; +} + +/* +** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), +** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is +** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the +** node contents out to the database. +*/ +static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ + RtreeNode *pNode; + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( pNode ){ + memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pRtree->nNodeRef++; + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + nodeReference(pParent); } - p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; + return pNode; +} - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlcipher3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); +/* +** Clear the Rtree.pNodeBlob object +*/ +static void nodeBlobReset(Rtree *pRtree){ + if( pRtree->pNodeBlob && pRtree->inWrTrans==0 && pRtree->nCursor==0 ){ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob; + pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0; + sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob); + } +} - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. +/* +** Check to see if pNode is the same as pParent or any of the parents +** of pParent. +*/ +static int nodeInParentChain(const RtreeNode *pNode, const RtreeNode *pParent){ + do{ + if( pNode==pParent ) return 1; + pParent = pParent->pParent; + }while( pParent ); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. +*/ +static int nodeAcquire( + Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ + i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ + RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ + RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = 0; + + /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, + ** increase its reference count and return it. */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return WRC_Prune; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pSel!=0 ); - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "sqlcipher_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); - while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->nRowEst = 1000000; - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlcipher3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; - assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); - pFrom->pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode))!=0 ){ + if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ + if( nodeInParentChain(pNode, pParent) ){ + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } -#endif + pParent->nRef++; + pNode->pParent = pParent; + }else if( pParent && pNode->pParent && pParent!=pNode->pParent ){ + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } + pNode->nRef++; + *ppNode = pNode; + return SQLITE_OK; + } - /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ - if( sqlcipher3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + if( pRtree->pNodeBlob ){ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob; + pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0; + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iNode); + pRtree->pNodeBlob = pBlob; + if( rc ){ + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } - - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed || sqlcipherProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ - return WRC_Abort; + if( pRtree->pNodeBlob==0 ){ + char *zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_node", pRtree->zName); + if( zTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pRtree->db, pRtree->zDb, zTab, "data", iNode, 0, + &pRtree->pNodeBlob); + sqlite3_free(zTab); + } + if( rc ){ + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + *ppNode = 0; + /* If unable to open an sqlite3_blob on the desired row, that can only + ** be because the shadow tables hold erroneous data. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + } + }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_blob_bytes(pRtree->pNodeBlob) ){ + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( !pNode ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pRtree->nNodeRef++; + pNode->iNode = iNode; + pNode->isDirty = 0; + pNode->pNext = 0; + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(pRtree->pNodeBlob, pNode->zData, + pRtree->iNodeSize, 0); + } } - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. + /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height + ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on + ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node + ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node + ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; + if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); + if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + } } - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLCIPHER_FullColNames)!=0 - && (flags & SQLCIPHER_ShortColNames)==0; - - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; - a[k].zName = 0; - a[k].zSpan = 0; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ - assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); - zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) break; - if( zTName && sqlcipher3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ - char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ - Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ - - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } - if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ - if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 - && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) - ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table to the right of the join */ - continue; - } - if( sqlcipher3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); - zColname = zName; - zToFree = 0; - if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ - Expr *pLeft; - pLeft = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); - pExpr = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( longNames ){ - zColname = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); - zToFree = zColname; - } - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - } - pNew = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); - sColname.z = zColname; - sColname.n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zColname); - sqlcipher3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zToFree); - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - } - } + /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. + */ + if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); } - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; } -#if SQLCIPHER_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode!=0 ){ + nodeReference(pParent); + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + } + *ppNode = pNode; + }else{ + if( pNode ){ + pRtree->nNodeRef--; + sqlite3_free(pNode); + } + *ppNode = 0; } -#endif - return WRC_Continue; + + return rc; } /* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. +** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. */ -static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; +static void nodeOverwriteCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ + int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ +){ + int ii; + u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); + for(ii=0; iinDim2; ii++){ + p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); + } + pNode->isDirty = 1; } /* -** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. -** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT -** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. -** -** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a -** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before -** name resolution is performed. -** -** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. -** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr -** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. +** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. */ -static void sqlcipher3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ + u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; + int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); + writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* -** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlcipher3SelectTypeInfo() -** interface. -** -** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl -** information to the Table structure that represents the result set -** of that subquery. +** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert +** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. ** -** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed -** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted -** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This -** routine is called after identifier resolution. +** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. */ -static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse; - int i; - SrcList *pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; +static int nodeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ +){ + int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ + int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ - assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); - if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - assert( pSel ); - while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); + nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + + assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); + if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; + } + + return (nCell==nMaxCell); +} + +/* +** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. +*/ +static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode->isDirty ){ + sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; + if( pNode->iNode ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(p); + pNode->isDirty = 0; + rc = sqlite3_reset(p); + sqlite3_bind_null(p, 2); + if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference +** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. +*/ +static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode ){ + assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); + assert( pRtree->nNodeRef>0 ); + pNode->nRef--; + if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ + pRtree->nNodeRef--; + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = -1; + } + if( pNode->pParent ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); } + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + sqlite3_free(pNode); } } - return WRC_Continue; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of +** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is +** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. +*/ +static i64 nodeGetRowid( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ + int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ +){ + assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); } -#endif +/* +** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. +*/ +static void nodeGetCoord( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ + int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ + int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ + RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ +){ + readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); +} /* -** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to -** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a -** SELECT statement. -** -** Use this routine after name resolution. +** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed +** to by pCell with the results. */ -static void sqlcipher3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlcipher3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -#endif +static void nodeGetCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ + int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ +){ + u8 *pData; + RtreeCoord *pCoord; + int ii = 0; + pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); + pCoord = pCell->aCoord; + do{ + readCoord(pData, &pCoord[ii]); + readCoord(pData+4, &pCoord[ii+1]); + pData += 8; + ii += 2; + }while( iinDim2 ); } +/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of +** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods. +*/ +static int rtreeInit( + sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int +); + /* -** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The -** following is accomplished: -** -** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. -** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. -** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements -** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. -** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. -** -** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3SelectPrep( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ +static int rtreeCreate( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr ){ - sqlcipher3 *db; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; - sqlcipher3SelectExpand(pParse, p); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlcipher3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlcipher3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); + return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } /* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. -** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. +** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. */ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; +static int rtreeConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); +} + +/* +** Increment the r-tree reference count. +*/ +static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){ + pRtree->nBusy++; +} + +/* +** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches +** zero the structure is deleted. +*/ +static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ + pRtree->nBusy--; + if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ + pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; + assert( pRtree->nCursor==0 ); + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + assert( pRtree->nNodeRef==0 || pRtree->bCorrupt ); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteAux); + sqlite3_free(pRtree->zReadAuxSql); + sqlite3_free(pRtree); } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. +*/ +static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. +*/ +static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc; + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + if( !zCreate ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " - "argument"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rtreeRelease(pRtree); } + + return rc; } /* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. +** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); +static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVTab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + if( pCsr ){ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + pRtree->nCursor++; } + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + + return rc; } + /* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. +** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. */ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; - - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - regAgg = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - regAgg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); - } - if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLCIPHER_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; +static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; + if( pInfo ){ + if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); + sqlite3_free(pInfo); } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); + pCsr->aConstraint = 0; } +} - /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. - ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present - ** in registers, sqlcipher3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value - ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register - ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the - ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. - ** - ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached - ** values to an OP_Copy. - */ - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. +*/ +static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); + int ii; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + assert( pRtree->nCursor>0 ); + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pReadAux); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + for(ii=0; iiaNode[ii]); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + pRtree->nCursor--; + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple -** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). +** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. +** +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN -static void explainSimpleCount( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ - Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ -){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - char *zEqp = sqlcipher3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)", - pTab->zName, - pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "", - pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "", - pTab->nRowEst - ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4( - pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC - ); - } +static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + return pCsr->atEOF; +} + +/* +** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. +** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- +** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if +** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is +** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. +** Store the results in "r". +** +** There are five versions of this macro. The last one is generic. The +** other four are various architectures-specific optimizations. +*/ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)a); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)a); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ + ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #else -# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ + +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH +** constraint pConstraint. +*/ +static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ + RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ + int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ +){ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ + int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ + int rc; /* Callback return code */ + RtreeCoord c; /* Translator union */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ + + assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); + assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); + + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ + pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); + } + pCellData += 8; +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( eInt==0 ){ + switch( nCoord ){ + case 10: readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.f; + readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.f; + case 8: readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.f; + readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.f; + case 6: readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.f; + readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.f; + case 4: readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.f; + readCoord(pCellData+8, &c); aCoord[2] = c.f; + default: readCoord(pCellData+4, &c); aCoord[1] = c.f; + readCoord(pCellData, &c); aCoord[0] = c.f; + } + }else #endif + { + switch( nCoord ){ + case 10: readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.i; + readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.i; + case 8: readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.i; + readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.i; + case 6: readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.i; + readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.i; + case 4: readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.i; + readCoord(pCellData+8, &c); aCoord[2] = c.i; + default: readCoord(pCellData+4, &c); aCoord[1] = c.i; + readCoord(pCellData, &c); aCoord[0] = c.i; + } + } + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ + int eWithin = 0; + rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, + nCoord, aCoord, &eWithin); + if( eWithin==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; + *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; + }else{ + pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; + pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; + pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; + pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; + rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); + if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; + if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScorerScore; + } + } + return rc; +} /* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest -** as follows: -** -** pDest->eDest Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow -** opcode) for each row in the result set. -** -** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. -** Store the first column of the first result row -** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest -** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". -** -** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each -** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. -** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing -** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. -** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table -** is assumed to already be open. -** -** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store -** the result there. The cursor is left open after -** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that -** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create -** the table first. -** -** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of -** results each time it is invoked. The entry point -** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result -** set is not empty. -** -** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT -** statements within triggers whose only purpose is -** the side-effects of functions. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. +** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, +** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ +static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ ){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlcipher3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - int addrDistinctIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database connection */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; - pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; -#endif + /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate + ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. + */ + pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: + case RTREE_LT: + case RTREE_EQ: + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; + if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ + /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); - /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does - ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - } - sqlcipher3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; + default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ + pCellData += 4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; } - isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; +/* +** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. +** +** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val +** +** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in +** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. +*/ +static void rtreeLeafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; + assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; + default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; } -#endif - - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause - */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; - int isAggSub; + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} - if( pSub==0 ) continue; - if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); - continue; +/* +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. +*/ +static int nodeRowidIndex( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + i64 iRowid, + int *piIndex +){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + for(ii=0; iinHeight += sqlcipher3SelectExprHeight(p); +/* +** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode +** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1. +*/ +static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){ + RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + if( pParent ){ + return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); + } + *piIndex = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ - /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ - if( isAggSub ){ - isAgg = 1; - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - } - i = -1; - }else{ - /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with - ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point - ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn - ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address - */ - int topAddr; - int onceAddr = 0; - int retAddr; - assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); - pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; - topAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); - pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; - VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); - if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - /* If the subquery is no correlated and if we are not inside of - ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery - ** once. */ - int regOnce = ++pParse->nMem; - onceAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, regOnce); - } - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); - explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow; - if( onceAddr ) sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); - retAddr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); - VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); +/* +** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first +** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second. +** +** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first. +** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller +** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all +** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result +** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior. +*/ +static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( + const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, + const RtreeSearchPoint *pB +){ + if( pA->rScorerScore ) return -1; + if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; + if( pA->iLeveliLevel ) return -1; + if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; + return 0; +} - } - if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; - } - pParse->nHeight -= sqlcipher3SelectExprHeight(p); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; +/* +** Interchange two search points in a cursor. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ + RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; + assert( iaPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; + p->aPoint[j] = t; + i++; j++; + if( i=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + }else{ + RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; + p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; + p->aNode[j] = pTemp; } } - pEList = p->pEList; -#endif - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; - int cnt = 0; - int mxSelect; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - pLoop->pNext = pRight; - pRight = pLoop; - } - mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLCIPHER_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; - if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - goto select_end; - } - } - rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - return rc; - } -#endif +/* +** Return the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; +} - /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are - ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY - ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is - ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. - ** Use the SQLCIPHER_GroupByOrder flag with SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER - ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes. - */ - if( sqlcipher3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0 - && (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_GroupByOrder)==0 ){ - pOrderBy = 0; +/* +** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. +*/ +static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ + sqlite3_int64 id; + int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; + assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); + assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); + if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ + assert( pRC!=0 ); + id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; + *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); } + return pCur->aNode[ii]; +} - /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and - ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query - ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: - ** - ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz - ** - ** is transformed to: - ** - ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz - ** - ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be - ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally - ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER - ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. - */ - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct - && sqlcipher3ExprListCompare(pOrderBy, p->pEList)==0 - ){ - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - p->pGroupBy = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pOrderBy = 0; +/* +** Push a new element onto the priority queue +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + int i, j; + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ + int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pCur->aPoint = pNew; + pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; + } + i = pCur->nPoint++; + pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; + pNew->rScore = rScore; + pNew->iLevel = iLevel; + assert( iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); + while( i>0 ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; + j = (i-1)/2; + pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; + rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); + i = j; + pNew = pParent; } + return pNew; +} - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); +/* +** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return +** NULL if malloc fails. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; + pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); + pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; + if( pFirst==0 + || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) + ){ + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + int ii; + pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; + if( iiaNode[ii]==0 ); + pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; + }else{ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); + } + pCur->aNode[0] = 0; + *pNew = pCur->sPoint; + } + pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; + pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; + pCur->bPoint = 1; + return &pCur->sPoint; }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; + return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); } +} - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); +#if 0 +/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ +static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ + if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } + printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", + p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin + ); + idx++; + if( idxaNode[idx]); + }else{ + printf("\n"); } - - /* Set the limiter. - */ - iEnd = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64; - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); - if( p->iLimit==0 && addrSortIndex>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeGetOp(v, addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; - p->selFlags |= SF_UseSorter; +} +static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ + int ii; + printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); } - - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. - */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - addrDistinctIndex = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - }else{ - distinct = addrDistinctIndex = -1; + for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ + if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); + tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); } - - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - ExprList *pDist = (isDistinct ? p->pEList : 0); - - /* Begin the database scan. */ - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, pDist, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut; - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; +} +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) +#else +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ + int i, j, k, n; + i = 1 - p->bPoint; + assert( i==0 || i==1 ); + if( p->aNode[i] ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + } + if( p->bPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; + p->bPoint = 0; + }else if( p->nPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; + n = --p->nPoint; + p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; + if( naNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; + p->aNode[n+1] = 0; } - - if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ - VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ - - assert( addrDistinctIndex>=0 ); - pOp = sqlcipher3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex); - - assert( isDistinct ); - assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED - || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE - ); - distinct = -1; - if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ - int iJump; - int iExpr; - int iFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - int iBase = pParse->nMem+1; - int iBase2 = iBase + pEList->nExpr; - pParse->nMem += (pEList->nExpr*2); - - /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Integer. The - ** OP_Integer initializes the "first row" flag. */ - pOp->opcode = OP_Integer; - pOp->p1 = 1; - pOp->p2 = iFlag; - - sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, iBase, 1); - iJump = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1 + pEList->nExpr + 1 + 1; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, iFlag, iJump-1); - for(iExpr=0; iExprnExpr; iExpr++){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[iExpr].pExpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iBase+iExpr, iJump, iBase2+iExpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_NULLEQ); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iContinue); - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iFlag); - assert( sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, iBase, iBase2, pEList->nExpr); + i = 0; + while( (j = i*2+1)aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); + i = k; + }else{ + break; + } }else{ - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); + i = j; + }else{ + break; + } } } + } +} - /* Use the standard inner loop. */ - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, pDest, - pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ - int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ - int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ - /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the - ** GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ +/* +** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue +** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, +** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the +** query has completed. +*/ +static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; + Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); + RtreeNode *pNode; + int eWithin; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell; + int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; + int ii; + int eInt; + RtreeSearchPoint x; - for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; + eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; + while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ + u8 *pCellData; + pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); + while( p->iCellaConstraint + ii; + if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, + &rScore, &eWithin); + if( rc ) return rc; + }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ + rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + }else{ + rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + } + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ){ + p->iCell++; + pCellData += pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + break; + } } - if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100; - }else{ - p->nSelectRow = (double)1; - } - - - /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ - addrEnd = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); - sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlcipher3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; + p->iCell++; + x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; + if( x.iLevel ){ + x.id = readInt64(pCellData); + for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ + if( pCur->aPoint[ii].id==x.id ){ + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + x.iCell = 0; + }else{ + x.id = p->id; + x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + if( rScoreeWithin = (u8)eWithin; + p->id = x.id; + p->iCell = x.iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); + break; } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ix.pList); + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; - addrOutputRow = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - regReset = ++pParse->nMem; - addrReset = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + } + pCur->atEOF = p==0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - int regBase; - int regRecord; - int nCol; - int nGroupBy; +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. +*/ +static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; - explainTempTable(pParse, - isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY"); + /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); + if( pCsr->bAuxValid ){ + pCsr->bAuxValid = 0; + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); + } + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + return rc; +} - groupBySort = 1; - nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; - nCol = nGroupBy + 1; - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; i=j ){ - nCol++; - j++; - } - } - regBase = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ - int r1 = j + regBase; - int r2; +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. +*/ +static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ + *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); + } + return rc; +} - r2 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, - pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); - } - j++; - } - } - regRecord = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; - sortOut = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - } +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. +*/ +static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + RtreeCoord c; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); - } - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); - if( j==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); - } + if( rc ) return rc; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); + }else if( i<=pRtree->nDim2 ){ + nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); + }else +#endif + { + assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); + } + }else{ + if( !pCsr->bAuxValid ){ + if( pCsr->pReadAux==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pRtree->db, pRtree->zReadAuxSql, -1, 0, + &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); - - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); - - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); - - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); + rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + pCsr->bAuxValid = 1; }else{ - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } + } + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, + sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i - pRtree->nDim2 + 1)); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); - - /* Jump over the subroutines - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and +** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set +** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf +** to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int findLeafNode( + Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ + i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ + sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ +){ + int rc; + *ppLeaf = 0; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); + if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); + if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); + sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + } + return rc; +} - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); - addrOutputRow = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, pDest, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); +/* +** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed +** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the +** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH +** operator. +*/ +static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob, *pSrc; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ + + pSrc = sqlite3_value_pointer(pValue, "RtreeMatchArg"); + if( pSrc==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*) + sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInfo)+pSrc->iSize ); + if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; + memcpy(pBlob, pSrc, pSrc->iSize); + pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; + pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; + pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; + pInfo->apSqlParam = pBlob->apSqlParam; + + if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ + pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; + }else{ + pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; + pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; + } + pCons->pInfo = pInfo; + return SQLITE_OK; +} - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - - } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ - else { - ExprList *pDel = 0; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ - /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then - ** the SQL statement is of the form: - ** - ** SELECT count(*) FROM - ** - ** where the Table structure returned represents table . - ** - ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The - ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that - ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It - ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost - ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. - */ - const int iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. +*/ +static int rtreeFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCell = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + rtreeReference(pRtree); - /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If - ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table - ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and - ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. - ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree - ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the - ** index. - ** - ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. - ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only - ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn) ){ - pBest = pIdx; - } - } - if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){ - iRoot = pBest->tnum; - pKeyInfo = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); - } + /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; + pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt; - /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { - /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: - ** - ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... - ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... - ** - ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results - ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. - ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then - ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the - ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is - ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum - ** value of x, the only row required). - ** - ** A special flag must be passed to sqlcipher3WhereBegin() to slightly - ** modify behaviour as follows: - ** - ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by - ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value - ** for x. - ** - ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which - ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on - ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. - ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. - */ - ExprList *pMinMax = 0; - u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); - if( flag ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pMinMax = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); - pDel = pMinMax; - if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ - pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; - pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; + if( idxNum==1 ){ + /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the leaf */ + i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + i64 iNode = 0; + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); + assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ + pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; + p->id = iNode; + p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); + p->iCell = (u8)iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); + }else{ + pCsr->atEOF = 1; + } + }else{ + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. + */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ + pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + pCsr->nConstraint = argc; + if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); + assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) + || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); + for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; + p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; + p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; + if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that + ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using + ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. + */ + rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim2; + p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; + p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); +#else + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); +#endif } } - - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, 0, flag); - if( pWInfo==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - goto select_end; - } - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( !pMinMax && flag ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); - } - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); } - - pOrderBy = 0; - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); } - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ - - if( distinct>=0 ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY"); - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest); - } - - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; - - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. - */ -select_end: - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - - /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. - */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1)); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->id = 1; + pNew->iCell = 0; + pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); + pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; + pRoot = 0; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + } } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) /* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. +** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** least desirable): +** +** idxNum idxStr Strategy +** ------------------------------------------------ +** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. +** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. +** ------------------------------------------------ ** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. +** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with +** (argvIndex==1) etc. +** +** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint +** operator as follows: +** +** Operator Byte Value +** ---------------------- +** = 0x41 ('A') +** <= 0x42 ('B') +** < 0x43 ('C') +** >= 0x44 ('D') +** > 0x45 ('E') +** MATCH 0x46 ('F') +** ---------------------- ** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. +** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column +** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column +** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken); - }else{ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlcipher3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlcipher3PrintExpr(p->pRight); - } - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(")"); -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlcipher3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(", "); +static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int ii; + int bMatch = 0; /* True if there exists a MATCH constraint */ + i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ + + int iIdx = 0; + char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; + memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); + + /* Check if there exists a MATCH constraint - even an unusable one. If there + ** is, do not consider the lookup-by-rowid plan as using such a plan would + ** require the VDBE to evaluate the MATCH constraint, which is not currently + ** possible. */ + for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ + if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + bMatch = 1; } } -} -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlcipher3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlcipher3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); + + assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); + for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; + + if( bMatch==0 && p->usable + && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ + int jj; + for(jj=0; jjaConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; + + /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return + ** a single row. + */ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( p->usable + && ((p->iColumn>0 && p->iColumn<=pRtree->nDim2) + || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) + ){ + u8 op; + switch( p->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH: op = RTREE_MATCH; break; + default: op = 0; break; } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(","); + if( op ){ + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = (char)(p->iColumn - 1 + '0'); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; } - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); } } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlcipher3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlcipher3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlcipher3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlcipher3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf("\n"); + + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; + if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + + nRow = pRtree->nRowEst >> (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + + return rc; } -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) */ -/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the sqlcipher3_get_table() and sqlcipher3_free_table() -** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main -** interface routine of sqlcipher3_exec(). -** -** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked -** if they are not used. +** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_GET_TABLE +static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; + assert( pRtree->nDim>=1 && pRtree->nDim<=5 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + switch( pRtree->nDim ){ + case 5: area = p->aCoord[9].f - p->aCoord[8].f; + case 4: area *= p->aCoord[7].f - p->aCoord[6].f; + case 3: area *= p->aCoord[5].f - p->aCoord[4].f; + case 2: area *= p->aCoord[3].f - p->aCoord[2].f; + default: area *= p->aCoord[1].f - p->aCoord[0].f; + } + }else +#endif + { + switch( pRtree->nDim ){ + case 5: area = (i64)p->aCoord[9].i - (i64)p->aCoord[8].i; + case 4: area *= (i64)p->aCoord[7].i - (i64)p->aCoord[6].i; + case 3: area *= (i64)p->aCoord[5].i - (i64)p->aCoord[4].i; + case 2: area *= (i64)p->aCoord[3].i - (i64)p->aCoord[2].i; + default: area *= (i64)p->aCoord[1].i - (i64)p->aCoord[0].i; + } + } + return area; +} /* -** This structure is used to pass data from sqlcipher3_get_table() through -** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum +** of the objects size in each dimension. */ -typedef struct TabResult { - char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ - int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ - int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ - int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ - int rc; /* Return code from sqlcipher3_exec() */ -} TabResult; +static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue margin = 0; + int ii = pRtree->nDim2 - 2; + do{ + margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + ii -= 2; + }while( ii>=0 ); + return margin; +} /* -** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job -** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new -** memory as necessary. +** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. */ -static int sqlcipher3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ - TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ - int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *z; /* A single column of result */ - - /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything - ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ - need = nCol*2; +static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii = 0; + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + do{ + p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); + ii += 2; + }while( iinDim2 ); }else{ - need = nCol; - } - if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ - char **azNew; - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; - azNew = sqlcipher3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); - if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; - p->azResult = azNew; + do{ + p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); + ii += 2; + }while( iinDim2 ); } +} - /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing - ** the names of all columns. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - p->nColumn = nCol; - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; +/* +** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered +** by p1. False otherwise. +*/ +static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii; + int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); + for(ii=0; iinDim2; ii+=2){ + RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; + RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) + ){ + return 0; } - }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ - sqlcipher3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlcipher3_mprintf( - "sqlcipher3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" - ); - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - return 1; } + return 1; +} - /* Copy over the row data - */ - if( argv!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inDim2; jj+=2){ + RtreeDValue x1, x2; + x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); + x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); + if( x2azResult[p->nData++] = z; } - p->nRow++; + overlap += o; } - return 0; - -malloc_failed: - p->rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - return 1; + return overlap; } + /* -** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, -** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results -** at the conclusion of the call. -** -** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. -** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlcipher3_free_table() when -** the calling procedure is finished using it. +** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84]. +** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_get_table( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ - int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +static int ChooseLeaf( + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to insert into rtree */ + int iHeight, /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf /* OUT: Selected leaf page */ ){ int rc; - TabResult res; + int ii; + RtreeNode *pNode = 0; + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode); - *pazResult = 0; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - res.zErrMsg = 0; - res.nRow = 0; - res.nColumn = 0; - res.nData = 1; - res.nAlloc = 20; - res.rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - res.azResult = sqlcipher3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); - if( res.azResult==0 ){ - db->errCode = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult[0] = 0; - rc = sqlcipher3_exec(db, zSql, sqlcipher3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); - assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); - res.azResult[0] = SQLCIPHER_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLCIPHER_ABORT ){ - sqlcipher3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - if( res.zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlcipher3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlcipher3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ + int iCell; + sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; + + RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; + + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell cell; + RtreeNode *pChild; + + RtreeCell *aCell = 0; + + /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell + ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with + ** the smallest area. + */ + for(iCell=0; iCellerrCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ - return res.rc; - } - sqlcipher3_free(res.zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return rc; - } - if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ - char **azNew; - azNew = sqlcipher3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); - if( azNew==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - db->errCode = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; } - res.azResult = azNew; + + sqlite3_free(aCell); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); + pNode = pChild; } - *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + + *ppLeaf = pNode; return rc; } /* -** This routine frees the space the sqlcipher3_get_table() malloced. +** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into +** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in +** all ancestor elements. */ -SQLCIPHER_API void sqlcipher3_free_table( - char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlcipher3_get_table() */ +static int AdjustTree( + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* This cell was just inserted */ ){ - if( azResult ){ - int i, n; - azResult--; - assert( azResult!=0 ); - n = SQLCIPHER_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); - for(i=1; ipParent ){ + RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; + RtreeCell cell; + int iCell; + + if( (++cnt)>1000 || nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); + if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ + cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); + } + + p = pParent; } + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_GET_TABLE */ - -/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/ /* -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs +** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the _rowid table. */ +static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER /* -** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the _parent table. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlcipher3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ - while( pTriggerStep ){ - TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; - pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; +static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); +} - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); +static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } -} /* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to -** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values +** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For +** example, assuming the inputs: ** -** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab -** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional -** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all -** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list -** and returns the combined list. +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } ** -** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers -** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on -** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: +** +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** +** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the +** sorting algorithm. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlcipher3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; - Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ +static void SortByDistance( + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, + int *aSpare +){ + if( nIdx>1 ){ + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - return 0; - } + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; - if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - HashElem *p; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); - for(p=sqlcipherHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqlcipherHashNext(p)){ - Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqlcipherHashData(p); - if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) - ){ - pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); - pList = pTrig; + SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); + SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + + while( iLeftpTrigger); +#if 0 + /* Check that the sort worked */ + { + int jj; + for(jj=1; jjpNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the -** sqlcipher3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger -** construction process. +** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values +** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The +** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the +** maximum used to break ties. +** +** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the +** sorting algorithm. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3BeginTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ - Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ - int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ - IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ - SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ - Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ - int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ - int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +static void SortByDimension( + Rtree *pRtree, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + int iDim, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int *aSpare ){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ - Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ - Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ - DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ - int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + if( nIdx>1 ){ - assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ - assert( pName2!=0 ); - assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( isTemp ){ - /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ - if( pName2->n>0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); - goto trigger_cleanup; + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; + + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; + + SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + while( iLeftmallocFailed ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } +} - /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... - ** ^^^^^^^^ - ** - ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database - ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLCIPHER_MASTER. - */ - if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); - pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; - } +/* +** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990]. +*/ +static int splitNodeStartree( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + RtreeNode *pLeft, + RtreeNode *pRight, + RtreeCell *pBboxLeft, + RtreeCell *pBboxRight +){ + int **aaSorted; + int *aSpare; + int ii; - /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, - ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. - ** If sqlcipher3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not - ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. - */ - pTab = sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab - && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; + int iBestDim = 0; + int iBestSplit = 0; + RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO; + + sqlite3_int64 nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); + + aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !aaSorted ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } - /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; - assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); - if( sqlcipher3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && - sqlcipher3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; + aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; + memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); + for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ + int jj; + aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; + for(jj=0; jjinit.iDb==1 ){ - /* Ticket #3810. - ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are - ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table - ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the - ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the - ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an - ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. - */ - db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + + for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ + RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; + int iBestLeft = 0; + int nLeft; + + for( + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft++ + ){ + RtreeCell left; + RtreeCell right; + int kk; + RtreeDValue overlap; + RtreeDValue area; + + memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ + if( kkaDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), - zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName)) ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); - }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlcipher3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + if( ii==0 || marginzName, "sqlcipher_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); - pParse->nErr++; - goto trigger_cleanup; + memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + for(ii=0; iipSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", - (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" - " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iTabDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3_free(aaSorted); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; - const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; - if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLCIPHER_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ - goto trigger_cleanup; + +static int updateMapping( + Rtree *pRtree, + i64 iRowid, + RtreeNode *pNode, + int iHeight +){ + int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); + xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite); + if( iHeight>0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; } } -#endif + return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); +} - /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers - ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every - ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code - ** elsewhere. +static int SplitNode( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int i; + int newCellIsRight = 0; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell *aCell; + int *aiUsed; + + RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; + RtreeNode *pRight = 0; + + RtreeCell leftbbox; + RtreeCell rightbbox; + + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ - if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ - tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; + aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); + if( !aCell ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; } + aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; + memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); + for(i=0; izName = zName; - zName = 0; - pTrigger->table = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); - pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->op = (u8)op; - pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTrigger->pColumns = sqlcipher3IdListDup(db, pColumns); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - -trigger_cleanup: - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zName); - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ - sqlcipher3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pRtree->iDepth++; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); }else{ - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); + pLeft = pNode; + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); + pLeft->nRef++; } -} - -/* -** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed -** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3FinishTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ - Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ -){ - Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ - char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ - Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; - if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - zName = pTrig->zName; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - pTrig->step_list = pStepList; - while( pStepList ){ - pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; - pStepList = pStepList->pNext; + if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; } - nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; - nameToken.n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(nameToken.z); - if( sqlcipher3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) - && sqlcipher3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){ - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + + memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + + rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, + &leftbbox, &rightbbox); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; } - /* if we are not initializing, - ** build the sqlcipher_master entry + /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling + ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created + ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. + ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *z; - - /* Make an entry in the sqlcipher_master table */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - z = sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, - pTrig->table, z); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, z); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) + || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) + ){ + goto splitnode_out; } - if( db->init.busy ){ - Trigger *pLink = pTrig; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pTrig = sqlcipher3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); - if( pTrig ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab; - int n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pLink->table); - pTab = sqlcipher3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; - pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; + leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; + + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + }else{ + RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; + int iCell; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ + goto splitnode_out; } -triggerfinish_cleanup: - sqlcipher3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); - assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); - sqlcipher3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); -} + for(i=0; iiRowid ){ + newCellIsRight = 1; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + for(i=0; iiRowid, pLeft, iHeight); + } -/* -** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into -** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlcipher3TriggerSelectStep(sqlcipher3 *db, Select *pSelect){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + pRight = 0; } - pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - return pTriggerStep; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + pLeft = 0; + } + +splitnode_out: + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; } /* -** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space -** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate +** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. ** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update +** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the +** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** function is called to determine its ancestry. */ -static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database connection */ - u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ - Token *pName /* The target name */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ + i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ - pTriggerStep = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; - memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); - pTriggerStep->target.z = z; - pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; - pTriggerStep->op = op; + /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a + ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't + ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete + ** the referenced counted node structures. + */ + iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); + for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); + if( !pTest ){ + rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ){ + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + pChild = pChild->pParent; } - return pTriggerStep; + return rc; } -/* -** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer -** to the new trigger step. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the -** body of a trigger. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlcipher3TriggerInsertStep( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ - IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; +static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); + +static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ + int rc; + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pParent = 0; + int iCell; - assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0); - assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - }else{ - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + pNode->pParent = 0; + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; } - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - - return pTriggerStep; -} -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlcipher3TriggerUpdateStep( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ + return rc; + } - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ + return rc; } - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; -} -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlcipher3TriggerDeleteStep( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into + ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. + */ + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + pNode->iNode = iHeight; + pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; + pNode->nRef++; + pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; + return SQLITE_OK; } -/* -** Recursively delete a Trigger structure -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DeleteTrigger(sqlcipher3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ - if( pTrigger==0 ) return; - sqlcipher3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); - sqlcipher3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParent ){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); + for(ii=1; iiiNode; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); + } + } + return rc; } /* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. -** -** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies -** the trigger by name. The sqlcipher3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the -** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger -** instead of the trigger name. -**/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - int i; - const char *zDb; - const char *zName; - int nName; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the +** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. +*/ +static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ + RtreeNode *pParent; + int rc; - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ + return rc; } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; - zName = pName->a[0].zName; - nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - assert( zDb!=0 || sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlcipher3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - pTrigger = sqlcipher3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); - if( pTrigger ) break; - } - if( !pTrigger ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); + /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around + ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. + */ + nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + + /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum + ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the + ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated + ** node. + */ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); + if( pParent ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)checkSchema = 1; - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } - sqlcipher3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - -drop_trigger_cleanup: - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} -/* -** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger -** is set on. -*/ -static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - int n = sqlcipher3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); - return sqlcipher3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); + return rc; } +static int Reinsert( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int *aOrder; + int *aSpare; + RtreeCell *aCell; + RtreeDValue *aDistance; + int nCell; + RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS]; + int iDim; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int n; -/* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ - Table *pTable; - Vdbe *v; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; + memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable ); - assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLCIPHER_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || - sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif + nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1; + n = (nCell+1)&(~1); - /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. + /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is + ** relinquished before this function returns. */ - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int base; - static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { - { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ - { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ - }; - - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlcipher3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - base = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); - if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ - pParse->nMem = 3; - } + aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc64(n * ( + sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */ + sizeof(RtreeDValue) /* aDistance array */ + )); + if( !aCell ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } -} - -/* -** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlcipher* pointer. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Hash *pHash; + aOrder = (int *)&aCell[n]; + aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[n]; + aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n]; - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); - pTrigger = sqlcipher3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName), 0); - if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ - if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - Trigger **pp; - for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); } - sqlcipher3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_InternChanges; } -} - -/* -** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry -** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries -** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, -** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a -** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then -** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only -** if there is no match. -*/ -static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ - int e; - if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; - for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ - if( sqlcipher3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; + for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is -** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at -** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlcipher3TriggersExist( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ - int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ - int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -){ - int mask = 0; - Trigger *pList = 0; - Trigger *p; - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ - pList = sqlcipher3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); + aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); + } } - assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ - mask |= p->tr_tm; + + SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); + nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); + if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } } } - if( pMask ){ - *pMask = mask; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); } - return (mask ? pList : 0); + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + RtreeNode *pInsert; + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; } /* -** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer -** to that SrcList. -** -** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when -** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from -** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the -** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it -** wants. +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +static int rtreeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight ){ - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - - pSrc = sqlcipher3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); - assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( iDbdb->nDb ); - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( iHeight>0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; } } - return pSrc; + if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ + if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ + rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + }else{ + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; + rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + } + }else{ + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } + } + } + return rc; } -/* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single -** trigger. -*/ -static int codeTriggerProgram( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pStep; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); - assert( pStepList ); - assert( v!=0 ); - for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step - ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger - ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use - ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger - ** step statement. Example: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; - ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); - ** END; - ** - ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy - ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy - */ - pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiop ){ - case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlcipher3Update(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_INSERT: { - sqlcipher3Insert(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlcipher3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlcipher3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_DELETE: { - sqlcipher3DeleteFrom(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) - ); - break; - } - default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { - SelectDest sDest; - Select *pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - break; + /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; } - } - if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } } - - return 0; -} - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_DEBUG -/* -** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE -** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. -*/ -static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: return "abort"; - case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; - case OE_Fail: return "fail"; - case OE_Replace: return "replace"; - case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; - case OE_Default: return "default"; - } - return "n/a"; + return rc; } -#endif /* -** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe -** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information -** from pFrom to pTo. +** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. */ -static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); - assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); - if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ - pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; - pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; - }else{ - sqlcipher3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); - } +static int rtreeNewRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ + int rc; + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + return rc; } /* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program -** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. */ -static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ -){ - Parse *pTop = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ - Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ - SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ - Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ - int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ +static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ + int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ + RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; /* Root node of rtree structure */ - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - assert( pTop->pVdbe ); - /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg - ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ - pPrg = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); - if( !pPrg ) return 0; - pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; - pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; - pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); - if( !pProgram ) return 0; - sqlcipher3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); - pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; - pPrg->orconf = orconf; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; + /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the - ** trigger sub-program. */ - pSubParse = sqlcipher3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); - if( !pSubParse ) return 0; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pSubParse; - pSubParse->db = db; - pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; - pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; - pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; - pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; - pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); + } - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pSubParse); - if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", - pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), - (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), - (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), - pTab->zName - )); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRACE - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, - sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC - ); +#ifdef CORRUPT_DB + assert( pLeaf!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || CORRUPT_DB ); #endif - /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the - ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ - if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 - ){ - iEndTrigger = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - } - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf ){ + int rc2; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } - /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ - codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); + /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + } - /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ - if( iEndTrigger ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); + /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** reduce the tree height by one. + ** + ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** in this scenario). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pChild = 0; + i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iDepth--; + writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + pRoot->isDirty = 1; + } + } - transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pProgram->aOp = sqlcipher3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ + for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); } - pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; - pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; - pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; - sqlcipher3VdbeDelete(v); + pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; + pRtree->nNodeRef--; + sqlite3_free(pLeaf); } - assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); - assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); - sqlcipher3StackFree(db, pSubParse); + /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + }else{ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + } - return pPrg; + return rc; } - + /* -** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for -** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such -** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before -** being returned. +** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. */ -static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ -){ - Parse *pRoot = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - - /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the - ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with - ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere - ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); - pPrg=pPrg->pNext - ); +#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ +#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ - /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ - if( !pPrg ){ - pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); +#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) +/* +** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) +** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. +*/ +static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f>d ){ + f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); } - - return pPrg; + return f; +} +static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( fbase.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** Parameter iCol is the index of the leftmost column involved in the +** constraint failure. If it is 0, then the constraint that failed is +** the unique constraint on the id column. Otherwise, it is the rtree +** (c1<=c2) constraint on columns iCol and iCol+1 that has failed. +** +** If an OOM occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CodeRowTriggerDirect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program - ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ - if( pPrg ){ - int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLCIPHER_RecTriggers)); +static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql; + int rc; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); - VdbeComment( - (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); + assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 ); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pRtree->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); - /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if - ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive - ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, - ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers - ** is clear. */ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iCol==0 ){ + const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, 0); + pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "UNIQUE constraint failed: %s.%s", pRtree->zName, zCol + ); + }else{ + const char *zCol1 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol); + const char *zCol2 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol+1); + pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "rtree constraint failed: %s.(%s<=%s)", pRtree->zName, zCol1, zCol2 + ); + } } + + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT : rc); } + + /* -** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation -** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) -** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the -** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then -** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. -** -** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified -** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. -** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers -** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references -** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab -** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: -** -** Register Contains -** ------------------------------------------------------ -** reg+0 OLD.rowid -** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab -** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid -** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab -** -** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will -** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or -** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). -** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers -** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an -** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg -** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through -** (reg+N+N+1) are. -** -** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the -** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump -** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program -** raises an IGNORE exception. +** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +static int rtreeUpdate( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ - Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ + int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ - assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); - assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); + if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){ + /* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it, + ** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read + ** cursor. */ + return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB; + } + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + cell.iRowid = 0; /* Used only to suppress a compiler warning */ - /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are - ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table - ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ - assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema - || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return + ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: + ** + ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or + ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. + ** + ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then + ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second + ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the + ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. + */ + if( nData>1 ){ + int ii; + int nn = nData - 4; - /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) - ){ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); + if( nn > pRtree->nDim2 ) nn = pRtree->nDim2; + /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is aData[3]. + ** + ** NB: nData can only be less than nDim*2+3 if the rtree is mis-declared + ** with "column" that are interpreted as table constraints. + ** Example: CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE bad USING rtree(x,y,CHECK(y>5)); + ** This problem was discovered after years of use, so we silently ignore + ** these kinds of misdeclared tables to avoid breaking any legacy. + */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + for(ii=0; iicell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ + rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1); + goto constraint; + } + } + }else +#endif + { + for(ii=0; iicell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ + rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1); + goto constraint; + } + } + } + + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(aData[2]); + if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0])!=cell.iRowid + ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, 0); + goto constraint; + } + } + } + bHaveRowid = 1; } } -} -/* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information -** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire -** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. -** -** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the -** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if -** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there -** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns -** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. -** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is -** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. -** -** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned -** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. -** -** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE -** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the -** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE u32 sqlcipher3TriggerColmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ - int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ -){ - const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; - u32 mask = 0; - Trigger *p; + /* If aData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. + */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0])); + } - assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) - ){ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - if( pPrg ){ - mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; + /* If the aData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (aData[2]..aData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; + + /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ + if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ + rc = rtreeNewRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); + } + *pRowid = cell.iRowid; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->nAux ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pUp = pRtree->pWriteAux; + int jj; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUp, 1, *pRowid); + for(jj=0; jjnAux; jj++){ + sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, jj+2, aData[pRtree->nDim2+3+jj]); } + sqlite3_step(pUp); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUp); } } - return mask; +constraint: + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; } -#endif /* !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +/* +** Called when a transaction starts. +*/ +static int rtreeBeginTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + assert( pRtree->inWrTrans==0 ); + pRtree->inWrTrans++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} -/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle UPDATE statements. +** Called when a transaction completes (either by COMMIT or ROLLBACK). +** The sqlite3_blob object should be released at this point. */ +static int rtreeEndTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + return SQLITE_OK; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Forward declaration */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ - int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ -); -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +/* +** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. +*/ +static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + ); + if( zSql ){ + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} /* -** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the -** OP_Column to the default value, if any. -** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the -** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table -** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE -** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk -** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken -** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. -** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value -** for the column and the P4 value is not required. +** The xSavepoint method. ** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have -** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated -** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlcipher_master table.) -** -** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for -** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr() -** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into -** sqlcipher3_value objects. +** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However, +** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a +** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot +** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were +** not closed here, the following would fail: ** -** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction -** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is -** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save -** space. +** BEGIN; +** INSERT INTO rtree... +** DROP TABLE ; -- Would fail with SQLITE_LOCKED +** COMMIT; */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( !pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlcipher3_value *pValue; - u8 enc = ENC(sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v)); - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); - assert( inCol ); - sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr(sqlcipher3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, - pCol->affinity, &pValue); - if( pValue ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); +static int rtreeSavepoint(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + u8 iwt = pRtree->inWrTrans; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; + nodeBlobReset(pRtree); + pRtree->inWrTrans = iwt; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate +** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based +** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ + const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_stmt *p; + int rc; + i64 nRow = 0; + + rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + db, pRtree->zDb, "sqlite_stat1",0,0,0,0,0,0 + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; + return rc==SQLITE_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : rc; + } + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLCIPHER_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRow==0 ){ + pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; + }else{ + pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); + } } -#endif + sqlite3_free(zSql); } + + return rc; } + /* -** Process an UPDATE statement. -** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +** Return true if zName is the extension on one of the shadow tables used +** by this module. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Update( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ - int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* The database structure */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ - int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the - ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. - ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ - int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */ - Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ - int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */ - AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ - int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ - int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ +static int rtreeShadowName(const char *zName){ + static const char *azName[] = { + "node", "parent", "rowid" + }; + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; idb; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + #define N_STATEMENT 8 + static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { + /* Write the xxx_node table */ + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(?1, ?2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = ?1", - /* Locate the table which we want to update. - */ - pTab = sqlcipher3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ + "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = ?1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(?1, ?2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = ?1", - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** updated is a view. - */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlcipher3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; - assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -# define tmask 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif + /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ + "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = ?1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(?1, ?2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = ?1" + }; + sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; + int i; + const int f = SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB; - if( sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - if( sqlcipher3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - aXRef = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol ); - if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + pRtree->db = db; - /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. - ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they - ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and - ** allocate enough space, just in case. - */ - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; + if( isCreate ){ + char *zCreate; + sqlite3_str *p = sqlite3_str_new(db); + int ii; + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, + "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,nodeno", + zDb, zPrefix); + for(ii=0; iinAux; ii++){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(p,",a%d",ii); + } + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, + ");CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,data);", + zDb, zPrefix); + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, + "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,parentnode);", + zDb, zPrefix); + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, + "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_node\"VALUES(1,zeroblob(%d))", + zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize); + zCreate = sqlite3_str_finish(p); + if( !zCreate ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } } - /* Initialize the name-context */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; + appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; + appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; + appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; + appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; + appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pReadParent; + appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; + appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the - ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index - ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each - ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change - ** that column. - */ - chngRowid = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; + rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); + for(i=0; inAux==0 ){ + zFormat = azSql[i]; + }else { + /* An UPSERT is very slightly slower than REPLACE, but it is needed + ** if there are auxiliary columns */ + zFormat = "INSERT INTO\"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid,nodeno)VALUES(?1,?2)" + "ON CONFLICT(rowid)DO UPDATE SET nodeno=excluded.nodeno"; } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFormat, zDb, zPrefix); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, appStmt[i], 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + if( pRtree->nAux ){ + pRtree->zReadAuxSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\" WHERE rowid=?1", + zDb, zPrefix); + if( pRtree->zReadAuxSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_str *p = sqlite3_str_new(db); + int ii; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"SET ", zDb, zPrefix); + for(ii=0; iinAux; ii++){ + if( ii ) sqlite3_str_append(p, ",", 1); + if( iinAuxNotNull ){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(p,"a%d=coalesce(?%d,a%d)",ii,ii+2,ii); + }else{ + sqlite3_str_appendf(p,"a%d=?%d",ii,ii+2); } - aXRef[j] = i; - break; } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlcipher3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + sqlite3_str_appendf(p, " WHERE rowid=?1"); + zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(p); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto update_cleanup; - } - } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_UPDATE, pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_DENY ){ - goto update_cleanup; - }else if( rc==SQLCIPHER_IGNORE ){ - aXRef[j] = -1; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, f, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); } } -#endif } - hasFK = sqlcipher3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid); + return rc; +} - /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the - ** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in - ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used - ** and with zero for unused indices. - */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - if( nIdx>0 ){ - aRegIdx = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx ); - if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup; +/* +** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement +** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed +** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned +** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error +** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined. +*/ +static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } } - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int reg; - if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - }else{ - reg = 0; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - break; - } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to +** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected +** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree +** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting +** the root node of the tree. +** +** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. +** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the +** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries +** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. +*/ +static int getNodeSize( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; + if( isCreate ){ + int iPageSize = 0; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; + if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; } + }else{ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize<(512-64) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + RTREE_IS_CORRUPT(pRtree); + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("undersize RTree blobs in \"%q_node\"", + pRtree->zName); } - aRegIdx[j] = reg; } - /* Begin generating code. */ - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlcipher3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlcipher3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + return rc; +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, - pWhere, onError); - pWhere = 0; - pTabList = 0; - goto update_cleanup; - } -#endif +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the r-tree virtual table. +** +** argv[0] -> module name +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> column names... +*/ +static int rtreeInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ + int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ + char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ + int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Rtree *pRtree; + int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ + int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ + int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); + sqlite3_str *pSql; + char *zSql; + int ii = 4; + int iErr; - /* Allocate required registers. */ - regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - if( pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - } - if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + const char *aErrMsg[] = { + 0, /* 0 */ + "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ + "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ + "Too many columns for an rtree table", /* 3 */ + "Auxiliary rtree columns must be last" /* 4 */ + }; + + assert( RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN<256 ); /* Aux columns counted by a u8 */ + if( argc>RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN+3 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[3]); + return SQLITE_ERROR; } - regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - /* Start the view context. */ - if( isView ){ - sqlcipher3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); + pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + if( !pRtree ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + pRtree->nBusy = 1; + pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; + pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; + pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; + pRtree->eCoordType = (u8)eCoordType; + memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); + memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); - /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. + + /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If + ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure + ** the r-tree table schema. */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlcipher3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); + pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); + for(ii=4; iinAux++; + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]+1); + }else if( pRtree->nAux>0 ){ + break; + }else{ + pRtree->nDim2++; + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]); + } } -#endif + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");"); + zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(pSql); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( iinDim = pRtree->nDim2/2; + if( pRtree->nDim<1 ){ + iErr = 2; + }else if( pRtree->nDim2>RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2 ){ + iErr = 3; + }else if( pRtree->nDim2 % 2 ){ + iErr = 1; + }else{ + iErr = 0; + } + if( iErr ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); + goto rtreeInit_fail; + } + pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4; - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the - ** WHERE clause. - */ - if( sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto update_cleanup; + /* Figure out the node size to use. */ + rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); + if( rc ) goto rtreeInit_fail; + rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate); + if( rc ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + goto rtreeInit_fail; } - /* Begin the database scan - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid); - pWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin( - pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED - ); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass; + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; + return SQLITE_OK; - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid); - if( !okOnePass ){ - regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); - } +rtreeInit_fail: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( *ppVtab==0 ); + assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; +} - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - /* Initialize the count of updated rows - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); - } +/* +** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to +** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. +** +** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions +** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing +** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to +** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: +** +** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; +** +** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one +** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** *2 coordinates. +*/ +static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + RtreeNode node; + Rtree tree; + int ii; + int nData; + int errCode; + sqlite3_str *pOut; - if( !isView ){ - /* - ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any - ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution - ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need - ** to be deleting some records. - */ - if( !okOnePass ) sqlcipher3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); - if( onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - }else{ - openAll = 0; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ - openAll = 1; - break; - } - } - } - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - assert( aRegIdx ); - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 ); - } + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); + memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); + tree.nDim = (u8)sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); + if( tree.nDim<1 || tree.nDim>5 ) return; + tree.nDim2 = tree.nDim*2; + tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; + node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); + nData = sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[1]); + if( nData<4 ) return; + if( nData0 ) sqlite3_str_append(pOut, " ", 1); + sqlite3_str_appendf(pOut, "{%lld", cell.iRowid); + for(jj=0; jjrc==SQLITE_OK ) pCheck->rc = rc; +} + +/* +** The second and subsequent arguments to this function are a format string +** and printf style arguments. This function formats the string and attempts +** to compile it as an SQL statement. +** +** If successful, a pointer to the new SQL statement is returned. Otherwise, +** NULL is returned and an error code left in RtreeCheck.rc. +*/ +static sqlite3_stmt *rtreeCheckPrepare( + RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */ + const char *zFmt, ... /* Format string and trailing args */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0; + + va_start(ap, zFmt); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + + if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( z==0 ){ + pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pCheck->rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pCheck->db, z, -1, &pRet, 0); + } } - /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers - ** with the required old.* column data. */ - if( hasFK || pTrigger ){ - u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlcipher3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlcipher3TriggerColmask(pParse, - pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->nErrrc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", + pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z + ); + if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){ + pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } - if( chngRowid==0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); - } + pCheck->nErr++; } + va_end(ap); +} - /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new - ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new - ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references - ** made by triggers. - ** - ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the - ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by - ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger - ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to - ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. - */ - newmask = sqlcipher3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); - }else{ - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); - }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){ + pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, + "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", + pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab + ); + } + + if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck->pGetNode, 1, iNode); + if( sqlite3_step(pCheck->pGetNode)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nNode = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCheck->pGetNode, 0); + const u8 *pNode = (const u8*)sqlite3_column_blob(pCheck->pGetNode, 0); + pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nNode); + if( pRet==0 ){ + pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pRet, pNode, nNode); + *pnNode = nNode; } } + rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pCheck->pGetNode); + if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet==0 ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld missing from database", iNode); + } } - /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are - ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. - */ - if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol); - sqlcipher3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** This function is used to check that the %_parent (if bLeaf==0) or %_rowid +** (if bLeaf==1) table contains a specified entry. The schemas of the +** two tables are: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) +** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER, ...) +** +** In both cases, this function checks that there exists an entry with +** IPK value iKey and the second column set to iVal. +** +*/ +static void rtreeCheckMapping( + RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */ + int bLeaf, /* True for a leaf cell, false for interior */ + i64 iKey, /* Key for mapping */ + i64 iVal /* Expected value for mapping */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char *azSql[2] = { + "SELECT parentnode FROM %Q.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno=?1", + "SELECT nodeno FROM %Q.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid=?1" + }; - /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are - ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated - ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the - ** documentation. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid); + assert( bLeaf==0 || bLeaf==1 ); + if( pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf]==0 ){ + pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf] = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, + azSql[bLeaf], pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab + ); + } + if( pCheck->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; - /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for - ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their - ** registers in case this has happened. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i); - sqlcipher3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i); - } + pStmt = pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf]; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iKey); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Mapping (%lld -> %lld) missing from %s table", + iKey, iVal, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent") + ); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + if( ii!=iVal ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)", + iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal + ); } } + rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pStmt); +} - if( !isView ){ - int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */ +/* +** Argument pCell points to an array of coordinates stored on an rtree page. +** This function checks that the coordinates are internally consistent (no +** x1>x2 conditions) and adds an error message to the RtreeCheck object +** if they are not. +** +** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to +** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page +** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two +** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added +** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not. +*/ +static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( + RtreeCheck *pCheck, + i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */ + int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */ + u8 *pParent /* Pointer to parent coordinates */ +){ + RtreeCoord c1, c2; + RtreeCoord p1, p2; + int i; - /* Do constraint checks. */ - sqlcipher3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, - aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0); + for(i=0; inDim; i++){ + readCoord(&pCell[4*2*i], &c1); + readCoord(&pCell[4*(2*i + 1)], &c2); - /* Do FK constraint checks. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlcipher3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0); + /* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */ + if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode + ); } - /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ - j1 = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid); - sqlcipher3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx); - - /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ - if( hasFK || chngRowid ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + if( pParent ){ + readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1); + readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2); - if( hasFK ){ - sqlcipher3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid); + if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.ibInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f) + ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent" + , i, iCell, iNode + ); + } } - - /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ - sqlcipher3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); + } +} - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlcipher3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid); +/* +** Run rtreecheck() checks on node iNode, which is at depth iDepth within +** the r-tree structure. Argument aParent points to the array of coordinates +** that bound node iNode on the parent node. +** +** If any problems are discovered, an error message is appended to the +** report accumulated in the RtreeCheck object. +*/ +static void rtreeCheckNode( + RtreeCheck *pCheck, + int iDepth, /* Depth of iNode (0==leaf) */ + u8 *aParent, /* Buffer containing parent coords */ + i64 iNode /* Node to check */ +){ + u8 *aNode = 0; + int nNode = 0; + + assert( iNode==1 || aParent!=0 ); + assert( pCheck->nDim>0 ); + + aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode); + if( aNode ){ + if( nNode<4 ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode + ); + }else{ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on page */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through cells */ + if( aParent==0 ){ + iDepth = readInt16(aNode); + if( iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rtree depth out of range (%d)", iDepth); + sqlite3_free(aNode); + return; + } + } + nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]); + if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", + iNode, nCell, nNode + ); + }else{ + for(i=0; inDim*2*4)]; + i64 iVal = readInt64(pCell); + rtreeCheckCellCoord(pCheck, iNode, i, &pCell[8], aParent); + + if( iDepth>0 ){ + rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 0, iVal, iNode); + rtreeCheckNode(pCheck, iDepth-1, &pCell[8], iVal); + pCheck->nNonLeaf++; + }else{ + rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 1, iVal, iNode); + pCheck->nLeaf++; + } + } + } } + sqlite3_free(aNode); } +} - /* Increment the row counter - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLCIPHER_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); +/* +** The second argument to this function must be either "_rowid" or +** "_parent". This function checks that the number of entries in the +** %_rowid or %_parent table is exactly nExpect. If not, it adds +** an error message to the report in the RtreeCheck object indicated +** by the first argument. +*/ +static void rtreeCheckCount(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zTbl, i64 nExpect){ + if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pCount; + pCount = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q%s'", + pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab, zTbl + ); + if( pCount ){ + if( sqlite3_step(pCount)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 nActual = sqlite3_column_int64(pCount, 0); + if( nActual!=nExpect ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Wrong number of entries in %%%s table" + " - expected %lld, actual %lld" , zTbl, nExpect, nActual + ); + } + } + pCheck->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCount); + } } +} + +/* +** This function does the bulk of the work for the rtree integrity-check. +** It is called by rtreecheck(), which is the SQL function implementation. +*/ +static int rtreeCheckTable( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle to access db through */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db ("main", "temp" etc.) */ + const char *zTab, /* Name of rtree table to check */ + char **pzReport /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd report text */ +){ + RtreeCheck check; /* Common context for various routines */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Used to find column count of rtree table */ + int bEnd = 0; /* True if transaction should be closed */ + int nAux = 0; /* Number of extra columns. */ - sqlcipher3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr); + /* Initialize the context object */ + memset(&check, 0, sizeof(check)); + check.db = db; + check.zDb = zDb; + check.zTab = zTab; - /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until - ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. - */ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + /* If there is not already an open transaction, open one now. This is + ** to ensure that the queries run as part of this integrity-check operate + ** on a consistent snapshot. */ + if( sqlite3_get_autocommit(db) ){ + check.rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); + bEnd = 1; + } - /* Close all tables */ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - assert( aRegIdx ); - if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0); + /* Find the number of auxiliary columns */ + if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pStmt = rtreeCheckPrepare(&check, "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_rowid'", zDb, zTab); + if( pStmt ){ + nAux = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt) - 2; + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } + check.rc = SQLITE_OK; } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - /* Update the sqlcipher_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlcipher3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + /* Find number of dimensions in the rtree table. */ + pStmt = rtreeCheckPrepare(&check, "SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTab); + if( pStmt ){ + int rc; + check.nDim = (sqlite3_column_count(pStmt) - 1 - nAux) / 2; + if( check.nDim<1 ){ + rtreeCheckAppendMsg(&check, "Schema corrupt or not an rtree"); + }else if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + check.bInt = (sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 1)==SQLITE_INTEGER); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) check.rc = rc; } - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlcipher3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLCIPHER_STATIC); + /* Do the actual integrity-check */ + if( check.nDim>=1 ){ + if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rtreeCheckNode(&check, 0, 0, 1); + } + rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_rowid", check.nLeaf); + rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_parent", check.nNonLeaf); } -update_cleanup: - sqlcipher3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, aXRef); - sqlcipher3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; + /* Finalize SQL statements used by the integrity-check */ + sqlite3_finalize(check.pGetNode); + sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[0]); + sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[1]); + + /* If one was opened, close the transaction */ + if( bEnd ){ + int rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "END", 0, 0, 0); + if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ) check.rc = rc; + } + *pzReport = check.zReport; + return check.rc; } -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. +** Usage: ** -** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains -** for each row to be changed: +** rtreecheck(); +** rtreecheck(, ); ** -** (A) The original rowid of that row. -** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) -** (C) The content of every column in the row. +** Invoking this SQL function runs an integrity-check on the named rtree +** table. The integrity-check verifies the following: +** +** 1. For each cell in the r-tree structure (%_node table), that: +** +** a) for each dimension, (coord1 <= coord2). +** +** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded +** by the parent cell on the parent node. +** +** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that +** points to the correct node. ** -** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in -** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. +** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the +** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the +** node that it resides on. ** -** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** 2. That there are the same number of entries in the %_rowid table +** as there are leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that there +** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table. ** -** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same -** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling -** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. +** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table +** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that +** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the +** %_parent table. */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ - int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +static void rtreecheck( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ - ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ - int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ - int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab); - SelectDest dest; - - /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for - ** all updated rows. - */ - pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); - if( pRowid ){ - pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); - } - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - pExpr = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); + if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, + "wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1 + ); + }else{ + int rc; + char *zReport = 0; + const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); + const char *zTab; + if( nArg==1 ){ + zTab = zDb; + zDb = "main"; }else{ - pExpr = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); + zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); } - pEList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); - } - pSelect = sqlcipher3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will - ** be stored. - */ - assert( v ); - ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - - /* fill the ephemeral table - */ - sqlcipher3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); - sqlcipher3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - - /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; - addr = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); + rc = rtreeCheckTable(sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx), zDb, zTab, &zReport); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zReport ? zReport : "ok", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(ctx, rc); + } + sqlite3_free(zReport); } - sqlcipher3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); - sqlcipher3MayAbort(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - - /* Cleanup */ - sqlcipher3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ +/* Conditionally include the geopoly code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY +/************** Include geopoly.c in the middle of rtree.c *******************/ +/************** Begin file geopoly.c *****************************************/ /* -** 2003 April 6 +** 2018-05-25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: @@ -100771,10072 +191707,8752 @@ static void updateVirtualTable( ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. +****************************************************************************** ** -** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the -** SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM macro. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* -** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the -** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +** This file implements an alternative R-Tree virtual table that +** uses polygons to express the boundaries of 2-dimensional objects. +** +** This file is #include-ed onto the end of "rtree.c" so that it has +** access to all of the R-Tree internals. */ -static int vacuumFinalize(sqlcipher3 *db, sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - rc = sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); - if( rc ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlcipher3_errmsg(db)); - } - return rc; -} +/* #include */ -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. -*/ -static int execSql(sqlcipher3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt; - VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=sqlcipher3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlcipher3_errmsg(db)); - return sqlcipher3_errcode(db); - } - VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlcipher3_step(pStmt); - assert( rc!=SQLCIPHER_ROW || (db->flags&SQLCIPHER_CountRows) ); - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); -} +/* Enable -DGEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG for debugging facilities */ +#ifdef GEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG + static int geo_debug = 0; +# define GEODEBUG(X) if(geo_debug)printf X +#else +# define GEODEBUG(X) +#endif +#ifndef JSON_NULL /* The following stuff repeats things found in json1 */ /* -** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly -** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe +** to pass signed char values. */ -static int execExecSql(sqlcipher3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlcipher3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - rc = sqlcipher3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) return rc; +#ifdef sqlite3Isdigit + /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the + ** SQLite amalgamation */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) sqlite3Isdigit(x) +# define safe_isalnum(x) sqlite3Isalnum(x) +# define safe_isxdigit(x) sqlite3Isxdigit(x) +#else + /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */ +#include /* amalgamator: keep */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define safe_isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +# define safe_isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +#endif + +/* +** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as +** the library isspace() function. +*/ +static const char geopolyIsSpace[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; +#define safe_isspace(x) (geopolyIsSpace[(unsigned char)x]) +#endif /* JSON NULL - back to original code */ - while( SQLCIPHER_ROW==sqlcipher3_step(pStmt) ){ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlcipher3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); - return rc; - } - } +/* Compiler and version */ +#ifndef GCC_VERSION +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#endif +#ifndef MSVC_VERSION +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER +#else +# define MSVC_VERSION 0 +#endif +#endif - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); -} +/* Datatype for coordinates +*/ +typedef float GeoCoord; /* -** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, -** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command -** in PostgreSQL. +** Internal representation of a polygon. ** -** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call -** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning -** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has -** become a no-op. +** The polygon consists of a sequence of vertexes. There is a line +** segment between each pair of vertexes, and one final segment from +** the last vertex back to the first. (This differs from the GeoJSON +** standard in which the final vertex is a repeat of the first.) +** +** The polygon follows the right-hand rule. The area to the right of +** each segment is "outside" and the area to the left is "inside". +** +** The on-disk representation consists of a 4-byte header followed by +** the values. The 4-byte header is: +** +** encoding (1 byte) 0=big-endian, 1=little-endian +** nvertex (3 bytes) Number of vertexes as a big-endian integer +** +** Enough space is allocated for 4 coordinates, to work around over-zealous +** warnings coming from some compiler (notably, clang). In reality, the size +** of each GeoPoly memory allocate is adjusted as necessary so that the +** GeoPoly.a[] array at the end is the appropriate size. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); - } - return; -} +typedef struct GeoPoly GeoPoly; +struct GeoPoly { + int nVertex; /* Number of vertexes */ + unsigned char hdr[4]; /* Header for on-disk representation */ + GeoCoord a[8]; /* 2*nVertex values. X (longitude) first, then Y */ +}; -/* -** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +/* The size of a memory allocation needed for a GeoPoly object sufficient +** to hold N coordinate pairs. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlcipher3 *db){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ - Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ - Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ - char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ - int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ - int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ - int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ - void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ - Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ - int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ - int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ - int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ - - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){ - sqlcipher3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } +#define GEOPOLY_SZ(N) (sizeof(GeoPoly) + sizeof(GeoCoord)*2*((N)-4)) - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be - ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and - ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ - saved_flags = db->flags; - saved_nChange = db->nChange; - saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; - saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; - db->flags |= SQLCIPHER_WriteSchema | SQLCIPHER_IgnoreChecks | SQLCIPHER_PreferBuiltin; - db->flags &= ~(SQLCIPHER_ForeignKeys | SQLCIPHER_ReverseOrder); - db->xTrace = 0; +/* Macros to access coordinates of a GeoPoly. +** We have to use these macros, rather than just say p->a[i] in order +** to silence (incorrect) UBSAN warnings if the array index is too large. +*/ +#define GeoX(P,I) (((GeoCoord*)(P)->a)[(I)*2]) +#define GeoY(P,I) (((GeoCoord*)(P)->a)[(I)*2+1]) - pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; - isMemDb = sqlcipher3PagerIsMemdb(sqlcipher3BtreePager(pMain)); - /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma - ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash - ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a - ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before - ** sqlcipher3BtreeCopyFile() is called. - ** - ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. - ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but - ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling - ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially - ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more - ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does - ** to write the journal header file. - */ - nDb = db->nDb; - if( sqlcipher3TempInMemory(db) ){ - zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; - }else{ - zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); - if( db->nDb>nDb ){ - pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; - assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); - } - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; +/* +** State of a parse of a GeoJSON input. +*/ +typedef struct GeoParse GeoParse; +struct GeoParse { + const unsigned char *z; /* Unparsed input */ + int nVertex; /* Number of vertexes in a[] */ + int nAlloc; /* Space allocated to a[] */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered */ + GeoCoord *a; /* Array of vertexes. From sqlite3_malloc64() */ +}; - /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file - ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction - ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't - ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ - sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(pTemp); +/* Do a 4-byte byte swap */ +static void geopolySwab32(unsigned char *a){ + unsigned char t = a[0]; + a[0] = a[3]; + a[3] = t; + t = a[1]; + a[1] = a[2]; + a[2] = t; +} - nRes = sqlcipher3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); +/* Skip whitespace. Return the next non-whitespace character. */ +static char geopolySkipSpace(GeoParse *p){ + while( safe_isspace(p->z[0]) ) p->z++; + return p->z[0]; +} - /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_HAS_CODEC - if( db->nextPagesize ){ - extern void sqlcipher3CodecGetKey(sqlcipher3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey = 0; - char *zKey = NULL; - sqlcipher3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; +/* Parse out a number. Write the value into *pVal if pVal!=0. +** return non-zero on success and zero if the next token is not a number. +*/ +static int geopolyParseNumber(GeoParse *p, GeoCoord *pVal){ + char c = geopolySkipSpace(p); + const unsigned char *z = p->z; + int j = 0; + int seenDP = 0; + int seenE = 0; + if( c=='-' ){ + j = 1; + c = z[j]; + } + if( c=='0' && z[j+1]>='0' && z[j+1]<='9' ) return 0; + for(;; j++){ + c = z[j]; + if( safe_isdigit(c) ) continue; + if( c=='.' ){ + if( z[j-1]=='-' ) return 0; + if( seenDP ) return 0; + seenDP = 1; + continue; + } + if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){ + if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return 0; + if( seenE ) return -1; + seenDP = seenE = 1; + c = z[j+1]; + if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){ + j++; + c = z[j+1]; + } + if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return 0; + continue; + } + break; } + if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return 0; + if( pVal ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + /* The sqlite3AtoF() routine is much much faster than atof(), if it + ** is available */ + double r; + (void)sqlite3AtoF((const char*)p->z, &r, j, SQLITE_UTF8); + *pVal = r; +#else + *pVal = (GeoCoord)atof((const char*)p->z); #endif + } + p->z += j; + return 1; +} - /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ - if( sqlcipher3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlcipher3BtreePager(pMain)) - ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - db->nextPagesize = 0; +/* +** If the input is a well-formed JSON array of coordinates with at least +** four coordinates and where each coordinate is itself a two-value array, +** then convert the JSON into a GeoPoly object and return a pointer to +** that object. +** +** If any error occurs, return NULL. +*/ +static GeoPoly *geopolyParseJson(const unsigned char *z, int *pRc){ + GeoParse s; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(s)); + s.z = z; + if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)=='[' ){ + s.z++; + while( geopolySkipSpace(&s)=='[' ){ + int ii = 0; + char c; + s.z++; + if( s.nVertex>=s.nAlloc ){ + GeoCoord *aNew; + s.nAlloc = s.nAlloc*2 + 16; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(s.a, s.nAlloc*sizeof(GeoCoord)*2 ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + s.nErr++; + break; + } + s.a = aNew; + } + while( geopolyParseNumber(&s, ii<=1 ? &s.a[s.nVertex*2+ii] : 0) ){ + ii++; + if( ii==2 ) s.nVertex++; + c = geopolySkipSpace(&s); + s.z++; + if( c==',' ) continue; + if( c==']' && ii>=2 ) break; + s.nErr++; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_json_err; + } + if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)==',' ){ + s.z++; + continue; + } + break; + } + if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)==']' + && s.nVertex>=4 + && s.a[0]==s.a[s.nVertex*2-2] + && s.a[1]==s.a[s.nVertex*2-1] + && (s.z++, geopolySkipSpace(&s)==0) + ){ + GeoPoly *pOut; + int x = 1; + s.nVertex--; /* Remove the redundant vertex at the end */ + pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( GEOPOLY_SZ((sqlite3_int64)s.nVertex) ); + x = 1; + if( pOut==0 ) goto parse_json_err; + pOut->nVertex = s.nVertex; + memcpy(pOut->a, s.a, s.nVertex*2*sizeof(GeoCoord)); + pOut->hdr[0] = *(unsigned char*)&x; + pOut->hdr[1] = (s.nVertex>>16)&0xff; + pOut->hdr[2] = (s.nVertex>>8)&0xff; + pOut->hdr[3] = s.nVertex&0xff; + sqlite3_free(s.a); + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + return pOut; + }else{ + s.nErr++; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } } +parse_json_err: + if( pRc ) *pRc = rc; + sqlite3_free(s.a); + return 0; +} - if( sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) - || (!isMemDb && sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) - || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) +/* +** Given a function parameter, try to interpret it as a polygon, either +** in the binary format or JSON text. Compute a GeoPoly object and +** return a pointer to that object. Or if the input is not a well-formed +** polygon, put an error message in sqlite3_context and return NULL. +*/ +static GeoPoly *geopolyFuncParam( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for error messages */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* The value to decode */ + int *pRc /* Write error here */ +){ + GeoPoly *p = 0; + int nByte; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_BLOB + && (nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal))>=(4+6*sizeof(GeoCoord)) ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - goto end_of_vacuum; + const unsigned char *a = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); + int nVertex; + nVertex = (a[1]<<16) + (a[2]<<8) + a[3]; + if( (a[0]==0 || a[0]==1) + && (nVertex*2*sizeof(GeoCoord) + 4)==(unsigned int)nByte + ){ + p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) + (nVertex-1)*2*sizeof(GeoCoord) ); + if( p==0 ){ + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + }else{ + int x = 1; + p->nVertex = nVertex; + memcpy(p->hdr, a, nByte); + if( a[0] != *(unsigned char*)&x ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iihdr[0] ^= 1; + } + } + } + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + return p; + }else if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + const unsigned char *zJson = sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + if( zJson==0 ){ + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 0; + } + return geopolyParseJson(zJson, pRc); + }else{ + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 0; } +} -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlcipher3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : - sqlcipher3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;"); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema - ** in the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " - " FROM sqlcipher_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlcipher_sequence'" - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" - " FROM sqlcipher_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " - " FROM sqlcipher_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do - ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy - ** the contents to the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" - "FROM main.sqlcipher_master " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlcipher_sequence' " - " AND rootpage>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Copy over the sequence table - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlcipher_master WHERE name='sqlcipher_sequence' " - ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlcipher_master WHERE name=='sqlcipher_sequence';" - ); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - - /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database - ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any - ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLCIPHER_MASTER table. - */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlcipher_master " - " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" - " FROM main.sqlcipher_master" - " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" - " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" - ); - if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; +/* +** Implementation of the geopoly_blob(X) function. +** +** If the input is a well-formed Geopoly BLOB or JSON string +** then return the BLOB representation of the polygon. Otherwise +** return NULL. +*/ +static void geopolyBlobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} - /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the - ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, - ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database - ** transaction by sqlcipher3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit - ** call to sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(). - */ - { - u32 meta; +/* +** SQL function: geopoly_json(X) +** +** Interpret X as a polygon and render it as a JSON array +** of coordinates. Or, if X is not a valid polygon, return NULL. +*/ +static void geopolyJsonFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3_str *x = sqlite3_str_new(db); int i; - - /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the - ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries - ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. - ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other - ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. - */ - static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { - BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ - BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ - BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ - BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ - }; - - assert( 1==sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( 1==sqlcipher3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); - - /* Copy Btree meta values */ - for(i=0; inVertex; i++){ + sqlite3_str_appendf(x, "[%!g,%!g],", GeoX(p,i), GeoY(p,i)); } - - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlcipher3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlcipher3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); -#endif + sqlite3_str_appendf(x, "[%!g,%!g]]", GeoX(p,0), GeoY(p,0)); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_str_finish(x), -1, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_free(p); } +} - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - rc = sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlcipher3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); - -end_of_vacuum: - /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ - db->flags = saved_flags; - db->nChange = saved_nChange; - db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; - db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; - sqlcipher3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); - - /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum - ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file - ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction - ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the - ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager - ** is closed by the DETACH. - */ - db->autoCommit = 1; - - if( pDb ){ - sqlcipher3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; +/* +** SQL function: geopoly_svg(X, ....) +** +** Interpret X as a polygon and render it as a SVG . +** Additional arguments are added as attributes to the . +*/ +static void geopolySvgFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p; + if( argc<1 ) return; + p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3_str *x = sqlite3_str_new(db); + int i; + char cSep = '\''; + sqlite3_str_appendf(x, ""); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_str_finish(x), -1, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_free(p); } - - /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] - ** array. */ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - - return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLCIPHER_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* -** 2006 June 10 +** SQL Function: geopoly_xform(poly, A, B, C, D, E, F) ** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** Transform and/or translate a polygon as follows: ** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** x1 = A*x0 + B*y0 + E +** y1 = C*x0 + D*y0 + F ** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. +** For a translation: +** +** geopoly_xform(poly, 1, 0, 0, 1, x-offset, y-offset) +** +** Rotate by R around the point (0,0): +** +** geopoly_xform(poly, cos(R), sin(R), -sin(R), cos(R), 0, 0) */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +static void geopolyXformFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + double A = sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]); + double B = sqlite3_value_double(argv[2]); + double C = sqlite3_value_double(argv[3]); + double D = sqlite3_value_double(argv[4]); + double E = sqlite3_value_double(argv[5]); + double F = sqlite3_value_double(argv[6]); + GeoCoord x1, y1, x0, y0; + int ii; + if( p ){ + for(ii=0; iinVertex; ii++){ + x0 = GeoX(p,ii); + y0 = GeoY(p,ii); + x1 = (GeoCoord)(A*x0 + B*y0 + E); + y1 = (GeoCoord)(C*x0 + D*y0 + F); + GeoX(p,ii) = x1; + GeoY(p,ii) = y1; + } + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} /* -** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the -** sqlcipher3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of -** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of -** the sqlcipher3_declare_vtab() and sqlcipher3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which -** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. +** Compute the area enclosed by the polygon. +** +** This routine can also be used to detect polygons that rotate in +** the wrong direction. Polygons are suppose to be counter-clockwise (CCW). +** This routine returns a negative value for clockwise (CW) polygons. */ -struct VtabCtx { - Table *pTab; - VTable *pVTable; -}; +static double geopolyArea(GeoPoly *p){ + double rArea = 0.0; + int ii; + for(ii=0; iinVertex-1; ii++){ + rArea += (GeoX(p,ii) - GeoX(p,ii+1)) /* (x0 - x1) */ + * (GeoY(p,ii) + GeoY(p,ii+1)) /* (y0 + y1) */ + * 0.5; + } + rArea += (GeoX(p,ii) - GeoX(p,0)) /* (xN - x0) */ + * (GeoY(p,ii) + GeoY(p,0)) /* (yN + y0) */ + * 0.5; + return rArea; +} /* -** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. -** This function implements the sqlcipher3_create_module() and -** sqlcipher3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +** Implementation of the geopoly_area(X) function. +** +** If the input is a well-formed Geopoly BLOB then return the area +** enclosed by the polygon. If the polygon circulates clockwise instead +** of counterclockwise (as it should) then return the negative of the +** enclosed area. Otherwise return NULL. */ -static int createModule( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +static void geopolyAreaFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int rc, nName; - Module *pMod; - - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - pMod = (Module *)sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); - if( pMod ){ - Module *pDel; - char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); - memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); - pMod->zName = zCopy; - pMod->pModule = pModule; - pMod->pAux = pAux; - pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pDel = (Module *)sqlcipher3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod); - if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){ - sqlcipher3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1); - pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pDel); - if( pDel==pMod ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - }else if( xDestroy ){ - xDestroy(pAux); + GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, geopolyArea(p)); + sqlite3_free(p); } - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, SQLCIPHER_OK); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } - /* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +** Implementation of the geopoly_ccw(X) function. +** +** If the rotation of polygon X is clockwise (incorrect) instead of +** counter-clockwise (the correct winding order according to RFC7946) +** then reverse the order of the vertexes in polygon X. +** +** In other words, this routine returns a CCW polygon regardless of the +** winding order of its input. +** +** Use this routine to sanitize historical inputs that that sometimes +** contain polygons that wind in the wrong direction. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_module( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +static void geopolyCcwFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); + GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + if( p ){ + if( geopolyArea(p)<0.0 ){ + int ii, jj; + for(ii=1, jj=p->nVertex-1; iihdr, + 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); + } } -/* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +#define GEOPOLY_PI 3.1415926535897932385 + +/* Fast approximation for sine(X) for X between -0.5*pi and 2*pi */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_create_module_v2( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +static double geopolySine(double r){ + assert( r>=-0.5*GEOPOLY_PI && r<=2.0*GEOPOLY_PI ); + if( r>=1.5*GEOPOLY_PI ){ + r -= 2.0*GEOPOLY_PI; + } + if( r>=0.5*GEOPOLY_PI ){ + return -geopolySine(r-GEOPOLY_PI); + }else{ + double r2 = r*r; + double r3 = r2*r; + double r5 = r3*r2; + return 0.9996949*r - 0.1656700*r3 + 0.0075134*r5; + } } /* -** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. -** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** Function: geopoly_regular(X,Y,R,N) ** -** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, -** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +** Construct a simple, convex, regular polygon centered at X, Y +** with circumradius R and with N sides. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ - pVTab->nRef++; -} +static void geopolyRegularFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + double x = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + double y = sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]); + double r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[2]); + int n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]); + int i; + GeoPoly *p; + if( n<3 || r<=0.0 ) return; + if( n>1000 ) n = 1000; + p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) + (n-1)*2*sizeof(GeoCoord) ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + i = 1; + p->hdr[0] = *(unsigned char*)&i; + p->hdr[1] = 0; + p->hdr[2] = (n>>8)&0xff; + p->hdr[3] = n&0xff; + for(i=0; ihdr, 4+8*n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); +} /* -** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access -** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. +** If pPoly is a polygon, compute its bounding box. Then: +** +** (1) if aCoord!=0 store the bounding box in aCoord, returning NULL +** (2) otherwise, compute a GeoPoly for the bounding box and return the +** new GeoPoly +** +** If pPoly is NULL but aCoord is not NULL, then compute a new GeoPoly from +** the bounding box in aCoord and return a pointer to that GeoPoly. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE VTable *sqlcipher3GetVTable(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *pTab){ - VTable *pVtab; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); - return pVtab; +static GeoPoly *geopolyBBox( + sqlite3_context *context, /* For recording the error */ + sqlite3_value *pPoly, /* The polygon */ + RtreeCoord *aCoord, /* Results here */ + int *pRc /* Error code here */ +){ + GeoPoly *pOut = 0; + GeoPoly *p; + float mnX, mxX, mnY, mxY; + if( pPoly==0 && aCoord!=0 ){ + p = 0; + mnX = aCoord[0].f; + mxX = aCoord[1].f; + mnY = aCoord[2].f; + mxY = aCoord[3].f; + goto geopolyBboxFill; + }else{ + p = geopolyFuncParam(context, pPoly, pRc); + } + if( p ){ + int ii; + mnX = mxX = GeoX(p,0); + mnY = mxY = GeoY(p,0); + for(ii=1; iinVertex; ii++){ + double r = GeoX(p,ii); + if( rmxX ) mxX = (float)r; + r = GeoY(p,ii); + if( rmxY ) mxY = (float)r; + } + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + if( aCoord==0 ){ + geopolyBboxFill: + pOut = sqlite3_realloc64(p, GEOPOLY_SZ(4)); + if( pOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + if( context ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 0; + } + pOut->nVertex = 4; + ii = 1; + pOut->hdr[0] = *(unsigned char*)ⅈ + pOut->hdr[1] = 0; + pOut->hdr[2] = 0; + pOut->hdr[3] = 4; + GeoX(pOut,0) = mnX; + GeoY(pOut,0) = mnY; + GeoX(pOut,1) = mxX; + GeoY(pOut,1) = mnY; + GeoX(pOut,2) = mxX; + GeoY(pOut,2) = mxY; + GeoX(pOut,3) = mnX; + GeoY(pOut,3) = mxY; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p); + aCoord[0].f = mnX; + aCoord[1].f = mxX; + aCoord[2].f = mnY; + aCoord[3].f = mxY; + } + } + return pOut; } /* -** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count -** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +** Implementation of the geopoly_bbox(X) SQL function. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pVTab->db; - - assert( db ); - assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); - assert( sqlcipher3SafetyCheckOk(db) ); - - pVTab->nRef--; - if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ - sqlcipher3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pVTab); +static void geopolyBBoxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p = geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], 0, 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); } } /* -** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the -** p->pVTable list to the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. -** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with -** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +** State vector for the geopoly_group_bbox() aggregate function. */ -static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *p){ - VTable *pRet = 0; - VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; - p->pVTable = 0; +typedef struct GeoBBox GeoBBox; +struct GeoBBox { + int isInit; + RtreeCoord a[4]; +}; - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments - ** above function sqlcipher3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why - ** this makes it safe to access the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect list of any - ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. - */ - assert( db==0 || sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - while( pVTable ){ - sqlcipher3 *db2 = pVTable->db; - VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; - assert( db2 ); - if( db2==db ){ - pRet = pVTable; - p->pVTable = pRet; - pRet->pNext = 0; +/* +** Implementation of the geopoly_group_bbox(X) aggregate SQL function. +*/ +static void geopolyBBoxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + RtreeCoord a[4]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + (void)geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], a, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + GeoBBox *pBBox; + pBBox = (GeoBBox*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBBox)); + if( pBBox==0 ) return; + if( pBBox->isInit==0 ){ + pBBox->isInit = 1; + memcpy(pBBox->a, a, sizeof(RtreeCoord)*4); }else{ - pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; - db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; + if( a[0].f < pBBox->a[0].f ) pBBox->a[0] = a[0]; + if( a[1].f > pBBox->a[1].f ) pBBox->a[1] = a[1]; + if( a[2].f < pBBox->a[2].f ) pBBox->a[2] = a[2]; + if( a[3].f > pBBox->a[3].f ) pBBox->a[3] = a[3]; } - pVTable = pNext; } - - assert( !db || pRet ); - return pRet; +} +static void geopolyBBoxFinal( + sqlite3_context *context +){ + GeoPoly *p; + GeoBBox *pBBox; + pBBox = (GeoBBox*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pBBox==0 ) return; + p = geopolyBBox(context, 0, pBBox->a, 0); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, + 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(p); + } } /* -** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect list. +** Determine if point (x0,y0) is beneath line segment (x1,y1)->(x2,y2). +** Returns: ** -** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the -** caller. This is done to protect the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect list. The -** sqlcipher3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: +** +2 x0,y0 is on the line segement ** -** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex -** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** +1 x0,y0 is beneath line segment ** -** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to -** the sqlcipher3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex -** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held -** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then -** the database handle mutex is held. +** 0 x0,y0 is not on or beneath the line segment or the line segment +** is vertical and x0,y0 is not on the line segment ** -** As a result, a sqlcipher3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously -** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. +** The left-most coordinate min(x1,x2) is not considered to be part of +** the line segment for the purposes of this analysis. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabUnlockList(sqlcipher3 *db){ - VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; - db->pDisconnect = 0; - - assert( sqlcipher3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlcipher3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - if( p ){ - sqlcipher3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - do { - VTable *pNext = p->pNext; - sqlcipher3VtabUnlock(p); - p = pNext; - }while( p ); +static int pointBeneathLine( + double x0, double y0, + double x1, double y1, + double x2, double y2 +){ + double y; + if( x0==x1 && y0==y1 ) return 2; + if( x1x2 ) return 0; + }else if( x1>x2 ){ + if( x0<=x2 || x0>x1 ) return 0; + }else{ + /* Vertical line segment */ + if( x0!=x1 ) return 0; + if( y0y1 && y0>y2 ) return 0; + return 2; } + y = y1 + (y2-y1)*(x0-x1)/(x2-x1); + if( y0==y ) return 2; + if( y0pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); - if( p->azModuleArg ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); +static void geopolyContainsPointFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p1 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + double x0 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]); + double y0 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[2]); + int v = 0; + int cnt = 0; + int ii; + if( p1==0 ) return; + for(ii=0; iinVertex-1; ii++){ + v = pointBeneathLine(x0,y0,GeoX(p1,ii), GeoY(p1,ii), + GeoX(p1,ii+1),GeoY(p1,ii+1)); + if( v==2 ) break; + cnt += v; + } + if( v!=2 ){ + v = pointBeneathLine(x0,y0,GeoX(p1,ii), GeoY(p1,ii), + GeoX(p1,0), GeoY(p1,0)); + } + if( v==2 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, 1); + }else if( ((v+cnt)&1)==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int(context, 2); } + sqlite3_free(p1); } +/* Forward declaration */ +static int geopolyOverlap(GeoPoly *p1, GeoPoly *p2); + /* -** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. -** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The -** string will be freed automatically when the table is -** deleted. +** SQL function: geopoly_within(P1,P2) +** +** Return +2 if P1 and P2 are the same polygon +** Return +1 if P2 is contained within P1 +** Return 0 if any part of P2 is on the outside of P1 +** */ -static void addModuleArgument(sqlcipher3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ - int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; - int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); - char **azModuleArg; - azModuleArg = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); - if( azModuleArg==0 ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); +static void geopolyWithinFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p1 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + GeoPoly *p2 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[1], 0); + if( p1 && p2 ){ + int x = geopolyOverlap(p1, p2); + if( x<0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int(context, x==2 ? 1 : x==4 ? 2 : 0); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zArg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - }else{ - azModuleArg[i] = zArg; - azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; } - pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; + sqlite3_free(p1); + sqlite3_free(p2); } +/* Objects used by the overlap algorihm. */ +typedef struct GeoEvent GeoEvent; +typedef struct GeoSegment GeoSegment; +typedef struct GeoOverlap GeoOverlap; +struct GeoEvent { + double x; /* X coordinate at which event occurs */ + int eType; /* 0 for ADD, 1 for REMOVE */ + GeoSegment *pSeg; /* The segment to be added or removed */ + GeoEvent *pNext; /* Next event in the sorted list */ +}; +struct GeoSegment { + double C, B; /* y = C*x + B */ + double y; /* Current y value */ + float y0; /* Initial y value */ + unsigned char side; /* 1 for p1, 2 for p2 */ + unsigned int idx; /* Which segment within the side */ + GeoSegment *pNext; /* Next segment in a list sorted by y */ +}; +struct GeoOverlap { + GeoEvent *aEvent; /* Array of all events */ + GeoSegment *aSegment; /* Array of all segments */ + int nEvent; /* Number of events */ + int nSegment; /* Number of segments */ +}; + /* -** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list -** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabBeginParse( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ - Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ - Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ +** Add a single segment and its associated events. +*/ +static void geopolyAddOneSegment( + GeoOverlap *p, + GeoCoord x0, + GeoCoord y0, + GeoCoord x1, + GeoCoord y1, + unsigned char side, + unsigned int idx +){ + GeoSegment *pSeg; + GeoEvent *pEvent; + if( x0==x1 ) return; /* Ignore vertical segments */ + if( x0>x1 ){ + GeoCoord t = x0; + x0 = x1; + x1 = t; + t = y0; + y0 = y1; + y1 = t; + } + pSeg = p->aSegment + p->nSegment; + p->nSegment++; + pSeg->C = (y1-y0)/(x1-x0); + pSeg->B = y1 - x1*pSeg->C; + pSeg->y0 = y0; + pSeg->side = side; + pSeg->idx = idx; + pEvent = p->aEvent + p->nEvent; + p->nEvent++; + pEvent->x = x0; + pEvent->eType = 0; + pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; + pEvent = p->aEvent + p->nEvent; + p->nEvent++; + pEvent->x = x1; + pEvent->eType = 1; + pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; +} + + + +/* +** Insert all segments and events for polygon pPoly. +*/ +static void geopolyAddSegments( + GeoOverlap *p, /* Add segments to this Overlap object */ + GeoPoly *pPoly, /* Take all segments from this polygon */ + unsigned char side /* The side of pPoly */ ){ - int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ - Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - sqlcipher3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0); - pTable = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTable==0 ) return; - assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); - - db = pParse->db; - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - - pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlcipher3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. - ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlcipher_master table, has already been made by sqlcipher3StartTable(). - ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. - */ - if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ - sqlcipher3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLCIPHER_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, - pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + unsigned int i; + GeoCoord *x; + for(i=0; i<(unsigned)pPoly->nVertex-1; i++){ + x = &GeoX(pPoly,i); + geopolyAddOneSegment(p, x[0], x[1], x[2], x[3], side, i); } -#endif + x = &GeoX(pPoly,i); + geopolyAddOneSegment(p, x[0], x[1], pPoly->a[0], pPoly->a[1], side, i); } /* -** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating -** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the -** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +** Merge two lists of sorted events by X coordinate */ -static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){ - const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; - int n = pParse->sArg.n; - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlcipher3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); +static GeoEvent *geopolyEventMerge(GeoEvent *pLeft, GeoEvent *pRight){ + GeoEvent head, *pLast; + head.pNext = 0; + pLast = &head; + while( pRight && pLeft ){ + if( pRight->x <= pLeft->x ){ + pLast->pNext = pRight; + pLast = pRight; + pRight = pRight->pNext; + }else{ + pLast->pNext = pLeft; + pLast = pLeft; + pLeft = pLeft->pNext; + } } + pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; + return head.pNext; } /* -** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement -** has been completely parsed. +** Sort an array of nEvent event objects into a list. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - - if( pTab==0 ) return; - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - - /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the - ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlcipher_master) then - ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlcipher_master table. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - char *zStmt; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; - Vdbe *v; - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ - if( pEnd ){ - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; +static GeoEvent *geopolySortEventsByX(GeoEvent *aEvent, int nEvent){ + int mx = 0; + int i, j; + GeoEvent *p; + GeoEvent *a[50]; + for(i=0; ipNext = 0; + for(j=0; jsNameToken); - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLCIPHER_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - ** - ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an - ** entry in the sqlcipher_master table tht was created for this vtab - ** by sqlcipher3StartTable(). - */ - iDb = sqlcipher3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlcipher3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pTab->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zStmt); - v = sqlcipher3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlcipher3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - zWhere = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, - pTab->zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); + a[j] = p; + if( j>=mx ) mx = j+1; } - - /* If we are rereading the sqlcipher_master table create the in-memory - ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until - ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This - ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before - ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ - else { - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - const char *zName = pTab->zName; - int nName = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zName); - assert( sqlcipher3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); - pOld = sqlcipher3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); - if( pOld ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - return; - } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; + p = 0; + for(i=0; isArg.z = 0; - pParse->sArg.n = 0; +static GeoSegment *geopolySegmentMerge(GeoSegment *pLeft, GeoSegment *pRight){ + GeoSegment head, *pLast; + head.pNext = 0; + pLast = &head; + while( pRight && pLeft ){ + double r = pRight->y - pLeft->y; + if( r==0.0 ) r = pRight->C - pLeft->C; + if( r<0.0 ){ + pLast->pNext = pRight; + pLast = pRight; + pRight = pRight->pNext; + }else{ + pLast->pNext = pLeft; + pLast = pLeft; + pLeft = pLeft->pNext; + } + } + pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; + return head.pNext; } /* -** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token -** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** Sort a list of GeoSegments in order of increasing Y and in the event of +** a tie, increasing C (slope). */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ - Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; - if( pArg->z==0 ){ - pArg->z = p->z; - pArg->n = p->n; - }else{ - assert(pArg->z < p->z); - pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); +static GeoSegment *geopolySortSegmentsByYAndC(GeoSegment *pList){ + int mx = 0; + int i; + GeoSegment *p; + GeoSegment *a[50]; + while( pList ){ + p = pList; + pList = pList->pNext; + p->pNext = 0; + for(i=0; i=mx ) mx = i+1; + } + p = 0; + for(i=0; iazModuleArg; - int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; - char *zErr = 0; - char *zModuleName = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); - - if( !zModuleName ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - - pVTable = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); - if( !pVTable ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - pVTable->db = db; - pVTable->pMod = pMod; - - /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ - assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); - assert( xConstruct ); - sCtx.pTab = pTab; - sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; - db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; - rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); - db->pVtabCtx = 0; - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - - if( SQLCIPHER_OK!=rc ){ - if( zErr==0 ){ - *pzErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); - }else { - *pzErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); - sqlcipher3_free(zErr); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pVTable); - }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate - ** the sqlcipher3_vtab object if successful. */ - pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; - pVTable->nRef = 1; - if( sCtx.pTab ){ - const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; - *pzErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); - sqlcipher3VtabUnlock(pVTable); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - }else{ - int iCol; - /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the - ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". - ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from - ** the type string. */ - pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; - pTab->pVTable = pVTable; - - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - int nType; - int i = 0; - if( !zType ) continue; - nType = sqlcipher3Strlen30(zType); - if( sqlcipher3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ - for(i=0; inVertex + p2->nVertex + 2; + GeoOverlap *p; + sqlite3_int64 nByte; + GeoEvent *pThisEvent; + double rX; + int rc = 0; + int needSort = 0; + GeoSegment *pActive = 0; + GeoSegment *pSeg; + unsigned char aOverlap[4]; + + nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 + + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + + sizeof(GeoOverlap); + p = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte ); + if( p==0 ) return -1; + p->aEvent = (GeoEvent*)&p[1]; + p->aSegment = (GeoSegment*)&p->aEvent[nVertex*2]; + p->nEvent = p->nSegment = 0; + geopolyAddSegments(p, p1, 1); + geopolyAddSegments(p, p2, 2); + pThisEvent = geopolySortEventsByX(p->aEvent, p->nEvent); + rX = pThisEvent->x==0.0 ? -1.0 : 0.0; + memset(aOverlap, 0, sizeof(aOverlap)); + while( pThisEvent ){ + if( pThisEvent->x!=rX ){ + GeoSegment *pPrev = 0; + int iMask = 0; + GEODEBUG(("Distinct X: %g\n", pThisEvent->x)); + rX = pThisEvent->x; + if( needSort ){ + GEODEBUG(("SORT\n")); + pActive = geopolySortSegmentsByYAndC(pActive); + needSort = 0; + } + for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ + if( pPrev ){ + if( pPrev->y!=pSeg->y ){ + GEODEBUG(("MASK: %d\n", iMask)); + aOverlap[iMask] = 1; } } - if( iside; + pPrev = pSeg; + } + pPrev = 0; + for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ + double y = pSeg->C*rX + pSeg->B; + GEODEBUG(("Segment %d.%d %g->%g\n", pSeg->side, pSeg->idx, pSeg->y, y)); + pSeg->y = y; + if( pPrev ){ + if( pPrev->y>pSeg->y && pPrev->side!=pSeg->side ){ + rc = 1; + GEODEBUG(("Crossing: %d.%d and %d.%d\n", + pPrev->side, pPrev->idx, + pSeg->side, pSeg->idx)); + goto geopolyOverlapDone; + }else if( pPrev->y!=pSeg->y ){ + GEODEBUG(("MASK: %d\n", iMask)); + aOverlap[iMask] = 1; } - if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){ - assert(zType[i-1]==' '); - zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + iMask ^= pSeg->side; + pPrev = pSeg; + } + } + GEODEBUG(("%s %d.%d C=%g B=%g\n", + pThisEvent->eType ? "RM " : "ADD", + pThisEvent->pSeg->side, pThisEvent->pSeg->idx, + pThisEvent->pSeg->C, + pThisEvent->pSeg->B)); + if( pThisEvent->eType==0 ){ + /* Add a segment */ + pSeg = pThisEvent->pSeg; + pSeg->y = pSeg->y0; + pSeg->pNext = pActive; + pActive = pSeg; + needSort = 1; + }else{ + /* Remove a segment */ + if( pActive==pThisEvent->pSeg ){ + pActive = pActive->pNext; + }else{ + for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ + if( pSeg->pNext==pThisEvent->pSeg ){ + pSeg->pNext = pSeg->pNext->pNext; + break; } - pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1; } } } + pThisEvent = pThisEvent->pNext; } - - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned -** and an error left in pParse. -** -** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *zMod; - Module *pMod; - int rc; - - assert( pTab ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlcipher3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zMod)); - - if( !pMod ){ - const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; + if( aOverlap[3]==0 ){ + rc = 0; + }else if( aOverlap[1]!=0 && aOverlap[2]==0 ){ + rc = 3; + }else if( aOverlap[1]==0 && aOverlap[2]!=0 ){ + rc = 2; + }else if( aOverlap[1]==0 && aOverlap[2]==0 ){ + rc = 4; }else{ - char *zErr = 0; - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = 1; } +geopolyOverlapDone: + sqlite3_free(p); return rc; } + /* -** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one -** more v-table. Return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLCIPHER_OK otherwise. +** SQL function: geopoly_overlap(P1,P2) +** +** Determine whether or not P1 and P2 overlap. Return value: +** +** 0 The two polygons are disjoint +** 1 They overlap +** 2 P1 is completely contained within P2 +** 3 P2 is completely contained within P1 +** 4 P1 and P2 are the same polygon +** NULL Either P1 or P2 or both are not valid polygons */ -static int growVTrans(sqlcipher3 *db){ - const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; - - /* Grow the sqlcipher3.aVTrans array if required */ - if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ - VTable **aVTrans; - int nBytes = sizeof(sqlcipher3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); - aVTrans = sqlcipher3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); - if( !aVTrans ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; +static void geopolyOverlapFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + GeoPoly *p1 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); + GeoPoly *p2 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[1], 0); + if( p1 && p2 ){ + int x = geopolyOverlap(p1, p2); + if( x<0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int(context, x); } - memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlcipher3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } - - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + sqlite3_free(p1); + sqlite3_free(p2); } /* -** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlcipher3.aVTrans[]. Space should -** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). +** Enable or disable debugging output */ -static void addToVTrans(sqlcipher3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlcipher3.aVTrans */ - db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; - sqlcipher3VtabLock(pVTab); +static void geopolyDebugFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ +#ifdef GEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG + geo_debug = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); +#endif } /* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the geopoly virtual table. ** -** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language -** description of the error and an SQLCIPHER_XXX error code is returned. -** In this case the caller must call sqlcipher3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +** argv[0] -> module name +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> column names... */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabCallCreate(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Table *pTab; - Module *pMod; - const char *zMod; +static int geopolyInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ + int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ + char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ + int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Rtree *pRtree; + sqlite3_int64 nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ + sqlite3_int64 nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ + sqlite3_str *pSql; + char *zSql; + int ii; - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlcipher3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlcipher3Strlen30(zMod)); + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ + nDb = strlen(argv[1]); + nName = strlen(argv[2]); + pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + if( !pRtree ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + pRtree->nBusy = 1; + pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; + pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; + pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; + pRtree->eCoordType = RTREE_COORD_REAL32; + pRtree->nDim = 2; + pRtree->nDim2 = 4; + memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); + memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an - ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. + + /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If + ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure + ** the r-tree table schema. */ - if( !pMod ){ - *pzErr = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); + pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(_shape"); + pRtree->nAux = 1; /* Add one for _shape */ + pRtree->nAuxNotNull = 1; /* The _shape column is always not-null */ + for(ii=3; iinAux++; + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]); + } + sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");"); + zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(pSql); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc ) goto geopolyInit_fail; + pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4; - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to - ** create a valid sqlcipher3_vtab if it returns SQLCIPHER_OK. */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && ALWAYS(sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ - rc = growVTrans(db); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - addToVTrans(db, sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab)); - } + /* Figure out the node size to use. */ + rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); + if( rc ) goto geopolyInit_fail; + rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate); + if( rc ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + goto geopolyInit_fail; } + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; + return SQLITE_OK; + +geopolyInit_fail: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( *ppVtab==0 ); + assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } + /* -** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only -** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a -** virtual table module. +** GEOPOLY virtual table module xCreate method. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_declare_vtab(sqlcipher3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ - Parse *pParse; +static int geopolyCreate( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); +} - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Table *pTab; - char *zErr = 0; +/* +** GEOPOLY virtual table module xConnect method. +*/ +static int geopolyConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); +} - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_MISUSE, 0); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); - pParse = sqlcipher3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; +/* +** GEOPOLY virtual table module xFilter method. +** +** Query plans: +** +** 1 rowid lookup +** 2 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box +** that contains polygon argv[0] +** 3 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box +** that contains polygon argv[0] +** 4 full table scan +*/ +static int geopolyFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, /* The cursor to initialize */ + int idxNum, /* Query plan */ + const char *idxStr, /* Not Used */ + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Parameters to the query plan */ +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCell = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + + /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; + pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt; + + pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; + if( idxNum==1 ){ + /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the leaf */ + i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + i64 iNode = 0; + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); + assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ + pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; + p->id = iNode; + p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); + p->iCell = (u8)iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); + }else{ + pCsr->atEOF = 1; + } }else{ - pParse->declareVtab = 1; - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; - - if( SQLCIPHER_OK==sqlcipher3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) - && pParse->pNewTable - && !db->mallocFailed - && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect - && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 - ){ - if( !pTab->aCol ){ - pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; - pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; - pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; - pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. + */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum<=3 ){ + RtreeCoord bbox[4]; + RtreeConstraint *p; + assert( argc==1 ); + geopolyBBox(0, argv[0], bbox, &rc); + if( rc ){ + goto geopoly_filter_end; + } + pCsr->aConstraint = p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*4); + pCsr->nConstraint = 4; + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*4); + memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); + if( idxNum==2 ){ + /* Overlap query */ + p->op = 'B'; + p->iCoord = 0; + p->u.rValue = bbox[1].f; + p++; + p->op = 'D'; + p->iCoord = 1; + p->u.rValue = bbox[0].f; + p++; + p->op = 'B'; + p->iCoord = 2; + p->u.rValue = bbox[3].f; + p++; + p->op = 'D'; + p->iCoord = 3; + p->u.rValue = bbox[2].f; + }else{ + /* Within query */ + p->op = 'D'; + p->iCoord = 0; + p->u.rValue = bbox[0].f; + p++; + p->op = 'B'; + p->iCoord = 1; + p->u.rValue = bbox[1].f; + p++; + p->op = 'D'; + p->iCoord = 2; + p->u.rValue = bbox[2].f; + p++; + p->op = 'B'; + p->iCoord = 3; + p->u.rValue = bbox[3].f; + } } - db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; - }else{ - sqlcipher3Error(db, SQLCIPHER_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zErr); - rc = SQLCIPHER_ERROR; } - pParse->declareVtab = 0; - - if( pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto geopoly_filter_end; + } + pNew->id = 1; + pNew->iCell = 0; + pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); + pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; + pRoot = 0; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); } - sqlcipher3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); - sqlcipher3StackFree(db, pParse); } - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - rc = sqlcipher3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +geopoly_filter_end: + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs -** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** least desirable): ** -** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. +** idxNum idxStr Strategy +** ------------------------------------------------ +** 1 "rowid" Direct lookup by rowid. +** 2 "rtree" R-tree overlap query using geopoly_overlap() +** 3 "rtree" R-tree within query using geopoly_within() +** 4 "fullscan" full-table scan. +** ------------------------------------------------ */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabCallDestroy(sqlcipher3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - Table *pTab; - - pTab = sqlcipher3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ - VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); - - assert( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ); - rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); - - /* Remove the sqlcipher3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); - p->pVtab = 0; - pTab->pVTable = 0; - sqlcipher3VtabUnlock(p); +static int geopolyBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + int ii; + int iRowidTerm = -1; + int iFuncTerm = -1; + int idxNum = 0; + + for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; + if( !p->usable ) continue; + if( p->iColumn<0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ + iRowidTerm = ii; + break; + } + if( p->iColumn==0 && p->op>=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION ){ + /* p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION for geopoly_overlap() + ** p->op==(SQLITE_INDEX_CONTRAINT_FUNCTION+1) for geopoly_within(). + ** See geopolyFindFunction() */ + iFuncTerm = ii; + idxNum = p->op - SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION + 2; } } - return rc; + if( iRowidTerm>=0 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxStr = "rowid"; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iRowidTerm].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iRowidTerm].omit = 1; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( iFuncTerm>=0 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = idxNum; + pIdxInfo->idxStr = "rtree"; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iFuncTerm].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iFuncTerm].omit = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 300.0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 10; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 4; + pIdxInfo->idxStr = "fullscan"; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 3000000.0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 100000; + return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method -** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlcipher3.aVTrans array. The method -** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is -** the offset of the method to call in the sqlcipher3_module structure. -** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. +** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method. */ -static void callFinaliser(sqlcipher3 *db, int offset){ - int i; - if( db->aVTrans ){ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - sqlcipher3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - int (*x)(sqlcipher3_vtab *); - x = *(int (**)(sqlcipher3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); - if( x ) x(p); +static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + + if( rc ) return rc; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( i==0 && sqlite3_vtab_nochange(ctx) ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( i<=pRtree->nAux ){ + if( !pCsr->bAuxValid ){ + if( pCsr->pReadAux==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pRtree->db, pRtree->zReadAuxSql, -1, 0, + &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, + nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); + rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + pCsr->bAuxValid = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + return rc; } - pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; - sqlcipher3VtabUnlock(pVTab); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); - db->nVTrans = 0; - db->aVTrans = 0; + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i+2)); } + return SQLITE_OK; } + /* -** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlcipher3.aVTrans -** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or -** SQLCIPHER_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** The xUpdate method for GEOPOLY module virtual tables. ** -** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using -** sqlcipher3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available. +** For DELETE: +** +** argv[0] = the rowid to be deleted +** +** For INSERT: +** +** argv[0] = SQL NULL +** argv[1] = rowid to insert, or an SQL NULL to select automatically +** argv[2] = _shape column +** argv[3] = first application-defined column.... +** +** For UPDATE: +** +** argv[0] = rowid to modify. Never NULL +** argv[1] = rowid after the change. Never NULL +** argv[2] = new value for _shape +** argv[3] = new value for first application-defined column.... */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabSync(sqlcipher3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){ - int i; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; - - db->aVTrans = 0; - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - int (*x)(sqlcipher3_vtab *); - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; - if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ - rc = x(pVtab); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg); - *pzErrmsg = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); - sqlcipher3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - } +static int geopolyUpdate( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **aData, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ + i64 oldRowid; /* The old rowid */ + int oldRowidValid; /* True if oldRowid is valid */ + i64 newRowid; /* The new rowid */ + int newRowidValid; /* True if newRowid is valid */ + int coordChange = 0; /* Change in coordinates */ + + if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){ + /* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it, + ** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read + ** cursor. */ + return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB; } - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - return rc; -} + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); -/* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlcipher3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabRollback(sqlcipher3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlcipher3_module,xRollback)); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + oldRowidValid = sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL;; + oldRowid = oldRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0]) : 0; + newRowidValid = nData>1 && sqlite3_value_type(aData[1])!=SQLITE_NULL; + newRowid = newRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[1]) : 0; + cell.iRowid = newRowid; -/* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlcipher3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabCommit(sqlcipher3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlcipher3_module,xCommit)); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; -} + if( nData>1 /* not a DELETE */ + && (!oldRowidValid /* INSERT */ + || !sqlite3_value_nochange(aData[2]) /* UPDATE _shape */ + || oldRowid!=newRowid) /* Rowid change */ + ){ + geopolyBBox(0, aData[2], cell.aCoord, &rc); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + pVtab->zErrMsg = + sqlite3_mprintf("_shape does not contain a valid polygon"); + } + goto geopoly_update_end; + } + coordChange = 1; -/* -** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface -** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is -** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. -** -** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlcipher3_vtab pointer -** in the sqlcipher3.aVTrans array. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabBegin(sqlcipher3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - const sqlcipher3_module *pModule; + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( newRowidValid && (!oldRowidValid || oldRowid!=newRowid) ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, 0); + } + } + } + } - /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater - ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to - ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED. + /* If aData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. */ - if( sqlcipher3VtabInSync(db) ){ - return SQLCIPHER_LOCKED; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nData==1 || (coordChange && oldRowidValid)) ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, oldRowid); } - if( !pVTab ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; - } - pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - if( pModule->xBegin ){ - int i; - - /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ - return SQLCIPHER_OK; + /* If the aData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (aData[2]..aData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 && coordChange ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; + if( !newRowidValid ){ + rc = rtreeNewRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); + } + *pRowid = cell.iRowid; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; } } + } - /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the - ** sqlcipher3.aVTrans[] array. */ - rc = growVTrans(db); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + /* Change the data */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pUp = pRtree->pWriteAux; + int jj; + int nChange = 0; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUp, 1, cell.iRowid); + assert( pRtree->nAux>=1 ); + if( sqlite3_value_nochange(aData[2]) ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pUp, 2); + }else{ + GeoPoly *p = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])==SQLITE_TEXT + && (p = geopolyFuncParam(0, aData[2], &rc))!=0 + && rc==SQLITE_OK + ){ + sqlite3_bind_blob(pUp, 2, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, 2, aData[2]); } + sqlite3_free(p); + nChange = 1; + } + for(jj=1; jjnAux; jj++){ + nChange++; + sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, jj+2, aData[jj+2]); + } + if( nChange ){ + sqlite3_step(pUp); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUp); } } + +geopoly_update_end: + rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* -** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all -** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint -** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. -** -** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with -** an open transaction is invoked. -** -** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLCIPHER_OK, -** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this -** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, -** SQLCIPHER_OK is returned. +** Report that geopoly_overlap() is an overloaded function suitable +** for use in xBestIndex. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3VtabSavepoint(sqlcipher3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; - - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); - if( db->aVTrans ){ - int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - const sqlcipher3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; - if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ - int (*xMethod)(sqlcipher3_vtab *, int); - switch( op ){ - case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: - xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; - pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; - break; - case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: - xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; - break; - default: - xMethod = pMod->xRelease; - break; - } - if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ - rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); - } - } - } +static int geopolyFindFunction( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nArg, + const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg +){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, "geopoly_overlap")==0 ){ + *pxFunc = geopolyOverlapFunc; + *ppArg = 0; + return SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION; } - return rc; + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, "geopoly_within")==0 ){ + *pxFunc = geopolyWithinFunc; + *ppArg = 0; + return SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION+1; + } + return 0; } -/* -** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The -** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. -** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual -** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. -** -** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to -** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. -** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a -** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the -** SQLCIPHER_FUNC_EPHEM flag. -*/ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlcipher3VtabOverloadFunction( - sqlcipher3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ - FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ -){ - Table *pTab; - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlcipher3_module *pMod; - void (*xFunc)(sqlcipher3_context*,int,sqlcipher3_value**) = 0; - void *pArg = 0; - FuncDef *pNew; - int rc = 0; - char *zLowerName; - unsigned char *z; +static sqlite3_module geopolyModule = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + geopolyCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ + geopolyConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ + geopolyBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ + rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ + rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ + rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + geopolyFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + rtreeEof, /* xEof */ + geopolyColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + geopolyUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ + rtreeBeginTransaction, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ + rtreeEndTransaction, /* xSync - sync transaction */ + rtreeEndTransaction, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ + rtreeEndTransaction, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ + geopolyFindFunction, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ + rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ + rtreeSavepoint, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0, /* xRollbackTo */ + rtreeShadowName /* xShadowName */ +}; - /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; - pTab = pExpr->pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; - pVtab = sqlcipher3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; - assert( pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); - pMod = (sqlcipher3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - - /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation - ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function - */ - zLowerName = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); - if( zLowerName ){ - for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ - *z = sqlcipher3UpperToLower[*z]; - } - rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zLowerName); +static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + static const struct { + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + signed char nArg; + unsigned char bPure; + const char *zName; + } aFunc[] = { + { geopolyAreaFunc, 1, 1, "geopoly_area" }, + { geopolyBlobFunc, 1, 1, "geopoly_blob" }, + { geopolyJsonFunc, 1, 1, "geopoly_json" }, + { geopolySvgFunc, -1, 1, "geopoly_svg" }, + { geopolyWithinFunc, 2, 1, "geopoly_within" }, + { geopolyContainsPointFunc, 3, 1, "geopoly_contains_point" }, + { geopolyOverlapFunc, 2, 1, "geopoly_overlap" }, + { geopolyDebugFunc, 1, 0, "geopoly_debug" }, + { geopolyBBoxFunc, 1, 1, "geopoly_bbox" }, + { geopolyXformFunc, 7, 1, "geopoly_xform" }, + { geopolyRegularFunc, 4, 1, "geopoly_regular" }, + { geopolyCcwFunc, 1, 1, "geopoly_ccw" }, + }; + static const struct { + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*); + const char *zName; + } aAgg[] = { + { geopolyBBoxStep, geopolyBBoxFinal, "geopoly_group_bbox" }, + }; + int i; + for(i=0; izName) + 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return pDef; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "geopoly", &geopolyModule, 0, 0); } - *pNew = *pDef; - pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlcipher3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); - pNew->xFunc = xFunc; - pNew->pUserData = pArg; - pNew->flags |= SQLCIPHER_FUNC_EPHEM; - return pNew; + return rc; } +/************** End of geopoly.c *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in rtree.c **********************/ +#endif + /* -** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] -** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the -** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine -** is a no-op. +** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the +** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar +** function "rtreenode". */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE void sqlcipher3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlcipher3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i, n; - Table **apVtabLock; +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){ + const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8; + int rc; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0); } - n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); - apVtabLock = sqlcipher3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); - if( apVtabLock ){ - pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; - pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; - }else{ - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreecheck", -1, utf8, 0,rtreecheck, 0,0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32; +#else + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32; + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0); } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_geopoly_init(db); + } +#endif + + return rc; } /* -** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual -** table update operation currently in progress. -** -** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from -** within an xUpdate method. +** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached +** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() +** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). In other words, this routine is the +** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct. This routine is called when +** the corresponding SQL function is deleted. */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlcipher3 *db){ - static const unsigned char aMap[] = { - SQLCIPHER_ROLLBACK, SQLCIPHER_ABORT, SQLCIPHER_FAIL, SQLCIPHER_IGNORE, SQLCIPHER_REPLACE - }; - assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); - assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); - assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); - return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; +static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p; + if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); + sqlite3_free(p); } /* -** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide -** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior -** of the virtual table being implemented. +** This routine frees the BLOB that is returned by geomCallback(). */ -SQLCIPHER_API int sqlcipher3_vtab_config(sqlcipher3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +static void rtreeMatchArgFree(void *pArg){ + int i; + RtreeMatchArg *p = (RtreeMatchArg*)pArg; + for(i=0; inParam; i++){ + sqlite3_value_free(p->apSqlParam[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p); +} - sqlcipher3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); +/* +** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite +** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. +** +** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that +** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of +** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object +** as a BLOB. +** +** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize +** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure +** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. +*/ +static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; + sqlite3_int64 nBlob; + int memErr = 0; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLCIPHER_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { - VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; - if( !p ){ - rc = SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - }else{ - assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); - p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); - } - break; + nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue) + + nArg*sizeof(sqlite3_value*); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc64(nBlob); + if( !pBlob ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + }else{ + int i; + pBlob->iSize = nBlob; + pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; + pBlob->apSqlParam = (sqlite3_value**)&pBlob->aParam[nArg]; + pBlob->nParam = nArg; + for(i=0; iapSqlParam[i] = sqlite3_value_dup(aArg[i]); + if( pBlob->apSqlParam[i]==0 ) memErr = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); +#else + pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); +#endif + } + if( memErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + rtreeMatchArgFree(pBlob); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_pointer(ctx, pBlob, "RtreeMatchArg", rtreeMatchArgFree); } - default: - rc = SQLCIPHER_MISUSE_BKPT; - break; } - va_end(ap); - - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ) sqlcipher3Error(db, rc, 0); - sqlcipher3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process -** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for -** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable -** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing -** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting -** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". +** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} /* -** Trace output macros +** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the +** r-tree MATCH operator. */ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) || defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE int sqlcipher3WhereTrace = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ + void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) #endif -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) && defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -# define WHERETRACE(X) if(sqlcipher3WhereTrace) sqlcipher3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WHERETRACE(X) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); +} #endif -/* Forward reference -*/ -typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; -typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; -typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; -typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; -typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost; +#endif +/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ /* -** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to -** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE -** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, -** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. -** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. -** The following identity holds: -** -** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm -** -** When a term is of the form: +** 2007 May 6 ** -** X +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, -** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the -** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records -** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The -** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search -** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +************************************************************************* +** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** -** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** -** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR -** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that -** is collected about the +** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP +** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. ** -** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous -** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set -** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately -** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions +** for case mapping. ** -** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, -** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates -** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq -** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of -** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be -** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor -** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet -** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers -** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available -** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers -** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. ** -** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits -** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite -** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** provide case-independent matching. */ -typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; -struct WhereTerm { - Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ - int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ - int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ - union { - int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */ - } u; - u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ - u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ - u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ - Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ -}; -/* -** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags -*/ -#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ -#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ -#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ -#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ -#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ -#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ -#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 -# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) \ + || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) \ + || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) + +/* Include ICU headers */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else -# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #endif /* -** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a -** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. -** -** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form -** -** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f +** This function is called when an ICU function called from within +** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** -** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for -** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the -** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ -struct WhereClause { - Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ - Bitmask vmask; /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */ - WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ - u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ - u16 wctrlFlags; /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */ - int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ - int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ - WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_SMALL_STACK) - WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#else - WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#endif -}; +static void icuFunctionError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ + const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ + UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ +){ + char zBuf[128]; + sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); + zBuf[127] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); +} -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereOrInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ -}; +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) /* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. */ -struct WhereAndInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ -}; +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif /* -** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping -** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. -** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE -** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might -** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum -** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping -** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning -** with 0. -** -** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask -** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, -** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It -** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor -** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain -** no gaps. +** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. */ -struct WhereMaskSet { - int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ - int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ -}; +static void xFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} /* -** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated -** cost of pursuing that strategy. +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. It is copied here from SQLite source +** code file utf8.c. */ -struct WhereCost { - WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */ - double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */ - Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */ +static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, }; -/* -** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An -** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for -** terms in the where clause. -*/ -#define WO_IN 0x001 -#define WO_EQ 0x002 -#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_MATCH 0x040 -#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 -#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ -#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ -#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ - -#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ -#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ - -/* -** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in -** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search -** strategies are appropriate. -** -** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above. -** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL. -** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags -** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as -** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints. -** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left -** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189. -*/ -#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowidEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* xEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */ -#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */ -#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */ -#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ -#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and x=0xc0 ){ \ + c = icuUtf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + } + +#define SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) \ + assert( *zIn ); \ + if( *(zIn++)>=0xc0 ){ \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){zIn++;} \ + } + /* -** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** false (0) if they are different. */ -static void whereClauseInit( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* Might include WHERE_AND_ONLY */ +static int icuLikeCompare( + const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ + const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ + const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ ){ - pWC->pParse = pParse; - pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet; - pWC->pOuter = 0; - pWC->nTerm = 0; - pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); - pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; - pWC->vmask = 0; - pWC->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; -} + static const uint32_t MATCH_ONE = (uint32_t)'_'; + static const uint32_t MATCH_ALL = (uint32_t)'%'; -/* Forward reference */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ -/* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. -*/ -static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); + while( 1 ){ + + /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ + uint32_t uPattern; + SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zPattern, uPattern); + if( uPattern==0 ) break; + + /* There are now 4 possibilities: + ** + ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", + ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", + ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or + ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character + */ + if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ + /* Case 1. */ + uint8_t c; + + /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** test string. + */ + while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ + if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ + if( *zString==0 ) return 0; + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + zPattern++; + } + + if( *zPattern==0 ) return 1; + + while( *zString ){ + if( icuLikeCompare(zPattern, zString, uEsc) ){ + return 1; + } + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return 0; + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ + /* Case 2. */ + if( *zString==0 ) return 0; + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc){ + /* Case 3. */ + prevEscape = 1; + + }else{ + /* Case 4. */ + uint32_t uString; + SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zString, uString); + uString = (uint32_t)u_foldCase((UChar32)uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + uPattern = (uint32_t)u_foldCase((UChar32)uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + if( uString!=uPattern ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + + return *zString==0; } /* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** +** A LIKE B ESCAPE E +** +** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ -static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlcipher3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, p); +static void icuLikeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + UChar32 uEsc = 0; + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + int i = 0; + if( zE==0 ) return; + U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); + if( i!=nE){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + } + + if( zA && zB ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); + } } /* -** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure -** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). +** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as +** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ - int i; - WhereTerm *a; - sqlcipher3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); - } - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ - whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); - }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ - whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); - } - } - if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pWC->a); - } +static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ + URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; + uregex_close(pExpr); } /* -** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. -** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. -** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. -** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory -** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in -** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. +** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes +** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result +** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** -** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. +** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such +** that the following two are equivalent: ** -** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility -** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. -** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** zString REGEXP zPattern +** regexp(zPattern, zString) ** -** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store -** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after -** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing -** the pWC->a[] array. +** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: +** +** uregex_open() +** uregex_matches() +** uregex_close() */ -static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int idx; - testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */ - if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ - WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; - sqlcipher3 *db = pWC->pParse->db; - pWC->a = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); - if( pWC->a==0 ){ - if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, p); - } - pWC->a = pOld; - return 0; +static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + URegularExpression *pExpr; + UBool res; + const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); + + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. + */ + if( !zString ){ + return; + } + + pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); + if( !pExpr ){ + const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zPattern ){ + return; } - memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); - if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pOld); + pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); + + if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); + }else{ + assert(!pExpr); + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); + return; } - pWC->nSlot = sqlcipher3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; - pTerm->pExpr = p; - pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; - pTerm->pWC = pWC; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - return idx; + + /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); + return; + } + + /* Attempt the match */ + res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); + return; + } + + /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid + ** pointer after this function returns. + */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); + + /* Return 1 or 0. */ + sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); } /* -** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where -** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other -** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure -** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). +** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** -** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) -** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ -** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] +** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and +** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences +** between the two. ** -** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine -** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** functions are invoked with one argument: ** -** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to -** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain -** all terms of the WHERE clause. +** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' +** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' +** +** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() +** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name +** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value +** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version +** of upper() or lower(). +** +** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' +** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> '\u131' (small dotless i) +** +** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings */ -static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){ - pWC->op = (u8)op; - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=op ){ - whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); - }else{ - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); +static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + const UChar *zInput; /* Pointer to input string */ + UChar *zOutput = 0; /* Pointer to output buffer */ + int nInput; /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */ + int nOut; /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + int cnt; + int bToUpper; /* True for toupper(), false for tolower() */ + UErrorCode status; + const char *zLocale = 0; + + assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); + bToUpper = (sqlite3_user_data(p)!=0); + if( nArg==2 ){ + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + } + + zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zInput ){ + return; + } + nOut = nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); + if( nOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text16(p, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + for(cnt=0; cnt<2; cnt++){ + UChar *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOutput, nOut); + if( zNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOutput); + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p); + return; + } + zOutput = zNew; + status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( bToUpper ){ + nOut = 2*u_strToUpper(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); + }else{ + nOut = 2*u_strToLower(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); + } + + if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, nOut, xFree); + }else if( status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR ){ + assert( cnt==0 ); + continue; + }else{ + icuFunctionError(p, bToUpper ? "u_strToUpper" : "u_strToLower", status); + } + return; } + assert( 0 ); /* Unreachable */ } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ + /* -** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object) +** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ -#define initMaskSet(P) memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P)) +static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ + UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; + ucol_close(p); +} /* -** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if -** iCursor is not in the set. +** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ -static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - int i; - assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ - return ((Bitmask)1)<ix[] -** array will never overflow. +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called +** as follows: +** +** SELECT icu_load_collation(, ); +** +** Where is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. +** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and is the name of the +** collation sequence to create. */ -static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); - pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; -} +static void icuLoadCollation( + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ + const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ + UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ -/* -** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates -** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression -** tree. -** -** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have -** previously invoked sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See -** the header comment on that routine for additional information. -** The sqlcipher3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and -** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to -** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to -** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all -** the bitmasks together. -*/ -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); -static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); - return mask; + assert(nArg==2); + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + + if( !zLocale || !zName ){ + return; } - mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + + pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); + return; + } + assert(p); + + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + ucol_close(pUCollator); + sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); } - return mask; } -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + +/* +** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ + static const struct IcuScalar { + const char *zName; /* Function name */ + unsigned char nArg; /* Number of arguments */ + unsigned short enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ + unsigned char iContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } scalars[] = { + {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, icuLoadCollation}, +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) + {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc}, + {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc}, +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); - } + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ + const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, + p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0, + p->xFunc, 0, 0 + ); } - return mask; + + return rc; } -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - while( pS ){ - SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); - if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); - } - } - pS = pS->pPrior; - } - return mask; + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3IcuInit(db); } +#endif + +#endif +/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ /* -** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is -** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are -** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN". +** 2007 June 22 ** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be -** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression -** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression -** expression = column expression > column expression >= column -** expression < column expression <= column column IN -** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. */ -static int allowedOp(int op){ - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; -} +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -/* -** Swap two objects of type TYPE. -*/ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +#include +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +#include + +typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; +typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; + +struct IcuTokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char *zLocale; +}; + +struct IcuCursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + + UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ + int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ + UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ + int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ + + int nBuffer; + char *zBuffer; + + int iToken; +}; /* -** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" -** are converted into "Y op X". -** -** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right -** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after -** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes -** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on -** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence -** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag -** is not commuted. +** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ -static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate); - assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); - pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl); - pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft; - pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight; - SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); - assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); - assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); - pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; +static int icuCreate( + int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p; + int n = 0; + + if( argc>0 ){ + n = strlen(argv[0])+1; + } + p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); + + if( n ){ + p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; + memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); } + + *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; + + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +** Destroy a tokenizer */ -static u16 operatorMask(int op){ - u16 c; - assert( allowedOp(op) ); - if( op==TK_IN ){ - c = WO_IN; - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - c = WO_ISNULL; - }else{ - assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); - c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); - } - assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); - assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); - assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); - assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); - assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); - assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); - assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); - return c; +static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; } /* -** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " -** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of -** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. -** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. */ -static WhereTerm *findTerm( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ - int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ - Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ - u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +static int icuOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int k; - assert( iCur>=0 ); - op &= WO_ALL; - for(; pWC; pWC=pWC->pOuter){ - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 - && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn - && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0 - ){ - if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - char idxaff; - int j; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; - - idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlcipher3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue; - - /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for - ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this - ** value in variable pColl. - */ - assert(pX->pLeft); - pColl = sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - assert(pColl || pParse->nErr); - - for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ - if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0; - } - if( pColl && sqlcipher3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue; - } - return pTerm; - } + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + IcuCursor *pCsr; + + const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + int nChar; + + UChar32 c; + int iInput = 0; + int iOut = 0; + + *ppCursor = 0; + + if( zInput==0 ){ + nInput = 0; + zInput = ""; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + nInput = strlen(zInput); + } + nChar = nInput+1; + pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64( + sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ + ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ + (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ + ); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); + pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; + + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + while( c>0 ){ + int isError = 0; + c = u_foldCase(c, opt); + U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); + if( isError ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + + if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->nChar = iOut; + + ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} /* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. -** -** +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). */ -static void exprAnalyzeAll( - SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ -){ - int i; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); - } +static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* -** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that -** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is -** so and false if not. -** -** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string -** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. */ -static int isLikeOrGlob( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ - Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ - int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ - int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +static int icuNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ - const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ - ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ - int c; /* One character in z[] */ - int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ - char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - sqlcipher3_value *pVal = 0; - int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; - if( !sqlcipher3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ - return 0; - } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_EBCDIC - if( *pnoCase ) return 0; -#endif - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLCIPHER_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must - ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ - return 0; - } - assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int nByte = 0; - pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; - op = pRight->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ - op = pRight->op2; - } - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; - int iCol = pRight->iColumn; - pVal = sqlcipher3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE); - if( pVal && sqlcipher3_value_type(pVal)==SQLCIPHER_TEXT ){ - z = (char *)sqlcipher3_value_text(pVal); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); - assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); - }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ - z = pRight->u.zToken; - } - if( z ){ - cnt = 0; - while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ - cnt++; + while( iStart==iEnd ){ + UChar32 c; + + iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); + iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); + if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; } - if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ - Expr *pPrefix; - *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - pPrefix = sqlcipher3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); - if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; - *ppPrefix = pPrefix; - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); - if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ - /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current - ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE - ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. - ** This causes problems for the sqlcipher3_bind_parameter_name() - ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ - int r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } + + while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); + if( u_isspace(c) ){ + iStart = iWhite; + }else{ + break; } - }else{ - z = 0; } + assert(iStart<=iEnd); } - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pVal); - return (z!=0); -} -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + do { + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( nByte ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; + } + u_strToUTF8( + pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ + &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ + &status /* Output success/failure */ + ); + } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is of the form -** -** column MATCH expr -** -** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. -*/ -static int isMatchOfColumn( - Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ -){ - ExprList *pList; + *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; + *pnBytes = nByte; + *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; + *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; + *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlcipher3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; + return SQLITE_OK; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* -** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of -** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ -static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ - pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; - pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + icuCreate, /* xCreate */ + icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ + icuOpen, /* xOpen */ + icuClose, /* xClose */ + icuNext, /* xNext */ + 0, /* xLanguageid */ +}; + +/* +** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; } -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.c **************************************/ /* -** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected -** subterms. So in: -** -** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) -** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -** -** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. -** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under -** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** 2014 August 30 ** -** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. -** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. -** Examples of terms under analysis: +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** -** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 -** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 -** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) -** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') -** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +************************************************************************* ** -** CASE 1: ** -** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C -** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual -** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term -** being analyzed is: +** OVERVIEW ** -** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an +** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in +** sqlite3rbu.h. Essentially, for each table xyz in the target database +** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is +** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to +** update, insert or delete from the target table. ** -** then create a new virtual term like this: +** The update proceeds in three stages: ** -** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written +** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except +** that it is named "-oal" instead of "-wal". +** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named +** "-oal", they go on using the original database in +** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated. ** -** CASE 2: +** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing +** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter" +** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses +** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each +** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all +** updates are done in sorted key order. ** -** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** 2) The "-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "-wal" +** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU +** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring +** that there are no other active readers. ** -** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers +** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At +** this point they see the new version of the database - including +** the updates made as part of the RBU update. ** -** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and -** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". -** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND -** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have -** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way +** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is +** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU +** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed, +** the checkpoint progress is saved in the RBU database and the +** checkpoint can be resumed by another RBU client at some point in +** the future. ** -** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could -** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. -** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that -** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis -** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist. +** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS ** -** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term -** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will -** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not -** satisfied. +** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently +** syncing the directory after renaming the file. ** -** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, -** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** When state is saved, any commit to the *-oal file and the commit to +** the RBU update database are not atomic. So if the power fails at the +** wrong moment they might get out of sync. As the main database will be +** committed before the RBU update database this will likely either just +** pass unnoticed, or result in SQLITE_CONSTRAINT errors (due to UNIQUE +** constraint violations). ** -** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using -** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing -** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar -** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** If some client does modify the target database mid RBU update, or some +** other error occurs, the RBU extension will keep throwing errors. It's +** not really clear how to get out of this state. The system could just +** by delete the RBU update database and *-oal file and have the device +** download the update again and start over. ** -** OTHERWISE: +** At present, for an UPDATE, both the new.* and old.* records are +** collected in the rbu_xyz table. And for both UPDATEs and DELETEs all +** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more +** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU +** update database than is strictly necessary. ** -** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to -** zero. This term is not useful for search. */ -static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ -){ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */ - int i; /* Loop counters */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ - Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ - - /* - ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are - ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo - ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. - */ - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); - pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); - if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; - pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags); - whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); - - /* - ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. - */ - indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; - chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask); - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 ); - assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); - chngToIN = 0; - pAndInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); - if( pAndInfo ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC; - WhereTerm *pAndTerm; - int j; - Bitmask b = 0; - pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; - pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; - pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet, pWC->wctrlFlags); - whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); - pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; - testcase( db->mallocFailed ); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ - assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); - } - } - } - indexable &= b; - } - }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ - /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the - ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ - }else{ - Bitmask b; - b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); - if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; - b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); - } - indexable &= b; - if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){ - chngToIN = 0; - }else{ - chngToIN &= b; - } - } - } - - /* - ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be - ** empty. - */ - pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; - pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; - - /* - ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But - ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really - ** is satisfied. - ** - ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means - ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an - ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain - ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit - ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form - ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set - ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make - ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when - ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It - ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column - ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of - ** the OR clause. - ** - ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the - ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. - */ - if( chngToIN ){ - int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ - int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ - int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ - int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the - ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column - ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any - ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table - ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. - */ - for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ - pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ - /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and - ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ - assert( j==1 ); - continue; - } - if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ - /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the - ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term - ** and use its inversion. */ - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); - continue; - } - iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; - iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; - break; - } - if( i<0 ){ - /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur - ** on the second iteration */ - assert( j==1 ); - assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 ); - assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) ); - break; - } - testcase( j==1 ); - - /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that - ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ - okToChngToIN = 1; - for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - int affLeft, affRight; - /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities - ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type - ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) - */ - affRight = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - affLeft = sqlcipher3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); - if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; - } - } - } - } - - /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is - ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. - ** - ** EV: R-00211-15100 - */ - if( okToChngToIN ){ - Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); - assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); - pList = sqlcipher3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup); - pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; - } - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); - pNew = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pNew ){ - int idxNew; - transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pNew->x.pList = pList; - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - }else{ - sqlcipher3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - } - pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ - } - } -} -#endif /* !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU) +/************** Include sqlite3rbu.h in the middle of sqlite3rbu.c ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.h **************************************/ /* -** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the -** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the -** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm -** structure. +** 2014 August 30 ** -** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted -** to the standard form of "X ". +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** -** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are -** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual -** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and -** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED -** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr -** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it -** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 -** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. */ -static void exprAnalyze( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ - Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ - Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ - Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ - int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ - int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ - Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_IN ){ - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); - } - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = 0; - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); - } - prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); - prereqAll |= x; - extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index - ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ - } - pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pTerm->leftCursor = -1; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - pTerm->eOperator = 0; - if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op); - } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - WhereTerm *pNew; - Expr *pDup; - if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ - int idxNew; - pDup = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - return; - } - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - if( idxNew==0 ) return; - pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNew->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - }else{ - pDup = pExpr; - pNew = pTerm; - } - exprCommute(pParse, pDup); - pLeft = pDup->pLeft; - pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); - pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; - pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op); - } - } - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms - ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: - ** - ** a BETWEEN b AND c - ** - ** is converted into: - ** - ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) - ** - ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. - ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN - ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are - ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original - ** BETWEEN term is skipped. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - int i; - static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - } - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by - ** an OR operator. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ - assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); - exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB - ** operator. - ** - ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints - ** - ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' - ** - ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the - ** termination condition "abd". - */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND - && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) - ){ - Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pNewExpr1; - Expr *pNewExpr2; - int idxNew1; - int idxNew2; - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */ - - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - pStr2 = sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ - pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlcipher3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; - c = *pC; - if( noCase ){ - /* The point is to increment the last character before the first - ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the - ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full - ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag - */ - if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */ +/* +** SUMMARY +** +** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on +** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache +** memory can be very inefficient. +** +** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least) +** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the +** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a +** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction +** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times. +** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in +** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in +** random order, which is itself quite inefficient. +** +** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index +** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO +** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree, +** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored +** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of +** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve +** the performance of large transactions on existing databases. +** +** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the +** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed +** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot +** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply +** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a +** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process +** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue +** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially +** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. +** +** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update +** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction +** applied using this extension is hence refered to as an "RBU update". +** +** +** LIMITATIONS +** +** An "RBU update" transaction is subject to the following limitations: +** +** * The transaction must consist of INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE operations +** only. +** +** * INSERT statements may not use any default values. +** +** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by +** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY +** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written +** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid. +** +** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** * No triggers will be fired. +** +** * No foreign key violations are detected or reported. +** +** * CHECK constraints are not enforced. +** +** * No constraint handling mode except for "OR ROLLBACK" is supported. +** +** +** PREPARATION +** +** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database +** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the +** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table +** named "data_" containing the same set of columns as the +** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should +** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have +** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database. +** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if +** the target database contains: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT, c UNIQUE); +** +** Then the RBU database should contain: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_t1(a INTEGER, b TEXT, c, rbu_control); +** +** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter. +** +** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual +** tables or view named using the data_ naming scheme. +** +** Instead of the plain data_ naming scheme, RBU database tables +** may also be named data_, where is any sequence +** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because +** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by +** name. By judicious selection of the portion of the names +** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they +** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external +** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables. +** +** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no +** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column +** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary +** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does +** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For +** example, if the target db contains either of the following: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b); +** CREATE TABLE x1(a, b) +** +** then the RBU database should contain: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_x1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** +** All non-hidden columns (i.e. all columns matched by "SELECT *") of the +** target table must be present in the input table. For virtual tables, +** hidden columns are optional - they are updated by RBU if present in +** the input table, or not otherwise. For example, to write to an fts4 +** table with a hidden languageid column such as: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(a, b, languageid='langid'); +** +** Either of the following input table schemas may be used: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** +** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The +** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record +** to insert. +** +** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not +** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to +** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error. +** +** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The +** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the +** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the +** other columns are not used. +** +** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text. +** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be +** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should +** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the +** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as +** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely +** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For +** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to +** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the +** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables +** above, the update statement: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4; +** +** is represented by the data_t1 row created by: +** +** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..x'); +** +** Instead of an 'x' character, characters of the rbu_control value specified +** for UPDATEs may also be set to 'd'. In this case, instead of updating the +** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the +** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in +** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the +** original value currently stored in the target table column and the +** value specified in the data_xxx table. +** +** For example, this row: +** +** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d'); +** +** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4; +** +** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an +** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed +** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the +** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case +** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. +** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to +** itself. +** +** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY +** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding +** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this: +** +** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) +** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x'); +** +** causes a result similar to: +** +** UPDATE ft1 SET b = 'usa' WHERE rowid = 12; +** +** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations. +** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx +** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by +** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other +** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY +** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables. +** +** USAGE +** +** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update +** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the +** application: +** +** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function. +** +** 2) Registers any required virtual table modules with the database +** handle returned by sqlite3rbu_db(). Also, if required, register +** the rbu_delta() implementation. +** +** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on +** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single +** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply +** a complete update. +** +** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If +** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely +** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database +** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU +** update application is saved in the RBU database for later +** resumption. +** +** See comments below for more detail on APIs. +** +** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the +** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved +** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically +** resume the RBU update from where it left off. +** +** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database +** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin +** with the prefix "rbu_" +** +** DATABASE LOCKING +** +** An RBU update may not be applied to a database in WAL mode. Attempting +** to do so is an error (SQLITE_ERROR). +** +** While an RBU handle is open, a SHARED lock may be held on the target +** database file. This means it is possible for other clients to read the +** database, but not to write it. +** +** If an RBU update is started and then suspended before it is completed, +** then an external client writes to the database, then attempting to resume +** the suspended RBU update is also an error (SQLITE_BUSY). +*/ - c = sqlcipher3UpperToLower[c]; - } - *pC = c + 1; - } - pColl = sqlcipher3FindCollSeq(db, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0); - pNewExpr1 = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, - sqlcipher3ExprSetColl(sqlcipher3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), - pStr1, 0); - idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew1==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); - pNewExpr2 = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, - sqlcipher3ExprSetColl(sqlcipher3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl), - pStr2, 0); - idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew2==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - if( isComplete ){ - pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; - pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ +#ifndef _SQLITE3RBU_H +#define _SQLITE3RBU_H -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the - ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. - ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of - ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt - ** to do anything with MATCH functions. - */ - if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ - int idxNew; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; +/* #include "sqlite3.h" ** Required for error code definitions ** */ - pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); - prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); - if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, - 0, sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - /* When sqlcipher_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the - ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently - ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a - ** virtual term of that form. - ** - ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This - ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning - ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at - ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. - */ - if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL - && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN - && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 - ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - int idxNew; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; +typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; - pNewExpr = sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, - sqlcipher3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), - sqlcipher3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); +/* +** Open an RBU handle. +** +** Argument zTarget is the path to the target database. Argument zRbu is +** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched +** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes +** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget +** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite +** database URI, not a regular file name. +** +** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores +** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which +** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This +** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to +** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. +** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which +** the RBU extension can store the state of the update. +** +** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same +** value as when the RBU update was started. +** +** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not +** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it. +** +** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To +** use a VFS other than the default, an SQLite "file:" URI containing a +** "vfs=..." option may be passed as the zTarget option. +** +** IMPORTANT NOTE FOR ZIPVFS USERS: The RBU extension works with all of +** SQLite's built-in VFSs, including the multiplexor VFS. However it does +** not work out of the box with zipvfs. Refer to the comment describing +** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zRbu, + const char *zState +); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, - TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); - if( idxNew ){ - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT */ +/* +** Open an RBU handle to perform an RBU vacuum on database file zTarget. +** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except +** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update. +** +** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which +** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The +** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum +** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty +** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling +** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has +** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. +** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU +** handle specifying the same target and state databases. +** +** If the second argument passed to this function is NULL, then the +** name of the state database is "-vacuum", where +** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the +** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created +** with the same permissions as the target db is made. +** +** With an RBU vacuum, it is an SQLITE_MISUSE error if the name of the +** state database ends with "-vactmp". This name is reserved for internal +** use. +** +** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum +** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to +** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents +** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way, +** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a +** new RBU vacuum operation. +** +** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment +** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for +** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with +** zipvfs databases. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zState +); - /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive - ** an index for tables to the left of the join. - */ - pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; -} +/* +** Configure a limit for the amount of temp space that may be used by +** the RBU handle passed as the first argument. The new limit is specified +** in bytes by the second parameter. If it is positive, the limit is updated. +** If the second parameter to this function is passed zero, then the limit +** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is +** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit). +** +** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero +** indicates unlimited). +** +** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL +** error is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64); /* -** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain -** a reference to any table other than the iBase table. +** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by +** the RBU handle passed as the only argument. */ -static int referencesOtherTables( - ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */ - int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */ - int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */ -){ - Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase); - while( iFirstnExpr ){ - if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); /* -** This function searches the expression list passed as the second argument -** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN that refers to the same column and -** uses the same collation sequence as the iCol'th column of index pIdx. -** Argument iBase is the cursor number used for the table that pIdx refers -** to. +** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database +** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This +** API allows the application direct access to these database handles. ** -** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If -** no expression is found, -1 is returned. +** The first argument passed to this function must be a valid, open, RBU +** handle. The second argument should be passed zero to access the target +** database handle, or non-zero to access the rbu update database handle. +** Accessing the underlying database handles may be useful in the +** following scenarios: +** +** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to +** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to +** register the required virtual table implementations. +** +** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual +** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on +** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table +** implementations. +** +** * If the application uses the "rbu_delta()" feature described above, +** it must use sqlite3_create_function() or similar to register the +** rbu_delta() implementation with the target database handle. +** +** If an error has occurred, either while opening or stepping the RBU object, +** this function may return NULL. The error code and message may be collected +** when sqlite3rbu_close() is called. +** +** Database handles returned by this function remain valid until the next +** call to any sqlite3rbu_xxx() function other than sqlite3rbu_db(). */ -static int findIndexCol( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ - int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ - int iCol /* Column of index to match */ -){ - int i; - const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN - && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] - && p->iTable==iBase - ){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlcipher3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - return i; - } - } - } +/* +** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. +** +** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or +** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply +** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is +** returned. +** +** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than +** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops +** that immediately return the same value. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); - return -1; -} +/* +** Force RBU to save its state to disk. +** +** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following +** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state +** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to +** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* -** This routine determines if pIdx can be used to assist in processing a -** DISTINCT qualifier. In other words, it tests whether or not using this -** index for the outer loop guarantees that rows with equal values for -** all expressions in the pDistinct list are delivered grouped together. +** Close an RBU handle. ** -** For example, the query +** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database +** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the +** current state of the RBU update appliation to the RBU database. ** -** SELECT DISTINCT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = ? +** If an error has already occurred as part of an sqlite3rbu_step() +** or sqlite3rbu_open() call, or if one occurs within this function, an +** SQLite error code is returned. Additionally, if pzErrmsg is not NULL, +** *pzErrmsg may be set to point to a buffer containing a utf-8 formatted +** English language error message. It is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** -** can benefit from any index on columns "b" and "c". +** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the +** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been +** completely applied. */ -static int isDistinctIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index being considered */ - int base, /* Cursor number for the table pIdx is on */ - ExprList *pDistinct, /* The DISTINCT expressions */ - int nEqCol /* Number of index columns with == */ -){ - Bitmask mask = 0; /* Mask of unaccounted for pDistinct exprs */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg); - if( pIdx->zName==0 || pDistinct==0 || pDistinct->nExpr>=BMS ) return 0; - testcase( pDistinct->nExpr==BMS-1 ); +/* +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the +** current RBU update was started. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); - /* Loop through all the expressions in the distinct list. If any of them - ** are not simple column references, return early. Otherwise, test if the - ** WHERE clause contains a "col=X" clause. If it does, the expression - ** can be ignored. If it does not, and the column does not belong to the - ** same table as index pIdx, return early. Finally, if there is no - ** matching "col=X" expression and the column is on the same table as pIdx, - ** set the corresponding bit in variable mask. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; - if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, p->iTable, p->iColumn, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, 0); - if( pTerm ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - CollSeq *p1 = sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - CollSeq *p2 = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( p1==p2 ) continue; - } - if( p->iTable!=base ) return 0; - mask |= (((Bitmask)1) << i); - } +/* +** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) +** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may +** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar. +** +** An RBU update is divided into two stages: +** +** * Stage 1, in which changes are accumulated in an oal/wal file, and +** * Stage 2, in which the contents of the wal file are copied into the +** main database. +** +** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1 +** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database. +** +** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable +** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo) +** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of +** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, +** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on. +** +** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable +** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The +** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU +** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it +** exists, must contain the same columns as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; +** +** There must be one row in the table for each source (data_xxx) table within +** the RBU database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of the source +** table. The 'cnt' column should contain the number of rows within the +** source table. +** +** If the rbu_count table is present and populated correctly and this +** API is called during stage 1, the *pnOne output variable is set to the +** permyriadage progress of the same stage. If the rbu_count table does +** not exist, then (*pnOne) is set to -1 during stage 1. If the rbu_count +** table exists but is not correctly populated, the value of the *pnOne +** output variable during stage 1 is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int *pnOne, int*pnTwo); - for(i=nEqCol; mask && inColumn; i++){ - int iExpr = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, base, pIdx, i); - if( iExpr<0 ) break; - mask &= ~(((Bitmask)1) << iExpr); - } +/* +** Obtain an indication as to the current stage of an RBU update or vacuum. +** This function always returns one of the SQLITE_RBU_STATE_XXX constants +** defined in this file. Return values should be interpreted as follows: +** +** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL: +** RBU is currently building a *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step() +** may either add further data to the *-oal file, or compute data that will +** be added by a subsequent call. +** +** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE: +** RBU has finished building the *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step() +** will move the *-oal file to the equivalent *-wal path. If the current +** operation is an RBU update, then the updated version of the database +** file will become visible to ordinary SQLite clients following the next +** call to sqlite3rbu_step(). +** +** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT: +** RBU is currently performing an incremental checkpoint. The next call to +** sqlite3rbu_step() will copy a page of data from the *-wal file into +** the target database file. +** +** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE: +** The RBU operation has finished. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step() +** will immediately return SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR: +** An error has occurred. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step() will +** immediately return the SQLite error code associated with the error. +*/ +#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL 1 +#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE 2 +#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT 3 +#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE 4 +#define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR 5 - return (mask==0); -} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); +/* +** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system +** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, +** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system. +** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before +** returning. +** +** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this +** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. +** +** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case, +** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU +** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs +** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use +** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example, +** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and +** multiplexor (error checking omitted): +** +** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default). +** sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 0); +** +** // Create an rbu VFS named "rbu" that uses multiplexor. If the +** // second argument were replaced with NULL, the "rbu" VFS would +** // access the file-system via the system default VFS, bypassing the +** // multiplexor. +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs("rbu", "multiplex"); +** +** // Create a zipvfs VFS named "zipvfs" that uses rbu. +** zipvfs_create_vfs_v3("zipvfs", "rbu", 0, xCompressorAlgorithmDetector); +** +** // Make zipvfs the default VFS. +** sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs_find("zipvfs"), 1); +** +** Because the default VFS created above includes a RBU functionality, it +** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack +** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error. +** +** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for +** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the +** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality +** occasionally. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent); /* -** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument -** is redundant. A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains a -** UNIQUE index that guarantees that the result of the query will be distinct -** anyway. +** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). +** +** VFS objects are not reference counted. If a VFS object is destroyed +** before all database handles that use it have been closed, the results +** are undefined. */ -static int isDistinctRedundant( - Parse *pParse, - SrcList *pTabList, - WhereClause *pWC, - ExprList *pDistinct -){ - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - int i; - int iBase; +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); - /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of - ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT - ** clause is redundant. */ - if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; - iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; - pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif - /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return - ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the - ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pDistinct->a[i].pExpr; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; - } +#endif /* _SQLITE3RBU_H */ - /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes - ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: - ** - ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and - ** - ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct - ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", - ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the - ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) - && 0>findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i) - ){ - break; - } - } - if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){ - /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ - return 1; - } - } +/************** End of sqlite3rbu.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlite3rbu.c *****************/ - return 0; -} +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* #include "windows.h" */ +#endif + +/* Maximum number of prepared UPDATE statements held by this module */ +#define SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE 16 + +/* Delta checksums disabled by default. Compile with -DRBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM +** to enable checksum verification. +*/ +#ifndef RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM +# define RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM 0 +#endif /* -** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY -** clause. If it can, it returns 1. If pIdx cannot satisfy the -** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0. -** -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement. pTab is the -** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and -** the table has a cursor number of "base". pIdx is an index on pTab. -** -** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality -** constraints. Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY -** clause and the match can still be a success. -** -** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either -** ASC or DESC. (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE -** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.) The *pbRev value is -** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if -** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC. +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. */ -static int isSortingIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */ - int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */ - int wsFlags, /* Index usages flags */ - int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int sortOrder = 0; /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */ - int nTerm; /* Number of ORDER BY terms */ - struct ExprList_item *pTerm; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) +# define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} +#endif + +/* +** The rbu_state table is used to save the state of a partially applied +** update so that it can be resumed later. The table consists of integer +** keys mapped to values as follows: +** +** RBU_STATE_STAGE: +** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows: +** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction. +** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved +** to the *-wal path. +** 4: the checkpoint is underway. +** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed. +** +** RBU_STATE_TBL: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table +** currently being written. +** +** RBU_STATE_IDX: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index +** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being +** updated. +** +** RBU_STATE_ROW: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. Number of rows already processed for the current +** table/index. +** +** RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: +** Trbul number of sqlite3rbu_step() calls made so far as part of this +** rbu update. +** +** RBU_STATE_CKPT: +** Valid if STAGE==4. The 64-bit checksum associated with the wal-index +** header created by recovering the *-wal file. This is used to detect +** cases when another client appends frames to the *-wal file in the +** middle of an incremental checkpoint (an incremental checkpoint cannot +** be continued if this happens). +** +** RBU_STATE_COOKIE: +** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the +** target db file. +** +** RBU_STATE_OALSZ: +** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file. +** +** RBU_STATE_DATATBL: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table +** currently being read. +*/ +#define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1 +#define RBU_STATE_TBL 2 +#define RBU_STATE_IDX 3 +#define RBU_STATE_ROW 4 +#define RBU_STATE_PROGRESS 5 +#define RBU_STATE_CKPT 6 +#define RBU_STATE_COOKIE 7 +#define RBU_STATE_OALSZ 8 +#define RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP 9 +#define RBU_STATE_DATATBL 10 + +#define RBU_STAGE_OAL 1 +#define RBU_STAGE_MOVE 2 +#define RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE 3 +#define RBU_STAGE_CKPT 4 +#define RBU_STAGE_DONE 5 + + +#define RBU_CREATE_STATE \ + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.rbu_state(k INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v)" + +typedef struct RbuFrame RbuFrame; +typedef struct RbuObjIter RbuObjIter; +typedef struct RbuState RbuState; +typedef struct RbuSpan RbuSpan; +typedef struct rbu_vfs rbu_vfs; +typedef struct rbu_file rbu_file; +typedef struct RbuUpdateStmt RbuUpdateStmt; + +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) +typedef unsigned int u32; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +#endif - if( !pOrderBy ) return 0; - if( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ) return 0; - if( pIdx->bUnordered ) return 0; +/* +** These values must match the values defined in wal.c for the equivalent +** locks. These are not magic numbers as they are part of the SQLite file +** format. +*/ +#define WAL_LOCK_WRITE 0 +#define WAL_LOCK_CKPT 1 +#define WAL_LOCK_READ0 3 - nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr; - assert( nTerm>0 ); +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT 5149216 - /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, - ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to - ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table. */ - assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) ); +/* +** A structure to store values read from the rbu_state table in memory. +*/ +struct RbuState { + int eStage; + char *zTbl; + char *zDataTbl; + char *zIdx; + i64 iWalCksum; + int nRow; + i64 nProgress; + u32 iCookie; + i64 iOalSz; + i64 nPhaseOneStep; +}; - /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of - ** the index. - ** - ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus - ** one additional column containing the rowid. The rowid column - ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY - ** clause. - */ - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* The collating sequence of pExpr */ - int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */ - int iColumn; /* The i-th column of the index. -1 for rowid */ - int iSortOrder; /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */ - const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */ +struct RbuUpdateStmt { + char *zMask; /* Copy of update mask used with pUpdate */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate; /* Last update statement (or NULL) */ + RbuUpdateStmt *pNext; +}; - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){ - /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the - ** left-most table of the FROM clause */ - break; - } - pColl = sqlcipher3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - if( pIdx->zName && inColumn ){ - iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ - iColumn = -1; - } - iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; - }else{ - iColumn = -1; - iSortOrder = 0; - zColl = pColl->zName; - } - if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlcipher3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */ - if( inColumn ){ - /* Index column i is the rowid. All other terms match. */ - break; - }else{ - /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by == - ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint. - */ - return 0; - } - } - assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 ); - assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 ); - assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 ); - termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder; - if( i>nEqCol ){ - if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){ - /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the - ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */ - return 0; - } - }else{ - sortOrder = termSortOrder; - } - j++; - pTerm++; - if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches - ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other - ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used - ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other - ** columns will make any difference - */ - j = nTerm; - } - } +struct RbuSpan { + const char *zSpan; + int nSpan; +}; - *pbRev = sortOrder!=0; - if( j>=nTerm ){ - /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so - ** this index can be used for sorting. */ - return 1; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn - && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0 - && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){ - /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause - ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY - ** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then - ** the order by clause is superfluous. Not that if the matching - ** condition is IS NULL then the result is not necessarily unique - ** even on a UNIQUE index, so disallow those cases. */ - return 1; - } - return 0; -} +/* +** An iterator of this type is used to iterate through all objects in +** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the +** iterator visits, in order: +** +** * the table itself, +** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and +** * a special "cleanup table" state. +** +** abIndexed: +** If the table has no indexes on it, abIndexed is set to NULL. Otherwise, +** it points to an array of flags nTblCol elements in size. The flag is +** set for each column that is either a part of the PK or a part of an +** index. Or clear otherwise. +** +** If there are one or more partial indexes on the table, all fields of +** this array set set to 1. This is because in that case, the module has +** no way to tell which fields will be required to add and remove entries +** from the partial indexes. +** +*/ +struct RbuObjIter { + sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxIter; /* Index iterator */ + int nTblCol; /* Size of azTblCol[] array */ + char **azTblCol; /* Array of unquoted target column names */ + char **azTblType; /* Array of target column types */ + int *aiSrcOrder; /* src table col -> target table col */ + u8 *abTblPk; /* Array of flags, set on target PK columns */ + u8 *abNotNull; /* Array of flags, set on NOT NULL columns */ + u8 *abIndexed; /* Array of flags, set on indexed & PK cols */ + int eType; /* Table type - an RBU_PK_XXX value */ + + /* Output variables. zTbl==0 implies EOF. */ + int bCleanup; /* True in "cleanup" state */ + const char *zTbl; /* Name of target db table */ + const char *zDataTbl; /* Name of rbu db table (or null) */ + const char *zIdx; /* Name of target db index (or null) */ + int iTnum; /* Root page of current object */ + int iPkTnum; /* If eType==EXTERNAL, root of PK index */ + int bUnique; /* Current index is unique */ + int nIndex; /* Number of aux. indexes on table zTbl */ + + /* Statements created by rbuObjIterPrepareAll() */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in current object */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; /* Source data */ + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert; /* Statement for INSERT operations */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* Statement for DELETE ops */ + sqlite3_stmt *pTmpInsert; /* Insert into rbu_tmp_$zDataTbl */ + int nIdxCol; + RbuSpan *aIdxCol; + char *zIdxSql; + + /* Last UPDATE used (for PK b-tree updates only), or NULL. */ + RbuUpdateStmt *pRbuUpdate; +}; /* -** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value. -** The results need not be exact. This is only used for estimating -** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN) -** complexity. Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if -** logN is a little off. +** Values for RbuObjIter.eType +** +** 0: Table does not exist (error) +** 1: Table has an implicit rowid. +** 2: Table has an explicit IPK column. +** 3: Table has an external PK index. +** 4: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. +** 5: Table is a virtual table. */ -static double estLog(double N){ - double logN = 1; - double x = 10; - while( N>x ){ - logN += 1; - x *= 10; - } - return logN; -} +#define RBU_PK_NOTABLE 0 +#define RBU_PK_NONE 1 +#define RBU_PK_IPK 2 +#define RBU_PK_EXTERNAL 3 +#define RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID 4 +#define RBU_PK_VTAB 5 + /* -** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlcipher3_index_info -** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither -** SQLCIPHER_TEST or SQLCIPHER_DEBUG are defined, then these routines -** are no-ops. +** Within the RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs +** one of the following operations. */ -#if !defined(SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLCIPHER_DEBUG) -static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlcipher3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlcipher3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, - p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, - p->aConstraint[i].op, - p->aConstraint[i].usable); - } - for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", - i, - p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, - p->aOrderBy[i].desc); - } -} -static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlcipher3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlcipher3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); - } - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); - sqlcipher3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); -} -#else -#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) -#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) -#endif +#define RBU_INSERT 1 /* Insert on a main table b-tree */ +#define RBU_DELETE 2 /* Delete a row from a main table b-tree */ +#define RBU_REPLACE 3 /* Delete and then insert a row */ +#define RBU_IDX_DELETE 4 /* Delete a row from an aux. index b-tree */ +#define RBU_IDX_INSERT 5 /* Insert on an aux. index b-tree */ -/* -** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() +#define RBU_UPDATE 6 /* Update a row in a main table b-tree */ + +/* +** A single step of an incremental checkpoint - frame iWalFrame of the wal +** file should be copied to page iDbPage of the database file. */ -static void bestIndex( - Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, - Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*); +struct RbuFrame { + u32 iDbPage; + u32 iWalFrame; +}; + +/* +** RBU handle. +** +** nPhaseOneStep: +** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to +** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to +** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress() +** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file +** using the formula: +** +** permyriadage = (10000 * nProgress) / nPhaseOneStep +** +** nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of: +** +** nRow * (nIndex + 1) +** +** for all source tables in the RBU database, where nRow is the number +** of rows in the source table and nIndex the number of indexes on the +** corresponding target database table. +** +** This estimate is accurate if the RBU update consists entirely of +** INSERT operations. However, it is inaccurate if: +** +** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified +** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then +** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the +** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are +** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree). +** +** * the RBU update contains any DELETE operations for which the specified +** PK does not exist. In this case no operations are required on index +** b-trees. +** +** * the RBU update contains REPLACE operations. These are similar to +** UPDATE operations. +** +** nPhaseOneStep is updated to account for the conditions above during the +** first pass of each source table. The updated nPhaseOneStep value is +** stored in the rbu_state table if the RBU update is suspended. +*/ +struct sqlite3rbu { + int eStage; /* Value of RBU_STATE_STAGE field */ + sqlite3 *dbMain; /* target database handle */ + sqlite3 *dbRbu; /* rbu database handle */ + char *zTarget; /* Path to target db */ + char *zRbu; /* Path to rbu db */ + char *zState; /* Path to state db (or NULL if zRbu) */ + char zStateDb[5]; /* Db name for state ("stat" or "main") */ + int rc; /* Value returned by last rbu_step() call */ + char *zErrmsg; /* Error message if rc!=SQLITE_OK */ + int nStep; /* Rows processed for current object */ + int nProgress; /* Rows processed for all objects */ + RbuObjIter objiter; /* Iterator for skipping through tbl/idx */ + const char *zVfsName; /* Name of automatically created rbu vfs */ + rbu_file *pTargetFd; /* File handle open on target db */ + int nPagePerSector; /* Pages per sector for pTargetFd */ + i64 iOalSz; + i64 nPhaseOneStep; + + /* The following state variables are used as part of the incremental + ** checkpoint stage (eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT). See comments surrounding + ** function rbuSetupCheckpoint() for details. */ + u32 iMaxFrame; /* Largest iWalFrame value in aFrame[] */ + u32 mLock; + int nFrame; /* Entries in aFrame[] array */ + int nFrameAlloc; /* Allocated size of aFrame[] array */ + RbuFrame *aFrame; + int pgsz; + u8 *aBuf; + i64 iWalCksum; + i64 szTemp; /* Current size of all temp files in use */ + i64 szTempLimit; /* Total size limit for temp files */ + + /* Used in RBU vacuum mode only */ + int nRbu; /* Number of RBU VFS in the stack */ + rbu_file *pRbuFd; /* Fd for main db of dbRbu */ +}; /* -** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used -** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. +** An rbu VFS is implemented using an instance of this structure. ** -** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a -** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table. +** Variable pRbu is only non-NULL for automatically created RBU VFS objects. +** It is NULL for RBU VFS objects created explicitly using +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). It is used to track the total amount of temp +** space used by the RBU handle. */ -static void bestOrClauseIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); /* Bitmask for pSrc */ - WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - - /* The OR-clause optimization is disallowed if the INDEXED BY or - ** NOT INDEXED clauses are used or if the WHERE_AND_ONLY bit is set. */ - if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){ - return; - } - if( pWC->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ){ - return; - } +struct rbu_vfs { + sqlite3_vfs base; /* rbu VFS shim methods */ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs; /* Underlying VFS */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect pMain */ + sqlite3rbu *pRbu; /* Owner RBU object */ + rbu_file *pMain; /* List of main db files */ + rbu_file *pMainRbu; /* List of main db files with pRbu!=0 */ +}; - /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator==WO_OR - && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 - ){ - WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; - int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; - double rTotal = 0; - double nRow = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; +/* +** Each file opened by an rbu VFS is represented by an instance of +** the following structure. +** +** If this is a temporary file (pRbu!=0 && flags&DELETE_ON_CLOSE), variable +** "sz" is set to the current size of the database file. +*/ +struct rbu_file { + sqlite3_file base; /* sqlite3_file methods */ + sqlite3_file *pReal; /* Underlying file handle */ + rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs; /* Pointer to the rbu_vfs object */ + sqlite3rbu *pRbu; /* Pointer to rbu object (rbu target only) */ + i64 sz; /* Size of file in bytes (temp only) */ - for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerma), (pTerm - pWC->a) - )); - if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; - bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); - }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ - WhereClause tempWC; - tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse; - tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; - tempWC.pOuter = pWC; - tempWC.op = TK_AND; - tempWC.a = pOrTerm; - tempWC.wctrlFlags = 0; - tempWC.nTerm = 1; - bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost); - }else{ - continue; - } - rTotal += sTermCost.rCost; - nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow; - used |= sTermCost.used; - if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break; - } + int openFlags; /* Flags this file was opened with */ + u32 iCookie; /* Cookie value for main db files */ + u8 iWriteVer; /* "write-version" value for main db files */ + u8 bNolock; /* True to fail EXCLUSIVE locks */ - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account - ** for the cost of the sort. */ - if( pOrderBy!=0 ){ - WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n", - rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow))); - rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow); - } + int nShm; /* Number of entries in apShm[] array */ + char **apShm; /* Array of mmap'd *-shm regions */ + char *zDel; /* Delete this when closing file */ - /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is - ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents - ** of pCost. */ - WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow)); - if( rTotalrCost ){ - pCost->rCost = rTotal; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags; - pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm; - } - } - } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ -} + const char *zWal; /* Wal filename for this main db file */ + rbu_file *pWalFd; /* Wal file descriptor for this main db */ + rbu_file *pMainNext; /* Next MAIN_DB file */ + rbu_file *pMainRbuNext; /* Next MAIN_DB file with pRbu!=0 */ +}; -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it -** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate -** index existed. +** True for an RBU vacuum handle, or false otherwise. +*/ +#define rbuIsVacuum(p) ((p)->zTarget==0) + + +/************************************************************************* +** The following three functions, found below: +** +** rbuDeltaGetInt() +** rbuDeltaChecksum() +** rbuDeltaApply() +** +** are lifted from the fossil source code (http://fossil-scm.org). They +** are used to implement the scalar SQL function rbu_fossil_delta(). */ -static int termCanDriveIndex( - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ - Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ -){ - char aff; - if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; - if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0; - if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; - aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlcipher3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; - return 1; -} -#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan -** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it -** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better -** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index -** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the -** transient index. +** Read bytes from *pz and convert them into a positive integer. When +** finished, leave *pz pointing to the first character past the end of +** the integer. The *pLen parameter holds the length of the string +** in *pz and is decremented once for each character in the integer. */ -static void bestAutomaticIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ - double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */ - double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */ - double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */ +static unsigned int rbuDeltaGetInt(const char **pz, int *pLen){ + static const signed char zValue[] = { + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, + 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, 36, + -1, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, + 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63, -1, + }; + unsigned int v = 0; + int c; + unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)*pz; + unsigned char *zStart = z; + while( (c = zValue[0x7f&*(z++)])>=0 ){ + v = (v<<6) + c; + } + z--; + *pLen -= z - zStart; + *pz = (char*)z; + return v; +} - if( pParse->nQueryLoop<=(double)1 ){ - /* There is no point in building an automatic index for a single scan */ - return; - } - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_AutoIndex)==0 ){ - /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */ - return; - } - if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){ - /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */ - return; - } - if( pSrc->notIndexed ){ - /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */ - return; - } - if( pSrc->isCorrelated ){ - /* The source is a correlated sub-query. No point in indexing it. */ - return; +#if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM +/* +** Compute a 32-bit checksum on the N-byte buffer. Return the result. +*/ +static unsigned int rbuDeltaChecksum(const char *zIn, size_t N){ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + unsigned sum0 = 0; + unsigned sum1 = 0; + unsigned sum2 = 0; + unsigned sum3 = 0; + while(N >= 16){ + sum0 += ((unsigned)z[0] + z[4] + z[8] + z[12]); + sum1 += ((unsigned)z[1] + z[5] + z[9] + z[13]); + sum2 += ((unsigned)z[2] + z[6] + z[10]+ z[14]); + sum3 += ((unsigned)z[3] + z[7] + z[11]+ z[15]); + z += 16; + N -= 16; } - - assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 ); - pTable = pSrc->pTab; - nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst; - logN = estLog(nTableRow); - costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1); - if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){ - /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than - ** doing the full table scan */ - return; + while(N >= 4){ + sum0 += z[0]; + sum1 += z[1]; + sum2 += z[2]; + sum3 += z[3]; + z += 4; + N -= 4; } - - /* Search for any equality comparison term */ - pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermrCost, costTempIdx)); - pCost->rCost = costTempIdx; - pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX; - pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight; - break; - } + sum3 += (sum2 << 8) + (sum1 << 16) + (sum0 << 24); + switch(N){ + case 3: sum3 += (z[2] << 8); + case 2: sum3 += (z[1] << 16); + case 1: sum3 += (z[0] << 24); + default: ; } + return sum3; } -#else -# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */ -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - +#endif -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* -** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index -** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator -** makes use of the automatic index. +** Apply a delta. +** +** The output buffer should be big enough to hold the whole output +** file and a NUL terminator at the end. The delta_output_size() +** routine will determine this size for you. +** +** The delta string should be null-terminated. But the delta string +** may contain embedded NUL characters (if the input and output are +** binary files) so we also have to pass in the length of the delta in +** the lenDelta parameter. +** +** This function returns the size of the output file in bytes (excluding +** the final NUL terminator character). Except, if the delta string is +** malformed or intended for use with a source file other than zSrc, +** then this routine returns -1. +** +** Refer to the delta_create() documentation above for a description +** of the delta file format. */ -static void constructAutomaticIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ +static int rbuDeltaApply( + const char *zSrc, /* The source or pattern file */ + int lenSrc, /* Length of the source file */ + const char *zDelta, /* Delta to apply to the pattern */ + int lenDelta, /* Length of the delta */ + char *zOut /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */ ){ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */ - Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ - int regIsInit; /* Register set by initialization */ - int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ - Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ - KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ - int n; /* Column counter */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ - Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ - Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ - - /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the - ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); - regIsInit = ++pParse->nMem; - addrInit = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, regIsInit); - - /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index - ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ - nColumn = 0; - pTable = pSrc->pTab; - pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<0 ); - pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn; + unsigned int limit; + unsigned int total = 0; +#if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM + char *zOrigOut = zOut; +#endif - /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a - ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all - ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the - ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must - ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the - ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used - ** if they go out of sync. - */ - extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1))); - mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); - for(i=0; icolUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ - nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + limit = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ + /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ + return -1; } - pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ; - - /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ - nByte = sizeof(Index); - nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */ - nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */ - nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */ - pIdx = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte); - if( pIdx==0 ) return; - pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; - pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1]; - pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn]; - pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn]; - pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; - pIdx->nColumn = nColumn; - pIdx->pTable = pTable; - n = 0; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<pExpr; - idxCols |= cMask; - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pColl = sqlcipher3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; - n++; + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + while( *zDelta && lenDelta>0 ){ + unsigned int cnt, ofst; + cnt = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + switch( zDelta[0] ){ + case '@': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + ofst = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( lenDelta>0 && zDelta[0]!=',' ){ + /* ERROR: copy command not terminated by ',' */ + return -1; + } + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + total += cnt; + if( total>limit ){ + /* ERROR: copy exceeds output file size */ + return -1; + } + if( (int)(ofst+cnt) > lenSrc ){ + /* ERROR: copy extends past end of input */ + return -1; + } + memcpy(zOut, &zSrc[ofst], cnt); + zOut += cnt; + break; + } + case ':': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + total += cnt; + if( total>limit ){ + /* ERROR: insert command gives an output larger than predicted */ + return -1; + } + if( (int)cnt>lenDelta ){ + /* ERROR: insert count exceeds size of delta */ + return -1; + } + memcpy(zOut, zDelta, cnt); + zOut += cnt; + zDelta += cnt; + lenDelta -= cnt; + break; + } + case ';': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + zOut[0] = 0; +#if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM + if( cnt!=rbuDeltaChecksum(zOrigOut, total) ){ + /* ERROR: bad checksum */ + return -1; + } +#endif + if( total!=limit ){ + /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */ + return -1; + } + return total; + } + default: { + /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */ + return -1; } } } - assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq ); - - /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into - ** a covering index */ - for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } - } - if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){ - for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } - } - assert( n==nColumn ); - - /* Create the automatic index */ - pKeyinfo = sqlcipher3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0, - (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); + /* ERROR: unterminated delta */ + return -1; +} - /* Fill the automatic index with content */ - addrTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); - regRecord = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - - /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ - sqlcipher3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); +static int rbuDeltaOutputSize(const char *zDelta, int lenDelta){ + int size; + size = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ + /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ + return -1; + } + return size; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* -** Allocate and populate an sqlcipher3_index_info structure. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure -** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlcipher3_free(). +** End of code taken from fossil. +*************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of SQL scalar function rbu_fossil_delta(). +** +** This function applies a fossil delta patch to a blob. Exactly two +** arguments must be passed to this function. The first is the blob to +** patch and the second the patch to apply. If no error occurs, this +** function returns the patched blob. */ -static sqlcipher3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( - Parse *pParse, - WhereClause *pWC, - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, - ExprList *pOrderBy +static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv ){ - int i, j; - int nTerm; - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlcipher3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int nOrderBy; - sqlcipher3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + const char *aDelta; + int nDelta; + const char *aOrig; + int nOrig; - WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); + int nOut; + int nOut2; + char *aOut; - /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring - ** to this virtual table */ - for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; - nTerm++; - } + assert( argc==2 ); - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current - ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of - ** the sqlcipher3_index_info structure. - */ - nOrderBy = 0; - if( pOrderBy ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; - } - if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - } + nOrig = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + aOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + nDelta = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + aDelta = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + + /* Figure out the size of the output */ + nOut = rbuDeltaOutputSize(aDelta, nDelta); + if( nOut<0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); + return; } - /* Allocate the sqlcipher3_index_info structure - */ - pIdxInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) - + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm - + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return 0; + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nOut+1); + if( aOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + nOut2 = rbuDeltaApply(aOrig, nOrig, aDelta, nDelta, aOut); + if( nOut2!=nOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, aOut, nOut, sqlite3_free); + } } +} - /* Initialize the structure. The sqlcipher3_index_info structure contains - ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from - ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to - ** initialize those fields. - */ - pIdxCons = (struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; - pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlcipher3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; - pUsage = (struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - *(struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; - *(struct sqlcipher3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; - *(struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = - pUsage; - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue; - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; - pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator; - /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because - ** the WO_ and SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The - ** following asserts verify this fact. */ - assert( WO_EQ==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); - assert( WO_LT==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); - assert( WO_LE==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); - assert( WO_GT==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); - assert( WO_GE==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); - assert( WO_MATCH==SQLCIPHER_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); - j++; - } - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; +/* +** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db. +** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return +** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to +** point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the responsibility +** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int prepareAndCollectError( + sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + char **pzErrmsg, + const char *zSql +){ + int rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *ppStmt = 0; } + return rc; +} - return pIdxInfo; +/* +** Reset the SQL statement passed as the first argument. Return a copy +** of the value returned by sqlite3_reset(). +** +** If an error has occurred, then set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer +** containing an error message. It is the responsibility of the caller +** to eventually free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ + int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt))); + } + return rc; } /* -** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function -** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() -** method of the virtual table with the sqlcipher3_index_info pointer passed -** as the argument. +** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL +** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement +** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement +** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** -** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a -** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output -** part of the sqlcipher3_index_info structure is left populated. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code +** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this error message +** buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** -** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates -** that this is required. +** If argument zSql is NULL, this function assumes that an OOM has occurred. +** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL. */ -static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlcipher3_index_info *p){ - sqlcipher3_vtab *pVtab = sqlcipher3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; - int i; +static int prepareFreeAndCollectError( + sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + char **pzErrmsg, + char *zSql +){ int rc; + assert( *pzErrmsg==0 ); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *ppStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = prepareAndCollectError(db, ppStmt, pzErrmsg, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} - WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName)); - TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); - rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); - TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - - if( rc!=SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_NOMEM ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlcipher3ErrStr(rc)); - }else{ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); - } +/* +** Free the RbuObjIter.azTblCol[] and RbuObjIter.abTblPk[] arrays allocated +** by an earlier call to rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(). +*/ +static void rbuObjIterFreeCols(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol[i]); + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblType[i]); } - sqlcipher3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol); + pIter->azTblCol = 0; + pIter->azTblType = 0; + pIter->aiSrcOrder = 0; + pIter->abTblPk = 0; + pIter->abNotNull = 0; + pIter->nTblCol = 0; + pIter->eType = 0; /* Invalid value */ +} - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); - } +/* +** Finalize all statements and free all allocations that are specific to +** the current object (table/index pair). +*/ +static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + RbuUpdateStmt *pUp; + + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pSelect); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pInsert); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pDelete); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTmpInsert); + pUp = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + while( pUp ){ + RbuUpdateStmt *pTmp = pUp->pNext; + sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); + sqlite3_free(pUp); + pUp = pTmp; } + sqlite3_free(pIter->aIdxCol); + sqlite3_free(pIter->zIdxSql); - return pParse->nErr; + pIter->pSelect = 0; + pIter->pInsert = 0; + pIter->pDelete = 0; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = 0; + pIter->pTmpInsert = 0; + pIter->nCol = 0; + pIter->nIdxCol = 0; + pIter->aIdxCol = 0; + pIter->zIdxSql = 0; } +/* +** Clean up any resources allocated as part of the iterator object passed +** as the only argument. +*/ +static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTblIter); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pIdxIter); + rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); +} /* -** Compute the best index for a virtual table. +** Advance the iterator to the next position. ** -** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual -** table module. This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up -** the sqlcipher3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with -** xBestIndex. -** -** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the -** same virtual table. The sqlcipher3_index_info structure is created -** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent -** invocations. The sqlcipher3_index_info structure is also used when -** code is generated to access the virtual table. The whereInfoDelete() -** routine takes care of freeing the sqlcipher3_index_info structure after -** everybody has finished with it. +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** error code is returned. */ -static void bestVirtualIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */ - WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */ - sqlcipher3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */ -){ - Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab; - sqlcipher3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int i, j; - int nOrderBy; - double rCost; - - /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the - ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving - ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably. - */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; +static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int rc = p->rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ + rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_insert_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update1_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update2_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_delete_tr;" + , 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg + ); + } - /* If the sqlcipher3_index_info structure has not been previously - ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now. - */ - pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pIter->bCleanup ){ + rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); + pIter->bCleanup = 0; + rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pTblIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg); + pIter->zTbl = 0; + }else{ + pIter->zTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter, 0); + pIter->zDataTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter,1); + rc = (pIter->zDataTbl && pIter->zTbl) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdx = pIter->pIdxIter; + rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pIdx, 1, pIter->zTbl, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pIdxIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg); + pIter->bCleanup = 1; + pIter->zIdx = 0; + }else{ + pIter->zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pIdxIter, 0); + pIter->iTnum = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 1); + pIter->bUnique = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 2); + rc = pIter->zIdx ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } + } } - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - return; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuObjIterFinalize(pIter); + p->rc = rc; } + return rc; +} - /* At this point, the sqlcipher3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points - ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or - ** during some prior invocation. Now we just have to customize the - ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to - ** xBestIndex. - */ - /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must - ** be a pointer to an sqlcipher3_vtab structure. Otherwise - ** sqlcipher3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. - */ - assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] ); - assert( sqlcipher3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) ); +/* +** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function +** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table - +** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1 +** for a view or 0 for a table. +** +** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern: +** +** data[0-9]_ +** +** where is any sequence of 1 or more characters, is returned. +** Otherwise, if the only argument does not match the above pattern, an SQL +** NULL is returned. +** +** "data_t1" -> "t1" +** "data0123_t2" -> "t2" +** "dataAB_t3" -> NULL +** +** For an rbu vacuum handle, a copy of the first argument is returned if +** the second argument is either missing or 0 (not a view). +*/ +static void rbuTargetNameFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + const char *zIn; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all - ** output variables to zero. - ** - ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand - ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current - ** table. In other words, if the constraint is of the form: - ** - ** column = expr - ** - ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is - ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left - ** of the table containing column. - ** - ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints - ** on the current table. That way we only have to compute it once - ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times. - ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the - ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag - ** each time. - */ - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1; - } - memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlcipher3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn ){ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + assert( argc==2 || argc==1 ); + if( argc==1 || 0==sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]) ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zIn, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + }else{ + if( strlen(zIn)>4 && memcmp("data", zIn, 4)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=4; zIn[i]>='0' && zIn[i]<='9'; i++); + if( zIn[i]=='_' && zIn[i+1] ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, &zIn[i+1], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } + } } - pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - /* ((double)2) In case of SQLCIPHER_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL / ((double)2); - nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy; - if( !pOrderBy ){ - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int rc; + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name " + "FROM sqlite_master " + "WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL " + " %s " + "ORDER BY name" + , rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "AND rootpage!=0 AND rootpage IS NOT NULL" : "")); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' " + " FROM main.sqlite_master " + " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?" + ); } - if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){ - return; + pIter->bCleanup = 1; + p->rc = rc; + return rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter); +} + +/* +** This is a wrapper around "sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, ...)". If an OOM occurs, +** an error code is stored in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. +** +** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other +** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the +** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any +** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions. +*/ +static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){ + char *zSql = 0; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zSql==0 ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zSql); + zSql = 0; } + va_end(ap); + return zSql; +} - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight; +/* +** Argument zFmt is a sqlite3_mprintf() style format string. The trailing +** arguments are the usual subsitution values. This function performs +** the printf() style substitutions and executes the result as an SQL +** statement on the RBU handles database. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code and error message is stored in the +** RBU handle. If an error has already occurred when this function is +** called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zSql==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); } } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + va_end(ap); + return p->rc; +} - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index - ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This - ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex(). - */ - rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost; - if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){ - rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost; +/* +** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte +** bytes. +** +** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an +** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an +** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL +** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored +** error code. +*/ +static void *rbuMalloc(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + void *pRet = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( nByte>0 ); + pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( pRet==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + } } + return pRet; +} - /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL (the - ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the - ** (costrCost = (SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL/((double)2)); - }else{ - pCost->rCost = rCost; + +/* +** Allocate and zero the pIter->azTblCol[] and abTblPk[] arrays so that +** there is room for at least nCol elements. If an OOM occurs, store an +** error code in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. +*/ +static void rbuAllocateIterArrays(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nCol){ + sqlite3_int64 nByte = (2*sizeof(char*) + sizeof(int) + 3*sizeof(u8)) * nCol; + char **azNew; + + azNew = (char**)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); + if( azNew ){ + pIter->azTblCol = azNew; + pIter->azTblType = &azNew[nCol]; + pIter->aiSrcOrder = (int*)&pIter->azTblType[nCol]; + pIter->abTblPk = (u8*)&pIter->aiSrcOrder[nCol]; + pIter->abNotNull = (u8*)&pIter->abTblPk[nCol]; + pIter->abIndexed = (u8*)&pIter->abNotNull[nCol]; } - pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo; - if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY; +} + +/* +** The first argument must be a nul-terminated string. This function +** returns a copy of the string in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free this memory +** using sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered when attempting to allocate memory, +** output variable (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. Otherwise, +** if the allocation succeeds, (*pRc) is left unchanged. +*/ +static char *rbuStrndup(const char *zStr, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zStr ){ + size_t nCopy = strlen(zStr) + 1; + zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy); + if( zRet ){ + memcpy(zRet, zStr, nCopy); + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } } - pCost->plan.nEq = 0; - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes - ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. - */ - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); + return zRet; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 /* -** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an -** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: +** Finalize the statement passed as the second argument. ** -** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal -** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal -** -** Return SQLCIPHER_OK on success. +** If the sqlite3_finalize() call indicates that an error occurs, and the +** rbu handle error code is not already set, set the error code and error +** message accordingly. */ -static int whereKeyStats( - Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ - sqlcipher3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */ - int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ - tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ +static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt); + int rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } +} + +/* Determine the type of a table. +** +** peType is of type (int*), a pointer to an output parameter of type +** (int). This call sets the output parameter as follows, depending +** on the type of the table specified by parameters dbName and zTbl. +** +** RBU_PK_NOTABLE: No such table. +** RBU_PK_NONE: Table has an implicit rowid. +** RBU_PK_IPK: Table has an explicit IPK column. +** RBU_PK_EXTERNAL: Table has an external PK index. +** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. +** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table. +** +** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output +** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index +** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or, +** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk +** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before +** returning. +** +** ALGORITHM: +** +** if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){ +** return RBU_PK_NOTABLE +** }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){ +** return RBU_PK_VTAB +** }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){ +** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){ +** *piPK = rootpage of that index. +** return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL +** }else{ +** return RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID +** } +** }else if( "PRAGMA table_info()" lists one or more "pk" columns ){ +** return RBU_PK_IPK +** }else{ +** return RBU_PK_NONE +** } +*/ +static void rbuTableType( + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zTab, + int *peType, + int *piTnum, + int *piPk ){ - tRowcnt n; - IndexSample *aSample; - int i, eType; - int isEq = 0; - i64 v; - double r, rS; + /* + ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) + ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ? + ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q + ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ? + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + + *peType = RBU_PK_NOTABLE; + *piPk = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage" + " FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE name=%Q", zTab + )); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + /* Either an error, or no such table. */ + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 0) ){ + *peType = RBU_PK_VTAB; /* virtual table */ + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1); - assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 ); - assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); - if( pVal==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - n = pIdx->aiRowEst[0]; - aSample = pIdx->aSample; - eType = sqlcipher3_value_type(pVal); - - if( eType==SQLCIPHER_INTEGER ){ - v = sqlcipher3_value_int64(pVal); - r = (i64)v; - for(i=0; inSample; i++){ - if( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) continue; - if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLCIPHER_TEXT ) break; - if( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_INTEGER ){ - if( aSample[i].u.i>=v ){ - isEq = aSample[i].u.i==v; - break; - } - }else{ - assert( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_FLOAT ); - if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ){ - isEq = aSample[i].u.r==r; - break; + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab) + ); + if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end; + while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[1])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3); + const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1); + if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx + )); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + *piPk = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[2], 0); + *peType = RBU_PK_EXTERNAL; + }else{ + *peType = RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID; } } + goto rbuTableType_end; } - }else if( eType==SQLCIPHER_FLOAT ){ - r = sqlcipher3_value_double(pVal); - for(i=0; inSample; i++){ - if( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) continue; - if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLCIPHER_TEXT ) break; - if( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_FLOAT ){ - rS = aSample[i].u.r; - }else{ - rS = aSample[i].u.i; - } - if( rS>=r ){ - isEq = rS==r; - break; - } - } - }else if( eType==SQLCIPHER_NULL ){ - i = 0; - if( aSample[0].eType==SQLCIPHER_NULL ) isEq = 1; - }else{ - assert( eType==SQLCIPHER_TEXT || eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ); - for(i=0; inSample; i++){ - if( aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_TEXT || aSample[i].eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ){ - break; - } - } - if( inSample ){ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *pColl; - const u8 *z; - if( eType==SQLCIPHER_BLOB ){ - z = (const u8 *)sqlcipher3_value_blob(pVal); - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - assert( pColl->enc==SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ); - }else{ - pColl = sqlcipher3GetCollSeq(db, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl); - if( pColl==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", - *pIdx->azColl); - return SQLCIPHER_ERROR; - } - z = (const u8 *)sqlcipher3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc); - if( !z ){ - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp ); - } - n = sqlcipher3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc); - - for(; inSample; i++){ - int c; - int eSampletype = aSample[i].eType; - if( eSampletypeenc!=SQLCIPHER_UTF8 ){ - int nSample; - char *zSample = sqlcipher3Utf8to16( - db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample - ); - if( !zSample ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLCIPHER_NOMEM; - } - c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zSample); - }else -#endif - { - c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z); - } - if( c>=0 ){ - if( c==0 ) isEq = 1; - break; - } + } + + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[3])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[3],5)>0 ){ + *peType = RBU_PK_IPK; /* explicit IPK column */ + goto rbuTableType_end; } } + *peType = RBU_PK_NONE; } - /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than - ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less - ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then isEq==1. - */ - if( isEq ){ - assert( inSample ); - aStat[0] = aSample[i].nLt; - aStat[1] = aSample[i].nEq; - }else{ - tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap; - if( i==0 ){ - iLower = 0; - iUpper = aSample[0].nLt; - }else{ - iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? n : aSample[i].nLt; - iLower = aSample[i-1].nEq + aSample[i-1].nLt; - } - aStat[1] = pIdx->avgEq; - if( iLower>=iUpper ){ - iGap = 0; - }else{ - iGap = iUpper - iLower; - } - if( roundUp ){ - iGap = (iGap*2)/3; - }else{ - iGap = iGap/3; +rbuTableType_end: { + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; iabIndexed[] array. */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 -static int valueFromExpr( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pExpr, - u8 aff, - sqlcipher3_value **pp -){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE - || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) - ){ - int iVar = pExpr->iColumn; - sqlcipher3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); - *pp = sqlcipher3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; +static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + sqlite3_stmt *pList = 0; + int bIndex = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pIter->abIndexed, pIter->abTblPk, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pList, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) + ); + } + + pIter->nIndex = 0; + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pList) ){ + const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pList, 1); + int bPartial = sqlite3_column_int(pList, 4); + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; + if( zIdx==0 ) break; + if( bPartial ){ + memset(pIter->abIndexed, 0x01, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol); + } + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + if( iCid>=0 ) pIter->abIndexed[iCid] = 1; + if( iCid==-2 ){ + memset(pIter->abIndexed, 0x01, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol); + } + } + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + bIndex = 1; + pIter->nIndex++; + } + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ + /* "PRAGMA index_list" includes the main PK b-tree */ + pIter->nIndex--; } - return sqlcipher3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLCIPHER_UTF8, aff, pp); + + rbuFinalize(p, pList); + if( bIndex==0 ) pIter->abIndexed = 0; } -#endif + /* -** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited -** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper -** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper -** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For -** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** |_____| |_____| -** | | -** pLower pUpper -** -** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in -** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. -** -** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the -** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints -** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is -** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column, -** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** -** then nEq should be passed 0. +** If they are not already populated, populate the pIter->azTblCol[], +** pIter->abTblPk[], pIter->nTblCol and pIter->bRowid variables according to +** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to. ** -** The returned value is an integer divisor to reduce the estimated -** search space. A return value of 1 means that range constraints are -** no help at all. A return value of 2 means range constraints are -** expected to reduce the search space by half. And so forth... -** -** In the absence of sqlcipher_stat3 ANALYZE data, each range inequality -** reduces the search space by a factor of 4. Hence a single constraint (x>?) -** results in a return of 4 and a range constraint (x>? AND xaCol[] of the range-compared column */ - WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ - WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ - double *pRangeDiv /* OUT: Reduce search space by this divisor */ -){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; +static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( pIter->azTblCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nCol = 0; + int i; /* for() loop iterator variable */ + int bRbuRowid = 0; /* If input table has column "rbu_rowid" */ + int iOrder = 0; + int iTnum = 0; -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 + /* Figure out the type of table this step will deal with. */ + assert( pIter->eType==0 ); + rbuTableType(p, pIter->zTbl, &pIter->eType, &iTnum, &pIter->iPkTnum); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NOTABLE ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such table: %s", pIter->zTbl); + } + if( p->rc ) return p->rc; + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum; - if( nEq==0 && p->nSample ){ - sqlcipher3_value *pRangeVal; - tRowcnt iLower = 0; - tRowcnt iUpper = p->aiRowEst[0]; - tRowcnt a[2]; - u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; + assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB + ); - if( pLower ){ - Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal); - assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK - && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 0, a)==SQLCIPHER_OK - ){ - iLower = a[0]; - if( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT ) iLower += a[1]; - } - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pRangeVal); + /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns + ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with + ** "rbu_". */ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + rbuAllocateIterArrays(p, pIter, nCol); } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && pUpper ){ - Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRangeVal); - assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK - && whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRangeVal, 1, a)==SQLCIPHER_OK - ){ - iUpper = a[0]; - if( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE ) iUpper += a[1]; + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && irc); + pIter->aiSrcOrder[pIter->nTblCol] = pIter->nTblCol; + pIter->azTblCol[pIter->nTblCol++] = zCopy; + } + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rbu_rowid", zName) ){ + bRbuRowid = 1; } - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pRangeVal); } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( iUpper<=iLower ){ - *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0]; + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 + && bRbuRowid!=(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "table %q %s rbu_rowid column", pIter->zDataTbl, + (bRbuRowid ? "may not have" : "requires") + ); + } + + /* Check that all non-HIDDEN columns in the destination table are also + ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and + ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl) + ); + } + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); + if( zName==0 ) break; /* An OOM - finalize() below returns S_NOMEM */ + for(i=iOrder; inTblCol; i++){ + if( 0==strcmp(zName, pIter->azTblCol[i]) ) break; + } + if( i==pIter->nTblCol ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("column missing from %q: %s", + pIter->zDataTbl, zName + ); }else{ - *pRangeDiv = (double)p->aiRowEst[0]/(double)(iUpper - iLower); + int iPk = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5); + int bNotNull = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); + const char *zType = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2); + + if( i!=iOrder ){ + SWAP(int, pIter->aiSrcOrder[i], pIter->aiSrcOrder[iOrder]); + SWAP(char*, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[iOrder]); + } + + pIter->azTblType[iOrder] = rbuStrndup(zType, &p->rc); + assert( iPk>=0 ); + pIter->abTblPk[iOrder] = (u8)iPk; + pIter->abNotNull[iOrder] = (u8)bNotNull || (iPk!=0); + iOrder++; } - WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %u..%u div=%g\n", - (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, *pRangeDiv)); - return SQLCIPHER_OK; } + + rbuFinalize(p, pStmt); + rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(p, pIter); + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->abIndexed==0 ); + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->nIndex==0 ); } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq); -#endif - assert( pLower || pUpper ); - *pRangeDiv = (double)1; - if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4; - if( pUpper ) *pRangeDiv *= (double)4; - return rc; + + return p->rc; } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 /* -** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on -** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in -** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most -** column of an index and sqlcipher_stat3 histogram data is available -** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is -** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". -** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLCIPHER_OK. -** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return -** non-zero. -** -** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence -** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory -** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored -** in the pParse structure. +** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated +** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the +** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array. */ -static int whereEqualScanEst( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ - Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ - double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ + RbuObjIter *pIter /* Object iterator for column names */ ){ - sqlcipher3_value *pRhs = 0; /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */ - u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ - int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ - tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ - - assert( p->aSample!=0 ); - assert( p->nSample>0 ); - aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity; - if( pExpr ){ - rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs); - if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel; - }else{ - pRhs = sqlcipher3ValueNew(pParse->db); + char *zList = 0; + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + const char *z = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"", zList, zSep, z); + zSep = ", "; } - if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLCIPHER_NOTFOUND; - rc = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, a); - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1])); - *pnRow = a[1]; + return zList; +} + +/* +** Return a comma separated list of the quoted PRIMARY KEY column names, +** in order, for the current table. Before each column name, add the text +** zPre. After each column name, add the zPost text. Use zSeparator as +** the separator text (usually ", "). +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetPkList( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator for column names */ + const char *zPre, /* Before each quoted column name */ + const char *zSeparator, /* Separator to use between columns */ + const char *zPost /* After each quoted column name */ +){ + int iPk = 1; + char *zRet = 0; + const char *zSep = ""; + while( 1 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + if( (int)pIter->abTblPk[i]==iPk ){ + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zRet = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s%s\"%w\"%s", zRet, zSep, zPre, zCol, zPost); + zSep = zSeparator; + break; + } + } + if( i==pIter->nTblCol ) break; + iPk++; } -whereEqualScanEst_cancel: - sqlcipher3ValueFree(pRhs); - return rc; + return zRet; } -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3) */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 /* -** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on -** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator -** is a list of values. Example: +** This function is called as part of restarting an RBU vacuum within +** stage 1 of the process (while the *-oal file is being built) while +** updating a table (not an index). The table may be a rowid table or +** a WITHOUT ROWID table. It queries the target database to find the +** largest key that has already been written to the target table and +** constructs a WHERE clause that can be used to extract the remaining +** rows from the source table. For a rowid table, the WHERE clause +** is of the form: ** -** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) +** "WHERE _rowid_ > ?" ** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLCIPHER_OK. -** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return -** non-zero. +** and for WITHOUT ROWID tables: ** -** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence -** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory -** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored -** in the pParse structure. +** "WHERE (key1, key2) > (?, ?)" +** +** Instead of "?" placeholders, the actual WHERE clauses created by +** this function contain literal SQL values. */ -static int whereInScanEst( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ - Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */ - ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ - double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +static char *rbuVacuumTableStart( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU handle */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* RBU iterator object */ + int bRowid, /* True for a rowid table */ + const char *zWrite /* Target table name prefix */ ){ - int rc = SQLCIPHER_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ - double nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ - double nRowEst = (double)0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3_stmt *pMax = 0; + char *zRet = 0; + if( bRowid ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT max(_rowid_) FROM \"%s%w\"", zWrite, pIter->zTbl + ) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pMax) ){ + sqlite3_int64 iMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pMax, 0); + zRet = rbuMPrintf(p, " WHERE _rowid_ > %lld ", iMax); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pMax); + }else{ + char *zOrder = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", " DESC"); + char *zSelect = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "quote(", "||','||", ")"); + char *zList = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", ""); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pMax, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s FROM \"%s%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", + zSelect, zWrite, pIter->zTbl, zOrder + ) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pMax) ){ + const char *zVal = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pMax, 0); + zRet = rbuMPrintf(p, " WHERE (%s) > (%s) ", zList, zVal); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pMax); + } - assert( p->aSample!=0 ); - for(i=0; rc==SQLCIPHER_OK && inExpr; i++){ - nEst = p->aiRowEst[0]; - rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, p, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); - nRowEst += nEst; + sqlite3_free(zOrder); + sqlite3_free(zSelect); + sqlite3_free(zList); } - if( rc==SQLCIPHER_OK ){ - if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]; - *pnRow = nRowEst; - WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst)); - } - return rc; + return zRet; } -#endif /* defined(SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3) */ - /* -** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the -** last parameter. -** -** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of -** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result. -** Factors that influence cost include: +** This function is called as part of restating an RBU vacuum when the +** current operation is writing content to an index. If possible, it +** queries the target index b-tree for the largest key already written to +** it, then composes and returns an expression that can be used in a WHERE +** clause to select the remaining required rows from the source table. +** It is only possible to return such an expression if: ** -** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The -** fewer the better.) +** * The index contains no DESC columns, and +** * The last key written to the index before the operation was +** suspended does not contain any NULL values. ** -** * Whether or not sorting must occur. +** The expression is of the form: ** -** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the -** index and in the main table. +** (index-field1, index-field2, ...) > (?, ?, ...) ** -** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in -** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the -** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is -** SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, -** then the cost is calculated in the usual way. +** except that the "?" placeholders are replaced with literal values. ** -** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table -** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the -** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key -** index. +** If the expression cannot be created, NULL is returned. In this case, +** the caller has to use an OFFSET clause to extract only the required +** rows from the sourct table, just as it does for an RBU update operation. */ -static void bestBtreeIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list if query is DISTINCT */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ - int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */ - Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ - Index *pIdx; /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */ - int eqTermMask; /* Current mask of valid equality operators */ - int idxEqTermMask; /* Index mask of valid equality operators */ - Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ - tRowcnt aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */ - int aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ - int wsFlagMask; /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */ - - /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */ - memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost)); - pCost->rCost = SQLCIPHER_BIG_DBL; - - /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not - ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is - ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match - - ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover. Ticket #2177. - */ - if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - }else{ - idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL; - } - - if( pSrc->pIndex ){ - /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ - pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - }else{ - /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local - ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this - ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real - ** indices to follow */ - Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ - memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); - sPk.nColumn = 1; - sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; - sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk; - sPk.onError = OE_Replace; - sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab; - aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst; - aiRowEstPk[1] = 1; - pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; - if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ - /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the - ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ - sPk.pNext = pFirst; - } - pProbe = &sPk; - wsFlagMask = ~( - WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE - ); - eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN; - pIdx = 0; - } - - /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use - */ - for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){ - const tRowcnt * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst; - double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */ - double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */ - double log10N = (double)1; /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */ - int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */ - int wsFlags = 0; - Bitmask used = 0; - - /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of - ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected - ** cost and number of rows returned. - ** - ** nEq: - ** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index. - ** In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that - ** are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause. - ** - ** nInMul: - ** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations - ** SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the - ** WHERE clause is: - ** - ** WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6) - ** - ** SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is - ** set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE - ** clauses: - ** - ** WHERE a = 1 - ** WHERE a >= 2 - ** - ** nInMul is set to 1. - ** - ** If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then - ** the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of - ** determining nInMul. - ** - ** bInEst: - ** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used - ** in determining the value of nInMul. Note that the RHS of the - ** IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable - ** to be true. - ** - ** rangeDiv: - ** An estimate of a divisor by which to reduce the search space due - ** to inequality constraints. In the absence of sqlcipher_stat3 ANALYZE - ** data, a single inequality reduces the search space to 1/4rd its - ** original size (rangeDiv==4). Two inequalities reduce the search - ** space to 1/16th of its original size (rangeDiv==16). - ** - ** bSort: - ** Boolean. True if there is an ORDER BY clause that will require an - ** external sort (i.e. scanning the index being evaluated will not - ** correctly order records). - ** - ** bLookup: - ** Boolean. True if a table lookup is required for each index entry - ** visited. In other words, true if this is not a covering index. - ** This is always false for the rowid primary key index of a table. - ** For other indexes, it is true unless all the columns of the table - ** used by the SELECT statement are present in the index (such an - ** index is sometimes described as a covering index). - ** For example, given the index on (a, b), the second of the following - ** two queries requires table b-tree lookups in order to find the value - ** of column c, but the first does not because columns a and b are - ** both available in the index. - ** - ** SELECT a, b FROM tbl WHERE a = 1; - ** SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1; - */ - int nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */ - int bInEst = 0; /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */ - int nInMul = 1; /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */ - double rangeDiv = (double)1; /* Estimated reduction in search space */ - int nBound = 0; /* Number of range constraints seen */ - int bSort = !!pOrderBy; /* True if external sort required */ - int bDist = !!pDistinct; /* True if index cannot help with DISTINCT */ - int bLookup = 0; /* True if not a covering index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0; /* First term matching the index */ -#endif - - /* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */ - for(nEq=0; nEqnColumn; nEq++){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ); - testcase( pTerm->pWC!=pWC ); - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */ - nInMul *= 25; - bInEst = 1; - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ - /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ - nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; - } -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm; -#endif - used |= pTerm->prereqRight; - } - - /* Determine the value of rangeDiv */ - if( nEqnColumn && pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){ - int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq]; - if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){ - WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx); - WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx); - whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &rangeDiv); - if( pTop ){ - nBound = 1; - wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - used |= pTop->prereqRight; - testcase( pTop->pWC!=pWC ); - } - if( pBtm ){ - nBound++; - wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; - used |= pBtm->prereqRight; - testcase( pBtm->pWC!=pWC ); - } - wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - } - }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){ - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); - testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL ); - if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){ - wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE; - } - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will - ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags - ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index - ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */ - if( isSortingIndex( - pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy, nEq, wsFlags, &rev) - ){ - bSort = 0; - wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY; - wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0); - } - - /* If there is a DISTINCT qualifier and this index will scan rows in - ** order of the DISTINCT expressions, clear bDist and set the appropriate - ** flags in wsFlags. */ - if( isDistinctIndex(pParse, pWC, pProbe, iCur, pDistinct, nEq) ){ - bDist = 0; - wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_DISTINCT; - } - - /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK - ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without - ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering - ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in - ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */ - if( pIdx && wsFlags ){ - Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed; - int j; - for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ - int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( xaiRowEst[0] ){ - nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2; - nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]); - } - -#ifdef SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 - /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE or x IN (E1,E2,...) - ** and we do not think that values of x are unique and if histogram - ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible - ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on - ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram. - */ - if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 && aiRowEst[1]>1 ){ - assert( (pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))!=0 ); - if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){ - testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ ); - testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL ); - whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow); - }else if( bInEst==0 ){ - assert( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ); - whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow); - } + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", pIter->zIdx) + ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); + const char *zCol; + if( sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3) ){ + bFailed = 1; + break; } -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_ENABLE_STAT3 */ - /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows - ** that are excluded by range constraints. - */ - nRow = nRow/rangeDiv; - if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1; - - /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed - ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly - ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within - ** a table or index. The actual times can vary, with the size of - ** records being an important factor. Both moves and searches are - ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit - ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched. - ** - ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlcipher_stat1 and sqlcipher_stat3 tables do - ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records. - ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big - ** as index records - */ - if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){ - /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal - ** to the number of rows in the table. - ** - ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans. This causes - ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over - ** choosing a full scan. This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable - ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future. But - ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment. - */ - cost = aiRowEst[0]*4; - }else{ - log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]); - cost = nRow; - if( pIdx ){ - if( bLookup ){ - /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup: - ** nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range - ** + nRow steps through the index - ** + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid - */ - cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N; - }else{ - /* For a covering index: - ** nInMul index searches to find the initial entry - ** + nRow steps through the index - */ - cost += nInMul*log10N; - } + if( iCid<0 ){ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; pIter->abTblPk[i]==0; i++); + assert( inTblCol ); + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; }else{ - /* For a rowid primary key lookup: - ** nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range - ** + nRow steps through the table - */ - cost += nInMul*log10N; - } - } - - /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result. Actual experimental - ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time - ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be - ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3. We will split the - ** difference and select C of 3.0. - */ - if( bSort ){ - cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; - } - if( bDist ){ - cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3; - } - - /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/ - - /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot - ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number - ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only - ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother - ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen. - ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step. - ** - ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of - ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady - ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table. - ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for - ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead - ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops - ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has - ** no such dependency. - */ - if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */ - int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */ - Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */ - - thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){ - if( nSkipEq ){ - /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index - ** has already accounted for these */ - nSkipEq--; - }else{ - /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result - ** set size by a factor of 10 */ - nRow /= 10; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ - if( nSkipRange ){ - /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index - ** has already accounted for these */ - nSkipRange--; - }else{ - /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result - ** set size by a factor of 3. Indexed range constraints reduce - ** the search space by a larger factor: 4. We make indexed range - ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective - ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more - ** selective in practice, on average. */ - nRow /= 3; - } - }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){ - /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */ - nRow /= 2; - } + zCol = "_rowid_"; } - if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2; + }else{ + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCid]; } + zLhs = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s \"%w\" COLLATE %Q", + zLhs, zSep, zCol, zCollate + ); + zOrder = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s \"rbu_imp_%d%w\" COLLATE %Q DESC", + zOrder, zSep, iCol, zCol, zCollate + ); + zSelect = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s quote(\"rbu_imp_%d%w\")", + zSelect, zSep, iCol, zCol + ); + zSep = ", "; + iCol++; + } + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + if( bFailed ) goto index_start_out; - WHERETRACE(( - "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d rangeDiv=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n" - " notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n", - pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), - nEq, nInMul, (int)rangeDiv, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, - notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used - )); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSel = 0; - /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this - ** index and its cost in the pCost structure. - */ - if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) - && (costrCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRowplan.nRow)) - ){ - pCost->rCost = cost; - pCost->used = used; - pCost->plan.nRow = nRow; - pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask); - pCost->plan.nEq = nEq; - pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx; + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pSel, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s FROM \"rbu_imp_%w\" ORDER BY %s LIMIT 1", + zSelect, pIter->zTbl, zOrder + ) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSel) ){ + zSep = ""; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + const char *zQuoted = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSel, iCol); + if( zQuoted[0]=='N' ){ + bFailed = 1; + break; + } + zVector = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s%s", zVector, zSep, zQuoted); + zSep = ", "; + } + + if( !bFailed ){ + zRet = rbuMPrintf(p, "(%s) > (%s)", zLhs, zVector); + } } + rbuFinalize(p, pSel); + } - /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is - ** considered. */ - if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; + index_start_out: + sqlite3_free(zOrder); + sqlite3_free(zSelect); + sqlite3_free(zVector); + sqlite3_free(zLhs); + return zRet; +} - /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */ - wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE); - eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask; - } +/* +** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL +** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement +** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the +** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the +** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = " statement is used +** to obtain the required information. +** +** If the index is of the following form: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase); +** +** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column +** "ipk", the returned string is: +** +** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'" +** +** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are +** returned via output parameters. As follows: +** +** pzImposterCols: ... +** pzImposterPk: ... +** pzWhere: ... +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator for column names */ + char **pzImposterCols, /* OUT: Columns for imposter table */ + char **pzImposterPk, /* OUT: Imposter PK clause */ + char **pzWhere, /* OUT: WHERE clause */ + int *pnBind /* OUT: Trbul number of columns */ +){ + int rc = p->rc; /* Error code */ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_finalize() return code */ + char *zRet = 0; /* String to return */ + char *zImpCols = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterCols */ + char *zImpPK = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterPK */ + char *zWhere = 0; /* String to return via *pzWhere */ + int nBind = 0; /* Value to return via *pnBind */ + const char *zCom = ""; /* Set to ", " later on */ + const char *zAnd = ""; /* Set to " AND " later on */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = ? */ - /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLCIPHER_ReverseOrder flag - ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned - ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases - ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that - ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause. */ - if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLCIPHER_ReverseOrder ){ - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", pIter->zIdx) + ); } - assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 ); - assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 ); - assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 - || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex - ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); + const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); + const char *zCol = 0; + const char *zType; - WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", - ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" : - pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk") - )); - - bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost); - bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost); - pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask; -} + if( iCid==-2 ){ + int iSeq = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 0); + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s(%.*s) COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom, + pIter->aIdxCol[iSeq].nSpan, pIter->aIdxCol[iSeq].zSpan, zCollate + ); + zType = ""; + }else { + if( iCid<0 ){ + /* An integer primary key. If the table has an explicit IPK, use + ** its name. Otherwise, use "rbu_rowid". */ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; pIter->abTblPk[i]==0; i++); + assert( inTblCol ); + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + }else if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + zCol = "_rowid_"; + }else{ + zCol = "rbu_rowid"; + } + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCid]; + zType = pIter->azTblType[iCid]; + } + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\" COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom,zCol,zCollate); + } -/* -** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the -** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied -** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of -** both real and virtual table scans. -*/ -static void bestIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */ - Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */ -){ -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){ - sqlcipher3_index_info *p = 0; - bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p); - if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlcipher3_free(p->idxStr); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, p); - }else -#endif - { - bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, 0, pCost); + if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ + const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : ""); + zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", + zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder + ); + } + zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", + zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate + ); + zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" IS ?", zWhere, zAnd, nBind, zCol + ); + if( zRet==0 || zImpPK==0 || zImpCols==0 || zWhere==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + zCom = ", "; + zAnd = " AND "; + nBind++; + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pXInfo); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zRet); + sqlite3_free(zImpCols); + sqlite3_free(zImpPK); + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + zRet = 0; + zImpCols = 0; + zImpPK = 0; + zWhere = 0; + p->rc = rc; } + + *pzImposterCols = zImpCols; + *pzImposterPk = zImpPK; + *pzWhere = zWhere; + *pnBind = nBind; + return zRet; } /* -** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term -** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON -** or USING clause of that join. -** -** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: -** -** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' -** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** Assuming the current table columns are "a", "b" and "c", and the zObj +** paramter is passed "old", return a string of the form: ** -** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates -** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part -** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. +** "old.a, old.b, old.b" ** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are -** completely satisfied by indices. +** With the column names escaped. ** -** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop -** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied -** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner -** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, -** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much -** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get -** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. +** For tables with implicit rowids - RBU_PK_EXTERNAL and RBU_PK_NONE, append +** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value. */ -static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - if( pTerm - && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 - && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - ){ - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; - if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); +static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zObj +){ + char *zList = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->abIndexed ){ + const char *zS = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abIndexed[i] ){ + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s.\"%w\"", zList, zS, zObj, zCol); + }else{ + zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%sNULL", zList, zS); + } + zS = ", "; + if( zList==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; } } + + /* For a table with implicit rowids, append "old._rowid_" to the list. */ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %s._rowid_", zList, zObj); + } } + return zList; } /* -** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. +** Return an expression that can be used in a WHERE clause to match the +** primary key of the current table. For example, if the table is: ** -** As an optimization, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the -** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are -** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); ** -** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free -** to modify zAff after this routine returns. +** Return the string: +** +** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2" */ -static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( zAff==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - assert( v!=0 ); +static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter +){ + char *zList = 0; + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = ?%d", pIter->nTblCol+1); + }else if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d=?%d", zList, zSep, i, i+1); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, + "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList + ); - /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning - ** and end of the affinity string. - */ - while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - base++; - zAff++; - } - while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; + }else{ + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, zCol, i+1); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } } + return zList; +} - /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ - if( n>0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); - } +/* +** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object +** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. However, there +** is something wrong with the rbu_control value in the rbu_control value +** stored in the (p->nCol+1)'th column. Set the error code and error message +** of the RBU handle to something reflecting this. +*/ +static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid rbu_control value"); } /* -** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be -** coded. +** Return a nul-terminated string containing the comma separated list of +** assignments that should be included following the "SET" keyword of +** an UPDATE statement used to update the table object that the iterator +** passed as the second argument currently points to if the rbu_control +** column of the data_xxx table entry is set to zMask. ** -** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. +** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using +** sqlite3_free(). ** -** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its -** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) -** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. +** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new +** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first +** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred +** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without +** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. */ -static int codeEqualityTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */ - int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zMask ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iReg; /* Register holding results */ - - assert( iTarget>0 ); - if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ - iReg = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); - }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ - iReg = iTarget; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_SUBQUERY - }else{ - int eType; - int iTab; - struct InLoop *pIn; + char *zList = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - iReg = iTarget; - eType = sqlcipher3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); - iTab = pX->iTable; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE ); - if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ - pLevel->addrNxt = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - } - pLevel->u.in.nIn++; - pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = - sqlcipher3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, - sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); - pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; - if( pIn ){ - pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; - pIn->iCur = iTab; - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); - }else{ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); + if( (int)strlen(zMask)!=pIter->nTblCol ){ + rbuBadControlError(p); }else{ - pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + const char *zSep = ""; + for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ + char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; + if( c=='x' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + else if( c=='d' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + else if( c=='f' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + } } -#endif } - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - return iReg; + return zList; } /* -** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an -** index. +** Return a nul-terminated string consisting of nByte comma separated +** "?" expressions. For example, if nByte is 3, return a pointer to +** a buffer containing the string "?,?,?". ** -** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). -** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 -** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two -** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate -** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored -** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. -** -** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value -** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. -** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and -** compute the affinity string. +** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using +** sqlite3_free(). ** -** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns -** the index of that memory cell. The code that -** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination -** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then -** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal -** use. +** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new +** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first +** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred +** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without +** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){ + char *zRet = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 2*(sqlite3_int64)nBind + 1; + + zRet = (char*)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; iplan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ - int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int regBase; /* Base register */ - int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ - char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - - /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ - assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ); - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - - /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. - */ - regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; - nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg; - pParse->nMem += nReg; +static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + char *z = 0; + assert( pIter->zIdx==0 ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY("; + sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = */ - zAff = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlcipher3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); - if( !zAff ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - - /* Evaluate the equality constraints - */ - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq ); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx); - if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break; - /* The following true for indices with redundant columns. - ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ - testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j); - if( r1!=regBase+j ){ - if( nReg==1 ){ - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); - regBase = r1; - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) + ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXList) ){ + const char *zOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,3); + if( zOrig && strcmp(zOrig, "pk")==0 ){ + const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,1); + if( zIdx ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + } + break; } } - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ - Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE ){ - zAff[j] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlcipher3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ - zAff[j] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } + rbuFinalize(p, pXList); + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ + /* int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 0); */ + const char *zCol = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 2); + const char *zDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3) ? " DESC" : ""; + z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"%s", z, zSep, zCol, zDesc); + zSep = ", "; } } + z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z)", z); + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); } - *pzAff = zAff; - return regBase; -} - -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below -** -** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term -** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. -** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent -** terms only. -*/ -static void explainAppendTerm( - StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ - int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ - const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ - const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ -){ - if( iTerm ) sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); + return z; } /* -** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This -** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description -** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an -** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. +** This function creates the second imposter table used when writing to +** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the +** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to +** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a +** no-op. ** -** For example, if the query: +** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this +** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2" +** used to access that PK index. For example, if the target table is +** declared as follows: ** -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b TEXT, c REAL, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); ** -** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a -** string similar to: +** then the imposter table schema is: ** -** "a=? AND b>?" +** CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(c1 TEXT, c2 REAL, id INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; ** -** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlcipher3DbMalloc(). -** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is -** no longer required. */ -static char *explainIndexRange(sqlcipher3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){ - WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan; - Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx; - int nEq = pPlan->nEq; - int i, j; - Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; - int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; - StrAccum txt; +static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ + int tnum = pIter->iPkTnum; /* Root page of PK index */ + sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; /* SELECT name ... WHERE rootpage = $tnum */ + const char *zIdx = 0; /* Name of PK index */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = $zIdx */ + const char *zComma = ""; + char *zCols = 0; /* Used to build up list of table cols */ + char *zPk = 0; /* Used to build up table PK declaration */ - if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ - return 0; - } - sqlcipher3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLCIPHER_MAX_LENGTH); - txt.db = db; - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); - for(i=0; irc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pQuery) ){ + zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0); + } + } + if( zIdx ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pQuery); - j = i; - if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, ">"); - } - if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, "<"); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5); + if( bKey ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); + const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, + iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate + ); + zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":""); + zComma = ", "; + } + } + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols); + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", + zCols, zPk + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); } - sqlcipher3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); - return sqlcipher3StrAccumFinish(&txt); } /* -** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN -** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single -** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in -** pLevel. -*/ -static void explainOneScan( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ - int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ - int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlcipher3WhereBegin() */ -){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ - sqlcipher3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ - sqlcipher3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */ - int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ - int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ - - if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; - - isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0) - || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 - || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); +** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it +** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error +** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code +** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns +** zero. +** +** The iterator passed as the second argument is guaranteed to point to +** a table (not an index) when this function is called. This function +** attempts to create any imposter table required to write to the main +** table b-tree of the table before returning. Non-zero is returned if +** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise. +** +** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only +** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the +** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). +** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, +** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY +** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration. +*/ +static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ){ + int tnum = pIter->iTnum; + const char *zComma = ""; + char *zSql = 0; + int iCol; + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); - zMsg = sqlcipher3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); - }else{ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); - } + for(iCol=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnTblCol; iCol++){ + const char *zPk = ""; + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCol]; + const char *zColl = 0; - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); - } - if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){ - char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab); - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg, - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""), - ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""), - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "), - ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName), - zWhere + p->rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + p->dbMain, "main", pIter->zTbl, zCol, 0, &zColl, 0, 0, 0 ); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, zWhere); - }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); - if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); - }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); - }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowideType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){ + /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add + ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */ + zPk = "PRIMARY KEY "; } + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", + zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl, + (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "") + ); + zComma = ", "; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg, - pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr); - } -#endif - if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){ - testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ); - nRow = 1; - }else{ - nRow = (sqlcipher3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow; + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ + char *zPk = rbuWithoutRowidPK(p, pIter); + if( zPk ){ + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %z", zSql, zPk); + } } - zMsg = sqlcipher3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", + pIter->zTbl, zSql, + (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "") + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); } } -#else -# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - /* -** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause -** implementation described by pWInfo. +** Prepare a statement used to insert rows into the "rbu_tmp_xxx" table. +** Specifically a statement of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...); +** +** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in +** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more +** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or +** virtual table. */ -static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( - WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ - int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ - u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqlcipherInt.h */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Which tables are currently available */ - Expr *pWhere /* Complete WHERE clause */ -){ - int j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ - int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ - int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ - int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ - int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ - int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ - int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ - - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - pWC = pWInfo->pWC; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; - pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0; - omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; +static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zCollist, + const char *zRbuRowid +){ + int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE); + char *zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + 1 + bRbuRowid); + if( zBind ){ + assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", + p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind + )); + } +} - /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions - ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. - ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the - ** loop. - ** - ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that - ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When - ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label - ** is the same as "addrBrk". - */ - addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); +static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nVal, + sqlite3_value **apVal +){ + sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; - /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and - ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any - ** row of the left table of the join. - */ - if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); + assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE + ); + if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){ + p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext - ** to access the data. - */ - int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ - sqlcipher3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx; - int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint; - struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage = - pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage; - const struct sqlcipher3_index_constraint *aConstraint = - pVtabIdx->aConstraint; - - sqlcipher3ExprCachePush(pParse); - iReg = sqlcipher3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); - for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){ - for(k=0; ka[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1); - break; - } - } - if( k==nConstraint ) break; - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr, - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); - pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - for(j=0; ja[iTerm]); - } - } - pLevel->op = OP_VNext; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); - sqlcipher3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1); - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iobjiter.pTmpInsert, i+1, apVal[i]); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); + } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){ - /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an - ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or - ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" - ** construct. - */ - iReleaseReg = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){ - /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. - */ - int testOp = OP_Noop; - int start; - int memEndValue = 0; - WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } +} - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0); - pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0); - if( bRev ){ - pTerm = pStart; - pStart = pEnd; - pEnd = pTerm; - } - if( pStart ){ - Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ - int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ +static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexWhere(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc = p->rc; + char *zRet = 0; - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding - ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx - */ - const u8 aMoveOp[] = { - /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt, - /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe, - /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt, - /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe - }; - assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ - assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ + assert( pIter->zIdxSql==0 && pIter->nIdxCol==0 && pIter->aIdxCol==0 ); - testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - pX = pStart->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur ); - r1 = sqlcipher3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); - disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); - }else{ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); - } - if( pEnd ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pEnd->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur ); - testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); - if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; - }else{ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT trim(sql) FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='index' AND name=?" + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, pIter->zIdx, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + char *zSql = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zSql ){ + pIter->zIdxSql = zSql = rbuStrndup(zSql, &rc); } - disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); - } - start = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){ - pLevel->p5 = SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; - }else{ - assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); - } - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLCIPHER_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - } - }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){ - /* Case 3: A scan using an index. - ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality - ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N - ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain - ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only - ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all - ** optimized: - ** - ** x=5 - ** x=5 AND y=10 - ** x=5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 - ** - ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only - ** the x=5 term: - ** - ** x=5 AND z<10 - ** - ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. - ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at - ** least one. - ** - ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause - ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order - ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ - static const u8 aStartOp[] = { - 0, - 0, - OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - }; - static const u8 aEndOp[] = { - OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */ - OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */ - OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */ - }; - int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ - int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */ - int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ - int r1; /* Temp register */ - WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ - WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ - int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ - int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ - int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ - int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ - int op; /* Instruction opcode */ - char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ - char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + if( zSql ){ + int nParen = 0; /* Number of open parenthesis */ + int i; + int iIdxCol = 0; + int nIdxAlloc = 0; + for(i=0; zSql[i]; i++){ + char c = zSql[i]; + + /* If necessary, grow the pIter->aIdxCol[] array */ + if( iIdxCol==nIdxAlloc ){ + RbuSpan *aIdxCol = (RbuSpan*)sqlite3_realloc( + pIter->aIdxCol, (nIdxAlloc+16)*sizeof(RbuSpan) + ); + if( aIdxCol==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + pIter->aIdxCol = aIdxCol; + nIdxAlloc += 16; + } - pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx; - iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */ - - /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that - ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." - ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for - ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned - ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is - ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, - ** this requires some special handling. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 - && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY) - && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq) - ){ - /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */ - /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */ - isMinQuery = 1; - nExtraReg = 1; + if( c=='(' ){ + if( nParen==0 ){ + assert( iIdxCol==0 ); + pIter->aIdxCol[0].zSpan = &zSql[i+1]; + } + nParen++; + } + else if( c==')' ){ + nParen--; + if( nParen==0 ){ + int nSpan = &zSql[i] - pIter->aIdxCol[iIdxCol].zSpan; + pIter->aIdxCol[iIdxCol++].nSpan = nSpan; + i++; + break; + } + }else if( c==',' && nParen==1 ){ + int nSpan = &zSql[i] - pIter->aIdxCol[iIdxCol].zSpan; + pIter->aIdxCol[iIdxCol++].nSpan = nSpan; + pIter->aIdxCol[iIdxCol].zSpan = &zSql[i+1]; + }else if( c=='"' || c=='\'' || c=='`' ){ + for(i++; 1; i++){ + if( zSql[i]==c ){ + if( zSql[i+1]!=c ) break; + i++; + } + } + }else if( c=='[' ){ + for(i++; 1; i++){ + if( zSql[i]==']' ) break; + } + }else if( c=='-' && zSql[i+1]=='-' ){ + for(i=i+2; zSql[i] && zSql[i]!='\n'; i++); + if( zSql[i]=='\0' ) break; + }else if( c=='/' && zSql[i+1]=='*' ){ + for(i=i+2; zSql[i] && (zSql[i]!='*' || zSql[i+1]!='/'); i++); + if( zSql[i]=='\0' ) break; + i++; + } + } + if( zSql[i] ){ + zRet = rbuStrndup(&zSql[i], &rc); + } + pIter->nIdxCol = iIdxCol; + } } - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. - */ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; - } - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx); - nExtraReg = 1; - } + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers - ** starting at regBase. - */ - regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms( - pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff - ); - zEndAff = sqlcipher3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + p->rc = rc; + return zRet; +} - /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the - ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). - */ - if( nEqnColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLCIPHER_SO_ASC) ){ - SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); +/* +** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the +** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed +** as the second argument are available. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */ +){ + assert( pIter->bCleanup==0 ); + if( pIter->pSelect==0 && rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(p, pIter)==SQLITE_OK ){ + const int tnum = pIter->iTnum; + char *zCollist = 0; /* List of indexed columns */ + char **pz = &p->zErrmsg; + const char *zIdx = pIter->zIdx; + char *zLimit = 0; + + if( nOffset ){ + zLimit = sqlite3_mprintf(" LIMIT -1 OFFSET %d", nOffset); + if( !zLimit ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE ); - startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; + if( zIdx ){ + const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; + char *zImposterCols = 0; /* Columns for imposter table */ + char *zImposterPK = 0; /* Primary key declaration for imposter */ + char *zWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause on PK columns */ + char *zBind = 0; + char *zPart = 0; + int nBind = 0; - /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeStart ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ); + zPart = rbuObjIterGetIndexWhere(p, pIter); + zCollist = rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( + p, pIter, &zImposterCols, &zImposterPK, &zWhere, &nBind + ); + zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, nBind); + + /* Create the imposter table used to write to this index. */ + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1,tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"( %s, PRIMARY KEY( %s ) ) WITHOUT ROWID", + zTbl, zImposterCols, zImposterPK + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); + + /* Create the statement to insert index entries */ + pIter->nCol = nBind; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO \"rbu_imp_%w\" VALUES(%s)", zTbl, zBind) + ); } - if( zStartAff ){ - if( sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE. */ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlcipher3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - } - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - }else if( isMinQuery ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); - nConstraint++; - startEq = 0; - start_constraints = 1; - } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff); - op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; - assert( op!=0 ); - testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); - testcase( op==OP_Last ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGt ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekGe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLe ); - testcase( op==OP_SeekLt ); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the - ** range (if any). - */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeEnd ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; - sqlcipher3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); - sqlcipher3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ - sqlcipher3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + /* And to delete index entries */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("DELETE FROM \"rbu_imp_%w\" WHERE %s", zTbl, zWhere) + ); } - if( zEndAff ){ - if( sqlcipher3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE. */ - zEndAff[nEq] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlcipher3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){ - zEndAff[nEq] = SQLCIPHER_AFF_NONE; - } - } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff); - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */ - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff); - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff); - /* Top of the loop body */ - pLevel->p2 = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys in sorted order */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *zSql; + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + char *zStart = 0; + if( nOffset ){ + zStart = rbuVacuumIndexStart(p, pIter); + if( zStart ){ + sqlite3_free(zLimit); + zLimit = 0; + } + } - /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ - op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)]; - testcase( op==OP_Noop ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); - if( op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0); - } - - /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value - ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL. - ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop. - */ - r1 = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ); - testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ); - if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){ - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont); - } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' %s %s %s ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, + pIter->zDataTbl, + zPart, + (zStart ? (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE") : ""), zStart, + zCollist, zLimit + ); + sqlite3_free(zStart); + }else - /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); - if( !omitTable ){ - iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlcipher3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ - } + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' %s ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, + zPart, zCollist, zLimit + ); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' %s " + "UNION ALL " + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM '%q' " + "%s %s typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 " + "ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zPart, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, + zPart, + (zPart ? "AND" : "WHERE"), + zCollist, zLimit + ); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu,&pIter->pSelect,pz,zSql); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + } - /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable - ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. - */ - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){ - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( bRev ){ - pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + sqlite3_free(zImposterCols); + sqlite3_free(zImposterPK); + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zBind); + sqlite3_free(zPart); }else{ - pLevel->op = OP_Next; - } - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - }else + int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB) + ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)); + const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; /* Table this step applies to */ + const char *zWrite; /* Imposter table name */ + + char *zBindings = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + bRbuRowid); + char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); + char *zOldlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "old"); + char *zNewlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "new"); + + zCollist = rbuObjIterGetCollist(p, pIter); + pIter->nCol = pIter->nTblCol; + + /* Create the imposter table or tables (if required). */ + rbuCreateImposterTable(p, pIter); + rbuCreateImposterTable2(p, pIter); + zWrite = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ? "" : "rbu_imp_"); + + /* Create the INSERT statement to write to the target PK b-tree */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", + zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings + ) + ); + } -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); - ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); - ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); - ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); - ** - ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) - ** - ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. - ** The top of the loop looks like this: - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** - ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to - ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted - ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the - ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). - ** - ** sqlcipher3WhereBegin() - ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset - ** Gosub 2 A - ** sqlcipher3WhereEnd() - ** - ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target - ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** Goto B # The loop is finished. - ** - ** A: # Return data, whatever. - ** - ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub - ** - ** B: - ** - */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ - SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ + /* Create the DELETE statement to write to the target PK b-tree. + ** Because it only performs INSERT operations, this is not required for + ** an rbu vacuum handle. */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "DELETE FROM \"%s%w\" WHERE %s", zWrite, zTbl, zWhere + ) + ); + } - int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ - int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ - int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ - int iLoopBody = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ - int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ - int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ - - pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR ); - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); - pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - pLevel->op = OP_Return; - pLevel->p1 = regReturn; + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ + const char *zRbuRowid = ""; + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zRbuRowid = ", rbu_rowid"; + } - /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned - ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. - ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlcipher3WhereBegin(). - */ - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ - int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ - struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ - nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; - pOrTab = sqlcipher3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db, - sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); - if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; - pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1); - pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; - memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); - origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; - for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ - memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); - } - }else{ - pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; - } + /* Create the rbu_tmp_xxx table and the triggers to populate it. */ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' AS " + "SELECT *%s FROM '%q' WHERE 0;" + , p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl + , (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ? ", 0 AS rbu_rowid" : "") + , pIter->zDataTbl + ); - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is - ** equivalent to an empty rowset. - ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction - ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This - ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to - ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if - ** called on an uninitialized cursor. - */ - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); - } - iRetInit = sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_delete_tr BEFORE DELETE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" + "END;" + + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update1_tr BEFORE UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" + "END;" + + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update2_tr AFTER UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(4, %s);" + "END;", + zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, + zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, + zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist + ); - /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y - ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z - ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will - ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlcipher3WhereBegin() below. - */ - if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ - pAndExpr = sqlcipher3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_AND, 0, 0); - pAndExpr->pRight = pWhere; - } + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_insert_tr AFTER INSERT ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(0, %s);" + "END;", + zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist + ); + } - for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){ - WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ - Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; - if( pAndExpr ){ - pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; - pOrExpr = pAndExpr; + rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(p, pIter, zCollist, zRbuRowid); + } + + /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys from data_xxx */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zRbuRowid = ""; + char *zStart = 0; + char *zOrder = 0; + if( bRbuRowid ){ + zRbuRowid = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? ",_rowid_ " : ",rbu_rowid"; } - /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - pSubWInfo = sqlcipher3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, - WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY | - WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY); - if( pSubWInfo ){ - explainOneScan( - pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 - ); - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); - int r; - r = sqlcipher3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, - regRowid); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, - sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet); - } - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); - /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term - ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The - ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will - ** need to be tested later. - */ - if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + if( nOffset ){ + zStart = rbuVacuumTableStart(p, pIter, bRbuRowid, zWrite); + if( zStart ){ + sqlite3_free(zLimit); + zLimit = 0; + } + } + if( bRbuRowid ){ + zOrder = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_"); + }else{ + zOrder = rbuObjIterGetPkList(p, pIter, "", ", ", ""); + } + } - /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - sqlcipher3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s %s %s %s", + zCollist, + (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""), + zRbuRowid, + pIter->zDataTbl, (zStart ? zStart : ""), + (zOrder ? "ORDER BY" : ""), zOrder, + zLimit + ) + ); } + sqlite3_free(zStart); + sqlite3_free(zOrder); } + + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zOldlist); + sqlite3_free(zNewlist); + sqlite3_free(zBindings); } - sqlcipher3DbFree(pParse->db, pAndExpr); - sqlcipher3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); - sqlcipher3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); + sqlite3_free(zCollist); + sqlite3_free(zLimit); + } - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlcipher3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab); - if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - }else -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + return p->rc; +} - { - /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete - ** scan of the entire table. - */ - static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; - static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; - assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); - pLevel->p5 = SQLCIPHER_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; +/* +** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may +** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the +** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the +** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask. +** +** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this +** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case. +*/ +static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU handle */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator */ + const char *zMask, /* rbu_control value ('x.x.') */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: UPDATE statement handle */ +){ + RbuUpdateStmt **pp; + RbuUpdateStmt *pUp = 0; + int nUp = 0; + + /* In case an error occurs */ + *ppStmt = 0; + + /* Search for an existing statement. If one is found, shift it to the front + ** of the LRU queue and return immediately. Otherwise, leave nUp pointing + ** to the number of statements currently in the cache and pUp to the + ** last object in the list. */ + for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){ + pUp = *pp; + if( strcmp(pUp->zMask, zMask)==0 ){ + *pp = pUp->pNext; + pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + nUp++; + } + assert( pUp==0 || pUp->pNext==0 ); + + if( nUp>=SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE ){ + for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp!=pUp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = 0; + sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); + pUp->pUpdate = 0; + }else{ + pUp = (RbuUpdateStmt*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuUpdateStmt)+pIter->nTblCol+1); } - notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur); - /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely - ** computed using the current set of tables. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through - ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of - ** the relevant input tables. - */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE; - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); - pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; - continue; - } - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ - continue; + if( pUp ){ + char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); + char *zSet = rbuObjIterGetSetlist(p, pIter, zMask); + char *zUpdate = 0; + + pUp->zMask = (char*)&pUp[1]; + memcpy(pUp->zMask, zMask, pIter->nTblCol); + pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; + + if( zSet ){ + const char *zPrefix = ""; + + if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_"; + zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", + zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere + ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pUp->pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg, zUpdate + ); + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; } - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zSet); } - /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. - */ - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - pLevel->addrFirst = sqlcipher3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlcipher3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); - sqlcipher3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){ - assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); - continue; - } - assert( pTerm->pExpr ); - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + return p->rc; +} + +static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle( + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zName, + int bUseVfs +){ + sqlite3 *db = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + p->rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zName, &db, flags, bUseVfs ? p->zVfsName : 0); + if( p->rc ){ + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; } } - sqlcipher3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); + return db; +} - return notReady; +/* +** Free an RbuState object allocated by rbuLoadState(). +*/ +static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zDataTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zIdx); + sqlite3_free(p); + } } -#if defined(SQLCIPHER_TEST) /* -** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated -** by the most recent call to sqlcipher3WhereBegin(). Each call to WhereBegin -** overwrites the previous. This information is used for testing and -** analysis only. +** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state +** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using +** sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an error occurs, leave an error code and message in the rbu handle +** and return NULL. */ -SQLCIPHER_API char sqlcipher3_query_plan[BMS*2*40]; /* Text of the join */ -static int nQPlan = 0; /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */ +static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){ + RbuState *pRet = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc; + int rc2; + + pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState)); + if( pRet==0 ) return 0; + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb) + ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0) ){ + case RBU_STATE_STAGE: + pRet->eStage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + if( pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_OAL + && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_MOVE + && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_CKPT + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + } + break; + + case RBU_STATE_TBL: + pRet->zTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_IDX: + pRet->zIdx = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_ROW: + pRet->nRow = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: + pRet->nProgress = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_CKPT: + pRet->iWalCksum = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_COOKIE: + pRet->iCookie = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_OALSZ: + pRet->iOalSz = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP: + pRet->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_DATATBL: + pRet->zDataTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); + break; + + default: + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + break; + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; -#endif /* SQLCIPHER_TEST */ + p->rc = rc; + return pRet; +} /* -** Free a WhereInfo structure +** Open the database handle and attach the RBU database as "rbu". If an +** error occurs, leave an error code and message in the RBU handle. */ -static void whereInfoFree(sqlcipher3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ - sqlcipher3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo; - if( pInfo ){ - /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */ - if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){ - sqlcipher3_free(pInfo->idxStr); - } - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pInfo); +static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ + assert( p->rc || (p->dbMain==0 && p->dbRbu==0) ); + assert( p->rc || rbuIsVacuum(p) || p->zTarget!=0 ); + + /* Open the RBU database */ + p->dbRbu = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, 1); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); + if( p->zState==0 ){ + const char *zFile = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"); + p->zState = rbuMPrintf(p, "file://%s-vacuum?modeof=%s", zFile, zFile); + } + } + + /* If using separate RBU and state databases, attach the state database to + ** the RBU db handle now. */ + if( p->zState ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "ATTACH %Q AS stat", p->zState); + memcpy(p->zStateDb, "stat", 4); + }else{ + memcpy(p->zStateDb, "main", 4); + } + +#if 0 + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); + } +#endif + + /* If it has not already been created, create the rbu_state table */ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, RBU_CREATE_STATE, p->zStateDb); + +#if 0 + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + int bOk = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0; + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW + && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0) + ){ + bOk = 1; } - if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){ - Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx; - if( pIdx ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pIdx); + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database"); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + } +#endif + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + int bOpen = 0; + int rc; + p->nRbu = 0; + p->pRbuFd = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) p->rc = rc; + if( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + bOpen = 1; + }else{ + RbuState *pState = rbuLoadState(p); + if( pState ){ + bOpen = (pState->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE); + rbuFreeState(pState); + } + } + if( bOpen ) p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, p->nRbu<=1); + } + + p->eStage = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->dbMain==0 ){ + if( !rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zTarget, 1); + }else if( p->pRbuFd->pWalFd ){ + if( pbRetry ){ + p->pRbuFd->bNolock = 0; + sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu); + sqlite3_close(p->dbMain); + p->dbMain = 0; + p->dbRbu = 0; + *pbRetry = 1; + return; + } + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot vacuum wal mode database"); + }else{ + char *zTarget; + char *zExtra = 0; + if( strlen(p->zRbu)>=5 && 0==memcmp("file:", p->zRbu, 5) ){ + zExtra = &p->zRbu[5]; + while( *zExtra ){ + if( *zExtra++=='?' ) break; } + if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0; + } + + zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vactmp?rbu_memory=1%s%s", + sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"), + (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra) + ); + + if( zTarget==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; } + p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, zTarget, p->nRbu<=1); + sqlite3_free(zTarget); } - whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC); - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pWInfo); } -} + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); + } + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master"); + + /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If + ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use. + ** This is an error. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu vfs not found"); + } +} /* -** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. -** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains -** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine -** should invoke sqlcipher3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function -** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. -** -** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. -** -** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in -** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the -** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For -** example, if the SQL is this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; -** -** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated -** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlcipher3WhereBegin() -** foreach row3 in t3 do / -** ... -** end \ Code generated -** end |-- by sqlcipher3WhereEnd() -** end / -** -** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they -** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make -** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in -** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for -** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. -** -** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor -** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. -** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors -** and sqlcipher3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. -** -** The code that sqlcipher3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named -** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code -** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract -** data from the various tables of the loop. -** -** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their -** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if -** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that -** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the -** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking -** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. -** -** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually -** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", -** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer -** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent -** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- -** most loop) +** This routine is a copy of the sqlite3FileSuffix3() routine from the core. +** It is a no-op unless SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is defined. ** -** OUTER JOINS +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. ** -** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. ** -** foreach row1 in t1 do -** flag = 0 -** foreach row2 in t2 do -** start: -** ... -** flag = 1 -** end -** if flag==0 then -** move the row2 cursor to a null row -** goto start -** fi -** end +** Examples: ** -** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa +*/ +static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBase, "8_3_names", 0) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = (int)strlen(z)&0xffffff; + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && sz>i+4 ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database +** as a 64-bit integer. ** -** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement, -** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine -** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL. +** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte +** blob starting at byte offset 40. +*/ +static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ + i64 iRet = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + u32 volatile *ptr; + p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, (void volatile**)&ptr); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + iRet = ((i64)ptr[10] << 32) + ptr[11]; + } + } + return iRet; +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an +** incremental checkpoint. ** -** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table -** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and -** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL. This is an optimization that prevents an -** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the -** ORDER BY clause already exists. +** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of +** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the +** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely +** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system. ** -** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct -** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged. +** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is +** being resumed. In this case, if the checksum of the wal-index-header +** following recovery is not the same as the checksum saved in the RbuState +** object, then the rbu handle is set to DONE state. This occurs if some +** other client appends a transaction to the wal file in the middle of +** an incremental checkpoint. */ -SQLCIPHER_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlcipher3WhereBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */ - ExprList *pDistinct, /* The select-list for DISTINCT queries - or NULL */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqlcipherInt.h */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ - int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ - Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */ - int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */ - int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */ - sqlcipher3 *db; /* Database connection */ +static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ - /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask - */ - testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); - if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ - sqlcipher3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); - return 0; + /* If pState is NULL, then the wal file may not have been opened and + ** recovered. Running a read-statement here to ensure that doing so + ** does not interfere with the "capture" process below. */ + if( pState==0 ){ + p->eStage = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0); + } } - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in - ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should - ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that - ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. - */ - nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + /* Assuming no error has occurred, run a "restart" checkpoint with the + ** sqlite3rbu.eStage variable set to CAPTURE. This turns on the following + ** special behaviour in the rbu VFS: + ** + ** * If the exclusive shm WRITER or READ0 lock cannot be obtained, + ** the checkpoint fails with SQLITE_BUSY (normally SQLite would + ** proceed with running a passive checkpoint instead of failing). + ** + ** * Attempts to read from the *-wal file or write to the database file + ** do not perform any IO. Instead, the frame/page combinations that + ** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] + ** array. + ** + ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, + ** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are + ** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection + ** is closed. + ** + ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL + ** error. + ** + ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the + ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[] + ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the + ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy + ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the + ** contents of aFrame[]. + */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE; + rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.wal_checkpoint=restart", 0, 0,0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_INTERNAL ) p->rc = rc2; + } - /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the - ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo - ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure - ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte - ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on - ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. - */ - db = pParse->db; - nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); - pWInfo = sqlcipher3DbMallocZero(db, - nByteWInfo + - sizeof(WhereClause) + - sizeof(WhereMaskSet) - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlcipher3DbFree(db, pWInfo); - pWInfo = 0; - goto whereBeginError; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nFrame>0 ){ + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT; + p->nStep = (pState ? pState->nRow : 0); + p->aBuf = rbuMalloc(p, p->pgsz); + p->iWalCksum = rbuShmChecksum(p); } - pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; - pWInfo->pParse = pParse; - pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; - pWInfo->iBreak = sqlcipher3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo]; - pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; - pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1]; - /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLCIPHER_DistinctOpt is set via - ** sqlcipher3_test_ctrl(SQLCIPHER_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ - if( db->flags & SQLCIPHER_DistinctOpt ) pDistinct = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->nFrame==0 || (pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; + }else{ + int nSectorSize; + sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + sqlite3_file *pWal = p->pTargetFd->pWalFd->pReal; + assert( p->nPagePerSector==0 ); + nSectorSize = pDb->pMethods->xSectorSize(pDb); + if( nSectorSize>p->pgsz ){ + p->nPagePerSector = nSectorSize / p->pgsz; + }else{ + p->nPagePerSector = 1; + } - /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each - ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. - */ - initMaskSet(pMaskSet); - whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet, wctrlFlags); - sqlcipher3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere); - whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */ - - /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the - ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. - */ - if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlcipher3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){ - sqlcipher3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLCIPHER_JUMPIFNULL); - pWhere = 0; + /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the + ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in + ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in + ** rbuMoveOalFile(). */ + p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); + } } +} - /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. - ** - ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be - ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then - ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term - ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use - ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table - ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a - ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask - ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. - ** - ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond - ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable - ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful - ** with virtual tables. - ** - ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in - ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally - ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the - ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. - */ - assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 ); - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); -#ifndef SQLCIPHER_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){ - pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i); - } -#endif +/* +** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while +** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame +** being read in the aFrame[] array. +*/ +static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){ + const u32 mReq = (1<mLock!=mReq ){ + pRbu->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + return SQLITE_INTERNAL; } -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); - toTheLeft |= m; - } + + pRbu->pgsz = iAmt; + if( pRbu->nFrame==pRbu->nFrameAlloc ){ + int nNew = (pRbu->nFrameAlloc ? pRbu->nFrameAlloc : 64) * 2; + RbuFrame *aNew; + aNew = (RbuFrame*)sqlite3_realloc64(pRbu->aFrame, nNew * sizeof(RbuFrame)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pRbu->aFrame = aNew; + pRbu->nFrameAlloc = nNew; } -#endif - /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might - ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not - ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end - ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. - */ - exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; + iFrame = (u32)((iOff-32) / (i64)(iAmt+24)) + 1; + if( pRbu->iMaxFrame